‘

jei~ E= kw eer es

tase sh

Mobten be

he okt

Seteisiy

SOMERS Tatotay

nikanjad

e— ee

* yescsec?

> ore

wowtetee

he ty ht oe

eee pene

rtitisipi er

es TSS

awh "a

;

ttt

>4:

eG i

Sbdulpdp kindeeibd

Eetndecuedeia pd bd

toma ae Ai

Itbitip patie

Adpdutedd-taledaiehtp-ddohteion

Ppirtbtbtuttinderter ae Pet te et ee

. - bee yerterey f aréeeude -

7 ed pede lee de de te Le

. i he tw. an aun

hrs ~* oe see

bteb-debehddeb dy tet teres <Sr acer.

Br ivawwviwLoawnwereceee.

SPS reel woes Felt by hu hve’

=<.

ase

Hhiest

rea

ements!

pee Seseset

».

beeiainwmne

Tie}

toy

Sesetes:

ant

tbe tebh dk

vise ei

ees

$B is

Sincere

feat

aes

pebresd

- oe

~< 2 ee bee

= > udetantes Apel del

ae teh aw Oar Re ho bees

evees * eo ame

4 se

ites

Seours

roe

- sekees

> i 6 zo. eet oe

boastatsisesaares

=Si2s2 i257

eeataeesas

bes

48 whens

eee ees

see twas

Ov Gu eu au be as

rears

lotane

Re Rye

woe

Svive t

Goishesvars

eRe ante ne

eto

eas

be Oi ewe

: wtetenwisewswiw

Chedndobe-clemehtnt tis

iether tal tedentiedendual>-duaibe ded tee tae

Lantuantubtebdabthaat kal ot

mabpee tint tpt eet

Pere STier

~inneewiwasie eee eSsSacts

- sw Slew

Sieaence

PESTO etwas

te ptet ned

eotwswtone

wae seieie lene

hoseeetrae

. ;

hiubiibeteb-detdietertte to tr

122 vere e fete et

- ee

vice

ween "7 eee he

Ss ae = —*

we - -

aoe hae

18 9 ord

pare

haat *

sSesses

teh

we et

+P4+>+bbasdbeene,

pee

Loe

ees

eres

a 4

Ps a

pp he ps

Boats

Seenn 6

aay

‘erie

eee

a yeesare

et es cGas,

BF 8 aes

oon

A p4bs po

Thee. ,) 73

be were

tr be,

aoey.

pat

oo)

Part)

sone oie ie

eet nent

abieheeiede hte tel a

Poh

Loto e

— oo

+ wae

eae Sw te owe

whew ae toe

ily

lseeaaa

bn pote +

a eae

04s pe bees

strtede

had

eee

rere yee

rrr

pam 4 50

= yy

te wE ae + 2

iis as noe : nt

i Hep pet

SEER ar

? ” ‘

- ye vee - ‘ aoe

Stet et eee ge eee eeoese & etre: rues

ane aS tae oe be ibe kee = o= |

ae,

oe _ ia the

a - 7 _ 2.

fo i

\) wae _ = me

= = lara?

6 a

Pau a

xiv

oo -

Pas he

THE ANNALS.

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

‘(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY,’ AND OF

LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.)

‘ CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Bart., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esa., F.LS., |

: GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D., 2

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S&S. HIGHLEY »; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. woop,

TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:

LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH -

CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1848.

**Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNZEUS.

bien Rese) pe radeve «Lee Sylvan’ pewers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. TayLor, Norwich, 1818.

FLAMMAM.

CONTENTS OF VOL, IL.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

NUMBER VII.

I. On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period. By Fre-

perick M‘Coy, M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &e. ......eccceeoee why ng Spr Tia ay oa

IT. Notice of a new species of Antrophyum. By R. K, Grevitie,

LL.D. &c..» (With a Plate.) ccresscercsvessouenas ys svieoaes nish Loads spines dt ows

III. A Description of some new Species of Fishes from the Sea sur-

rounding the Island of Barbados. By Sir Roserr H. Scnompurex,

Ph.D., Member of the Imperial Academy Nat. Curios. &c. ......000+..

IV. Letters from J. MacGituivray, Esq., Naturalist to H.M. Sur-

veying Ship Rattlesnake, Capt. Stanley, R.N. (Communicated by

Professor Epvwarp Forses.) ...... Woes delay deeab’ thd si vtb nes ds cdeedatucvecioes

V. A Supplement to “A Synopsis of the British Rubi.” No. II.

By Cuartes C. Basrneoton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. &¢. ..ccecccceeren eens

VI. Description of Aphides. By Francis Waxxer, F.L.S. ......00

VII. Observations on Dr. Manrztui’s “ Rerty” to Mr. Toutmin

Smitn’s Account of the Venrtricwlida@ ..cccccccccccccccccecevacceces alas:

Proceedings of the Royal Soaiate ; Zoological eos ; Botanical So-

Page

Giety OF Edinburgh .., .ssccsdtroctasccrsngiirsadecccccdeepescahaces sys 51—68

Origin of the name Vanessa; Lucernaria fascicularis, Fleming; On

the Organization and Development of Linguatula (Pentastoma,

Rudd.), accompanied with the description of a new species from

the Abdominal Cavity of the Mandril, by P. J. Van Beneden ; On

certain Principles bearing upon the Natural Classification of Ani-

mals, and more particularly on the Methodical Distribution of the

Mammifera, by M. Milne-Edwards; Notes on Diptera, Chalci-

dites, and other Insects, by Francis Walker, F.L.S.; On the Mode

of Propagation of various Entozoa, by M. Emile Blanchard ; Me-

teorological Observations and Table ............+55 Vyescuvinesses 68—

lv _ CONTENTS.

NUMBER VIII.

VIII. An Account of the Germination of Isvétes lacustris. By

FAME PAULCER, «CIGD SO EMO \icrc cass ncduq tes veegedinsscscceascnvatene

IX. Notice of a deposit of Fossil Diatomacee in Aberdeenshire. By

Geroree Dicxiz, M, D., Lecturer on Botany, King’s College, Aber-

EOC So cases sesaccSsbeceseGasccgcosnnoctneaddactaenseenccccnccscccessosesensvsetaved

X. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Warxer, F.L.S. .........

XI. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitir Henry Goss .........

XII. On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period. By

Freperick M‘Coy, M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &. ...ccc..cesccsecscteccescesens

XIII. Dr. Manrett on Mr, Toutmin Smitu’s “ Observations” in

Annals or Nat. Hist. for. July 1648 2, ..5.scevsigececsssccossasvegeoosce pene

New Books :—The British Desmidiee, by John Ralfs, M.R.C.S.—

Journals of Travels in Assam, Burma, Bootan, Affganistan, and

the neighbouring countries, by the late William Griffith, F.L.S.—

Notulz ad Plantas Asiaticas. Part I. Development of Organs in

Phanerogamous Plants, by the same.—Icones Plantarum Asiati-

carum. Part I., by the same.—The Marine Botanist: an Intro-

duction to the study of Algology, containing Descriptions of the

commonest British Sea-Weeds, with Figures of the most remark-

Page

81.

109

115

133

able Species, by Isabella Gifford .............seses00 oda thas eve 1385—143

Proceedings of the Sinpdion Society ; Botanical Society of Edin-

burgh eee eoeeuseeeste sees esaaehOerse COSC e er SORT ERO OH HEED EH OHEseesetesese 1483—148

Apera interrupia, Beauv., by Ch. C. Babington, M.A.; Orobanche

Picridis, ¥. W. Schultz, by Ch. C. Babington, M.A.; <Desteibsire

of a Fossil Fish from Australia, and a Belemnite nasi Tierra del

Fuego, by James D. Dana; Notes on some Australian Fossils, by

J. D. Dana; A new Organ of Sound in Lepidoptera, by S. S. Hal-

deman; Meteorological Observations and Table ............ 149—152

NUMBER IX.

XIV. Some Account of a dicecious Rotifer allied to the genus No-

tommata of Ehrenberg. By Tuomas Bricntwect, F.L.S. (With a

Plate.) ....cccccvsececeecseces Cectoseesaseceadesscesescgavesees soceetesescscsecnecs

XV. Characters of seven new species of Helix, with amended de-

scriptions of some species previously described, and Notes on others

requiring remark. By W. H. Benson, Esq., late Bengal Civil Service

XVI. On the form of the Capsule and Seeds as affording a specific

character in Primula vulgaris (Huds.), P. veris (Linn.), and P. elatior |

(Jacq.). By the Rev. W. A. Leicnron, B.A., F.B.S. E. & L..........

XVII. Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Erirhinus, Notaris, and

Procas; with descriptions of two new species. By Joun Watton,

F.L.S. eeerene eeeeeees CC eeeeeeeeeaevesneetaas SOeereeceseeeeeseetes @eererees Oeeeereeeeseaee

164

CONTENTS. v

Page

XVIII. On the Structure of the Shell of the Egg in Birds, and the

nature and seat of the Colour. By G. Dicxiz, M.D., Lecturer on

Botany in the University and King’s College of Aberdeen. (With a

Plate.) ...ccccscccsoscccssecsassorcnccerccsceseagoesecngsasssccsseseoatocesessscncces 169

XIX. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitie Henry Gosse ...... 176

XX. An Account of the Germination of Jsoétes lacustris. By Karu

Miter. (With two Plates.) ......... safe sates gad Neoetegas oda cua anmibadnes 181

XXI. Observations on Mr. M‘Coy’s Paper on some Fossil Fish of

the Carboniferous Period. By Sir Pamir pe Maupas Grey Ecerron,

Barts .cidesaassateae sedis avierncocasatholane Rhcepknguth whee dddvaebuavavasdcmessunsss 189

XXII. Descriptions of Aphides. By Faancis Warker, F.L.S. .. 190

XXIII. Alge Orientales :—Descriptions of new species belonging

to the genus Sargassum. By R. K. Grevinie, LL.D. &e. (With a

Wintel: ) aii ste seis aannbaar us nak a0 dnpav tank cbihen sk 06h 4c rasaaetas «nebeneess oteaschess 203

XXIV. Remarks on the Identity of the Epoch of the Coal-beds and

- Paleeozoic Rocks of New South Wales. By the Rev. W. B. Crarkeg,

M. Ag MG 9i Ben, -oxgstih ss wih te de eps gcbhs sospepiverts he uogs pxaVaosage enteriadtn« 206

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edin-

burgh SOHO R eee HOE EHO EHTS EEEH HEH EHEOEBEES COO rer eeerrre Re eeeresersens 21 0—21 7

Kellia rubra, by J. Alder, Esq.; Notice of a fractured and repaired

Argonauta argo, by C. B. Adams; Notes on Chalcidites and other

Insects, by Francis Walker, F.L.S.; On the Habits of the Tawny

Owl, Strix stridula, by Ralph Carr, Esq. ; Description of a species

of Haliotis, supposed to be new, by C. B. Adams ; Cremastochilus

in Ant Nests, by S. S. Haideman ; Myochama Anomioides, by F.

Strange; On the Eyes of the Balanus, by Dr. Leidy; Meteorolo-

gical Observations and Table ..........0cc..cccccescscecsascseess 217—224

NUMBER X:

XXV. On the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks, &c.; and on the

removal of portions of their Shells. By Ausany Hancock, Esq. (With

BPR vie ccedicate 44 ahisnvantts neem asa sone nhs Conta redhs) aceon toiganh <b uebep 225

XXVI. Notes on the distribution of the Fossil Conchology of the

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of SATE: ak Rie Gloucestershire.

By Joun Lycert, Esq. ........+00 Conceesnceasceceesecctecsencnnceacnesysesene 248

XXVII. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxetey,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With a Plate.) ...cccccccceees 259

XXVIII. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitie Henry Gossz.,, 268

XXIX. Description of a new genus of British Marine Zoophytes

belonging to the family Eucratiade. By Joun Corrin, Esq., M.A.

(With a Plate.) ..... pic okin dies dahsd Acrenaaa gus ably cxtesey th sdes adhe SHE 278

XXX. Algze Orientales :—Descriptions of new species belonging to

the genus Sargassum. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &c. (With a Plate.) 274

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXXI. Reply to Sir Philip Egerton’s Letter on the Placodermi. By

Freperick M‘Coy, M.G.S, & N.H.S.D. &. cece cceeeeen eens PF eR 277

Proceedings of the Zoological Society............++ Jedd sibed Bek 280—292

On the Red Corpuscles of the Blood of the Mud-fish (Zepidosiren an-

nectens), by Andrew Smith, M.D., Deputy Inspector-General of

Hospitals, and George Gulliver, F.R.S., Surgeon in the Royal

Horse Guards ; Filago apiculata, G. E. Smith, by Ch. C. Babing-

ton, M.A. ; Note on the genus Allorisma, by William King, Esq. ;

Melilotus arvensis, Wallr., by Ch. C. Babington, M.A.; On the

Parasitical Habits of Scrophularinez, by Professor Henslow ; Me-

teorological Observations and Table ......... onayii «dab dtpdde.cd 292—296

NUMBER XI.

XXXII. On some new Ichthyolites from the Scotch Old Red Sand-

stone. By Frepericxk M‘Coy, M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &e. co... eceeeeeee 297

XXXIII. On an apparently undescribed state of the Palmellee ;

with a few observations on Gemmation in the lower tribes of Plants.

By G. H. K. Tuwarres, Lecturer on Botany and Vegetable Physio-

logy in the Bristol Medical School. (With a Plate.) ...... sudenh sees syoau OLS

XXXIV. Remarks on the ‘ Observations sur |’ Ornithorhynque’ par

M. Jules Verraux, By Prof. OWEn, F.R.S. ....secesseeeeeees egarascepene 317

XXXV. An Account of the Germination of Jsoétes lacustris. By

Kart Mouzer.. (With two. Plates.) ...cccsccccsessccsocerecensecs jit Konewnand 322

XXXVI. On the recent species of Odostomia, a genus of gaste-

ropodous Mollusks inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland.

By J. Gi Weren bts ieee TG. 6 didi dd ide di A sncdiccha de cn decades ondé 330

XXXVII. Notices of British Shells. By J. G. Jerrreys, F.R.S.... 351

Proceedings of the Linnzean Society ........cesccecscscaveeeteevecees 352—357

IIow to prevent the Attacks of the Bed-bug, Cimex lectularius, by

John Blackwall, F.L.S.; Notice of an English locality for Helix

revelata, Ferussac; Colossal Bones of the. _Iguanodon ; Extracts

from a Letter to Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., from George Clark,

Esq., of Mauritius; A Comparison between Sterna Cantiaca, Gm.,

of Europe, and Sterna acuflavida, hitherto considered identical with

S. Cantiaca, and adescription of a new species of Wren, by Dr. Cabot;

Description of a new species of Voluta, by W. J. Broderip, Esq.,

F.R.S. &c. ; Extract from a Letter addressed, in June 1848, by

Dr. Augustus A. Gould, of Boston, United States, to Wm. Thomp-

son, Esq., Belfast ; Meteorological Observations and Table 357—368

CONTENTS.

_ NUMBER XII.

XXXVIII. Onthe Amber Beds of East Prussia. By Dr. K. Tuomas.

Communicated by the Rev. M. J. Berxerey, M.A., F.L.S. ............

XX XIX. On three species of Mould detected by Dr. Tuomas in the

Amber of East Prussia. By the Rev. M. J. Berxexey, M.A., F.L.S,

(With, two, Plates.) sssncasd- <pseeyah 42+ dob obheongioncdongaesey oho sud} « conpesiers ,

XL. On the present state of our knowledge of the Ornithology of

Madagascar. By Dr, G. Harriaus of Bremen ............ sovcvececeovees

XLI. Description of a new British Limnea. By Josuva Atper,

Esq. (With a Plate.) ........... vise steve des oad eee IR Ee abedeeues

XLII. On some new Mesozoic Radiata. By Frepericx M‘Coy,

M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &. ......... equivuudecestcssepesse Reaetescgenecdecevecse

XLIII. Descriptions of Aphides, By Francis Watxer, F.L.S. ...

XLIV. Algz Orientales :—Descriptions of new Species belonging

to the genus Sargassum. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &e. (Witha

Pate .S veneks vers fevseanene ens eadertede nes cckarnale bes ds ss abeaWas Neuen cenghanss

XLV. On the Arrangement of the ye By J. E, Gray,

Bey eee | aseetcaesde svedetaan shuns gs «ti ssbaceatas sadnabse census deckeuess

New Books :—The Ferns of Britain and their Allies ; comprising Equi-

setacez, Filicaceze, Lycopodiaceee and Marsileacee, by R. Deakin,

M.D.—A Handbook of British Ferns intended as a guide and com-

panion in Fern Culture; and comprising scientific and popular de-

scriptions, with engravings of all the species indigenous to Britain,

Vil

Page

369

380

383

396

397

421

431

435

with remarks on their history and cultivation, by Thomas Moore,

Esq.—The Dodo and its kindred; or the History, Affinities, and

Osteology of the Dodo, Solitaire, and other extinct Birds of the

Islands Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Bourbon, by H. E. Strick-

land, M.A., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.; and A, G. Melville, M.D. Edin.,

M.R.C.S.—Outlines of Botany, Part I., by W. Maten, M.D. 440—448

Proceedings of the’ Zoological SOCIOED - sanscdtl wane sprigs. sb sa rho Sey. 449—457

How to prevent the Attacks of the Bed-bug, Cimez lectularius, by

Walter White, Esq. ; The Sea-Serpent ; Description of a new spe-

cies of Smynthurus (S. baulastrinus), by J. Hardy, Esq.; The

Liquidamber Tree of the Tenasserim Provinces, by the Rev. F.

Mason ; Meteorological Observations and Table ............ 457—466

Index ..... EUR ASIA PoP A HT :

. 467

PLATES IN VOL. II.

Pirate I. Antrophyum Grevillii. ee.

IIL. ermination of Isoétes lacustris.

ee \ New species of Sargassum.

VI. Dicecious Rotifer allied to the genus Soteina Erb.

VII. Structure of the Shell of the Egg in Birds.

VIII. Boring Apparatus of Mollusca.

IX. New British Fungi.

X. Gemmation in the Palmelleze.—Salpingia Hassallii.

XI. Limnea Burnetti.—Fossil Mould.

XII. Streptothrix spiralis.

XIII. New species of Sargassum.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

[SECOND SERIES.]

e . per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et ‘ciredm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl. 1.

No. 7. JULY 1848.

1.—On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period.

By Frepericx M‘Coy, M.G.S8. & N.H.S.D. &c.*

M. AGASSIZ, besides the few carboniferous fish he has figured

and described, gives a long list of manuscript names of fishes of

this formation in the 3rd vol. of his ‘ Poissons Fossiles,’ but being .

unaccompanied by any definitions or figures, it gives no informa-

tion of the characters of the species, nor even secures their pri-

ority to the author ; however, of the thirty unpublished species

which he there names from the carboniferous limestone of Ar-

magh, I have, through the kindness of Capt. Jones, R.N., M.P.,

been enabled to study the original specimens, and become well-

acquainted with all except the Cladacanthus paradoxus and Cri-

cacanthus Jonesii, of which I could learn nothmg: admitting

those twenty- -eight then as already established, I can state that

they are quite distinct from any of the following species.

I have great pleasure in acknowledging my obligations to

Capt. Jones, not only for much valuable information on the

fishes of this period, and access to his collections both in London

and Dublin, -but for the loan of many of the most interesting

species described below, which I was thus enabled to draw and

* Read, and drawings of all the species exhibited, before the Cambridge

Philosophical Society, June 5th, 1848.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol, in. 1

2 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

examine at leisure. To Mr. Griffith of Dublin I am also indebted

for the loan of some interesting forms from the lower earboni-

ferous shales of Ireland. The Rev. W. Stokes of Caius College,

Cambridge, allowed me to select a large suite of new and inter-

esting forms from his Armagh collections, and having given me

the opportunity of drawing and describing them, they were de-

posited in the collection of that University, whence I have also

described a few species from the Derbyshire limestones collected

by Mr. W. Hopkins, F.G.S. &c. To the Rev. Prof. Clark of

Cambridge, and also to Mr. Anthony of Caius College, Cam-

bridge, I am infinitely indebted for the use of their magnificent

microscopes, and for the kindness with which they took the

trouble to make microscopic sections for me of the new genera ;

without their most valuable aid I could not have presented the

internal microscopic structure of those forms.

_C@LACANTHI.

Holoptychius (Ag.}.

When we look to the large number of species of this genus now

known in the old red sandstone, all characterized by thick, bony

longitudinally plaited scales, and the largest of them having but

small conical teeth, sulcated at the base, and then compare them

with those large compressed teeth in the carboniferous shales, such

as the H. Hibberti (Ag.), of which Prof. Owen formed his genus

Rhizodus, and the nearly allied, if not identical, H. Portlocki (Ag.)

of the Irish shales, with their associated large, thin, rotundo-

quadrate scales having the minute reticulated structure of Gly-

ptolepis, I think it would be desirable, instead of considering the

genera Holoptychius and Rhizodus synonymous as they are now

held, to retain both generic names, but restricting each to such

forms as those above noticed. In this point of view the follow-

ing is the’ only true Holoptychius I have yet seen from the car-

boniferous limestone.

Holoptychius Hopkinsii (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Scales elongate, narrow, elliptically pointed, very thick,

convex ; exposed portion strongly enamelled, covered with nu-

merous thick, rounded, slightly flexuous, anastomosing, longi-

tudinal ridges; concealed smooth portion deeply bifurcate,

generally bent laterally at a considerable angle with the ex-

posed portion. Length of enamelled portion 6 lines, width 3

lines.

The thick, narrow form and strong longitudinal ridges of the

surface distinguish this species easily from its congeners. It

of the Carboniferous Period. 3

abounds in some parts of the black impure beds intercalated

between the carboniferous limestone and overlying shale of Der-

byshire, from whence the specimens described were collected by

W. Hopkins, Esq., who presented them, with a suite of fossils

from that district, to the University collection at Cambridge. 1

have great pleasure in dedicating it to one who, as a mathema-

tician, and as an observer in the field, has so materially advanced

the science of geology.

Isodus leptognathus (M‘Coy).

I provisionally apply the above name to a dentary bone of a

Ganoid fish apparently allied to Glyptolepis. It is destitute of

ornament, about 2 inches long and 33 lines deep at the broad

end ; it is slightly curved and tapers a little to a rounded extre-

‘mity at the anterior end; the upper margin is minutely rough-

ened and contains about thirty nearly equal teeth, nearly their

own length apart, conical, about one line long and half a line

wide at base; the upper portion is smooth and the base coarsely

fluted as in Rhizodus, of which it also possesses the important

internal character of the medullary cavity beimg conical and

simple in the upper or smooth part of the tooth, and as it ap-

proaches the base abruptly branching into several root-like pro-

cesses, one corresponding to each of the external flutings : from

Rhizodus however the genus is distinct by the teeth being of

nearly uniform size (not of éwo distinct sizes), and by the section

of each tooth being circular instead of elliptical with cutting

edges.

From the yellow sandstone shale of Moyheeland, Draperstown

(Ireland).

(Col. Mr. Griffith at Dublin.)

Centrodus (M‘Coy), un. g.

(Etym. xévrpov, galli calcar, and ddovs, dens.)

Gen. Char. Tooth simply conical, gradually tapering, slightly

curved backwards, apex pointed, section circular throughout ;

medullary cavity large, conical, simple, so wide at base that the

tooth is reduced to-a thin edge; surface even, very finely striated

longitudinally. Microscopic structure:—exceedingly fine calci-

gerous tubes radiating directly from the pulp-cavity towards the

periphery, near which they terminate in numerous very minute

calcigerous cells, beyond which is a narrow clear layer bounded

by a definite dark line, outside of which is a coating of glass-

like enamel, without perceptible organic structure under a

power of 300 diameters.

Externally these teeth slightly resemble Rhizodus (Ow.), but

4 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

are distinguished by their circular section, and wide, stmple pulp-

cavity, which latter distinguishes'it from nearly all paleeozoic teeth

except the old red sandstone genus Cricodus (Ag.), from which

it is known by its more slender conical form, and wanting the

strong longitudinal ridges of the surface, as well as possessing

the distinctly defined enamel layer, which has all the appearance

of having been secreted by a distinct organ, and is quite different

from the condensed dentine which forms the false enamel of

most fish-teeth.

Centrodus striatulus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Tooth about half an inch long and 1 line in diameter

at base; conical, gradually tapering to the pointed apex, with

a slight backward curve ; about one-fifth of the surface towards

the apex perfectly smooth ; the remainder, under the lens, is

minutely and irregularly striated longitudinally.

_ This remarkable tooth, the only species I as yet know of the

genus, seems to present all the characters, external and micro-

scopic, of a true Saurian reptile ; and when we compare it with

Herman von Meyer’s genus Pistosaurus, for instance, of the

Laineckerberg Muschelkalk and other allied Saurians, the resem-

blance is such as to caution geologists against laying too much

stress on the supposed first appearance of reptiles in the mag-

nesian limestone, when drawing a line which would separate this

group from the palzozoic rocks below.

Common in the bituminous carboniferous shale of Carluke,

Lanarkshire.

(Col. Cambridge University.)

Colonodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

| (Etym. xa@nrov, ilia, and ddovs, dens.)

Gen. Char. Tooth elongate-conic, very gradually tapering, sec-

tion round near the base, becoming trigonal towards the apex ;

front even, sides impressed with short, alternating, transverse,

wrinkle-like furrows ; enamel-like surface smooth, highly

polished, longitudinally marked with few, distant, minute im-

pressed strize ; it terminates obliquely at the base, the edge

being slightly notched or wrinkled; base forming a short,

- slightly dilated round disc, placed obliquely to the axis of the

tooth, and extending farther behind than in front, truncated

below and of a coarse osseous texture : medullary cavity about

one-third the diameter of the tooth, cylindrical, from which,

- under the microscope, the flexuous, distant calcigerous tubes

are seen to radiate directly to the surface, towards which they

become gradually finer and closer.

This tooth is not unlike a bit of small intestine tied at the end,

of the Carboniferous Period. 5

being nearly cylindrical, smooth, glossy, and slightly wrinkled

transversely along the sides. In general external character it

approaches most to Dendrodus and Rhizodus, but is destitute of

the longitudinal flutings towards the base, which are so intimately

connected with the internal structure of those teeth ; the ¢rans-

verse wrinkling of the sides is also a strong external difference.

The fine tongitudinal scratch-like strie of the surface resemble

what we see in the enamel of Suchosaurus, &c. It is its internal

microscopic structure which most perfectly distinguishes it from

its allies, for by its simplicity it is at once widely removed from

Dendrodus ; and from Rhizodus, which it most nearly approaches

in structure, it is distinguished (besides the differences in ex-

ternal conformation) by the much greater coarseness of the

calcigerous tubes, and the greater space of blastema separa-

ting them: the difference is still greater towards the exterior ;

for while, in Rhizodus, the coarse tubes of the dentine terminate

abruptly near the surface, ending in a layer of minute calci-

gerous cells, from which the infinitely finer and closer, straight

tubes forming the enamel-like surface take their origin ; in Co-

lonodus the loosely flexuous calcigerous tubes are four or five

times their diameter apart, and as they approach the surface they

gradually become finer, a little straighter, closer and more nu-

merous ; but there is no layer of cells, no abrupt line of separa-

tion between the coarse tubes of the body of the tooth and the

fine ones of the surface. The simplicity of its microscopic struc-

ture, and the simple round base distinguish Colonodus from cen-

tral cusps of Cladodus (Ag.).

Colonodus longidens (M‘Coy).

As there is but one species yet known, it is not possible to

separate clearly the specific from the generic characters. How-

ever, the specimen on which those observations have been made

is an almost perfectly straight, cylindrical tooth, the apex bemg

unfortunately wanting, but enough remains to show that towards

the extremity the anterior face becomes flattened so as to give

an obscurely trigonal section ; there are two alternating rows on

each side of about thirteen or fourteen short transverse furrows,

forming between them obscure wrinkles; the whole surface to

the naked eye seems smooth and highly polished, but under a

low power the fine, impressed, rather distant longitudinal sulci

become visible. The whole tooth seems directed backwards at a

considerable angle from its round bony base, and the inferior

termination of the enamel-like portion is therefore very oblique

to the axis of the tooth, being considerably lower in front than

behind, the edge seeming of considerable thickness from a sharp

constriction being immediately under it all round, beneath which

6 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

again the osseous base thickens to form a little peltate mass. The

length of the portion preserved is 10 lines, width at base 3 lines,

broken extremity at the above length 14 line.

From the red carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N., M.P.)

PLACODERMI.

I provisionally propose to establish a distinct family under the

above name, to include those Ganoid fish of the paleeozoic rocks

having the head and body encased in a series of odd or central, and

of subsymmetrical or lateral, bony, variously tuberculated plates

of large size. It might probably include all the genera described

by Agassiz in his ‘ Monog. du Syst. Dévon.’ &c., under the title

Cephalaspides, except Cephalaspis, to which that family-name

might be retained, the other genera having no obvious affinity

with it ; in addition to these, the present group will conveniently

embrace the genera Bothriolepis, Asterolepis and Psammosteus,

which, although widely separated from the former by Agassiz

and placed by him in his family of Coelacanths, are so obviously

and closely allied to some of them (e. g. Chelyophorus, Coccosteus,

&c.), that they cannot be separated either by general appearance

or any points of structure with which we are acquainted ; while

they differ, on the other hand, from the other Celacanthi by the

body not being covered by imbricating scales. The teeth are

conical and plicated at the base.

Osteoplax (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Dermal plates large, flat, osseous, polygonal, with

straight sides; surface irregularly and minutely wrinkled, with

scattered pores. Microscopic structure:—vertical section show-

ing large, distant, cylindrical, branched, vertical tubes (? Ha-

versian canals) terminating in the pores of the surface ; the

spaces between these tubes containing numerous oval bone-

cells, rather-more than their own length apart, from each of

which short radiating branches extend on all sides, about six

to the length of a corpuscle. Horizontal section :—large, cir-

_ eular, distant openings of the vertical tubes, with numerous

intervening minute, radiated, Purkinjean cells, the tubuli of

which clo not anastomose with those of the adjoining cells in

either section. One species.

Osteoplax erosus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Bony plates 1 to 2 inches wide and about 1 line

thick ; edges square; surface with close, short, irregularly

of the Carboniferous Period. 7

flexuous smooth grooves visible to the naked eye, and with

distant, irregularly scattered oval foramina.

The remarkable bony plates to which I have given the above

name vary in the number of their sides and the amount of the

angles at which they meet ; but the sides are always straight,

and the surfaces flat and of uniform thickness. It is clear, from

their form, that they cannot belong to the head, but must be

viewed as dermal bones, covering some part of the body of a

mailed fish. Of known genera they can only be compared with

Psammosteus of the old red sandstone, to one species of which,

the P. meandrinus (Ag.), the resemblance is particularly close, but

the ridges of the surface are smooth in the present species and

crenulated in the former. The two genera are well-distinguished

by the internal microscopic structure, Psammosteus being com-

posed of horizontal layers of large irregular cells, while Osteo-

plax has well-developed radiated bone-corpuscles.

Not uncommon in the schists belonging to the base of the

carboniferous series at Cultra, Hollywood, county Down, Ireland.

(Col. Cambridge University.)

Psammosteus granulatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. A thin, shagreen-like expansion closely covered with

nearly uniform hemispherical smooth tubercles, less than half

their diameter apart (two in the space of a line), the base of

each surrounded by a circle of minute granules.

This is an irregular fragment of rough shagreen-like integu-

ment, measuring about 23 inches in length and 13 inch in

width ; it is exceedingly thin. The species is closely allied to the

Psammosteus arenatus (Ag.) of the Riga old red sandstone, but

is distinguished by the tubercles having no sort of linear arrange-

ment, and the granules surrounding the base, are proportionably

larger and rounder, not seeming like stellular denticles as in

that species. | ,

The specimen is from the fine black shale of the yellow sand-

stone (or lowest portion of the carboniferous system) of Kesh,

river Banagh, county Fermanagh, Ireland.

(Col. Mr. Griffith.)

Psammosteus vermicularis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Surface covered with very minute conical tubercles,

about six in the space of a line, irregularly placed, but avera-

ging their own diameter apart, isolated, or two, three or four

confluent to form small, irregularly twisted, vermicular ridges ;

the sides of the ridges and base of the tubercles denticulated

with angular radiations (as in P. arenatus).

8 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

The specimen described is a reniform, convex plate, rather more

than half a line thick, 1 inch 9 lines long and 1 inch wide, most

probably belonging to the side of the head ; not exactly agreeing

with any bone I know in shape, but most like an operculum. The

under surface is smooth (except the uucleus), the outer surface

closely sculptured as above-mentioned. This species has the cre-

nulations of the P. arenatus (Ag.), but the irregular, minute,

and frequently confluent granules of the P. undulatus (Ag.) ; it is

most nearly allied to the latter species, but the asperities, besides

being crenulated, are smaller, more irregular, and the confluent

ones more twisted and vermicular. The minute microscopic

structure resembles that of Psammosteus generally, that is, four

or five dense horizontal layers at the surface, beneath which the

substance is composed of large irregular cells, about half their

diameter apart, but irregularly arranged in the blastema.

From the yellow sandstone shale of Fallaghloon, Maghera,

Treland.

(Col. Mr. Griffith at Dublin.)

Chelyophorus Griffithit (M‘Coy).

The specimens to which I give this name consist of a small jaw-

bone, resembling the glossohyal in shape, about 11 lines long,

obtusely pointed at the anterior end, and gradually increasing to

nearly 2 lines in depth towards the posterior extremity, which is

abruptly acuminated or wedge-shaped; the upper edge shows seven

or eight small, curved, smooth conical teeth, their length rather

~more than twice their width, and the Mitanie hetwroen them

rather greater than their length ; the surface of the margin has

three or four rows of slightly elongate, closely-placed tubercles ;

towards the middle and lower part of the bone the tubercles elon-

gate into short ridges, arranged in lines, which meet at an angle

of 45° along the middle of the side, the angle pomting back-

wards on the posterior half, and forwards on the anterior half,

so as to have a confused rhombic space at the middle of the bone ;

all the ridges and tubercles are glossy, very closely placed, and

finely crenulated at their margins. The second specimen is a

bone probably from the side of the occiput, resembling the por-

tions of Chelyophorus Verneuili (Ag.) in figs. 17 and 18. pl. 3la

of Agassiz, Monog. Old Red, &c.; the granulation of the scul-

ptured portion is ‘Tather more distinct, forming lengthened tu-

bercles in one part and subparallel ridges in another, and all mi-

nutely crenulated on the sides. The sculpturing of the two spe-

cimens is identical in character, both with each other and with

the old red Chelyophort, differing from the C. Verneuilt princi-

pally in the crenulation of the side of the tubercles.

of the Carboniferous Period. 9

They are both from the lowest carboniferous shales of Cultra,

Hollywood, county Down, Ireland.

(Col. Mr. Griffith at Dublin.)

Coccosteus ? cdrbonarius (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Mesial (ventral?) plate very narrow; sides converging at

an acute angle, apex rounded; mesial keel obtusely rounded,

height in the middle one-fourth of the width ; surface closely

covered with rounded polished tubercles, varying from one-

fourth to one-half of a line in diameter (generally the latter),

each surrounded at its-base by a little, closely applied, milled,

or radiatingly sulcated collar ; the imtervening flat space

faintly striated, and generally traversed by a small, smooth

ridge which winds irregularly between the more distant tu-

bercles.

The character of the sculpturing determines the reference of

this species to either Coccosteus or Asterolepis, but as no lozenge-

shaped plate similar to the central inferior one of Coccosteus has

yet been demonstrated in Asterolepis, 1 think the reference, with

a mark of doubt, to Coccosteus is most correct, a view which is

also strengthened by the small size of the tuberculation. The

genus has not hitherto been found out of the old red sandstone.

The specimen above described being perfect only at one end,

might be taken for the pointed posterior extremity of the dorsal

plate of a Coccosteus ; but as there is no indication of the little

fossa invariably found near the termination of the mesial keel of

that plate, it most probably belongs to the under side of the

body. The prominent circle at the base of the tubercles, like the

spine-basis of a Cidaris, strongly reminds us of the Asterolepis spe-

ciosa, but the tuberculation is very much smaller. ‘The inter-

tubercular salient line or ridge does not occur in any Pterichthys,

Coccosteus or Asterolepis 1 am acquainted with. A second spe-

cimen, a portion of a flat plate from some other part of the

body, shows the same size of tubercles and style of ornament,

but rather more crowded m some parts and with wider spaces in

others ; one or two of the tubercles also, instead of being smooth

and polished, show a faint, flexuous radiating striation from the

centre to the thickened milled base. The width of the ventral

plate at 14 inch from the point is only 1 inch, the sides con-

verging straight to the apex from this distance.

Both examples are from the carboniferous limestone of Ar-

magh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N., M.P.)

Asterolepis verrucosa (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Surface of plates closely covered with prominent, oval,

id Dr. Greville on a new species of Antrophyum.

conical tubercles, averaging from one-third to one-half of a line

in diameter, and less than half their diameter apart, each ra-

diatingly sulcated from the apex to the margin, the deep sulci

forming between them usually fourteen strongly defined,

rough ridges from the apex, each of which is again divided by

a short sulcus at its base; tubercles abruptly defined from the

flat surface on which they rest ; intervening surface with mi-

nute radiating striz.

The specimen examined of this, which is one of the rarest

ichthyolites of the mountain limestone, is an irregular fragment

about 14 inch long and 5 lines wide ; it is impossible to suggest

what part of the body it belonged to. The genus has not been

recorded before in the carboniferous limestone.

From the same locality and in the same collection as the last.

[To be continued. ]

I].—Notice of a new species of Antrophyum. By R. K. Gre-

VILLE, LL.D. &c.* )

[ With a Plate. ]

In addition to the two new species of ferns (Oleandra Sibbaldii

and Grammitis blechnoides) recently communicated to Professor

Balfour by Dr. Sibbald from the island of Tahiti, I have now to

submit the description of a third to the Botanical Society. The

discovery of this plant is an additional proof how much remains

to be done in an island where numerous collections have been

made, but which is evidently still rich m undescribed produc-

tions. It is to be hoped that Dr. Sibbald will have an opportu-

nity of revisiting Tahiti under more favourable circumstances,

and that he will add largely to his collections, especially of ferns

and mosses.

The interesting fern which forms the subject of this short no-

tice belongs to Antrophyum, a genus having undivided, more or

less lanceolate fronds, in which the sori form continuous grooved

lines on the simply reticulate venation. Antrophyum is thus

nearly allied to Hemionitis, from which, it must be confessed, it

scarcely differs, except in the simplicity of the frond, for the

grooved sorus is a somewhat variable character.

There is however another genus, Polytenium of Desvaux,

which has been separated on, as it appears to me, more slender

grounds. In that genus the sori are not reticulated, but form

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 11th May, 1848.

2. Vol 2. PLL.

Ann & ag Nat Hist. S.

Antrophyum Grevilli.

J Be C. Sowerby so!

LD! Greville adel.

Sir R. Schomburgk on Sea Fishes surrounding Barbados. 11

uninterrupted parallel lines, connected however by non-soriferous

veins. )

The plant I am about to describe seems to do away with such

a distinction ; for in it the sori are parallel, unimterrupted, and

might be described as remotely forked rather than reticulated,

and so seldom does any division in the sorus take place, that it is

sometimes simply continuous for two or three inches together.

Antrophyum Grevillii (Balfour in herb.) ; fronde sessili, late lineari-

lanceolata, inferne precipue attenuata, soris approximatis, paral-

lelis, longissimis, villosis, remote furcatis.

I cannot find any described species of Antrophyum which at

all corresponds with Dr. Sibbald’s specimens. The fronds are

tufted, ten to eighteen inches in length, fully an inch broad in

the widest part, from whence they become insensibly narrower

towards the base, which however never passes into a true stipes,

although there is for the space of two or three inches an obscure

midrib. The sori, which constitute the most remarkable feature,

are so approximated as to be not more than a line apart, forming

twelve or more uninterrupted lines, which sometimes divide at

very remote intervals, but scarcely ever anastomose. The cap-

sules, which are similar to those of the other species of the genus,

are almost quite concealed by the mass of ferruginous hairs which

arise along with themselves from the soriferous vein.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig.1. Antrophyum Grevillii, nat. size.

— 2. A portion of the frond, showing the groove and soriferous vein.

— 3. A capsule with some of the ferruginous bairs.

— 4. Seeds.

II].—A Description of some new Species of Fishes from the

Sea surrounding the Island of Barbados. By Sir Roserr H.

ScuomBureK, Ph.D., Member of the Imperial Academy Nat.

Curios. &c.*

Iv is much to be regretted that we do not possess as yet a sy-

stematical description of the fishes which inhabit or frequent the

sea surrounding the West Indian Archipelago. ’ If we consider

that this group of islands extends from the Orinoco to Kast Flo-

rida, over more than eighteen degrees of latitude, namely from

9° to 273° north, and over twenty-seven degrees of longitude,

the interest attached to this great expanse of sea may be con-

ceived. It is true we find occasionally a description of some so-

* Reprinted from the ‘ History of Barbados.’

12 Sw R.H. Schomburgk on some new species of Fishes

litary specimens from the West Indies in the works of Catesby,

Bloch, Schneider, and in the great systematical work of Cuvier

and Valenciennes, but I am not aware that there exists a local

marine fauna of any of these islands which might assist in the

compilation of a more extensive ichthyological work on the West

Indies.

The great interest which I feel in this science induced me,

during my late sojourn in the island of Barbados, one of -the

group of the West Indies*, to make a collection of such fishes as

are found in the sea which surrounds it, and in which I was most

materially assisted by C. K. Bishop, Esq., of Orange Hill in Bar-

bados. The greater number of these fishes were determined by

Professor Dr. Miiller and Dr. Troschel of Berlin, and have been

published, with others which I collected, in my ‘ History of Bar-

badost+.’? The species and varieties which are enumerated or de-

scribed amount to one hundred and twenty. It is evident that

this list contains only a small portion of the finny tribe of the

surrounding sea, and I doubt not that if some ichthyologist

were to dedicate himself to this district alone, he would qua-

druple that number. Indeed the fishes described in.my work do

not even contain all the species which were collected in Barbados,

as a number which were procured after my departure arrived too

late to be forwarded to Berlin, and I presented this collection to

the British Museum. The distant hope that Dr. Troschel would

visit London in the course of the last summer prevented me from

taking any further measures for their determination.

When the systematical arrangement of the numerous treasures

of the ichthyological department of the British Museum is once

entrusted to some good ichthyologist, and a description of the

new genera and species is combined with it, (and I have been

given to understand there are some hopes of seeing this accom-

plished,) it will then prove much easier to compile a marine fauna

of the West Indian Archipelago, to which the present enumeration

of the fishes around Barbados may prove a useful contribution.

As my ‘ History of Barbados’ possesses only local interest and

is not likely to fall into the hands of naturalists generally, I avail

myself of the greater publicity of the ‘ Annals of Natural History’

to present herewith a description of the new genus Caprophonus,

and of such species of known genera as Professor Miller and

Dr. Troschel considered to be new among the collection, or where

* The position of Bridgetown, the city of the island, is in latitude 13° 4!

north and longitude 59° 37! west from Greenwich.

+ ‘The History of Barbados, comprising a geographical and statistical

description of the island; a sketch of the historical events since the settle-

ment, and an account of its geology and natural productions.’ London,

Longman, Brown, Green and Longmans, 1848, pp. 665-678.

from the Sea surrounding the Island of Barbados. 13

the specimens slightly deviated from former descriptions. I beg

to observe, that to the descriptions of these two distinguished

ichthyologists inverted commas have been affixed for the sake of

distinction. The trivial names are those by which the fish is

known to the fishermen in Barbados.

I. ACANTHOPTERI, Miiller.

Fam. Percorpet, Cuv.

Serranus impetiginosus, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Rock Hind.

— ~.11417: A. 3+8.

“ The body of the fish is covered with round dark-coloured spots

of the size of a pea. They are less numerous on the fins and the

snout ; a larger oblong black spot embraces the three last spines,

and the first soft ray of the dorsal fin; another spot of similar

size and colour is behind the dorsal fin on the back of the tail.”

Serranus ouatalibi, Cuv. et Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, ii. p. 381.

Yellow Velvet Fish. D. 8416: A.3+8.

“The upper jaw is covered with numerous little scales ; this

fish does not belong therefore to Cuvier’s group of ‘ the Merous.’ ”

Serranus guativere, Cuv. et Val. J. c. u. p. 383. Yellow Velvet -

Bish, D.9+15: 4.849: P. 17.

“ Upper jaw scaly, preoperculum with a concavity above the

angle, operculum with three flat spines. The prevailing colour

of this fish is yellow ; from the-bony part of the dorsal fin extends

a broad black spot to the anal fin; on the head and upon the

sides of the body are a few white shining dots surrounded by

darker circles, and on the back of the tail two black spots: the

caudal fin is truncated. The colour of the upright fins seems to

have been red ; the rhombic pectorals and ventrals are yellow.”

Plectropoma monacanthus, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Jew Fish (?).

D. 11+19: A.38+9: P. 16.

“ This fish is distinguished from all other species of the genus

Plectropoma by a single strong spine in front of the angle of the

preoperculum : the colour is brownish with darker spots upon the

sides, and some roundish spots of a lighter colour on the belly ;

the pectoral fins are rounded.” It lives in shallow waters along

the coast.

Centropristes auro-rubens, Cuv. et Val. /.c. im. p. 45. Plump-

head Snapper. :

“The species from Barbados possesses strong spines on the

lower margin of the preoperculum.”

14 Sw R.H. Schomburgk on some new species of Fishes

Centropristes macrophthalmus, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Brass-scale

Snapper. D. 10411: A. 3+8: Length one foot*.

“The breadth of the suborbital bone, under which the upper

jaw can be hid in a great measure, is equal to half the diameter

of the eye. The eye is larger than the space between the eyes,

and amounts to a third of the length of the head. The bone

over the eye is compressed. The colour is red with numerous

darker spots upon the sides of the body and the angles of the

scales. The last ray of the dorsal and anal fin is elongated. It

resembles in a great measure Serranus filamentosus of Cuv. et Val.

(i. c. vi. p. 508), which must be removed from the genus Serranus

and added to Centropristes, where it will occupy a place near the

species above described. This observation refers likewise to the

following.”

Centropristes oculatus, Mill. et Tr. Serranus oculatus, Cuv. et

Val. /. c. 11. p. 266. Bream or Brim.

The species of this genus are abundant in the sea around

Barbados. They are used as food, although they cannot be com-

pared to the “ Black Harry ” of the Americans, which belongs to

this genus, and is one of the most esteemed for the table.

Priacanthus boops, Cuv. et Val. 1. c. ui. p. 103. Goggle-eye

Snapper (7). D. 10413: A. 3+18.

“The Barbados specimen has perpendicular bands on the back,

and several dark spots between the rays of the perpendicular fins.

A specimen which the Berlin Museum received from the Museum

in Paris, shows also traces of coloured bands.”

Fam. MA&nIDEs.

Gerres Zebra, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Shad. D.9+4+10: A.3+7.

«The snout is short, the eye large, the preoperculum without

denticulation. The colour is silvery, steel-blue above; five or

seven vertical bands give it some resemblance to G. subfasciatus

of Cuy. et Val. The height of the body is a third of its length,

and contains 24 times the length of the second and third spine

in the dorsal fin, and three times of the second spine in the anal

fin.”

The Barbados Shad, although, properly speaking, a sea-fish,

is frequently found in ponds, where they are preserved, and in-

erease considerably in size and improve in taste. ~

* By a misprint in the ‘ History of Barbados,’ p. 666, the length is erro-

neously stated as one inch.—R. H.S.

from the Sea surrounding the Island of Barbados. 15

Fam. SquaMIPENNEs, Cuv.

Pempheris Schomburgkii, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec.* Hatchet Fish.

It is the opinion of Miller and Troschel, “that this species

differs from Pempheris mexicana of Cuv. et Val. which is found

in the Pacific Ocean. It agrees in form with the other, but the

West India species has a spine less in the dorsal fin.”

Fam. Scomprroipet, Cuv.

Caprophonus, Mill. et Tr. nov. gen.

“This mteresting new genus agrees with Capros in general,

but it may be distinguished from it by a single series of teeth in

the upper and lower jaw ; by the roughness of the maxillary, and

by the three spines of the anal fin, which form a fin separate from

that of the soft rays.”

Caprophonus Aurora, Mill. et Tr. Hatchet Fish (?). D. 8484:

A.3+82:V.1+5. (B.5.) :

“The body is much compressed, and the height nearly equals

the length. The profile from the highest part of the back to the

mouth shows two depressions ; the anterior is situated before the-

eyes, the other near the summit of the back. The anterior line

of the profile has almost a rectangular direction toward the pos-

terior line. The profile of the belly is circular. The head forms

one-third of the whole length of the fish, excluding the caudal

fin. The mouth is a little protractile, and nearly vertical when

closed, and the lower jaw forms the end of the mouth. The in-

termaxillary is inserted into a deep incisure at the front, and its

hinder apophysis separates the two maxillaries. The genus Capros

has not that incisure at the front, and the two maxillaries meet

together in such a manner that the apophysis of the intermax-

illary is inserted under the maxillaries. Both jaws are armed

with a single row of close-set small conical teeth. The large eyes

are in the middle of the height of the body. The distance of the

eye from the snout and from the other eye is equal to the dia-

meter of an eye.” Over each eye is a point from which lines ra-

diate on all sides. The posterior margin of the preoperculum is

rectilineal and nearly vertical ; the lower margin is rounded and

armed with rough teeth. The nostrils are near the eyes. The

dorsal fin begins on the summit of the back, with a very short

pointed spine ; the second spine is three times larger than the

first, the third spine is five times larger than the second, and is

* Professor Dr. Miiller and Dr, Troschel have had the goodness to de-

scribe this new species under the above specific name. While I recognise

the kindness which dictated this distinction, I feel-reluctant to be the herald

of the honour bestowed upon me.—R. H. 8.

16 = =Si R. H. Schomburgk on some new species of Fishes

contained five times in the height of the body; it is thick and

streaked longitudinally on its sides, and rough on the anterior

side. The other spines are shorter, and decrease in size succes-

sively. The spines of the dorsal fin are eight in number; the

soft part of the fin contains thirty-four rays nearly equal in size ;

they are covered on the base with scales, and cannot be put down.

A membrane joins the three spines of the anal fin, but they are not

united with the soft part of the fin, and form therefore a separate

fin; the first of these spines is the largest. The soft anal fin

has thirty-two rays similar to the soft rays of the dorsal fin. The

pectoral fins are attached to the body at two-fifths of its whole

height. The ventrals contain a very strong streaked spine ; the

soft rays are rough on the internal side in front and on the ex-

ternal side behind. The caudal finis truncated. The scales are

large and armed with small spines on the uncovered part, as in

Capros. The lateral line ascends at first abruptly parallel to the

profile in front, makes an angle beneath the summit of the body,

descends rectilinear to the tail and follows it horizontally. The

colour of the fish is red; the length of the specimen six inches,

the height five inches.”

Fam. Mueriorpet, Cuv.

Acherina. stipes, Mull. et Tr. nov. spec. Loggerhead Fry.

| 2D. 5-149: A. 1412. |

“This species agrees with 4. Boteri of Risso in form, large-

ness of the eyes, and in the position of the dorsal fin over the end

of the ventrals. The head is broader than the diameter of an

eye, and flat above. From the snout extend two furrows back-

wards ; on each side of the upper surface of the head is a sharp

undulated edge, forming the upper margin of the orbit. The

teeth are numerous and distinct on both jaws, and on the palate :

the caudal fin is forked.”

Fam. GopioipeEt, Cuv.

Clinus pectinifer, Cuv. et Val. /.c. xi. p.574. Rock Fish or

Rocker. %

“There are two varieties of this species ; the sides of the body

of one have a reticulated appearance, and those of the other are

barred with six perpendicular bands, which extend to the superior

margin of the dorsal fin. The anal fin is likewise marked by six

perpendicular bands.”

Clinus capillatus, Cuv. et Val. D. 1848: A. 2419: P. 14:-

V.3:C.12. Yellow-fin Rock Fish.

Gobius Bishopi, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Rocker.

«This new species belongs to that group of the genus Gobius,

from the Sea surrounding the Island of Barbados. 17

of which the upper rays of the pectoral fins end in numerous

threads, and approaches perhaps nearest to G. soporator (Cuv. et

Val. 7. c. xi. p. 56). The profile is somewhat inclined, and the

cleft of the mouth is therefore oblique as far as under the eye.

The space between the eyes is scarcely equal to a diameter of the

eye. On both jaws is a band of villiform teeth ; those in the

outer row are stronger and larger. Both dorsal fins are of equal

height; the last ray of the second is not elongated ; the caudal

fin is rounded. The prevailing colour is a yellowish gray, with

four large dark spots like broad bands: severalirregular spots of

smaller size are beneath them, and there are likewise some on the

tail: length four inches*.”

Fam. Fistunares. fe

Aulostoma coloratum, Mill. et Tr. Trompetero colorado, Parra,

p- 65. t. 30. f. 2. Shallow-water Trumpeter. D. 9-25:

A. 26: P. 16.

“This beautiful fish has much the resemblance of A. chinensis

of Cuvier (Fistularia chinensis, Bloch, t. 388) ; and Bloch and

Schneider observe in the ‘Systema,’ that it lives in the Indian

and American Ocean ; but the above species from Barbados is

without doubt different from the true Chinese Aulostoma. Both

species agree that the maxillary is marked with a black band, that

on the nostrils are found two black spots, and in the presence

of a black longitudinal band in the front of the dorsal and anal

fin in about the middle of the height ; however the specimen from

Barbados, instead of being covered with brownish spots as the

Indian species, shows white spots on the sides of the head with-

out any brown ones, with the exception of three brown spots,

which form a longitudinal row on each side of the head. On

the back are on each side two rows of black spots ; on the sides

of the body seven narrow white longitudinal bands ; and’on the

belly beneath, in the middle, is a row of black spots, occupying

the second half of the space between the pectorals and ventrals.”

II, ANACANTHINI, Miu.

Fam. PLevronectipeEs, Cuv.

Rhombus ocellatus, Agass. et Spix, Pisces Brasil. p. 85. t. 6. Floun-

der or Plaice. D. 95: A. 74: P. 12: V. 6.

This fish belongs to the Turbots, and “‘ agrees in general with

the description and the figure of Agassiz and Spix, and likewise

* At my request, Professor Dr. Miiller and Dr. Troschel named this new

species after C. K. Bishop, Esq. of Orange Hill in Barbados, to whose in-

defatigable assistance I am indebted for the greater part of this fine collec-

tion of fishes.—R. H. 8.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol, ii. 2

18 Sir R. H. Schomburgk on some new species of Fishes

in the number of rays. The ventrals have on each side six rays ;

the upper margin of the upper eye, and the lower margin of the

lower eye are ornated with little threads: the length of the fish

is nine inches.” It is a very delicate fish.

Ill. PHARYNGOGNATHI, Miill.

Fam. LaBroiper cyciorpe1, Miill.

Cossyphus bodianus, Cuv. et Val. 1. ¢. xiii. p. 103. . Yellow Coat

Chub. D. 12+10:A.3+412: P. 16.

“The species from Barbados has a black spot in front of the

dorsal fin ; the basis of the membrane between the spines of the

dorsal fin is orange-coloured, and the angle of the ventrals is of

a brimstone colour.” )

Julis maculipinna, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Dog Chub. D.9+11:

A. 38+11: P. 18.

“This fish is distinguished from all American species of the

genus Julis by its colour. On the dorsal fin, between the fifth

and seventh spine, is a black spot, and in the middle of the soft

part of the same fin is a longitudinal band, the colour of which

cannot be discerned, as the specimen is preserved in spirit. Be- ~

neath the lateral line extends on each side a large dark band

(probably of violet colour) from the head to the caudal fin, with

a spot of the same colour under it, situated in about the middle

of the body. A blue band extends from the snout through the

eye to the opercalum, and above it is another shorter band of the

same colour extending from the snout tothe eye : both bands are

united, formimg a V. On the nape are three transverse bands

of the same colour, and the cheeks are marked by three white

bands. On the base of the pectorals is a little black spot; the

caudal fin is truncated.” ;

Fam. LaBrorpel crenorpeE!, Miiller.

Glyphisodon taurus, Mill. et Tr. nov. spee. Dove-tail Fish.

D. 12412: A. 2+10. 7

“The teeth are notched. The cleft of the mouth does not reach

the eye; on the angle of the mouth the suborbital bone is nearly

as large as the diameter of the eye; the space between the eyes

is nearly equal to one and a half diameter of aneye. The profile

is less steep than in G. saxatilis, and the five vertical bands are

Jess distinct in the present species. Its length is seven inches.”

Pomacentrus leucostictus, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. D. 12+15:

A.3+18. Black Pilot. Beau Gregory.

“This species agrees with P. fuscus of Cuv. et Val. ; it distin-

from the Sea surrounding the Island of Barbados. . 19

guishes itself however by numerous white dots, which are espe-

cially abundant beneath the dorsal and above the anal fin, where

one is placed on each scale.”

In the younger specimens the white dots are much more di-

stinct, and this may have induced the fishermen to give them the

name of Beau Gregory ; the full-grown specimen is called Black

‘Pilot.

Fam. ScomBeresoces, Miill.

Exocetus Roberti, Mill. et Tr. noy. spec. The common Flying

Fish. D. 11: A. 12.

“This species resembles the E. cyanopterus of Cuv. et Val., but

it differs in the dorsal fin, which is much lower and of one colour ;

the pectorals are diaphanous and dark-coloured, and on the inner

part near the base is a large white spot.”

_ The Flying Fish are too well-known to demand a special de-

scription. The common Flying Fish (EZ. Roderti) is so abundant

in some seasons of the year about Barbados, that they constitute

an important article of food, and during the season a large num-

ber of small boats are occupied in fishing. They are very deli-

cate and tender ; some experiments have been made to preserve

them by salting and smoking, and with perseverance I have no

doubt that they would prove successful. Such large numbers

are occasionally caught that they meet with no sale and are

thrown away, or used as manure.

IV. PHYSOSTOMI, Miill.

Fam. CiuprrorpeEt, Cuv. et Miill.

Alosa apicalis, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. Red Ear Pilchard. D. 18:

ar hi,

“The lower jaw surpasses the upper in length; the maxillary

reaches to the first third of the eye, and the diameter of that or-

gan is larger than half the sizeof the head. The scales are large,

forming nine rows on each side of the body ; they are silvery,

and each scale is marked on the belly with a copper-coloured spot.

The point of the snout above and beneath is black ; on the front

there is a small black longitudinal band, and over each eye a

black spot. The point of the dorsal fin, and the posterior edge

of the forked caudal fin are black; the ventrals are attached

under the middle of the dorsal fin.”

Alosa Bishopi, Mill. et Tr. nov. spec. The Sprat.

“This species agrees in some points with the former; it has

however a black spot behind the operculum which is not to be

observed in the A. apicalis, and the dorsal fin is without the black

mark. It possesses likewise, like Alosa tyrannus of De Kay (Zool.

20 Sir R. H. Schomburgk on Sea Fishes surrounding Barbados.

of New York, iv. p. 258. t. 13), the indistinet dark longitudinal

lines ; but the eye of the Barbados species is larger, its diameter

being equal to half the height of the head. There are eleven rows

of scales on each side of the body; the ventrals are fixed under

the middle of the dorsal fin ; the caudal fin is forked. Length

four and a half inches.”

This species has been named in honour of Mr. Bishop.

The Sprats are much esteemed in the West India islands. A

species called the. Yellow-tailed Sprat proves unfortunately

poisonous at certain periods of the year in some of the islands,

chiefly among the Leeward and Virgin islands.

V. PLECTOGNATHI, Cuv.

Fam. BALISTINI.

Monacanthus tomentosus, Bloch, var. a, Systema, ed. Schneider,

p- 467. Cuckold or Horned Coney Fish, Hughes. D.1+35:

A. 30: P. 18: C, 12.

“This fish, which has been considered a variety, is without

doubt a different species.” Itis much used as food, and when

well-stuffed and baked considered a delicacy. It resembles the

following in its general appearance.

To this section belongs likewise a remarkable fish, which ap-

pears to be identical with, or a closely allied species of Triodon bur-

sartus, Remy. It possesses a dew-lap nearly as long as the body,

which it is able to inflate. I received a specimen from Barbados,

which is at the British Museum.

Fam. GyMNODONTES.

Tetrodon (Cheilichthys) pachygaster, Mull. et Tr. nov. spec. Jug

Fish. D. 10: A. 9: P. 15: C.9.

“This new species of Tetrodon is smooth all over, of a light

- brown colour, with darker spots on the back. The space between

the eyes is equal to two diameters of the eye, and the space to

‘the top of the snout is of a similar extent. The nostrils are nearer

to the eye than to the snout, and they are papillary with two

apertures. The dorsal fin stands before the anal; the caudal is

truncated, but the upper and lower points are somewhat elongated.

Length fourteen inches.” It is very scarce around Barbados.

VI.. PLAGIOSTOMI, Cw.

Fam. SQquaLipzZ.

Carcharias (Prionodon) obscurus, Mill. et Henle, Plagiostomen,

p- 46. Puppy Shark.

“The denticulation of the upper jaw is a little more robust

on the base than on the top in the Barbados species.”

Letters from J. MacGillivray, Esq. 21

1V.—Letters from J. MacGituivray, Esq., Naturalist to H.M,

Surveying Ship Rattlesnake, Capt. Stanley, R.N. (Commu-

unicated by Professor Epwarp Forszs.)

II.M.S. Rattlesnake, at sea, May 3, 1847.

My pear Sir,

As we expect to reach the Isle of France tomorrow, and as I have

a case of specimens ready to go by the first ship, I now proceed

to write an accompanying letter giving a brief account of our

voyage up to the present time.

We sailed from Plymouth on December 11th, 1846, and after

a quick passage of seven days reached Madeira, not sorry to have

escaped from the sharp commencement of an English winter.

Knowing that/unless by dredging I need expect nothing new

during a visit to a place carefully searched by resident zoological

collectors, 1 was annoyed to find that the depth of water and the

nature of the bottom required for the working of the dredge a

more powerful boat than I could procure. During various ex-

cursions om shore I attended chiefly to the land shells, and ob-

tained twenty-three species* (exclusive of an Ancylus and a Lym-

nea) at various elevations up to the Pass of the Corral, 2700 feet

above the sea, where single species of Achatina, Clausilia and

Pupa were found under stones along with coleoptera of the genera

Scarites and Pimelia. The ferns (Adiantum Capillus- Veneris, Da-

vallia canariensis, &c.) about the dripping rocks would, to a bo-

tanist, have made ample amends for the small number of plants

in flower ; yet many butterflies (Colas Edusa, Cynthia Cardui,

and a Vanessa like V. Atalanta) were flitting about; but the

lizards, which in the month of April I had seen basking in great

numbers upon every wall, had not yet awoke from their winter’s

sleep.

Lobvnig Madeira we sighted Palma, and passed between St.

Jago and Mayo, so close to the latter that various insects (espe-

cially an Acrydium and a fine blue 4shna) paid us a visit and were

detained. We crossed the line on January 13th with the usual

ceremonies attending the introduction of upwards of a hundred

novitiates at Neptune’s levee. In lat. 2° N. soundings were tried

for with 2600 fathoms (or very nearly three statute miles) of line

without success. In this neighbourhood also I procured specimens

of a British storm petrel (Thalassidroma Bullockit), the occurrence

of which in such low latitudes would have surprised me had I not

known (from Mr. Gould) that Th. Wilsont was common to both

* Among them were Bulimus decollatus, Clausilia deltostoma, Bulimus

lubricus, Pupa anconostoma, Helia maderensis, H. undata, H. cellarius,

H. nitidiuscula, H. polymorpha and H. pulchella,

22 Letters from J. MacGillivray, Esq.

hemispheres. The former was rather abundant in the region of

‘calms and variables extending across the equator between the

limits of the trade-winds. While within the tropics we had the

usual accompaniments of dolphins, flying-fish, physalie, velellez,

&c., but the towing-net produced very little.

Daybreak on January 23rd found us off Cape Frio, and in the

afternoon we anchored in the noble harbour of Rio de Janeiro.

I shall not trespass upon your patience by giving my first im-

pressions of the New World, or dilating upon the magnificence of

the scenery. Landing upon the shores of the American conti-

nent, I was not so much struck with the richness of the vegeta-

tion as with the exuberance of animal life. :

Many of the walks about St. Salvador are doubly interesting

to the naturalist from the great beauty of the scenery and the

variety of animal productions. My favourite one led me along

the aqueduct supplying the city from the Corcovado mountain, a

distance of a league. Here the number of species of Lepidoptera

and the frequency of gorgeous colouring and great size are among

the first things to attract one’s attention. Of these the Heliconiz,

Hesperia and Erycine are the most numerous, some of the first

gaudily painted with red, yellow and black. One of the com-

monest -butterflies, Peridromia Amphinome, possesses the sin-

gular habit of frequenting the trunks and limbs of trees, where

it is difficult of detection while resting with expanded wings, the

variegated upper surface of which often resembles the lichen-

covered bark. The air was usually filled with the harsh grating -

eries of large black Cicada, here nearly as noisy, though not so

numerous, as in New South Wales.

*‘ Et cantu querule rumpent arbusta Cicadz.”

Birds were scarce, indeed I saw only one humming-bird ; nor

was I so fortunate among the land shells as I had anticipated.

The pretty Bulimus Graves, King (see App. to Voy. of Adven-

ture and Beagle), and another [R. 80] * of larger size, are usually

found creeping up the trunks and lower branches of trees, and I

found a colony of King’s Helix translucens upon a wall concealed

by rank vegetation. Helicina sordida, King, occurred once upon

a low Mimosa bush, and with this I may conclude ; for, even with

the kind assistance of Mr. King, I could muster only fourteen

species of land and three of freshwater shells. :

I anticipated some good results from dredging and was not

disappointed. Being unable to procure a boat from the ship, I

was obliged to content myself with one from the shore manned

by four negro slaves, who, after all, could scarcely keep the

* The numbers refer to specimens, With the aid of Mr. Hanley I have

identified some of the mollusea mentioned.—E. F.

to Prof. E. Forbes. 93

dredge moving. No sieves had been furnished by the dock-yard,

nor, although I ransacked the Rua d’ Ouvidor from one end to

the other, could I obtain the requisite materials for making one.

In this dilemma I procured a wire-gauze dish-cover and a ma-

chine for washing rice in, both of which Huxley and. myself found

to answer capitally. We dredged in Three Fathom and Botafogo

bays in from three to five fathoms, sand. Among the results are

a fine Scutella with notched and perforated margins [R. 155 to

159], a boring Modiola [R. 102] *, three species of Dentalium

[R. 76] +, and others of the genera Nucula, Oliva, Ancillaria, Su-

bula, Fusus, &c., in all about forty-five species of molluscat. But

the most interesting acquisition was a fish of that most anomalous

genus Amphioxus. It appears to differ from the European spe-

cies in the relative position of the anus, the only distinction I

can observe, judging from brief descriptions. Besides the spe-

cimens in my general collection, I inclose some in a small bottle

which I beg you will transmit to our friend Prof. Goodsir, who

has so admirably described the structure of this singular fish.

Huxley, with his usual industry and success, has been working

away at it, and pointed out to me distinct hepatic and generative

systems, neither of which Goodsir mentions. The spermatozoa

were quite distinct. We found the Amphioxus in from five to

two fathoms in sand of various degrees of coarseness; it has ex-

actly the habits of the Ammocetes in Britain, burying itself in

the sand and moving through it with extraordinary rapidity.

_ A visit to the market at Rio will repay the collector. He

ought to go early in the forenoon when the fishing-boats come

in and are drawn up on the muddy shore. These are long canoes

hollowed out of the trunk of a tree managed by. one or two men.

The variety of fish is considerable and constantly varies. The

most plentiful kinds were a small Clupea [S. 15], and an En-

graulis [8.18] with a broad lateral silvery band. Here and there

are large baskets filled with loathsome land-crabs covered with

black slimy mud, along with others containing large and hand-

some Lupee [C. 50 and 51], and a fine Palemon[S. |]. Among

the articles exposed for sale I was surprised to see small sharks

of various kinds, and cuttle-fish (Octopus) [S. 36], and Loligo

[S. 2].

In St. Salvador, the capital of an extensive empire, a city con-

taining 250,000 inhabitants, there is little for a stranger from

Europe to admire. On landing he is apt to turn up his nose at

_ the stench and filth which he encounters under a tropical sun,

* M. cubitus, Say.

4; One of these is the tube of an Annelid.—E. F.

t Among the mollusca were Oliva micans, Solen Sloanei, a new Luci-

nopsis, anda new Nucula and some other new shells.

a4 Letters from J. MacGillivray, Esq.

and seeks in vain for grandeur or architectural beauty in the

palace, the churches, and the other public buildings. He may

occasionally smile at such oddities as an omnibus drawn by six

mules, and be amused by observing the motley hue of the pas-

sengers in the crowded streets; but he turns away in disgust

when he sees gangs of negro slaves performing the work of

beasts of burthen, and that they are treated worse than such is

shown by the frequency of iron masks and collars. When one finds

that the Brazilians have degenerated from the parent stock—

** Lusian slave, the lowest of the low,” —

he cannot place them very high in the list of nations. For the

state of morals among the “ Bravo gente Braziliero,” one fact

speaks volumes. When a bill for the legitimation of all natural

children throughout the empire was introduced, it was opposed

on the ground that, if carried, it would completely break up

- many of the principal families by giving publicity to the great

frequency of incestuous intercourse among them. The force of

the objection being admitted the bill was at once withdrawn.

We left Rio on February 2nd, and while hove to outside the

entrance I got a haul with the dredge im thirteen fathoms, which

produced a small Terebratula [R. 103]*, and a minute univalve

[R. 105], the genus of which I could not determine. During

our passage to the Cape of Good Hope, which, from unfavourable

winds, occupied a period of seven weeks, I was surprised at the

entire absence of Daption capensis and Diomedea melanophrys,

two of the commonest oceanic birds which I had on former oc-

casions met with abundantly in the South Atlantic. Of the three

albatroses which occurred, D. exulans was seldom abseut, but

D. fuliginosa and D. chlororhyncha (both on one or two occasions

very numerous) left us in the meridian of Greenwich. One young

bird of the first-named species followed the ship for twenty-four

days, during which time we had gone over a distance of 2700

miles. Procellaria conspicillata was met with two days atter

leaving the coast of Brazil, and continued with us until within a

day’s sail of the Cape, when it was replaced by its analogue P. equi-

noctialis, which even enters False Bay and attends upon the

fishing-boats. P. Atlantica and P. mollis occurred throughout,

and were occasionally seen in great numbers ; P. leucocephala paid

us an occasional visit ; and Prions were sometimes seen at a di-

stance, but I could not identify the species. Of the storm petrels,

Th. leucogaster occurred nearly every day, sometimes in consi-

derable numbers, and solitary individuals of Th. Wilsoni were

* Terebratula rosea; the first time its true locality has been noticed. The

uniyalve seems new,

to Prof. E. Forbes. 25

observed in our wake on several occasions. A very fine Puffinus

[B. 6], apparently a new species allied to Gould’s Pro. flavirhyn-

cha, was found generally distributed across the South Atlantic, be-

tween the meridians of 28° W. and 12° E. longitude ; and on two

successive days, while approaching Tristan d’Acunha, myriads of |

these birds passed the ship to the westward, apparently coming

from that island. A few days afterwards, while 480 miles from

the nearest land, a strange tern [B. 15] came on board and was

added to the collection. Our daily practice of heaving to to as-

certain the temperature of the water at considerable depths (150

and 350 fathoms) permitted me to obtain a boat whenever the

sea was sufficiently smooth to admit of lowering one with safety,

and I was thus enabled to, procure specimens of many of the

Procellariade. On one of these occasions the jolly-boat was

swamped and turned over keel up. Fortunately we all escaped

either by reaching the life-buoy or clinging to the boat until re-

lieved ; but my best gun, having none of the natatorial properties

of the birds it was intended to destroy, went down to the realms

of Father Neptune, where I can only hope it may prove useful

in developing the “ young idea” of the juvenile members of his

family.

On our passage across the South Atlantic, the towing-net

afforded a rich harvest on more than one occasion. While nearly

becalmed in lat. 34° 40’ S. and long. 4° W. the sea was found

teeming with marine animals. Great numbers of a small Phy-

salia, Velella emarginata, two species of Janthina* [R. 175, 176,

and 8. 48, 44], two of Glaucus [S. 42], and one of Pneumoderma

[S. 40], were among those taken. Nor ought I to omit a beau-

tiful silvery blue Jdotea [C. 6] which swims on the surface like a

Gyrinus, and along with Janthina preys upon the Velella. At-

tached to the cartilaginous skeleton of one of these last I also

found several blue Anatife [R. 177]. When in about 14° E.

long. £ was much pleased to meet with, among other pelagic

crustacea (Phrozin [C. 34, 35], &c.), three species of Alima

[C. 38, 42, 43], a genus remarkable for its singular glassy trans-

parency. Here also occurred numerous examples of Hyalea in-

flexa, making, with the large H. tridentata (which was found ge-

nerally distributed) and H. longirostra (taken off Rio), the third

of the genus in my collection.

The Rattlesnake arrived at the Cape of Good Hope on the

8th of March, and this made my third, and I hope my last, visit

to that colony. -We did not sail until April 10th, our stay being

protracted by a succession of south-easterly gales, which impeded

the survey of Simon’s Bay. The weather, and the difficulty of

* Janthina globosa and J. exigua.

26 Letters from J. MacGillivray, Esq.

procuring a boat, prevented me from dredging as often as I could

have wished. As it was I met with very indifferent success. Some

curious crustacea eame up—species of Leucosia, Macropodia,

Hymenosoma; Inachus?, &c.; but the mollusca were very few in

number, consisting chiefly of solitary representatives of Budlia,

Nassa, Turritella, Tellina and Turbo*. The rocky shores of

False Bay furnished very little variety of shells, although the

detritus on the beach shows that many fine ones exist there.

The Patelle are the most numerous, and some attain a large size.

In the pools I procured a few Asteriade, and an Echinus [|R. |

remarkable for the variety of colours (from deep blue to sandy

gray) which it presents. Two species of Comatula were also

found, but I had no fresh water at hand into which to plunge the

specimens, consequently they broke up into small fragments be-

fore I reached the ship.

In the neighbourhood of Simon’s Town the slope of the sand-

stone range, stretching between Cape Point and Table Mountain,

extends as far as the shore, which, when not sandy, is formed by

projecting masses of syenite. There is consequently little level

ground and scarcely any susceptible of cultivation, the whole

being thinly covered with bushes of Proteacee and Ericee. Me-

sembryanthemum edule is the prevailing herbaceous plant on the

sandy flats, and harbours a small Helix [R.192]. A Cyclostomat,

two Helices, and a Pupa are abundant about the roots of bushes,

but nearly all my specimens were dead. Birds are numerous ;

every clump of flowers attracts numbers of beautiful sun-birds,

chiefly Cinnyris chalybea, and in the Admiral’s garden I was

pleased to see a number of the pensile nests of a kind of Ploceus

_ dangling from the fir-trees. Baboons (Papio cynocephalus) are

plentiful on the hills, which also harbour numbers of the Hyrax

capensis, and on the low sandy grounds Bathyergus maritimus

burrows like a mole, and the pretty little Mus Pumilio forms long

runs among the bushes.

One day I ascended Table Mountain, for the double purpose of

stretching my legs and of procuring some Helices which I had

found near the summit in 1842. Scarcely a plant was in flower

—even the ferns were nearly all burnt up, but the patches of

Leucodendron argenteum looked as fresh as ever. Here and else-

where at the Cape I have often been struck with the strong re-

- semblance between the vegetation of the barren, sandy and stony

tracts, and that of similar spots in Australia. The extensive ge-

* Among these were Nassa pallida, Bullia levigaia, Turbo Sarmaticus,

Trochus derala; Purpura laginula, Patella pectinata, Patella wg ek

Tellina pulchella and Cardita concamerata.

+ C. Listeri.

to Prof. E. Forbes. 27

nus Protea supplies the place of the Banksia of New Holland, in

which country the Ericee of Southern Africa are admirably re-

presented by the beautiful family of Epacride. The geology of

the mountain has, I dare say, been often described. The junc-

tion of the granite with the superincumbent sandstone is exposed

in the bed of the rivulet, and the latter rock assumes all the gra-

dations between fine-grained quartzose sandstone and a conglo-

merate of quartz pebbles of moderate size. The path suddenly

opens out upon the summit after leading up a ravine walled in by

fine mural cliffs. The summit (3500 feet in height) is nearly

flat and almost devoid of vegetation. While overlooking Cape

Town and admiring the beautiful regularity of the streets, with

my legs dangling over a precipice of 1200 feet, I amused myself

with watching the gyrations of. a pair of vultures (V. Kolbii),

from which, like the soothsayers of old, I rather prematurely

drew a good omen, for I was unsuccessful in my search after the

shells. On my way down I found a freshwater crab (Thelphusa

perlata ?) [C. 101] in the rivulet at an elevation of 2000 feet.

We were all heartily tired of Simon’s Town long before quit-

ting it—for my part I never left a place with so little regret.

The weather was too boisterous to be agreeable, the zoology of

the place was already well-known, and we were tired of hearing

the interminable “ Caffre war 7? dinned into our ears from morn-

ing to night as an excuse for high prices and various kinds of

extortion worthy even of Sydney in its halcyon days of con-

victism.

H.M.S. Rattlesnake, at sea, October 12th, 1847.

My pEaR Sir,

Having now entered upon the most important part of the

voyage, | am anxious to bring up my correspondence with you,

as five months will elapse before I shall again have an opportu-

nity of writing. We sailed yesterday from Sydney in company

with our tender the ‘ Bramble’ schooner, and expect to return in

the end of February to refit for the second cruise—one of twelve

or eighteen months—to the N.E. and N. coasts of New Holland,

New Guinea, and the islands in the Arafoura Sea. - At present

we are going into Moreton Bay, thence to proceed to Port Curtis,

on the shores of which the lately-formed and almost as quickly

abandoned colony of North Australia was founded by Lieut.-

Colonel Barney.

I last wrote you from Mauritius of date May, per barque

‘Rambler,’ by which vessel I also sent most of the specimens col-

lected up to that time, catalogues of which I now inclose. Du-

ring the thirteen days which we spent at Port Louis the time

28 Letters from J. MacGillivray, Esq.

passed very agreeably, and it is one of the few places which I

ever left with regret.

One morning I walked out to Pamplemouse, a village seven

miles distant, for the joint purpose of visiting the Botanic Gar-

den, and collecting a few flowers from the tombs of “ Paul and

Virginia ” for some album-keeping friends at home. The shady

walks, the rivulets and ponds of water in the garden are unex-

ceptionable, and for solitary rambles and the holding of merry

picnic parties these cool retreats are admirably adapted, but [

looked in vain for any indication of botanical arrangement. In

a coffee grove adjoiming “ Les Tombeaux ” I procured numbers

of a small Helix [R. 354], and the fine but common Achatina

Mauritiana. The latter burrows in the earth during dry weather,

but some heavy rain which had fallen during the night brought

it out in great numbers. In a brook by the road-side I found a

decollated Pirena [R. 359], and a neighbouring pond furnished

specimens of Melania Amarula.

Another day I paid a visit to the summit of. La Pouce, which

rises in a pinnacled form to the height of 2600 feet. The view

from the summit is magnificent, embracing nearly the whole of

the island. From this spot a good view of the coral reefs may

be obtained ; the pale green of the shoal water is separated from

the deep blue of the ocean by a line of snow-white surf. Here

are some luxuriant tree-ferns, fifteen to twenty feet in height,

which-an English botanist would scarcely recognise as generically

identical with his delicate Cyathea fragilis. On the shoulder of

the mountain I procured eight species of land shells, Caracolla

Mauritiana, and some Helices and Pupe. A steep cliff covered

with brushwood facing Wilhelm’s Plains is resorted to by tropic

birds (Ph. ethereus), many of which I saw wheeling along the

face of the precipice several hundred feet below me.

I anticipated great success from dredging in Port Louis, but,

during a day’s work, only two live species of mollusca of any

consequence, a Mitra and a Pleurotoma*, were procured. Outside

the margin of the coral reefs which fringe the entrance of the

harbour, and to which a person may walk at low water, one finds

a zone of loose blocks of living Meandrine, Astree and other

massive corals, among which dredging is impracticable ; to this

succeeds a belt of dead shells and small fragments of coral ; and

the remainder of the channel is tenacious and unproductive mud.

Although well-aware of the productiveness of this beautiful island

in marine objects, I was yet unprepared for the sight of upwards

of 100 species of fish, which I frequently witnessed of a morning

in the market of Port Louis. Many of them, especially among

* P. -variegata.

to Prof. E. Forbes. 29

the Labride, are of the most gorgeous colours, but the most

skilful taxidermist would fail in retaining them. I had the plea-

sure of being shown by M. Lenard a collection of about 400 co-

loured drawings intended to illustrate a work on the ichthyology

of the island, upon which he has been engaged for many years.

After a monotonous voyage of five weeks and a half, unen-

livened by the sight of a single sail, we reached Hobart Town on

June 25th. When in lat. 40° 45'S. and long. 123° 26! E., Capt.

Stanley tried for deep sea soundings, having previously got in

readiness an invention of his own for detaching the weight

(eight 32 Ib. shot) upon its reaching the bottom, thus enabling

him, if successful, to bring up a small ball-lead with whatever

the arming might come in contact with. Unfortunately, how-

ever, just as everything appeared to promise success, the line was

carried away without apparent cause, after 3500 fathoms (or a

trifle less than four statute miles) had been let out. Meanwhile

I had been shooting from the jolly-boat and procured several

additions to my collection ;—Procellaria leucoptera, P. macro-

ptera, Prion Turtur and P. Banksit, and some others of the Pro-

cellariade, sixteen species of which interesting family I have

already procured and preserved. I am indebted to Mr. Gould’s

paper “ On the Procellariade” in the ‘ Annals and Mag. of Nat. .

History,’ and to other information derived from him, for the

means of discriminating nearly all the species met with, and du-

_ ring the voyage I have daily noted down their occurrence. The

tables thus formed, which I now send to the distinguished author

of the ‘ Birds of Australia,’ will assist him in determining the

geographical distribution of the members of the family.

Our stay in Van Diemen’s Land was but short, and I devoted.

the greater portion of it to making a long excursion, as, during

my former visit, I had been very little inland. It is probable that

_on our return from the second cruise the ship will refit at Hobart

Town, in the event of which I shall lose no time in proceeding

at once to the place which I have selected as likely to afford no-

velties—the Western Tiers and the Lake Country—having been

kindly promised every assistance from several friends who have

out-stations in that wild district.

After a short passage (during which I procured Gould’s Tha-

lassidroma Nereis) we reached Sydney. Here the ‘ Bramble’

and ‘Castlereagh’ surveying schooners, left out by my old

friend the ‘ Fly,’ had been awaiting our arrival for many months,

Both were paid off; the latter was sold, and the former recom-

missioned by Captain Stanley as tender to the ‘ Rattlesnake.’ I

shall not try your patience by entering upon any description of

a place so well-known as the capital of Australasia, but take you

at once into “ the bush-”

30 Letters from J. MacGillivray, Esq.

Among the excursions which I made was one of sixteen days’

duration to Broken Bay and Brisbane Water, chiefly for the pur-

pose of obtaining a small kangaroo, closely allied to H. Thetidis,

of which a skin had been shown me in Sydney. Although un-

successful in the main object of my search, I was yet much

pleased with the excursion as a reminder of former bush life and

a training for future work on the N.E. coast. Among other

matters of interest I may allude to the enormous accumulations

of dead shells of a large Arca [R. 402] *, which at first sight may

be mistaken for raised beaches. These heaps are often twenty

feet or more in depth and several hundred yards in length, co-

vered with a stratum of earth supporting the largest Casuarine.

This shell had for ages constituted the principal food of the

Aborigines, who were once so numerous that a settler still alive

has seen 300 of their fighting men assembled at one time, while

at the present moment there are not more than ten in the district,

and in a few years the tribe will be extinct. Here also are some

of those magnificent “ brushes,” portions of which remind one of

an Indian jungle. ucalypti of enormous size, and gigantic

fig-trees form a canopy above, while below the dense underwood

is bound together into a tangled and almost impenetrable mass

by creepers and parasitic plants mixed up with cabbage-palms

and tree-ferns. A kind of churchyard dampness pervades the

atmosphere of these gloomy solitudes, and the silence is broken

only by the cooing of the wonga-wonga (Leucosarcia picata), or

the loud and startling note of the Psophotes crepitans. These

brushes are the haunts of the Menura and satin- bird, also of se-

veral species of kangaroo. The dead logs harbour two kinds of

Helix |R.386 and 388] + and numbers of coleoptera. One can-

not help noticing the powerful influence exercised by insects and

their larvee upon the destruction of fallen timber in these brushes ;

on the other hand, no sooner does a tree fall into the water than

the Teredo and a small crustacean [C. 183] effect a lodgement,

and in a few months its internal structure resembles that of a

honey-comb. Having been provided with a light dredge which

could be worked by two persons (although my back has scarcely

even now recovered from the straining it received in consequence),

we made use of it on several occasions in some of the creeks and

also in the main channel, but the weather prevented us from

passing the surf in our frail skiff and dredging in Broken Bay.

A very few shells, and only two kinds of Asteriade, were all that

we obtained.

The best shell obtained by dredging in Port Jackson is Trigo-

nia pectinata, of which I have sent a fine series. It is exceedingly

* Arca trepezizia, Desh. + Helix Georgiana and another.

to Prof. E. Forbes. 31

local, as all mine were found in a space not larger than the ship

on a bottom of coarse sand and dead shells. Myochama ano-

mioides occurred abundantly on Trigonia, also on a Pectunculus,

and a Struthiolaria. Huxley has worked out the anatomy of

Trigonia, and figured the animal in his usual masterly manner.

The perseverance and skill which he has shown in his anatomical

researches will give a great additional value to the zoological re-

sults of the voyage. There is abundance of work on board for

three or four naturalists, but, having been unassisted to make

collections in all the departments, my duties too often merge into

those of a mere collector and preserver of specimens.

Natural history, unlike everything else, does not appear to

make much progress in Sydney. ‘The temporary, small, and

crowded museum has been steadily merging into a state of chaos

ever since I first saw it in 1842, Many of the once-valuable

specimens—for example, those collected during Mitchell’s first

expeditions—are in a wretched state-of decay. The adjuncts

impennis, calva, &c. might with propriety be attached to the labels

of some of the birds; im a few instances even the stuffing is vi-

sible. A new and more suitable building is in progress, and it

is to be hoped that with its completion a better state of things

will be introduced.

You have probably heard of the Bunyip, an extraordinary

aquatic animal whose existence is attested by the Aborigines of

the interior. Some months ago the cranium of a monstrous foal

was sent down to Sydney as the head of this animal, and since

then the head and neck of another hydrocephalic foal have been

prepared by a bird-stuffer of the place, and exhibited in his win-

dow to gaping hundreds as a nondescript shot while emerging

from a pool of the Lachlan, a river of the interior. Leichhardt’s

second expedition (in which he proposed to cross from Moreton

Bay to Swan River) has totally failed, as has also a subsequent

attempt to connect his discoveries with those of Sir Thomas Mit-

chell’s. A working collector accompanies Mr. Kennedy at pre-

sent in the interior, tracing out the Victoria River of Mitchell.

Moreton Bay, November 1, 1847.

During our passage to this place, I one day, when a little to the

southward of Cape.Byron, caught four species of mollusca in the

towing-net, a Creseis, a Litiopa, and two others of genera un-

known to me. One of these [R. 476]|*, about the eighth of an

inch in diameter, resembles Janthina in form, and also in having

a vesicular float, but differs from that genus in being furnished

* It is quite new and most interesting.

32 Mr. C.C. Babington on the British Rubi.

with a horny, undulated, concentric operculum, a siphon, and

four large fimbriated tentacula. The foot, which is large, is con-

vertible into a concave boat-like disc above the shell. The in-

closed sketch will give you some idea of its appearance, but un-

fortunately the float (which is three or four times larger than the

shell, and is composed of twenty to thirty vesicles) had become

detached in the specimens which I reserved for examination, so

that I could not figure it in connexion with the animal. Is this

not a new genus?

I have been much pleased with our two weeks’ stay at Moreton ©

Bay. Everywhere one sees signs of its proximity to intertropical

Australia, although only in 27° 15/S. latitude. Pandanus pedun-

culatus makes its first appearance here, and among the birds,

Attagen Ariel and a few others appear to have here their southern

limits. I one day landed, at low water, upon a large, flat sur-

rounding mud-island, and was surprised to find it a reef of dead

coral, chiefly madrepores.. Under the loose blocks I picked up

the same crustacea which occur on all the reefs to the north-

_ ward. My last two days here shall be devoted to dredging, but

the tides are so strong that I do not anticipate much success. We

sail.on the 4th for Port Curtis, and this letter goes in a box of

specimens which I intend shall be forwarded from Brisbane to

Sydney thence to you. Although I have a good many large jars

filled with specimens in spirits, ready for transmission, I shall

keep them until my return to Sydney, when there will be enough

of them to fill a large box. In hopes of being able in April next

to communicate satisfactory results of our first cruise,

Believe me to remain, yours very truly,

JoHN MacGiiuivray.

Prof. E. Forbes, &c. &c.

V.——A Supplement to ‘‘ A Synopsis of the British Rubi.” No. II.

By Cuaruzs C. Basineron, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.8S. &c.*

Some apology may be necessary for the publication of a second

Supplement to my ‘Synopsis of Rubi,’ in which several new

forms are proposed as varieties of recognized species, and one

supposed new species is described. It probably will be said of

these, as it has been of former descriptions of Rudi, that they

are only portraits of individuals, not accounts of species or even

varieties. In answer to this it may be stated, that several of

the plants to which those remarks referred, although originally

noticed in one spot (not as single plants, but a crowd of them),

have since been found in other and distant parts of the kingdom.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 11th May, 1848.

Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Ruli. 33

As an illustration—R. Salteri found originally in the Isle of

Wight was noticed by me at Llanberis in North Wales, in the

summer of 1847 ;—R. Borreri has occurred in several new loca-

lities ;—R. Babingtonii grows in Shropshire and Caernarvonshire.

The only plant, amongst those now first published, which I

have been unable to refer to any described species, exists as scat-

tered but very numerous individuals throughout a district of

several miles in extent.

I am far from claiming for those plants which I call species or

varieties respectively an absolute right to that rank, and that

only ; but merely place them in such a position as the informa-

tion at my command leads me to think their proper rank and

position. The time will doubtless come when botanists will be

in possession of sufficient knowledge of Rubi to group them into

real, not supposed species ; but it is only by the careful and long-

continued study of forms that such knowledge can be obtained.

The definition of forms is the first step, the combination will be

the second. Cultivation from seed is one of the most valuable

modes of obtaining a true knowledge of these plants. This has

now been done to some extent by persons well-acquainted with

the described plants, and several others are about to undertake it ;

such experiments conducted by others are of little value.

4*. R. affinis (W. & N.); caule suberecto arcuatove anguloso gla-

briusculo, aculeis validis paululum deflexis declinatisve, foliis qui-

natis utrinque viridibus subtus sericeo-pubescentibus basi planis

apicem versus subundulatis grosse crenato-cuspidato-serratis, foliolo

terminali cordato vel cordato-ovato cuspidato infimis petiolatis,

panicule composite foliose superne tomentose ramis cymosis erecto-

patentibus aculeis infra deflexis, sepalis a fructu reflexis longe acu-

_ minatis.

R. affinis, Rub. Germ. 18. t.3; Arrh. Rub. Suec. 25; Fries, Summa

Veg. Scand. 165; Lees in Steele Handb. Bot. 58?; Leight. in

Phytol. iii. 73, not Fl. Shrop. 226.

Stems mostly suberect, sometimes elongated and arching,

angular or even furrowed, purple, with or without a few hairs.

Prickles confined to the angles of the stem, large, strong, a little

deflexed or declining, from a dilated compressed purple base,

tip yellow, or wholly yellow. Leaves digitate-quinate, thin, dull

green and distantly pilose above, rather paler tomentose and with

silky pubescence beneath ; midrib beneath with a few short stout

hooked prickles becoming longer and generally more hooked on

the petioles. Terminal leaflet cordate, cordate-ovate, or cordate-

orbicular. Lower pair of leaflets slightly overlapping the inter-

mediate pair.

Flowering shoot surrounded at its base by scales which are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 3

34 Mr. C..C. Babington on the British Rubi.

white with silky pubescence. Branches of the panicle ascending

and together with the summit of the rachis pilose and tomentose.

Prickles large from a broad compressed base, numerous; the

upper ones slender nearly straight and declining. Sepals densely

tomentose hairy and white on both surfaces ; strongly reflexed

from the black fruit.

Shawbury Heath and other places in Shropshire, Rev. W. A.

Leighton. Great Cowleigh Park near Malvern, Rev. A. Bloxam.

The Torrents near Dolgelly ; and the Wrekin, Salop, Mr. Lees.

Glen Falloch and Loch Eil in Scotland ; and Llanberis i in North

Wales. ‘

Obs. 1. A form of this species is sometimes found with more

slender nearly straight and declining prickles, leaves pubescent

not tomentose beneath, panicle thyrsoid with simple or few

flowered branches, and fewer smaller and more slender prickles.

This is possibly the result of shade.

Obs. 2. This plant is allied to R. cordifolius, but in that spe-

cies the leaves are flat and less coarsely serrate, the barren stems

always arching and the prickles. on the panicle and flowering

shoot all straight and declining. Itis often very like R. plicatus,

but the panicle of that plant wants the under coating of tomen-

tum, its barren stems have slender prickles, the scales at the base

of the flowering shoot are fuscous ; and, as well-observed by my

friend Mr. Leighton, the sepals of R. plicatus are ‘scatteredly

hairy on the outside, chiefly at the base and apex, the white

tomentum with which the inside is entirely lined. forming only a

narrow white line on the margins.” A. nitidus also resembles

R. affinis, but is distinguished by its coarsely and doubly serrated

leaves and the patent or divaricate branches of its panicle.

Obs. 3. Some difficulty attends the determination of the plant

described as R. affinis by Mr. Lees. A specimen from Great

Cowleigh, so named by him for the Rev. A. Bloxam to whom I am

indebted for it; one from the Wrekin, and another from near

Dolgelly, both named R. vulgaris, for which my thanks are due to

Mr. Lees: himself, are R. affinis. A specimen received from

Mr. Lees as R. affinis and gathered. between Dolgelly and Traws-

fynydd, North Wales, seems to be a state of R. macrophyllus.

When characterizing R. affinis for Steele’s Handbook, he placed

it amongst the species with stems “arching and rooting at the

extremity,” but my observations lead me to consider that the

suberect. section is its true place.

8. R. corylifolius (Sm.!); caule decurvato vel procumbente tere-

tiusculo glabro, aculeis subulatis rectis tenuibus, foliis quinatis

subtus mollibus pallidioribus marginem versus undulatis. planis vel

decurvatis, foliolo terminali rotundato-ovato cordatove, infimis

subsessilibus intermediis incumbentibus, panicula subcorymbosa, se-

Mr. C.C. Babington on the British Rubi. 35

palis ovatis a fructu reflexis, stylis virescentibus, toro oblongo pe-

dunculato.

R. corylifolius, Sm. Fl. Brit.542; Eng. Bot. 827; Arrh. Rub. Suec.

16 ;, Bab. Man. ed. 1. 95, ed. 2. 98; Syn. Rub. 12; Fries, Summa

Veg. Scand. 168.

R. affinis, Bab. Man. ed. 1. 98.

R. affinis y, Leight. Fl. Shrop. 226.

R. sublustris, Lees in Steele Handb. 54.

Stems long, usually glabrous. Prickles moderate. Petioles

deeply furrowed above with nearly straight prickles beneath,

Panicle rather pyramidal than corymbose ; branches corymbose,

few-flowered, the lower ones often elongated and spreading;

prickles long, straight, slender, declining, with a bulbous base ;

hairs ash-coloured. Primordial fruit oblong ; torus manifestly

stalked, leaving a clear space between the lowest drupe and the

calyx. Base of the filaments and styles pink. Petals oblong,

pinkish or white. ; :

It is believed that the above will be found an improvement

upon the character which I formerly gave for R. corylifolius.

Obs. Since this paper was communicated to the Society Mr.

Leighton has published elaborate descriptions of what he consi-

ders as four varieties of R. corylifolius (Phytol. iii. 159), and has

kindly informed me by letter to which of them several of the

specimens in my collection belong. He also suggests that my

R. incurvatus, described below, may be his R. corylifolius B, but

with that opinion I cannot altogether agree, since his plant is

characterized by a stem “ green and slightly tinged with reddish

purple,” whilst the true R. incurvatus has the dark purple stem

of his varieties y. and 6.

I have no doubt that the figure published under the super-

intendence of Smith (Eng. Bot. t. 827) represents R. corylifolius

a. sublustris (Leight.), not his y. Smithii, and that he had the

_ same plant in view when writing the ‘Fl. Brit.,’ but that the

R. corylifolius of the ‘ Eng. Flora’ is purposely so described as

to include plants with much more angular stems. Two plants

from near Bath, named R. corylifolius by my friend Mr. Borrer,

than whom no higher authority exists, belong apparently to the

variety 5. intermedius of Leighton.

- The strongly angular stems of the plants included under Mr.

Leighton’s varieties y. and 8. have always appeared to me to

separate them from the true R. corylifolius, i.e. from his varieties

a. and §, although the latter has slightly angular stems. They

also have much less, or not at all, subulate prickles, but rather

compressed ones. Arrhenius remarks of R. corylifolius (the plant

of Smith), “ caulis sterilis teres, versus apicem angulatus,....

viridis, sub sole rubescens.”

36 Mr. C. C, Babington on the British Rubi.

Doubtless durmg the present summer Mr. Leighton will ex- |

amine his plants with reference to the form of the primordial

fruit, the torus, the styles, and the direction of the edges of the

leaves, and determine by means, of these (according to my

views) highly important characters the rank of the four forms

which he has described. <A careful examination of the dried spe-

_ eimens of them to which I have access has not enabled me to

form a confident opinion upon them ; but it is my firm belief that

R. incurvatus is quite distinct from R. corylifolius ; neither do I

suppose that it is synonymous with either of Mr. Leighton’s va-

rieties of that plant, although some of the individuals included

by him under more than one of them will perhaps be found to

belong to it. | -

8*, R. incurvatus (n. sp.); caule arcuato anguloso glabriusculo pi-

losove, aculeis validis rectiusculis horizontalibus declinatisve, foliis

quinatis coriaceis subtus tomentosis viridi-albis marginem versus

incurvatis undulatisque, foliolo terminali cordato-ovato acuminato,

. Iinfimis breve petiolatis intermediis dissitis vel incumbentibus, pa-

nicule anguste ramis brevibus corymbosis, sepalis ovatis attenuatis

a fructu hemispherico reflexis, stylis dilute carneis, toro ovato

sessilt.

Stem arching, angular, slightly furrowed, purple, nearly gla-

brous or with scattered patent hairs. Prickles purple with a

yellow tip, hairy, much-enlarged and compressed at the base.

Leaves shining above, soft and greenish white beneath ; their

doubly crenate-dentate-apiculate margins turned upwards in a

remarkable manner and wavy ; midrib and petioles with strong

hooked prickles with yellow tips; lower pair of leaflets oblong,

shortly stalked, either overlapping or distinct from the obovate

intermediate pair; terminal leaflet cordate-ovate, acuminate, on

rather a long stalk; all acute. Petioles flat above or very slightly

furrowed. Stipules linear.

Flowering shoot rather long, surrounded at its base by short

scales white with silky pubescence, purple, hairy ‘with patent

hairs. Prickles strong, deflexed, purple with yellow tips, hairy.

Leaves ternate, pilose above, pale green and hairy beneath ; leaf-

lets nearly equal, obovate or oblong, lateral ones lobed on the

lower edge; petioles and midnbs with small hooked prickles.

Stipules lear or linear-lanceolate. Panicle narrow, compound,

tomentose and pilose, with yellow sete shorter than the hairs ;

prickles long, declining or slightly deflexed, rather slender ;

branches short, corymbo8e, the two or three lowest axillary, di-

stant, the upper ones approximate, all patent ; the upper half or

two-thirds of the panicle ultra-axillary ; occasionally the lowest

branch is prolonged and forms a subsidiary panicle as in R. cory-

Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Rubi. 37

lifolius; bracts trifid, broad. Sepals ovate or lanceolate, atte-

nuated into a rather long linear point, woolly on both sides, ashy

within, greenish externally ; reflexed from the fruit but their

points turned upwards, at that time tinged with red at the base

within. Petals broadly elliptical, clawed, pink. Styles flesh-

coloured. Primordial fruit hardly more than hemispherical ;

torus quite sessile, the lowest drupe adpressed to the base of the

calyx.

Common in the valley of Llanberis, Caernarvonshire.

Obs. 1. The position of this plant appears to be almost exactly

intermediate between R. corylifolius and R. cordifolius, but, as it

seems to me, is quite distinct from either of them. In look it

_ greatly resembles the former, but in character is far more nearly

allied to the latter. The almost terete stem, slender bulbous-

based prickles, rugose leaves with flat or decurved edges, fur-

rowed petioles, oblong primordial fruit remarkable for its stalked

torus, and the greenish styles, distinguish R. corylifolius. The

flat edges of the leaves, furrowed petioles, panicle with rather

numerous sete, oblong primordial fruit and pale green styles,

are the chief distinctions of R. cordifolius.

Obs. 2. It is probable that some of the plants referred to in

Obs. 3, under R. corylifolius in my ‘Synopsis of Rubi,’ belong

to the present species, but the great difficulty of determining se-

veral of the characters from the dried and pressed plant prevents

me from noticing them any further in this place. I strongly

suspect that some of the bushes named R. rhamnifolius (second

form) by Mr. Leighton will prove to be R. incurvatus: mdeed

it can scarcely be doubted that a specimen from “the Flash

near Shrewsbury ” so named by him and marked as “ R. rham-

nifolius forme ordinaire”’ by Esenbeck, is R. incurvatus, although

_ it hasthe pale reddish purple stem of R. corylifolius B (Leight.).

A plant gathered at “ Lyth Hill near Shrewsbury ” by Mr. Boden-

ham, and named R. leucostachys by Mr. Lees, to whom I am in-

debted for it, seems also to be R. incurvatus.

Obs. 3. It is not without much hesitation that I now describe

a supposed new species of Rudi, as I cannot but suspect that it

is already named and described by some of the botanists who

have published upon this genus. After a careful study of the de-

scriptions of Rubi contained in British, and more especially con-

tinental works, I have been quite unable to detect this plant, and

am therefore reduced to the necessity of imposing a new name

upon it. Had there been only two or three bushes of it, I should

have passed it over as an anomalous form of one or other of its

allies; but when I find it occupying = its number a prominent

place amongst the brambles in the valley of Llanberis, through-

out a distance of five or six miles, I am led to the conclusion

38 Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Rubi.

that it is really a distinct form constituting what, in this genus,

we consider as a species. ‘The characters of the living plant are

so conspicuous as to distinguish it at a glance from the other

brambles amongst which it grows. It will probably soon be

found in other places.

11. R. leucostachys (3. vestitus.

R. villicaulis a. et 3, Bab. Man. ed. 1. 95.

R. Leightonianus, Bab. Ann. Nat. Hist. xvii. 240, Man. ed. 2.101.

The following observations quoted from a letter (dated Oct. 26,

1847) addressed to me by my friend Mr. Leighton, appear to prove

indisputably that my A. Leightonianus is only an extreme state

of R. leucostachys. He deserves credit for the pains which he

has taken to elucidate this subject, but I must deplore that his

acuteness has been so successful in this particular case, for he

has thereby frustrated a proposed commemoration of himself and

his labours. This is a remarkable instance of the advantage of

carefully distinguishing and describing forms, as thereby attention

is drawn to them and a better knowledge of the limits of species

attained. If typical specimens of R. leucostachys and R. Leigh-

tonianus were alone seen, probably no botanist would doubt their

distinctness; but when we trace R. leucostachys changing, in

shady places, into AR. vestitus, and that in denser shade acquiring

the very thin large remarkably dentate and pale leaf of R. Leigh-

tonianus, we become convinced that only one variable species is

before us. This conclusion is additionally enforced by the con-

current variation in the prickles. Inthe autumn of 1847 I was

led to suspect that R. Leightonianus would be proved to be only

an extreme state of R. leucostachys, from a difficulty which occur-

red to me when endeavouring to distinguish it from R. vestitus

in a dense wood in Herefordshire. Shortly afterwards I received

Mr. Leighton’s remarks, accompanied by a series of specimens,

and my suspicions were converted into certainty.

Mr. Leighton remarks as follows :—“ If you examine the bar-

ren stem of R. leucostachys 8. vestitus, growing in rather exposed

situations, you will find the prickles on the middle and upper

portions large, equal, fully developed, and confined to the angles

or nearly so; but on the base of the stem the prickles are much

more numerous, smaller, and scattered on all sides. The leaves

have dense white tomentum on their under surface; and the

prickles on the petioles are hooked and strong.

“On young plants, or those growing in shady woods, espe-

cially if moist, the barren stem presents throughout much the

appearance of the base of the same part in exposed plants in its

greener colour, and the inequality, slenderness and scattered po-

sition of the prickles. The leaves also are thimner and green on

Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Rubi. 39

both sides, and the whole plant is destitute of that tawny colour

which is peculiar to it when exposed. The prickles on the petioles

are straight or nearly so.

“Tf you examine similar plants on higher and drier, but still

shady spots, the barren stem is found to have the same appear-

ance as in the plant of moist places, but with a manifest tendency

to more equality and regularity in the prickles. The under sur-

' face of the lower leaves is green, that of the upper ones has a

whiter appearance. The prickles on the petioles are slightly

curved or hooked, but a few are straight.”

_ I am indebted to Mr. Leighton for a specimen from near

Shrewsbury, in which the barren stems from the same bush have

the small scattered slender prickles of R. Leightonianus in one

part, the strong, equal and regularly distributed ones of R. leuco-

stachys on another, and also several intermediate states. It may

be safely added, in the words of Mr. Leighton, that the above

“fully proves R. Leightonianus to be only a state of R. leuco-

stachys B. vestitus growing in shade.”

24. R. hirtus, W. et N. :

a, hirtus; caule subtereti, foliis magnis quinatis inzqualiter mucro-

nato-serratis, foliolo terminali ovali cuspidato, panicula tomentosa,

sepalis vix aciculatis.

R. hirtus, Rub. Germ. 95. t. 43.

(. Menkii; caule subanguloso ; foliis mediocribus quinatis vel ter-

_ natis inequaliter et grosse mucronato-serratis, foliolo terminali

ovali-lanceolato, panicula hirta, sepalis aciculatis.

R. Menkii, Rub. Germ. 66. t. 22.

y:. foliosus; caule anguloso sparsim piloso, foliis mediocribus qui-

natis inzqualiter mucronato-dentatis, foliolo terminali cordato

acuminato, panicula hirta ad apicem foliosa, sepalis paululum aci-

culatis.

R. foliosus, Rub. Germ. 74. t. 28.

I have nothing to add concerning var. a. and 8 ; var. y. is now

published for the first time. It grows in Hartshill Wood, War-

wickshire, where it was discovered by the Rev. A. Bloxam, and

to whom is also due the credit of determining its identity with

the R. foliosus, Weihe. It does not quite agree with that plant,

for in the ‘ Rubi Germanici’ the stem is stated to be hairy, the

terminal leaflet ovate cuspidate and finely serrate (but scarcely so

represented on the plate), the panicle almost without sete at the

summit (according to the description, but many are shown in the

figure), and the calyx without set or aciculi. In other respects

the English plant agrees well with the description and figure of

that found in Germany. : ;

40 Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Rubi:

Obs. I am now convinced that the variety of R. Radula for-

merly referred by Dr. Bell Salter and myself to R. foliosus

(Weihe) is not the plant intended by that author, which (what-

ever may be thought of the claims of my R. hirtus yx. foliosus)

seems to be very closely allied to R. Menki (Weihe).

25. R. glandulosus, Bell.

e. rotundifolius; caule subanguloso piloso setoso, aculeis parvis

multis, foliolo terminali rotundo cuspidato basi subcordato inzequa-

liter duplicato-cuspidato-dentato, prope basin mucronato-serrato,

panicule hirte aculeis multis tenuibus rectis declinatis setis bre-

vibus multis ramis paucis brevibus ascendentibus apiceque pane:

floris.

Barren shoot rather angular with small numerous yellow

prickles ; hairs-and sete: abundant, the latter very short. Leaves

mostly ternate, thin, opake, with scattered hairs above, ashy and

pilose beneath ; terminal leaflet nearly round but slightly nar-

rowed below, 1 in one of my specimens it is considerably narrowed

below; lateral leaflets unequally bilobed (or rarely divided into

separate leaflets) ; all wavy at the margin; petioles armed like

the stem. Hairs on the flowering shoot and panicle long, sete

mostly short and sunken amongst the hairs, prickles rather long

and very slender ; leaves ternate ; branches very few, very short ;

sepals lanceolate ‘with an attennated point, setose, acicular, re-

flexed (?) from the fruit.

In small quantity in the same plantation with R. glandulosus

y. rosaceus and 6. dentatus; near ‘Twycross, Leicestershire, Rev.

A. Bloxam.

25*. RK. Giintheri, Weihe.

p. pyramidalis ; caule procumbente, foliis supra subglabris opacis :

_ marginibus deflexis, panicule pyramidalis apice et ramis racemosis

rachide recta rigida.

Stem quite prostrate, conforming itself to the mequalities of

the ground, angular, not furrowed, greenish purple; prickles

rather numerous, short, strongly declining or slightly deflexed,

their base thick ; hairs few; aciculi and short sete rather nume-

rous. Leaves ternate, or very rarely quinate-pedate, the edges

bent downwards, green on both sides, opake with strongly im-

pressed veins and scattered hairs above, paler and with yellowish

hairy ves beneath ; leaflets nearly equal, terminal one obovate-

cuspidate with a subcordate base, lateral leaflets similar but nar-

rower and unequal or lobed on the lower margin ; all irregularly

strongly dentate-serrate-apiculate ; general and partial petioles

and midribs armed beneath similarly but less strongly than the

stem ; stipules linear, hairy, setose.

Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Rubi. 41

Flowering shoot surrounded at its base by brown scales clothed

with ash-coloured silky pubescence, long, very hairy, with rather

numerous short and a few longer declining prickles ; aciculi and

setee short, few, except at the upper part of the shoot and

amongst the flowers. Leaves ternate; leaflets nearly equal, ob-

ovate-cuspidate, green and hairy on both sides with paler veins

beneath ; general and partial petioles armed like the shoot but

with more numerous aciculi and setz ; the one or two uppermost

leaves occasionally simple, ovate or cordate or lobed. Panicle

very long, with several axillary racemose ascending branches and

a long ultra-axillary pyramidal summit with patent or divaricate

branches which are few-flowered and racemose below and one-

flowered above ; the whole remarkably pyramidal and very stiff ;

general and partial rachis and peduncles nearly or quite straight,

very hairy, with slender straight yellow prickles and numerous

‘purple sete. Petals obovate-lanceolate, narrow, greenish white,

widely separated. Styles pale green, pmkish below. Sepals

lanceolate with a long setaceous point, ashy, downy, prickly,

setose, green within, lying close to the fruit and either patent or

forced back by it. Primordial fruit oblong, others shorter.

Valley of Llanberis, N. Wales, in great plenty. August.

Obs. This beautiful and conspicuous plant agrees so nearly

with R. Giintheri that I think it best te consider it as a form of

that species, but have thought it advisable to describe it at some

length. Its chief differences consist in its very rigid and straight,

not wavy, rachis; the divaricate rather than ascending upper di-

visions of the panicle; greenish white, not pink (?), petals; and

more prickly and not truly reflexed sepals. It also much resem-

bles R. thyrsiflorus, but has a different appearance owing to the

almost constantly single-flowered and spreading upper divisions

of its panicle and its narrower petals. Its examination has con-

firmed me in the opinion formerly expressed that R. Giintheri

and R. thyrsiflorus of the ‘Rubi Germ.’ are forms of one species.

When representing the plants in that work the artist seems to

have been provided with a rather weak panicle of the former

and a very strong one of the latter, thus causing them to appear

more than naturally different.

In our plant the panicle is often several feet long, and its lower

axillary branches are exactly like the smaller panicles of less vi-

gorous shoots; the uppermost compound branches resembling

the small panicles produced by weak plants.

25**, R. scaber (Weihe); caule arcuato subanguloso aspero, aculeis

subeequalibus validis brevibus declinatis deflevisve, aciculis: setis

pilisque paucis brevissimis, foliis ternatis quinatisve supra pilosis

subtus pallide viridibus pilosis inzequaliter apiculato-dentatis, foliolo

42 Mr. C. C. Babington on the British Rubi.

terminali obovato-cuspidato, panicule tomentose superne ultra-

axillaris ramis divaricatis subcorymbosis paucifloris, sepalis lanceo-

latis aciculatis setosis a fructu laxe reflexis.

R. scaber, Rub. Germ. 80. t. 32.

Prickles rather numerous on the barren stem, remarkably de-

clining but scarcely deflexed on our plant, short with a thick

base, yellow ; aciculi, sete, and hairs rather few, very short, with

thick rigid bases, which remaining on the old stems give the file-

like roughness to them for which this and the plants allied to

R. Radula are remarkable. Leaves ternate or “ quinate-pedate,”’

opake and deep green with scattered hairs above, much paler but

green with more numerous hairs beneath ; lateral leaflets very

strongly lobed, each lobe oval and cuspidate, upon a short ascend-

ing stalk ; terminal leaflet obovate and cuspidate with a cordate.

base ; all irregularly and rather doubly apiculate-dentate ; general

and partial petioles and midribs (both primary and also those of

the lobes of the lateral leaflets) armed beneath with short thick

yellow hooked prickles, the petioles also having rather numerous

but extremely short aciculi setee and hairs, the midribs with

longer hairs but apparently without sete or aciculi; stipules

linear setose and hairy.

Flowering shoot surrounded by afer} scales, hairy, setose,

with prickles like those of the barren shoot but smaller ; upper

part of the peduncles more setose (sete purple), with a few

aciculi, more hairs, an under coating of ash-coloured wool, and

more slender and less*deflexed prickles. Lowest and uppermost

leaves simple, broad, rather cordate, deeply lobed; the others

ternate with unequally oval or ovate lateral leaflets, the terminal

leaflet obovate-acuminate and considerably narrowed below; all

apiculate dentate, pilose and green on both sides, paler beneath.

Panicle broad and relatively short, somewhat pyramidal; lower

branches axillary, ascending, long, racemose-corymbose, few-

flowered ; upper ones ultra-axillary, divaricate, nearly corymbose,

only three-flowered on my specimens (as they are also represented

in the ‘ Rubi Germ.,’ but not racemose as on that plate). Sepals

lanceolate, woolly, aciculate, setose, greenish externally, loosely

reflexed from the fruit. Petals oblong.

In Hartshill Wood, Warwickshire, in a dense thicket of bram-

bles and briars, Rev. A. Bloxam. August.

Obs. It is very difficult to determine in which section of

the genus this plant should be placed; indeed, its structure

shows that the sections characterized from the barren stems are

not so absolutely distinct as has been supposed by some writers.

The armature of those stems would place it in the scabrous divi-

sion with R. Radula, to the varieties pygmaeus and foliosus of

which the peculiar arms of its petioles show some similarity. In

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 43

other respects it is very different from R. Radula and its allies.

It seems far more correctly placed im close connection with R.

Giintheri and R. glandulosus. In the ‘Compend. Fl. Germ.’ (ed. 2)

it stands between RK. Giintheri and R. Menkii. Its scabrous stem

and very different panicle distinguish it from the former, and the

very different prickles of the stem from the latter. From R. glan-

dulosus, to the variety Lejeuntt of which Mr. Bloxam thinks it

is allied, the remarkable armature of the stem and the broad

pyramidal divaricate panicle appear to separate it.

V1.—Deseriptions of Aphides. By Francis Warxer, F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 454.]

FourtTeENtH GRovp.

Tue species of this group feed on grasses and rushes; they

have rather flat bodies, short feelers and legs, their nectaries

hardly rise above the surface of the body, and they very rarely

occur in the winged form.

26. Aphis Glyceria.

A. Glyceria, Kalt. Mon. Plan. i. 113. 87. |

The viviparous wingless female. This insect feeds on the leaves of

Glyceria fluitans, floating-grass, durmg the summer and autumn.

It is yellowish green, hairy, rather flat, with slight transverse

ridges, and gradually increases in breadth from the head till near

the tip of the abdomen: there are two dark green, broad, indi-

stinct stripes along the back: the front is concave on either side

and slightly convex and notched in the middle: there are no

tubercles at the base of the feelers, which are setaceous, yellow,

and less than one-third of the length of the body ; their tips are

brown ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth

is as long as the fourth ; the sixth is longer than the fifth; the

seventh is as long as the sixth: the eyes are dark brown: the

mouth is yellow and reaches the middle hips ; its tip is brown :

the legs are yellow and rather short ; the feet and the tips of the

thighs and of the shanks are brown ; the shanks are straight. It

has a soft velvet-like appearance, and varies much in colour, being

either deep green, or pale green, or yellow, or sometimes mottled

with these colours ; or it has a reddish tinge, or is reddish yellow,

or almost brown ; it is adorned with rows of little black dots. The

young ones are light fresh green, having the head and the limbs

almost white.

The viviparous winged female. This is very scarce: the head

and the dise of the chest are brown: the feelers are rather more

A. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

than one-third of the length of the body ; the seventh joint is

longer than the fifth : the wings are colourless ; the veins and the

wing-brands are brown ; the rib-vein is rather broad, but widens

into a rather narrow brand; the first and the second veins are

nearly straight; the third is obsolete at its source, and 1s very

slightly inclined inwards ; it is forked soon after one-third, and

again at two-thirds of its length; the fourth vein is nearly

straight: one wing of the only specimen that I have seen has

no second fork. %

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in the autumn ;

it is green, and very much resembles the viviparous female: the

feelers are a little more than one-fourth of the length of the body.

- The wingless male. It is dull dark yellow, blackish above, and

especially towards the tip of the abdomen : the feelers are black,

yellow at the base, and more than half the length of the body:

the legs are dull yellow; the feet are black. In other characters

it resembles the female.

Length of the body 3-1 line; of the wings 2 lines.

Kaltenbach observes that this species feeds also on Poa annua,

annual meadow-grass, Phalaris arundinacea, and Juncus lampo-

carpus, shining-fruited rush, &c.

27. Aphis littoralis, n.s.

This species is very abundant in the autumn on the grass of

the muddy sea-shore near Lancaster, and the following descrip-

tion is from specimens found on that plant. |

The viviparous wingless female. The body is rather flat, some

what long and narrow, dark green, sometimes but very rarely

pale green, not hairy nor bristly, but clothed with a white velvet-

like down ; it increases slightly in breadth from the head to the

tip of the abdomen: the feelers are filiform, yellow, black towards

the tips, and about one-fifth of the length of the body : the mouth

is dull green with a black tip: the legs are dull yellow, and very

short ; the feet are black : all the segments of the body are di-

stinct, transverse, and of nearly equal size : it moves slowly, and

has much resemblance to the preceding species, whose body how-

ever is hairy.

The oviparous wingless female. I have not yet observed any

outward difference between this and the preceding form.

The wingless male. It appears with the oviparous female at

the end of October, but is comparatively scarce: the body is

brown, and slightly increases in breadth from the head till near

the tip of the abdomen: the feelers are about half the length of

the body, and are shorter than those of the darker brown male

of A. Glyceria, whose nectaries moreover rise a little above the

surface of the body, whereas in this species they are even with

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 45

the same. In the latter part of autumn the habitation of this

species is frequently submerged, and its body is often covered

with clay.

28. Aphis hirtellus.

- Atheroides hirtellus, Haliday, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1838, 189.

The oviparous wingless female. The body is yellow, rather flat,

nearly linear, shining, tuberculated: there are two faint broken

light brown stripes along the back on each side, and a row of

black spots between them : the tip of the abdomen is fringed with

a few hairs: the feelers are black, yellow at the base, and full

half the length of the body: the eyes are dark red : the mouth is

pale yellow, and reaches the base of the fore-legs : the legs are

pale yellow : there is a light brown ring around each hind-thigh

very near the tip ; the base of the fore-shanks and the whole of

the hind-shanks are light brown ; the feet are black.

lst var. Bright pale yellow.

~ 2nd var. Dull buff.

3rd var. Dark brown.

Ath var. Pale brown with a buff head.

5th var. Pale yellow, with four rows of pale brown spots along

the back. :

The viviparous winged female. The body is brown and bristly :

the feelers are setaceous, pale yellow, and rather less than half

the length of the body ; their tips are brown ; the third and fourth

joints are long and slender; the fifth and the sixth are rather

shorter ; the seventh is longer and more slender: the mouth is

dull yellow : the legs are pale yellow; the feet and the tips of

the shanks are darker : the wings are colourless, or very slight]

tinged with pale yellow, and are much longer than the body ; the

wing-ribs, the rib-veins and the brands are pale yellow ; the veins

are pale brown.

The wingless male. The body is dark brown or almost black :

it has longer feelers than the female, and is sometimes only one-

third or even one-fourth of the size of the latter. It sometimes

pairs with the female of A. serrulatus.

Length of the body 3-14 line.

Ist var. Body very dark blackish green.

Found on grass in the autumn near Lancaster, and near Belfast.

29. Aphis Cyperi, n.s.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is spindle-shaped,

dull green, and rather flat : the feelers are brown, setaceous, and

three-fourths of the length of the body ; the fourth joint is about

half the length of the third ; the fifth is as long as the fourth ;

the sixth is more than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh

46 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

is much longer than the sixth : the front is convex : the nectaries

do not rise above the surface of the abdomen : the legs are yel-

_low, and rather short ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are

black ; the latter are straight.

_ The viviparous winged female. In colour like the wingless fe-

male, but the head and the dise of the chest are brown: the

feelers are black, and as long as the body : the wings are colour-

less, rather long and narrow; the veins and the wing-brands

are brown; the wing-vein begins to widen into the brand just

after half the length of the wing ; the brand is long and narrow,

and the angle at its tip is very obtuse; the first and the second

veins are nearly straight, remote at their source, but near each

other at their tips ; the third vein is obsolete at its source, and is

forked after one-third and again after two-thirds of its length ;

the fourth vein is very slightly curved.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 3% lines.

Found by Mr. Haliday on rushes in the autumn, near Belfast.

FIFTEENTH GROUP.

30. Aphis Eriophori, n.s..

The viviparous wingless female. The body is elliptical, rather | :

narrow, slightly convex, dark lead-colour, somewhat hairy, and

has a spot of white floccus at the tip of the abdomen : the feelers

are setaceous, and less than half the length of the body; the

fourth joimt is full half the length of the third ; the fifth is rather

shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is much more slender than the preceding

joints, and rather longer than the fifth and the sixth: the eyes

are tuberculate behind: the mouth reaches the middle hips: the

front is: nearly straight, shightly notched, and beset with short

bristles: the sides of the fore-chest are slightly undulated: the’

nectaries are nearly one-seventh of the length of the body: the

abdominal segments behind the nectaries are very short : the legs

are slender, slightly hairy, and rather short; the shanks are

straight. :

Length of the body 14 line.

The young ones are paler, and their mouths reach beyond

the hind-hips. 3

“ Abundant on Eriophorum vaginatum, hare’s-tail cotton-grass,

in a pool near the pass in Wicklow called ‘ Sally Gap,’ 1600-

1700 feet high,” Aug. 16th, 1847, Mr. Haliday.

SIXTEENTH Group.

31. Aphis bufo, Haliday MSS.

The viviparous wingless female. Found in the beginning of Oc-

Mr. F, Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. A7

tober by the sea-shore near Fleetwood on Lycopsis arvensis, the

small bugloss ; also by Mr. Hardy near Newcastle on Carex are-

naria, sand reed, and by Mr. Haliday near Belfast. While very

young the body is pale green, but most of the abdomen is red :

the feelers are pale green, and nearly as long as the body; the

tips of the joints are black: the mouth is reddish green, and

reaches the base of the hind-legs ; its tip and the eyes are black :

the legs are red, stout, and rather short. When full-grown the

body is oval, broad, tuberculate, hairy, and yellow : there are two

rows of larger tubercles along the back : the tip of the abdomen

is black : the feelers are black, setaceous, and a little more than

half the length of the body; the third joint is yellow: the eyes

are black, and each of them being quite divided seems to be

double: the mouth is yellow with a brown tip, and does not

reach the middle-hips: the legs are short, black, bristly, and re-

markably stout, especially the fore-thighs and the middle-thighs

and the hind-shanks ; the fore-shanks and the middle-shanks are

yellow, darker towards the base, and the middle-shanks are also

darker towards their tips: the nectaries hardly rise above the sur- .

face of the body. The eggs of this species are spindle-shaped,

dark green, and thickly covered with white powder; they are

fastened along the blades of the leaves, which when dead col-

lapse, and preserve them from injury. |

The wingless male. The body is yellow with two longitudinal

stripes and with black tubercles: the feelers are longer than the

body ; the legs are more slender than those of the female; the

thighs are yellow with black tips. '

SEVENTEENTH GROUP.

Containing only one species which is wingless in all. its forms,

and recedes very far from the ordinary characters of the genus.

32. Aphis serrulatus,

Atheroides serrulatus, Haliday, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1839, 189.

The viviparous female. Is dark brown.or pale brown above, pale

red or pale yellow or yellowish green beneath, convex, linear, very

long and narrow, somewhat dull and finely rugulose: the front

of the head is bristly : the-fore-chest and the middle-chest are

rather large; the hind-chest is shorter ; the propodeon is still

shorter ; the podeon is as long as the propodeon ; the octoon and

the following segments are of equal and moderate size ; the telum

is bristly: the feelers are slightly setaceous, pale yellow at the

base, darker at the tips, and about one-sixth or one-eighth of the

length of the body: the eyes are black : the mouth is pale yellow

or yellowish green and reaches the middle-hips:; its tip is black :

48 Mr. Toulmin Smith’s Account of the Ventriculide

the legs are yellow, and rather short ; the tips of the shanks and

of the feet are darker.

lst var. The feelers are black, yellow at the base, and as long

as one-fourth of the body : the mouth is pale red with a black tip :

the legs are dull red ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black.

The oviparous female. Appears in the autumn, and does not

outwardly differ from:-the viviparous female.

The male. The feelers are very nearly or rather more than half

the length of the body, which is rather shorter than that of the

female : the body and the limbs are slightly hairy, and the former

is of a pale olive colour: the feelers are black, setaceous, pale yel-

lowish green near the base : the legs are also pale yellowish green ;

the feet are black ; the hind-thighs are blackish towards the base.

Length of the body 2-1 line.

[To be continued. |

VII.— Observations on Dr. MantEi’s “ Repry ” to Mr. Tout-

MIN SmitH’s Account of the Ventriculide.

Tue remarks of Dr. Mantell in the ‘ Annals.of Natural History ’

of the present month call for a few brief observations from me.

I must always regret a difference of views from any one for whom

I have a respect,—and especially with whom I have been in

habits of friendly intercourse,—when, but only when, any feel-

ing of reserve or asperity arises out of that difference of views

instead of the cordial desire for still further discussion and in-

vestigation, and so getting, in the end, nearer to the truth.

Dr. Mantell imputes to me presumption in stating that “the

field was an entirely untrodden one and the task a new one,”

and that “the nature of this class of animals was totally un-

known before.”” _I wish to make two answers to this imputation ;

first, as regards an implied denial of justice to himself; second,

as to the matter of fact. .

First, as to my notice of Dr. Mantell himself. In pp. 73 and 74

I use the following language. Having named Dr. Mantell’s

paper in the ‘ Linnean Transactions’ I add :—“ That paper was

but one among the many results of the indefatigable labours of

its author in a field then little trodden and by few feet. * * It

can be no reflection on the Discoverer of the Wealden and First

Investigator of the Chalk to show that, amid the multitude of

objects which engaged his attention, one was not followed out

exhaustively.” Again, on entering on the classification, I use, at

p- 45, the followig words :—“ I have been unwilling, out of re-

spect to the many labours of Dr. Mantell in the field of paleeon-

tology, to reject, as others have done without assigning any rea-

in reply to Dr. Mantell. 49

son, this generic appellation ; * * I am glad that a modification

in the meaning of the word enables me to retain a name which

will always bring to the inquirer’s recollection the long and suc-

cessful labours of Dr. Mantell.” The candid reader may judge

from these and other passages whether I have wished to de-

preciate the labours of Dr. Mantell or his reputation.

Second, as to the matter of fact : the question simply is, what

is knowledge of a class of animals. I apprehend that “ know-

ledge” of any creature is not merely the sight, or bare handling,

or even giving an arbitrary name to a specimen; it must imply

some knowledge of structure and functions, in the same way as

Professor Owen justly tells us that “the knowledge of the or-

ganized beings now called Polypi, as members of the animal king-

dom, is of comparatively recent introduction” (Comp. Anat. 1.

p- 81), though these had been seen and handled on the sea-shore

for ages. I certainly must repeat the assertion that, previously

to the publication of my papers,-—papers as to which Dr. Mantell

himself has been pleased to say that “the subject has recently

been investigated by a gentleman of distinguished ability”

(Wonders of Geology, 6th ed. p. 638),—the nature of these

beautiful fossils was “ totally unknown.” Neither Dr. Mantell

nor any previous writer had ever even suspected the existence of

‘any membrane whatever in the Ventriculide. On the other

hand, “I have demonstrated that the basis of the Ventriculidz

is a simple unperforated membrane ; that, therefore, the descrip-

tions so long before the world, and so often repeated, are funda-

mentally erroneous,—the conclusions as to the ceconomy of the

animal being necessarily, therefore, as fundamentally erroneous ”

(p. 43 note). In addition to this, and other points to which I

cannot now allude, I have discovered and described and figured, as

existing in this membrane, an entirely new form of animal struc-

ture ; of which Dr. Mantell himself has said (somewhat in incon-

sistency with what he now considers as due to his courteous read-

ers) :—‘ Of the accuracy of Mr. Toulmin Simith’s beautiful mi-

croscopic examination of the intimate tissue of these zoophytes I

have no doubt; and will only remark that the octahedral form,

represented as that assumed by the imosculating fibres of the

membrane of the Ventriculide, is a very extraordinary anomaly in

animal structures.” (Wonders of Geology, 6th ed. p. 688 note.) I

think Dr. Mantell’s own words, addressed to the very readers

whom he now twice assures of his own accuracy, and whom he is

so anxious to treat with all due courtesy, are the best testimony

that he is doing me injustice.

I am surprised that Dr. Mantell should speak of an “ incon-

eruous assemblage” of forms. I might take almost any family

of either animal or vegetable kingdom to show the futility of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. u. J.

50 Mr. Toulmin Smith’s Account of the Ventriculide.

this objection. The Acacias platyptera, pendula and grandiflora

are, for mstance, at first sight, almost as incongruous as are

Tubulipora patina, Gemellaria loriculata and Halodactylus dia-

phanus.

I doubt not that when the first priest of old nailed to the

column’s head, after the solemn sacrifice was done, the scalp

which he had torn off the devoted ram, he thought he knew very

well what a ram’s head was, and would have pitied any unhappy

wight who might have suggested any resemblance between the

head and the tail of the beast which had just smoked ywpon the

altar. It has been reserved for modern science not only to sug-

gest but to demonstrate, by one of the most beautiful, most

logical, most philosophical, and at the same time most scienti-

fically important trains of investigation that has been ever fol-

lowed up, that between these so “ incongruous” parts there are

clear and positive homologies, and that no one can truly “ know ”

either part who does not study those homologies. It has been by

treading, though at an humble distance, and, I am fully con-

scious, with a too faltering step, in the path by which those im-

portant truths have been obtained that I have arrived at what

Dr. Mantell thinks fit to term “ sublime transcendentalisms ;”

but which, to my mind, constitute, in every branch of science,

the main charm, and the most important end, of the pursuit. ~~

In conclusion I may be allowed to say, that it is of little im-

portance to the world what may be Dr. Mantell’s opinion or my

own on the present matter ; but it is of importance whether, in

pursuing the subject, any fragment of truth has been got at. I

had hoped Dr. Mantell would have discussed my facts and argu-

ments, and not “replied” to my conclusions. I hope that he

will do so yet. It is only by full discussion, close examination,

and careful consideration that the truth or falsity of my conclu-

sions can be tested. Such discussion, examination and consi-

deration I shall be ready and most glad to meet from any one in

& fair and cordial spirit. But all hope of truth and all scientific

investigation is at an end, if it is to be considered asa “reply” toa

long and most carefully conducted train of investigation that, some

years before, one or two of the objects whose natural history and

relations are thus elucidated had been described in quite a differ-

ent way ; and that, ¢herefore,—for that is Dr. Mantell’s only ar-

sument,—the more recent investigations must be all wrong. I

am glad to say that my collection has been already visited by

several of the most eminent paleontologists and anatomists of

this country ; and I know that some of these, who have the most.

carefully examined the series, are satisfied of the truth of my

conclusions. Of the opinion of others I have perhaps no certain

information at present ; but I will only add, that, to these or any

Royal Society. 51

others really wishing to compare the facts or to examine into the

nature of this most beautiful and interesting class of fossils, the

contents of my cabinet will, after August of the present year, be

at all times most freely open for inspection.

J. TouLMIN SMITH.

Highgate, 16th June 1848.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

May 25, 1847.—* On the structure of the Jaws and Teeth of the |

Iguanodon.”” By Gideon Algernon Mantell, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S.,

Vice-President of the Geological Society, &c.

The recent discovery of the right dentary bone of the lower jaw

of an adult Iguanodon with teeth, having enabled the author, with

the aid afforded by other specimens, to determine the structure of the

maxillary organs of that gigantic herbivorous reptile, the result of

his investigations are embodied in the present communication.

The first memoir of the author on the teeth of the Iguanodon was

published in the Philosophical Transactions for 1825; but owing

to the fragmentary and water-worn condition in which the fossil re-

mains of terrestrial vertebrated animals occur in fluviatile deposits,

in consequence of these strata consisting of materials transported from

far distant lands, nearly a quarter of a century elapsed before any

portion of the jaw with teeth was discovered.

The most important of the fossils described in this mémoir con-

sists of the anterior part of the right side of the lower jaw, which was

discovered a few weeks since, in a quarry in Tilgate Forest, by Capt.

Lambart Brickenden, F.G.S., who with great liberality placed it at

the disposal of the author as the original investigator of the fossils

- of the Wealden.

This dentary bone, which is eighteen inches long, is perfect in the

anterior part, but is broken at the hinder extremity, and retains five

or six inches of the coronoid bone: the length of the jaw to which it

belonged is estimated at four feet. It contains two successional teeth

in place, the fang of a third, and the alveoli or sockets for eighteen

or nineteen mature molars; the entire number of teeth on each side

the lower jaw was about twenty.

The mature teeth, which, when abraded by use in mastication,

resemble the worn molars of herbivorous mammalia, appear to have

been arranged in a close-set series. The lower teeth had their ena-

melled striated face parallel with the alveolar plate, and frenting the

inside of the mouth ; but the upper were placed in a reverse position,

that is, with the enamelled facet of the crown external; and the

teeth in the upper and lower jaws were arranged subalternate or in-

termediate in relation to each other, as is the case in the ruminants.

But a still more remarkable character presented by this specimen

52 Royal Society.

is the peculiar construction of the anterior part of the lower jaw,

which forms the symphysis. This process, instead of being con- ~

tinued round the front of the mouth and beset with teeth, as in all

other saurians, is edentulous, and extends into a procumbent scoop-

like expansion, very analogous to the symphysial portion of the

lower jaw in the Sloths, and especially to that of the colossal extinct

Edentata—the Mylodons. Along the external surface of this dentary

bone there is a row of very large vascular foramina; and the sym-

physis also is perforated with numerous openings for the passage of

blood-vessels and nerves sent off from the great dental canal. ‘The

unusual number and magnitude of these foramina indicate a great

development of the integuments and soft parts with which the bone

was invested, and also the large size of the under lip.

The upper jaw, of which a considerable portion discovered by the

author is in the British Museum, confirms the inferences deduced

from the teeth and dentary bone of the lower maxilla.

The author, with the able assistance of Dr.A.G. Melville, instituted

a comparison between all the teeth of the Iguanodon to which he could

obtain access, and those of recent saurians; and the result of the

investigation is detailed. The new light shed on the structure and »

functions of the dental organs, confirms, in every essential particular,

the inferences deduced by the author from the detached teeth alone,

in his memoir of 1825; and it also reveals an extraordinary devia-

tion from all known types of reptilian organization, and which could

not have been predicated; namely, that this colossal reptile, which

equalled in bulk the gigantic Edentata of South America, and like

them was destined to obtain support from comminuted vegetable sub-

stances, was also furnished with a large prehensile tongue and fleshy

lips, to serve as instruments for seizing and cropping the foliage and

branches of trees; while the arrangement of the teeth as in the ru-

minants, and their internal structure, which resembles that of the

molars of the Sloth tribe in the vascularity of the dentine, indicate

adaptations for the same purpose.

- Among the physiological phenomena revealed by Paleonto-

logy, there is not a more remarkable one than this modification

of the type of organization peculiar to the class of reptiles, to meet

the conditions required by the economy of a lizard placed under

similar physical relations, and destined to effect the same general

purpose in the scheme of nature, as the colossal Edentata of former

ages, and the large herbivorous mammalia of our own times.

From the facts detailed, the author is led to consider the specimen

described in his memoir of 1841, as being probably the lower jaw of a

young Iguanodon (but the true nature of which, from the absence of

the crowns of the teeth, was doubtful) belonging to the same family,

but referable to a distinct genus or subgenus; and he proposes the

name of Regnosaurus Northamptoni for that remarkable fossil saurian.

The communication was illustrated by several drawings of the speci-

mens described.

Zoological Society. 53

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Jan. 11, 1848.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1, ON THE REMAINS OF THE GIGANTIC AND PRESUMED EXTINCT WING-

LESS OR TERRESTRIAL Birps or New ZEALAND (DINORNIS AND

PALAPTERYX), WITH INDICATIONS OF TWO OTHER GENERA (No-

ToRNiIs AND Nestor). By Proressor Owen, F.R.S. ere. ETc.

In this memoir (No. III.) Professor Owen confined himself to the

description and comparison of the bones of the head and beak, form-

ing part of a very extensive and valuable series collected by Mr.

Walter Mantell in a deposit of volcanic sand at Waingongoro, North

Island of New Zealand. After enumerating the principal bones, now

in the possession of Dr. Gideon Mantell, F.R.S., by whom Prof. Owen

had been kindly invited to determine and describe them, and stating

the species to which the majority were referable, viz. Dinornis gigan-

teus, D. cusuarinus, D. didiformis, D. curtus, Palapteryx ingens, P.

dromioides, P. geranoides, the author alluded to a form of tarso-

metatarsal bone, which had supported a strong back-toe, and resem-

bled the metatarsus of the Dodo, but was shorter and thicker, as

apparently belonging to the tibia of the species described in a former

memoir (Zool. Trans. iii. 1843, p. 247), to the Dinornis otidiformis,

but which must belong to a genus (Apterornis) distinct from both

Dinornis and Palapteryx. He also stated that the collection contained

many bones of seals of the genus Arctocephalus, F. Cuv., with a few

bones of a dog and of the human subject: the latter had been calcined,

and were probably the remains of some cannibal feast of the natives.

The uncalcined bones of the seal were in the same state, brittle,

absorbent, and of a yellowish brown colour, as the bones of the ex-

tinct birds, with which they were associated and appear to have been

coeval. Numerous fragments of the shells of more than one kind of

egg, the largest surpassing in size the egg of the ostrich, had also

been discovered with the bones.

In the present memoir Prof. Owen described the bones of the head

and beak. They belonged to four distinct genera of Birds, ‘The

largest skull, with a very strong, broad, subelongate and subincurved

beak, like an adze, was referred to the genus Dinornis. ‘The second

in size, with a beak to which that of the Emeu makes the nearest ap-

proach, was referred to’ Palapteryx. The third skull, with a beak

like that of the Porphyrio and Brachypteryx, was referred to the same

family—‘ Rallide’—to which those genera belong; but, through the

peculiarities of the cranium, formed the type of a new genus, Notornis.

The fourth form of beak was referable to the genus Nestor in the

family Psittacide.

The cranium of the Dinornis presents the family characters of great

breadth, and forward inclination of the occipital region, of the ver-

tical plane of the occipital foramen, and of the prominent and pedun-

culate occipital condyle ; but the downward development of the basi-

‘

54: Zoological Society.

occipital and basisphenoid is exaggerated, as compared with the

Palapteryx, the basis cfanii, which is 2} inches in length, descending

abruptly for the extent of 1 inch below the foramen magnum ; the

condyle is hemispherical as in Ofis, not a quarter of a sphere as in

Struthio and Palapteryx, nor, as in Didus, a transverse reniform tu-

bercle with a median notch above. The foramen magnum is a ver-

tical ellipse, with lateral processes encroaching upon it, as in Didus ;

but in this large extinct bird the upper half of the foramen is nar-

rower and almost pointed above. In Apteryxr and Palapteryx the

foramen is widest transversely. ‘The margin of the foramen magnum

is broad and excavated in both Dinornis, Otis and Didus, but the

upper border ends in the latter genus in a tubercle on each side.

In Didus there is a small middle supraoccipital foramen and two

lateral ones, but these do not exist in Dinornis, Otis, or Palapteryz :

the lateral foramina are present in Apteryz.

In the extinct genera and in Otis the supraoccipital ridge is well-

marked, but defined rather by the subsidence of the occipital surface

than the elevation of the ridge above the parietal one.

In no bird is the extent of surface for muscular attachment so great

at the back part of the head, or so strongly marked by depressions

and ridges, as in the Dinornis.

The extension of the surface by the downward thick wedge-shaped

development of the basi-occipito-sphenoidal surface, and by its lateral

strong backwardly produced ridges, is quite peculiar to the Dinornis,

An approach to this structure is made by Otis in the ridges that con-

nect the sides of the flat basisphenoid* with the paroccipital * pro-

cesses. In Palapteryx the basi-sphenoid is square and flat below, in

Didus it presents a longitudinal channel bounded by parallel lateral

ridges; the sides of the basisphenoid, which incline to these ridges,

are slightly concave, have two perforations posteriorly, one above

and a little in advance of the other, and form the anterior and internal

boundary of the tympanic cavity.

In Palapteryz, as in Didus, the basioccipital descends and expands

into two thick obtuse processes, from which muscles pass to the in-

wardly-bent angles of the jaw. Internal to these processes are two

short tubercles. On each side the base of the occipital condyle in

Dinornis are three small foramina; in Didus two, the outer one the

largest.

In Dinornis, Otis and Didus, two foramina, the upper one for the

hypoglossal nerve, the lower one for the entocarotid artery, open ex-

ternally in a deep elliptic depression. The paroccipital is enormously

developed in Dinornis, and sends a rough thick process from its under

part to abut against the lateral basioccipital ridge, where it articu-

lates and sometimes anchyloses with the stylohyal: in Palapteryx

and Didus the paroccipital carries the posterior surface of the skull

downwards and outwards in a minor degree than in Dinornis, and

terminates in a curved convex thick border : its internal surface next

* For the definition of these and other anatomical terms the author referred to

his ‘ Report on the Homologies of the Vertebrate Skeleton’ in “ Report of British

Association, 1846.”

Zoological Socrety. 5d

the tympanic cavity is cellular in Didus. ‘The eustachian outlets

open, in both Dinornis and Otis, above a transverse ridge terminating

the basisphenoid anteriorly : this ridge is not present in Apéeryer or

Palapteryx. The Palapteryz also differs from Dinornis in the higher

position of the precondyloid holes and their greater separation from

the carotid holes, in the minor development of the paroccipitals, the

major development of the mastoids, and by the large and single

oblong depression, beneath the mastoid, for the single superior con-

dyle of the tympanic bone. In Dinornis the temporal fossa is wide

and deep, in Didus narrow and deep; the alisphenoid is concave

where it ascends to coalesce with the mastoid, parietal and post-

frontal to form the temporal fossa: the limits of the orbitosphenoid

are also obliterated by a similar confluence: in this region of the

skull the ‘foramen ovale’ is preceded in Dinornis as in Didus by two

smaller foramina, and in front of these is the great ‘foramen opti-

cum.’ The parietals are very broad and short in both extinct genera;

but in Dinornis there is a median rising where the sagittal suture

originally ran, whilst Didus shows a depression and foramen here.

The mastoid in Dinornis, as in Ofis,-sends down two processes, one,

the tympanic process, short,—the other, or proper mastoid process,

long; this coalesces with the postfrontal jn Dinornis, not in Otis: the

base of the mastoid has two articular ca‘ities for the upper condyles

of the tympanic bone. In Didus the outer side of the mastoid is

convex, smooth, but with a slight oblique ridge; it overhangs the

tympanic cavity, bending inwards, and sends a short compressed

pointed mastoid process in front of the anterior articular cavity for

the anterior and upper condyle of the tympanic.

The presphenoid is a deep compressed plate, thickened and

rounded below; the palatines abut against it, as in Didus, where

the fore-part of the pterygoids also rest in part upon the presphenoid.

The frontals of Dinornis form together a broad hexagonal plate

moderately convex, with the cerebral hemispheres indicated by very

slight risings: the postfrontals form the depressed lateral angles; the

anterior border is emarginate and coalesces with the nasals and pre-

maxillary, without being elevated above them. In Palapteryx the

frontals are more produced anteriorly before coalescing with the base

of the beak. In Ofis the interorbital part of the frontals is deeply

and widely excavated. In Didus the frontals are broad and convex,

rising singularly above the cranial ends of the nasals and premaxil-

lary, with which they also coalesce. ‘The supraorbital plate presents

a rough notch near the fore-part, where in Dinornis there is a shal-

low emargination. In Dinornis there is a shallow depression with

vascular grooves at the outside of the base of the postfrontal distinct

from the temporal fossa: in Didus the temporal fossa extends for-

wards above the postfrontal and forms there a reniform depression,

either for a gland, or what is less likely, for a co-extension of the

origin of the temporal muscle. The postfrontal is a strong trian-

gular obtuse process, ending freely as in Palapieryx, not joined to

the mastoid as in Dinornis. The orbitosphenoids, indicated by the

optic foramina, continue the roof and septum of the orbits by coales-

56 Zoological Society.

cence with the alisphenoids behind, the frontals above, the prefrontals

in front, and the presphenoid below : they send aridge upwards and

outwards to the under part of the postfrontals, but do not present

that singularly swollen character which is so peculiar in Didus; in

which also the prefrontals form a large smooth protuberance, like a

tumour, at the fore-part of the orbits, and appear on the upper sur-

face of the cranium in front of the antorbital process of the true frontal

and external to the lachrymal. The interorbital bony septum is entire

in both Dinornis and Didus; but in the latter it is more than an

inch in thickness and cellular, and in this respect more resembles

the singular structure of the part in Apteryx. The orbits are smaller

in Dinornis than in the large existing Struthionide or in Otis, but

are larger than in Apteryx. The olfactory chambers in Dinornis are

less developed than in Palapteryx and Apteryz.

The nasal bones in Dinornis and Otis converge where they over-

lap the prefrontal (ethmoide, Cuv.) in order to join the frontal and

include that end of the nasal process of the premaxillary, which is

on a lower plane; and, as they advance, they pass beneath that

process, coalesce with it and with each other, and terminate in

Dinornis in a point. In Didus the nasals also anchylose with the

frontal, where they are separated by the nasal process of the pre-

maxillary, as indicated by the two longitudinal fissures, which, com-

mencing behind at 2 lines distance from the outer border of the

anchylosed base of the beak, gain that border at 1 inch 9 lines

distance from the frontal, and thus indicate the proportions of the

base formed by the anchylosed nasals: the fissure can also be traced

as in Dinornis, bending inwards upon the under surface of the nasal

process of premaxillary, to about 3 inches from the frontal, when

the fissure returns back, inclining to the median line, and meets its

fellow there. All the outer part of the median stem or base of the

beak defined by these linear furrows I regard asthe nasals, which

thus support the nasal process of the premaxillary.

This process is a broad transversely arched plate, where it joins

the maxillary processes to form the anterior or rostral part of the

premaxillary ; the extent of which, anterior to the external nostrils,

is 24 inches, the whole length of the premaxillary being 41 inches.

Its breadth at the middle is rather more than an inch ; the depth of

the upper bony beak gradually decreases from its base where it is

1 inch 9 lines, to its apex where it is less than 1 line, but retains

a breadth of 8 lines, the edge appearing to have been truncate or

very slightly rounded off: the whole upper beak being gently arched

to this terminal edge resembles the cooper’s adze (doloire, Fr.).

The palatal surface is broad, very slightly excavated, and bounded

laterally by well-defined alveolar ridges: the palatal nostril com-

mences anteriorly 1 inch 10 lines from the anterior border of the

premaxillary. In Didus the nasal process of the premaxillary pre-

sents an elliptic transverse section where it quits the maxillary pro-

cesses, and diminishes in depth as it retrogrades, becoming depressed

and broad where it rests upon and divides the nasals to anchylose

with the frontal. Where the nasal and maxillary processes diverge,

Zoological Society. 57

there is adeep groove externally terminating in a canal directed

forwards into the rostral part or body of the premaxillary ; this part

is subincurved, pointed, rough and with irregular vascular perfora-

tions, with a sharp inferior border on each side, and a more concave

palatal surface than in Dinornis. The long and slender palatines

of Dinornis coalesce behind with the vomer and in front with the

maxillaries ; they are concave below, particularly at their back part,

by the downward extension there of their mner border. In Didus

the palatines arch outwards from their posterior attachments, are

broad and smooth mesially with a sharp crenate edge above; a thin,

outwardly smooth, convex ridge is directed outwards and downwards,

and a more angular ridge is directed downwards with an obtuse apex:

a groove divides this from the outer ridge: the upper and outer

ridge extends to the maxillary; the lower ridge subsides before it

reaches the maxillary. The palatines form the boundaries of the

naso-palatine aperture, and approximate each other at both their

ends, but do not meet. There is a fossa at the outer and near the

back part of each palatine, where there is a rough concavity ; the

rest. of the outer surface is convex lengthwise, concave vertically.

The boundaries of the maxillary are more readily traceable in Didus

than in Dinornis ; but they have coalesced in both, with the pala-

tine, malar and lachrymal behind, and with the maxillary process

of the premaxillary in front: the maxillary in Didus forms a com-

pressed longitudinal plate of bone with thick rounded borders above

and below, and almost touches its fellow, leaving a deep narrow chink

between the nasal fossa above and the palate below, closed by the

palatal membrane.

The tympanic bone of the Dinornis has more a triangular than a

quadrate form by reason of the unusually large size of its inferior

condyle, which forms its base: the orbital process is a compressed

subrhomboidal plate : the lower condyle is not so extended inferiorly

in the Bustard (Otis) ; its upper condyle is bifid, as in Dinornis. In

Palapteryz it is single, as in Apteryx. In Didus the tympanic bone

is subquadrate with the four angles produced, and the upper and

hinder one bifurcate, forming the bifid condyle for the mastoid arti-

culation: in Dinornis the mastoid condyle is also double, with a

linear strip of bone between ; and behind this the pneumatic foramen,

where also similar foramina are situated in Didus: in this extinct

bird, the orbital process, forming the anterior angle, is compressed

and truncate: the outer surface of the bone is smooth and convex

vertically ; the inner surface is traversed by a sharp concave ridge

extending from the inner division of the upper condyle to the ante-

rior part of the inner and lower angle: the anterior division of the

inner surface is concave, the posterior one is concave vertically, con-

vex transversely. The antero-posterior extent of the condyle for

the lower jaw is little, but greatest at its outer part, where it rests

upon the shallow reniform outer division of the concave articular

part of the lower jaw: the inner, more ridge-like part of the condyle

sinks into a deeper transversely extended depression of the same

articular concavity. The tympanic of the Dinornis chiefly differs in

58 Zoological Society.

the great extension, upwards and backwards, of the broad and un-

divided inferior condyle: there is also an articular surface, on its

outer side, for the mastoid process (not present in O¢is) and another

small one on the inner side for the pterygoid; besides the lower and

outer cup for the end of the slender zygoma (squamosal).

The inner angle of the expanded articular end of the lower jaw

of Dinornis ends by a short obtuse process. In Ofis and Didus it

forms a strong trihedral process, the anterior and posterior facets

meeting a transverse ridge below, which is continued into a com-

pressed plate forming the posterior angle of the jaw. ‘The posterior

surface is smooth and slightly concave, semioval in Dinornis, deeper

and subtriangular in Didus.

The outer part of the articular end of the mandible is smooth and

convex in Dinornis : in Didus a masseteric ridge is continued down-

wards and forwards from the outer overhanging border of the arti-

cular cavity to the back and lower angle of the dentary piece, de-

fining, with the posterior border of the dentary, a concave, slightly

pitted surface. The surangular in Dinornis has a short and low thick

coronoid ridge, external to which there is a rough oval surface. In

Didus the surangular developes a very small coronoid process, and

its fore-part is deeply notched:,a deeper and more angular notch

divides the surangular from the angular piece. This notch receives

the lower fork of the dentary on the outside, and the end of the

splenial at the inner side. These notches do not exist in Dinornis :

the surangular, angular and articular pieces have coalesced together

in both the extinct birds. Where they join the posterior forks of

the dentary piece, a long narrow vacuity is left, which in Dinornis is

almost divided by a broad bar of bone extending upwards from the

angular, but which does not quite touch the surangular. In Didus

the upper fork of the dentary joins the upper and fore part of the

surangular; the notch between the hinder forks of the dentary bounds

anteriorly the narrow elliptic vacuity, 15 millimeters long by 3 milli-

meters deep. A notch also extends forwards, and divides outwardly

the symphysial from the ramal part of the dentary: this notch or

hole does not exist in Dinornis.

The parts of the bones of the beak referred to Palapteryx consist

of the anterior end of the premaxillary and of the symphysis and

part of both rami of the mandible. The premaxillary, by the proxi-

mity of the external nostrils to its apex, and by the nasal grooves

continued thither on each side from the anterior boundary of the

nostrils, resembles that of the large existing Struthionide, and the

Emeu more especially by the slenderness of the nasal process of the

premaxillary and the angle at which it rises from the broad and flat

maxillary processes. The end of the beak was, however, more obtuse

than in the Emeu, and the short symphysis of the lower jaw is more

deeply excavated above: it presents, however, the two parallel lon-

gitudinal grooves on its under part, as in the Emeu and Ostrich.

The lower jaw appears from the remains of one ramus to have been

5 inches or 54 inches in length, and to have been broader and deeper

than in the Ostrich or Emeu: and the cranium by its greater breadth

Zoological Society. 59

behind, its less depth, its vertical foramen magnum and prominent

occipital condyle, the lower position of the basisphenoidal platform,

and the marked angle which it forms with the almost vertical basi-

occipital, concurs with the beak in establishing the generic distinction

of the great ‘bird to which it belonged. As the characters which

were adduced in a former memoir (Zool. Trans. iii. p. 327) to sepa-

rate those bones of the extremities that by their more slender pro-

portions approximated the Struthionide and, by the indication of a

small back-toe, the Apteryx more particularly, from other bones of

corresponding size but more robust proportions and devoid of a back-

toe,—led to the former being assigned to the genus Palapteryx, and

the latter to Dinornis proper ;—so the characters which, in the first

of the skulls described in the present memoir, show a departure from

the struthious type, and in the second skull an approach thereto,

clearly indicate the propriety of assigning the one to the genus

Dinornis-and the other to the genus Palapteryz. The total length of

the skull referred to Palapteryx geranoides is 6 inches at least; the

breadth of the cranium 2% inches: the bird probably equalled the

Emeu in size.

The skull which indicates the third genus of apparently extinct

bird (Notornis) measures 44 inches in length, and the cranium is

1 inch 8 lines in breadth. The bones of the beak closely resemble in

form and structure those of the Purple Coot (Porphyrio), but the

occiput is relatively broader, and more inclined forwards as it ascends:

the plane of the occipital condyle is vertical, and the basioccipital

extends further below the occipital condyle, though less so than in

Palapterye. (n these characters the Brachypteryx or Short-winged

Rail of New Zealand more resembles Notornis. The articular surface

of the tympanic is divided, as in Dinornis and Otis, into two subcir-

cular cups. The parietal region is singularly flat, the temporal fossze

unusually long, well-defined by ridges extending from the paroccipital

to the postfrontal. In the comparatively small Porphyrio and Bra-

chypteryx, in which, as in all small birds, the cerebral hemispheres,

as requiring a certain bulk for their functions, do not decrease in

the ratio of the size of the body, the upper surface of the cranium

is raised by the hemispheres beneath into a smooth convexity.

The Notornis is a large modified form of the same natural family

of the Gralle as the Porphyrio and Brachypteryx, and from the form

of its sternum it must have been, like the latter peculiar bird of New

Zealand, deprived of the power of flight.

The fourth genus of bird indicated by portions of the skull in Mr.

Walter Mantell’s collection was referable to the family of Parrots

(Psittacide), and amongst these to the genus Nestor. The bony

portion of the upper beak—the only part of the skull preserved—by

its deep, subcompressed, curved and pointed form, its seeming solidity,

pierced by small subcircular nostrils close to its base, attested the

family character ; whilst the proportional length as compared with

the depth, the narrow upper surface to where it suddenly expands

above the nostrils to join the cranium, the absence of the notch on

the under border, the very narrow elongated triangular palatal sur-

60 Zoological Society.

face, with the median linear notch at its base,—all demonstrate that

in this characteristic part of tlie skull the New Zealand bird repre-

sented by it most resembled the genus Nestor,—a singular nocturnal

Parrot at present only known as a denizen of that island.

Thus then it appears that the indications of two genera, with

several species of terrestrial birds of large or gigantic size, deduced

in the Author’s former Memoir (Part II.) from bones of the legs, are

most fully and satisfactorily confirmed by the evidence of the subse-

quently received bones of the head and beak.

The form and structure of these characteristic parts in one of the

genera (Dinornis) are so peculiar, that the author does not refer the

genus to any known natural family of birds. Its location in the

order Struthionide implies little more than an arrested development

of wings, and an exaggerated development of legs, organized for

progression on dry land.

As, however, there are strictly aquatic forms of birds deprived, by

a low development and special modification of the wings, of the power

of flight, so also there are, in other natural groups of birds, aberrant

forms similarly debarred from the privilege and enjoyment of the

characteristic kind and field of locomotion of theirclass. Apart from

the true Struthionide, we have an instance of this in the Brachy-

pteryx or modified Rail of New Zealand; the Dodo is a second in-

stance, whether it be regarded as an aberrant Vulture or a modified

Pigeon, according to the views entertained by Mr. Gould and sup-

ported, with new arguments, by Mr. Strickland, before the British —

Association at Oxford, and which will be fully elucidated in the

forthcoming work on the extinct flightless birds of the Mauritius and

neighbouring isles, which Mr. Strickland is about to publish in con-

junction with Dr. Melville.

With regard to the natural group or family of birds to which the

Dinornis, with its adze-like bill and crocodiloid cranium, may be re-

ferable, the author pointed out several marks of resemblance in the

skeleton of the Bustard to the Dinornis, which are not presented by

the skeletons of the true Struthionide. But he also dwelt upon the

peculiar characters of the Dinornis, distinguishing it from the Otide,

and indicating it to form a distinct family-type in the order of

Gralle.

With regard to the peculiar form of beak in Dinornis, reference

was made to the deductions in the former memoirs, ‘from the un-

usual strength of the neck,” that the Dinornis would be found to

have a beak applicable ‘‘to a more laborious task than the mere

plucking of seeds, fruits or herbage ;’’ and that ‘‘ the robust propor-

tions of the cervical vertebree, especially of their spinous processes,

may have been the foundation of those forces by which the beak was

associated with the feet in the labour of dislodging the farinaceous

roots of the ferns that grow in characteristic abundance in New

Zealand.”

For this labour the beak of the Dinornis, formed after the model

of the adze or pick-axe, seems peculiarly adapted, and the singular

development in both breadth and depth of the occipital part of the

Zoological Society. 61

cranium, with its strongly marked ridges, processes and muscular

depressions, is precisely calculated for the adequate attachment of

the muscular masses arising from the cervical vertebre.

The second form of cranium and beak, referred to the genus

Palapteryx, indicates that genus to be a member of the true Stru-

thionide, and by its affinities to have been intermediate between

Dromaius and Apteryz.

- The Notornis is a struthious or brevipennate form of the Rallide,

intermediate between Porphyrio and Brachypteryx. The remains of

the beaks of the Psittaceous bird are not distinguishable generically

from those of the genus Nestor of New Zealand.

Thus, observed Prof. Owen, ‘‘ those concordances in the geogra-

phical distribution of existing and recently extinct forms of the

warm-blooded vertebrate classes which are illustrated by the remains

of Elephants, Rhinoceroses, Hippopotamuses, Hyeenas, large Bovines

and Cervines, in the pleistocene deposits of Asia and Europe,—by

the absence of these and the presence of gigantic extinct Sloths,

Armadillos and Anteaters, in the coeval deposits of South America,

and of huge fossil Kangaroos, Wombats and Dasyures in the bone-

caves and freshwater deposits of Australia,—have received new and

striking elucidations from the repeated discovery, in the cavernous

fissures, turbaries, and river-beds of New Zealand, of the remains of

gigantic forms of birds allied to those small species, Apteryr and

Brachypteryx, which constituted the highest representatives of the

warm-blooded classes in the island, until the advent of Man led to

the introduction of its present terrestrial mammals.”

The author in conclusion repeated his acknowledgments to Dr.

Mantell for the prompt accordance of the privilege of examining and

describing these rare and interesting remains and expressed his

high sense of the scientific value of the labours by which that emi-

nent geologist’s intelligent and enterprising son, Mr. Walter Man-

tell, had made so great an addition to the materials for developing

the natural history of New Zealand.

The memoir was accompanied with numerous drawings of the

specimens described, which will form plates 52—56 of the third vo-

lume of the ‘Transactions.’

- On the conclusion of Professor Owen’s communication, Dr. Man-

tell expressed his opinion, that although the specimens formerly sent

to this country were obtained from the beds of rivers and mountain-

streams, and were regarded by the gentlemen who collected them

as of very recent date, in reality they belonged to a period of as

high antiquity, in relation to the surface-soil of New Zealand, as

the diluvium containing bones of the Irish Elk, Mammoth, &c. to

that of England. He observed that Mr. Colenso, Mr. Taylor, and

Mr. Williams, who sent to England the bones figured and described

by Professor Owen in the ‘ Zoological Transactions,’ vol. iii., agree

in this remarkable fact, that in some places, where the loamy marl in

which their specimens were found was observed in situ, it was covered

by several feet of strata of marine and freshwater sand, gravel and

62 Zoological Society.

silt. The bones collected by Mr. Walter Mantell, among which were

the crania and mandibles that formed the subject of Professor Owen’s

present communication, were all found imbedded in a loose pure

sand, formed in a great measure of magnetic iron and minute crystals

of augite and hornblende, the detritus of volcanic rocks. This sand

has filled all the cavities and cancelli of the bones, but is not in any

instance consolidated together: hence the bones are in the most

beautiful state of preservation, and the most delicate processes entire.

Dr. Mantell conceives that this bed of volcanic sand is a continu-

ation of the deposit of sandy loam which occurs at the embouchures

of the rivers along the west and east coasts of the North Island, in

the localities that yielded the bones sent over by Mr. Williams and

Mr. Taylor; and that in the higher regions of the same river-valleys,

the detritus brought down by the mountain-streams from the volcanic

chain whence they originate, is unmixed with the clay and silt of

the lower alluvial tracts; for all the streams in these parts of the

North [sland rise from the lofty ridges of Mount Egmont and Ton-

gariro. Dr. Mantell alluded to the fact, that along the sea-coasts and

on the banks of the rivers Eritonga, Waibo, &c., there are horizontal

terraces of boulders of trap-rocks fifty feet high; and that the small

rocky islands of trachyte off the coast bear marks of wave-action to

the height of 100 feet above the present sea-level. He mentioned

other facts of a like nature in confirmation of his opinion, that since

the Moas existed the surface of the country has been elevated many

feet above the level of the sea, and that the present rivers and moun-

tain-streams are flowing through channels cut into the ossiferous

deposits ; in like manner as the rivers of Auvergne flow through the

newer tertiary marls and limestones containing bones of Mammalia,

and those of England through the diluvial clay and loam in which

are imbedded the remains of the large extinct Pachyderms, the Rhi-

noceros, Mammoth, &c. He deemed it probable that the last of the

race of Moas were destroyed by the earliest inhabitants of New Zea-

land, as the Dodo was finally extirpated by the Dutch colonists of the

Mauritius, and the Irish Elk by the early British or Celtic tribes ;

but he considered it evident that the bone-deposit was in the progress

of accumulation ages ere man inhabited the country.

2, DrRarrs FOR A NEW ARRANGEMENT OF THE TrRocHILIDA. By

Joun Goutp, F.R.S. L.S. Z.S. erc.

Genus HELIANTHEA.

Gen. char.—Rostrum longum, rectum vel sursum aliquantd tendens,

cylindraceum. Nares basales, et plumis a rostri basi porrectis,

obtectz. Ale mediocres, et validee. Cauda mediocris, et occlusa,

paululim furcata. Pedes perparvi. Tarsi admodim breves, et

plumis induti. Hallux brevissimus.

Bill long, straight or inclining upwards, and cylindrical; nostrils

basal and covered with the feathers advancing from the base of the

bill; wings moderately long and powerful ; tail of medium size and

slightly forked when closed; feet very small; tarsi extremely short,

and clothed with feathers ; hind-toe the shortest.

‘

Zoological Society. | 63

Types, Trochilus helianthea and Bonapartit.

Remark.—Plumage of the males rich and beautiful in the extreme.

Hab. So far as is yet known, the Cordillerian Andes.

HeviantueEa Eos (n. sp.), Aves, t.i. Hel. mas, summo capite nigro,

apud frontem notd metallice aureo-viridi ; collo anteriore et pectore

splendide aureo-viridibus ; gutture centrali notam intense ceruleam

Serente.

Male.—Crown of the head black, with a shining spot of metallic

golden green on the forehead; fore-part of the neck and chest lus-

trous golden green, the golden green predominating on the lower

part of the chest; on the centre of the throat a patch of rich deep

blue; abdomen rich shining flame-colour; back, wing and upper

tail-coverts bronzy orange; tail cinnamon-brown, the apical half of

the two middle feathers and the tips of the remainder with a bronzy

lustre ; primaries chocolate-brown ; secondaries reddish buff, forming

a conspicuous mark on the wing.

Female.—Similar in colour, but much less resplendent, and entirely

destitute of the spot of green on the forehead and the patch of blue

on the throat.

Total length 5 inches; bill 14; wing 23; tail 2; tarsi 3.

Hab. The highlands of New Grenada and Venezuela.

Remark.—Nearly allied to H. Bonapartii.

Genus AGLAACTIS.

Gen. char.—Rostrum sub-breve, paululim apud basin depressum,

rectum. Nares basales. Ale elongatze, valide; remigibus pri-

mariis falciformibus hac forma precipué apud primam pennam

notanda. Cauda mediocris, et occlusa, paululim furcata. Pedes

validi et robusti. Tuarsi in partem plumis induti. Hallux cum

ungue, digito medio cum ungue longior.

. Gen. char.—Bill rather short, a little depressed at the base and

straight ; nostrils basal; wings long and powerful; primaries, par-

ticularly the outer one, sickle-shaped; tail moderately large and

slightly forked when closed ; feet strong and powerful ; tarsi partially

clothed with feathers; hind-toe and nail longer than the middle toe

and nail.

Types, Trochilus cupripennis and T. Pamela.

AGLHACTIS CAUMATONOTUS (n. sp.). Ag. vertice et collo fuscis,

loris, pectore, et partibus inferioribus cinnamomeis ; guld fascid

nigro-fuscd trans-notatd ; lateribus nigro-fusco tinctis ; plumarum

penicillo elongato, et intense fusco, sed ad apicem fulvo, apud pectus

imum; alis eneo-olivaceis ; caudd cinnamomed, superné eneo-

olivaced; dorso caudeque tectricibus purpurascenti-lilacets si

plume contra lucem modo contrario in conspectu sint.

Crown of the head brown; lores, chest and under-surface cinna-

mon-brown; throat crossed by a bar of blackish brown; flanks

clouded with blackish brown; from the lower part of the chest

springs a tuft of lengthened feathers, which are dark brown at the

base and buff at the‘tip; wings bronzy olive; tail cinnamon-brown,

except on the upper or exposed portion, which is rich bronzy olive ;

64 Zoological Society.

back and upper tail-coverts shining purplish lilac, which colour is

_ only seen when the feathers are looked at in the reverse direction.

Total length 43 inches ; bill $; wing 34; tail 12; tarsi 2.

Hab. Peru.

Remark.—Closely allied to T. cupripennis.

Genus HELIANGELUS.

Gen. char.—Rostrum rectum, zqué ac caput longum, cylindraceum,

_ et ad basin aliquantd depressum. Plume frontales rostri basin

non obtegentes. Ale mediocriter valide primaria externa falci-

formi. Pedes mediocriter validi, halluce digitum intermedium

zquante. Cauda mediocris, subrotundata. -

Gen. char.—Bill straight, about as long as the head, cylindrical,

and slightly depressed at the base; feathers of the forehead not ad-

vancing upon the bill; wings somewhat powerful, outer primary

sickle-shaped ; feet moderately strong; hind-toe and nail the same

length as the middle toe and nail; tail rather round in form and of

medium size.

All the species of this genus are from the Andes, and distinguished

by the extreme lustre of the throat, which in most of the species is

bounded below by a gorget of white or buff.

Types, Trochilus Clarisse, Spencet, amethysticollis, and strophianus.

HELIANGELUS MAVoRs (n.sp.), Aves, t. ii. Hel. mas, fronte notam

angustam intense flammeam ferente, vertice corporeque superiore

aneo-viridibus ; guld intense flammed, lunuld latd fulvd, subtis

circumscriptd, abdomine intensius fulvo, lateribus viridi lavatis ;

crisso griseo-fulvo ; alis purpurascenti-fuscis ; caude rectricibus

_ intermediis duabus e@neo-viridibus reliquis @eneo-fuscis, externis

‘ duabus ad apicem obscure albis; tarsis intense fuscis ; rostro

nigro-fusco.

Male.—Crown of the head and all the upper surface bronzy green,

except the forehead, on which is a narrow mark of deep fiery red ;

throat deep fiery red, bounded below by a broad crescent-shaped mark

of buff, which colour, but of a somewhat deeper tint, pervades the

whole of the abdomen, except the flanks, which are washed with

green; under tail-coverts greyish buff; wings purplish brown; two

middle tail-feathers bronzy green, the remainder bronzy brown, the

two outer ones on each side obscurely tipped with white ; tarsi dark

brown ; bill blackish brown.

Total length 3% inches; bill 2; wing 25; tail 13; tarsi +

Hab. 'Vhe Cordillera of Venezuela and New Grenada.

Genus THALURANIA.

Gen. char.—Rostrum capite longius, deorstm curvatum, et paululim

apud basin depressum. Ale breves, debiles. Cauda mediocris,

furcata. Tarsi plumis induti, parvis, mollibus. Hal/ue cum ungue,

digito intermedio cum ungue brevior.

Gen. char.—Bill longer than the head, curved downwards, and

rather depressed at the base ; wings short and feeble ; tail moderately

large and forked; tarsi dothed With feathers, small and delicate ;

hind-toe and nail shorter than the middle toe and nail.

Zoological Society. 65

Types, Trochilus furcatus, nigro-fasciatus, Watertonii, &c.

THALURANIA VIRIDIPECTUs (n. sp.). Thal. corpore superiore eneo-

viridi, hoc colore in viridissimum vergente apud uropygium ; rectri-

cibus caude crissoque necnon caudd metallic? ceruleo-nigrescenti-

bus ; alis purpurascenti-nigris ; gutture et pectore splendide viri-

dibus ; abdomine fulgenté ceruleo; tarsis plumis albis indutis ;

rostro nigro.

All the upper surface bronzy green, passing into bright grass-green

on the lower part of the back; upper and under tail-coverts and

tail steel bluish black; wings purplish black; throat and chest re-

splendent grass-green ; abdomen bright blue ; tarsi clothed with white

feathers ; bill black.

Total length 44 inches ; bill 1; wing, 23; tail 12.

Hab. The Columbian Andes.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Trochilus nigrofasciatus.

CAMPYLOPTERUS OBscURUS (n. sp.). Camp. vertice, corpore su-

periore, rectricibusque caude quatuor intermediis viridibus ; guld,

partibusque inferioribus intensé griseis ; lateribus crissoque viridi

lavatis ; rectricibus caude@ externis utrinque nigris, duabus externis

ad apicem grisets.

Crown of the head, all the upper surface and the four middle tail-

feathers green ; throat and under surface dark grey ; flanks and under

tail-coverts washed with green ; the three lateral tail-feathers on each

side black, the two outer ones tipped with grey.

Total length 54 inches; bill 13; wing 3; tail 2.

Hab, River Amazon.

Remark.—Nearly allied to, but quite distinct from, Campylopterus

datipennis.

Trocuitvs ( ?) catigatus. Troch. vertice, et corpore supe-

riore viridibus, guld et corpore inferiore splendidé viridissimis ;

alis purpurascenti-nigris ; caude tectricibus et caudd nitide me-

tallico-ceruleis ; crissi plumis eodem coloratis, albo fimbriatis ;

Semoribus tarsisque plumis niveis indutis.

Crown of the head and upper surface green; throat and all the

under surface resplendent grass-green ; wings purplish black ; upper

tail-coverts and tail bright steel-blue; under tail-coverts the same,

fringed with white; thighs and tarsi clothed with snow-white

feathers,

Total length 3 inches; bill $; wing 2}; tail 12.

Hab. New Granada.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Trochilus Saucerotii and T. erythronotus.

Genus OxypoGon.

Gen. char.—Rostrum capite brevius, debile et rectum. Gene supra

subtusque rostrum plumis elongatis ornate; illis supra erectis,

his subtis pendentibus. Ale paululd longe. Cauda ampla et

occlusa, furcata. Pedes ampli et validi. Tuarsi nudi. Hallux cum

ungue longior digito, cum ungue intermedio.

Gen. char—Bill shorter than the head, feeble and straight; face

both above and below the bill ornamented with lengthened plumes,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ti. 5

66 Zoological Society.

the former erect, the latter pendent; wings rather long; tail large,

and forked when closed ; feet large and strong ; tarsi bare of feathers ;

hind-toe and nail longer than the middle toe and nail.

Types, Trochilus Guerinii and T. Lindenii.

3. On FasTIGIELLA, A NEW GENUS OF SHELLS OF THE LAMARCKIAN

Famity Canairera. By Lovet Reeve, Esa.

The shell which I am about to describe, from the collection of

Hugh Cuming, Esq., is of an entirely new form, differing generically

as well as specifically from any of the class to which it belongs. It

is of an elongated turreted growth, and may be said to partake in

almost equal proportions of the characters of two genera somewhat

removed from each other in the system, Turritella and Cerithium.

As in Turritella, the shell is of a solid spirally-ribbed structure, with-

out any indication of varices, a condition not to be found in Cerithium;

whilst it possesses a character which excludes it from the family

Turbinacea, in having a short umbilicated twisted canal, different

from that of Cerithium, for the passage of an elevated fold of the

mantle. At the base the shell is not much unlike some species of

Buccinum, but it is remarkable for its elongated Turritella-like growth.

It is, moreover, to all appearance the production of a carnivorous

gasteropod, and more strictly referable to the Canaliferous tribe than

the Cerithia, which, according to Deshayes, are vegetable-feeders, and

partake in many instances of the freshwater habits of the Melanie.

Unfortunately Mr. Cuming is not in possession of-any information

respecting the shell, either as touching the animal or its place of

habitation, and it only remains to add the following description, with

the hope that the attention of conchologists will be directed to a form

which appears new and of much interest.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Order PECTINIBRANCHIATA.

Family CANALIFERA.

Genus FastTigiELua.

Testa elongato-turrita, basi contracta et umbilicata,

apertura parva, canaliculata, canali brevissimo,

subcontorto.

FASTIGIELLA CARINATA. Fast. testd lanceolata,

anfractibus rotundatis, carinis tribus, earum in-

terstitius nitide excavatis, spiraliter cingulatis ;

extus intusque alba.

Hab. ? Long. 12 in.; lat. in

On the characters of this species it may be re-

marked that there are ten forcibly developed keels

to a whorl, all of which are concealed from the ob-

server by the superposition of one whorl upon an-

other excepting three, these being the most distant

from each other.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 67

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

May 11, 1848.—Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

eee following communications were read :—

. ‘Remarks on Marine Vegetation in Estuaries,” by the Rev.

Dr. Fleming.

The author called attention to the condition of the roots of the

Algze, as organs of adhesion and. not of nourishment, and, conse-

quently, that when other circumstances are favourable, marine

plants may be absent simply for want of a soi/. He gave as in-

stances, a bank on which Ulva latissima grew wherever there was a

cockle, to which it adhered, in the absence of any other support.

On another bank a single but remarkably large plant of Fucus vesi-

culosus was attached to a stranded root of a tree, no other point of

support existing on the surrounding sandy moving surface. He

next adverted to the disappearance in succession of the Alge in pass-

ing from the sea through an estuary into a river, remarking that

_ Fucus serratus and F. vesiculosus cease to grow before F. canalicu-

latus, while F. vesiculosus advances farthest into the brackish water,

and may even be observed, in different states of development, in the

grassy marshes covered only by the spring tides. He described the

influence exerted by the brackish water in rendering the fronds of

Fucus nodosus much narrower, diminishing the size and number of

the bladders, and changing its colour into a paler hue. In the Fucus

vesiculosus, the bladders by degrees disappear, and a cellular mass

occurs along the middle; or the leaves become narrow and plain,

and it assumes the appearance of Fucus ceranoides, while the colour

passes into a dingy yellow.

Dr. Fleming concluded*his remarks by recommending the careful

study of all the changes which marine plants undergo when passing

under the influence of fresh water, so as to determine the range of

variation of particular species, and thereby assist the labours of the

systematic botanist, and check the too frequently hasty discrimina-

tions of the palzontologist.

2. ‘ Description of a new species of Fern from Tahiti,” by Dr.

Greville. This beautiful species, which has been named Aztrophyum

Grevillii (Balfour MSS.), was picked in the island of Tahiti by Dr.

Sibbald in 1846. The full description will be published in these

‘ Annals ’* and in the Society’s Transactions.

3. ‘Supplement to the Synopsis of British Rubi, No. II.,” by

Chas. C. Babington, Esq. This paper will appear in these ‘ Annals’ +

and in the Society’s Transactions.

4. “ Notes of a Botanical Visit to Ben Wyvis, Ross-shire, in

June 1847,” by R. M. Stark, Esq.

After detailing the route from Aberdeen through Strathpeffer, the

author mentioned a few of the plants met with on the mountain,

which, from its great extent and situation, rendering it difficult of

access, he considered would scarcely repay the trouble of the bo-

tanist. He found it destitute of the more interesting alpine plants,

with the exception of Arbutus alpina, which covered the projecting

*' See p. 10 of the present Number. + See p. 32 of the present Number.

68 Miscellaneous.

rocks in considerable abundance. Rubus Chamemorus was plentiful

on the lower parts of the hill, while Vaccinium Oxycoccus occurred

sparingly. Dr. Balfour corroborated Mr. Stark’s account of the

uninteresting character of Ben Wyvis as a botanical field.

Mr. Stark exhibited portions of the wood of Tunghinia venenifera,

a poisonous tree, native of Madagascar; Sterculia platanifolia ;

Bombaxr Ceiba, the silk cotton-tree; and leaves of Theophrasta

Jussieui. 'The specimens, which were of considerable dimensions,

were grown in this country. !

Specimens of fossil earth, containing Diatomacee, found in Aber-

deenshire, were sent by Dr. Dickie, and exhibited under the mi-_

croscope. | :

Mr. James M‘Nab exhibited a flowering plant of Meconopsis acu-

leata, from the garden of the Caledonian Horticultural Society,

seeds of which were received from the Himalaya mountains by the

late Sheriff Speirs.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ORIGIN OF THE NAME VANESSA.

In reply to our correspondent who inquires respecting the origin

of the name Vanessa, first given, we believe, by Fabricius to a spe-

cies, and afterwards to one of those genera into which he divided

the genus Papilio of Linnzeus, we have no doubt he must have been

indebted for it to Swift’s well-known poem Cadenus and Vanessa,

the former appellation being an anagram of Decanus, whilst by the

latter the poet designated the victim of her unhappy attachment to

him, Esther (or Hessy) Vanhomrigh. ~°

In the great demand for new names which Fabricius had to assign

to the novelties which he was occupied in describing, after having

availed himself of classical mythology and poetry, and scripture

history, we find evidence, in the names Gonerilla, Cordelia, and per-

haps Morna, that he sometimes had recourse also to the names oc-

curring in the literature of our own country, where he was long en-

gaged in examining the Banksian and other cabinets.

M. Sodoffsky has sported a very superfluous critical conjecture

(Bull. Soc. Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 1837) that the

name should be written Phanessa, as if it were derived from the Greek

®avns. But it can never be supposed, that if such had been the in-

tention of Fabricius, he would have written Vanessa.—R. T.

LUCERNARIA FASCICULARIS, Fleming.

The Rev. Z. M. Hamilton, of Bressay, Zetland, has ascertained

that this beautiful zoophyte feeds upon the young Littorina littorea.

Ina letter to Dr. Neill of the 3rd of March, he writes, ‘‘ 1 discovered

that it feeds on small wilks, which it, by means of its arms and

feelers, puts into its stomach, so many even as four or five at a

time, and when the meat is fully extracted the shells are rejected.”

In a subsequent communication (20th of March) to Dr. Neill, Mr.

Hamilton says,—‘‘ With regard to the food which this creature seems

Miscellaneous. 69

so much to enjoy, that there may be no mistake, I enclose the shell

of a wilk (a small specimen of Littorina littorea) which I gave it

two days ago, and which was today rejected in the empty state it

now is. ’

‘It is most interesting to watch the animal’s movements; every

day it appears in a different form, and developes new beauties. I

almost think it is getting tame, for it does not now shrink from ob-

servation as it did at first, and readily clutches upon its food. When

more than one wilk is given to it, it retains, by means of its feelers)

those it cannot at once consume,—thus making them wait their

turn, which comes so soon as the first taken are rejected. I once

saw four or five wilks, of the size of the shell now sent, in its stomach

at one time.” -——GrorGE JOHNSTON.

On the Organization and Development of Linguatula (Pentastoma,

Rudd.), accompanied with the description of a new species from the

Abdominal Cavity of the Mandrill. By P. J. Van Benzpen.

Among the intestinal worms, the order of the Acanthotheci is one

of those which most requires further anatomical and physiological

investigation*. I am happy to be able to fill up some of the principal

gaps in their natural history.

I found in a Mandrill (Cynocephalus Mormon), in some cysts

formed by the peritoneum, several Linguatule or Pentastome, very

remarkable from their singular form. This is the first African animal

in which Linguatule have been observed. The species is totally

different from all hitherto known, and I have called it Linguatula

Diesingii, in honour of the celebrated helminthologist of Vienna,

M. Diesing.

This species has a white cylindrical annulated body, obtuse at both

extremities and as broad in front as behind; there is considerable

space between the rings, of which there are only twenty; they sud-

denly cease posteriorly. ‘The mouth is rounded and situated on the

same line as the four hooks ; the body is fifteen millimetres in length

and two millimetres in breadth.

I found several specimens of the Linguatula proboscidea in a Boa ;

they were fortunately alive, which enabled me to submit all their

parts to a microscopic examination, and I have been enabled to

decide the following points :—

1. These worms have the sexes separate, contrary to the opinion

* M. Valenciennes, in the beautiful report made to the French Academy

of Sciences on M. Blanchard’s Memoir on the Organization of Worms,

stated, —“ It should not be forgotten that the minute and delicate anatomy

of these animals can be made only on perfectly fresh individuals. One of

the most important genera to examine is Linguatula. I will just mention

to the Academy, to show how much the meeting with certain intestinal

worms is due to chance, that the only specimens of this very rare genus

deposited in the rich collection of the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, were

presented by M. Dumeril, who extracted them from a tumour of the nose

of a dog more than thirty years ago; and that notwithstanding the most

assiduous researches, nu other specimens have again been met with in Paris.”

—Comptes Rendus, June 14, 1847.

70 Miscellaneous.

of Professor Owen*: what may have led him into error is, that the

female is provided with a double copulative sac which I found to be

filled with spermatozoa. M. Valentin had previously detected this

male product in the organ supposed by M. Diesing to be the gland

which secretes the envelopes for the ova.

The male is provided with a double penis, which exceeds the body

in length and corresponds to the long oviduct.

2. The Pentastome or Linguaiule are not Entozoa, but belong to

the division of articulated animals; they come nearest to the Lernee.

This opinion is based upon the following considerations :—

a. These animals on their extrication from the egg are provided

with two pairs of articulated feet terminated by hooks.

b. The nervous system differs from that of the Lernee only in

having the two chords which form the ganglionic chain separated

throughout their length, whilst in the Lernee they are only sepa-

rated for half their length.

c. In both cases the males are comparatively very small. The

ovisacs in the females are equally bulky ; but in the Lernee, which

live in water, they project externally ; whilst in the Linguatule,

which always live in a different medium, they remain in the interior.

d. Besides the ring of nerves, the subcesophageal ganglion, and

the chords which represent the ganglionic chain, the Linguatule are

provided with different ganglions representing the great sympathic.

I detected four perfectly distinct ganglions spread over the sides of

the lower surface of the cesophagus in the new species from the

Mandrill. In another species M. Blanchard detected these ganglions

and stomato-gastric nerves; but he referred them to the system of

the nerves of relation or those of animal life, judging, at least, from

the name which he has assigned to them.

e. Another point, which however had not escaped the attention

of naturalists, is, that the muscles exhibit in their primitive fibres

the transverse lines which are not met with in the lower animals.—

Bullet. de ? Acad. Royale de Belgique.

On certain Principles bearing upon the Natural Classification of Ani-

mals, and more particularly on the Methodical Distribution of the

Mammifera. By M. Mitnxe-Epwarps.

Milne-Edwards, in this learned memoir, in which he gives in a

connected form the views elsewhere presented by him in detached

* Professor Owen has rectified his original description, founded on the

dissection of a single female specimen, in which the sacs appended to the

oviduct were full of spermatozoa and supposed therefore to be the ‘ testes,’

in his “ Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Invertebrate Ani-

mals,” in which he describes the male: Linguatula (p.71), distinct from the

female (p. 72), and after remarkirig that “most of the Pentastomata of

Rudolphi appertain to the Ccelelminthic class,” the Professor expressly

states: “ the Acanthocephala constitute a more limited, yet natural order;

and the Linguatule (Pentastomata of Rudolphi) are the type of an analo-

gous circumscribed group with a higher type of organization, which entitles

them to rank in the class Ceelelmintha;” (Ib. p. 62.) one of the characters

of the entozoa of this class being that they are of separate sexes.—Ep.

Miscellaneous. 71

parts, proceeds on the general principle that the fundamental rela-

tions of animals are best exhibited in the metamorphoses of species,

—understanding by the term metamorphosis, the series of changes

undergone by all animals in the progress of their development from

the earliest condition in the egg to the adult state ; a greater or less

part of which takes place in different animals within the egg state,

and the rest after leaving it. In 1829, Milne-Edwards brought out

these views, with special reference to the metamorphoses of crus-

tacea ; and further showed that crustacea have their closest resem-

blance to one another in their youngest age, and that the progress

of development from the young up, tended to impress on the ani-

mal characters that were more and more special, and which re-

moved them farther from the common type of the natural group to

which they belonged. ‘The same views, at the same period nearly,

were independently presented by the celebrated Baer, and they have

since been fully substantiated for the whole animal kingdom. Milne-

Edwards observes :—

‘« ach animal experiences a variety of modifications, some of

which appertain to the particular species, while others are equally

presented by a number, more or less large, of different animals; and

the latter have a wider and wider scope, as they correspond chro-

nologically to a more and more early part of the series of genetic

phenomena. Moreover itis easy to show that it is the general ten-

dency in nature to produce a correspondence between these primordial

resemblances of animals under development, and the different degrees

of zoological affinity exhibited when the species have completed their

development, The modifications which are manifested successively

in the constitution of the young, or germ, as it enlarges, determine

successively its existence as a member of a particular order, class,

and family. Iam far from believing in the identity of germs. But

there is a resemblance, and this resemblance is close, as we approach

the period of their origin. Hence it is that the embryogenic history _

of animals illustrates so fully and beautifully their natural relations.”

In carrying out these principles it becomes evident that there is a

natural system in animal nature, based upon a single grand prin-

ciple ; and further, that this system cannot be represented in a simple

lineal series, but must be viewed as having its affiliations or lines of

affinities, branching and reticulating in every direction and still sub-

ordinated to one plan. ‘‘ There are a multitude of series which may

be conceived of as branching from one another at different heights,

or rather which are reunited at base, and separate and subdivide

into secondary, ternary, quaternary groups, according as they di-

verge and take their distinctive characters more or less near the

origin of their embryonic existence.”

Milne-Edwards goes on to observe, that the successive changes in

the organization of each animal constitute three distinct series: the

histogenic, or the development of the tissues ; the organogenic, or the

production of the organs producing physiological phenomena; and

the zoogenic, the modifications arising from the various combina-

tions destined to make the being a zoological unity. These divi-

sions are further subdivided as there are various kinds of tissues,

72 Miscellaneous.

organs, and specific characters; and different results arise from

their unequal development. “‘ Thus, two series of histogenic phe-

nomena of the same kind, in two different animals, or two series of

such phenomena of different kinds in the same animal, may offer at

first a certain number of corresponding terms ; but at a period more

or less advanced, these terms will cease to be analogous, and in

general the divergence will continue to increase as they approach the

final result.” In this manner, by an arrest of development of dif-

ferent tissues or organs, at different periods, one animal becomes

widely different from another, and there will be an analogy between

a finished tissue of what we designate an inferior grade, and one

of the steps in the development of a superior. ‘‘ By the appli-

cations of these principles, we explain the concordance between the

permanent forms of certain animals, and the transitory state of the

embryo in other species whose metamorphic career is longer con-

tinued.”’”. In a natural group, the species, with a short period of

development, start upon the same route which those have followed

that have left them on the road. The animals, therefore, whose

embryogenic career is of different lengths, constitute a number of

separate series, more or less closely related, according as their dif-

ferences in zoogenic progress begin more early and are wider in

character. ‘The progress of metamorphosis produces generally a

higher and higher grade. But there are instances of a degradation

from the same source, as with the Lerneas, which, in a transitory

state, have a rank corresponding with the Cyclops, though after-

wards so inferior in character.

In view of these facts, we perceive the foundation of the homo-

logies and analogies which have been observed between animals

and groups of animals*. We comprehend how the secondary modi-

fications running through one group are repeated in another series.

A natural group, says Milne-Edwards, is a reunion of all the deriva-

tives of the same type ; a primary division includes all derived from

the same primary type, or plan of development ; and a secondary

division, those from a secondary type. ‘There are types of the first,

second, third, fourth, &c., orders, and groups corresponding to each.

Moreover each group may contain several natural series, parallel or

otherwise, and more or less elevated in rank.

The importance of embryogeny as a means of distinctions is at

once shown by the embryonary forms of animals of the four grand

divisions of the animal kingdom, as long since laid down by Baer.

In the ovum of the vertebrate animal, the first step is the formation

of the medial depression which divides the central portion of the

blastoderm into two symmetrical halves, and corresponds -to the ver-

tebral column and its adjuncts. ‘There is nothing similar in the In-

vertebrata. ‘Thus the very first point observed in the embryo of a

vertebrate animal is that which is the dominant characteristic in

this whole division. Other peculiarities are pointed out in the me-

* Milne-Edwards uses the term direct affinity for the immediate relations

of species ; collateral affinity, for the relations of parallel series.

Miscellaneous. 73

moir for the Articulata, Mollusca and Radiata, which bear out the

same principle.

Milne-Edwards presents reasons for separating the Batrachia from

the Reptiles, as first proposed by Blainville, and thus makes five great

divisions of the Vertebrata :—the Mammifera, Birds, Reptiles, Ba-

trachia, and Fishes. The Reptiles are, from the first, aérial in their

respiration, whilst the Batrachia, in their early state at least, have

branchiz like Fishes. He observes further, that the embryo of Fishes

and Amphibia has no allantoid nor amnios, whilst in the true Rep-

tiles, Birds, and Mammifera, these parts are always distinct. He

hence divides the Vertebrata into the Vertébrés Allantoidiens and the

Vertébrés Anallantoidiens.

The remainder of this memoir is occupied with remarks upon the

Vertebrata with reference to their classification, which although of

high importance, we have to pass by at this time, giving one ina

tabular form the classification which he proposes.

A. VERTEBRES ALLANTOIDIENS.

I. MammirEres.

Monodelphiens ou Mammiféres Placentaires.

Mammiféres a placenta discoide.

Bimanes, Quadrumanes, Insectivores,

Cheiroptéres, Rongeurs.

Mammiféres 4 placenta zonaire.

Carnivores, Amphibiens, Daman.

Mammiferes a placenta diffus.

Pachydermes, Solipédes, Ruminans,

Siréniens, Cétacés, Edentés.

Didelphiens.

Marsupiaux.

Insectivores, Herbivores.

Monothrémes.

II. OrsEavx.

Ill. Reprrzzs.

Sauriens.

Ophidiens.

Chéloniens,

B. VERTEBRES ANALLANTOIDIENS.

I. BarraciEns.

Anoures, Urodeles, Cécilies, Perennibranches, Lepidosiren.

II. Frsnxs.

Chondropterygiens, Poissons osseux, Cyclostomes, Amphioxus.

Notes on Diptera, Chalcidites, and other Insects.

By Francis Waker, F.L.S.

I have been favoured by M. Kaltenbach of Aix-la-Chapelle with

the loan of the following species, and with the notes of their ceco-

nomy. These notes belong to two subjects, which are—the relation

of parasites to their prey, and the relation of herbivorous insects to

74 Miscellaneous.

vegetation. I may add, that not only the study of the latter insects,

but also a knowledge of plants and of their dependence on soil and

climate, is requisite as a preliminary to the examination of parasitic

insects.

Detomyia Boleti, Kalt. Lives in Boletus (Polyporus) igniarius, the

hard tinder boletus. |

Mycetobia pallipes. Lives in the sap of Ulmus campestris, the com-

mon elm.

Ctenophora 2-maculata, Meig. Lives in the old wood of Carpinus

Betulus, the hornbeam.

—— nigricornis, Meig. Lives in the old wood of Quercus Robur, the

oak. |

Lasioptera argyrosticta, Meig. Lives in the galls on the stem of

Rubus vulgaris, the bramble. (Hurytoma rufipes has been reared

from the galls of this plant, and is probably a parasite of Lasi-

optera argyrosticta. )

Cecidomyia Galeobdolontis, Kalt. Lives in the knobs by the roots of

Galeobdolon luteum, yellow dead-nettle.

Brassice. Lives in Brassica Rapa, theturnip. —-

Spartii, Kalt. Lives in the knobs of the deformed flower of

Spartium, the broom.

Stachydis, Kalt. Lives in the top leaves of Stachys sijlvatica,

the hedge-nettle.

Spiree. Lives in the galls on the leaves of Spirea Ulmaria,

the meadow-sweet.

——— Cardui. Lives in the receptacle of Carduus and of Cirsium, the

thistle.

Hieracii, Kalt. Lives in the receptacle of Hieracium Pilosella,

the mouse-ear hawkweed.

Nepete, Kalt. Lives in the top leaves of Nepeta Cataria, cat-

mint. | |

Bryonie, Kalt. Lives in the top leaves of Bryonia, bryony.

Aceris. Lives in the galls of Acer pseudo-platanus, the syca-

more.

Medicaginis, Kalt. Lives in the knobs of the deformed flewer

of Medicago falcata, yellow medick. |

Polygoni, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Polygonum amphibium,

spotted persicaria.

Rumicis, Kalt. Lives in Rumezx obtusifolius, the broad-leaved

dock.

Veronica, Meig. Lives in the leaves of Veronica Chamedrys,

germander.

Ptarmice, Kalt. Lives in the flowers of Achillea Ptarmica,

sneezewort. |

Urtice, Winnertz. Lives in the galls on the leaves of Urtica

dioica, the nettle.

Pini, Ratzb. Lives on the leaves of Pinus sylvestris, Scotch pine.

Poe, Kalt. Lives in the galls on the culms of Poa nemoralis,

wood meadow-grass.

Salicis. Lives in the top leaves of the twigs of Salix alba,

common white willow.

Miscellaneous. 75

Simulia sericea, Meig. Lives in Sparganium ramosum, branched

bur-reed.

Rhyphus fenestralis.. Lives in Racodium cellare.

Xylophaga atra, Meig. Lives in the dry wood of Carpinus Betulus,

the hornbeam.

Syrphus variabilis, Meig. Lives in the stems of Carduus nutans,

musk thistle.

Anthomya platura, Meig. Lives in Allium Porrum, the leek.

exilis, Meig. Lives within Rumex Acetosa, the sorrel, and Po-

lygonum amphibium, spotted persicaria.

Trypeta 8-punctata, Macq. Lives inthe root of Tragopogon, goat’s-beard.

cognata, Meig. Lives within Tussilago Farfara, colt’s-foot.

elongatula, Loew. Lives in the receptacle of Bidens cernua,

nodding bidens..

flavicauda, Meig. Lives in the receptacle of Arctium, burdock.

marginata, Fall. Lives in the receptacle of Senecio vulgaris,

groundsel.

pupillata, Fall. Lives in the receptacle of Hieracium sylvati-

cum, wood hawkweed.

colon, Meig. Lives in the receptacle of Centaurea scabiosa,

greater knapweed.

cuspidata, Meig. Lives in the receptacle of Carduus nutans,

musk thistle.

Zoé, Weid. Lives within Arctium, the burdock.

radiata, Meig. Lives in the receptacle of Senecio vulgaris,

groundsel.

~— Heraclei, Linn. Lives within Heracleum Sphondylium, cow

parsnep.

Arctii, Meig. Lives in the receptacle of Centaurea Jacea, brown

_ knapweed.

arnicivora, Loew. Lives in the receptacle of Arnica montana,

mountain arnica.

-parietina, Linn. Lives in the stems of Artemisia vulgaris,

mugwort.

producta, Loew. Lives in the receptacle of Apargia hispida,

rough apargia.

vespertina, Loew. Lives in the receptacle of Hypocheris ra-

dicata, long-rooted cat’s-ear.

Sonchi, Meig. Lives in the receptacle of Sonchus asper, S. ar-

vensis, corn sow-thistle, Apargia autumnalis, autumnal apargia.

Leontodontis, DeG. Lives in the receptacle of Chrysanthemum

leucanthemum, ox-eye daisy, and in that of Crepis biennis, bien-

nial crepis.

Drosophila Brassice, Kalt. Lives within the leaves of Brassica Na-

pus, rape.

Phytomyza Arctii, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Arctium minus, the

small burdock.

Senecionis, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Senecio Jacobea, rag-

wort, and S. vulgaris, groundsel.

Helosciadii, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Helosciadium nodi-

florum, procumbent water-parsnep.

76 | Miscellaneous.

Phytomyza lateralis, Meig. Lives in the stem of Verbena officinalis,

vervain.

precor, Meig. Lives in the leaves of Conyza, fleabane.

Ilicis, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Ilex aquifolium, holly.

Euphrasie, Kalt. Lives in the stem of Euphrasia officinalis,

eyebright.

Pisi, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Pisum sativa, pea.

flavicornis, Meig. Lives in the stem of Urtica dioica, nettle.

Taraxaci, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in Tarazracum officinale

(Leontodon Taraxacum), dandelion.

Veronice, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in the sides of the leaves

of Veronica Chamedrys, germander. :

Glechome, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in Glechoma hederacea,

ground ivy. _

Linaria, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in Linaria vulgaris, yellow

toad-flax. :

Fedie, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in Fedia Clitoria.

Centauree, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in Centaurea Jacea, brown

knapweed. )

Agromyza Hieracti, Kalt. Lives subcutaneous in the leaves of Hie-

racium sylvaticum, wood hawkweed.

Lamii, Kalt. Lives inthe leaves of Lamium album, white archangel.

enea, Meig. Lives in the stem of Angelica sylvestris, wild

angelica.

nigripes, Meig. Lives in the leaves of Arundo Phragmitis, reed.

mobilis, Meig. Lives in the leaves of Urtica dioica, nettle.

—— Bellidis, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Bellis perennis, daisy.

Xylostei, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Lonicera Xylosteum, fly

honeysuckle.

Trifolii, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Trifolium pratense, clover.

Myosotidis, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Myosotis intermedia,

scorpion-grass.

Galeopsidis, Kalt. Lives in the leaves of Galeopsis Tetrahit,

hemp-nettle.

Eurytoma plumata. Destroys Trypeta cuspidata.

curta. Destroys a Cynips on oak-leaves. |

brevicollis. Destroys an Apion on Lotus corniculatus, bird’s-

foot trefoil.

Decatoma variegata. Destroys Cynips Centauree.

Callimome nigricornis. Destroys Neuroterus Reaumuri, Teras termi-

nalis, and Cecidomyia Galeobdolontis.

leptocerus. Destroys Aulax canine (Hartig), Cynips Glechome,

and an insect in the spikes of Festuca pinnata, spiked fescue-grass.

macropterus. Destroys Diastrophus Rubi.

—,n.s.? Destroys Trypeta cuspidata.

flavipes. Destroys a Cecidomyia on the folded leaves of Rosa

canina, dog-rose.

auratus. Destroys Aphis Galii.

euchlorus. Destroys a Cynips on oak-leaves.

— posticus. Destroys Cecidomyia Urtice. (Perhaps this Callimome

is Cynips Urtice Perris, Ann. Soc, Ent. ix.)

Miscellaneous. "7

Callimome pallidicornis. Destroys Cecidomyia Betule.

Systasis encyrtoides. Destroys an Apion on Spartium Scoparium, broom.

Sphegigaster fronto. Destroys a subcutaneous insect in Sinapis ar-

vensis, charlock.

Lamprotatus rufipes. Destroys Phytomyza Glechome.

Pteromalus elevatus. Destroys Trypeta pugillata.

muscarum. Destroys the grubs and flies in the stems of Senecio

vulgaris, groundsel, and of Lamium purpureum, purple archangel.

tide, Pee an Apion in Lotus corniculatus, bird’s-

viridulus. P ~ soot trefoil.

tenuis.

—— Zipetes. Destroys a Bruchus in Vicia sepium, bush-vetch.

Cosingas. Destroys an Apion in Lathyrus pratensis.

Nestocles. Destroys a Cynips on oak-leaves.

Ariomedes. Destroys Trypeta parietina.

Artemon. Destroys Cecidomyia Medicaginis.

Ceropasades. Destroys Trypeta pupillata and T. marginata.

Encyrtus Thineus. Destroys Coccus Aceris and C. Crategi.

sericeus. Destroys Coccus Ulmi.

Myina ( = Aphilinus) Chaonia. Destroys Aphis Sedi.

Entedon metallicus (= E. Epigonus, Walk.). Destroys Cecidomyia

Poe, Kalt.

Prodice. Destroys Agromyza Lamii, which is the cause of spots

on the leaves of Lamium album, white archangel, and of Ballota

nigra, black horehound.

Acerbas. Destroys a moth that folds the leaves of Corylus

Avellana, the hazel.

Amyrteus. Destroys Agromyza Galeopsidis.

Euderus Amphis. Destroys an insect in the spikes of Festuca pin-

nata, spiked fescue-grass.

Eulophus Eneugamus. Destroys an Elachista on Ulmus campestris,

the elm, and one that causes spots on the leaves of Carpinus Betulus,

the hornbeam.

Laodochus. Destroys a subcutaneous grub on Scrophularia

nodosa, knotty-rooted figwort.

Nycteus. Destroys an Elachista on Lonicera Periclymenum,

woodbine, and a moth that folds the leaves of Corylus Avellana,

the hazel.

Prothenor. Destroys subcutaneous grubs in Glechoma hedera-

cea, ground ivy, and in Pteris aquilina, the fern.

Agraules. Destroys a moth that folds the leaves of Corylus

Avellana, the hazel.

gallarum. Destroys Teras terminalis.

Elachestus Arteus. Destroys Phytomyza Veronice, Kalt.

Diglyphus Isea. Destroys Trypeta pupillata, Phytomyza Bellidis,

Kalt., Cecidomyia Rumicis, Kalt., and a subcutaneous grub in Me-

dicago sativa, lucern.

Tetrastichus Armeus. Destroys Cecidomyia Spartii, Kalt., and C.

Sambuci. (It has been reared by Kollar, of Vienna, from the larva

of his Cecidomyia fusca.)

—— Rhosaces. Destroys Cassida equestris.

78 Mistellaneots.

Tetrastichus Anteius. Destroys a Cecidomyia in the flowers of Carduus

nutans, musk thistle, and an Apion in Vicia sepium, bush vetch.

Nerio. Destroys an Apion in Spartium Scoparium, broom.

—— Agathocles. Destroys an Apion in Trifolium pratense, clover.

Prosymna. Destroys an Apion in the flowers of Trifolium pra-

tense (clover), a subcutaneous larva in Ranunculus repens, creeping

crowfoot, and another of the Elachista of Lonicera Xylosteum, fly

honeysuckle.

Lycidas. Destroys a larva in the pollen of Fraxinus, the ash.

—— Ligus. Destroys Phytomyza Tarazaci, Kalt.

Eudemus. Destroys a Cecidomyia in the receptacle of Achillea

Ptarmica, sneezewort.

Bunus. Destroys Cecidomyia Spiree that forms galls in Spirea

Ulmaria, the meadow-sweet.

Chares. Destroys Cecidomyia Polygoni, Kalt., that rolls up the

‘leaves of Polygonum amphibium, spotted persicaria.

Achemenes. Destroys Cecidomyia Rumicis, Kalt.

Deipyrus. Destroys Cecidomyia Caricis.

Platygaster Rhanis. Destroys Cecidomyia Medicaginis, Kalt.

Sonchis. Destroys Cecidomyia Betule.

Orus. Destroys Lasioptera argyrosticta.

On the Mode of Propagation of various Entozoa. By M. Emi.e

BLANCHARD.

The author has investigated with great care the entozoa inhabit-

ing the bodies of domestic animals, particularly the ‘‘ Douve du Foie”’

(Fasciola hepatica, Linn.), which is found in the liver of cows and

sheep, particularly in some parts of Germany. He has assured himself,

by the examination of a large number of cattle, that these parasites do

do not occur in the liver in any other than the adult condition, or at

least very nearly full-grown. In the biliary ducts, on the other hand,

‘the ova are to be found in great numbers, and in passing towards

the inferior extremity of the intestinal tract these appear to undergo

a process of incubation, being more advanced as they pass down-

wards. The intermediate stages between the ova and the adult

animal are never to be found. It is, therefore, nearly certain that

the ova pass out of the intestines with the excrements, and undergo

development in some other situation, apart from the body of the in-

fested animal; and that, after attaining nearly their full growth,

they are received along with the food into the stomachs of other

individuals, and thence pass again to the liver, where they propagate

a new race.

M. Blanchard has also remarked, in regard to other entozoa, their

occurrence only in the adult condition in the parts principally in-

fested. This is the case with the Amphistoma conicum, which inhabits

the first stomach of cows and oxen, with the Brachylemus variegatus,

which occurs in the lung of the Raaa esculenta, and the B. cylin-

draceus, in that of the Rana temporaria. ‘The Tenia and Bothrioce-

phalus (tapeworms) of the human subject are, on the contrary, to

be found in every stage of growth, a whole family sometimes oc-

curring in the intestines of one individual.

Meteorological Observations. 79

The intermediate stages of growth of the above-mentioned entozoa

are still unknown; but from the extreme variety of forms known to

be assumed by some of the Trematoda at different stages of their

development, it may be supposed, without much improbability, that

we are already familiar with the younger conditions of some of them,

and have recognized them as different species. M. Blanchard

directs particular attention to the enormous numbers of the ova of

these animals, as showing that a vast majority of them must be

abortive, probably in consequence of not meeting with the proper

conditions for their development.

The author has examined a very large number of foetal animals,

the adults of which are apt to be infested with the above parasites ;

but has never, in any instance, found a feetus so infested. He

directs attention to this fact as strongly indicating the necessity of

the introduction of the ova from without, probably along with the

alimentary matters.—Comptes Rendus, March 1848.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1848.

Chiswick—May 1. Fine: cloudless, with very dry air. 2. Dry haze. 3, 4.

Slight fog: fine: clear. 5—7. Very fine. 8. Excessively dry air. 9, 10. Very

fine. 11—13. Hot and very dry. 14. Fine. 15. Slight haze: cloudy and fine.

16. Cloudless and very fine. 17. Very fine. 18. Fine: large white clouds :

thunder and hail-shower in afternoon: clear at night. 19. Cloudy: slight

showers. 20. Showery. 21. Fine: slight rain. 22. Very fine. 23. Cloudless.

24, Fine. 25. Clear: cloudy: clear. 26. Foggy: fine, with slight haze: clear.

27. Overcast. 28. Very fine: slight haze. 29, Very fine: hot and dry: par-

tially overcast at night. 30, 31. Fine.

Mean temperature of the month .........ses+e00 seaveavecsavs GOURD

Mean temperature of May 1847. ......ssessssseeesees vi vinsen-5G: 8S

Mean temperature of May for the last twenty years ...... 55 *91-

Average amount of rain in May ..........cescesecscscseeeeees 1°84 inch,

Boston. —May 1—8. Fine. 9. Cloudy. 10. Fine. 11. Fine: two o’clock

thermometer 78°. 12. Fine. 13, Cloudy. 14. Fine. 15. Cloudy. 16, Fine.

17. Fine: rain, thunder and lightning p.m. 18,19, Fine. 20, Cloudy. 21.

Fine, 22. Cloudy. 23—26. Fine. 27. Cloudy. 28, 29. Fine, 30. Cloudy.

21. Fine: rain p.m. ;

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—May 1. Slight frost a.m.: fine. 2. Fine,

but cloudy. 3, Very fine. 4, Beautiful day. 5. Beautiful day : getting cloudy.

6. Beautiful day. 7. Slight rain p.m. 8. Heavy rain early. 9, 10, Fine

summer days. 11. Fine summer day: overcast. 12. Fine summer day: still

fair. 13. Fine summer day: fine: clear. 14. Fine summer day : slight shower :

thunder. 15. Cloudy: raine.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 17. Clear and

fine, 18, Cloudy: cleared. 19. Wet a.m., but fine. 20. Cloudy a.m.: fine p.m.

21. Dull and drizzling: cleared. 22, 23. Beautiful summer day. © 24. Beau-

tiful summer day : distant thunder: shower. 25. Beautiful day. 26. Clear a.m. :

shower p.m. 27. Warm and fine. 28, Rain a.m.:showery all day. 29, 30.

Fair and fine. $1. Heavy rain all day.

Mean temperature of the month ..,....... SSR aes epektoesen 52°°9

Mean temperature of May 1847 ........ccccescessceces gsedcve 51 ‘1

Mean temperature of May for twenty-five years ............ 51 °09

Rain in May for twenty years — .........ceescseccseccceccsees 1°69 inch,

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—May 1. Clear, 2, Fine. 3. Rain: fine. 4, 5.

Fine. 6, Fine: cloudy. 7. Cloudy: showers. 8, 9. Clear. 10. Damp.

11. Fine: showers. 12. Bright: drizzle. 13. Drizzle: damp. 14. Clear: fine.

15. Cloudy: drizzle. 16. Rain: showers. 17. Clear: cloudy. 18, Fog:

showers. 19. Clear: cloudy. 20. Drops: fine. 21. Clear: cloudy. 22.

Cloudy. 23. Fog: damp. 24. Bright: damp. 25. Bright: cloudy. 26.

Cloudy, 27. Bright: rain. 28, Bright: cloudy. 29, Clear: drops. 30. Cloudy :

clear, 31, Rain.

iepessesre) sag | tus [mum] sms | 09 | $eh | OV/TPS| £9] IV%| 69 | BP-6% | 09-62 | PS-6% |0L-6% | 9.6% |€%8-62 |6F0-0€| “IE

OS-T/"""|7I- | -m | -ms | ea | mu | $87} €9 | SPIFEO19.L9) 6€ | ZL | €0.0€ |£0.0€ | 00-0€ | 86-6% | 09-6% [9S0.0€ |Z11-0€| ‘of

srettieeelsrerd cogs | mu | cos | cms | £09 | $9] 18| 09] 89] £9 | 18 | ¥6.6z |6-6z | 06-62 |L8-6z 09-62 |£96-6z |600.08 | *6z

Coreeieresieeeel rea | smu | mea} a | 6V | ¥1¢ | f1G/¥89|} 19; LE | LL | €0.0€ | 90-08 | 26-62 | 86-62 (£9.66 |V10-0€ LoI-0€ | “8%

poreieseeeerert sw | cou | ra | sa | OF | PS} €9| OL] 69| VE | Lo | 66.66 | 60.0 | 66-62 | 10-0€ $9.62 |101-C€ 0fT-0€ | “Lz

rerteceeeeeeleeeed! ogy loums| wnpeo| «ma | LP eo | 29| 4%} 99! 19 | €g8 |ZI1-0€ |PI-0€ | 00-0F | $0.08 | 69.6% 1£0-0€ 9OI-0€ | *9%

TTetiseeresleceeeeieceens! os | cas jupeo| ou | OS | $1¢ | 9F| ZL] OL] PV .| €8 |81-0€ |9z-0€ | 01-0€ |ZZ-0€ | SZ.6z |gS1-0€ 992-08) “SoD

“etiseeseeieoeserlecerelemamimu-s| ‘a | ‘on | TG | LG} LS} €2Z| ¥9| IV | OL | 64.08 |Sz.0€ |S%-0€ |Sz-0€ | 08.62 |9Sz-0€ |L9z-0€| “FZ

“OT. seeverleeveee! oa | cou | cou | ‘au | 29 | LG |b! €2) 29] S& | aL [08-08 | 08-08 |Sz-0€ | 8z-0€ | 99.62 |19z-0€ IPIE.0€ | *E%

"*tseteeeieseeesleeeers] ow | os | emutemu | 39] ZS | OF| go] 29! Sh | EL |9z.0F | 9z-0€ | 8z-0€ |Sz-08 |'LL-6% \zbZ-0€ |€8z-0F | °ZS

eyeetsess) Lo. |emum|*s"as| upeo| “ms | OF | SS | gf} zo} £9) PS | 69 |91-0€ |L0.0€ | SI-0€ |01-0€ | FL-6% G1%-0€ |€Sz-0€ | “1%

O- *****"!"**"**! 90. | ue |*mu | wpe} ma | OF | 6F | OG! zo} 6S; LE | 99 | 90.08 |Lg.6z |G0-0€ | 6L-6% | £V-6% €8L-6z \09T-0F | “0%

VI- [trerelse4] 19, | -as | cas | os g oS | €¢ | av; gS} 09| FF | SO | 99.6% |SS.6z | 19-6% | £6-6% | 82-62% |Z0L-6z |90L-6Z;} “61

sates eesceel og teeserel om [ems | cms | as LV | 29} gh| €G| 19| 6€ | 08 | 9-66 |£2-6% | ZE-6% |81-6% 06-8% |Z8E-6z |089-6%| “81O

60- jpeeseeleereeelesceesl eos | gs | ems’ | *s gv | 2G | 0S|‘z9| L9| 29 | 6L | SE.6Z |LE.6% | 0-6 | ZE-6% 96-8 1968-62 POb-62 |. “LI.

€S- 90.0 |****"/""*"""| «mg | ts | ems | ms | BP! oS | 0S] zo| L9| LP | zg | 1€.6z \or-6z | ££-60 |€€-62 | L1-6% \2gP-6z |£S9-6z, “OI

seb at Mache a ee eesieeeere “M *MSS uyeo “Ss LV Ao CV 09 6S CV G38 LE.6z% 0S‘6z £9.62 £8-6% VS.6Z 18L-62 966-62 Cl

“retttiseeeeeieeesesieeeeee! soca | a | can | ca | Sh! 6r |¥2r! o£] ol! gh | 18 |€1-0€ |1z-0€ |S0-0€ |O1-0€ | S9-6z |160-0€ OZ1-0€| “FI

QO- rrr |srreeeiereeeriemum| tus jue] a | LV | $e¢ |f€h) F€L\G-€L| 17 | 18 | O1-0€ |S0.0€ |L0-0€ | 60-0€ | 99.6% |LET-0€ |SL1-0€; “El

GO- |rstteriereeeeleoveee] oy leases! “ms | con | 9h | oS | 0S] Sol 9! 17 | 08 |$0-0€ |h6.62 |L0-0€ |F0-0€ | Lo.6% \oL1-0€ 0FZ-0€| “aI

GO- |rrrrsrieereeisereee} ems | cm [uupeo| -s | 19] 9 | F6E| OL| 89] OF | F8 | 16-6Z |00.0€ |OT-0€ |8T-OF | 08-6z \gLz-0€ OZE.0£| “II

“rrreeiesessrieeeeeelserertiousm| tm lunjea!| ta | feb} 19 |Fge| Lo| 79! Of | OL |0%-0€ |L0.0€ |61-0€ |SI-0€ | 08-62 |09z-0£ |Pof-0£ | *01 C

se eeee

"ereeeiseeeeeiecceseloeeeeloarey | os | upea| ‘a Lv | 6%! 9€!| Go} 99| gf | gl |LO.0€ |Z1.0€ |g0-0€ |11-0€ | 12-6% |€S1-0€ |Zzz-08 | °6

Dl. O€-0 \rrre*|rere*}emsm | cm |ueo] am | OF | Fgh | $47) ¥8S|. 29] OF | OL | 96.6% | 11.6% |00-0€ |6L-62 | 1S-6% |9£0.0€ |Z1T-0€| °8

"etteriseccerieeseesieereee] omg | “s tems | cms | OF | 291] ovl$7sg! Po] LE | gL |S9-6% |19-6z | 08-6 |S8-6z | $S-6z |£66-6z |SPo-0€ | *L

seeeeelecereelseeeeeleseeee| sag “Mm *s ‘ms | SQV oS | €h| zo] Po} ge gl |L8-6% |¥0-0€ | S6-6% |Z0-0€ | [9.6% |2Z0-0€ |680-0F | “9

tettetlesereeleveseslerreee] area | cuss |umqeo| -a | gh | g¢ |for| 6016.29! OF L |11-0€ |90-0€ |00-0€ |90-0€ |SL-6% |6S1-0€ 991-08 | °S

rettttleeseeclesveslereeeel cna] cam | sg 9 1S | 69 |$Z€} go] Po} gE | ZL |8I-0€ |€0.08 |S0-0 {£0.08 | 0L-6z |€£1.08 |So1-08| ‘“?

OL. [rrreriseereeeree"| cou |sras| ca | ‘a | ¥gh | 0G | 6€| €9} S| €€ | SL | 96-62 |06.62 | 96-6% |Z6-62, | 69.62 |PL0.0€ |101-0€ | *€ @

soereelesesesleeesee|sereee! eagg | egg | egg | ca Lv | 19 |#S€| PS} 9S| I€ | HO |86-6% |V0-0F | 76-6% |00-0€ | 01-62% |990-0€ |LL0-0€ | *%

Go. |rrrreferrees|eeeee| casa fras—s | peo | a ay | 6V |¥1€}| 09] FS) OF | 09 |ZI-O€ |E1-0€ | 96-62 |Z0-0F | 08-6% |L90.0€ |6£1-08 | “I

Q ) 2p Kd ad Kd urd °nor ‘urd "ure , “AVN

aise} § |e | de | S21 8 3. | 58 : BS

BS |" 8 2 | | #85 e| * Pe ees | TPE | “apmetao Tug? | 24Tas-soryumq FB | -yousstqo zy

“Urey *PULM. *19}OUIOULIOY, J, *19JOULOLE | S S.

*KANYIO ‘asunyy younpung 70 “UO SNOT *_ “Ady 247 4g pun {XUIHS-saruswac ‘asunpy yzunsaddp yo ‘requug * AA *Aey 942 49 {NoLsOg

#0 |eaA “AYA AQ Suopuory avau ‘NOIMSIHD 7p Ayar00g younynoysozy ayy fo uapany ayy qo uosdwoyy, “AI £9 apyu suonvasasga yorSojosoaja pyr

SA De C. Sowerly ’

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

No. 8. AUGUST 1848.

———

VILI.—An Account of the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. _

By Karu Miier*. | |

[ With two Plates. ]

1. Introduction.

M. A. Rarrenav Detite has already contributed an essay on

this subject. He observed the germination of this very interest-

ing genus in Isoétes setacea. His observations were published

in the ‘ Mémoires du Muséum d’ Histoire Nat. de Paris,’ tom. xiv.

p- 100 et seg., accompanied by two plates. However the whole

of his investigations throw but little light upon the matter if we

look especially—and with reason—for an account of the deve-

lopment of the embryo. M. Delile has given scarcely more

than what may be observed with the naked eye in every germi- _

- nating Isoétes: the germ breaking through the ovule and deve-

loping independently.

It therefore was exceedingly agreeable to me, when my friend

Dr. Karl Jessen of Kiel, through the kindness of Prof. Kunze of

Leipsic, sent me for minute examination a quantity of [soétes

lacustris with beautifully developed reproductive bodies. I was

the more desirous of obtaining these from having recently studied

the germination of the Selaginelle, and had reason to expect that

the two genera would exhibit as much agreement in this point

as they do in their other allied conditions, depending on the

structure of the two kinds of reproductive organs. How far this

has turned out to be true will be seen in the course of these in-

vestigations. In any case it was of great scientific interest to

make out the relation of two plants—as to the natural affinity of

which opinion varies so much—in their earliest development, so

* Translated by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S., from the Botanische Zeitung,

April 14 and 21, 1848, *

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 6

82 M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

that some conclusion might be drawn as to the degree of their

relationship.

The second reason which especially attracted me to the inves-

tigation of this subject was the peculiarity of the root-stock, first

observed and described by H. v. Mohl, on which the youngest

roots, contrary to the custom in all other vascular plants, deve-

lope out of the centre of the stem im a deep furrow, while the

rootlets occurring on the outer periphery of the root-stock are

the very oldest. It might be expected that the history of the

development would give some information as to this circum-

stance; indeed it must be admitted that without a thorough know-

ledge of it, no safe opinion can be formed of the nature of the

matter. Whether the following complete account of the deve-

lopment up to a tolerably perfect condition of the germ is suffi-

cient for the above purpose, will subsequently be seen.

There was yet a third reason which rendered the whole inves-

tigation highly desirable to me; namely the wish to examine

how the earliest formation of the embryo took place in an

asexual plant, how it was brought about. It will be readily con-

ceded here also, that this parallel is extremely well fitted to -

throw light upon the formation of the embryo in both classes of

plants. Whether and how far the following history of deve-

lopment will allow of the parallel bemg perfectly drawn, will

hereafter be evident in the course of the exposition. I think that

at this moment we are in the utmost need of an investigation

which shall- show the—I might call it wteral—formation of the

embryo in an asexual plant, where consequently there is no

question about pollen-tubes. I think so the more that it will

not be long before two parties stand opposed to each other, one

ranged under the banner of Schleiden, the other of Amici. Se/a-

ginella, and still better Isoétes, on account of the readier germi-

nation, perfectly admit of such an investigation, and the poor

botanist who has looked around him so much for analogies, has

really much reason to be earnestly thankful for the creation of

the Lycopodiaces, for I know of no other family in which this

again occurs.

” These three reasons determined me to an investigation of a com-

plete course of development of Isoétes lacustris. I would willingly

—as indeed I much wished—have given a further account of the

whole course of development of this plant, but the air of the

chamber affected all my hundreds of germinating plants, which

I the more regret since my time is now too much taken up with

other botanical matters to allow of my calculating on returning

very soon to this subject. It was also part of my plan to add the

earliest stages of the development of the Selaginelle—which in

my earlier researches I neglected, or rather did not discover. I

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 83

lament that from the same causes I am unable to do so here, and

therefore [ beg the indulgent reader at least to follow with me

the germinating Isoétes lacustris.

2. The Ovule.

No explanation is necessary when I name the spore propaga-

ting the species an ovule. I have already used this expression in

the same sense in my essay on the development of the Lycopo-

diacee*, for the germinating spore, and consequently also with

Spring called the sporangium of Selaginella which incloses the

spore of this kind, the oophoridium. ‘The reasons why I then

thought that I ought so to do were morphological and physio-

logical, since the course of development of the oophoridium proved

a distinct axial nature, and the plant, unlike the other vascular

and cellular asexual vegetables, developed, not extra but intra

uterum. This last reason is decidedly the more important here,

and is fully applicable to Jsoétes. But whether the first ground

is tenable in this genus may perhaps be doubted by many per-

- sons, who, with H. v. Mohl, would regard the germinating spore

as a leaf-product. I regret especially in regard to this point that

my history of the development does not extend up to this stage,

for I do not for a moment doubt that the oophoridium of Isoétes

is equally an axial structure, and does not belong to the leaves as

Mohl thinks. It is not of much importance that it is inclosed

as in a sheath by the base of the leaf in Jsoétes. The leaves

are so smooth all round that one may thence conclude that their

bases are not applied to the formation of the oophoridia. The

simpliest view of the matter is to assume that a mother-cell of

the root-stock itself grows up into the excavated base of the leaf

exactly as the mother-cell of the oophoridium does in Selaginellat.

In bringing forward—and certainly with good reason—the con-

dition of this latter plant as an analogical proof here, I think that

I fully make good my view. It is evident then that the sporangia

also of the spores which do not germinate are of an axial nature,

as is the case in Selaginella. 'To complete the comparison be-

tween the ovule of the sexual plants and that of the Lycopo-

diaceze, a third reason, an anatomical one, presents itself in Jso-

étes, for the ovule of the [soétes, exactly like that of sexual plants,

consists of three coats, to which may in a similar manner be ap-

plied the simple names primine, secundine and nucleus, without

regarding the special anatomical distinctions.

1. The Primine.—This coat is not composed of cellular tissue.

* Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xix.

+ Ann. of Nat, Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xix. Pl. IV. fig. 7 ¢ & fig) 9 a.

84 M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

It is a dense envelope consisting of brown cellulose, which is

covered on both surfaces, inside and out, with reticulated, rami-

fying ridges which give it the appearance of being composed of

cellular tissue in which the cells only, but in their entire diameter,

are homogeneously thickened (PI. II. fig. 1). These ridges—by no

means rare phenomena in the ovules of Lycopodiacee generally

—have their analogues, like the whole primine, in the outer coat

of the pollen-grains of many sexual plants. They usually project

so much from the surface of the primine that they give the ovule

a very wrinkled appearance. Indeed the conditions of their ra-

mifications and elevations are so constant in the species of Jsoéées,

that, recently, some new—and as Prof. Kunze thinks good—spe-

cies have been discriminated by this character. On the surface

of the primine here also, as in Selaginella, run the furrows of the

tetrahedral union, appearing with more or less distinctness, in

consequence of which the ovule itself exhibits a more or less per-

fect tetrahedral shape. At these furrows the primine subse-

quently splits in the germination (fig. 1).

2. The Secundine.—This has a wholly similar structure to the

preceding, to the inner surface of which it is pretty firmly ap-

plied ; but m germination it may very easily be isolated. Like

the primine it is a thick brown coat produced by the deposition

of cellulose, but it is quite homogeneous, and only exhibits here

and there on the outer surface, impressions of those ridges which

beset the primine. How these two membranes, each indepen-

dently—as it appears—can be formed by the deposition of cellu-

lose, will certainly remain a problem until the course of develop-

ment of the oophoridia is known.

3. The Nucleus.—This forms a special, thick envelope, which

is the more extraordinary that it is composed of a layer of broad,

colourless, loosely united delicate cells, only here and there filled

with uncoloured globules. When this layer of cells is examined

on the outer surface, the form of the cells appears to be some-

what cubical with truncated angles (fig. 2). Almost all over the

coat occur also other cells, essentially distinct from the delicate

kind. These lie grouped round a centre. This consists of a very

large cell which soon becomes divided into four by two septa

crossing one another (figs. 2, 3). This large cell im many cases -

bears considerable resemblance to a stomate, but must not be

imagined to be one. Yet it shares with many stomates the pecu-

larity, that it projects as a papilla from the surface. It is poly-

hedral, usually oval (fig. 3), but very often constricted in four

places at the sides, so that the papillary projection appears to be

composed of four spherical cells (fig. 2). All the walls of these

large cells are excessively thickened on both sides, evidently by the

deposition of cellulose. The thickening itself is emarginate on

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 85

both sides. Frequently also it passes over, the point running out,

into the walls of the contiguous cells. All the cells of these re-

markable groups are of a brown colour, which is deepest in the

large cell, the colouring gradually fading outwards till it reaches

the extremely delicate cellular tissue bounding the group; this

tissue contrasting the more with the group that its walls are

composed of much firmer and more distinctly defined membranes.

Moreover the cells lying immediately round the large cell are

distinguished by the irregularity of their form from those situated

beyond them. Many such groups occur upon the coat of the

nucleus. Frequently they are far apart, often near together, or

again arranged in groups, so that we find no special regularity

in the whole. But at one point the condition is more constant,

for they especially occur upon that part of the surface of the coat

where the primine and secundine subsequently open (fig. 1 a).

At the point of the orifice usually appears one large cell (fig. 1 a)

with its accessory cells, and it appears to me that it is exactly

this place which subsequently gives way in the breaking through

of the germ. It is conceivable that the coat is most brittle here,

and therefore gives way so much the more readily when it is

pushed up in a cone by the rising embryo. The presence of all

these groups at the point of the ovule may be just as easily ex-

plained. I imagine that the thickening of this surface is merely

to afford an additional defence to the contents of the nucleus and

to the embryo against external, hurtful influences.. For the

bursting of the primine, which is always followed by that of the

secundine, appears to depend upon various circumstances. Now

if this dehiscence happened at an epoch when the contents of

the nucleus had not yet attained to substantial independence

sufficient to enable it to defend itself from the surrounding water,

and the coat of the nucleus was yet so delicate that it would be

powerless against the intrusion of any moisture, the conclusion

is not very distant; certainly it would not be exactly beneficial

to the contents of the nucleus. This seems to me to be the sim-

plest, because the most natural explanation. The peculiar de-

hiscence of the primine and secundine also speak in favour of it.

These two membranes only retract gradually during the process

of germination, and remain attached to the nucleus until the

embryo is very substantially developed, and all and every of the

contents of the nucleus, which we shall presently become ac-

quainted with, have disappeared. Where the root subsequently

breaks through, those groups of cells do not make their appear-

ance. By the time however that the breaking-through ensues,

the young plant is already supplied with nutriment in a different

way, as we shall discover in the course of this description ; it is

86M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

sufficiently independent to be able to defend itself against the

water.

With regard to the coat of the nucleus, this appears to be

called the spore-cell by some authors, for instance by Mettenius*.

In the passage referred to, he describes the ovule of Isoétes la-

custris as follows :—“ In Isoétes lacustris the flattened surface of

the large spore, which has the three ridges, is separated from the

remainder of the periphery of the spore by an annular border, as

has already been observed by Bischoff (Kryptog. Heft iii. p. 81),

and the stratified composition of the outer coat, is still more evi-

dent than in Lycopodium (Selaginella). The spore-cell is imme-

diately surrounded by a thin layer of membrane, then follows one

tough and darker ; both are of a granular structure ; as the third

and outermost layer succeeds one consisting of distinct pieces,

readily separable, somewhat more transparent, and possessing

papillose elevations on its surface.” In numerous investigations

I haye found but the three coats which I have described above.

The description of Mettenius is therefore obscure to me. Since

he also describes three coats, I may guess that by the spore-cell

he means my third coat, the nucleus. But then the characters

do not agree, for my coat of the nucleus is nota cell, if by a cell

is meant a simple vesicle not (disregarding the contents) again

composed of a reticulated tissue. And yet the spore-cell of this

observer must be my nucleus, since in this it is that the embryo

finally makes its appearance, for he probably will not have meant

the first cell of the embryo by this expression. Perhaps he has

only examined dried ovules of Jsoétes, and the coat of the nucleus

may have had a different shape in-these. I have examined them

only in the living condition, and in these the innermost coat was

never a granulated simple cell.

In a note on the same page Mettenius reproaches me with

having, in Selaginella, confounded the spore-cell with the inner-

most layer of the innermost coat of the spore, and at page 270

he says further, that he saw the spore in germination become

gradually transformed into a sac composed of a single cell. From

these words, my coat of the nucleus must be his spore-cell, and

this becomes perfected into an independent sac (coat of the nu-

cleus) only at a later stage, perhaps in germination. In Selagi-

nella, 1 cannot now recollect, except in Selaginella gracillima, to

have found such ; in Isoétes lacustris I have constantly met with

it in the germinating spore. In any case it would be very inter-

esting to have an accurate demonstration of the development of

this cellular coat.

To avoid misconception, I observe, that by the nucleus I mean

* Linnea, 1847, p. 269.

M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 87

the third, innermost coat with all its contents, but that I distin-

guish the coat itself as the coat of the nucleus.

Regarding the contents, they are the same as those possessed

by the ovules of Selaginella. They consist of a quantity of deli-

cate, compact, transparent, at least colourless granules, which

swim about in a fluid and give this a milky appearance. They

are coloured brown by iodine, exactly as occurs in the Selaginella.

Originally these cell-contents are but sparing in quantity ; toward

the beginning of the germination however they become so much

increased that the whole of the cavity of the ovule is filled up

(fig. 4).

3. The Process of Germination.

The part which the granular cell-contents play in the following

process of formation of the embryo is of extraordinary import-

ance, at the same time a very simple one. I showed formerly in

my ‘ Essay on the Development of the Lycopodiaceze*,’ how this

granular mass is constantly accompanied by a fluid which presents

itself to the observer in the form of globules of oil. I pointed

out moreover that these seeming globules of oil consist of a mu-

cilaginous substance which furnishes the material for the subse-

quent formation of cells, and that these globules, coagulating m

iodine and mineral acids, and above all being insoluble in ether,

must not by any means be regarded as drops of oil, as has only

too frequently happened ; finally that they are the protoplasm of

H.v. Mohl. All this holds good also of the contents of the

ovule of Isoétes lacustris. In the essay referred to I said further,

that, mingled with this granular mass and the protoplasm, we

always find some free cells which are coloured blue by iodine,

which therefore are amylum-cells. All this is equally applicable

to Isoétes. But when I wrote that essay I was still ignorant of

the connexion between the granular cell-contents, the amylum-

cells and the protoplasm. This has only become clear to me, in

the following manner, through the investigation of [soétes.

The granular matter is the element of the amylum-cell and

the protoplasm. As I have mentioned above, every one of these

granules is originally a perfectly compact globule. Such a glo-

bule, extremely small in its first stage, gradually increases in

diameter, till, arrived at a certain limit, it presents a distinct

cellular appearance. A cell of this kind then has the exact

aspect of an amylum-cell, to which we readily see, beneath the

microscope, that it very closely approaches in weight, since it

always sinks to the bottom, and in texture, as it is lamellated,

and looks almost as if perforated with a number of holes. In

* Ann, of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vol, xix.

88 M. Miler on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris..

fact, when it is acted on by iodine it also becomes coloured blue, :

‘and the result is that the said compact granule is transformed.

into an amylum-cell. This transition of the granule is actually

very easy to trace when once we are aware of the connexion of

the facts. All the intermediate stages between the original com-.

pact granule and the amylum-cell may readily be discriminated

by the application of iodine. Moreover the granules become

converted into starch at an extremely early epoch, before we can

yet regard them as amylum-cells.

In my ‘ History of the Development of the Lycopodiacee’ I

mentioned a remarkable peculiarity of these amylum-cells, viz..

that the blue colour produced by iodine very readily disappears

again in certain amylum-cells, and that it may be restored just

as readily by touching the cells, or often merely by rolling them

backwards and forwards in the water ; indeed, that one may often

continue this alternation at one’s pleasure for a long time. This’

peculiarity is equally characteristic of the amylum-cells of the

ovule of Jsoétes. The phenomenon appears however only in the

larger cells, such as may be recognised as amylum-cells even

without the use of iodine. But neither here any more than in

Selaginella have I succeeded in discovering the reason of this

strange property.

- With regard to the structure of the amylum-cell itself—this

consists of more or less ‘distinctly concentric layers deposited

round a central nucleus which becomes coloured intensely blue

by iodine (fig. 5). Several such dark groups often occur m one

cell, the central nucleus being constantly present. In larger cells’ .

we may distinctly make out that these larger amylum-cells are

distinct discoid bodies, convex on both faces (fig. 5 a). They

frequently exhibit minute furrows, as is so often the case with

starch-granules.

~ As soon as the granules are transformed into amylum they are

in a condition to enter into new combinations with the elements

of water. They swell up by the absorption of water, and then

become decomposed into that fluid matter so often mentioned,

which presents itself to the investigator in drops like oil. I have

already stated in my ‘ History of the Development of Chara*, that

I have directly observed this change, and I have there reported on

it at length. As in that case, where the process may be traced

more readily from the mere fact that the starch-cells are larger,

they become softened in water, retaining their shape, until the’

whole of the contents comes into a fluid condition. Then they

burst and the contents are scattered, always in the form of drops..

I must therefore repeat here that the outermost layer of the

* Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. }. vol. xvii. p. 258.

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 89

starch is always a denser membrane which may inclose the con-

tents for a long time, and that therefore the process of solution

proceeds from within outward. Exceedingly delicate granules

are always found here, also, intermingled with the oil-like fluid

(fig. 6). It is in like manner coloured brown by iodine.

In proportion as it was easy to observe this transformation of

the starch-cells in the Chara, since in them the whole contents

of the nucleus consisted of starch, it was difficult to see the con-

nexion between it and the primary granular mass of the ovule

of the Selaginelle. 'Therefore in the facts which I have published

in my ‘ History of the Development of the Lycopodiacez’ it must

be equally understood, that the protoplasm is a product of the

amylum-cells, and these latter of the granular mass.

- By the time a considerable portion of the granular mass has

become converted into protoplasm, the mass itself has so accu-

mulated in the ovule that the latter is very much distended by

it, and the mass has become so finely aggregated, that when iso-

lated out of the ovule by careful preparation, it retains the shape

of the ovule for some time as it lies in water beneath the micro-

scope (fig. 4) ; and then the first cell is formed, in the interior of

the mass, not very far from the apex of the ovule where it subse-

quently bursts, hanging immoveable but quite isolated in the

mass. In order that it may constantly retain this position, it is

extremely viscid and tenacious, so that it is usually uncommonly

difficult to extract it in a perfect condition. It always presents

an appearance as if it were fastened to the mass surrounding it

by filaments.

It would be altogether useless to express any opinion as to the

origin of this first cell. From my numerous investigations I do

not believe in the possibility of discovering it in the first stage,

simply for this reason: if it were before our eyes it could not be

distinguished from the mucilaginous investing mass, since it must

have the most deceptive resemblance to it. This reason there-

fore leads me to consider the discovery of the first perfect cell as

a piece of good fortune, and this has only happened to me twice.

Nevertheless this much is certain ; the first cell is formed imme-

diately out of the protoplasm. I beg my indulgent reader to

form his own opinion as to the mode of origin of the cell as he

may best conceive it.

4, Formation of the Germ-plant up to the first rupture of the

vule.

When we have accomplished the always difficult operation of

preparing the germ-cell free from its investing coats, we find it

in the first instance perfectly round (fig. 7). I have neglected

to measure it ; but the relative size may readily be perceived from

90 M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

the figures by comparing the germ-cell, fig. 7 a, magnified fifty

times with the ovule fig. 1, or fig. 14 also enlarged fifty dia-

meters.

Under a power of 250 diameters it is distinctly seen that we

have no longer to do with a simple cell, but with a mother-cell ;

in the fluid within it float some other cells in which the process

of development has begun. Magnified 400 times the secondary

(daughter)-cells are seen to consist of extremely delicate mem-

branes, some of them also containing cytoblasts (Pl. II. fig. 7 0).

The second germ-cell which I met with gives us some results

with regard to the import of cytoblasts ; the secondary cells are

formed from them (fig. 8). Therefore in the first instance the

mother-cell must contain merely a chaotic mass of cytoblastema,

since fig. 8 speaks in favour of this, where most of the cell-con-

tents consist of organized material for cells. Then free cyto-

blasts are produced out of this (fig. 8c), and from these finally

are developed the new cell-membrane, as is usual in the forma-

tion of the cell from cytoblasts, and the cytoblast remains lying

on the wall (fig. 8 d). :

When the whole of the cytoblastema of the mother-cell has

been converted into secondary cells it forms a compact globular

body (fig. 9 a), the cellular tissue of which is composed of many-

sided cells compressed closely together, each containing its cyto-

blast (fig. 9 6). The mother-cell now acquires an oval shape.

If acted on with iodine, it is rendered evident that the membrane

of the mother-cell still incloses the whole tissue, for the latter

contracts somewhat on account of the iodine, and the wall of the

mother-cell thus becomes very distinctly visible as a colourless

membrane enveloping the deep brown tissue (fig.9 c). However,

the presence of the mother-cell membrane is not a matter of long

duration ; apparently it lasts only up to this stage. Then it dis-

appears, but whether by absorption or mechanical agency I have

not observed. It may therefore be truly said that the germ is

inclosed as in a sac by the mother-cell membrane up to a certain

time. As it has often been asserted that this sac-like envelope

of the original mother-membrane remains permanently inclosing

the entire plant, I was unwilling to leave the above facts unmen-

tioned, bearing as they do upon this opinion which has been so

violently assailed by Schleiden.

Tracing the further course of the formation of the delicate

germ, we next find the previously oval embryo extended more

into a cylinder slightly curved on one side (fig. 10a). Here, as

in the immediately following stages, the cytoblast is still di-

stinetly visible on the wall of every cell (fig. 10 5), till in the

more independent germ it is gradually decomposed into chloro-

phylle.

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 91

The slight bend becomes continually more evident. A growth

toward different sides visibly commences, showing itself in the

altered form of the embryo; this is now elongated distinctly

upward and downward (fig. 11). On the former prolongation

nothing more is seen, except that the upper part of the embryo,

i.e. that which subsequently breaks through the ovule, becomes

attenuated. The alteration which occurs in the lower portion

is more important. A growth toward two different sides mani-

fests itself in very delicate outlines. On the one side (fig. 11 a)

the embryo bulges out, on the other () it is attenuated, and the

most external of the cells project spherically beyond the surface.

Meanwhile a solitary cell in the concavity of the embryo has be-

come so much enlarged that it protrudes like a globule beyond

all the rest (fig. llc). This is the first cell of the future so-called

scale. This exhibits over again all the phenomena presented by

the mother-cell of the entire embryo. It contains like the latter

an almost transparent, extremely fine granular cytoblastema, and

is itself of an extraordinarily delicate structure. It is, moreover,

situated in a fold, which is more clearly seen in the figures 12

and 13. This fold is the future furrow or channel of the leaf.

When the observer succeeds in getting a view of this fold on the

direct face, it is distinctly seen that the mother-cell of the scale

stands upon another cell which serves for its foundation, and

projects in like manner beyond the other cells forming the sur-

face. I now leave the cell of the scale, that I may hereafter ex-

amine it more minutely in its relations as an independent organ,—

the Scale.

While the cell of the scale up to the stage in fig. 13 has in-

eceased in size only and shown no apparent alteration in its in-

terior, the double growth of the lower portion of the embryo has

manifested itself in a more distinct manner; the projecting por-

tion has become more evident, and the terminal cells forming

spherical projections from the surface of the opposite side now

have a horizontal direction.

This soon alters. The projecting portion which before only

bellied out now becomes conical (fig. 12a). Meanwhile it may

be perceived that the lower surface of the embryo is becoming

curved, at first slightly, afterwards in a very marked degree,

Then that portion of the embryo on which the spherical, pro-

jecting cells occur turns upwards, out of its horizontal position

and thus acquires one more vertical. By this means the sphe-

rical cells come to be placed on the upper surface (PI. II.

fig. 12d). Here they come into immediate contact with the fold

(fig. 13 c), the furrow of the future leaf, surround the mother-

cell of the scale like a semicircular wall, and form thus the foun-

dation of the future leaf-sheath of the second leaf.

92. M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

This latter also has now commenced its course of development.

It is the cell c in fig. 12, the cell } in fig. 18. It possesses the

same characteristics, as mother-cell of the second leaf, as do the

mother-cell of the whole embryo and that of the scale. It is a cell

with extremely transparent contents and of most delicate con-

sistence. The whole future germ-plant is now formed in the

embryo.

1. The first leaf (fig. 12 e) ;

2. The second leaf (fig. 12f) ;

3. The scale of the first leaf (fig. 12 c) ;

4. The future root (fig. 12 b) ;

5. A reservoir, in which lies stored up the nutriment necessary

to the embryo until it becomes capable of supporting itself inde-

pendently (fig. 12 a).

I will treat each of these organs separately in the following

paragraphs, in order that I may be able to give a more summary

account of them. It is very convenient also to break off here,

since we have now arrived at the stage at which the embryo

breaks through from the ovule. There are a few words to be

added respecting this act.

The breaking through never happens all at once, but takes

place gradually. First the primine bursts (fig. 14 a) ; this is soon

followed by the opening of the secundine (fig. 14.5) ; the coat of

the nucleus protrudes from these two as a conical process (fig. 14:c).

The whole of the upper part of the ovule thus acquires a conical

form. 4

The primine and secundine persist now in an unaltered condi-

tion, till at length, decaying, they fall away, bit by bit, from the

coat of the nucleus, which itself in time meets with a similar

fate. This now begins to expand considerably. This is caused

solely by the expansion, not the multiplication, of its cells. The

cellular tissue of the coat of the nucleus thus becomes quite loose

in its texture. The papillary cells become less and less conspi-

cuous ; all the cells are transparent (fig. 15).

The result of this is, that as the light penetrates through the

expanding coat of the nucleus we see the first leaf, the tissue of

which has by this time become green, showing as a little green

cone through the upper transparent part of the coat of the

nucleus.

If the entire germ is now extracted from the ovule, it is found

exactly of such size that it reaches from the very top of the ovule

to the bottom (fig. 15 6). This seems indeed a necessary con-

dition, since in order to break through the ovule some pressure

must be exerted upon the coat of the nucleus. This pressure

can only be effected by the continual growth of the germ in the

longitudinal direction, thus becoming longer than the coat of the

On a deposit of Fossil Diatomacez in Aberdeenshire. 93

nucleus, stretching it and finally breaking through it (fig. 15 a).

I have found this condition regularly in all the ovules I have ex-

amined. ‘The various organs only sketched out in slight out-

lines in figs. 12 and 13, are much more distinctly seen in such a

germ at this stage. We may here distinguish clearly two strongly

marked divisions, viz. 1, the germinal body ; 2, the first leaf.

I have already used the term germinal body (Keimkorper) for

the part morphologically corresponding in the germinating Sela-

ginelle, for that, namely, out of which developes the terminal

bud of the stem and the root, which phenomena I shall discuss

in the following section, since the immediately succeeding stages

of the embryo, while breaking through, do not essentially differ

from this in form.

[To be continued. ]

IX.—WNotice of a deposit of Fossil Diatomacez in Aberdeenshire.

By Gzorez Dicxiz, M.D., Lecturer on Botany, King’s Col-

lege, Aberdeen *.

Ir is unnecessary to insist here upon the very general occurrence

of silex in fresh and salt water, or the means by which it is dis-

solved and retained in solution ; the very general distribution of

Diatomaceous plants is a sufficient proof, if any such need be

brought forward. It may be, that by some process like that called

electrotype, the organisms in question are enabled to perpetuate

their own beautiful forms, the impressions being taken in the

purest transparent silex. The rapidity with which they are mul-

tiplied will account for the large deposits of fossil earth found in

different parts of the world, and the indestructible nature of the

mineral which they have the power of depositing in or upon. their

tissue enables us to recognize them long subsequently to the

time when their vitality ceased.

In the month of March last, two different substances were sent

to me for examination ; they were described as having been found

under a bed of clay at Premnay in the interior of Aberdeenshire.

One of them consisted of small solid fragments of a dull white,

the other had the form of a fine powder of a pure white. On ex-

amination it was found that the former consisted of decomposed

felspar forming a kind.of porcelain earth, the other had no small

resemblance to some fossil earths with whose physical characters

I was not unacquainted ; accordingly, on submitting it to exami-

nation under the microscope, I found it to be entirely composed

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh 8th June, 1848.

94 On a deposit of Fossil Diatomacez in Aberdeenshire.

of Diatomacee. Being desirous of procuring additional infor-

mation respecting the probable circumstances under which such

a deposit might have taken place, I requested some particulars

respecting it; my disappointment was considerable when informed

that the decomposed felspar alone had been found under a bed

of clay, but that the white powder was in reality the residue left

after the use of peat as fuel, a quantity of which had been pre-

served, its peculiar appearance having attracted notice. The

fact, however, is not less interesting when viewed in connection

with a true fossil earth to be presently described, which was

found by Mr. Murray, at Blackhouse near Peterhead, under a

bed of peat, for specimens of which I am indebted to my friend

Professor MacGillivray. The residue of the Premnay peat was

found to consist of the followmg Diatomacee :—

Eunotiee *. Cocconema lanceolatum.

Bunaiic ocoliata. Gomphonema lanceolatum ?

E. tetraodon. Naviculee.

E. turgida. : .

Himantidium Arcus. ib tages aentaphieyse

Me . binodis.

we Meridiee. N. dicephala,

Meridion circulare. +N. major.

N. nodosa £. striata.

Fragilariee. dosa

Fragilaria rhabdosoma, TN. vinidis.

Stauroneis lanceolata.

Meloseiree. S. linearis.

+Meloseira Italica. S. Microstauron.

. Pheenicent :

Surirellee. e +S. Phoenicenteron

TSurirella bifrons. Labellariee.

Synedra Ulna. Tabellaria ventricosa.

Cymbellee. Coseinodiscee.

Cymbella Ehrenbergii. Coscinodiscus minor.

This last was detected by Mr. Thwaites, to whose assistance I

am indebted in naming the species. Those marked + were in

greatest quantity, and the Meloseira Italica was more abundant

than the others ; this species had not, so far as lam aware, been

hitherto included in the list of British species, and I have found

it in a living state very abundantly in several localities near Aber-

deen ; it generally occurs at the sources of cold springs.

The residue so rich in Diatomacea, remaining after burning

peat from the Premnay bogs, renders it exceedingly probable

that separate deposits of fossil Diatomacee may yet be detected

there.

The specimen from Peterhead, in possession of Dr. MacGil-

livray, is a mass of small specific gravity having a laminated

* The names are adopted from Kiitzing’s work on the Diatomacee,

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 95

structure with remains of vegetable fibre interspersed through it.

It was found to contain nearly forty species of Diatomacee, viz.—

: Eunotiee. Cymbellee.

Epithemia alpestris. +Cymbella Ehrenbergii.

+E. gibba. C. cuspidata.

E. ocellata. 4C. helvetica.

E. proboscidea. 7C. maculata.

E. turgida. +Cocconema cymbiforme.

E. Zebra. Gomphonema minutum.

+Eunotia Monodon. G. pohlizforme.

Himantidium Arcus. Waviculec.

Fragilariee. Navicula attenuata,

“1 ont ¢N. binodis.

Fragilaria rhabdosoma. N, dicephala,

Meloseiree. +N. inflata.

Meloseira Italica. N. major.

M. subflexilis? TN. oblonga.

, N. radiosa.

Surirellee. N. rhomboides.

Campylodiscus Clypeus, _ N. viridis.

Surirella elliptica. Stauroneis lanceolata.

S. Solea. _ Amphora ovalis.

Synedra capitata. A. elliptica.

Cocconeidea, Tabellariee.

Cocconeis Pediculus. Tabellaria fenestrata.

Those marked + were most abundant.

X.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S.

{Continued from p. 48.]

EregHtEENtH Grovp.

This group may require subdivision, but it does not contain

many species. |

33. Aphis Picea.

Aphis Picee, Panz. Faun. Germ. 78. f. 22; Fabr. Rhyn. 302.

56; Zett. Faun. Lapp. i. 557. 1; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i, 141. 111.

Lachnus grossus, Kalt. Ent. Zeitung, 1846, 175.

The viviparous winged female. This is black, smooth, and shi-

ning : the front of the head is slightly convex: there are two im-

pressions on the crown: the feelers are red, filiform, and hardly

half the length of the body ; their tips are black ; the fourth joint

is rather more than one-third of the length of the third, which is

crenulated beneath; the fifth joint is a little longer than the

fourth ; the sixth is not half the length of the fifth ; the seventh

is extremely short: the eyes are black and prominent : the mouth

96 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

is black, and nearly as long as the body: the lobes of the chest

are strongly marked : the nectaries hardly rise above the surface

of the abdomen: the legs are black and not hairy ; they are very

long, especially the hind-legs ; the thighs except their tips, the

fore-shanks and the middle-shanks from the base to the middle,

and the hind-shanks at the base, are red; the shanks are very

slightly curved: the wings are very much longer than the body,

and tinged with brown, but they are colourless towards the base ;

the wing-ribs and the wing-brands are black ; the veins are paler ;

the base of the fore-border-of the wing is convex ; the brand is

linear and very long, and occupies rather less than half the

length of the wing ; it terminates abruptly, forming nearly a right

angle from whence springs the fourth vein which is long and

straight ; the third vein is obsolete near its source ; it is forked

before one-third and forked again after two-thirds of its length ;

the angles formed by these forks are very acute ; the tip of the

upper branch of the second fork is very near the tip of the fourth

vein ; the first and the second veins are almost straight ; they are

near each other at the base, but very far apart at the tips.

Length of the body 23 lines ; of the wings 7 lines.

This species feeds on Abies Picea, the silver fir, and on A. ex-

celsa, the spruce fir ; it occurs near London mm the middle of June,

and I have found it in abundance on the Alps of Switzerland.

34. Aphis Pini, Linn.

Aphis Pini, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 796. 21; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat.

i. 2207 ; Faun. Suec. 994; Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. 317. 44; Sp. Ins.

i. 889. 39; Ent. Syst. iv. 219. 44; Syst. Rhyn. 300. 44; Rossi,

Faun. Etrusc. 264. 1396.

A. nuda Pini, Deg. Ins. i. 18. 1. t. 6. f. 1-14.

Lachnus Pini, Kalt. Mon. Pfian. i. 155. 8.

Pityaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 482. _

The viviparous wingless female. It is stout and active, and runs

fast: the body is flat, subquadrate, hairy, smooth and shining,

and thickly covered with very small black dots: the head is pale

red : the chest is yellow: the abdomen is green: the front of the

head is convex: the feelers are yellow, hairy, and less than half

the length ofthe body ; their tips are black ; the fourth joint is

more than half the length of the third; the fifth is longer than

the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth; the

seventh is extremely short: the eyes are black and prominent :

the mouth is tawny, and reaches beyond the hind-hips ; its tip is

brown ; the first joint is linear; the second, third and fourth

joints are formed like a spindle which is shorter than the first

joint : the nectaries are dull red, and like tubercles on the surface

of the abdomen: the legs are tawny, hairy, long, and stout ; the

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 97

feet and the tips of the shanks are brown; the hips are large ;

the feet are rather long; the second joint and the shanks are

slightly curved.

Ist variety. The abdomen is yellow.

2nd variety. The abdomen is very pale buff, with three green

stripes along its back. |

8rd variety. The head and the fore-chest are red, and the rest

of the body is white with two green stripes along the back : there

is also a tawny space round the base of each nectary.

4th variety. The body is red, and mottled with white powder,

and that chiefly on each side of the fore-part of the body which

is pale red beneath. :

5th variety. The disc of the abdomen is slightly metallic.

6th variety. The nectaries are black.

7th variety. The shanks are pale yellow towards the base ;

their tips and the feet are black.

8th variety. The legs are yellow ; the feet, the tips of the thighs,

the base and tips of the shanks, and the whole of the fore-shanks

are black.

The viviparous winged female. While a pupa the body.and the

limbs are hairy : the body is bright red: the limbs are yellow ; the

tips of the feelers, the eyes, the tip of the mouth, the knees, the

feet, and the tips of the shanks are black: the feelers are hardly

half the length of the body. It acquires wings in the middle of

June, and is then red: the disc of the chest is dark gray : the ab-

domen is yellow, elliptical, shining, broader than the chest, covered

with little black dots, and having a whitish line bordered with

darker colour along its back ; it is paler beneath : the feelers are

yellow, and hardly half the length of the body; their tips are

brown : the mouth is yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are

black, and each of them is surrounded by a red circle: the legs

are yellow; the knees and the tips of the thighs are dull red ; the

feet and the tips of the shanks are black : the wings are colourless

and longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are yellow ; the brands

and the veins are dull red; the rib-veins begin to widen into the

brands at about half the length of the wing; the brand is long

and linear ; the angle near its tip is less obtuse than that of 4.

Abietis, but more obtuse than that of A. Picee ; the fourth vein

is nearly straight ; the third vein is obsolete near its source ; it

1s forked before one-third and forked again after two-thirds of its

length ; the angles formed by these forks are very acute ; the tip

of the upper branch of the second fork is very near the tip of the

fourth vein ; the first and the second veins are almost straight ;

they are near each other at the base, but very far apart at the

tips.

Length of the body 2 lines ; of the wings 5 lines.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. Tk 4

98 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

- Ist var. The back of the pupa is thickly covered with black

dots: the head and the fore-chest are bright red ; the rest of the

chest is pale red : the abdomen is green, paler beneath.

2nd var. The body is brown and covered with white powder :

the dise of the head and that of the chest are black :. the feelers

are as long as one-fifth of the body: the mouth is pale brown

with a black tip: the legs are black; the base of the thighs is

yellow ; the shanks also are yellow near their base which is

black: the wing-ribs and the veins are brown ; the wing-brands

are dark brown.

On Pinus sylvestris, the Scotch pine, during the greater part

of the year.

so. 35. Aphis Pinicola.

Lachnus Pinicola, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 154. 7.

Aphis Piniphila, Ratz. Forst. Ins. i. 219. 26. t. 11. f. 5.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is of a chocolate

colour, with four rows of hoary spots; the underside is tawny

and covered with a white bloom: the feelers are yellow with

black tips, filiform, slender, slightly hairy, and less than half the

length of the body ; the fourth jomt is much less than half the

length of the third ; the fifth is much longer than the fourth ; the

sixth is more than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is ex-

tremely short : the mouth is black, yellow at the base, and reaches

far beyond the hind-hips ; it imereases slightly in breadth towards

the tip: the eyes are black : the front is convex : the sides of the

fore-chest are slightly notched : the nectaries are black, and hardly

rise above the surface of the abdomen : the legs are yellow, long,

slender, and slightly hairy ; the shanks and the second joints of

the feet are slightly curved ; the hips, the thighs, the feet, and

the shanks from the middle to the tips are black.

The viviparous winged female. This much resembles the. wing-

less female, allowing for the usual difference between these two

forms : the wings are colourless, and longer than the body ; the

brands and the veins are brown; the rib-vein widens into the

brand, which is long and linear ; the angle near its tip resembles

that of A. Piceg, and is much more obtuse than that of A. Pini;

the fourth vein springs from this angle and is nearly straight ;

the third vein is obsolete near its source; it is forked before one-

third and again after two-thirds of its length ; the angles formed

by these forks are very acute; the tip of the upper branch of the

second fork is very near the tip of the fourth vein ; the first and

the second veins are almost straight ; they are near each other at

the base, but very far apart at the tips.

Length of the body 13-14 line; of the wings 3}3~4 lines.

On Pinus sylvestris, the Scotch pine: very abundant in the

autumn. :

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 99

36. Aphis Pineti.

Aphis Pineti, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 219. 45 ; Syst. Rhyn. 309.

45 ; Gmel, ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2207.

A. tomentosa Pini, Deg. Ins. ii. 26. 2. t. 6. f. 19. 25; Zett.

Ins. Lapp. i. 558. 2.

Lachnus Pineti, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 162. 12.

Pinetifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, y. 482.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is oval, convex, dull

green, shining, but thickly covered with white cottony matter ;

the segments are of nearly equal size: the front is slightly con-

vex, and beset with hairs: the mouth reaches the hind-hips ; its

tip and the eyes are black: the feelers are filiform, slender, and

less than half the length of the body ; their tips are black ; the

fourth joint is more than half the length of the third ; the fifth is

shorter than the fourth, and the sixth than the fifth ; the seventh

is extremely short : the nectaries are like tubercles on the surface

of the abdomen: the legs are stout, hairy, and pale green with a

bluish tinge, and of moderate length ; the feet and the tips of

the shanks are brown ; the shanks and the second joints of the

feet are slightly curved.

Ist variety. The body is dull red.

2nd variety. The body is dull reddish brown.

8rd variety. The body is dull dark red : the nectaries are black :

the limbs are pale green.

The viviparous winged female. The body is grayish black : the

limbs are black : the shanks are green with black tips : the wings

are colourless, and very much longer than the body; the wing-

_ ribs and. the wing-brands are dark brown ; the veins are paler ;

the brand is long and linear; the angle which it forms near its

tip is less obtuse than that of A. Pini; the fourth vein which

springs from it is long and straight ; the third vein is obsolete

near its source; it is forked before one-third and forked again

before two-thirds of its length; the angles formed by these forks

are very acute; the tip of the upper branch of the second fork is

very near the tip of the fourth vein; the first and the second

veins are almost straight; they are near each other at the base,

but very far apart at the tips.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 8 lines.

_ Ast variety. The body is black: the abdomen is dark green

beneath: the feelers are green, brown at the base: the mouth

is dark green: the legs are green: the wing-ribs are pale red.

The pupa has an elliptical dull brown body; its rudimentary

wings are black.

On Pinus sylvestris, the Scotch pine, in the autumn.

100 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

37. Aphis Abietis, n.s.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is oval, pale red and

hairy : the feelers are pale brown, filiform, and nearly as long as

one-fourth of the body; the fourth joint is less than half the

length of the third; the fifth is much longer than the fourth ;

the sixth is as long as the fourth ; the seventh is extremely short :

the eyes are dark brown: the mouth is reddish brown, at least

two-thirds of the length of the body, and reaches far beyond the

hind-hips: the nectaries are dark, and like tubercles : the legs are

dull reddish brown, hairy, and moderately long ; the feet and the

tips of the shanks are brown ; the feet and the shanks are slightly

curved, and the latter are very hairy.

The viviparous winged female. It resembles the preceding form

in colour and shape, but the head and the disc of the chest are

brown : the feelers are less than half the length of the body: the

wings are colourless and moderately long; the veins and the

brands are brown ; the rib-vein begins to widen into the brand

before half the length of the wing; the brand is long and nar-

row, and the angle which it forms at its tip is very obtuse ; the

first, the second and the fourth veins are nearly straight, and

_ the two former are near each other at the base, but far apart at

their tips ; the third vein is indistinct and extremely slender, and

obsolete at its source. While a pupa it is pale whitish red : the

head is dark red: the limbs are very pale red : the feelers and the

mouth have brown tips, and the former are hardly one-third of

the length of the body : the eyes are black : the nectaries are dark

red: the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown.

1st var. The body is tawny and covered with white powder :

the disc of the head and that of the chest are dark brown: the

limbs are tawny : the feelers are as long as one-third of the body :

the eyes are black and prominent : the abdomen is paler beneath :

the nectaries are brown: the feet and the tips of the shanks are

brown : the wing-ribs, the brands and the veins are tawny.

The winged male. The body is dark brown: the feelers are

brown, yellow at the base, and more than half the length of the

body : the eyes are black : the mouth is yellow with a brown tip

and nearly as long as the body: the legs are yellow and stout ;

the knees, the feet and the tips of the shanks are black : the wings

are very much longer than the body.

Length of the body 14-2 lines ; of the wings 2-3} lines.

Found on Abies excelsa, the spruce fir, with the female in the

summer and autumn.

38. Aphis costata, Zetterstedt.

Aphis costata, Zett. Faun. Lapp. i. 559. 3; Ins. Lapp. fase. ii.

Sll. 4.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 101

Lachnus fasciatus, Burm. Handb. der Ent. ii. 93. 4; Kalt. Mon.

Pflan. i. 160. 9.

Cinara Symphiti, Curtis, Brit. Ent. 577.

Teniolachnus, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 481.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is black, oval, hairy,

velvet-like, and prettily mottled with white: the abdomen beneath

is almost white: the feelers are filiform, black, hairy, pale yellow

towards the base, and nearly half the length of the body ; the

fourth joint is much less than half the length of the third; the

fifth is much longer than the fourth ; the sixth is longer than the

fifth ; the seventh is extremely short: the front is convex: the

mouth is black, yellow towards the base, and reaches beyond the

hind-hips: the legs are black, stout, and hairy; the base of the

thighs and the shanks except their tips are yellow; the shanks

and the second joints of the feet are slightly curved. When

young it is grayish black and linear: the mouth projects some

way beyond the tip of the abdomen : the feelers and the legs are

white ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks and of the

feelers are black.

lst var. The body is brown, shining, and mottled with gray

and black down: the feelers are nearly white; their tips are

brown : the nectaries are black : the legs are pale yellow ; the feet,

the tips of the thighs and of the shanks and the base also of the

latter are black.

The viviparous winged female. It acquires wings in the begin-

ning of June, and is then dark brown and covered with white

powder : the feelers are tawny, and rather less than two-thirds of

the length of the body ; the tips of the joints are brown: the eyes

are dark red and prominent: the mouth is tawny with a brown

tip and reaches the hind-hips: the legs are tawny ; the feet and

the tips of the shanks are brown; the thighs also are adorned

with brown spots and rings: the wings are colourless, clouded

with brown, and longer than the body ; the wing-ribs, the wing-

brands and the veins are dark brown ; the rib-vein begins to widen

into the brand a little after half the length of the wing ; the brand

is rather long, and almost spindle-shaped ; the angle near the tip

of its hind-border is very obtuse, the part thence to the tip is |

shghtly curved, and not near so long as that of A. viminalis, but

much resembles the termination of the brandin Aphis submacula ;

the fourth vein is slightly curved and rather long ; the third vein

is obsolete near its source; it is forked before one-third and

forked again after two-thirds of its length ; the angles formed by

these forks are very acute; the tip of the upper branch of the

second fork is very near the tip of the fourth vein ; the first and

the second veins are almost straight; they are near each other

at the base, but very far apart at the tips.

102 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

Length of the body 13-2 lines ; of the wings 44 lines.

The oviparous wingless female. The body is bronze-colour with

a yellowish border: the limbs are yellow: the feelers are about

half the length of the body ; the tips of the joimts are black : the

nectaries are also black: the knees are brown; the feet and the

tips of the shanks are black. The end of October is its season

for laying eggs ; they are placed in a series along a leaf, and ad-

here together by their tips; their colour at first is yellow, and of

a deeper tint at one end than at the other.

39. Aphis Laricis, n.s.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is oval, convex, hairy,

velvet-like, very narrow towards the head, of a chocolate colour,

and thickly covered with white spots of various sizes ; the under-

side is of a rust-colour, and thickly covered with white powder :

the feelers are yellow, slender, filiform, black towards the tips,

and hardly more than one-third of the length of the body; the

fourth joint is less than half the length of the third; the fifth is

a little longer than the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short: the eyes are black

and rather prominent: the mouth is black and reaches a little

beyond the hind-hips ; it is dirty white and half transparent to-

wards the base : the nectaries are black: the front is convex: the

sides of the fore-chest are slightly notched : the legs are yellow,

long, stout, and hairy; the hips, the knees, the feet, the tips of

the shanks, and the hind-thighs from the middle to the tips are

black ; the shanks and the second joints of the feet are slightly

curved.

Ist var. The body is broader and of a greenish brown colour :

the head is reddish.

2nd var. The body is brown: the head is red: the tips only of

the hind-thighs are black ; the hind-shanks are black from their

middle to their tips. When very young the body is pale brown,

and the mouth projects beyond the abdomen like a tail.

drd var. The body is brown, mottled with black and white.

The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it much resembles

the wingless female in colour, being dark brown with a pale yel-

lowish stripe along the middle of the abdomen ; when the wings

are unfolded it is dark brown, slightly powdered with white : the

feelers are black, and rather less or rather more than half the

length of the body ; the base of the third joint is yellow; the

fifth jot is as long as the fourth ; the sixth is much more than

half the length of the fifth : the mouth is yellow with a black tip:

the base of the thighs, and the shanks except their tips are yel-

low; the shanks are especially hairy: the wings are colourless,

and very much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are dull yel-

Mr. F. Walkers Descriptions of Aphides. 103

low; the wing-brands and the veins are brown; the rib-vein

begins to widen into the brand at about half the length of the

wing ; the brand is rather long, the angle which it forms near its

tip is very obtuse, and it thence slopes gradually away ; the fourth

vein is straight ; the third vein is sometimes very indistinct or

almost obsolete along its whole length ; the second vein is slightly

curved ; the first is straight, and is near to the second at the base,

but remote at the tip. |

The oviparous wingless female. This appears towards the end

of the autumn, and is larger than the viviparous female : the ab-

domen is at least thrice the breadth of the head or of the fore-

chest : the body is light brown and has a very slight metallic

tinge: the head and the fore-chest are somewhat darker than the

rest of the body : there are three lines of black dots and two large

transverse black velvet-like spots on each side of the abdomen:

the feelers are yellow, black towards their tips, and less than one-

third of the length of the body ; the fifth joint is much longer

than the fourth joint ; the sixth is much less than half the length

of the fifth: the mouth is black, dull yellow towards the base,

and reaches the hind-hips, and is much less than half the length

of the body: the legs are yellow ; the thighs are darker towards

their tips; the hips, the knees, and the tips of the shanks are

black. The eggs as usual are large, and thickly enveloped in a

glutinous matter ; they are laid in November.

Ist var. The body is dark brown : the tips of the joints of the

feelers are black : the legs are darker and much longer than those

of the viviparous female ; the base only of the shanks is yellow.

Length of the body 14-3 lines ; of the wings 24 lines.

40. Aphis Juniperi, Fabr.

Aphis Junipert, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 40 ; Syst. Rhyn. 300.

40; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2205 ; Deg. Ins. ii. 56.7. t. 4. f. 7-

9; Schrank, Faun. Boic. i. 1. 119.

Lachnus Juniperi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 153-6.

Juniperifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, v. 481.

The viviparous wingless female. When young it is dull red,

nearly: linear, rather flat, and is covered with thick hairs : the

head is broad: the eyes are dark brown: the limbs are dirty

white : the feelers are hairy, slightly setaceous, shorter than the

body ; their tips are brown: the mouth has also a brown tip and

is nearly as long as the body: the nectaries are hardly visible :

the legs are hairy, long and stout. When full-grown it is pale

red, oval, convex, plump, hairy, and thickly covered with white

powder : the segments are all distinct, and of nearly equal length :

there is a row of black velvet-like spots along each side of the

back ; they become fainter as they retreat from the head, and dis-

104 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

appear before the middle of the body: the front is convex: the

feelers are black, hairy, filiform, tawny at the base, and hardly

more than one-fourth of the length of the body ; the fourth joint

is rather more than half the length of the third ; the fifth is much

longer than the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth; the

seventh is very short: the mouth is black, tawny at the base, and

reaches nearly to the hind-hips: the front is convex: the nec-

taries are black, and rise very little above the surface of the abdo-

men: the legs are black, hairy, stout, and moderately long ;

the shanks and the second joints of the feet are very slightly

curved. 7

lst var. When young it is dull green; the feelers are tawny

with brown tips : when full-grown it is dark green with a brassy

tinge.

2nd var. The body is of a pale flesh-red colour, thickly covered

with white powder: the limbs are white, with the exception of the

base of the feelers and of the thighs which are yellow.

The viviparous winged female. This form acquires wings soon

after the middle of May: it is then black and hairy: the fore-

border and the hind-border of the fore-chest and the abdomen

are dull red: the feelers are dull brown, hairy, filiform, and less

than half the length of the body: the mouth is pale red with a black

tip, and reaches the hind-hips: the nectaries are black, and about

one-twentieth of the length of the body; the base of each is

encircled with a large black spot: the legs are black ; the base of

the thighs is dull yellow: the wings are colourless, and longer

than the body ; the wing-ribs are yellowish brown ; the rib-veins

and the brands are dark brown; the other veins are pale yellow ;

the rib-vein widens into the brand before half the length of the

wing ; the brand is long and linear, its tip is very obtuse, and the

hind-border there forms almost a right angle ; the fourth vein is

long and straight; the third vein is very slender ; it is forked a

little before one-third and again before two-thirds of its length ;

the angles formed by these forks are very acute; the tip of the

upper branch of the second fork is very near the tip of the fourth

vein ; the first and the second veins are almost straight ; they are

near each other at the base, but very far apart at the tips.

Length of the body 14 line ; of the wings 4 lines.

41. Aphis submacula, n.s.

The viviparous winged female. The body and the limbs are black

and hairy : the feelers are filiform, and rather more than half the

length of the body ; the fourth joint is much less than half the

length of the third ; the fifth is much longer than the fourth ; the

~ sixth is a little shorter than the fifth; the seventh is extremely

short ; the front is convex: the nectaries hardly rise above the

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 105

surface of the abdomen : the legs are long and stout ; the base of

the fore-thighs is brown ; the shanks and the first joints of the

feelers are very slightly curved: the wings are brown, and of mo-

derate size ; the rib-vein is black, and gradually widens into the

brand which is long and nearly spindle-shaped, but rather broader

at its tip than where it begins; the hind-border near the tip is

curved, and does not form an angle ; the branch-veins are tawny ;

the fourth vein is curved and clouded at its base but afterwards

straight ; the third is obsolete at its source, and forked just be-

fore one-third and again a little after two-thirds of its length ;

the forks are more diverging from each other than in most species

of this group ; the first and the second veins are nearly straight,

and approach each other at their origin, but are far apart at their

tips ; in each upper wing there is a large brown spot proceeding

from the beginning of the brand into the disc of the wing, and

ending at the first fork of the third vein.

Length of the body 13 line; of the wings 4 lines.

Found im the Isle of Portland by Mr. Dale.

42. Aphis saligna.

Aphis saligna, Sulzer, Ins. t. 11. f. 6; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i.

2209.

Aphis salicina ?, Zett. Ins. Lapp. i. 311. 6.

Aphis viminalis, Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. 184, 27.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is large, oval, convex,

and of a velvet-like bronze-brown colour : the head and the chest

are shaded with black: the head is of moderate size: the abdo-

men above has two rows of black velvet-like spots on each side,

and between them there are two rows of smaller black spots along

the back ; these last rows are confluent on the segments towards

the chest, and form a continuous transverse band: the body be-

neath is dull pale brown with a row of black dots on the sides of

the abdominal segments: the feelers are black, filiform, hairy,

yellow towards the base, and less than half the length of the

body ; the fourth joint is much less than half the length of the

third; the fifth is a little longer than the fourth; the sixth is a

little shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short : the

front is convex : the eyes are black and not prominent : the front

is convex: the mouth is black, pale dull green towards the base,

and it reaches the hind-hips: the nectaries are large, prominent,

and velvet-black ; between them and a little in advance there is a

large spot of the same size and colour: the legs are black, long,

stout and hairy ; the thighs except the tips and the shanks to-

wards the base are bright reddish yellow ; the shanks are straight ;

the second joints of the feet are slightly curved. When very

young it is linear, dull brown, and rather flat : the feelers are dull

106 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

brown, yellowish white towards the base : the mouth is pale yel-

low with a black tip, and full as long as the body : the nectaries

are black, the thighs, except the tips, and the shanks-near the

base, are pale yellow: sometimes the legs are yellow with the ex-

ception of the knees and of the feet.

The viviparous winged female. In colour it resembles the wing-

less insect, but the feelers are quite black : the wings are colour-

less and very long, ther length much exceeding that of the

body ; the wing-ribs are dark red; the veins and the wing-brands

are dark brown; the wing-vein begins to’widen into the brand

at about half the length of the wing ; the brandis long and linear,

the angle at its tip is very obtuse, and its termination is much

more gradual than that of most other species of this group; the

fourth vein is very slightly curved ; the third vein is almost ob-

solete at its source, and is forked a little after one-third and

again a little before two-thirds of its length, so that the two forks

are near together; the first and the second veins are nearly

straight, and, as is usual in this group, they are much nearer

each other at the base thau at the tips.

Length of the body 23-3 lines; of the wings 7 lines.

This species frequents willow-trees in the autumn. Mr. Wing

observed it in great abundance on the shoots from the middle of

September to the end of October in 1846 ; and he remarked that

its honey-dew is very attractive to moths, among which Nonagria

crasstcornis, which very seldom touches sugar, was plentiful.

This fact has also been remarked in France, and is mentioned

in the ‘ Annales de la Société Entomologique,’ vol. vi.

43. Aphis Roboris, Linn.

Aphis Roboris, Linn. Syst. Nat. 0. 735.22 ; Faun. Suec. 998 ;

Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 42; Syst. Rhyn. 300. 42; Schrank,

Faun. Boic. u. 1. 118. 1209; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2207;

Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. 188. 26.

Aphis longipes, Leon Dufour, Rech. sur les Hemipt., Mém. de

VInst. iv. 248. t. 9-f. 116, 117.

Cinara Roboris, Curtis, Brit. Ent. xi. 576.

Lachnus Roboris, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 148. 2.

Dryaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 481.

The viviparous wingless female. This appears on the twigs and

young branches of the oak in the beginning of July. When very

young it is dull green or pale red, linear, narrow, and shining:

the feelers are much less than half the length of the body ; their

tips are darker: the mouth is a little longer than the body ; its

tip and the eyes are black: the knees, the feet, and the tips of

the shanks are also black. When half-grown the body is dark

brown, flat, and rather narrow, and has a broad red band across

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 107

it: the feelers are dull yellow, filiform, and about half the length

of the body: the eyes are rather prominent: the mouth is pale

yellow with a black tip and as long as the body: the legs are

black ; the thighs and the shanks are yellow towards the base.

When full-grown it is oval, smooth, hairy, very glossy, and of a

dark brown or metallic purple tint : the head is dark red, and has

two impressions between the eyes: the feelers are black, hairy,

yellow towards the base, and also at the base of each joint ; the

fourth joint is less than half the length of the third ; the fifth is

alittle shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is hardly half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short : the front is convex :

the sides of the fore-chest are slightly undulated : there is a rim

round the under side of the abdomen: the mouth reaches the

hind-hips : the nectaries are like tubercles, and hardly rise above

the surface of the abdomen : the legs are long, slender, black, and

hairy ; the base of the thighs is yellow, and there is a broad yel-

low band around each shank ; the pale colour as usual prevails

most in the fore-legs and least in the hind-legs, which are very

long, and their shanks are much curved.

The viviparous winged female. This differs as usual in struc-

ture from the wingless insect, but much resembles it in shape and

colour : the fifth joint of the feelers is as long as the fourth : the

wings are rather short and narrow, and of a dark brown colour with

three colourless bands; the second band descends from the rib-

vein to the hind-border of the wing ; the third winds round the

tip of the brand; the wing-rib is broad, and at half the length of

the wing it dilates into a wide brand which is nearly linear, and

is rounded away at the tip, not forming an angle ; the fourth vein

is rather long, and is much curved at its base which springs from

the rib-vein just before the curve of the latter begins ; it is clouded

on each side of the base, and there divides the colourless band

on the wing; the third vein is obsolete at its base ; it is forked a

little before one-third, and forked again a little before two-thirds

of its length ; the second vein is slightly curved ; the first is un-

dulated and strongly marked ; these two veins are near each

other where they leave the rib-vein, but far apart at their tips.

The oviparous wingless female. This is larger than the vivipa-

rous female, and the fifth joit of the feelers is longer than the

fourth.

Length of the body 2-23 lines ; of the wings 5 lines.

This species is the prey of a parasitic Hymenopterous insect ;

it is most abundant in the autumn, and feeds then in large clus-

ters on the shoots of the oak; it seems to prefer the branches

that grow from the old stumps of that tree, and is attended by

Formica fuliginosa and by F. rufa, especially by the latter species.

The wings when just unfolded are of a milk-white colour, and

108 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

rather opake : the young ones are sometimes near thirty in num-

ber, and like the mother Aphis are covered with a glutinous mat-

ter, which by the application of Canada balsam assumes a fine rich

red hue: the insects infested by parasitic grubs do not so much

abound with this eoloured matter, but contain a white fluid, which

also occurs, but in a smaller quantity, in those that are free from

the internal devourers : these grubs are 1 line or more in length,

white, slightly curved, and being inclosed in Canada balsam and

thereby rendered transparent, they appear to be filled with the

brown oak sap received through the medium of their prey.

44, Aphis agilis.

Lachnus agilis, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 161. 11.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is spindle-shaped,

grass-green, long and narrow, with three rows of black spots

along the back : the front, the feelers, and the shanks are bristly :

the front of the head 1s slightly notched : the feelers are filiform,

pale green with brown tips, and much less than half the length

of the body ; the fourth joint is rather more than half the length

of the third; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is very

much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short, and

almost obsolete: the eyes are dark brown: the mouth is pale

green with a brown tip, and reaches to the hind-hips: the sides

of the fore-chest are straight : the nectaries do not rise above the

surface of the body: the legs are dull green, stout, long and

bristly ; the hind-legs are very much longer than the fore-legs ;

the knees and the feet are brown; the joints of the feet are

unusually long, and the second joint is curved ; the hind-shanks

are very bristly. It runs very fast.

lst variety. The body linear.

2nd variety. The feelers a one-third of the length of the

bod

Syd variety. The fore-part of the body is tinged with yellow,

and there are four rows of black dots along the abdomen: the

feelers are about half the length of the body.

The viviparous winged female. This imsect acquires wings in

the beginning of June: it is green, slightly covered with white

powder, and in shape resembles the wingless female: the disc

of the chest and that of the breast are pale reddish brown :

the feelers are brown, pale yellow at the base, and a little more

or less than half the length of the body: the eyes are dark

brown: the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip 1s brown: the legs are

long and pale yellow; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the

shanks are brown: the wings are transparent, narrow, and a lit-

tle longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale green ; the wing-

brands and the veins are pale brown; the rib-vein widens into

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 109

the brand just after the middle of the fore-border of the wing ;

this brand is long and linear, thinned away at either end, termi-

nating rather abruptly at the tip, and forming a very obtuse an-

gle on the hind-border whence springs the fourth vein ; the first

and second branch-veins are indistinct and near together at the

base, but widely apart at their tips; the latter is slightly waved ;

the third is obsolete till its fork which it sends forth at one-third

of its length, and it has no second fork ; the fourth vein is nearly

straight.

Length of the body 1-1} line; of the wings 3 lines.

lst var. The feelers are dull green; the tips of the joints are

brown : the eyes are black : the mouth is pale green with a brown

tip: the legs are pale green with dark brown tips: the wing-

brands are pale green. While the pupa is young, its colour is

yellowish green with a green abdomen ; when it grows older it

has four rows of black spots along the abdomen, and its rudi-

mentary wings are pale yellow.

This species feeds on Pinus sylvestris, the Scotch pine, from the

spring to the autumn.

The species of this group differ much from each other in shape,

and as | have not yet noticed all the forms in which they appear,

I shall probably mention them again in a future part of these

descriptions. Some of the species are solitary, others herd to-

gether ; Aphis saligna, Pinicola, Laricis, and Roboris, occur in

thick clusters during the autumn, and the three last species are

then attended by large swarms of Scatopse picea, among which

S. flavicollis is sometimes found : these flies feed on the honey-

dew, an appropriate occasion for their pairing which accordingly

occurs at this time of the year.

[To be continued. ]

XI.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Pattie Henry Gosse.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 352.]

F 106. Clytus angulatus. Taken at Savanna le mer, early in

une.

107. Eriphus terminalis. Common on the Hampstead Road

in June.

108. Eriphus (?) humeralis. Very numerous in the same loca-

lity and season as the preceding.

109. Ptychodes trilineatus. Some half-dozen specimens of this

handsome beetle were procured on the Hampstead Road and in

the Cotta Wood at Content during the last week in June.

110 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

110. Tetraopes (sp. nov.). Not uncommon on bushes beside

the Hampstead Road in May and June.

111, 112. Tetraopes. Two other species.

118. Odontata (sp. near bicolor).

114. Anoplitis sanguinicollis? Twospecimens taken on Blue-

fields Mountain in March. I met with it also near Alligator

Pond in December. _

115. Jmatidiwm (sp. nov.). This little Cassida, exquisitely

beautiful when alive, from the peculiar softness and richness of

its purple hue, was rather numerous in the Cotta Wood, and the

lower part of the Hampstead Road, near Content, in June. It

occurred on the leaves of small trees, a little within the woods

rather than at their edges, usually about eight or ten feet from

the ground. I think we took one or two individuals also on

Bluefields Mountain.

116. Coptocycla guttata?

117. Coptocycla (sp. near gemmea). Both of these small spe-

cies were sufficiently common on the Hampstead Road and in

the Cotta Wood in June. The brilliant iridescent hues that play

over the glassy surfaces of these beetles during life vanish after

death ; but I have been told (though I have not been able to

realize this by experiment) that these fleeting colours may be

temporarily restored by plunging the dried specimens into hot

water.

118. Gidionychis equinoctiais? Taken at Bluefields about

the end of December. lh

119. Cerotoma (sp. nov.).

120. Galeruca Domingensis. This little blue beetle occurred

almost exclusively at the spot where the road called the Short

Cut crosses the Paradise river, between Bluefields and Savanna

le mar. Here however in March and April it was very numerous,

hundreds thronging the air in flight a few yards above the earth,

on the western bank, which is covered with a soft thymy herbage.

The pretty little Melitea, which Mr. Doubleday has named J.

Proclea, was also very abundant in the same very limited spot at

the same season.

121, 122. Galeruca. 'Two other species.

123. Orchestris (sp. nov.).

124. Colaspis (sp. near viridipennis). This pretty little beetle

was very abundant upon the Hampstead Road in June. It

principally occurred on the broad spinous leaves of a large her-

baceous species of Solanum, common in spots which had been

once reclaimed from the forest, but had been allowed to run to

waste. Scores of these little green insects were seen on these

plants, many of them in copula. When alarmed, they are apt to

draw in their feet and drop to the ground.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 11]

125, 126. Colaspis. Two other species, both from the Hamp-

stead Road.

127 to 1387. Cryptocephalus. Ten species. All from the last-

named locality. Y

188 to 140. Coccinella, Three species, all small ; principally

from Bluefields and the vicinity.

141. Brachiacantha (sp. nov. ?). 7

142. Ezxoplectra (sp. nov.). Taken at Alligator Pond about

the middle of December.

Passing by, at least for the present, the other Orders, I pro-

ceed to the Lepidoptera.

LEPIDOPTERA.

1. Papilio Marcellinus (Doub.), P. Protestlaus (Drury). This

butterfly occurred from the middle of April onward, through the

summer. It was nowhere common, but Sabito Bottom was the

chief locality where I observed it. Here we might sometimes see

half-a-dozen in the course of a morning, unless the same indivi-

dual would appear over again, flying rather low, with an irregular

dancing motion, along the shrubs and small trees at the edges

of woods. It is sufficiently rapid to be caught with difficulty,

particularly when alarmed, and hence pursuit is rarely successful.

I once caught a dragonfly (Lzbellula) with one of these butterflies

in its mouth, which it had just captured ; and both specimens are

in my possession,

2. Papilio Thersites. This was always a rare insect. Now

and then I caught a momentary glance of its broad yellow-

disked wings, as it dashed along over the tops of the trees, par-

ticularly at Sabito; but I never captured it myself. In June

several specimens were taken for me at Content. They flew high,

about the summits of some trees by the road-side, in company

with P. Cresphontes, so as to induce the suspicion in my friend

that these were the sexes of one species.

3. Papilio Cresphontes. . At all seasons this butterfly occurs

in the lowlands, but sparingly. In the months of May and June

it is somewhat less scarce than at other times. It is a lofty and

a rapid flier, sailing along with little fanning motion of its wings,

yet with much power and fleetness. It does not course along the

edges of woods and road-sides, but now and then darts suddenly

out of the forest or densely-wooded morass, and, appearing but a

moment, dashes again among the trees, or soars away above their

summits. In June, several at a time were frequently to be seen

playing about the trees just above Content, often commg down

to suck with quivering wings at the yellow blossoms of a patch

112 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

of Cassia that occupies a corner of the road. Here they were

easily caught.

4, Papilio Acamas. On three occasions only did a specimen

of this fine insect come into my hands, one of which was much

weather-beaten ; the others were in good condition. All were

taken at Sabito. It flies high, alighting occasionally on pro-

jecting twigs, twenty or thirty feet above the ground.

5. Papilio Pelaus. This species is not uncommon, from April

to September, and is widely spread, being found in most loca-

lities that I have examined, except the wooded summit of Blue-

fields Peak. Its ordinary flight is low, irregular, and not very

rapid ; it dances along from bush to bush, and from flower to

flower, rifling them as it goes; but, if pursued, its power of wing

is sufficient to carry it quickly out of reach. Yet, from its low

haunt and its fondness for flowers, it is not a difficult butterfly —

to capture with the net. Pelaus, when sucking a flower, resting

on a leaf, vibrates strongly its half-erected wings in a peculiar

way, so as to be recognised almost as far as it can be seen.

6. Papilio Polydamas. Rather common at certain times and

places. In May, on the road cut through the tall forest, between

Shrewsbury and Content, I observed it somewhat numerous,

flitting slowly over the low herbage, frequently alighting and

allowing itself to be approached, so as even to be captured with

the fingers. About the middle of June it was no less numerous

at Belmont, manifesting the same predilection for the rank herb-

age of the road-sides. The species occurred not unfrequently

also at Sabito, and along the road leading to Savanna le mer,

and. was confined to no particular season.

7. Pieris Monuste. Common in most situations, especially

during the earlier months of the year.

8. Pieris, sp. nov. near Josephina (no. 114 of Doub. and Hewits.

Diurn. Lep.). This rather large species was sufficiently common

in the lowlands during the winter and sprmg. I met with it on

the heavy sand of Alligator Pond in December, and afterwards

somewhat numerously at Sabito and at the Hampstead Road.

9. Pieris Margarita. I did not meet with this till the latter

part of March, when we obtained several specimens from Blue-

fields Mountain. It also occurred at Sabito and other lowland

localities. Sabito in March and April, and the Hampstead Road

in June are the great resorts of the Pieride: they commonly fly

low, coursing along the bushes and herbage by the sides of roads,

but frequently mount to the summits of the lower trees, and

play around them, when in profuse blossom, frequently alighting

in considerable numbers to suck. I have observed this habit

much more on the mountains than in the lowlands.

Mr. P. H. Gosse gn the Insects of Jamaica. 113

10. Callidryas Eubule. Abundant at all times and in most

situations, particularly in open pastures and ruinates.

11. Callidryas Neleis. This handsome species I did not meet

with in 1845 till near the end of June, when it occurred on the

Hampstead Road ; a few specimens I took afterwards in the same

locality, but it continued very scarce until the following April ;

about the middle of which month it suddenly became very abun-

dant between Sabito Bottom and Cave, being for some weeks the

most common species of butterfly to be seen. Its habits are much

the same as those of the larger Pieride generally ; flitting along

the low bushes that. fringe the road-sides with an unsteady but

somewhat rapid flight, frequently alighting on flowers, and now

and then retracing its course. In June it was similarly abundant

on the Hampstead Road and around Content ; and on my arrival

at Kingston in July, on my way to England, this was found to

be the most numerous species in that locality. It would be in-

teresting to know if these alternations of abundance and scarcity

- are periodical. ,

12. Gonepteryx Lyside. Very rare: a single specimen or two

occurred in December and January in the vicinity of Bluefields.

13. Terias Elathea.

14. Terias Euterpe.

15. Terias Dina.

16. Terias Hyona.

17. Terias (sp. nov.). These five species of Terias are common

at most periods of the year: in spring they accompany'the Pie-

rides and Callidryas Neleis in their dancing flight along the road-

side bushes ; more particularly Dina and Hyona. I may remark of

all these, as well as of the genera just named, that in a road they

do not hover about or play backward and forward as some but-

terflies do, but pursue the course of the road, one way or the

other, and that, notwithstanding the occasional interruptions of

alighting, with pretty constant regularity, mostly keeping to that

side of the road on which each may happen to be. I think I

have remarked that most go the same way, though without any

association. Occasionally one may be observed to return upon

its course ; but in such case it commonly pursues the new direc-

tion with the same regularity until out of sight.

But the more proper and peculiar resorts of the Teriades are

large open plains, old pastures and guinea-grass pieces, especially

the former two, which are generally overrun with herbaceous

weeds, as the Asclepiadee, various species of Cassia and Papilio-

nacee. The smaller kinds in particular are very abundant in

such situations, as Elathea and Euterpe, and the delicate little

white one with narrowly black-edged wings, which appears unde-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii.

114 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

scribed. Here they flit to and fro without any regularity, a few

inches above the ground or herbage, alighting every instant. _

The habit which the yellow Piertd@ have of resorting in num-

bers to the margin of water is common to the Jamaican species as

well as their fellows in other parts of the world. During the

rainy season, when the afternoon showers fill the hollows of the

highways with broad but shallow pools, which the intense morn-

ing sun either wholly or in part dries up, one may see towards

the middle of the day, each little patch of slushy mud surrounded

by a yellow fringe, composed of a multitude, truly surprising,

of these butterflies, large and small, chiefly Callidryas and Terias,

which sit on the very edge of the water, side by side, their wings -

erect and closed, and their long suckers protruded and busily

extracting the moisture. For the most part a considerable num-

ber on the wing are hovering about the spot, some alighting and

some rising every moment. If compelled to take to flight, which

they do very reluctantly, the multitude of yellow wings that in a

moment throng the surrounding air is quite astonishing, and

forms a very pleasing sight.

18. Danais Berenice var.? Very common in company with

the Teriades just mentioned, over large open pastures, such as

that of Robin’s River in particular ; where in the month of March

great numbers may be seen either resting on the blossoms of

the common Red-head (Asclepias curassavica) and other Ascle-

piadee, or heavily flying to and fro in pairs, united in sexual

copula. It has not the lofty and powerful flight of D. Archippus,

but hovers over the low pasture-herbage, with so little power of

wing, that it is caught without the slightest trouble, and may be

very readily taken with the fingers.

19. Danais Cleothera. This handsomely-marked species oc-

curred at intervals throughout the year, but cannot be considered

other than rare. It affects road-sides and openings in the woods

rather than pastures, and mountain-sides of moderate elevation

rather than the lowlands; in both of which particulars it differs

from D. Berenice.

20. Danais Archippus. This I found still more rare than the

preceding ; a very few specimens only were seen by me, and those,

though at widely separated intervals of time, only (if I remember

rightly) in one locality ; that part of the road to Savanna le mer

which runs through Paradise morass, very near the dwelling-

house of the estate. It flew low, about the logwood hedges ;. but

there are no trees near, or it would probably have towered above

them.

[To be continued. ]

On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period. 115

XII.—On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period.

By Frepericxk M‘Coy, M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &c.

[Continued from p. 10.]

PLacorpEs.

(Ichthyodorulites.)

Homacanthus macrodus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spine about 8 lines long and 2 lines wide at base,

slightly arched and tapering to a point ; section compressed,

trigonal ; anterior face formed by a narrow rounded keel, pos-

terior concave face bounded on each side by a larger rounded

ridge, between which and the anterior keel there is on each side

a still smaller rounded longitudinal ridge, the two posterior

ridges on each side dichotomise near their base; of the two

intervening spaces the anterior is rather wider and the poste-

rior rather narrower than the ridges which they separate, they

are concave and very slightly striated longitudinally ; posterior

face with twelve or fourteen very large, compressed, falcate

teeth, alternating in two rows, the alternating bases touching,

keeled on their convex edge, their length nearly equalling the

width of the side of the ray at their base.

The small size, few ridges and great posterior teeth easily di-

stinguish this from other rays of the carboniferous period, while

the two latter characters equally distinguish it from the H. ar-

cuatus (Ag.) of the old red sandstone. This genus has not been

noted before in the carboniferous series.

Rare in the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Homacanthus microdus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spine about 1} inch long and 2 lines wide at base ;

very slightly arched, gradually tapering ; section ovate ; ante-

rior face formed of a narrow rounded keel, each side with two

slightly flattened nearly equal keels, the posterior one dicho-

tomous at its base; they are their own width apart, the inter-

~ vening spaces being flat and marked with about three longi-

tudinal striz ; posterior face with two rows of numerous, co-

nical hooked teeth, their length scarcely one-fifth the width of

the ray at their base.

The more slender form, flattened ribs and interspaces, and

numerous small conical teeth distinguish this from the last, with

which alone it is likely to be confounded.

From the same locality and in the same collection as the last.

116 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

- Ctenacanthus denticulatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spine nearly straight, slightly curved towards the

apex ; length of naked portion 52 inches, length of the rapidly

tapering base 2 inches, width near base 9 lines; section trun-

cato-elliptical, sides slightly convex, front narrow, rounded ;

posterior face wide, depressed, concave at both sides, with an

obtuse ridge in the middle, the lateral angles closely set with a

row of numerous small, conical, downward- curved teeth on each,

their own length apart ; longitudinal ridges rounded, less than

their own diameter apart (about four in two lines in the mid-.

.dle of the ray), they are a little wider at base than towards the

apex, increasing in number downwards by dichotomy; the

sides of each ridge are denticulated with sharp, recurved teeth

extending halfway across the intervening spaces, the denticle

of one side connected with its fellow on the other by a slightly

oblique fold across the ridge, each pair being separated from

that above and below by about the thickness of the ridge; ~

near the posterior margin on each side are four or five ridges

much smaller than the rest, crossed by oblique blunt tubercles.

This species slightly resembles the C. crenatus (Ag.) in its

ornament, but instead of the short, close notches in the sides of

the ridges of that species, this is distinguished by the more di-

stant, tooth-like denticulation and narrow transverse plicze.

- Not uncommon in the dark shale (of the age of the yellow

sandstone) of Monaduff, Drumlish, in the N. of Ireland.

(Col. University of Cambridge and Mr. Griffith.)

Ctenacanthus distans (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spine compressed, gently arched, very long, slender,

tapering at the rate of only 3 lines in 5 inches; posterior face

with two rows of numerous small, short, conical compressed

teeth, shghtly bent downwards, rather more than the width of

their base apart ; sides flattened with about ten or twelve close

flattened longitudinal ridges of irregular width, the broadest

occasionally subdividing as they approach the base, all the ridges

-erenulated by small tubercles, about double the thickness of

the ridge from each other; those on the anterior ridges are

transverse and slightly oblique, while those nearer the concave

margin are smaller, and assume the appearance of lengthened,

nodular swellings, as in Physonemus.

This is a remarkably long and slender ray; one specimen in

the University collection at Cambridge, of which a considerable

portion of the apex must. be lost, measures six inches in length

and only six lines in width at the broadest part near the base,

of the Carboniferous Period. 117

the broken distal extremity being three lines wide, which would

probably indicate a further inch and half of length. The portion

of the base inserted in the flesh is small and gradually tapering.

I am not certain of the exact form of the section.

Not uncommon in the red limestone of Armagh.

(Col. University of Cambridge and Capt. Jones, &c.)

Gyracanthus obliquus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Dorsal ray nearly straight, about one foot long and

~ one and a quarter inch wide at base; section heart-shaped,

width two-thirds of the antero-posterior diameter ; anterior face

narrow, rounded; posterior face broad, concave, having near

the apex a row of small hooked teeth on each side; sides

slightly convex, marked with- numerous very oblique crenu-

lated ridges or rows of tubercles, which meet the anterior face

at an angle of about 35° (those of opposite sides meeting at an

angle of 70°); the ridges become gradually more oblique,

smooth, and entire near the apex, they are about half a line in

width, and slightly more than their own diameter apart. The

line of separation between the ridged external surface and the

finely striated part which enters the flesh is very oblique and

with a slight sigmoidal curve.

This large ray is most allied to the G. tuberculatus (Ag.), from

which it is distinguished by the much greater obliquity of the

sculptured ridges, and the more compressed form of the section ;

the G. Alnvicensis (Ag.) has ridges nearly as oblique as the pre-

sent species, but they are smooth and entire instead of being

strongly crenato-tuberculate. )

_ Very common in-the dark shale (at the base of the carbo-

niferous system), supposed to be of the age of the yellow sand-

- stone, in the valley of the Moyola, at Moyheeland, Draperstown,

— in the N. of Ireland.

(Col. Cambridge University and Mr. Griffith at Dublin.)

Physonemus arcuatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Ray wide, much curved ; longitudinal rounded ridges

very numerous, about fifteen in the space of half an inch, less

than their own diameter apart, dilated into rounded, smooth,

bubble-like tubercles, which are nearly twice their diameter

apart ; the narrow sulci between the ridges have two or three

obscure longitudinal striee.

Distinguished from the Physonemus subteres (Ag.) by its much

greater size, more numerous ridges and wide arcuate form.

Very rare : from the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col, Cambridge University.)

118 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

Asteroptychius semiornatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Ray slightly arched, about 3 lines wide, and tapering

at the rate of about 1 line in 1 inch; section much compressed,

the sides being flattened, and the "thickness about one-third

. the width ; about eight narrow, longitudinal smooth ridges on

each side, separated by flat spaces nearly twice the width of

the ridges ; all the spaces are marked with two or three obso-

lete longitudinal striz, but only the anterior one on each side

contains a row of irregularly placed tubercles.

This is more compressed and arched than the A. ornatus (Ag.),

and differs besides in having but one row of tubercles on each

side, while that species has a row in nearly every space.

Not uncommon in the Armagh limestone.

(Col. Cambridge University, &c.)

Erismacanthus (M‘Coy), n. g.

(Btym. éperopua, a prop or stay, and dxav@a, a spine.)

Gen. Char. Spine of three divaricating portions,—lst, a large,

compressed, finely striated base which entered the flesh ;

2nd, a short, strongly compressed, rapidly tapering spine

curved directly backwards, the sides marked with strong,

smooth, longitudinal ridges, and having two rows of short

downward-curved teeth on the posterior concave margin ;

3rd, a peculiar prop-like portion extending directly forwards

nearly at right angles with the base, gently arched downwards,

compressed at the basal half, depressed at the distal half,

closely covered with blunt, snicoth, oval tubercles, and with

some large, irregular spines on the under side; the portion of

the base above the flesh and from which those two portions:

branch, is irregularly tuberculated.

The long anterior prop or stay-like branch renders this ich-

thyodorulite so unlike any described form, that I should have

hesitated to describe it, but for the number of examples which I

have recently examined. Something slightly analogous I observe

in the articulation of the spines of the recent fish allied to Syno-

dontus, in which a shorter but similarly curved and directed prop-

like process may be observed, but which is concealed beneath the

soft parts and not external as in the fossil. I know but one

species of the genus, which I have great pleasure in dedicating

to Capt. Jones, R.N., M.P. &c., who is in possession of more

extensive and exact knowledge of the fossil fishes of the moun-

tain limestone than I believe any other observer. It is to his

acumen in recognising the true characters of the species, zeal in

collecting, and liberality with which both his cabinet and infor-

of the Carboniferous Pertod. 119.

mation are made available to those studying the subject, that we.

are mainly indebted for the extended lists which have been pub-

lished of the Ichthyolites of this formation.

Erismacanthus Jonesti (M‘Coy). :

Sp. Char. Posterior spine little more than twice as long as wide

slightly curved, compressed, sides flattened, with about eight

or nine longitudinal ridges, which are smooth and less than

their own diameter apart ; the intervening spaces finely striated

longitudinally ; posterior concave face with two regular, close

rows of small pointed teeth directed very obliquely downwards ;

the surface towards the base is marked with small, scattered,

oval, smooth tubercles ; anterior branch three times as long, and

about the same size at its origin as the posterior spine ; the part

of the spine from which those two portions take their common

origin is equal to the width of their united bases, and covered

with scattered round tubercles; the height of the anterior

branch is double its width at the basal half, but it becomes

depressed, so that its width is double the height in the section

of the distal half; it is covered above and on the sides with

close quincuncially arranged, smooth, oval tubercles ; the com-

pressed, finely striated base which enters the flesh seems

abruptly truncated below. Length of posterior spine 1 ich,

width at base 6 lines ; length of anterior process (imperfect at

extremity) 2 inches 9 lines, depth at base 4 lines, at tip 1 line ;

width at base 2 lines, at tip 3 lines; length of the common

- base 13 inch, width 9 lines.

Not very uncommon in the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. University of Cambridge and Capt. Jones.)

Cosmacanthus carbonarius (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spine nearly straight, semicylindrical ; section semi-

lunate ; sides and anterior face broadly rounded in one conti-

nuous curve ; posterior sulcus very wide, rounded ; about eight

longitudinal rows of small oval tubercles on each side, the

tubercles nearly touching in each row, and the rows less than.

their diameter apart ; no posterior teeth, the posterior sulcus

being bounded by the last lateral row of tubercles on each side,

A fragment 1 inch 8 lines long and 23 lines wide at the nar-

row end; increases at the rate of nearly 2 lines in an inch.

This differs from the Devonian C. Maleolmsoni (Ag.) in its

ereater size and much more numerous rows of tubercles, ‘Two

imperfect specimens from the limestone of Armagh are in the

collection of Capt. Jones at Dublin.

120 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish.

Platycanthus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Ray triangular, very wide, the length of the base

nearly equalling the height of the spine, arched backwards,

much compressed ; sides flat ; anterior face flat, the thickest

part of the ray; surface pustulated ; two rows of sharp conical

teeth on the posterior face.

In their great compression and pustulated surface the rays of

this genus resemble the Oracanths, but they differ from them by

their small size, arched form, and distinct posterior rows of teeth,

which latter character also distinguishes them from the Byssa-

canths of'the old red sandstone, as well as the absence of ridges

on the surface. I only know the genus in the mountain lime-

stone.

Platycanthus isosceles (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Length of the base and height of the spine each about

1 inch ; anterior face 1 line wide in the middle and slightly

~ convex ; surface covered with numerous smooth, oval or rounded

tubercles subquincuncially arranged, largest towards the an-

terior face, about twice their diameter apart ; intervening sur-

face marked with minute, longitudinal rough sulci; posterior

teeth conical, smooth at the apex, longitudinally plicated at

the base.

~ Rare in the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N., M.P.)

‘ Nemacanthus priscus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Ray much elongated, slightly arched, compressed to-

wards the anterior face, which forms a prominent rounded

ridge or keel; sides with numerous unequal, irregularly placed,

oval, blunt tubercles, between which the surface is marked

with longitudinal rows of minute impressed puncta, and a few

irregular impressed flexuous strize ; base attenuated and finely

‘striated.

This spine agrees with the Triassic Nemacanths in having the

sides flattened and inclined towards the anterior face, on which

is a central rounded ridge or keel. The only specimen I have

seen is imperfect, measuring 33 inches in length; the broken

distal extremity is 4 lines in antero-posterior diameter and 2 lines

wide. r

From the red limestone of Armagh.

(Col. of Capt. Jones.)

Dipriacanthus (M‘Coy), n. g.

(Etym. Sis, bis, rpiwv, serray and dxavOa, aculeus.)

Gen. Char. Spine small, arched,’ tapermg, much compressed,

of the Carboniferous Period. 121

minutely and irregularly tuberculated ; two rows of small

conical teeth on the posterior margin, and two rows of larger

adpressed teeth on the anterior face directed upwards.

The spines for which I propose this name are easily recognised

by their small size, curved form, and having the anterior, as well

as the posterior, margin armed with rows of teeth. These cha-

racters, while they separate them widely from the other fossil

spines, strongly recall to our mind the Pimelodes and Synodonts of

the Nile; in fact the Synodontus serratus described by Riippell* is

a perfect prototype, in its spinous defences, of our Dipriacanthus

falcatus, except that both the anterior and posterior rows of teeth

are single on the recent spines. In their compressed section and

irregularly tuberculated surface the Dipriacanths resemble the

Oracanths, but are distinguished by their arched figure and rows

of teeth.

Dipriacanthus falcatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spine slender, gradually tapering, much hooked, com-

pressed, sides convex ; section oval, long diameter twice the

length of the short diameter ; surface with very minute irre-

gular, longitudinal strize, and few distant, irregularly scattered,

small tubercles ; teeth of the posterior margin short, conical,

at right angles to the spine; teeth of the anterior margin

slender, pointed, adpressed close to the spines with their points

upwards. Length of specimen imperfect, at base 1 inch 2 lines,

greatest width 2 lines.

The specimen described is from the carboniferous limestone of

Armagh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N.)

Dipriacanthus Stokesii (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Slightly arched, much compressed , sides flat, anterior

and posterior margins narrow, obtusely rounded ; section ob-

long, the long diameter being from four to five times longer

than the short ; teeth of the posterior margin slender, conical,

projecting at right angles to the spine ; teeth of the anterior

margin large, thick, smooth, the upper sharp edge widest,

closely adpressed to the surface ; surface closely covered with

small, irregular, smooth granules, which under a strong lens

are found to be radiatingly striated at their base, and with the

intervening narrow spaces very minutely granulated.

When highly magnified the granulation of this spine resembles

on a small scale the star-like style of ornament of the bony plates

* Beschreibung und Abbildung mehrere neuer Fische, im Nil entdeckt,

Frankfort a. M. 1829, pl. 2. fig. 1.

122 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

of Asterolepis (Kich.). The base is imperfect but apparently di-

lated in a remarkable degree, and in its present state the lower

portion seems bent at a considerable angle from the curve of the

rest of the spine.

Collected from the carboniferous limestone of Armagh by the

Rev. W. Stokes of Caius College, Cambridge, and by him pre-

sented to the University collection. I have associated his name

with this interesting form as a slight memorial of the zeal with

which he has collected those remains, and the liberality with

which he has made them available for public instruction.

Leptacanthus junceus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Nearly straight, about 11 line wide ; section semiel-

liptical ; sides nearly convex, meeting in front to form a sharp

anterior edge, and converging behind to a narrow posterior

sulcus, bordered on each side by a row of strong, conical,

downward-curved teeth, little longer than wide, and about the

width of their base apart ; each side with about seven longi-

tudinal, narrow, equal, thread-like ridges, twice their diameter

apart, and having between each pair two or three obsolete

longitudinal striz.

Rare in the black beds at the the top of the carboniferous

limestone of Derbyshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

(CestraciontEs—Teeth.)

Psammodus canaliculatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Tooth oblong, generally about twice as long as wide,

the two long sides straight and parallel, one of the short sides

or ends very convex, the other equally concave (for articula-

tion) ; the crown of the tooth concave along the middle, the

two long margins being prominent and rounded ; there is ge-

nerally a considerable hump-like elevation near the convex

end; surface roughly wrinkled transversely, the ends generally

more or less rudely plicated longitudinally.

This remarkable tooth is much allied to the P. rugosus (Ag.),

but is strongly distinguished by its ends being formed for arti-

culation, one convex and the other concave, instead of beng

straight as in that species; also by the strong longitudinal plica-

tion of the surface near the ends, and the peculiar, curved,

swelling near the convex extremity. When the ends are wanting

it is distinguished by its mesial concavity (the other being con-

vex), and by the minute ruge of the surface running across

instead of in the direction of the length. When much worn the

of the Carboniferous Period. + 4128

surface becomes polished and porous as in the P. porosus (Ag.),

and as we constantly see on the prominent parts of the P. ru-

gosus (Ag.). Length generally about 2 inches,

Rare in the Armagh limestone.

(Col. of the University of Cambridge and of Capt. Jones, M.P.)

Helodus appendiculatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Transversely trigonal, compressed, width of. the base

rather more than twice the greatest height of the tooth ; crown

divided into an obtusely trigonal, straight, central compressed

cone, and one very small, accessory similarly-shaped one on

each side, sharply defined by a distinct notch ; surface smooth,

highly polished, porous at the apex and posterior side of the

edge of the principal cone; edge of the enamel-like surface at

the base obtuse, forming a slightly arched line, concavity

downwards : bony root large, simple, coarsely fibrous.

Three teeth in situ, one behind the other, present the fol-

lowing characters:—the anterior tooth is the. smallest, most

‘compressed, and perfectly erect; principal cone sharp, but its

height scarcely exceeding one-third of its width ; secondary cone

on each side very small, not as deeply separated from the middle

as in the others; entire surface highly polished with the ex-

ception of the apex, which is slightly punctured. The second

tooth is the longest and thickest, shghtly mclined backwards ;

height of the principal cone about half its width ; apex obtuse,

small accessory cone on each side, pointed and defined by a deep

notch from the ¢entral one; anterior side flattened, smooth,

- polished ; posterior side tumid, coarsely punctured, the punctures

extending over the apex. Third tooth entirely procumbent, the

apex of the cone bemg marginal and in contact with the long,

coarsely fibrous, osseous base, which latter is truncate below, is

as wide as the tooth, and equals the principal cone in length :

the proportions of this tooth are nearly those of the middle one,

but having no posterior side ; anterior side smooth and polished,

apex punctured.

Rare: from the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N.)

Helodus rudis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Irregularly oblong, subquadrate ; sides steep, irregu-

larly nodulose or undulato-plicate ; crown irregularly gibbous,

the highest point a little nearer one end than the other; sur-

face polished, coarsely punctured. Length 7 lines, width 42

lines, height 23 lines.

The curiously irregular lump-like figure and quadrate base of

124 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

this species distinguish it easily from its congeners; the steep,

striated margin is also peculiar. The puncturing of the surface

rather coarser than that of the H. turgidus (Ag.). I have seen

several specimens from the Armagh limestone.

(Col. Cambridge University.)

Chomatodus obliquus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Obliquely rhomboidal, transversely elongate; apex

marginal, obtusely pointed; middle of the tooth obliquely

tumid or convex; attenuated sides flattened or slightly con-

cave ; ends obtusely pointed or rounded; surface highly po-

lished and perfectly smooth except at the apex, which is coarsely

punctured; basal margin surrounded by a broad imbricating

fold of ganoine*, increasing to three or four on the ends of

some of the teeth.

This species differs from the C. cinctus (Ag.) in its obliquely

‘rhomboidal flattened form and marginal apex, as well as having

but one fold of ganoine at the middie of the basal margin. In

some examples the ends are equal and the width three times the

length, in others the ends are unequal, and the length two-thirds

of the width, but in all the apex is marginal and the general

form obliquely rhomboidal, the basal margin having a down-

ward curve nearly opposite the apical projection of the anterior

margin, and between the two extends the oblique mesial con-

vexity. Length averaging 4 lines.

Rare, in the carboniferous limestone of Armagh,

_ (Col. Cambridge University and Capt. Jones, R.N. &c.)

Chomatodus denticulatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Transyersely oval, base about three times wider than

long; middle elevated into a compressed, obtusely pointed

cone, about equal in height to the short diameter (length) of

base, from which a sharp, much compressed mesial ridge ex-

tends on each side to either end, its cutting edge being broken

into numerous obtuse, compressed denticles decreasing in size

towards the ends ; the notches which separate the little cones on

the edge give rise to obtuse sulci, defining them a short way

down the sides ; surface smooth ; base surrounded with three

* | provisionally use this term (from yavos, splendour) to designate that

peculiar, dense, modification of dentine which forms the highly polished

surface of most fish-teeth, and which is not unfrequently confounded with

the true enamel of the teeth of the higher animals; the latter is however

secreted by a distinct organ quite external to and independent of the den-

tine, while the false enamel which I propose to call ganoine is merely pro-

duced by the calcigerous tubes of the dentine becoming suddenly straighter,

closer aud more numerous as they approach the surface.

of the Carboniferous Period. 125

or four imbricating folds of ganoine, irregularly jagged at

their edges.

This species is rather smaller, more elevated and more com-

pressed than the C. cinctus (Ag.), from which it is further distin-

guished by the number of minor cones set on the mesial ridge.

Rare, in the red carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. University of Cambridge.) ?

Petalodus rhombus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Crown sharp, compressed; anterior face rather more

than three times wider than high, regularly rhombic, the upper

and lower margins almost symmetrical, the lateral portions of

each being nearly straight or slightly concave, and meeting in

the middle at an obtuse angle; the angles of the upper and

lower margins nearly equal, that of the basal margin pointing

down, of the cutting edge up; the cutting edge is obscurely

undulato-dentate by short obsolete vertical furrows, and mi-

nutely crenulato-striated ; the lower margin is prominent and

surrounded by five or six small imbrications of pseudo-enamel

or ganoine, those descend lower (as usual) on the posterior

face, where also the mesial angulation is less ; surface smooth

with a few fine irregular longitudinal striz ; root moderately

large. Height of the middle of the crown 6 lines, width about

1 inch 9 lines, depth of root about 7 lines.

This can only be confounded with the P. acuminatus (Ag.),

from which it is fully distinguished by the great proportional

width of the crown and the rhomboidal form of the anterior face

produced by the similar shape of the superior and basal margins ;

_ the latter being deeply angulated in the middle, resembling the

cutting margin reversed in the present species, while the middle

half is very obtusely rounded in the former, and then abruptly

eurved upwards and again downwards further towards the ends ;

in that species also the cutting edge, although slightly waving,

is destitute of the broad longitudinal plice of the present form.

~ Rare, in the carboniferous limestone of Derbyshire.

(Col. Cambridge University.)

Polyrlizodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Tooth thick, crown but slightly elevated, forming a

transversely oval crushing surface, narrowing towards the ex-

tremities ; anterior and posterior ridges separating the crown

from the root, obtuse, without imbricating folds, the posterior

ridge much lower than the anterior; root very large, deeply

divided into several distinct, root-like lobes or fangs.

This is perhaps the most remarkable genus of ichthyolites yet

‘

126 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

made known, as it presents the only instance in the entire class

of a fish-tooth divided into several distinct fangs—the imperfectly

double, divaricating, base of certain sharks’ teeth, or the pro-

longed external plice of certain sauroids (Holoptychius, Rhizodus,

&c.) not deserving to be viewed in the light of really divided or

fanged roots as in the mammals and the present genus of fish.

The group is most allied to Petalodus (Owen), with which Agassiz

seems to have unaccountably confounded one of the species ; but

instead of the thin, scale-like or petal-like character of the Peta-

lodi, with their highly elevated, compressed, sharp-edged crown,

we have here a tooth of remarkably thick and clumsy form, with

the crown but little raised and all the parts obtuse ; the crown in

Petalodus is covered with a thick coat of smooth, highly polished

enamel-like substance or ganoine, and separated on each side

from the root by several imbricating folds, while the crown in the

present genus is nearly as dull as the root, and in one species

coarsely punctured as in Psammodus, and the characteristic basal

imbrications are replaced by a simple, obtuse ridge; finally, in

Petalodus, the root forms a large, simple, compressed truncated

base, while in Polyrhizodus it is divided into from five to eight

fangs.

f Polyrhizodus magnus (M‘Coy).

Syn. Petalodus radicans (Ag. MSS. name in collections).

Sp. Char. Tooth from one-half to two inches wide and about one

‘inch in depth ; crown from three to four lines wide, nearly flat,

inclined at an angle of about 70° from the slightly raised pos-

terior edge, smooth, or with minute branching striz on the

upper edge; anterior and upper margins nearly parallel for the

- middle half of the width, while they rapidly converge in the

- two outer fourths, so that the extremities are narrowed toa

point at each end and considerably bent downwards ; root very

thick and deeply divided into six or eight long, ovate fang-

like lobes, roughened by the passage of the nutrient vessels ;

inferior, posterior ridge is (like the anterior margin of the

crown) simply rounded, without imbricating folds, and about

one-third more than the width of the crown below the cutting

edge.

This fine species is not uncommon in the limestone of Armagh.

(Col. University of Cambridge, Capt. Jones, Mr. Griffith, &c.)

Polyrhizodus pusillus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Crown compressed, raised into a rounded obtuse lobe

less than half the width of the base in height; base of the

crown forming a very prominent obtusely rounded ridge ; root

divided into about ten small rounded fangs; surface of the

of the Carboniferous Period. 127

crown coarsely punctured, a few of the punctures near the apex

longitudinally confluent so as to give it a slightly pectinated

appearance; width of crown 2} lines. )

Easily distinguished by its small size, coarsely punctured sur-

face and the raised lobe of the margin of the crown.

Rare, in the limestone of Armagh, from whence there is one

example in the University collection at Cambridge, and another

in that of Capt. Jones.

Glossodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Tooth tongue-shaped, oblong, quadrangular, much

higher than wide; crown elevated, slightly recurved, nar-

rowing from the base to a small, subtruncate apex; surface

porous, puncta generally seeming confluent towards the apex ;

punctured surface terminating below in a notch, or arched

line, the convexity upwards ; root long, as wide as the crown,

coarsely fibrous.

The Glossodi are distinguished from the Helodi, with which

alone they have any affinity, by the quadrangular form of the

horizontal section of the tooth, the sides being flattened as well

as the anterior and posterior faces ; also by the great height of

the crown in proportion to its width. The long root-like base of

the tooth, which resembles that of some Petalodi (e. g. P. psit-

tacinus, Ag. MSS.), rather than that of Helodus in form, is of an

open lacunose structure, being permeated by very large flexuous

medullary canals producing irregular openings on the surface.

The ridge separating the punctured surface from the base forms

a sinus directed upwards, which is thereverse of what we find in

Petalodus, approaching the ordinary sharks, and. also conforming

to what we see in Helodus and Strophodus when the separating

line in those genera is not straight. As in Petalodus, the basal

margin of the surface is much nearer the apex on the convex an-

terior side than on the concave posterior or internal face, the

latter being generally about twice the length of the former. The

characters above given as distinguishing those teeth from the

Helodi also separate them from the genuine Petalodi of Owen, as

also the want of the imbricating folds at the base.

Glossodus lingua-bovis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Height of the crown exceeding the width of the base,

which is three times the width of the truncated apex ; greatest

antero-posterior diameter half the width of the base ; surface

dull, covered with coarse, wide, occasionally confluent puncta,

the interstices erossed by minute, flexuous, oblique striz.

This curious tooth resembles a neat’s tongue in miniature ;

128 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

the oblique striation crossing the ordinary punctuation of Psam-

modontoid teeth is a character I have not seen in any other

tooth. Height of crown 6 lines, width of base 5 lines, depth of

root 4 lines.

From the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N.)

Glossodus marginatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Crown about one-third higher than wide, having a

slight antero-posterior sigmoidal curve ; thickness, from before

backwards, little more than one-fourth of the width; lateral

margins subparallel, prominent on the posterior face, which is

gently concave in the middle ; apex narrowed, rounded, curved

backwards ;_ surface glossy, finely punctured, marked towards

the tip with minute anastomosing longitudinal wrinkles ; a few -

obtuse plice. Length of crown 5 lines, width 8 lines.

Easily distinguished from the G. marginatus by its more

finely punctured, glossy surface, rounded tip and prominent

lateral margins.

One of the rarest fossils of the carboniferous limestone of

Armagh.

(Col University of Cambridge ; I think T have seen ssi in

that of Capt. Jones at Dublin.)

Climaxodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

(Etym. nriwa€, a flight of steps, and odovs, a tooth.)

Gen. Char. Tooth longer than wide, gradually narrowing towards

the front with nearly straight sides ; anterior part of the crown

crossed by broad, imbricating, transverse ridges at right angles

to its length; surface minute:y punctured.

The above generic name has reference to the remarkable step-

like character of the ridges which cross the anterior part of the

tooth at regular intervals. The broad posterior part of the tooth

is without ridges and resembles a Psammodus. In the fact of

being as it were small, ridged Psammodi, those teeth are allied

to the genus Pecilodus, but all the true Pecilodi are inequilateral,

mussel-shaped teeth, consequently placed in pairs in the mouth,

and have the ridges ‘oblique ; the Climaxodi, on the contrary, are

equilateral, and were therefore most probably mesial in position,

and the ridging is transverse. 1 am aware of one species in tlie

Armagh limestone and the followmg. I think it possible that

the so-called Pecilodus parallelus (Ag.) may ultimately be re-

ferred to this genus, as it differs from the true Pecilodi in some

at least of the above characters.

of the Carboniferous Period. . 129

Climaxodus imbricatus (M‘Coy).

The only specimen I have access to at present of this species

is imperfect at each end, being 7 lines long, 53 lines wide at the

broad end, and 3 lines wide at the narrow anterior end ; the an-

terior portion of the crown is crossed by 7 transverse "imbrica-

ting ridges in a space of 4 lines, the posterior ones are three-

fourths of a line apart, and have a double curvature arising from

a small backward wave in the middle, the anterior ones are Pblieer

and pass with a slight forward curve across the tooth; all the

imbrications have a backward curve at their extremities, giving

them the appearance of lapping round the crowh, and all have

their free edges directed backwards, so as to resemble a row of

Petalodi or other shark’s teeth soldered together in the position

they usually occupy, one behind the other ; the posterior half is

without ridges, the whole crown is slightly convex at the sides

and concave in the middle; the surface is dull and seen by the ~

lens to be finely punctured.

Rare, in the dark impure limestone overlying the main carbo-

niferous limestone of Derbyshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pecilodus aliformis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Wing-shaped or contorto-subtrigonal, narrow before,

broad and subtruneate behind ; inner, straight margin thin,

higher in the middle than at each end, the surface seeming

concave from thence to the external oblique margin, which is

abruptly deflected, much thickened, rounded, strongly arched

downwards at each end, with a slight sigmoidal curve ; this

ridge is crossed by seven or eight large, obtusely rounded

wrinkles, which become obsolete as they ‘approach the thin

inner margin ; surface finely granuloso-punctate under the

lens. 7

This species most resembles some of the wing-shaped forms

of the P. sublevis (Ag.), but the whole tooth is more strongly

contorted sigmoidally; the external oblique margin is more

thickened, ridge-like and deflected, and above all the great size

of the transverse waves or wrinkles easily distinguishes it. The

length of a perfect specimen is 1 inch 3 lines, width of the broad

posterior end 9 lines, depth of the middle of the external margin

4 lines, width of the transverse wrinkles rather more than 13 line.

Rare, from the black upper Hmneatorie of Derbyshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pecilodus foveolatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char, Longitudinally clavate, depressed, nearly three times

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 9

130 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Fossil Fish

longer than wide ; anterior end narrow subtruncate ; surface

obliquely crossed by nine or ten thick, flat, imbricating ridges,

varying from one line to half a line wide; they run nearly

straight, but each has got an abrupt angular bend about the

middle, which makes the posterior half of each edge seem about

half a line further out than the anterior half; each imbrication

has one, or rarely two rows of large equidistant puncta or

small pits.

This differs from the P. Jonesi (Ag.) in its very narrow elon-

gate form, more numerous flat imbricating ridges, the row of

notch-like curves one in the edge of each, and the regular rows

of great puncta. The specimen described is imperfect, but seems

to have been about 11 inch long and 4 lines wide.

From the upper black beds of limestone in Derbyshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Chirodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

(Etym. yelp, manus, and odovs, dens.)

Gen. Char. General form of Ceratodus, that is more or less fan-

shaped, thick, flattened, with the anterior broad margin deeply

divided into lobes ; but the mner, nearly straight margin has a

small, recurved, thumb-like lobe projecting nearly at right

angles from the middle of its length (preventing the mesial

junction of the tritors of each side of the jaw) ; the inner mar-

ginal lobe is the longest ; surface minutely punctured.

The only specimen which has occurred to me of this genus

presents only two lobes in the anterior margin, but as the outer

edge is imperfect there may have been another lobe, but I think

not more. I should have referred the tooth to the Permian ge-

nus Ceratodus, but that the inner margin (which in Ceratodus is

straight to fit. the similar edge of the tooth on the other side of

the jaw) has got a small lobe projecting horizontally inwards from

its middle, which would prevent such a union ; or if it be viewed

as possibly the outer margin, we would have the equally singular

characters not only of so great a disparity in size between two

adjacent lobes, but the principal marginal lobes would increase in

size from within outwards, which would. be contrary-to all ana-

logy. Hence, independent of the geological importance of not

extending unnecessarily the vertical range of a genus, we find it

zoologically impossible to group together teeth so differently con-

structed that they could not be similarly arranged in the mouth.

I have named the genus from the general resemblance to a hand,

or still more to the foot of a Chirotherium in miniature.

‘

of the Carboniferous Period. 131

Chirodus pes-rane (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Length 8 lines, narrow; anterior lobes narrow, pro-

_ minent, rounded, arched, separated by deep concave furrows ;

the inner lobe about a line longer than the next outer one ; at

the base of the former, or about half the length of the whole

tooth, there projects horizontally inwards from the inner mar-

gin a short, wide, slightly recurved, flattened lobe, about 1 line

long ; posterior part of the tooth flattened ; surface finely punc-

tured under the lens.

This little species is something the size and shape of the foot

of our common frog, whence the specific name.

Rare, in the black shaly beds of the carboniferous limestone of

Derbyshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Orodus porosus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Subcylindrical, transverse diameter (or length of base)

six or seven times greater than the antero-posterior ; anterior

and posterior margins nearly parallel, the middle being scarcely

wider than the ends, which are obtusely subtruncate ; sides

slightly tumid, converging to a narrow mesial ridge ; one small

obtuse mesial cone not exceeding the short diameter of the

base in height, and. forming an obtuse ridge to the base on

each ; on each side there are four or five smaller tubercles, the

smallest towards the ends, only those nearest the centre send

one or two small ridges down the anterior side, while the pos-

terior is more regularly ridged; basal margin tuberculato-

plicate ; surface coarsely punctured, except on the prominent

worn points which are smooth ; transverse diameter usually

about 9 lines, short diameter 1} line.

In one example there are three nearly equal and similar teeth

close behind each other ; the mesial ridge is a little nearer the

posterior than the anterior margin, and most so in the most an-

terior teeth.

From the carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. Capt. Jones, R.N., M.P.)

Orodus compressus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Much compressed, crown elevated into a thin edge of

equal height throughout, surmounted by a fine ridge and fes-

tooned by four or five sharp points on each side; the centre

has a larger point, producing a globular swelling in the middle

of each of the flattened sides, over which it sends a small flexu-

ous ridge giving out short branches on each side, while the

lateral points only send short simple ridges not half-way down

182 On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period.

the sides; ends abruptly truncated; base surrounded by a

sharply defined thickened border ; surface smooth, highly po-

lished ; root nearly as deep as the crown 1s high, truncate be-

low and at the ends; height of crown 1 line, width of base

32 lines.

This Orodus is extremely like a Ctenoptychius in general aspect,

from the thin, compressed, rectilimear, nearly square form of

crown and root, the prominent, defined ridge at the base of the »

former and its pectinated upper edge ; this edge however instead

of being sharp is surmounted by a little ridge, from which the

small lateral ridges are given off as above-mentioned—characters

which do not exist in Ctenoptychius.

Rare: from the same locality and in the same collection as the

last.

3 Petrodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Teeth conical, supported on a nearly circular osseous

base, concave beneath; crown with a dense compact surface,

height not exceeding the width, deeply furrowed with rough

radiating ridges. Microscopic structure : vertical and horizontal

sections nearly similar, showing the centre to be composed of

exceedingly coarse irregular medullary fissures, irregularly

branching and anastomosing as they approach the periphery,

and sending out at right angles minute, flexuous, calcigerous

tubes into the large, irregular clear interspace ; the enamel-like -

surface forms a wide, dark-coloured band of fine, straight, pa-

rallel calcigerous tubes at the circumference of the magnified ~

section.

The above generic name brings to mind not only the pecu-

larly rugged crag-like aspect of those teeth, but also their re-

lation to the genera Orodus and Acrodus (Ag.), from both of

which they are distinguished by a simply conic form, the base

being nearly circular and not greatly lengthened in one direction

as in those genera, as well as the dense stony character of the

surface and great depth, coarseness and star-like disposition

of the superficial vertical ridges. The base is slightly hol-

lowed in the middle below, of a coarsely osseous texture, pene-

trated with numerous small vascular canals. It is interesting to

observe that of all the fossil teeth yet made known, the micro-

scopic structure of the Petrodi approaches nearest to the internat

characters of the recent Cestracion.

Petrodus patelliformis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Conical, height one-half to two-thirds the width of the

base, which is round or rarely subtrigonal ; apex rudely pointed,

becoming flat by wear; sides radiatingly ridged with about

Dr. Mantell on the Ventriculites. 133

thirteen or fourteen very strong, single or dichotomous ridges,

the sides of which*are usually cut by numerous deep oblique

sulci ; the ridges are highest at the base, where they terminate

abruptly ; osseous base a little wider than the crown. Diameter

of base 3 to 4 lines. :

This tooth presents considerable variation in the proportion of

height to width of the base, and also in the number and rela-

tive thickness and complexity of the ridges ; there is no variety

however sufficiently striking to require particular notice or occa-

sion any difficulty in the identification of the species.

It seems abundant in some parts of the Derbyshire limestone.

(Col. Cambridge University.)

HyBoponvEs.

Cladodus levis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Principal cone very thick, slightly oblique, its height

equal to half the width of the root ; secondary cones two on

each side, very strong, the outer: largest and divaricating,

nearly half the length of the principal cone; all the cones ob-

tusely rounded at the summit, very slightly tapering, and the

height of each slightly exceeding the width of its own base ;

base of the crown and osseous root concave ; surface of all the

cones smooth, highly polished. Width of crown 9 lines, height

of principal cone from the basal margin 5 lines.

This closely resembles the C. marginatus (Ag.) in size and

form, but the cones taper less and the species is fully distin-

guished by its smooth surface, destitute of the coarse longitudinal

_ plaits or striz of that or the allied species.

Carboniferous limestone of Armagh.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

XIII.—Dr. Manret on Mr. Smitnu’s “ Observations” in Annals

of Nat. Hist. for July 1848. |

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

As I have neither leisure nor inclination to engage in contro-

versy, I shall offer but one remark on the observations of Mr.

Toulmin Smith.

Yn the last Number of the ‘Annals’ (p. 49) Mr. Smith has

quoted certain passages from my ‘ Wonders of Geology’ (6th edit.

p- 638), which he is pleased to declare are at variance with opi-

134 Dr. Mantell on the Ventrivalites.

nions expressed in my former communication to you: I must

therefore again intrude on your indulgence, and request the in-

sertion of the entire paragraphs referred to :—

« A very elegant and interesting family of zoophytes described by

me in an early memoir (published in the ‘ Linnean Transactions,’

vol. xi.), and subsequently named Ventriculites, occurs in the Sus-

sex and Wiltshire chalk, in such numbers, and under such dissi-

milar forms as to require a passing notice in this place ; especially

as the subject has recently been investigated by a gentleman of

distinguished ability*. After mature reflection and the re-examination

of such specimens as are within my reach, I see no reason whatever to

alter a single word in the following description taken from my late

work (the Medals of Creation, p. 274) on Fossil Remains.”

Then follows the description given in my former communica-

tion in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for June, p. 435.

«I cannot admit the correctness of Mr. Toulmin Smith’s iaterpre-

tation of the appearances described in the text; of the accuracy of his

beautiful microscopic examination of the intimate tissue of these

zoophytes I have no doubt; and will only remark, that the octa-

hedral form, represented as that assumed by the inosculating fibres

of the membrane of the Ventriculidze, is a very extraordinary anomaly

in animal structures.”

From the passages printed in italics, and which are omitted in

Mr. Smith’s quotations, your readers may now judge whether

there is any discrepancy between the statement in the ‘Wonders

of Geology,’ and that in my remarks published in the ‘ Annals

of Nat. Hist.’ p. 435.

In common fairness, not only the truth, but the whole truth

should have been given by Mr. Smith, when accusing an author

of injustice and inconsistency.

With the assurance that I shall not trespass again on your

pages with any remarks on this subject,

I am, Gentlemen, your very obedient servant,

GipEon ALGERNON MANTELL.

19 Chester Square, Pimlico, July 10, 1848.

* On the Ventriculide of the Chalk, by J. Toulmin Smith, Esq., Annals

of Nat. Hist. No. 131.

Bibliographical Notices. 135

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The British Desmidiee. By Joun Raurs, M.R.C.S. Pp. xxii. & 226.

Tab. 35. 8vo. Reeve, Benham and Reeve, 1848.

Tux foundation of this admirable work was laid in a series of papers,

read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh and published from

time to time in this Journal. The figures and a great portion of the

descriptive matter were most unfairly appropriated by the author of a

treatise on the ‘ British Freshwater Algze,’ who seemed to think that

as he was engaged on the subject, no one else had a right to inter-,

fere with it, and that every one in possession of information, the

fruit of his own industry and observation, was obliged to forego the

publication of such materials in a separate form and at once give up

the possession of it to him. The matter was treated by us at the

time with far more lenity than it deserved, and the almost universal

sense of the propriety of our criticism has fully justified the appro-

bation with which those most competent to judge of the subject re-

ceived our comments. We should indeed have grieved had the treat-

ment which he met with discouraged Mr. Ralfs in his well-directed

labour and prevented his undertaking the task which he has now

brought, after almost infinite pains, and we fear with little remune-

ration, to such a brilliant consummation.

No country has contributed more perhaps to the knowledge of

Alge than our own. Commencing with the magnificent works of

Turner and of Dillwyn, we have by the labours of Borrer, Hooker,

Griffiths and other excellent observers recorded in English Botany,

and in more recent times of Greville, Harvey, Berkeley, Hassall, Ralfs

and Thwaites, a-succession of observations illustrating in turn every

group of this great and important natural order. Even before the

improvement of our microscopes, which has thrown 80 much light on

every branch of natural history, there were keen observers amongst

us who anticipated some of \the most curious modern discoveries.

Captain Carmichael for instance at Appin, at a distance from all

sources of information, without a single neighbour sympathizing in

his pursuits, and with a microscope of very imperfect construction,

ascertained the real structure of the fructification of Fuci as appears

from the manuscript now before the writer of these remarks; but

unfortunately the publication of this and others of his discoveries

was prevented by the derangement to which the book trade was sub-

ject a year or two before his death, which took place in 1827,

During the early part of this period indeed it was principally facts

and forms which were recorded, affording a storehouse for others

out of which to generalize, and most unhappily for the progress of

Algology those who used them did so either in ignorance or neglect

of each other’s labours. Thus the elder Agardh’s system, which was

for along time implicitly received, was formed without due reference

to the numerous treatises of the French algologists. In later times

indeed Greville acquired very correct general views of the affinities

136 Bibliographical Notices.

of Algz, and defined many new genera, which have been for the most

part adopted ; and had he carried on his botanical pursuits to a still

more recent period, when the improvement of the microscope would .

have corrected many points in regard of minute structure which

were scarcely before within the grasp of the observer, there can be

no doubt that he would have ranked as one of the first algologists

of the day. He commenced too a series of correct illustrations of

Diatomacee, but his observations in this direction, though the most

valuable which had then appeared, seem to have been checked by

growing notions of the animal nature of the lower Algz. The

neighbouring group of Desmidiee, though containing some of the most

curious and beautiful forms in nature, had all along, with very few

exceptions, been unaccountably passed by without examination. -

Turpin’s and Meyen’s observations were neglected or disbelieved,

while Kiitzing’s, Meneghini's, and above all Brébisson’s treatises seem

to have been almost unknown. The memoirs of the two former

indeed were accessible enough, but the credit attached in this country

to Ehrenberg’s notions as to the animal nature of these bodies seems

very much to have turned aside the attention of botanists from them,

while they were not adopted by the zoologists, but were left to be

admired and then laid aside by the mere microscopist.

Such very nearly was the state of the subject when the Diato-

macee. and Desmidiee were taken up by Mr. Ralfs, who was perhaps

the first botanist in England who fully felt the necessity, not merely

of ascertaining the general appearance of the threads or frustules as

seen immediately under the microscope, but of understanding the

form of their sections with a view to the complete development of

their structure. This, with the older microscopes, was almost im-

possible, as the utmost clearness and definition of outline is neces-

sary for this point, and even with all modern helps and appliances

the necessary manipulation is difficult enough. Mr. Ralfs however

was no less gifted with tact than perseverance, and thus some of the

most anomalous appearances were resolved into very simple phzeno-

mena. In the course of his observations he found daily more and

more reason to believe in the vegetable nature, more especially of the

Desmidiee, a belief as regards the latter amounting at last to per-

fect conviction from the discovery, peculiarly his own, except as re-

garded the long anomalous Closteria, of a mode of propagation, ex-

tending through the whole group, by means of the conjugation of

distinct individuals after the manner of the Conjugate. Mr. 'Thwaites,

whose interesting discoveries have already been recorded in our

Journal, has now extended this to Diatomacee, so that, together with

the Corallines, there is at the present period no doubt, except as re-

gards one or two Hemaiococci, of the vegetable nature of the whole

order of Alge.

But not only has this discovery thrown light upon the real affini-

ties of these productions, but as regards generic and specific distinc-

tions it is of no less importance, for strongly as the mode of conju-

gation resembles that of Zygnema and its allies, the mode of propa-

gation and indeed the actual physical value of the bodies is not the

Bibliographical Notices. 137

same. In Conjugate the spores germinate, and by the development

of the first shoots produce a new individual, but in the Desmidiee

(at least as indicated by Closterium*) and Diatomacee, the repro-

ductive bodies, which in the former case often assume forms alto-

gether at variance with those of the perfect plant, and in both are

generally of a very different size, appear rather to be contracted

fronds which, without any actual germination, by the mere produc-

tion of articulations produce new individuals. And hence in specific

discrimination it is absolutely necessary to know the whole of the

phases through which a species passes, exhibiting great varieties of ~

size and form, before it is possible to determine what are specific

characters and what are not; and thus many a puzzling appearance,

which was before quite-inexplicable, becomes clear and instructive.

Mr. Ralfs however holds, and we believe rightly, that the mode of

production of the cells in some other tribes of Algz ultimately fol-

lows the same type.

‘‘ In the Desmidiee,” he says, ‘‘ the multiplication of cells by re-

peated transverse division is full of interest, both on account of the

- remarkable manner in which it takes place, and because it unfolds, as

I believe, the nature of the process in other families, and furnishes

a valuable addition to our knowledge of their structure and physio-

logy.

ce The compressed and deeply constricted cells of Huastr.in offer

most favourable opportunities for ascertaining the manner of the di-

yision; for although the frond is really a single cell, yet this cell in

all its stages appears like two, the segments being always distinct,

even from the commencement. As the connecting portion is so

small, and necessarily produces the new segments, which cannot

arise from a broader base than its opening, these are at first very

minute, though they rapidly increase in size. The segments are

separated by the elongation of the connecting tube, which is con-

verted into two roundish hyaline lobules. ‘These lobules increase in

size, acquire colour, and gradually put on the appearance of the old

portions. Of course, as they increase the original segments are

pushed farther asunder, and at length are disconnected, each taking

with it a new segment to supply the place of that from which it has

separated.

‘It is curious to trace the progressive development of the new

portions. At first they are devoid of colour, and have much the ap-

pearance of condensed gelatine, but as they increase in size the in-

ternal fluid acquires a green tint, which is at first very faint, but soon

becomes darker; at length it assumes a granular state. At the same

time the new segments increase in size and obtain their normal

figure ; the covering in some species shows the presence of puncta

or granules; and lastly, in Xanthidium and Staurastrum the spines

* See Morren’s memoir in the 5th volume of the Second Series of ‘ An-

nales des Sciences Naturelles.’ A second mode of propagation appears to be

indicated by Mr. Ralfs at tab. 27. In other Desmidiee the development

of the spores has we believe not been yet ascertained, but from analogy we

believe that it will prove similar to that of Diatomacee.

138 Bibliographical Notices.

and processes make their appearance, beginning as mere tubercles,

and then lengthening until they attain their perfect form and size ;

but complete separation frequently occurs before the whole process

is completed. ‘This singular process is repeated again and again, so

that the older segments are united successively, as it were, with many

generations. In Spherozosma the same changes take place, and are

just as evident, but the cells continue linked together, and a filament

is formed, which elongates more and more rapidly as the joints in-

crease in number. This continued multiplication by division has its

limits; the segments gradually enlarge whilst they divide, and at

length the plant ceases to grow; the division of the cells is no longer

repeated; the internal matter changes its appearance, increases in

density, and contains starch-granules which soon become numerous ;

the reproductive granules are perfected, and the individual perishes.

In a filament the two oldest segments are found at its opposite ex-

tremities ; for so long as the joints divide they are necessarily sepa-

rated further and further from each other. Whilst this process is

in progress the filament in Spherozosma consists of segments of all

sizes; but after it has reached maturity there is little inequality be-

tween them, except in some of the last-formed segments, which are

permanently smaller. The case is the same with those genera in

which the separation of the cells is complete. I admit that the di-

vision of the cells just described apparently differs greatly from that

in other simple Algz; but I believe that the process in all is essen-

tially the same, and that whatever differences exist are modifications

necessarily resulting from the different forms of the cells. In the

examples already given the cell itself consists of two distinct por-

tions, having a constriction between them ; hence each of the new-

formed portions is similarly distinct from the older one which forms

it and to which it is united.

“In order fully to elucidate the subject, cells may be distributed

into three principal kinds, distinguished by their form :

stricted at the middle ;

«*2nd. Cells globose or rounded at the ends, or having the extre-

mities attenuated ;

*« 3rd. Cylindrical cells.

« Bipartite cells belong only to the Desmidiee; cells globose or

roundish at the ends are seen in the Nostocs and Palmellee; atte-

nuated cells in the Desmidiee ; and cylindrical ones in the Conjugate,

Tiresias, &c.

‘It is obvious that the new portions must arise from the whole of

the junction margin of the original valves ; consequently when the

junction occupies only a part of the breadth the new portion will be

narrower than the old; but when the junction of the valves is as

broad as the cell, the new portion will from the beginning be of the

same breadth. From this important fact, we may explain the differ-

ent sorts of division. Since in the two latter kinds of cell the valves

are united by their entire breadth, the new portions cannot be di-

stinguished by their size, we must therefore have recourse to other

Bibliographical Notices. 139

aids to enable us to trace the changes and satisfy ourselves of their

real identity with that already described ; and I hope to be able to

show that this identity does exist.

“In Nostoc and Anabaina the cells are globular, and as there is no

constriction we might remain ignorant of the real method of divi-

sion; but, guided by the analogical process in the Desmidiee, I hope

to make it sufficiently plain. ‘The hemispheres are thrust apart by

the new formation; but now it is the outer rounded margin that we

look to for an explanation. If a globe be cut into two equal portions,

each will represent half a circle. By comparison with the neigh-

bouring cells, we find that these two half circles remain unaltered,

and are merely separated from each other, for if again brought

together they would reconstitute the former globe. ‘The new for-

mations however separate them further and further, until the inter-

vening space equals that occupied by the original globe, and then

we find two globes exactly like the primary one, the internal half of

each being the newly-formed one. During this time the inner por-

tions, as they extend, develope more and more of the circle, until

each becomes, as I have stated,a perfect hemisphere. The whole

process cannot, of course, be seen in the same cell; but in a dividing

filament some joints may be observed in one stage and some in

another, which renders the evidence complete.

‘“« When the cell is oblong, or only rounded at the extremities, the

process, though similar, is less evident: the cell at first seems

merely to elongate until it obtains nearly twice its original length,

when the division commences and the rounding of the new ends

becomes apparent. ‘The tapering cell presents but little difference,

for the separation takes place before its extremities are fully deve-

loped. Sometimes these cells separate obliquely, as in Spirotenia

and Scenedesmus.

*‘T ought to state however that the opinions advocated above do

not agree with those of M. De Brébisson, who has attained so high

_ a reputation for his intimate acquaintance with the freshwater Alge,

and to whose kindness I have been so often indebted during the

progress of the present work. He considers that there is an essen-

tial distinction in the mode of division between the Desmidiee and

Nostochinee (including in the latter the Palmellee), and that from it

indeed differential characters are obtained by which we can distin-

guish these nearly-allied groups. He observes of Hormospora mu-

tabilis, Bréb.*, ‘ Ils sont le plus souvent géminés, se multipliant par

une division spontanée (déduplication) transversale, comme cela

arrive dans quelques autres Pleurococcoidées. Une division ana-

logue a lieu dans les Desmidiées, auxquelles on serait d’abord tenté

de rapporter les Hormospora; mais les demi-corpuscules (hémiso-

mates) des Desmidiées développent 4 leur point de séparation une

nouvelle portion semblable a la premiére, tandis que, dans l’accrois-

sement des Nostocinées, les corpuscules sont divisés en deux par un

étranglement transversal, sans qu’il s’ensuive une teproduction sur

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Jan, 1844.

140 Bibliographical Notices.

chacun des points de rupture. Il y a dans ce cas, comme je I’ai dit

ailleurs, déduplication simple. Dans les Desmidiées, il y a déduplica-

tion et réduplication.’

“Tt is with unfeigned diffidence that I venture to dissent from the

opinion of one possessing so profound a knowledge of these tribes,

and I do so only from conviction, the result of close and repeated

investigations. :

“TI have stated my belief that the same changes occur in both the

Desmidiee and the Nostochineea. A cell in Micrasterias has two he-

mispheres, just as a joint in Anabaina has ; in both these separate,

and in both each hemisphere becomes again a perfect sphere ; and if

in Micrasterias the two hemispheres were united by their whole

bases, there would not remain even an apparent difference between

them.

“The form of the cylindrical cells no longer helps us in tracing

the method of division. In Penium as in the Conjugate, they seem

merely to elongate and then divide. As I formerly suggested, in a

paper read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, I consider it

extremely probable that in all the simple Algze the cell or joint con-

sists of two valves, and that additions occur at their junction, the

original parts remaining unaffected: but this it may never be pos-

sible to demonstrate satisfactorily, unless a species of Conferva with

a coloured integument should be detected, or some means can be

devised for permanently colouring the filaments without impairing

their growth. Then indeed the question might be determined; at

present I can merely-show the probability that the cell in cylindrical

species of Desmidiee agrees with the joint in a Zygnema or Tynda-

ridea; since whenever the covering is colourless and free from mark-

ings not the slightest difference can be perceived. This is the case

in a few species of Penium; and hence Penium Brebissonii is by some

authors placed in the Palmelleea. In Penium margaritaceum and Pe-

nium Cylindrus the integument is coloured, and we are enabled, by

means of the paler appearance of the newly-formed portions, to sa-

tisfy ourselves that_in these also each half of the original cell is ac-

quiring. during the division a new partner. In Didymoprium the

same fact is rendered apparent, because the suture passes between

minute teeth ; these teeth recede from each other, and the new teeth

which appear between them show the place where the separation of

the joint has occurred.”

To these interesting observations it may be added that the order

of development in Diatomacee, where the frustules adhere long

enough together to show their progress, is precisely the same. In

Isthmia, for instance, if the several segments of the thread be indi-

cated by symbols expressing the order of their development, the

same symbols would equally express the same phenomena in a

thread of Spherozosma.

Many other matters of interest are discussed in the Introduction,

-such as the claims of these bodies to be ranked amongst vegetables,

the nature of the active molecules at the apex of the frustules of C/o-

sterium, the swarming of the articulations of Scenedesmus, the mode

Bibliographical Notices. | 141

of preserving specimens for microscopical observation which has

been so extensively and successfully carried out. by Mr. ‘Thwaites,

&c., for information on which we must refer our readers to the work

itself... The long extract we have given will sufficiently show the

style and powers of reasoning of our author. The introduction was

unfortunately written and. printed before the descriptive matter,

which precluded the possibility of putting the last finishing touch,

on the completion of the work, which is often of such immense

value in giving the proper effect to the whole. It is impossible to

read it without feeling this, especially as the brilliant discoveries of

Mr. Thwaites on the conjugation of Diatomacee were made before

the publication of the volume, and which would have given Mr.

Ralfs new ground for thought and comparison, discoveries now ex-

tended to the spores of Palmelle.

Of the general execution of the work we cannot speak too highly :

the descriptions are accurate and copious, the species well-defined,

- the synonyms carefully scrutinized, every available source of infor-

mation ransacked, and the figures, for which it is principally in-

debted to Mr. Jenner, beautiful and accurate. The whole tone of

the book too is exactly that manly tone at once of modest candour

and of self-respect, which shows the faithful and conscientious ob-

server confident in his own carefulness and measure of ability, but

aware of the liability to error which is inseparable from man’s

nature.

It is a book not merely for the algologist but for the physiologist,

and in the spores of these curious productions the geologist will re-

cognise the bodies which are so prevalent in flints. Fossil fronds of

Desmidiee have been found by Professor Bailey, who detected various

species of Closterium and Euastrum in calcareous marls collected in

New Hampshire and New York by Professors Hubbard and Hall, and

also in marl at Scotch Town, New York, by Mr. Connors. Professor

Bailey informed Mr. Ralfs that the specimens from the last-named

station were taken from below the bones of Mastodon gigunteus. As

sporangia of the Desmidiee and other membranous bodies in a fossil

state have lately been detected by Mr. Deane and Dr. G. Mantell in

the gray chalk of Folkestone, it is probable that a careful search in

that neighbourhood would also bring to light the fossil fronds of

Desmidiee.

We are not aware that any Desmidiee have yet been found in

amber. A list of Diatomacee contained in that curious substance

was lately given in our Journal. These were communicated to

Ehrenberg by Dr. Thomas of Berlin, and specimens containing the

same species have been entrusted by Dr. Thomas to the writer of

these remarks ; but in a very extensive list of specimens prepared by

Dr. Thomas now in our hands, it does not appear that any Desmidiee

have yet been detected, nor is there any indication of the kind in the

work of Dr. Berendt.

It remains only that we recommend most cordially the work of

Mr. Ralfs to the attention of our readers, assuring them that they

will not be disappointed in it; and to express our hope that it will

shortly be followed by a similar volume on the Diatomacee.

ft Bibliographical Notices.

Journals of Travels in Assam, Burma, Bootan, Affganistan, and the

neighbouring countries. By the late Wituiam Gairrirs, F.L.S.,

&c. &e. Arranged by J. MacCuexranp, F.L.S. Calcutta, 1847.

Notule ad Plantas Asiaticas. Part 1. Development of Organs in Pha-

nerogamous Plants. By the same.

Icones Plantarum Asiaticarum. PartI. By the same.

These valuable works are a portion of the ‘“‘ Posthumous Papers

bequeathed to the Honourable the East India Company, and printed

by order of the Government of Bengal,” of the late lamented W.

Griffith. The Company has, with its accustomed liberality, printed

them, and is now presenting copies of them to those persons and

Societies to whom they may be useful. It does not appear that any

copies are offered for sale.

The work at the head of our list is an octavo volume of above 500

pages, full of remarks upon the little-known districts which he tra- |

versed and peculiarly rich in botanical information. It is also illus-

trated by some capital sketches of scenery. The other two books

constitute the descriptive text, and illustrative plates of what may

be considered as one work. The quarto plates are sixty-two in num-

ber, and are quite filled with magnified and elaborate dissections in

illustration, chiefly of the development of the parts of the flower, in

numerous genera and species. It is unnecessary to remark upon the

value of these plates and their descriptions. ‘Those who are ac-

quainted with Mr. Griffith’s papers contained in the late volumes of

the ‘ Linnean Transactions, —and what botanist is not ?—will know

what to expect and will not be disappointed.

We presume from the Travels ending with the ‘‘ end of vol. I.”

and the other books being each denominated Part I., that it is the

intention of the Honourable Company to publish further portions of

the papers in its possession. We trust that it will prove so; for the

- remarks of such an observer as the present author ought not to be

lost.

The Marine Botanist : an Introduction to the study of Algology, con-

taining Descriptions of the commonest British Sea-Weeds, with

Figures of the most remarkable Species. By Isaseyua Grrrorp.

London: Darton and Co.

A nice little book upon the British Sea-weeds, which our sub-

scribers may safely recommend to such of their friends as purpose

visiting the coast.

The work is professedly only a preparation for more perfect syste-

matic books, the object of this being to give descriptions of our

commonest marine Alge in as simple words as possible, and the

authoress has shown as much judgement in the important matter of

terminology as in the general arrangement of the matter. An abso-

lute avoidance of scientific terms must lead to obscurity in the pre-

sent state of knowledge, and the only way to simplify the technical

terms is to make them more scientifically definite. ‘Those who ob-

ject to the “‘ hard words,” as they are called, in works on Natural

Linnean Society. 143

History, should recollect that the only road to literature lies through

the dictionary, and that their objection is the same as that of the

child who dislikes the task of ‘‘ meaning spelling.”

Very little trouble will be required to master the few terms in the

Glossary of the present little book, where they are clearly explained.

The work is very neatly got up, and is well adapted to attract new

votaries to the study of our marine flora; for although it does not

convey much information beyond the names, these are precisely what

all beginners are most interested in, and of course the name of an

object must necessarily be known in order to the communication of

observation of structure or habit.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

March 21, 1848.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a Memoir ‘‘ On the Australian species of the Coleopterous

genus Bolboceras, Kirby.” By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

In this paper, which contains the characters and descriptions of

five new species of Bolboceras from Australia, Mr. Westwood passes

in review the various writers on the subject, and enters into some

critical detail on the characters which they have assigned to the

genus. The following are the characters of the new species pro-

posed :—

1. B. (ELEpHastromus) Kirir; castaneo-fulvus, capitis cornu antico por-

recto brevi truncato plano subtus in spinam bifidam haud producto,

vertice carina brevi transversa, prothoracis lateribus valdé punctatis

utrinque fossulatis; disco posticé canali abbreviato longitudinali in-

_ structo.—Long. corp. lin. 9.

B. (Elephastomus) Kirbii, Hope MSS.

Hab. in Terra Van Diemen. In Mus, Hope.

This appears to be the insect given by Mr. MacLeay as the female

of Elephastomus proboscideus. It is however a male, and is given by

Dr. Klug as a variety of the male of that species. The insect above

described appears sufficiently distinct as a species from the former.

2. B. Reicu11; castaneus nitidus, capite cornu valdé elongato erecto,

prothorace anticé valdé deflexo et subconcavo cornubus duobus crassis

longitudine capitis porrectis lateralibus armato: singulo versus basin

dente obtuso erecto instructo; prothoracis lateribus rudé punctatis

spatioque triangulari impresso et punctato ante scutellum ; margine

postico parim elevato, elytris striis gracillimis punctatis, tibiis anticis

extiis 5-dentatis. ¢.—Long. corp. lin, 11; lat. prothoracis lin. 7.

Hab. Port Essington. In Muss. Hope et Reich.

g$ Bolboceras Reichii, Guérin, Voyage de la Favorite, et Iconogr. du

Régne An. Ins, p. 84,

Bolboceras Kirbii 3, Hope in Proc. of Ent. Soc., Nov. 1841, p. 43.

Q Bolboceras Kirbii, Bainbridge in Trans. Ent. Soc.

Differt capite minori, vertice in tuberculum conicum apice bifidum elevato,

elypeo et vertice carina tenui angulat& separatis, pronoto anticé spatio

144 Linnean Society.

subhexagono plano polito, in puncta duo profunda anticé lateraliter

desinente; disco pone medium valdé punctato, versus marginem posti-

cum elevato levi, spatio ovali mediano punctato et impresso relicto.—

_ Long. corp. lin. 11.

Hab. ad Melville Island. Mus. Hope (etiam in Mus. Gory, nune Hope,

cum nomine B. Reichii inscripto).

Obs. The name given to the male of this species is here retained

in preference to that of the female, in accordance with the usual

custom in such cases.

3. B. Taurus; castaneus nitidus, capitis vertice utrinque laminis duabus

auriculatis erectis instructo cornubusque duobus elongatis curvatis nigris

ante oculos armato, pronoto in medio versus marginem anticum partim

reflexo seu tuberculis duobus transversis subelevatis instructo; lateri-

bus punctatis.—Long. corp. lin. 8.

Hab. ad Swan River. In Mus. Hope (olim Gory, sub nomine manu-

scripto supra indicato; etiam in Mus. Saunders).

4. B. Carpreotus; castaneus nitidus, capite posticé nigricante; vertice

cornu lato fureato 6-dentato erecto armato, pronoto anticé retuso glabro,

dorso carina transversié pone medium instructo, mandibulis magnis

extis denticulatis. ¢.—Long. corp. lin. 9.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia, Swan River. In Mus. Hope (olim Mus. Gory,

cum nomine supra inscripto designatum).

5. B. Barnsriper; piceus, capitis clypeo anticé tridentato, dente inter-

medio minori; vertice inermi, pronoto anticé valdé declivi dente erecto

versus marginem anticum; parte declivi supra carina curvaté mar-

ginatéa.—Long. corp. lin. 7.

Hab, in Nova Hollandia, Swan River. In Mus. D. Hope.

Of these species, as well as of B.(Hlephastomus) Australasia, Kirby,

B. serricollis, Bainbridge, B. hastifer, Bainb., B. 3-tuberculatus,

Bainb., B. 7-tuberculatus, Bainb., B. coronatus, Klug, B. guadricornis,

Klug, B. neglectus, Hope, B. rotundatus, Hope, and B. rubescens,

Hope, Mr. Westwood adds figures, either of the whole insect or of

the more distinctive parts. He also figures and describes a new sub-

genus with the following characters :—

Subgenus Srenaspipivs.

Corpus magis elongatum quam in Bolboceratis veris; scutello elongato

(nec triangulari) ; elytris striis 5 tanthm inter humeros et suturam ;

mesosterno porrecto. Differt etiam colore antennarum.

Boisoceras (STENASPIDIUS) NIGRICORNIS; ovalis- niger nitidus sparsim

punctatus, capite tuberculo conico inter oculos, pronoto canali punctato

medio aliisque duobus abbreviatis pone oculos, elytris striato-punctatis.

— Long. corp. lin. 33.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia. In Mus, D. Hope (olim Gory, cum nomine

supra indicato inscripto).

April 4.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read some “‘ Notes on the Vegetation of Scinde,” extracted from

a Letter addressed by John Ellerton Stocks, Esq., M.D., to J. F.

Royle, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c., dated Bombay, November

25, 1847.

The extracts consisted, first, of a sketch of the physical geogra-

Linnean Society. 145

phy, soil and climate of the neighbourhood of Kurrachee, of the road

from Kurrachee to Hydrabad, and of that between Hydrabad and

Roree; secondly, of lists of the more remarkable plants arranged

according to the stations in which they were found; thirdly, of com-

parative estimates of the prevalent proportions of the principal Na-

tural Orders as compared with the Flora of India generally ; fourthly,

of lists of the characteristic plants of Scinde, and of those which

predominate i in the number of individuals to such an extent as to

give a peculiar character to the face of the country; and lastly, of

an indication of those species by which the Flora of Scinde is con-

nected severally with those of Cabool, of Arabia, of Egypt, and of

the Punjaub and Delhi.

In a postscript to his letter, which was accompanied by a packet

of specimens, Dr. Stocks refers to Captain Vicary’s paper on the

Plants of Scinde, in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta

for November 1847*, which he had received subsequently to writing

_ the letter, and:to his own remarks printed by Sir Wilham J. Hooker,

from a letter addressed to him in the Supplement to the Botanical

Magazine for September. He desires that Captain Vicary’s pub-

lished names of various species may be substituted for his own

MS. names; and remarks that Captain Vicary’s @gialitis is a true

Statice; his Breweria evolvuloides is Seddera latifolia, Hochst. and

Steud.; his Calligonum polygonoides is certainly a new genus, for

which Dr. Stocks had in his MSS. proposed the name of Gibsonia ;

his Morisonia Asiatica is M. Lawiana, Stocks, in Calcutta Journal,

1846; his Zygophyllum obtusum is Z. simplex, Li. ; his Corchorus de-

pressus is C. humilis, Munro; his frutescent Crambe is a species of

Didesmus, D. panduriformis, Stocks: ; and his Cadaba Indica is a fine

Capparis, probably new, and found also in Arabia. Dr. Stocks pro-

poses the name of Vicarya for a new genus of Malvacee which he

purposes describing, along with Gibsonia and Sericostoma, a new

genus of Boraginee, in the next number of the Bombay Asiatic

Journal,

April 18.—T. Horsfield, M.D., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a continuation of Mr. Newport’s Third Memoir ‘ On the

Anatomy and Development of Meloé.’’

The author remarked that every normal change in structure de-

pends on definite laws, and that when the proper operation of these

is impeded, or when change is effected by violence, the function of

structure is impaired.

After mentioning that Malpighi, in his anatomy of the Silk-worm,

glanced at, and Dr. Willis, in this country, at the end of the seven-

teenth century, more particularly announced, the view that changes

in structure in all animals are regulated by those general principles

which have since been so admirably worked out by Geoffroy Saint-

Hilaire, Mr. Newport stated that his object in the present memoir

is to further exemplify these principles in the Anatomy of Melée, and

* Reprinted in this Journal for June, 1848.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 10

146 Linnean Society. -

to endeavour to apply them to the explanation of function as de-

pendent on structure.

Although the object of variations in structure cannot always be

at once traced in the details, it is invariably evident in the general

design of parts, and it is found to be so likewise in their peculiarities

in proportion as we become more fully acquainted with the habits of

animals, as is shown in the details of structure in the young Melée

and Stylops at particular periods of their growth. Changes in the

structure of parts during growth in the young animal were shown to

commence in the cells of the tegument, and that it is by means of

these that the form of the body is gradually altered. These changes

are not to be confounded with other secondary ones which give form

to the adult animal, and which we are familiar with as the meta-

morphoses. ‘

The dermal appendages, spines, hairs and scales, were shown to

be similar in their mode of origin in the tegument to the appendages

of segments, and their growth and removal to be regulated by the

same principles. Mr. Newport showed that the appendages originate

by an extension outwards of the whole of the layers of a portion of

tegument, whilst spines, hairs and scales originate in the nuclei of

cells of separate layers. He stated also that he had detected these

modes of origin in the embryo before it leaves the ovum, and com-

bated the view of M. Lavalle that spines are originally an extension

outwards of the whole of the dermal tissue, as they are often found

to be in Crustacea at advanced periods of growth, showing that they

only become so in them, and in the larvee of other Articulata, during

their growth and enlargement, by involving contiguous portions of

the tissue. These views were illustrated by examination of the te-

gument of Melée, and by reference to the changes in the tegument of

Lepidoptera at the period of transformation.

The author then passed to a consideration of the secondary causes

of development—the metamorphoses—and pointed out, from an ex-

amination of the cast skin of the larva of Melée, which always

remains attached to the body of the inactive full-grown larva in its

cell, what are its previous habits and form, drawing attention to

the fact, that the cast skin of an insect, when relaxed and unfolded,

enables the anatomist of the Invertebrata to indicate the form and

general habits of a species as precisely as the fossil bone enables the

comparative anatomist of the Vertebrata to indicate those of the in-

habitant of a former world.

The changes which Melée undergoes were then desctibed': and

the mode of formation of the head in the Articulata explained as

composed of a definite number of originally distinct segments.

Mr. Newport referred to his former discovery of these segments in

_ the embryo of Geophilus, and stated, in answer to the recent denial

of some parts of his views by Professor Erichson, regarding the

organs of manducation in Myriapoda, that he has satisfied himself of

their correctness, having not only confirmed them in that class, but

also in the embryos of other Articulata. ‘These views he then ap-

plied to illustrate the anatomy of the head and organs of manducation

Linnean Society. — +147

in Melve, showing the mode in which the changes in the structure

of the mandibles are effected, and pointing out corresponding changes

in the function of the parts; noticing also that change in structure

during the growth of an animal usually precedes change in the

function of an organ,—a circumstance which leads to the inference

that function is closely dependent on speeial structure. ‘

The secondary changes during the development of Articulata, the

metamorphoses, are effected, not by the tegument itself, but by the

agency of structures connected with the tegument—the muscles. The

author stated that we are entirely ignorant of the secret cause which

first excites the muscles, at a definite period of growth, into action

in effecting these changes ; but suggested that it is in the expansive

and contractile forms of growth in the tissues themselves. All that

is known with certainty is, that it is through the direct agency of

the muscles that the form of body of the insect is rapidly altered at

the period of the metamorphoses, and that the operation of these is

accelerated or retarded by physical influences. ‘The mode in which

the muscles operate in effecting the changes was then pointed out,

and the altered proportions of different parts of the body after the

change was shown to depend on the greater or less extent to which

the contraction of the muscles of different segments is carried.

The result of these altered proportions in the tegument of an in-

sect that is changing to the form of pupa or nymph, as in Melée, is

a rapid re-induction of the forces of growth in the appendages, the

future wings and legs, which become greatly elongated, at and im-

mediately after the change, ‘These alterations of form are accom-

panied as a last result by changes in the intimate structure of the

tegument, a consolidation of a large portion of it, and the formation

of the dermo-skeleton of the imago.

May 2.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir ‘‘On the Anatomy and affinities of Pteronarcys

regalis, Newm.”, By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S., F-L.S. &c. &c.

Mr. Newport commenced by stating that the existence of a

winged insect with branchial organs for respiration is so anomalous

a condition of life, that himself as well as others at first regarded

the specimen he had obtained rather as an accidental instance of

incomplete development than a normal condition. He found how-

ever, on comparing his specimen, preserved in spirit, with other dried

specimens in the cabinets of the British Museum, that this was not

the case, as evidences of branchiz are to be found in the whole of

the dried specimens of the genus in that collection.

Having waited some years since obtaining this specimen, in hopes

of receiving others for the purpose of dissection, the author has now

made a careful examination of the insect. He described the forms

of branchiz in different genera of Neuroptera, and pointed out that

the peculiarity of Pteronarcys consists in its possessing in its winged

state, both branchiz for aquatic respiration and spiracles for the

direct respiration of air.

He then described the branchie, their connexion with the respi-

10*

148 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

ratory organs, and the mode in which the blood circulates through

them, as he has seen in a neighbouring family, Sialis, and reviewed

what is yet known of the habits of the insect in connexion with

these remarkable structures.

The author regards Pteronarcys, from the circumstance of its pos-

sessing in its winged state the means of both aquatic and aérial

- respiration, as an Insect Proteus, the representative of the Proteus of

Vertebrata, both in structure and habits.

The anatomy of some parts of the dermo-skeleton, of the mpiresian:

and of the distribution of its internal respiratory organs, as compared

with that of neighbouring genera, is then described, as well as of the

digestive organs, and nervous and reproductive system. These are

minutely examined and the structures delineated on an accompanying

plate.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

June 8, 1848.—The Rey. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “Notice of Fossil Diatomacee found in Aberdeenshire,” by

G. Dickie, M.D. (See p. 93 of the present Number.)

2. ‘*On Microscopic Bodies existing on the Epidermal Surface of

the Lilac,” by Mr. W. M. Dobie.

These bodies were described as being of a circular or elliptical

form, composed of.a congeries of cells, and quite distinct from the

stomata. ‘They were represented as about one-thousandth part of

an inch in diameter, and as containing occasionally granular matter

in their interior. In most cases they were found to be elevated

above the surface of the epidermis, but occasionally a depression, or pit

seemed formed to receive them. By moistening the leaf and scraping

it. with the edge of a knife they were in some instances detached

with a funnel-like prolongation on their lower side. The author

noticed the action of various reagents upon them, such as iodine,

acetic, nitric, and sulphuric acid, and concluded by expressing his

opinion that they were of a glandular nature. ‘The paper was illus-

trated by drawings.

3. ‘* Abstract of Documents by M. Ch. des Moulins, relative to

the preservation of the Germinating Powers of Seeds,” by Chas. C.

Babington, Esq. In this paper several well-authenticated instances

are detailed, in which seeds found in tumuli in France, where they

must have lain for centuries, had germinated on exposure to the air.

Among the species obtained from these seeds, Heliotropium euro-

peum, Medicago lupulina and Mercurialis annua, were most abundant.

Specimens of Tea prepared by Mr. Thomas M‘Nab, from plants

growing in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, were exhibited.

Mr. Evans exhibited growing plants of Paris quadrifotia and

Ophioglossum vulgatum recently found in Arniston Woods by Mr.

Veitch, gardener at Arniston.

Professor Balfour read a letter from Dr. Dickie of Aberdeen, sta-

ting that the species of Sagina found on the sea-coast of Aberdeen

is the S. maritima of Don, not of Smith, and the S. stricta of Fries.

- Miscellaneous. 149

MISCELLANEOUS.

APERA INTERRUPTA, Beauv.

I nave the pleasure of announcing the addition of this grass to the

list of British natives. A few specimens of it! were gathered on

June 9, 1848, near Thetford by the Rev. W. W. Newbould, but not

having then the means of determining their name, they were laid

aside and did not undergo examination until recently. Early in

July 1848 Mr. Newbould brought them to me as probable specimens

of Apera interrupta, and I had the satisfaction of confirming his de-

termination of the name. On July 4, 1848, we went together to

Thetford and found the plant in small quantity on walls in the town

(the Norfolk side), but in the utmost profusion in the neighbouring

sandy district of Suffolk. The greatest quantity was seen between

what, on the Ordnance Map, is marked as the 77th mile-stone (it is

different on the stone itself) near Elvedon, and the words ‘‘ Redneck

Heath.” A drawing of it has been made, which will be published in

an early number of the ‘ Supplement to English Botany.’—C. C. B.

OroBancHE Picripis, F. W. Schultz.

This is another of Mr. Newbould’s discoveries. It grows para-

sitically upon Picris hieracioides on the waste part of a field near

Comberton in Cambridgeshire. The general appearance distinguishes

the living plant from its allies, and as its technical characters will be

found in almost any good continental flora, it is undesirable to oc-

cupy space with them here. ‘The plant was in perfection on July 15,

1848, when Mr. Newbould conducted me to the spot where it grows,

and although we examined carefully, we could not trace its attach-

ment to any plants except the Picris; neither is it stated to prey

upon any other plants on the continent. A drawing of this also is

prepared for ‘ Eng. Bot. Supplement.’—-C. C. B.

Fossils of the Exploring Expedition under the command of Charles

Wilkes, U.S.N.: a Fossil Fish from Australia, and a Belemnite

from Tierra del Fuego; described by James D. Dana, Geol. of

the Exped.

Urosruenes (noy. gen.).—Allied to Pabiesiscay, —Body elon-

gated, prolonged into upper lobe of tail nearly to apex. Anal fin

triangular, attached to the body as far as the base of the caudal.

Dorsal fin directly over the anterior part of caudal. Ventral fin

. distant from the anal. Rays of the fins very fine and numerous ;

articulations oblong, the surface of each excavate.

Urosthenes australis.—Body narrow oblong. Scales smooth and

without markings, subquadrate, over the posterior part of the body

transverse, Caudal fin slightly furcate. Anal fin larger than dor-

sal ; two to four free spines or accessory rays just in advance of each

of the fins ; articulations of rays oblong rectangular, those of dorsal

fin, near its base and outer margin, three or four times as long as

broad, and surface fluted-excavated.—From the B coal-pit, New-

castle, on the Hunter, where it was obtained by Mr. James Steel,

150 Miscellaneous.

the superintendent of the works, by whom the specimen was kindly

submitted to the writer for description. The specimen is in the

museum of the Newcastle Mechanics’ Institute. ‘The anterior part,

to beyond the pectoral fins, is wanting. Length of part preserved

12 inches ; width 22 inches ; near base of caudal fin 1 inch.

He icerus (nov. gen.).—Allied to Belemnites. Calcareous ossicle

thick, subcylindrical, containing internally a slender tubular cavity,

(a continuation probably of an alveolus above, ) which terminates in

a small fusiform chamber helicoidly divided. This chamber has the

shape of two cones put base to base ; the tube leading to it appears

to have contained a rolled membrane to correspond with the turns

of the spiral dissepiment in the fusiform chamber.

_Helicerus fuegiensis.—Ossicle cylindrical, half an inch in diameter ;

diameter of tube within nearly one-sixth that of the fossil, and that

of the chamber more than half the same. Texture of the ossicle

radiating fibrous, like ordinary Belemnites. Found by the writer in

a slate rock on the shores of Nassau Bay, near Cape Horn.—Silli- -

man’s Journal for May 1848.

Notes on somME AvstTRALIAN Fossizts. By J. D. Dana.

In the valuable article by F. M‘Coy on the fossils of Australia

(Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 145), which was published some months

after the writer’s article on this subject, but before that article had

reached Mr. M‘Coy, there are some species redescribed. We ob-

serve that

Cardinia ? exilis, M‘Coy, is Cardinia recta, D.

Pleurotomaria Morrisiana, M‘Coy, is Pleurotomaria trifilata, D.

Pachydomus ovalis and P. pusillus, M‘Coy, are species of Astartila,

D., a genus nearer Astarte than Pachydomus.

Pachydomus sacculus, M‘Coy, is a EHurydesma; E. cordata? of

Morris. (See Strzelecki’s N.S. Wales, pl. 12. fig. 1.)

The genus Notomya, M‘Coy, corresponds to Pyramus, D., and

from the examination of our species, we cannot believe that they are

related to the Myide.

The genus Maonia of the author, (changed from Myonia,) along

with Pyramus, and probably Cleobis, make a natural group among.

the Astartide, having the smaller anterior muscular impression

facing in the same plane with the larger anterior, and thus differing

strikingly from Astarte, Pachydomus, Astartila, Cardinia. Moreover

the larger anterior is prolonged upward, and is pointed, towards the

smaller anterior muscular impression. Meonia has a second small

anterior muscular impression, situated high up on the beak : if this

is not sufficient for a generic distinction, all the species may be

thrown together in the genus Meonia, as the gradations are such

that it is difficult to draw lines of distinction. ‘The Pachydomus

gigas of M‘Coy falls into the same group, being between Cleodis and

Meonia as these genera were before laid down. The group Cleobis,

if sustained, would include species not having the sides af all exca-

vate; but this hardly seems to be a generic character among these

species. The Pachydomus globosus of Morris and M‘Coy appears to

be a different species from the P. globosus of Sowerby, whose figure

Meteorological Observations. 151°

in ‘Mitchell’s Australia’ (pl. 1. p. 14. vol. i.) represents a species

with very thick valves, and from Harper’s Hill, instead of Illawarra.

Morris’s species is believed to be Cleobis grandis of the writer.

The species referred in a former article to Modiolopsis (Hall)

appear to have two muscular impressions, and for the most part

more properly belong with the Cypricardie.—Silliman’s Journal for

May 1848.

A new Organ of Sound in Lepidoptera. By S. 8. Hatpemay.

The Lithosia miniata, Kirby (Fauna Bor.-Am. p. 305), or an

allied species, produces an audible stridulation by vibrating the

pleura beneath the wings, this part being marked in recent speci-

mens by parallel lines, apparently indicating the position of the

muscles. It is possible that the Kuropean Acherontia atropos may

produce its peculiar sound in a similar manner.—Silliman’s Journal

for May 1848.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1848.

Chiswick.—June 1. Cloudy and fine: rain. 2. Showery. 3. Showery: fine:

clear. 4. Heavy showers: fine. 5. Fine. 6. Uniform haze: fine: clear.

7. Very fine. 8. Cloudy. 9. Very fine: rain. 10. Constant heavy rain.

11. Overcast: cloudy. 12. Cloudy: rain.. 13. Heavy showers. 14—16. Very

fine- 17. Cloudy and fine. 18. Densely overcast: rain at night. 19, 20. Over-

cast. 21. Cloudy and fine. 22, Very fine. 23. Hazy: rain. 24, Rain: fine:

slight rain. 25. Overcast. 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy. 28, 29. Fine. 30, Rain.

Mean temperature of the month ..,...... Si shin guahaenapenenee 59°58

Mean temperature of June 1847 ccssssseccecccecceceses brivdee 58 °46

Mean temperature of June for the last twenty years ...... 60 °81

Average amount of rain in June ......... Per Bec) te Be pe 1°88 inch. .

Boston.—June 1. Fine: rainp.m. 2. Cloudy, 3. Cloudy: rainr.m. 4. Fine:

rainr.M. 5. Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7, 8. Fine: rain p.m. 9. Cloudy: rain p.m.

10. Fine: rainr.m, 11. Cloudy: rain early am. 12. Cloudy :_rain a.m. and

pM. 13. Rain: rain a.m. (14,15. Fine. 16. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m.

17, Rain: rain a.m, 18, Cloudy: rain a.m. and rv.mM. 19—21. Cloudy. 22.

Fine. 23. Cloudy: rainy.m. 24. Cloudy: rain a.M.and?.m. 25. Cloudy.

26. Fine. 27. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 28. Cloudy: raina.m. 29. Rain:

rain a.M. $0. Fine: rain p.m.—This has been the wettest June for nine years,

and May the driest for nineteen years.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire-—June 1, Showery all day: a.m. clear. 2.

Showery all day: thunder. 3. Fine a.m.: rain: thunder. 4, Showery: hail.

5. Fair, but cloudy. 6. Slight showers. 7. Showers: thunder : hail. 8. Showers:

thunder. 9. Fine: some drops of rain. 10. Fair and fine. 11. Fine: warm:

showers. - 12, Rain all day. 13. Showery nearly all day. 14, Showers early:

cleared: fine. 15, Fiery wind: fair. 16. Heavy showersr.m. 17. Fine: one

slight shower. 18—20. Very fine summer days. 21. Warm: thunder : showers.

22. Fair: wind violent. 23. Slight shower p.m. 24, Fair and pleasant. 25.

Fine a.m.: rain p.m. 26—S0. Constant showers.

Mean temperature of the Month .........+00-essesssessesees oni. 6Q°%7

Mean temperature of June 1847 .........cescececceescescscees 55 +2

Mean temperature of June for the last twenty-five years. 56 °1

Average amount of rain in June for twenty years ......... 3°16 inches.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—June 1. Showers: fine. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy:

rain. 4, Cloudy. 5. Rain: cloudy. 6. Bright: showers. 7. Clear: showers,

8. Clear: cloudy. 9—l11. Clear, 12. Clear: cloudy. 13. Drops: rain. 14,

Damp: rain. 15. Rain: drops. 16,17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19, 20. Bright:

cloudy. 21—25. Cloudy. 26. Bright: cloudy. 27, Rain: damp. 28. Rain.

29. Cloudy. 30. Bright: drops.

! v

19:3 O1- : ; 7 ;

9 wn Bogs 16-0S |90-VS |P-8P |S-29 6-19 [9£-67 08-69 6€2-6z TEL-6% 919-6 £19-6% 0€-6Z |112-62 :

™"" 0G-Z)°°°""" BO. | su | caua | wea | -

go ES oo | sa PE | ae | Ae es ak |e RR eee ass eee ee

Dieters oie oe} cand om | cca: (eek ys tac] AgSsel Of | 6 E . ‘V-6Z | 01-6% |619-6% 891-62) “6% .

90. "+9. zo. | -m | s | -m |+ms | 9 | fps |Fes| foo Sz Pe loner (ster lence aes lokbe lelLes ecnee| “te

ee ee a 29| LS | OL |9€-6e |TS-62 |£P-6z 09-62 Ob-6z \9LL-62 >

wes 10. | ‘asa |-s—o| “u | *ms | 87 | PS | SP 399, £9| PS | EL |¥8-6z |96-62 |F | 06-62 |9LL-6z £26.62 | “Le

sel gg. Loo. | au | cou {msm | cme |-42e | £0S | GP1EP9| So| 2s § 8:6 86-63 | 78-66 68-62 $6.62 |110-0€ 910.08) "9%

hearers 6m. Sbas-| co C0 a ee 10S | 67 | t 9 | £6-6 $8-62 | 08-64 $9-6% £1.62 |1£9-62 268-60! St

Se, eet yh Pte | oe 420 oe 2S ayes 8 | 2 || Gor= | Woon. beh / eF 60 1.68 | 11-6% 099-62 ££9.62| “be

Peter dest we} aed : rc i oa Pe + GS | SL |§6-6z |S0-0€ | 9.64 %Z8-6% OF.6z |169-6% 0£8-6%) “f%

pred issedlnge dimer ilitey | -gn US| Mog | 298 | $8 + #9 ey: SS | 18° | LO.0€ |S0-0€ | 48-66 16-62 PS-6% 998.62 610.0 | ‘2%

ps bs ee eS oe liao | Seb es ee 3 4 LL |60-0€ 01-08 | 66-64 66-63 09-62 |€90-0€ $90-0€ | “16

setts canoes! py, ad ok! oe | eo) te F Get Or Gag a8 a 10-0€ |91-0€ |00-0€ 60:0€ 04-62% |SL0-0€ O£1-0F | “0%

se eee st!) seecee Po. | Lo- we ‘989 “MM uate 2S 6S Bic 99 f zg 9 gt-oe 91-08 01.08 S0-0£ ' 09-62 290-08 ZPL-0F ‘61

Eicwnslisosetl om leceeedts. eg -| eng |.9ua | sme | 99'| 09 pie - 24 89 G108 20-08 | 56-66 81-66 'BE-6Z [S98-66 G66-68| “ST

|sseseelog. 1 |g. |60. | -oss | rosa | 2 i 7 oe teat i r9 “ ZL |10-0€ 90-0€ | SL-6% 08-68 | SE-6 |PSL-6% 008-62} “LI

PG. eereeleseeesteeeee| vag | vas | vos | a | So] Fg pel ar 9| PS 8 |90-0€ [0.0€ |€g.6% 18-62 9€-6z SPL-6z 278-62, “910

ee hated a et og eet Seat lg? |= 101 a8 a $89 9.69 9G | 0g |Z0-0€ $6.62 | £8.66 8L-6% SF-6z OLL-62 £8.66) “SI

oa | 19 G| 09| OF | EL |69-6% |BP.6% | 69-62 SS-6% | gb-6z |PE6.66 716-66; “FI

Z0- eeevee zg. ay. - “euie é 3 .

mt: Wodine tee Fo | ae ag A sod fe bec ,L8|.09| ah | $9 | 67-66 S460 | 2-66 Of62 £0.66 [667-60 616.60) “EI

Boneless fees’ oa | aed on bub a oe 1 a G9| SG | G9 |Sg.6z |gl.6% | 19-66 69-63 SE-6% \S1S-6z \P8L-60| “oI

eo decalee tak ton | oq ot suk eee (OP '| 6S es pe 09} OG | IL | 18.68 |92-62 69-68 09-63 9Z-6@ |O€L-62 |118-6%| “Il

serssloavset| oa de, domsm| *e-| Same | 2 Sep or" 9) 19| €G | €9° |$9.6% | 49-66 [29.6% Zb-6% | 01-62 |9LS-6z |LZ9-60| “Ol

ais : es a ag oS |*Sh| FS) 19] €F | LO | 09.6% |¥9-6% | 29-66 €9-6% | ZE-6% £29. .

OP-1/O1- | 10: | ‘mss |tass-s} *m' |tms | Of | GG |41F| 6S | & 108-06 (St9-60:| eg6d | 0

fe Werainct ed | eue'l ied see 1 pe | See jg zo| €F | So | €S.6% |0S-6% |SS-6a PS-6% Of-6% 994-62 \Vog-6%| “8 C

1A er PD Git ae Bevel Gece ack io alg Ph E €9| Lb | €L | 6F.65 |9b-6% |75-66 09.6% | SE-6z |S8Z-6z 198-62 | *L

Ge [esecee[eeseeeieeeess| om lemseas] om | ems | SEP 67 0b S) w9| OF | &L | FP.6¢ £5.63 9S-6% 99-62% | 0€-62 |L8L-6z 698:6z| °9

Lt. [e-++1 oo, : : oe ee ‘ Sob | F19| 09| oF | OL | L9-6% | $9.66 | 0S-66 VP-65 | 18-62% [469-62 g9l-6%| °S

Be ee Be er ol eee liane (wed Sel te Le | 99 | 89.62 |6¢.6a |0F-62 62-62 | £0-62 |S9P-6z |g69-62] “P

Si i aah a saa | +s | +s | $09 | $¢¢| g€] 6S] 99] oP | So | 29.6 |Sb-6z | 02-68 91.6 ce.6z| °

cr tig, fa = , . 91.6 78-98% |0L2-6% |PSE-66| “€

es owt ae tee dines | aged ds 11s 4 Te apt {ES |S-6S| OP | 99 | 8E60 |9£-60 | 81-65 61-62 | 96-86 |608-62 |L17-60) °%

109 )S-SS| -6P | 09 | BF-6% |97-6e | VE-62 99-6 | ££-66 [999-62 |PSg-62 |. “1 @

Fol. 91 519| Fol. o| | # e\s ele leed Core | wee tor , ;

Beled| 12 | G2) ent € | se fe | 2 1P leg] & ts) & 1 eo |e" | og | em] | vet

p2\°s| 5 1% | $8 o> | 8 BS | yor _ +S : #2

ied ? sie vile ag r Md KauIQ. <gordeanty oD: “HOIMSTYO age “aT Yys"sattyung PS *MOrMstyd. ey

“ule ° ° +-*)

rea purM *19}OULOULIOY T, : “19 }9MIOIN = 2

*KANNUG ‘asuvpy yowmpung yw SuoysnoyD *¢d *Aay 2y7 A ‘

‘ : A ase é Q pup {M¥UlHS-saluaWNa(y ‘asunyy yzuvsajddp 7n ‘xequng * AA * a ‘

q0 ‘|yB2 AAI Ag Suopuo'T svau ‘MOIMSIHD 70 Ajaro0g younqnaysopy ay2 fo uapivy) ay} 70 ie ae hq phi Boe ch a ao Sees I

Annk Mag. Nat Hise. §.2.Vol 2. AM.

JTDe C.Sowerby se.

LBrightwell det

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 9, SEPTEMBER 1848.

ee “

XIV.—Some Account of a dicecious Rotifer allied to the genus

Notommata of Ehrenberg. By Tuomas Bricutrwe t, F.1.S.

[ With a Plate.]

NotwitHstanpiné the laborious researches of Ehrenberg and

other eminent zoologists among the microscopic animals, much

obscurity still rests on their precise characters, and their mode of

increase and propagation. oak

The Rotatoria of Ehrenberg (Systolides of Dujardin) are

characterized as androgynous, combining the male and female

parts in the same individual ; but the facts we have to adduce go

to show that, at least, one of the more highly organized species

is dicecious ; and that it is propagated by a union between the

sexes, analogous to that of animals placed in a much higher

class.

It appears that M. Doyére has discovered male organs and

spermatozoa in the Tardigrades, a family few in species, but

composed of two or three distinct genera. They are incorporated

by Dujardin among the Systolides, and form, according to this

author, a passage from the Systolides to the Helminthides on

the one hand, and the Annelides and Arachnides on the other.

In like manner the animal we have to describe may perhaps be

found to conneet: this order with the Tunicata by some of the

minute free gelatinous animals placed in this class.

We first discovered this animal six or seven years since in

- a small pond in this neighbourhood. It is found for a few weeks

only, in the warmest weather, and in some seasons it disappears

altogether. Last summer, and in other years, not a specimen

could be found, but this year (1848) it has appeared rather

plentifully.

The female (see Pl. VI. fig. 1) bears a general resemblance to

Notommata Syrine and N. clavulata of Ehrenberg, but it is

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 1]

154 Mr. T. Brightwell on a diewcious Rotifer

somewhat larger than either species, and is without any caudal

appendage whatever. It has also no anal opening, the feces

being rejected by the mouth.

The general arrangement of the internal anatomy is analogous

to that of N. Syrinz. The stomach is a pyriform sac or bag with

many cells, but without any lower opening. The two reniform

bodies above the stomach, supposed to be hepatic or pancreatic,

are very conspicuous in this species. Beneath the stomach and

lying transversely and of a horse-shoe form is placed the ova-

rium, which in the young is a cylindrical bipartite organ, the

parts being united by a central knob. On one side of the body

is a very delicate membranous bag, often plicated. This organ

is united to the ovisac, lying below, which ovisac receives the ova

or foetus, and is connected with a conspicuous opening in the side

of the animal from which the ova and young are expelled. On

the other side is placed the singular structure deemed by Ehren-

berg the fertilizing organ. This consists of two or more delicate

vermiform tubes running from the neck to the lower part of the

body and curled at each extremity, and of a minute muscle or

fibre running from the upper to the lower coil of the tubes inter-

nally, and upon which are arranged sometimes as many as twenty

little cylindrical bodies somewhat resembling Vorticelle, and in

the interior of which may be discovered a strong spiral vibratile

motion varying in intensity *. sf !

At the bottom of the body of the female is generally seen a

' foetus (see Pl. VI. fig. 3), which is found in all states, from the

earliest period of gestation to a perfectly developed animal, and

in which, in its maturer state, may be detected, while still in the -

body of the mother, the red eye, cilia actively playing, and: most

of the other organs of the adult animal. The young, when ma-

ture, are expelled from the side of the parent by the opening

above mentioned, and are evolved by a violent parturition. They

are for some days considerably smaller than the parent animal.

The eye, the stomach, the two kidney-shaped bodies above it and

the double ovary beneath may be most clearly seen in the female

‘young. In other individuals, but more rarely, are seen one or

two large round ova. When two ova are present they are placed

one above the other, the lowest being always found opake and

striated, and the upper one more or less transparent and reticu-

lated, or covered with minute follicles. In these transparent

ova may be detected the germ, or more advanced state, of the

opake ova (see Pl. VI. fig. 4). The opake ova are dropped by the

parent animal, but we have never seen any young in, or proceed-

ing from, the ova.

* A quarter of an inch achromatic object-glass is necessary to see these

organs.

allied to the genus Notommata of Ehrenberg. 155

_The female preys on other Infusoria and Rotifera, and even

on its own kind. Its most common food appears to be Infusoria

of the genus Goniwm, the cells of the stomach being constantly

found distended with these animals. Large spimous Rotifers,

such as Brachionus Bakeri, are not unfrequently seen entire in

the stomach. The half or wholly digested food of the animal is

rejected through the cesophagus.

The female is about half a line in length, and may be detected

by the naked eye. The motion in swimming is slow and graceful,

and the animal, having no prehensile organ, of course never

rests.

The jaws of the female (see fig. 5) are curiously toothed, but

seem more calculated for nipping and holding than for mastica-

27) ere

The male animal (see Pl. VI. fig. 2) is about half the size of

the female, and differs from it in form, being much shorter and

of a rude triangular shape. It is more difficult to detect than

the female, being exceedingly transparent, and from the empti-

ness of the body appearing little more than a transparent ciliated

bubble. It is very active, and occasionally puffs out the sides of

its body, so as entirely to alter its form, and remains thus dis-

tended some time.

On the most careful examination of the males we have never

been able to discover any jaws, gullet, stomach, or hepatic organs

in them, nor any appearance whatever of extraneous matter being

received into the body.

At the bottom of the body on one side is a conspicuous round

sperm-vessel or testis, in which, under a high power, spermatozoa

in active vibratile motion may be seen, and at its external side a

duct, closed by distinct lateral muscles. Connected with the

testis is a well-defined intromittent organ and a conspicuous pass- —

age or opening for its extrusion from the body of the animal. In ~

the opposite lower angle are three small irregularly-formed kid-

ney-shaped bodies connected with an angular lobe or muscle

lying beneath them. ‘The male is also furnished with the deli-

cate membranous plicated bag and rudiments of the curled tu-

bular structure found in the female.

Observations upon the Ova.

June 15th.—Placed a female in a trough, having one of the

transparent ova above and a dark ovum beneath in its body.

June 16th, 8 a.m.—Could not find the dark ovum. The trans-

parent ovum remained and was become nearly dark.

2 p.m.—Found the female dead. Examined the ovum occa-

sionally for upwards of a week without perceiving the least

change.

11%

156 Mr. T. Brightwell on @ diecious Rottfer

June 17th, .m.—Placed four females with opake ova in a

trough by themselves.

June 19th, 7 s.m.—Found two of the opake ova deposited and

all the four females dead. These ova were preserved eight or ten

days and underwent no change. :

June 24th, 8 a.m.—Isolated a female which had one clear ovum

and one opake as above. 4 p.m.—It had deposited the opake

ovum, which was occasionally examined for eight or nine days,

but no change was perceived.

July 26th, 9 a.m.—lIsolated a female having a small imperfect

dark ovum, about half the full size, adhering to the ovarium, and

also in the lower part of the body a full-sized semitransparent

ovum. 7 P.M.—Found the semitransparent ovum become opake,

and the small imperfect ovum a full-sized semitransparent ovum.

July 27th, 9 a.m.—Found the opake ovum deposited. —

The ovarium when fertilized becomes tumid, somewhat dark,

and abounding in minute globules. From the centre, where it

appears divided, the ova are extruded. At first the vesicle is

very small and filled with the same fluid as the ovarium ; as it

enlarges the vesicle appears brownish and opake, enlarging by

degrees into the above-mentioned beautiful semitransparent, fol-

licled ova (see Pl. VI. fig. 6).

~ Observations as to the Union between the Sexes.

June 15th.—Placed a male and six females in a small glass

trough by themselves, and two males and about thirty females in

a large trough. |

June 16th, between 7 and 8 a.m.—On examining the small

trough observed that the male on approaching one of the females

attached himself to its side by the spermatozoid projection, and

remained so attached from twenty to thirty seconds. The same

male acted precisely in the same manner with four other females.

These five connexions took place in about fifteen minutes.

At 8 a.m.—Watched the two males in the larger trough more

than half an hour, the males swimming close to many of the

females, but no conjunction took place. Observed the males

frequently attach themselves to the glass by their heads and

distend their bodies.

At 5 p.m.—Saw one of the males in the larger trough attach

himself to a young one of the other sex for about twenty seconds,

and. afterwards to a full-grown female for a somewhat longer

time. Saw this last connexion in a clear light most distinctly.

The end of the sperm-tube was attached to the side of the female,

and the rest of the body of the male was quite free. Saw the

same male soon after fix itself by its head to the glass and re-

main so for thirty seconds, and during this time it continued

allied to the genus Notommata of Khrenberg. ~ 157

puffing out and drawing in the sides of its body as if to give them —

their utmost dilatation.

June 20th, 5 e.m.—Placed a young female and a male in a

trough by themselves and watched them very frequently till

eleven at night, and though they came very near each other no

conjunction took place.

June 21st, 8 4.mM.—Found the female dead and the male alive.

Put three other females to this male, and in a few minutes saw

the male as soon as he approached one of the females attach

his sperm-tube to its side and remain so attached fifty seconds.

Soon afterwards he attached himself to another very young

female and remained so attached seventy seconds. Could discern

this latter connexion of the end of the sperm-tube with the side

of the female very distinctly.

4, p.m.—Saw in the trough, by the aid of the microscope with

a one-inch achromatic object-glass, a conjunction of a male witb

a female. On approaching the female the male attached himself

by the sperm-tube to her side, and remained so attached nearly

a minute. Saw this most clearly, but owing to the movement of

the animals in the water it is almost impossible to see more than

that there is a distinct adhesion. |

Most of the above observations were made with a single lens

only, of two inches focus, and the others with the microscope.

The animals seldom live above two or three days in the water-

troughs, but in larger vessels they may be kept alive three or four

weeks if they are supplied with water having Gonzia in it.

The question, as to the fertilization of the ova, remains to be

solved. It seems probable that they remain some time before

the young are produced, and it may be, that being buried m the

mud they remain there during the winter, and that the young

are not hatched till the warm weather of the ensuing summer.

On the other hand it is possible that ova are only produced by

“the unimpregnated females, and that these ova are not fertile.

Careful and long-continued observations are necessary to deter-

mine these points. ‘

It is well known that several species of insects, in their imago

or perfect state, take no food, though provided with the usual

organs for that purpose ; but the case of the male of this Rotifer,

destitute of instrumenta cibaria and all digestive organs, is, we

believe, without precedent. :

Probably other dicecious animals of the same class exist which

have not come under observation. The whole subject invites the

further attention of naturalists, and we are glad to know that,

with reference to the immediate subject of this paper, they may

expect from the able pen and pencil of Mr. John Dalrymple those

158 Mr. W.-H. Benson on new species of Helix.

further details respecting it, which his eminent attainments and

_metropolitan opportunities will so well enable him to afford.

EXPLANATION OF-PLATE VI.

. Female highly magnified.

. Male ditto.

. Very young foetus in the female.

. Semitransparent ovum with the opake ovum inside.

. Jaws of the female. The internal parts of the male and female will

readily be recognized from the descriptions.

. Ovarium with ova vesicles proceeding from it.

Fig.

for) coed

XV.—Characters of seven new species of Helix, with amended

descriptions of some species previously described, and Notes on

others requiring remark. By W.H. Benson, Esq., late Bengal

Civil Service.

Tue following seven species of Helix are not described in the

valuable monograph of the genus lately published by Dr. L.

Pfeiffer, a work which deserves to find a place im the library of

every conchologist. The first volume, besides. monographs of

several allied genera of less extent, contains the characters of

upwards of 1130 species of Helix, inclusive of Nanina and Caro-

colla. I have also recast the characters of three of the species

described by me in 1836, and included in the monograph, but

which Dr. Pfeiffer had not had an opportunity of mspecting

when his work was published; and I have noticed a few points

in which correction will be required, where a species has either

been twice admitted under different names, or has been founded

on the young of a shell belonging to a different genus.

Other new species of. Helix collected in India, at the Cape of

Good Hope, and the Mauritius, I hope to describe on a future

occasion.

1. Helix Orobia, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, depresso-globosa, tenuiuscula, radiatim plicato-

striata, striis concentricis granulato-decussata, luteo-cornea,

fascia infra peripheriam rufo-fusca ornata, versus apicem rufes-

cente, basi pallidiori; spira rotundata, apice planato; anfrac-

tibus 54, superioribus planulatis, ultimo prope suturam tumidiore,

peripheria subangulata; apertura subquadrato-lunata, peristo-

mate recto, intus late albido labiato ; margine columellari subver-

ticaliter descendente, vix reflexo, perforationem subtegente, an-

- gulum cum margine basali expansiusculo efformante.

Diam. maj. 35 millim., min. 31. Axis 16 mill.

Hab. Darjiling regione Sikkim montium Himalayanorum.

Mas. nost. et Soc. Ind. Orient. Angl. Lond.

Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helix. 159

This shell, like labiata, monticola, and other Himalayan Helices,

has frequent varices, the edges of former apertures, distinguished

by obliquely radiate bands of a darker colour. It was received

by Dr. J. F. Bacon from Darjiling. A specimen from Dr. Pearson

is in the East India Company’s Museum in Leadenhall-street.

2. Helix solata, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, depresso-globosa, radiato-striata, nitida, cerules-

cente-albida, antice rufescente, versus apicem rufo-castanea,

punctis plurimis brunneis translucentibus quasi solata, fascia

unica castanea supra angulum anfractus ultimi usque ad apicem

decurrente, 1-3 obsoletis subtus ornata; anfractibus 5 convex-

iusculis, ultimo subangulato, angulo antice evanescente ; spira

obtusata; apertura obliqua, transverse ovato-lunata, peritremate

intus fusco-castaneo, albo-marginato ; labro recto, deflexo, mar-

gine columellari subreflexo, umbilicum fere tegente.

Diam. major 23 mill., minor 18. Axis 11 mill.

Hab. montibus Nilgherries Indiz meridionalis. D. Jerdon.

I owe this species to the kindness of Dr. Jerdon, who sent it.

to me, with other interesting shells, from the Madras Presidency.

He found it on the western face of the Nilgherries. I have a

larger specimen from the same source in bad condition.

3. Helix crassicostata, nobis, n. s.

Testa late umbilicata, depresso-planata, albida, plicis validis irregu-

laribus obliquis, juxta carinam incrassatis, munita; spire apice

levigato, vix elevato; anfractibus 4 planatis, ultimo carinato,

subtus valde convexo, antice deflexo; umbilico infundibuliformi ;

apertura subhorizontali, transverse ovato-rotundata, marginibus

conniventibus reflexis, callo brevi junctis.

Diam. major 13 mill., minor 10. Axis 4 mill.

Hab. in dumetis Indiz meridionalis. Jerdon.

This species belongs to the same group as H. ruginosa, H. fal-

laciosa and H. asperella, all mhabiting Hindustan. It is most

nearly allied to the former, but differs im its flatness above, its

keel, colour, and wider umbilicus. Dr. Jerdon sent it to me, with

H. ruginosa, from the jungles of Salem. Leschenault is quoted

as an authority for the occurrence of H. ruginosa in Bengal, but

it has never been met with by me nor by my correspondents in

that Presidency. H. fallaciosa is also noted as a Bengal species

by Pfeiffer in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie’ for 1846, but

in his monograph, Coimbatore and Ceylon are given on the au-

thority respectively of Leschenault and Templeton. Dr. Jerdon

sent it to me as occurring in jungles in the Carnatic. For H. as-

perella Dr. Pfeiffer has given only the locality of the specimens

160 Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Helix.

which I sent to Mr. Cuming, viz. Bithoura (not Bithonia) in the

Gangetic Doab, where I first met with it in 1824. It occurred

to me in greater abundance in Bundelkhund, and it is found in

other places near the river Jumna, and to the south-west as far

as. Mhow in Malwah and Neemuch. I never met with it to the

north and east of the Ganges.

4. H. Capitium, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, globoso-conica, subtrochiformi, levigata, absque

nitore, rufescente-cornea, subdiaphana, opaciter albido-laciniato-

strigata et marmorata ; spira conica, apice obtuso ; anfractibus 54

convexiusculis, ultimo carina filiformi cincto, basi convexa; sutura

impressa, marginata; apertura rotundato-tetragona; peristomate

recto, supra expansiusculo, infra subreflexo; margine columellari

date reflexo perforationem semitegente.

Diam. major 14 mill., minor 13. Axis 1I mill. Mus. nost. et D.

Boys.

Hab. in palude prope Sicrigali provinciee Bahar Indiz Orientalis.

D. Boys.

-This remarkable species, the colours of which remind the ob-

server of some of the Philippine shells, was found by Capt. W.

J. Boys, 6th Bengal Light Cavalry, in a marsh between the de-

tached hill washed by the Ganges, and the main range at Sicri-

gully in Bahar. |

5. H. Infula, nobis, n. s.

Testa subperforata, globoso-conica, subtrochiformi, albido-cornea,

- pellucida, supra minime nitente, lineis distantibus parum elevatis

cincta, subtus subnitente, radiato-striata, striis remotiusculis con-

centricis ornata; spira subconica, apice obtuso; anfractibus sex

convexiusculis, ultimo angulato, infra convexiusculo; apertura

subquadrato-lunata, peristomate acuto, margine columellari verti-

cali, prope perforationem subreflexo.

Diam. maj. 7 mill. Axis 5 mill. Mus. nost.

Hab. prope urbem Murshedabad Bengalie, necnon prope collem

Patharghata, provinciz Bahar.

Formerly indicated as H. turbiniformis, mihi, in the Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta. This name being used by

Pfeiffer for another species, I have altered it for one of nearly

similar signification. H. Infula occurred to me in 1835 on the

leaves of trees and shrubs at the two places above-noted. The

animal has a caudal protuberance like Nanina, but no expansion

of the mantle, and is whitish spotted with brown, which, appear-

ing through the translucent shell, gives the species a beautiful

appearance when newly captured. At first sight it appeared as

if the colours resided im the shell.

Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helix. 161

6. H. radicicola, nobis, nu. s.

Testa perforata, subglobosa, tenui, virescente-cornea, translucente,

subtus nitidiori, radiato-striata, striis concentricis delicatissimis

decussantibus ; spira elata conoidea, apice obtuso; anfractibus 4

convexis, ultimo obtuse angulato ; apertura obliqua, subquadrato-

rotundata; peristomate recto (acuto), margine columellari vertica-

liter descendente, supra late reflexo, perforationem semitegente.

Diam. major 10 mill. Axis 7 mill. Mus. nost.

Hab. prope Landour et Masuri, ad montes Himalayanos Mesopo-

tamiz Gangetice.

Obtained in the hollows at the roots of sycamores by Dr. J.

F. Bacon and myself in a dark and precipitous ravine running

down the north side of the Queinty range, behind Rockville,

Landour.. A few were once found by Dr. Bacon on the leaves

of a shrub, poisonous to goats, called Aikhér, on the same range ;

and a single deserted specimen by Capt. Hutton in the deep val-

ley behind Mussoorie. The animal is obscurely variegated with

brown and whitish when seen through the shell.

} 7. H. Trotteriana, nobis, n. s.

Testa imperforata, globosa, tenuissima, translucente, corneo-virente,

~ radiatim obsolete plicatula; spira brevi, conoidea ; apice obtusato,

levigato, rubente; anfractibus 4 convexiusculis, ultimo ventrico-

siore ; apertura obliqua, ovato-lunari; peristomate simplici, acuto ;

margine columellari filiformi, albido, polito, subverticali, leviter

arcuato, intrante.

Diam. major 19} mill., minor 17. Axis 12 mill. Mus. nost., Cu-

ming, &c.

It has much of the habit of H. ravida (mihi) of Chusan (Pfr.

no. 69), but is imperforate and differs in other important points.

It was taken alive near Uitenhage, South Africa, on the route

from Graaf Reynett, by Robert Trotter, Esq., Bengal Civil Ser-

vice (brother of the Commander of the late Expedition to the

Niger), who kindly undertook to collect for me in a trip from

Cape Town to the interior, and who got this new form in addi-

tion to others already known to science.

In the ‘ Zeitschrift fir Mal.’ for 1846, Dr. Pfeiffer states that

Helix Cestus, Benson, is H. similaris, Fér., of which H. Woodiana,

Lea, is another synonym. In his monograph, Cestus, Bens., also

appears as a synonym of H. similaris. Dr. Pfeiffer cannot have

seen an authentic specimen of H. Cestus from the N.H. frontier

of Bengal, but possibly one of Dr. Cantor’s Chinese specimens,

which were referred, without sufficient examination, to that spe-

cies, as, although allied, the former is sufficiently distinct from

my specimens of H. similaris from the Mauritius and Southern

India, as well as from the Chinese examples of the shell which

162 Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helix.

Lea described as H. Woodiana. 1 annex a more extended and

accurate description than that given by me in 1836. The cha-

racters “ testa perforata, subdepressa, spira subconoidea,” already

indicated a sufficient difference from H. similaris, which is “ an-

guste umbilicata, subdepresso-globosa.”

AMENDED CHARACTER.

Hi. Cestus, Bens. J. A. 8. vol. v. p. 353, 1836 (Pfr. 884).

Testa perforata, subdepresso-conoidea, fuscescente-cornea, subpli-

cato-striata, supra angulum castaneo-unizonata; spira subco-

noidea, apice obtusato; anfractibus 5, leviter convexis, supra

subplanulatis, ultimi peripheria angulata, basi convexiuscula ;

apertura obliqua, depressa, minime transversa (altitudine latitu-

dinem zquante), rotundato-lunari, superne labro antrorsum ar-

cuato, expansiusculo, margine columellari basalique reflexis, illo

dilatato, perforationem semitegente.

The greater narrowness of the perforation which is nearly

concealed by the reflected columellar lip, the more obtuse apex,

more planulate whorls, less convex base, the oblique, sinuous and

less transverse depressed aperture, and the more angular peri-

phery, serve, independently of colour, to distinguish H. Cestus

from any of the varieties of H. similaris. —

H. Cestus is from the same quarter as H. serrula, Benson, 1836

(Pfr. no. 540), of which H. Bensoni, Von dem Busch (Pfr. 568),

is clearly a variety, H. delibrata*, Bens. 1836 (Pfr. no. 959), of

which H. procumbens, Gould, Bost. Journ. vol. iv. (Pfr. 1012),

redescribed and refigured in Philippi’s ‘ Abbildungen,’ is a syno-

nym, H. plectostoma, climacterica, tapeina, and the fine species

H. Ozxytes, Bens. The German conchologists mark these species

as from Bengal, but they come from the mountainous region

beyond the north-east border of that province, which is geogra-

phically a portion of the eastern penisula beyond the Ganges ;

and it appears that H. delibrata is also found at Tavoy, in a

lower latitude of that penimsula. The continental zoologists are

apt to give a too extended signification to the term Bengal, con-

founding the province with the presidency ; thus we have “ Almo-

rah Bengali,” “ Meywar Bengaliz,” situated respectively in the

Western Himalaya, and Rajpootana in Western India, the pro-

ductions of which are quite distinct from those of Bengal and

of each other, and the inhabitants of which speak a different lan-

guage, and would hold themselves aggrieved by being confounded

with the enervated occupants of Bengal proper.

* The character ‘‘depresso-plana” should have excluded H. delibrata from

Pfeiffer’s division No. 69, and should haye placed it in No. 71, in which he

has classed H. procumbens,

Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Helix. 163

AMENDED CHARACTER.

H. tapema, Bens. J. A. 8. vol. v. p. 352, 1836 (Pfr. 541).

Testa depresso-conoidea, albido-cornea, irregulariter oblique striata,

minutissime granulato-corrugata, subtus tumida; spira convexa,

apice obtuso; anfractibus 6, subplanulatis, ultimo obtuse angu-

lato ; apertura valde obliqua, orbiculato-lunata, peristomatis mar-

gine superiori recto, antrorsum arcuato, exteriori expansiusculo,

inferiori subreflexo, columellari dilatato reflexiusculo ; umbilici

infundibuliformis, omnes anfractus exhibentis, margine subangu-

lato.

Diam. maj. 15 mill., min. 133. Axis 54 mill.

AMENDED CHARACTER.

H. climacterica, Bens. J. A. 8. vol. v. p. 852 (Pfr. 577)..

Testa imperforata, depresso-conoidea, carinata, albida, supra argute

radiato-plicata, infra leeviore, tumida; spira subconoidea, gradata,

_ apice obtuso ; anfractibus 8 angustis, arcte convolutis, omnibus

carinatis, ultimi carina compressiuscula ; apertura angusta, trans-

_ versa, securiformi; peristomate acuto, infra subsaliente, expansi-

usculo ; umbilici loco excavato, clauso.

Diam. maj. 19 mill., minor 18. Axis 9 mill.

H. Barclayana, Pfr. Monogr. Hel. Viv. p. 118. no. 305..

On an examination of this Mauritian shell in Mr. Cuming’s

collection, it struck me (from my observation of the adult and

young of one of the smaller Pupe of the Isle of France while

alive in their native haunts, and which, at first sight, appeared

to belong to different genera) that this supposed Heliz was the

young of Pupa Pagoda, Fér. (Hel.), which mhabits the woods

around Curepipe in the same island. Mr. Cuming’s stores

affording specimens of Pupa Pagoda in different stages of growth,

a comparison was instituted, which left no doubt of the specific

identity of the two separated shells. Helix Barclayana will there-

fore require to be erased from the catalogue, a circumstance

which I regret the more, as the name commemorated the con-

chological zeal of an old friend and schoolfellow. -

H. petrosa, Hutton, J. A. 8. vol. i. p. 83 (Pfr. no. 114).

This species must be erased from the catalogue. Capt. Hut-

_ton’s specimens were H. (Nanina) vitrinoides, Deshayes, and were

imperfectly described by him in 1834.

H. (Nanina) fragilis, Hutton, J. A. 8. vol. vii. p. 216, 1838

(Pfr. no. 89).

This is another species which Pfeiffer has not seen., In the

note which I took of the shell when I’had an opportunity of in-

specting it, I find recorded “last whorl ventricose, slightly an-

164 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the Cowslip, Primrose and Oxlip.

gular at the periphery,” and “an angle at the base of the colu-

mella,” characters which were not noted in Capt. Hutton’s de-

scription. Capt. Hutton also describes the shell as “ conico-

discoidea.” My note gives “conoid depressed.” Pfeiffer says,

“‘ Habitat in Himalaya prope Kirmalliah.” Capt. Hutton’s ha-

bitat is “ Kirmalliah, five miles from Neemuch,” which is 100

miles south of Ajmere in Rajpootana, and 400 miles from the

nearest point of the Himalaya. |

H, proxima, Fer. (Pfr. no. 980).

The habitat “ Coimbator ” is stated on the authority of

Leschenault and Deshayes, as in the “ presqu’ile au dela du

Gange,” instead of “ en deca du Gange,” Coimbatore being south

of Seringapatam.

~ Anostoma Boysii, Bens. (Pfr. no. 3).

The habitat of this singular little species of a rare genus,

which I named after its discoverer, Capt. W. J. Boys, is given as

Bengal, communicated by Dr. V. d. Busch, who doubtless re-

ceived it, with other Indian shells (the source of which is not

acknowledged in the ‘Abbildungen’ of Philippi), from Capt. Boys.

This gentleman found 4. Boysi among the stones of the Saka

in the hill-fort of Chittore in Rajpootana. He got also a single

specimen at Ajmere. The species has occurred in no other part

of India.

Dublin, June 21st, 1848.

XVI.—On the form of the Capsule and Seeds as affording a

specific character in Primula vulgaris (Huds.), P. veris (Linn.),

and P. elatior (Jacg.). By the Rev. W. A. Leicuton, B.A.,

F.BS. E. & L.*

Very much has been written from time to time on the Cowslip,

Primrose and Oxlip, both to prove their specific-identity and the

contrary ; and many experiments have been undertaken with

similar views, but as it appears to me without having arrived at

any certainty. The question seems still an open one. Most of

these writers, whose papers I have had the means of consulting,

whilst they duly describe the forms and peculiarities of the

leaves, flowers, scape and other parts of the above plants, never

take any notice of the capsule and seeds. The same may be said

of both English and continental botanists, whose works I have

referred to,

It occurred to me that possibly good specific characters might

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, July 13th, 1848.

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the Cowslip, Primrose and Oxlip. 165

exist in the form of the capsule and seeds. Accordingly, having

a plant of the Bardfield Oxlip (P. elatior, Jacq.) in my garden,

given to me in 1842 by my friend Mr. C. C. Babington of

St. John’s College, Cambridge,—and also Cowslips (P. veris,

Linn.) and Primroses (P. vulgaris, Huds.), transplanted thither

from the neighbouring fields, I determined to examine and. com-

pare the three plants in these particulars ; and I was agreeably

surprised to find my conjectures realized. The result of this

comparison will be best exhibited by the accompanying drawings

Primula vulgaris (Huds.).

Primula elatior (Jacq.). Primula veris (Linn.).

a. Capsule. 6. Seed. c. Surface of seed. d. Calyx.

of these parts in the three plants, in which the relative propor-

tions of each to the other have been carefully preserved.

The capsule of P. vulgaris is ovate, half the length of the

calyx, the seeds globose, their surface elongato-papillose, the style

glabrous, the subulate teeth of the calyx straight and meeting

together at their apices.

In P. veris the capsule is elliptical, searcely half the length of

the calyx, the seeds forming round flattened discs, their surface

rotundo-papillose, the style hairy, the short triangular teeth of

the calyx incurved and converging, but not meeting together at

their apices.

166 Mr. J. Walton on the British species of

In P. elatior (Jaeq.) the capsule is linear-oblong, as long as,

or even slightly longer than, the calyx, the seeds forming round

flattened discs, their surface rotundo-papillose, the style glabrous,

the ovato-lanceolate teeth of the calyx curved outwards.

Luciefelde, Shrewsbury, June 6th, 1848.

XVII.—Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Erirhinus, Notaris,

and Procas ; with descriptions of two new species. By Joun

Watton, F.L.S.

Fam. CURCULIONID A.

Genus Ertruinus, Schénh., Steph., Curt.

Ir will be useful to remark, that the females of this genus have

the rostrum long, slender, somewhat smooth, shining, minutely

punctured in rows, and indistinctly striated ; the males have it.

shorter, rather thicker, less shining, rugose-punctate, distinctly

striated, and the antenne placed nearer the apex.

1. Erirhinus Festuce, Herbst, Gyll., Steph., Schonh.

There are two foreign specimens of this insect labelled ‘ Fes-

tuce’ in the collection of Mr. Kirby from Gyllenhal, and I pos-

sess a British specimen returned to me by Schonherr with the

same name; it is accurately described by Gyllenhal and Stephens,

and. chiefly differs from Er. Nereis in being much larger (length

24-38 lines) ; specimens however sometimes occur of the same

size as that species, which are consequently extremely difficult to

distinguish. It is recorded to be rare in England, but its rarity

appears to arise from its habitat being strictly local ; I believe a

British specimen did not exist in any collection until I discover ed

its ‘ metropolis.’

I have found it plentifully by brushing the salt-marsh club-

rush (Scirpus maritimus) on both sides of the Thames, about low-

water mark, betweén Blackwall and Woolwich, in July; and also

near Lyndhurst on aquatic plants. “Ditches below Gravesend,”

Mr. Smith. —

2. E. Nereis, Payk., Gyll., Steph., Schonh.

— inquisitor, Steph. Illustr.

— lunula et Arundineti, Kirb. MSS.

I have British specimens returned to me from Schonherr as

Er. Nereis. It is generally about half the size of the preceding

insect (length 14—2 lines), and also differs in having the

rostrum and enberrnse shorter, with the articulations of the

latter also shorter, rather stouter, and somewhat different in

Erirhinus, Notaris, and Procas. 167

form; the elytra lmear-elongate ; these differences however are

very slight when compared with specimens of equal magnitude,

and require a practised eye to catch them.

Frequently found upon aquatic plants, in ponds and ditches,

in June.

3. Erirhinus scirrhosus, Schonh., Steph. Man.

Rh. Nereis, Gyll. Ins. Suec. app. iv. P- 556.

Gyllenhal was undoubtedly correct in the subsequent change

of his opinion as to the specific identity of this insect, by elaho-

rately describing it under the first name* ; it evidently differs in

its general form from Er. Nereis, and the rostrum is decidedly

stouter and more distinctly rugose ; the thorax more deeply and

closely punctured, with the punctures confluent ; the elytra pro-

foundly crenate-striate, especially on the interior towards the

suture, clouded with testaceous and piceous black; and clothed

with flavescent scales variegated with fuscous.

British specimens were identified by Schonherr as Er. scir-

rhosus.

I purchased five specimens from a dealer at York of the name

of Chapman, who obtained them with a collection of British in-

sects taken in the neighbourhood of Cambridge. Mr. 8. Stevens

has a specimen taken by Mr. Bond near Kingsbury; these are

all that I have seen of this insect.

, Genus Norarts, Germ., Latr., Dej., Steph.

Erir hinus, Schénh., Curt.

1. Notaris acridulus, Linn., et auct. alior.

A very common and well-known species.

2. N. Aithiops, Fab., Gyll., Steph. Man., Curt., Schonh.

_ Foreign specimens in the collection of Mr. Kirby from Gyl-

lenhal, and others in my possession from Schénherr, confirm the

name of this very distinct insect.

First discovered in Yorkshire by the late Rev. G. T. Rudd,

who kindly furnished my cabinet with specimens.

3. N. bimaculatus, Fab., Gyll., Steph., Schénh.

A rare and very distinct insect.

4. N. Scirpi, Fab., Schonh.

Elongate-ovate, piceous, sparingly clothed with elliptical-lan-

ceolate pale scales. Head small, punctulated ; eyes subdepressed ;

rostrum rather longer than the head and thorax, moderately

curved, black, shining, carinated above, distinctly striated and

* Schénh. Syn. Ins, iii. p. 312.

168 On the British species of Erirhinus, Notaris, and Procas.

punctured. Antenne as long as the rostrum and head together,

slender, rufo-piceous. Thorax rather broader than long, a little

narrowed in front, emarginated behind the eyes, rounded at the

sides, convex above, piceous, thickly and coarsely punctured, the

punctures confluent ; a smooth narrow line in the middle; and

an oblique slightly curved line on each side composed of pale

scales. Scutellum ovate, densely covered with cinereous scales.

Elytra elongate-ovate, almost twice as broad as the base of the

thorax, and three times the length, rather convex above, deeply

punctate-striate towards the suture, indistinctly so towards the

sides, interstices convex, transversely rugulose on the back, and

thickly granulated towards the sides; decorated with scattered

small spots of pale ferruginous scales, and a round patch on each

elytron a little behind the middle towards the suture ; the pleure

and the margin of the abdomen densely clothed with minute

tufts of whitish hairs or scales. Legs rather long, moderately

stout, rufo-piceous or testaceous, thinly clothed with short de-

pressed hair-like scales. Length 24—4. lines.

The striated rostrum and elytra, with the white pleure, will at .

first sight distinguish this new British insect from N. bimaculatus.

First discovered by Mr. 8S. Stevens in a marshy place near

Hammersmith, where it hybernates with numerous other insects

in the dead stems of the great reed-mace (Typha latifolia).

Genus Procas, Steph., Schonh.

Erirhinus, Schonh. olim.

This genus was constructed by Mr. Stephens, and subsequently

adopted by Schouherr ; it is founded upon Cure. picipes of Marsh,

and chiefly distinguished by having the rostrum subclavate, or

according to Schénherr slightly incrassated towards the apex ; its

other generic characters assimilate so closely to the insects in the

genus JVotaris, that its claim to rank as a new genus appears to

me rather questionable ; but I have not ventured to differ from

the above-named eminent entomologists.

1. Procas picipes, Marsh., Steph., Schinh., Kirb. MSS.

I transmitted a specimen as Cure. picyes of Marsh. and Steph.

to Schénherr, who remarked, “ Erirhinus Steveni, ii. p.287, idem

genus.”

Very rare: there are specimens in the collections of the Bri-

tish Museum, Entomological Society, and of Mr. Stephens.

2. P. granulicollis, Walt.

Oblong-ovate, black, opake, clothed with cinereous and fuscous

hairs. Head subglobose, closely punctured; front with a deep

fovea ; eyes subdepressed ; rostrum as long as the head and tho-

Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. $2. Vol2. PLVIL.

TDe C Sowerby sc!

D? Dickie del

On the Structure of the Shell of the Egg in Birds, &e. 169

- rax united, stout, moderately curved, obsoletely carinated above,

thickly and closely punctured, the punctures confluent, sparingly

pilose, slightly incrassated towards the apex. Antenne rather

long, rufo-piceous, pilose. Thorax transverse, abruptly narrowed

in front, greatly dilated and rounded at the sides a little before

the middle, slightly convex above, obsoletely carinated and thickly

and closely granulated. Scutellum elevated, tuberculiform. Elytra

oblong-ovate, the shoulders elevated, rounded, the sides not dis-

tended, moderately convex above, punctate-striate, the interstices

broad, plane, closely granulated; rather thickly. clothed with

hairs, variegated with cinereous and fuscous. Legs moderate

piceous-black ; femora subclavate, simple ; tibize straight, densely

pilose, rufo-piceous, dentate at the apex internally; tarsi rufo-

piceous. Length 3 lines.

Formerly I referred this to the preceding insect, but upon a

closer examination I think it is sufficiently distinct, and may be

discriminated, independent of minor differences, by having the

head foveolated, the rostrum slightly incrassated at the apex, and

the thorax granulated. P. Steveni of Schénherr agrees with this

insect in many of its essential characters, and possibly may turn

out a variety ; but the thorax is described by Gyllenhal as very _

closely punctured, and the interstices between the striz on the

elytra as coriaceous.

The only specimen I have seen was found amongst moss and

decayed vegetable matter from a wood at some distance from

Carlisle in December by T. C. Heysham, Esq., who kindly pre-

sented it to me, (fic ar uw Ort! WE - 1990)

XVIII.—On the Structure of the Shell of the Egg in Birds, and |

the nature and seat of .the Colour. By G. Dicx1n, M.D.,

Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s College of

Aberdeen. 7

{| With a Plate.]

Some remarks under the above title formed the subject of a

communication read at a meeting of the Aberdeen: Philosophical

Society, March 6th, 1841. Not having since that time, in the

course of my reading, met with any recorded facts of a similar

nature, they are now offered, with some additions, as a contribu-

tion to that branch of ornithology termed Oology. Through the

liberality of my friend Professor MacGillivray of Marischal

College, I have recently had an opportunity of examining eggs

not previously in my possession.

In Carpenter’s ‘ Manual of Physiology’ the following state-

ments are made respecting the development of the outer cover-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 12

170 Dr. Dickie on the Structure of the Shell of the

ings of the ovum. “As the ovum passes along the oviduct of

the parent it receives its coating of albwminous matter, of which

layer after layer is thrown out by the vessels of the oviduct.

When a sufficient supply has thus been furnished, it appears

that fibrinous instead of albuminous matter is poured forth, and

this in coagulating forms a very thin layer of fibrous tissue

which envelopes the albumen. Jayer after layer is gradually

added, and at last, by the superposition of these layers, that firm

tenacious membrane is formed, which is afterwards found lining

the egg-shell. The process is then continued with this variation,

that carbonate of lime is also secreted from the blood in a chalky

state, and its particles lie in the interstices of the fibrous network,

and give it that solidity which is characteristic of the shell. If

they be removed by the agency of a weak acid, or if the bird be

not sufficiently supplied with lime at the time of laying, the outer

membrane has the same consistence as the inner; and either

may be separated after prolonged maceration, by dextrous mani-

pulation, into a series of layers of a fibrous matting.” I am in-

debted to Professor Fleming for an extract from Purkinje’s essay

on the Development of the Egg previous to Incubation. He

describes the membrane of the shell as composed of two layers,

the internal consisting of minute interwoven fibres; the outer,

he says, presents no peculiar structure. The calcareous matter

first appears in the form of polygonal crystals, which afterwards

coalesce.

Sometimes the surface of the shell is smooth and glossy, occa-

sionally unpolished but smooth, in other cases rough and granu-

lar, and in not a few covered with a superficial layer which may

be easily removed. Such differences (as well as those having

. reference to colour) will of course affect the transmission of caloric

to or from the contents of the egg, and these differences are

accounted for by facts now to be stated.

My aim had been originally to ascertain merely the nature

and seat of the colouring matter of the shell ; it is freely acknow-

ledged that the observations were begun with a preconceived

idea that the calcareous part might be the seat of the colour. It

was expected therefore that on placing a coloured egg in diluted

muriatic acid, a coloured solution might be procured which could

then be examined by chemical tests. The egg of the common

guillemot (Uria Troile, Temm.) was first tried; its colour is

usually bluish green with dusky blotches, sometimes the ground

colour is white. . The application of an acid soon proved the co-

lour to be partly superficial ; shreds of a fine membrane were de-

tached ; these on examination with the microscope were found to

possess a distinctly cellular structure ; a pale membrane of like

appearance could be separated from the surface of the white

Egg in Birds, and the nature and seat of the Colour. 171

variety. A similar structure was readily detected in other eggs,

as those of the common fowl, bantam fowl, thrush, hedge-spar-

row, &c. Careful examination of this superficial membrane led

to the discovery of a finer, almost structureless, but membranous

film beneath it. There had thus been detected a layer not

alluded to by Purkinje, and in addition it was found that, con-

trary to the statement of that observer, the outermost covering

of the shell really has a peculiar structure. In a word, the shell

of the egg has the same general arrangement of parts as a mu-

cous membrane or the skin: a superficial layer composed of cells,

and another generally of finer texture on which it rests; the

former corresponding to the epithelium, the latter to the base-

ment membrane, as they are denominated by histologists.

In some cases the superficial layers are so delicate that the

action even of very weak acid tears them into shreds, and when

they are colourless or nearly so they may escape observation

altogether.

It may not be irrelevant to state generally the facts ascertained

regarding tissues similar to those under consideration. The

epidermis or cuticle which covers the external surface of the

body is composed of layers of cells, the most superficial con-

tinually wearing away or falling off; the deeper layers consist

usually of nucleated cells ; the more external do not necessarily

include nuclei. The corresponding layer on the free internal

surfaces of the body, and which is usually called epithelium, has

a similar structure, consisting of flattened, often polygonal cells,

sometimes in contact with each other, and forming consequently

a continuous layer, but in some cases separated by considerable

interstices ; this variety is usually called tessellated or pavement

epithelium, to distinguish it from that kind furnished with cilia.

Beneath the epithelium we have the fine tissue denominated

basement membrane. In its simplest form it is of extreme de-

licacy ; “ in some cases, to all appearance, perfectly homogeneous,

presenting no trace of regular structure, appearing like a thin

film of coagulated gelatine.” Sometimes it is distinctly granular

or even composed of nucleated cells.

The texture and consequently general appearance and _ thick-

ness of the epithelium differ very much in different eggs. In that

of the ostrich (Pl. VII. fig. 1) it is composed of contiguous thick-

sided polygonal cells very much resembling the horny epidermis

found upon the conjunctiva covering the cornea. In that of the

emeu there exists a structure nearly similar, only the cells are

smaller, and sometimes they are not contiguous but scattered.

The surface of the egg of the emeu is very irregular, being co-

vered with ridges and intervening furrows ; it is quite possible

that the structure of the epithelium on the ridges may differ

“12%

172 Dr. Dickie on the Structure of the Shell of the

from that in the grooves, but the small morsel of shell at my

disposal prevented me from fully ascertaining this. I have not

met with any other instance in which the epithelium presents a

structure so decidedly cellular as in the former of the two above

mentioned ; still there are some in which there can be no doubt

as to the nature of the tissue, the cells being, however, less di-

stinct and rather irregular in size and form; as examples may

be mentioned the guillemot, missel thrush, land rail, common

grouse, redstart, greenfinch, &c. I have met with several in-

stances in which the cellular structure of the superficial layer is

not so evident, as in the blackbird, hedge-sparrow, chaffinch,

common lark, &e. I am indebted to Mr. Strickland for an oppor-

tunity of perusing remarks on Oology by M. Des Murs, published

some years ago. He speaks of the connexion between the ap-

pearance of the surface of the egg and the habits of birds and

the climates in which they permanently reside, or in which they

pass the breeding-season. He alludes to those of aquatic birds

generally as having a shell, whose surface is usually unpolished ;

in some, as the cormorants and others, the superficial layer is

easily detached. I may mention as an instance of this, the egg

of the Carbo Floridanus ; the surface is rough and without gloss,

and appears as if it had been white-washed. This is owing to

the nature of the epithelium, which is strong and composed of

numerous crowded granules and cells. The use of an acid is not

necessary for the separation of this epithelium, for if the surface

of the egg be moistened, the superficial layer may be peeled off

in pieces of considerable size. The fragments thus separated

effervesce strongly with acid, and require its application previous

to the use of the microscope, proving that in this instance at

least, a quantity of calcareous matter is deposited in the epithe-

tium and not in the fibrous layer only. A perpendicular section

‘of the shell im this particular case shows that the thick ept-

thelium with its calcareous deposit forms about one-fourth of the

entire thickness. The egg of the Ardea Herodias (Linn.), like

that just mentioned, has a superficial layer which may be easily

removed; it will be found to contain calcareous matter, and in

some cases I have seen this deposit arranged in radiating crystals,

presenting an appearance like that observed by Dr. Carpenter in

the tooth of Mya arenaria, and compared by him to radiating

arragonite or wavellite.

Des Murs alludes to a remarkable example, and, as he says,

unique in the entire family of birds denominated terrestrial or

non-aquatic: the case mentioned is that of the egg of the Croto-

phaga Ani; the surface is rough and covered with a chalky layer,

on detaching which the egg is of a deep blue.

The nucleus of the epithelium cells is usually absent ; it is

* Egg in Birds, and the nature and seat of the Colour. 173

however evidently present in those of Ardea Herodias, Fuligula

-mollissima, Sterna arctica, &e. In some instances the most super-

ficial layer which I have been able to detect possesses no distinct

cellular structure properly so called, but might be described as

mostly granular, as in the wheat-ear, kestrel, mocking-bird, &c.,

or granulo-cellular, as in the egg of the darter from S. Carolina.

In the epithelium of the egg of the wheat-ear, the granules when

highly magnified seem to be often in linear and branched series,

presenting therefore a faintly fibrous appearance.

Basement Membrane.—This layer, which is very evident in

some instances, is not so easily observed in others. It is usually

of very delicate structure, rendering careful manipulation neces-

sary to demonstrate its presence. It is well-developed in the egg

of the ostrich, in which its structure is densely granular. In the

egg of the lapwing, &c., the granules under a high power appear

to have a linear and sometimes branched arrangement, thus ap-

parently presenting a transition to the fibrous structure.

In eggs of considerable size with a strong shell there appear

to be several layers, at least of epithelium if not also of basement

membrane, and in several instances the structural difference be-

tween the two is not very evident, there being a passage of one

into the other.

In some cases, as 1n the egg of the blackbird, &c., there may

be observed, first a delicate epithelium, beneath it a basement

membrane, and lastly a single layer of loose fibrous tissue.

The colours of eggs may be viewed under two heads, first the

ground colour, second the spots or blotches; these last are of

various forms and sizes, and may either have a well-defined di-

stinct outline, or their outline may be ill-defined.

M. Des Murs, in his remarks on this subject, inquires whether

these colours are due to the chemical combination of sanguineous

matter with the calcareous shell, or whether they are specially

secreted by peculiar glands. He states that the minute papilli

which line the oviduct, and which pour into it the calcareous

matter to form the shell, do also give vent at the time of egg-

laying to sanguineous exudations which may cause the colour.

But on the other hand he relates that he once found a lapwing’s

ege of a uniform green, almost wholly spotless. On blowin

out the yolk and albumen, he further expelled a black and glairy

lump, consisting of an agglomeration of the colouring matter, of

a greenish brown, floating in albumen, and inclosed in a trans-

parent follicle. This he says would seem to show that the colour-

ing matter is a special secretion prepared beforehand in the

oviduct, and in the present case he supposes that the mass of

colourmg matter had by some accident become inclosed within

the shell instead of being distributed over its outer surface.

174 Dr. Dickie on the Structure of the Shell of the —

Nevertheless having failed to discover any special receptacle for

such a secretion he adopts the first hypothesis, and supposes that

the egg in descending the oviduct presses against the papillee

and causes sanguineous exudations, the ferruginous matter of

which produces the brown spots on the shell. The forms of

these spots he believes to afford proof of the opinion. The

ground colour of eggs (whether uniform or spotted) he considers

not to be a property of the calcareous matter as originally secreted,

but to be subsequently superinduced, as is the case with the spots,

the difference being that in the case of the ground tints the che-

mical combination of blood with calcareous salts which produces

the colour takes place uniformly, and not partially as in the

spots.

: It may not be irrelevant to state briefly the facts recorded by

histologists regarding coloured deposits m animal tissues. In

the coloured races of men and in some portions of the skin of

the white race, the colouring matter is usually deposited in some

of the deeper-seated epidermic cells. In the substance of the

choroid coat of the eye, in the iris, and in some parts of the scle-

rotic coat, there exist pigment-cells of irregular form. The epi-

thelium cells of the inner surface of the choroid are also filled

with colouring matter. This matter, differing somewhat in co-

lour and intensity, consists of oval or oblong grains usually of |

very small size, ;5355th of an inch or less, and crowded in the

interior of the cells.

The ground colour of the egg-shell may reside partly in the

epithelium and partly in the deeper layers; in the former case

the action of an acid ‘by removing the epithelium scarcely affects

the colour, rendering it only rather paler. As an instance may

be mentioned the egg of the hedge-sparrow (Accentor modularis,

Temm.) ; its most superficial layer or epithelium is readily de-

tached on the application of weak acid ; it is of great tenuity and

mostly of a granular structure ; the granules in the mass are of

a very faint bluish green ; the separation of this layer scarcely

affects the general blue colour of the egg. When all the calca-

reous matter has been removed the remaining membranes are still

blue, the colour residing in the deeper layers; the same general —

arrangement will be found in the eggs of the redstart (Sylvia

-Pheenicurus, Temm.), the wheat-ear (Saxicola Ginanthe, Bechst.),

and Turdus mustelinus, Gmelin, in all of which the colour is

nearly similar, differing only in its intensity.

As already mentioned, the spots may have a well- or ill-defined

outline ; both kinds are often to be observed upon the same egg,

as in Larus glaucus, Temm., Larus Rissa, Mont., Sterna arctica,

Temm., and others.

The egg of the common thrush (Turdus musicus, Linn.) is

Egg in Birds, and the nature and seat of the Colour. 175

usually blue with generally well-defined black spots ; the epithe-

lium is very thin; the black spots mostly reside in it, and are

produced. by the congregation of minute pigment-granules which

are of a dark brown; the ground colour is seated in the layer

beneath.

In the egg of the kittiwake the epithelium is thin and almost

colourless ; the well-defined spots are seated in it. The deeper

layer is of greater density, and is the principal seat of the ground

colour and of those spots which have an indistinct outline. A

similar arrangement occurs in the egg of Larus glaucus. In

some cases the pigment-granules do not appear te be contained

in cells, but merely densely congregated ; in other cases, the Sterna

Hirundo, Linn., for example, the pigment-cells are quite evident,

If after removing the calcareous matter by means. of an acid,

the remaining coloured membranes of the egg of Turdus muste-

linus, hedge-sparrow, &c., be macerated. in alcohol, a blue solu-

tion will be obtained, which, when allowed to evaporate on white

paper, leaves a permanent blue stain.

My friend Mr. Peter Grant has contributed the following notes

respecting the action of certain agents upon the membranes

_ (bluish green) of the egg of the foolish guillemot, after the cal-

careous matter has been removed. They are not changed by cold

concentrated nitric acid, but are bleached by chlorine; strong

fuming nitrous acid changes the colour to orange-brown ; the

addition of water changes that colour to grayish yellow. Iodine

colours the membrane a deep orange-brown; on adding potash

this colour is destroyed; the potash being removed by washing

and iodine added, the same colour is produced as before; potash

again decolorises it, and so on repeatedly. The membranes by

long digestion in concentrated solution of potash gave a yellow

solution, which with acctic acid im excess gave copious white

flocks. The supernatant liquor afforded distinct indications of

the presence of copper. The white flocks when washed and

treated with iodine became gray, but were decolorised by potash.

Concentrated nitrous acid was coloured yellowish by standing

over them ; the addition of water gave grayish flocks ; the super-

natant liquor with carbonate of ammonia yielded more flocks of

a.gray-yellow, which dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid ; the am-

moniacal liquid gave slight traces of copper.

The shell first deprived of epithelium and then boiled during

two hours in concentrated solution of potass gave a dark yellow

solution leaving a purple-olive sediment. This solution afforded

evident indications of the presence of copper and manganese.

The olive sediment after being washed was found to be inso-

luble in muriatic or even strong nitro-muriatic acid. Boiled in

nitric acid it gave a deep yellow solution, leaving a slight residue

at ae

176 - Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

of colourless silica. The yellow solution afforded distinct evi-

dence of the presence of manganese and iron.

The deeply-seated black and brown spots of the pale variety

of the guillemot’s egg were found to contain manganese, iron,

and silica. )

When muriatic acid is employed to remove the epithelium and

dissolve the calcareous part of the egg of the lapwing, the natural

colour is changed to green. If the shell, not deprived of epi-

thelium nor the membrane of the albumen, be boiled two or three

hours in concentrated solution of potass, it yields a dark yellow

solution ; the deeply-seated dark spots are now changed to red-

brown. The yellow solution supersaturated by acetic acid yielded

~ a, brown flocculent precipitate ; the supernatant fluid, still yellow,

afforded traces of the presence of copper. If the shell, after being

treated with potass, be now dissolved in very dilute muriatic

acid, there only remain a few cobweb-like flocks. The solution

contains lime, phosphate of magnesia, and phosphate of lime.

The pale variety of the guillemot’s egg affords no trace of mag-

nesia, but contains carbonate and phosphate of hme.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Epithelium and basement membrane of ostrich’s egg.

— 2, ‘Thesame from the egg of the emeu.

— 3. Superficial layer of the egg of the foolish guillemot ; it may be mest

properly described as a cellulo-granular membrane having a ten-

dency to become cracked into polygonal pieces. A few pigment-

cells ? are seen at one corner.

4. Epithelium from the egg of the missel thrush.

5. Epithelium and basement membrane of an imperfectly calcified egg

from the dilated oviduct of a land rail.

6. Epithelium from the egg of Carbo Floridanus, Audub.

7. Epithelium from the egg of Ardea Herodias, Linn.

8. Epithelium from the egg of the redstart.

9. Deep-seated pigment-cells from the egg of Sterna Hirundo, Linn.

10. Epithelium from the egg of the greenfinch,~

11. A layer subjacent to the true epithelium; it is the seat of the co-

lour. From the egg of Turdus mustelinus, Gmelin.

XIX.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitte Henry Gosse.

[Continued from p. 114.}

21. Heliconia Charitonia. Of the extensive family Helico-

niade, almost peculiar to tropical America, this is the only spe-

cies that I ever met with in Jamaica; a circumstance which is

the more remarkable, as several others have long been known as

common to that island and the other Antilles. This however is

perhaps the most abundant Lepidopterous insect we have ; I do

Mr. P. Hl. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 177

not recollect any situation (except the interior of the forest) nor

any season of the year in which it was not common. It was one

of the very first objects that arrested my attention on first setting

my foot on shore at Alligator Pond in December : its beauty and

singularity of form, the great length and little breadth of the

wings, the length and slenderness of the body, and the brilliant

contrasts of colour, lemon-yellow and velvety-black, together

with the very peculiar flapping of the wings, as if their length

rendered them somewhat unwieldy, gave me a sensation of de-

lighted surprise. It is very easily captured, being slow of flight

and fearless: it flutters heavily along over low herbage at the

sides of roads, &c., rarely mounting as high as one’s head, ex-

cept when alarmed. Low situations and the immediate neigh-

bourhood of the sea-shore appear to be most affected by it.

The commonness of this species has not presented to me any

facts to lessen the profound ignorance that exists concerning

the earlier stages of the insects of this elegant family.

The following note, though it has already appeared in print,

I may add, as its omission would render the history of the spe-

cies imperfect. Just behind the cottage of Content, a narrow,

almost impassable foot-path winds along the steep mountain

side, through tall bushes, to a secluded little plantation at some

distance, embosomed in the forest, and known from its produce

as the Coffee-walk. As we climb over the fragments of stone

that lie in irregular masses blocking up the way, or scramble

round their projecting points, we discover several cavernous re-

cesses of greater or less depth and. darkness, between the rock.

In one of these, over the mouth of which hung down some

bushes and trailing plants, I observed one evening just before

sunset, near the end of August, a little swarm of these butter-

fhes. They were about twenty im number, and were dancing to

and fro, exactly in the manner of gnats, or as the Hepzolt play at

the edge of a wood. After watching them awhile, I noticed

that some of them were resting with closed wings at the extre-

mities of one or two slender depending creepers. One after

another fluttered from the group of aérial dancers to the reposing

squadron, and alighted close to those already settled, so that at

length, when only about two or three of the fliers were left, the

rest were collected in groups of half-a-dozen each, so closely

packed together that each group might have been grasped in the

hand. When once one had alighted, it did not, in general, fly

again, but a new-comer, fluttermg at the group and seeking to

find a place, sometimes disturbed one recently settled, when the

wings were thrown open and one or two would fly up again. As

there were no leaves on the hanging stems, the appearance pre-

sented by these beautiful butterflies, so crowded together, their

178 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

long, erect wings pointing in different directions, was not a little

curious. An observant young friend residing near the spot, to

whom I have been indebted for much valuable information in

natural history, assured. me, that every evening these Heliconie

assembled in the same manner and performed the same evo-

lutions, and that I had not seen a third part of the numbers often

collected in that. spot for the night’s repose.

I should add, that this association, at least as far as I am ac-

quainted with the habits of the species, seems exclusively noc-

turnal« during their diurnal flight I have never observed anything

hke sociality, with the exception of pairing individuals.

_ 22. Colenis Delila. Nearly equally abundant with the pre~

ceding, this species is generally to be seen in the same localities.

It is a low flier, flitting with fitful irregularity over the shrubs

and herbaceous plants that are almost always in blossom by the

sides of roads, on which it frequently alights. It is captured

with ease, though, when alarmed, it is capable of powerful and

rapid flight. \.

23. Agraulis vanille. This richly-silvered Fritillary is also an

abundant species in the lowlands at all seasons. It affects waste

_ fields, pastures, road-sides, the rank and tangled vegetation that

fringes the edges of woods and similar situations, beating with

irregular undulating motion over the flowers. It usually keeps

near the ground.

The Jamaican specimens of this butterfly are all much smaller

and less richly coloured than those of the. same species which I

have taken in Alabama, U.S.

_ The three species just mentioned, with Cystineura Mardania,

Anartia Jatrophe and Paphia Portia, are the most commonly

occurring Lepidoptera in the winter months: in the spring,

though these do not diminish in abundance, the Pieride begin

to be abundant, and as the summer advances, the Papilionide,

Nymphalide and Hesperiade become sufficiently numerous to

divide the attention of the observer with the former.

24. Euptoieta Hegesia. This insect occurred sparingly at all

seasons ; chiefly at Sabito and other low situations around Blue-

fields, and in the neighbourhood of the sea-beach. Its manners

are much like those of the preceding species, and as it hovers

about flowering plants it is not difficult of capture.

_ 25. Melitea Proclea. Not far from the building known as

Bluefields Tavern, on the road leading to the Creek, there is,

immediately above the sea-beach, a little patch of ground on

which formerly stood a negro-hut, now in ruins. The castor-oil

plant (Ricinus palma-Christi), and the physic-nut (Jatropha cur-

cas), which are always planted around the houses of the peasantry,

have increased on this little spot with unchecked luxuriance, and,

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 179

mingled with the spinous Bromelia pinguin and the equally for-

midable Guilandina bonduc, present a tangled and almost impe-

netrable maze. In this very limited space, not exceeding the

length of about a hundred yards along the road, this new species

of Melitea is plentiful from the end of March, onward through

the summer. Yet I have scarcely found it elsewhere. It flits in

and out among the bushes, dancing over them, and alighting

every moment ; yet manifests no perceptible preference for blos-

soms. From its indifference to the presence of man and its local

attachment, it is netted with the greatest ease.

26. Melitea Pelops. Not less local than the preceding, this

pretty, pigmy butterfly haunts a very different scene, where how-

ever it is found in the most profuse abundance. At the spot

where the Short Cut through the Paradise morass crosses the

Sweet River by a ford available only in the dry season, a few

square yards of the western bank have escaped from the domi-

nion of the spreading bushes of black withe and cockspur, and

are covered with a soft, dense, and deep carpet of what, from its

aspect and perfume, I suppose to be a species of thyme, out of

which spring scattered shrubs of the pretty Cleome pentaphylla.

Hundreds of these diminutive Melitee, the most minute but-

terfly with which I am acquainted, throng this secluded spot*,

hovering about the fragrant herbage a few inches above the

ground, or resting on the slender stems; many fly to and fro,

united in sexual copula. Not one is to be seen on the opposite

bank of the narrow stream, half-a-dozen yards distant, nor does

the species extend its haunt. beyond the space named, on its own

side: its limits are commensurate with those of the thyme. I

have found it equally abundant whenever I have visited the place,

but as this is not accessible in the rainy seasons, I can speak only

of the winter and sprmg months. Nowhere else, however, have

I at any time seen a single specimen.

There is httle except difference in dimensions and peculiarity

in local habitat to distinguish this species from the preceding ;

yet I feel satisfied that they are distinct.

27. Melitea (sp. nov. ? near Tharos). Less common than its

congeners, this species yet occurred in some numbers in the

summer months in the same locality as M. Proclea, and thence

onward to the Creek. Its habits differ little from those of that

species.

28. Anartia Jatrophe. Throughout the year this delicately

tinted butterfly is the constant companion of Heliconia Chari-

tonia, with which species it might dispute the palm of abundance.

* In my note of Galeruca Domingensis (v. ante, p. 110) the allusion to

Melitea Proclea is an error of nomenclature ; Pelops is the species intended

there. .

180 . Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

In its fondness for ditches, banks, and other situations of dense

rank herbage, in its swift but irregular and vacillating flight, often

interrupted by the temptation of a flower, and in its general

habits and aspect, it reminds the observer strongly of the com-

mon European Vanesse.

29. Vanessa Lavinia (var. Genoveva?). Rather common in

‘the winter and spring at Sabito and other lowland localities.

30. Eurema Tecmesia. This beautiful species, which in the

markings of its wings both above and below cannot fail to recal

the varied pattern of our own Cardui and Atalanta, 1 met with

but rarely, and only in mountain localities. About the end of

March I took two specimens playing around the summits of

some flowering bushes, three or four yards high, at the brow of

Bluefields Mountain. They often alighted to suck the blossoms,

but were shy of approach’easily alarmed, swift but irregular and

fitful in flight, and therefore captured with difficulty. In the

middle of June I took another in the Bamboo Walk on Grand

Vale Mountain, a sombre spot environed by the tall forest on

one hand, and by the graceful overshadowimg bamboos on the

other, much resorted to by that striking butterfly Gynecia Dirce,

a species rarely met with in other localities. These are almost

the only instances in which I obtained the present species, except

once or twice on the Hampstead Road.

31. Cybdelis Hyperipte? Near the end of June 1846, as I

was proceeding along the coast from Bluefields to Kingston in a

little trading smack, we were lying windbound in a bight of the

dreary, rocky and inhospitable shore, marked on the charts with

the sufficiently appropriate name of Starvegut Bay. Having

nothing to do on board, I took a walk on shore, climbing over

the immense masses of fragmentary rock, against which the surf

was beating and boiling with furious violence, and shooting up

ever and anon white jets of vapour-like spray through the sea-

worn holes. In the woods, which consisted largely of the cashaw

(Prosopis juliflora), intermingled with some species of Inga and

the great Cactus Peruvianus,—a vegetation totally different from

that in the neighbourhood of Bluefields,—I observed a Vanessa-

like butterfly, of brilliant blue iridescence, and some white spots

near the tip of the fore-wings, which I doubt not belonged to

this species. I had never met with it before, and as I had no

net with me, I did not capture any now. It was however in

some abundance ; flitted along close to the ground, in the shadow

of the woods, allowing an approach within a distance which would

have rendered its capture with a ring-net an easy matter. Its

manners bore some resemblance to those of the Satyride.

32. Cystineura Mardania. This again is one of the most

abundant of msects in those parts of Jamaica with which I am

Eat

She C Sowerby 8.

M., Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 181

familiar, more especially those which are of low or moderate

elevation. Around Bluefields and along the neighbouring shore

it is particularly numerous at all seasons. It flies low, alighting

but little, proceeding with a dancing or jerking motion over the

herbage, with no great rapidity, so that it becomes an easy booty

to the entomologist.

33. Nica Cadma. I took this once in April, in a pasture be-

hind Bluefields, and two or perhaps three times, on the Hamp-

stead Road in June and July. When in good condition the

purple flush upon the red of the posterior wings is very rich and

beautiful.

34. Eubagis Zetes. In the month of June I first met with

this little butterfly about midway between Bluefields and Savanna

le mer ; two or three specimens then occurred, not exactly asso-

ciated, and yet not far from each other. They were playing

about some shrubs by the road-side and were easily caught. <A

few others occurred in July, after which I saw it no more. I

think on all occasions -that I met with the species, which were

but few, I found several at no great distance from each other.

It seems a lowland species, and limited in the season of its acti-

vity to the middle of summer. |

[To be continued. }

XX.—An Account of the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

By Karu Mixier*.

[ With two Plates. ]

[Continued from p. 93. ]

5. From the epoch when the Germ-plant breaks through to the

formation of the second Leaflet.

In the germinal body (Keimkorper) may be distinguished: 1, the

reservoir for nutrient matter mentioned in foregoing paragraphs.

To facilitate the descriptions I will call this the alimentary organ

(Nahrungsspeicher) ; 2, the matrix of the root; 3, the vagina ;

4, the scale of the first leaf; 5, the cell of the second leaf, or to

describe it in more general terms, the point of gemmation for

all the following leaves ; 6, the first leaf. I shall have to con-

sider these in a somewhat different order, in accordance with the

development of the plant.

1. The Alimentary Organ.—This part of the germinal body

* Translated by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S., from the Botanische Zeitung,

April 28, 1848.

182 M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

first becomes distinctly visible in the stages just preceding the

breaking-through of the ovule (PI. II. fig. 15 ce). It here lies close

to the matrix of the root (fig. 15 f), which at this period it wholly

resembles in shape. Each of these constitutes one-half of the

germinal body, the matrix of the root that one on which the

vagina of the leaf-bud occurs, the alimentary organ the opposite.

Upon the two rests the first leaf, so that the vagina is pushed a

little to one side.

The alimentary organ is composed of very small, parenchy-

matous cells, which are so densely filled with granular contents

that the organ is clearly defined, in contrast with the matrix of

the root, as a darker-coloured body. The manner in which this

kind of cell-contents is restricted to the cells of one-half of the

germinal body is exceedingly striking. This matter takes a deep

blue colour with iodine, and thus clearly displays its amylaceous

nature. By-means of this reagent also we find that the amylum

has not been deposited all at once in this region. Evenin much

earlier stages, for instance in fig. 11 a, the formation of it has

commenced, and it continues gradually from that time till the

alimentary organ is perceptible as an independent part of the

germinal body.

Amylum-cells are indeed found in very early stages in other

parts of the embryo, for example in fig. 11 at d also; but at this

point they become rapidly absorbed and applied to the further

development of the embryo. As for the rest, the amylum origi-

nates from one and the same matrix in all parts of the plant,

namely from the cytoblast. This is but a new confirmation of the

observations which I had an opportunity of making formerly in

Chara crinita*, and which have been confirmed by English bo-

tanists, especially by Quekett+. It here appears that single cy-

toblasts become decomposed into many starch granules (PI. II.

fig. 17 f, Pl. III. figs. 18 d, 20 f, 21 ¢c), since in those cells where

the starch granules occur, the cytoblasts have wholly disap-

peared, and yet no other matter is present. This agrees also

with the formation of chlorophylle ; for in those cells where this .

occurs, nothing but cytoblasts are to be found at an earlier

period. These suddenly vanish and a quantity of granules ap-

pear in their place, which at first acquire a blue colour with iodine,

and consequently have been transformed into starch; subsequently

they become perfectly green.

By degrees, accompanying strictly the gradual development of

the germinal body, the starch of the alimentary body undergoes

*. Bot. Zeitung, 1845, p. 833, “‘Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Bildung

des Amylums.”’ (Remarks on the Formation of Starch.)

+ Bot. Zeit. 1846, p. 767 (from the Annals of Natural History, Series 1.

vol. xviii. p. 193).

M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 183

solution. It does not wholly disappear until the time when the

second leaflet emerges from the vagina and acquires a green

colour. . Then the cells of the alimentary body which have step

by step become looser and more transparent are found quite

empty (figs. 22 c, 23.c), and their membranes of a brown colour.

I have never observed them to become again filled with any

kind of matter. It appears to me probable, that we have here,

on a small scale, what afterwards happens on a large one in the

rhizome of Jsoétes, where the outermost layers, so soon as they

have fulfilled their functions in the service of the leaves, when

these decay are also destroyed, since they are then to be met with

only as a brown spongy tissue forming the brown lamellz on

each side of the rhizome.

2. The Matriz of the Root.—Although it is impossible to per-

ceive where the first root will be developed, in the stage where

the matrix and the alimentary body have exactly the same form

(fig. 15 ¢, f), there is no doubt about the matter in the stages of

development which soon succeed, since the root now unfolds very

rapidly.

In this we find conditions exactly opposed to what occur in

the alimentary body. The matrix of the root is composed of the

same small parenchymatous cells. As in that, these originally

possess distinct cytoblasts. But unlike what we found there,

these do not become transformed into starch, but are dissolved

at once into an almost transparent cytoblastema. This is the

first stage of the development of the root; by this the matrix

obtains nutrient matter, by means of which its further unfolding

is rendered possible. The formation of new structures takes

place here, -as may usually be seen very distinctly in all rootlets,

at the apex. And it must be noticed that the cytoblasts are first

dissolved at the very apex of the matrix, this process gradually

extending to the remaining portion (fig. 17 e, g).. The primordial

cells of the apex of the rootlet, which are of extremely delicate

texture, appear empty at this stage.

An important alteration soon succeeds. All the cells of the

matrix are empty, while this has become elongated gradually and

in such a manner that the apex appears rather thin and the back

part thicker and club-shaped (fig. 18 e), The most external layer

of the cells of the matrix may also be easily distinguished from

the internal. The former have become firmer and inclose the

latter as an epidermis. It is striking here that the cells of its

extreme point contain cytoblasts within them (fig. 18 g),

The most essential change however that occurs in this stage is

the first appearance of the vessels (fig. 18 f). These emerge as

two short cords from the interior of the alimentary body, and I

have never been able to discover the point whence they originate.

184 M. Miler on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

In Selaginella this may be seen very distinctly, as it manifests

itself as a darker pomt in the interior of the germinal body.

Perhaps a similar condition may exist here. The vessels them-

selves are darker where they emerge from the interior of the

alimentary body ; they run gradually out into the more anterior

cells of the matrix, becoming continually more transparent.

In all the stages up to this point the root still remains inside

the coat of the nucleus. Now however it breaks through this.

Its escape takes place exactly opposite to the point where the

first leaflet emerged (fig. 20g). If the plant is extricated from

the coat of the nucleus in this stage, it presents the appearance

shown in fig. 20c. We have here no longer any doubt of the

existence of a root; it has become considerably elongated, but

internally it has not altered essentially since the stage of fig. 18,

where it still remained within the ovule. The external layer of

cells still appears in the hkeness of an epidermis, the internal

cells have not altered in size or form, the point of vegetation at

the apex remains still composed of the small-celled tissue, and

the vessels alone have become elongated.

This condition however does not persist long; for as we pass

next, in fig. 21 a, to a stage where the second leaflet begins to

emerge from the vagina (fig. 21 d), in the first place the epider-

moid, external layer of cells has disappeared, since the membranes

of the internal cells having acquired greater consistence, no di-

stinction between the outer and inner cells now exists. More-

over the cells are empty and transparent, differing from what was

the case in the former stages, where they were always densely

filled with a very delicate, clear cytoblastema; only the cells of

the point of vegetation, situated at the apex of the root, are now

provided with cytoblastema. Since these cells are here still small

and extremely delicate, the cells of the outermost layer, which

are of firmer texture, again appear like an epidermis (fig. 21 e),

which has now altogether ceased to be the case with those cells -

lying further back. These latter are now much elongated in

_ proportion to what they were in the former stages, and the result

of this is an elongation of the whole root generally. This ex-

plains why they are quite empty, since their contents have been

applied in all probability to the enlargement of the membranes.

The vessels have equally undergone a change. These are no

longer seen to run as two distinct cords through the interior

layers of the cells of the root; they are rather blended into a |

single mass which now runs almost to the point of vegetation of

the root. But notwithstanding this combimation, each vascular

bundle runs forward in an independent condition. If one of

these is extracted from the root, it appears, in the shape of the

figure 21 b, as a longish utricle of an extremely delicate, hyaline

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 185

membrane. At the extremity by which it penetrates through

the cellular tissue of the leaf, it appeared to me to end ina point,

while the other portion ‘which extends through the root ended

abruptly. The most interesting matter to me in the vessels was

the formation of the spiral fibre. The rudiments of this consist

of a number of hyaline granules, which originally have a quin-

cuncial arrangement (fig. 21 f), but subsequently become blended

into rows in the form afterwards presented by the spiral band.

I never saw more than three globules in one plane, which was

wholly in focus at once beneath the microscope, and comprised

about one-half of the utricle of the vessel, and these lay one

upon another in various directions. Consequently six of these

globules must belong to each turn of the spiral. In my case, as

in that of many others, all observations have failed to demon-

strate the origin of the vessel. So far as I have seen, the vessel

could never be reduced to a cell, since cross septa could never be

discovered in it. It appeared to me almost as if the utricle of

the vessel, having its origin in the alimentary body or between

it and the matrix of the root, went forth at once as an indepen-

dent utricle into the leaf and root, for it could not be difficult at

this time for it to penetrate through the tissue of the leaf and

root, since this was extremely delicate and mucilaginous at the first

origin. However nothing definite can be said upon this point.

But on the other hand, the origin of ‘the spiral fibre is easier to

trace here. It agrees in every respect with what | observed in

Selaginella, and I have nothing further to add upon the subject.

Subsequently, when the second leafiet has begun to rise out of

the vagina, the vascular bundle divides into two (fig. 22), each

of which is composed of two cords.

3. The First Leaf.—The same events which occur at the lower

part of the germinal body, in the root, take place above in the

first leaf. The two organs are parallel with each other in many

respects. The formation of the vascular bundle is exactly the

same here. The cells, too, are at first small, delicate and paren-

chymatous, wholly as in the root. Thus they are when the leaf

breaks through the coat of the nucleus. The next elongation of

the leaf occurs by the expansion of these cells. Thereby they

become longer but of a paler green (fig. 17 a), having previously

had avery beautiful deep green colour (fig. 16 6). Not until much

later does the elongation of the leaf appear to result from the

formation of new cells, which in all probability occurs by divi-

sion, since we never see a point of vegetation at the apex of the

leaf like that of the root. Neither have I observed it at the base.

There is little to be said concerning the leaf itself. When

it has emerged from the ovule, it always has a curved, often a

hooked direction.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. iu. 13

186 M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

The most interesting point about this organ is, that, after the

coat of the nucleus is burst, the germ-plant no longer remains at

the bottom of the ovule, and the leaf has not merely part of its

apex but almost its whole length situated outside the opening

(figs. 16, 17, where the drawing exhibits the condition more ac-

curately). At a subsequent period only does the germ-plant

reach the bottom of the ovule by means of the root, running

downward and piercing through the coat of the nucleus below

(fig. 209). This rising of the germ-plant in the nucleus cer-

tainly depends upon its being specifically lighter, the germinal

body evidently not being heavy enough to retain the plant at the

bottom of the nucleus.

It has already been mentioned above ($ 4.), that the future

furrow of the leaf exists in a rudimentary condition very early,

as a fold, in the embryo.

4, The Leaf-scale-—Of this also it has been previously seen

that its rudiments are formed very early, since the mother-cell

of it appears in that stage when the separation of the germinal

body into alimentary organ, root, vagina, &c. scarcely exists

(fig. 11 ce). As such itis seen to remain for a long time, without

essential alteration of its form (figs. 1lc¢,12f,18d,15d). In

the mean time however a process of cell-formation has taken

place similar to that previously occurring in the mother-cell of the

embryo. New cells have been formed. By this means the shape

of the mother-cell has been somewhat changed ; it has become a

body densely filled with cellular tissue. This stage of the scale

is found in that germ-plant which is represented in Pl. II. fig. 15.

The seale which previously had the appearance of a globule has.

now become a smooth disc which stands close against the cell of

_ the second leaf lying below it (figs. 16 c, 17 c).

During the continuous growth of the germ-plant it attains its

highest stage of development, when the vessel of the first root

begins to show itself (Pl. III. fig. 184.) It is then a flat, broad,

more or less reniform disc which is somewhat folded together, so

that the succeeding leaflet is almost entirely surrounded by it,

whence one might be led to imagine that it only existed on ac-

count of its connexion with that succeeding leaflet.

It is composed of very delicate parenchymatous cells which

contain nothing in the young condition of the plant, when the

cytoblasts of the cellular tissue have disappeared, though some-

times these are to be found persisting for a longer time. The

seale is often toothed on.the border with extraordinary regu-

larity. In such cases one cell projects from the border as.a

sharp tooth while the next remains unextended, and then the

third cell again projects as the second tooth. I have however

also found the scale very irregularly toothed. This is indeed a

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 187

disc, but not rounded off like the former, rather apiculate above,

and furnished with horn-like projecting cells of considerable

size.

The second scale, that of the second leaflet, is also a disc, and

the one which I found as such deviated again from the forms of

both the preceding, being of a more or less oval shape and fur-

nished with some minute projecting cells at the apex.

By the sight of these scales I was reminded instantly of that

accessory organ which I found in the Selaginelle, and of which

I have given a complete history of development. I at once con-

cluded these to be of the same morphological import. In a trea-

tise by Mettenius on Azolla* which appeared just at that time,

he compared the scale of Isoétes-with a ligule, while he referred.

the organ of the Selaginelle to an axillary stipule. I will not

venture to decide either for the one or the other, but I thmk, as

I have said, that they are of similar origin and also of similar

import.

To complete the characterization of the scale I will add the

description of Mettenius (op. cit.), since this observer has ex-

amined it on the mature plant, which I have not :—“ In Jsoétes

this scale occurs on the fertile and barren leaves. In young

leaves it is seated on the surface, in old ones apparently m an

excavation, since its lower part is ensheathed by the substance of

the leaf, and only the upper scale-like portion lies free upon the

inner face of the leaf. The point of attachment of the scale is

broader than the proximate ensheathed portion, and is formed

of a cellular tissue distinctly defined from the parenchyma of the

leaf. The nerve of the leaf runs up behind the point of attach-

ment, and the cellular tissue surrounding this contains numerous

spiral-fibrous cells, which extend down to the point of attachment

of the sporangium.”

5. The Vagina.—We found the first rudiment of this in the

stage of fig. 11; there were then only isolated spherical cells,

elevated above the surface indicating the vagina; subsequently

they are raised up with the matrix of the root in such a manner

that they are now connected in an uninterrupted line with the

furrow of the first leaflet (figs. 12 d, 13, 159). At this time these

single cells surround, as a cup, the second leaflet projecting out

beyond them (figs. 17 h, 18 i, 20). They then become multiplied

by division, and thus very delicate and minute, so that this tissue

is now distinguished in a marked manner from that surrounding,

by its greater delicacy (fig. 21 g). Thereby it may be observed that

a peculiar delicate membrane, composed of a simple layer of cells,

is in course of formation.

* Linnea, 1847, p. 270.

13*

188 - M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

This is very apparent when the second leaflet has become con-

siderably elongated beyond the margin of the vagina (figs. 22 d,

23d), and it is most closely connected with the furrow of the

first leaf. Looked at from this point, the vagina appears abruptly

cut off.

By the time the third leaflet appears, the vagina has vanished

and the bases of the two first leaves surround the third as a

sheath, as is the case. m the full-grown plant (fig. 24d).

6. The Second Leaf.—The rudiment of this also is formed at

a very early epoch, and in fact at the time when the first leaf is

still a mother-cell. Consequently two mother-cells, for two dif-

ferent organs, occur close together in the vagina, which itself is

in the earliest stage of formation (figs. 12 c, 186, 15e,16d).

While the mother-cell of the scale grows into a disc-shaped

body, the mother-cell of the second leaf expands more and more

in a globular form. It is soon observed that, already in this

form, cellular tissue has been produced in its interior (fig. 18).

This epoch is contemporaneous with the perfect formation of the

scale of the first leaf. From this cause the vagina has become

drawn so closely round the second leaflet (figs. 182, 20h), that

the latter is ensheathed in it, as an obtuse conical body.

Very soon, however, the first leaflet rises out far beyond the

vagina, at the same period when this has acquired a rather deli-

cate membrane (fig. 21d, and the vagina g). The leaflet is by

this time green, and when seen from the side, as in fig. 21 d, it

appears somewhat compressed on two sides. No great changes go

on meanwhile in the second leaflet until it emerges from the now

much-ezlongated vagina (fig. 22 e). By that time the second scale

has been formed at the base, inside the vagina. The most

important change however has happened at the base, underneath

the vagina. Herea gradually-formed protuberance displays itself,

composed of very delicate cellular tissue (fig. 22 f). This is the

rudiment of the second rootlet, or that of the second leaf. Its

further development resembles that of the first rootlet. As it be-

comes elongated the vessels may soon be observed, of which two

again display themselves here (fig. 23 e). The cells are at first

delicate and full of cytoblastema. Subsequently, when consi-

derable elongation has taken place, they become emptied and of

longer shape, exactly as in the first rootlet, wholly as in the

leaflet itself.

I have already mentioned that about this time the vascular

bundle of the first rootlet has become divided into two (figs. 22,

23).

[To be continued.]

On some Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous Period. 189

XXI.—Observatione on Mr. M‘Coy’s Paper on some Fossil Fish

of the Carboniferous Period. By Sir Paiuie pe Mapas

GREY EcErton, Bart. *

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I HAVE just perused a paper in the Number of your Journal for

July last by Mr. M‘Coy, in which he proposes a very important

alteration of Agassiz’s arrangement of the Ganoid Fishes from

the Palzozoic formations. The passage I allude to is the fol-

lowing :—

“T provisionally propose to establish a distinct family under the

above name (Placodermt), to include those Ganoid fish of the palzeo-

zoic rocks having the head and body encased in a series of odd or

central, and of subsymmetrical or lateral, bony, variously tubercu-

lated plates of large size. It might probably include all the genera

described by Agassiz in his ‘ Monog. du Syst: Dévon.’ &c., under

the title Cephalaspides, except Cephalaspis, to which that family-

name might be retained, the other genera having no obvious afti-

nity with it ; in addition to these, the present. group will conve-

niently embrace the genera Bothriolepis, Asterolepis and Psammos-

teus, which, although widely separated from the former by Agassiz

and placed by him in his family of Coelacanths, are so obviously

and closely allied to some of them (e. g. Chelyophorus, Coccosteus,

&c.), that they cannot be separated either by general appearance

or any points of structure with which we are acquainted ; while

they differ, on the other hand, from the other Celacanthi by the

body not being covered by imbricating scales.”

Not having seen the specimens which have induced Mr. M‘Coy

to propose this new classification, I am unable to form any opi-

nion as to whether he is justified or not in making the change ;

I cannot however allow a charge to be brought against my friend

Professor Agassiz, in his absence, of having grouped together

genera under the title Cephalaspides, having no obvious affinity

with the genus Cephalaspis, and having widely separated genera -

so obviously and closely allied to some of them, that they cannot be

separated either by general appearance or any points of structure,

without claiming that in justice to Agassiz, his opinions on this

subject may be accorded in your pages the same publicity which

Mr. M‘Coy’s observations have already received. The following

passage must surely have escaped Mr. M‘Coy’s memory when

he claims to have discovered affinities (supposed to have been

overlooked or disregarded by Agassiz) of sufficient value to jus-

tify a re-classification of the Paleozoic Ganoids :—“ Il y a un

rapprochement évident entre les Coccostées et les genres large-

190 = Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

ment cuirassés de la famille des Célacanthes, tels que les Aste-

rolépis et les Bothriolépis. * * * Les Coccostées étaient évi-

demment déja des poissons voraces, comme le montre leur dents

coniques, aigués, et leur longue queue plate et flexible. Ilya

_ sans doute loin de 1a A cette armure formidable des Bothriolépis,

2 ces dents acérées des Dendrodes (Asterolépis) ; mais on en

conviendra, il ya dans la famille des Céphalaspides un achemine-

ment vers ce caractére rapace, et si ’on y joimt la structure des

plaques; la ressemblance que présentent les granules épars des

Coceostées avec les astérisques des plaques des Asterolépis, l’on

se convaincra facilement, qu’il n’y a pas un si grand pas & faire

pour arriver des Coccostées aux Célacanthes cuirassés. Cette

ressemblanée serait encore bien plus grande, si des recherches ulté-

rieures prouvaient que les Célacanthes cuirassés, n’avaient pomt

de véritable écailles imbriquées sur le corps, mais seulement de

larges plaques recouvrant la téte et la nuque. Rien ne prouve,

il est vrai, jusqu’ici cette supposition, mais ce qui est pourtant

eurieux, c’est le fait qu’a cdté de la grande quantité de larges

plaques d’Asterolépis et de Bothriolépis, qui caractérisent cer-

tains terrains, on n’ait pas encore trouvé de véritables écailles,

que l’on puisse leur attribuer. Je signale ici ce fait & Pattention

des géologues, car rien n’est souvent plus instructif que le mode

d’association des fossiles, surtout quand les débris appartiennent

4 des animaux dont la grandeur et la mollesse du squelette ont

empéché leur conservation en entier. Mais il est nécessaire d’ap-

porter la plus grande circonspection dans ce genre de rapproche-

ment, avant d’en tirer des conclusions ; car, trop souvent ces ré-

sultats se transmettent d’auteur en auteur, sans que l’on rapporte

en méme temps les faits sur lesquels ils sont basés, et passent

quelquefois encore pour des vérités, lorsque l’état des faits a été

modifié*.” I need only recommend to your readers an impartial

comparison of the above passages,

And subscribe myself your obedient servant,

Puitip pe Maupas Grey EcErton.

Oulton Park, Tarporley, August 24, 1848. .

XXII.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Wacker, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 109.]

NINETEENTH GROUP. -

THIs group contains a greater number of species than all the

other groups of the genus, and comprises most of the blight in-

* Mon. des Poiss. Foss, du Syst. Dévon., Introduction, p. xxxi.

Mr, F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 191

sects ; many of them have so much mutual resemblance that they

are easily confounded together under one name, and a single plant

is often the food of several, and in some instances of nine differ-

ent kinds; but on the other hand, their migrations from one plant

to another have occasioned the number of the names to exceed

that of the species. The winged and wingless forms are usually

alternate with each other; the latter proceeds from the egg in the

spring, and its descendants are winged, and thereby enabled to

migrate to other plants where they have a wingless offspring, and

these successive generations most often continue till the autumn,

when the male and the oviparous female appear. This group will

form several subgroups, and Aphis Rose, A. Sonchi, A. Absin-

thii, and A. Millefolii may be included in one of these lesser

divisions ; these species are of the largest size, and possess the

full development of the peculiar structure of their tribe, such

as the shape of the head, of the nectaries, and of the tip of the

abdomen, which charotera are more or less modified in most of

the following species. I take this opportunity of inserting a

translation of Kaltenbach’s divisions of Aphides, with a list of

the species described by him.

_A. Seventh feeler-joint bristle-shaped and longer than the

sixth. —

a. The feelers seated on tubercles of the forehead.

*, Forehead deeply groove-shaped. |

a. The wingless insects green.

1. Rose. 4. Urtice. 7. Hieracii. 10. Pelargonii.

2. Millefolii. 5. Sélani. 8. Tanacetaria. Ll. Pisi.

3. Platanoides. 6. Cerealis. 9. Vici, 12. Rubi.

8. The wingless insects brown or red.

13. Serratulee. 17. Sonchi. 20. Solidaginis.

14. Campanule. 18. Taraxaci. 21. Tanaceticola.

15. Jacez. 19. Absinthii. _ 22. Ribicola.

16. Picridis.

**, Forehead flat or arched.

23. Galeopsidis. 29. Dianthi. 34, Ligustri.

24. Humuli. 30. Betulicola. 35. Lonicere.

25. Lactuce. 31. Cerasi. 36. Lythri.

26. Ribis. 32. Aparines. 37. Pruni.

27. Convolvuli. 33. Tanaceti. 38. Arundinis.

28. Chelidonii.

b. Feelers seated immediately on the forctiend which is flat or

convex.

*, Body oval, highly arched, with a little tubercle on each side

of the last but. one abdominal segment.

39. Urticaria. 42. Seabiosze. 45. Rhamni. ®

40. Capsellee. 43. Symphiti. 46. Epilobii.

41. Plantaginis. 44. Sedi. ( 47, Crateegi.

192 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

48. Grossularie. 56. Viburni. 63. Galii.

49. Jacobeee. 57. Kuonymi. 64. Llicis.

50. Ranunculi. 58. Rumicis. 65. Hederee. —

51. Sorhi. 59. Papaveris. 66. Geniste.

52. Mali. 60. Sambuci. 67. Lychnidis.

53. Padi. 61. Laburni. 68. Persice.

54. Nasturtii. 62. Cracce. 69. Euphorbiz.

55. Nepete..

**, No tubercles on the penultimate abdominal segment.

70. Berberidis. 80. Pimpinelle. 90. Populea.

71. Myricze. 81. Brassice. 91. Nerii.

72. Vitellinze. 82. Chenopodii. 92. Betularia.

73. Coryli. 83. Avene. 93. Salicti.

74. Quercus. 84. Capreze. 94. Camelliz.

75. Erysimi. 85. Xylostei. 95. Prunicola.

76. Rosarum. 86. Anuthrisci. 96. Tragopogonis.

77. Helichrysi. 87. Glyceriz. 97. Aceris.

78. Saliceti. 88. antennata. 98. Populi.

79. Nymphee. 89. Cardui.

B. Seventh feeler-joint pene but shorter than the pre-

ceding.

99. Tiliz. 102. quadrituberculata. 104. Quercea.

100. Salicis. 103. nigritarsis. 105. Alni.

101. oblonga.

Species unknown to Kaltenbach.

106. Fraxini. 111. Picez. 116. Avellane.

107. Ligustici. 112. Cnici. © 117. Napelli.

108. Pistacize. 113. Alni. 118. Betule.

109. Vitis. 114. Sanguisorbe. 119. truncata.

110. Achillez. 115. Verbasci.

45. Aphis Rose, Linn.

Aphis Rose, Linn. Syst. Nat. 0.:734. 9; Faun. Suec. 982 ;

Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 5. 2204. 9; Fabr. Sp. Ins. 1. 887. 25;

Ent. Syst. iv. 217. 30; Syst. Rhyn. 298. 30; Reaum. Ins. m1.

t. 21. f. 1-4; DeGeer, Ins. il. 65. 10.t. 3. f. i-4; ; Rossi, Faun.

Etruse. 262, 1386 ; Gotz. Ent. Beitr. 1. 296. 9; Sulz. Ins. t.

12. f. 79; Lederm. Mier. 58. t. 25; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1:

117; Harris, Ex. 66. t. 18. f. 1-3; Dr. Richardson, Phil. Trans.

Ixi. 121 ; Bonnet, Hist. Nat. 1. 48 ; ; Bingley, Hist. Nat. in. 186 ;

Latr. Gen. iii. 173; Enc. Brit. 7th edit. ix. 205; ; Kirby and

Spence, Intr. Ent. 1. 436-454; Enc. Méth. i. t. 17. f. 1; St.

Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. 240. 4; Lamarck, Anim. sans

Vertéb. 2™m¢ édit. iv. 122; Westw. Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. 492;

Haliday, Ent. Mag. 1. 78; Leon Duf. Rech. Hem., Mém. Inst.

iv. 242; Kyber, Germ. Zeit. ii. 2.3; Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 94.

2; Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 628; Fonscol. Ann. Soe.

Ent. x. 168. 8; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 3. 1 ; Blanch. Ins. 206.11 ;

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 193

Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. i. t. 59. f. 15; Amyot et Serv. Hist.

Nat. Hemipt. 609. 1.

A. Dipsaci, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 104. 1181.

Aphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, v. 474. 1.

It feeds on roses, such as Rosa spinosissima, burnet rose, R.

centifolia, Provence rose, R. canina, dog rose, R. Eglanteria, eglan-

tine, and in the summer it may be found on Dipsacus sylvestris,

wild teasel; D. pilosus, small teasel; Scabiosa arvensis, field

scabious ; S. succisa, devil’s-bit scabious ; and S. columbaria, fine-

leaved scabious. It inhabits Europe and North America, and in _

mild seasons it lives through the winter, and multiplies rapidly

in the beginning of February.

The viviparous wingless female. When young it is pale green,

narrow, linear, and flat ; but the full-grown insect is lively grass-

green, oval and convex : the colour is paler towards the head, which

is dull yellow: there is a rim on each side of the body : the feelers

are dull yellow, and nearly as long as the body ; the first and the

second joints, the tips of the following, and the whole of the

seventh joint are brown; the fourth joint is rather more than

half the length of the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the

fourth ; the sixth is less than half the length of the fifth; the

seventh is nearly as long as the third: the mouth is green ; its tip

and the eyes are brown: the nectaries are dull pale green with

brown tips, and are nearly as long as one-fourth of the body:

the legs are long and green ; the tips of the thighs are brown;

the shanks are hairy ; their tips and the feet are dark browh.

Ist variety. Pale red while young. :

2nd variety. Yellowish green: the head and the feelers are

brown.

3rd variety. The feelers are green; the tips of the third and

of the following joimts and the whole of the seventh joint are

brown.

4th variety. The nectaries are brown.

5th variety. The nectaries and the tips of the thighs are black.

6th variety. Of a delicate pink colour mottled with yellow.

7th variety. Purple. In the autumn.

8th variety. Brown. In the autumn.

9th variety. Bright orange: the abdomen is green beneath,

and has a large oblong grass-green spot on its back. In No-

vember.

10th variety. The feelers and the nectaries are white with

black tips, and the latter are also white towards the base.

11th variety. Pale flesh-colour. There are sometimes whole

colonies of this variety, and I haye seen them living throughout

the winter, and surviving a very severe frost.

12th variety. The body is green ; the feeleys are black, longer

194 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

than the body, and pale yellow from the middle till near the

base: the mouth is pale green ; its tip and the eyes are black:

the nectaries are also black, and as long as one-third of the

body: the legs are pale yellow; the feet and the tips of the

thighs and of the shanks are black.

18th variety. The body is green: the head is blackish green :

the tip of the abdomen is pale greenish yellow: the feelers are

black, and much longer than the body : the mouth is yellow ; its

tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are black, and as long as

one-third of the body: the thighs are pale green, black towards

their tips; the shanks are dull yellowish green; their tips and

the feet are black.

14th variety. Like the preceding, but the head is buff: the

legs are black ; the thighs are pale yellow for, two-thirds of their

length from the base. |

When the wingless female has just shed its skin, it has a pale

green colour; the head and the limbs are white, and the joints

of the latter have brown tips. There are two or three short seg-

ments at the base of the abdomen beneath; the rest are longer.

Formica nigra, the little black ant, often resorts to this species

to feed on its honey, and the viviparous females are the prey ex-

ternally of Hemerobii and Syrphi, and internally of Aphidius Rose,

Allotria erythrocephala, Ceraphron Carpenteri, Asaphes enea, Co-

ryna clavata, Cyrtogaster vulgaris, and Encyrtus Atheas.

The colonies of this Aphis while feeding on the teasel are fre-

quented by Formica rufa; this large black and red ant does not

come within the precincts of gardens, but is replaced there by

the small black ant as before mentioned.

The viviparous winged female. Its wings in mild weather are

sometimes unfolded as early as the 24th of March: the head and

the feelers are black, and the latter are as long as the body ; the

fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is hardly

shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is about one-third of the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is nearly as long as the third: the eyes

are dark red: the mouth is dull green with a brown tip: the

chest and the breast are dull olive-green ; their sides are pale

green: the fore-chest has a bright green band on its hind-bor-

der: the abdomen is grass-green with a row of black spots on

each side: the nectaries are black, shining, and as long as one-

fourth of the body: the legs are long and yellow ; the thighs

from the middle to the tips, the knees, the feet, and the tips of

the shanks are black : the wings are colourless, and much longer

than the body ; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are bright straw-

colour ; the veins are brown.

Ist variety. Of a delicate pink colour mottled with yellow. A

pupa.

Mr. F. Walker’s Deseriptions of Aphides. 195

2nd variety. The head and the feclers are brown, and the lat-

ter are nearly as long as the body: the nectaries are also brown.

8rd variety. The chest and the breast are almost black.

4th variety. In the beginning of June: it is red while a pupa,

but is black when its wings are unfolded at the end of June:

the abdomen is dark red: the feelers are longer than the body :

the mouth is yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are rather

more than one-third of the length of the body: the thighs are

pale yellow towards the base ; the shanks excepting the tips are

dull yellow : the wing-ribs are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and

the veins are pale buff. :

5th variety. The body is dark green : the head, the disc of the

chest and that of the breast are black : the feelers are also black,

and longer than the body: the mouth is dull green with a black

tip.

6th variety. The body is black: the abdomen is green with a

row of black spots on each side. :

The following variations occur in the structure of the veins :—

1st variety. The lower branch of the first fork is divided like

tlie upper branch.

2nd variety. There is no first fork.

3rd variety. The fourth vein is forked, and both the forks are

curved.

4th variety, The upper branch of the second fork is obsolete

towards the tip.

The part of the head on which the feelers are seated is pro-

duced on each side, so as to have the appearance of a basal joint

to those organs ; these projections are oblique at the tip, and thus

form an acute angle on the inner side ; their growth and the con-

sequent narrowing of the front much increases as the insect ap-

proaches its full development : the first joint of the feelers is broad

and is very slightly curved, being convex on the inner side and

concave on the outer side ; the second joint is rather more than

half the length and half the breadth of the first; the third is

much narrower than the second: the fore-chest is rather long,

narrower in front, and slightly convex on each side: the nec-

taries are slightly curved and are somewhat narrower, and as it

were compressed, near their tips: the tip of the abdomen is

compressed, sickle-shaped, and nearly half the length of the

nectaries : the legs are long ; the thighs are slightly clavate ; the

shanks are somewhat bristly, and very slightly curved, as are

also the second joints of the feet : the wing-rib at a little beyond

half the length of the wing begins to widen very gradually into

the brand, which is long, and irregularly spindle-shaped ; the

angle on its hind-border is very obtuse, and the line thence to

the tip is slightly curved; the fourth vein is much curved at its

196 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

base ; the third is obsolete at its source, and is forked before one-

third and again after two-thirds of its length, but this arrange-

- ment is subject to exceptions; the first and the second veins are

almost straight, and the distance between them at the base is

about half of that at the tips. The cultivation of the rose has

‘much extended the habitation and increased the nourishment

of this species, and its habits have been probably modified by an

alteration of the temperature, as made known to us by geological

investigations. In former ages, when severer frosts were the re-

sult of greater elevation of the land, the viviparous faculties of

this Aphis must have been limited to the summer season. Among

the particulars of its history yet to be ascertained are how far its

presence is coextensive with the rose and other plants which are

its food, whether it is confined to the rose where it has not the

means of migrating to the teasel and the scabious, and in what

regions the ants and its devourers accompany it or are replaced

by other species. |

The winged male. While a pupa it is bright red, and exhibits

_a striking contrast to the pale velvet-like oviparous female of

Aphis dirhoda,.which sometimes swarms on the rose-bushes in

the autumn. When the wings are unfolded it is black : the ab-

domen is dark yellowish green ; most of the disc is black, and

there is a row of black spots on each side: the feelers are much

longer than the body: the mouth and the nectaries are dull yel-

low with black tips, and the latter are nearly one-fourth of the

length of the body : the thighs are pale yellow towards the base ;

the shanks with the exception of their tips are dark yellow ; the

wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow; the wing-brands and

the veins are brown.

' ©The females (of the tenth generation) have at first altogether

the same appearance with those of the former generations ; but

in a few days their colour changes from a green to a yellow,

which is gradually converted into an orange colour, before they

come to their full growth. They differ likewise in another re-

spect, at least from those which occur in the summer, that all

those yellow females are without wings. The male insects, when

first produced, are not of a green colour, like the rest, but of a

reddish brown ; and have afterwards when they begin to thicken

about the breast, a dark line along the middle of the back. These

male insects come to their full growth in about three weeks time,

and then cast off their last covering; the whole insect being after

this operation of a bright yellow colour, the wings only excepted.

But they soon change to a darker yellow, and ina few hours to a

very dark brown; if we except the body, which is something

lighter coloured, and has a reddish cast. They are all of the

winged sort ; and the wings, which are white at first, soon become

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 197

transparent, and at length appear like very fine black gauze.”’—

Dr. Richardson. |

46. Aphis Sonchi, Linn.

Aphis Sonchi, Linn. Syst. Nat. u. 735. 15; Gmel. ed. Syst.

Nat. i. 2205 ; Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 390. 48; Ent. Syst. iv. 220. 53 ;

Syst. Rhyn. 302. 53; Geoff. Ins. i. 497. 13 ; Réaum. Ins. iii;

3338, t. 22. f. 3-5 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1. 120; Rossi, Faun.

Ktruse. 265. 1402 ; Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxviii. 254; Kalt.

Mon. Pflan. i. 28. 17 ; Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 628.

Sonchifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, v. 475.

Aphis Serratule, Linn. Faun. Suec. 987 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic.

u. 1. 122; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 26. 15. 3

Serratulifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, v. 475.

Aphis Jacee, Linn. Faun. Suec. 991 ; Gmel. ed, Syst. Nat. i.

2206 ; Scopoli, Ent. Carn. 148. 403; Schrank, Faun. Boice. ii. 1.

124. 1244; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 26. 15.

Jaceifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 475.

_ Aphis Picridis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 737. 22; Sp. Ins. ii. 387. 26 ;

Ent. Syst. iv. 216. 782 ; Syst. Rhyn. 299. 82; Gmel. ed. Syst.

Nat. i. 5. 2204; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 121. 1285; Kalt. Mon.

Pflan. 1. 27. 16.

Picridifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, v. 475.

Aphis Cirsii, Linn, Faun. Suec. 987 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i.

5. 2205 ; Scop. Ent. Carn. 138. 402. |

Aplus Cnici, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 122. 1239.

Aphis Solidaginis, Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 384. 4; Mant. Ins. i.

315.5; Ent. Syst. iv. 211.5; Syst. Rhyn. 295.5; Gmel. ed.

Syst. Nat. i. 5. 2202; Hausmann, Ill. Mag. i. 442. 5; Kalt.

Mon. Pflan. i. 32. 20.

Solidaginifez, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™¢ série, v. 475.

Aphis Cardui, Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. 170. 11.

Aphis Campanule, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 26. 14.

Aphis Taraxaci, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 30. 18.

This species feeds on Sonchus oleraceus, S. arvensis, Chondrilla

juncea, Leontodon taraxacum, Apargia hispida, A. autumnalis,

Pieris hieracioides, Hieracium sylvestre, H. sylvaticum, H. muro-

rum, H. umbellatum, Crepis biennis, C. virens, Borkhausia fetida,

Lapsana communis, Cichorium intybus, Serratula arvensis, Carduus

nutans, C’. acanthoides, C’. crispus, C. pycnocephalus, C. lanceo-

latus, Cnicus spinosissimus, Cynara Scolymus, S. Cardunculus,

Solidago virgaurea, Centaurea nigra, C. nigrescens, C. cyanus, C.

Scabiosa, C. collina, C. calcitrapa, C. Jacea, Cirsium arvense,

C. oleraceum, Onopordum acanthium, Chrysanthemum segetum,

Achillea Millefolium, Campanula rotundifolia.

The viviparous wingless female. It is large, oval, convex, shi-

198 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

ning, brassy, with six rows of tubercles along its back : the feelers

are black, and very nearly as long as the body: the eyes and the

mouth are also black : the nectaries are black, cylindrical, and as

long as one-fifth of the body : the tip of the abdomen is prominent,

and forms a short tail: the legs are long and black ; the base of

the thighs is white. When the insect is very young it is dull

dark red: the feelers and the legs are brown: the nectaries are

as long as one-eighth of the body, or, sometimes shorter: the

bronze colour appears first on the fore-part of the body.

Ist variety. Black, dull, slightly bristly, with transverse rows

of tubercles across each segment : the head and the abdomen are

dark reddish brown: the feelers are bristly and a little longer

than the body: the nectaries are as long as one-fourth of the

body : the legs are hairy ; the thighs are yellow towards the base.

The young ones are dark red. | :

2nd var. The legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs

are black.

8rd var. The body is dark red with a bronze tint : there are

four rows of very small tubercles along the back which is finely

granulated : the limbs are black ; the base of the thighs and that

of the mouth are yellow: the nectaries are as long as one-fifth of

the body.

4th var. The body is green.

5th var. While young the body is rose-colour or pink: the

limbs are white with black tips to the joimts. :

6th var. The back is tuberculate in transverse ridges: the feel-

ers are a little longer than the body: the mouth is pale yellow

with a black tip: the nectaries are as long as one-fourth of the

body: the tip of the abdomen is pale red: the legs are yellow ;

the feet, the tips of the shanks, and the thighs towards the tips

are black.

7th var. The limbs are dull yellow ; the feelers are black at the

base and towards the tips and longer than the body ; the mouth

and the nectaries have black tips, and the latter are as long as

one-fourth of the body ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the

shanks are also black.

It continues on the knapweed till the beginning of November,

and often resorts to the base of the leaves for shelter during the

latter part of the autumn: when punctured by an Aphidius it re-

treats to the top of the plant, and dies there.

The front is convex in the middle, and is narrow, being occu- —

pied on each side by the tubercles or apparent basal joints on

which the feelers are seated: these tubercles are rather shorter

than those of A: Rose; the first jomt of the feelers is very

slightly curved; the second is about half the length and

breadth of the first ; the third is more slender than the second ;

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 199

the fourth is rather more than half the length of the third ; the

tifth is shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is about one-third of

the length of the fifth ; the seventh is nearly as long as the sixth.

The viviparous winged female. This much resembles the wing-

less female in shape and colour, and is chiefly distinguished by

the presence of wings and by the greater development of the

chest. When its wings are just unfolded they are white

for some little time, and then the wing-ribs, the wing-brands,

and the veins are pale yellow. The pupa is grass-green: the

winged insect is smooth, shining, and tawny: the head and the

lobes of the chest are brown: the feelers are black, and a little

longer than the body: the mouth is pale yellow with a black

tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-third of the body ;

the legs are black; the thighs are yellow from the base to the

middle: the wings are colourless; the wing-ribs, the rib-veins,

and the brands are pale yellow ; the other veins area little darker.

Ist var. Black : the abdomen is green, paler beneath, and has

a row of black spots on each side of the back: the feelers are

much longer than the body: the nectaries are as long as one-

fourth of the body : the thighs are yellow towards the base.

2nd var. The pupa is dull greenish red; the legs are darker :

the rudimentary wings are pale green.

The fore-chest is rather long, narrower in front ; its sides are

somewhat convex: the nectaries are tapering, but not abruptly

narrower towards the tips: the tip of the abdomen is compressed

and somewhat sickle-shaped, but not half the length of the nec-

taries: the legs are long ; the shanks and the second joints of the

feelers are slightly curved, and the former are bristly: the wings

are much shorter than those of A. Rose, and together with the

thick heavy body will not allow of a long flight ; the brands and

the veins are like those of A. Rose. During the summer and

autumn it darkens the stems of plants with its thick clusters,

and abounds especially on the knapweed, hawkweed, thistle and

sow-thistle.

The winged male, Appears in the middle of September, and

lives through the following month: it is black: the abdomen is

dark green: the feelers are much longer than the body: the

mouth is dull yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are black,

and as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are long; the

base of the thighs is yellow: the wings are colourless ; the wing-

ribs, the rib-veins and the wing-brands are pale yellow ; the other

veins are yellow.

lst var, The wing-brands and the veins are pale brown.

47. Aphis Millefolit, Fabr.

Aphis Millefolii, Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 386. 16 ; Mant. Ins, ii. 316.

200 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

20; Ent. Syst. iv. 214. 17; Syst. Rhyn, 296. ; Gmel. ed. Syst.

Nat. i. 5. 2206. 50; DeG. Ins. mi. 60. 9. t. 4. f. 1-5 ; Schrank,

Faun. Boic. ii. 1. 1; Gétze, Ent. Beitr. ii. 317. 29; Latr. Gen.

Crust. iii. 173; St. Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. 246; Kalt.

Mon. Pflan. i. 10. 2 ; Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 684.

_Achillaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 474. 2.

A. Achillee ?, Faby. Sp. Ins. 1. 885. 18 ; Mant. Ins. u. 315.

16 ; Ent. Syst. iv. 213. 15 ; Syst. Rhyn. 296. 15 ; Gmel. ed. Syst.

Nat. i. 2205; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 141. 110.

This and A. Adbsinthii are alike in structure, and may be one

species : the latter has very bright red eyes, and its colour, which

somewhat differs from that of the former, may be owing to the

plants on which it feeds. A. Millefolit dwells on Achillea Mil-

lefolium, milfoil, A. Ptarmica, sneezewort, A. ageratum, sweet

maudlin, and Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, ox-eyed daisy; from

June till November. :

The viviparous wingless female. It is pale whitish green, oval,

convex, somewhat hairy, and rather large: each segment of the

back has three large dark green spots, and many small black dots :

the head is dull reddish brown: the feelers are black, and longer

than the body: the eyes are dark red: the mouth is black ; its

base is dull yellow: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-

eighth of the body: the tip of the abdomen is also black, and has

the appearance of a short tail, being long, compressed, and curved :

the legs are long, hairy, and black ; the base of the fore-thighs’

is yellow. The young one is more flat and linear and less spot-

ted, and the base of its middle thighs is yellow. An Aphidius,

an Allotria, Ceraphron Carpenteri and Asaphes vulgaris have been

reared from thisimsect. After shedding the skin it is pale green :

the head is pale red: the antenne and the legs are yellowish

white ; the tip of the abdomen, the nectaries and the thighs are

pale green.

Ist.variety. Deep green with a glaucous tinge, and having

darker green spots and white bands; the latter mterrupted

along the back : the feelers are much longer than the body: the

base of the middle and of the hind-thighs and the whole of the

fore-thighs except their tips are yellow: the body is reddish to-

wards the head : the underside of the abdomen is green.

The viviparous winged female. The body is black: the abdo-

men is green, and has arow of black spots along each side of its

back : the feelers are black, and longer than the body : the eyes

are dark red; the mouth is dull green with a black tip: the tip

of the abdomen is hairy and like that of the wingless female : the

nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body: the

legs are black ; the base of the fore-thighs is yellow: the wings ~

are colourless or slightly tinged with gray, and a little longer

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 201

than the body ; the wing-ribs, the rib-veins and the wing-brands

are pale green ; the other veins are pale brown.

1st var. While a pupa it is brown: the head is red: the feel-

ers are pale yellow towards the base: the mouth is pale yellow

with a black tip: the nectaries are more than one-fourth of the

length of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the feet and the

tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the rudimentary

wings are yellow.

2nd var. The body is green: the dise of the chest is dull

tawny: the feelers are pale green at the base: the eyes are

black : the mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: the nectaries”™

are pale yellow, and nearly one-fourth of the length of the body :

the legs are pale yellow; the base of the thighs is pale green ;

the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are brown:

the wing-ribs and the wing-brands are pale yellow; the veins are

brown.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears with the male in

the autumn, and does not seem to differ outwardly from the vi-

viparous female. |

The winged male. While a pupa it is red: the limbs are black,

and the rudimentary wings are green with black tips: the wings

at the moment when they are unfolded are milk-white, as are

the other limbs, while the body is of a brillant red colour. The

winged insect is black: the fore-border and the hind-border of

the fore-chest, the fore-breast, and the abdomen are dark red:

the nectaries are as long as one-eighth of the body: the wing-,

ribs and the rib-veins are yellow ; the brands and the other veins

are brown.

1st var. The abdomen is dark yellowish brown: the base of

the fore-thighs and of the middle thighs is pale yellow.

_. The front is narrow, and slightly concave: the tubercles on

each side have oblique tips, and are shorter than those of A.

Sonchi ; they form acute angles on their inner sides ; the first jomt

is very slightly curved ; the second is more than half the length

and breadth of the first ; the third is much more slender than

the second; the fourth is a little shorter than the third; the

fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is about half the

length of the fifth ; the seventh is as long as the third : the fore-

‘chest is rather long, narrower in front; the sides are slightly

convex: the tip of the abdomen is compressed and sickle-shaped,

and is longer than the nectaries, which decrease in thickness from

the base to the tips: the shanks and the second joints of the feet

are slightly curved, and the former are bristly: the wings are

longer than those of A. Sonchi, but do not differ much in the

structure of the veins and of the brands from those species, but

the part of the brand beyond the angle is shorter, and its tip is

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 14

202 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

more obtuse; the distance between the first and the second

branches at the base is more than half of that at the tips; the

third vein is forked long after one-third, and again after two-

thirds of its length. The young ones are twelve and upwards

in number. .

48. Aphis Absinthi, Linn.

Aphis Absinthii, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 735. 19; Faun. Suec.

990; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1.5. 2206. 19; Fabr. Mant. Ins. 1.

315.19; Ent. Syst. iv. 214. 20; Syst. Rhyn. 297. 20; Scop.

Ent. Carn. 1387. 401; Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. 1270; Schrank,

Faun. Boie. ii. 123; Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 95. 4; Kalt. Mon.

Pflan. i. 31. 19.

Aphis Tanaceti, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 735. 18; Faun. Suec.

989 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat.1.5.2205. 18; Fabr. Sp. Ins. 11.387.

31; Mant. Ins. ii. 316. 36 ; Ent. Syst. iv. 217. 36 ; Syst. Rhyn.

299. 36; Geoff. Ins. i. 496. 8; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 123.

1241 ; Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 14. 8; Kalt. Mon. Pfian. 1. 47.-

33 ? Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. 1. 684.

Aphis Balsamite, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. 109. 1252; Gmel-

ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 5. 2210. 71. :

Aphis Artemisia, Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. 162. 1.

Aphis Tanacetaria, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 19. 8.

Aphis Tanaceticola, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 33. 21.

Absinthifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 475.

Tanacetifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™ série, v. 476.

This species feeds during the summer and autumn on Artemi-

sia vulgaris, A. Absinthium, A. Abrotanum, Tanacetum vulgare,

and Balsamita vulgaris.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is elliptical, convex,

green, thickly covered with white powder, and thus resembling

in colour the underside of the leaf on which it feeds* : the feelers

are black, yellow at the base, and as long as the body, or much

longer ; the third and the fourth-joimts are rather hairy; the

* Perhaps this insect or a nearly allied species is mentioned in the fol-

lowing extract :—‘ One of the prominent characteristics in the face of the

country in the region of the Rocky Mountains is the extraordinary abundance

‘of the Artemisia, absinthe, or prairie-sage as it is variously called. It has its

small fly of the same hue accompanying it through every change of elevation

andlatitude. It grows everywhere—on the hills, and over the river~bottoms,

in tough, twisted, wiry clumps, and glitters like silver as the southern breeze

turns up its leaves to the sun. As the country increased in elevation on our

advance to the west, they increased in size; and the whole air was strongly

impregnated and saturated with the odour of camphor and spirits of turpen-

tine which belongs to this plant, ‘This climate has been found very favour-

able to the restoration of health, particularly in cases of consumption; and

possibly the respiration of air so highly impregnated by aromatic plants may

have some influence.” (Report of Capt. Fremont’s Exploring Expedition to

the Rocky Mountains, Oregon and North California, in the years 1842-44.) |

Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum. 208

fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than

the fourth; the sixth is not half the length of the fifth; the

seventh is thrice the length of the sixth: the front is narrow and

slightly concave : the eyes are remarkably bright red: the mouth

is yellow ; its tip is black: the nectaries are black, and between

one-seventh and one-eighth of the length of the body: the tip of

the abdomen is hairy, dark green, long and curved : the legs are

hairy, long and black ; the base of the thighs is pale green ; the

fore-thighs and the middle thighs are blackish green ; their tips

are black; the shanks and the second joints of the feet are

slightly curved. One individual had pale green hind-feet, and

one of its hind-shanks excepting the base was of the same colour.

When it has shed its skin all its limbs are white, and the colour

of the body is fresh pale green without any white bloom.

The viviparous winged female. This does not much differ from

the winged insect, but the dise of the head, the chest, and the

breast are pale brown: the wings are colourless, and a little

lJonger than the body; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale

green ; the brands and the other veins are tawny.

Length of the body 14-2 lines ; of the wings 3-3} lines.

[To be continued. }

XXI1.— Alga Orientales :—Descriptions of new Species belonging

to the, genus Sargassum. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &e.*

[ With a Plate. ]

VACHELLIANE.

1. Sargassum Henslowii (nob.); caule compresso, ramosissimo ; foliis

cartilagineis, ecostatis, cuneatis, subdentatis, superioribus versus

apicem oblique excavatis, acute dentatis; vesiculis oblongo-ellip-

ticis, apiculatis ; receptaculis minutis, cylindraceis, subpaniculatis.

Hab. in mari Chinensi, legit G. H. Vachell.

Whole plant three or four feet long, slender, but at the same

time bushy from the numerous secondary branches. Root un-

known. Stem not thicker than a crow-quill, compressed, giving

off branches at intervals of 1-2 inches, some of which are a foot

or more in length ; secondary branches 1-8 inches long, thickly

clothed with very short tufted ramuli, bearing the fructification.

Leaves; on the main stem an inch or more long, of a thickish

and somewhat opake substance, spathulate or cuneate, much at-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, July 13, 1848.

14°

204 Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum.

tenuated towards the base, with one or two teeth towards the

apex, which is more or less obtuse and oblique ; on the branches

the leaves are much smaller, more or less broadly lanceolate and

acute, with generally a large tooth on one side above the middle,

and the substance obliquely excavated as it were from the tooth

to the apex. Vesicles 2-3 lines long, elliptical-oblong, with a

slender foliaceous mucro, and supported on peduncles less than

a line in length. Sometimes the vesicles are slightly margined,

- and they are, as well as the leaves, sparingly furnished with pores.

Those intermixed with the receptacles are scarcely more than a

line or a line anda half long. Receptacles not a line long, linear,

cylindraceous, rarely single or once divided, but generally form-

ing minute panicles or racemes composed of 3-5 receptacles,

with one or two vesicles, and often with minute linear-lanceolat

leaves. Colour in the dried state dark reddish brown. .

This species was kindly communicated to me by my friend

Professor Henslow in 1831, and had been transmitted to him by

the Rev. G. H. Vachell, along with other imteresting plants from

Macao and the adjacent islands.

2. Sargassum Vachellianum (nob.); caule brevissimo, teretiusculo,

muricato ; ramis elongatis, planis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, sub-

membranaceis, repando-dentatis; vesiculis sphericis, petiolatis,

petiolis compressis dilatatis ; receptaculis cylindraceis, subdicho-

tome racemosis. gi

Hab. in mari Chinensi, legit G. H. Vachell.

Plant two to three feet long, of a slender and graceful habit.

Root a cartilaginous disc, from which arise several stems about

an inch in length, cylindrical, as thick as a crow-quill, rough

with the conical bases of former branches. From the summit of

the stem are produced one or more main branches, flat, about a line

broad, giving off a second series of branches at intervals of 1-2

inches, 2-6 inches long, and bearing a numerous series of very

short ones with the fructification. Leaves more or less, linear-

lanceolate, repando-denticulate, sometimes almost spinuloso-

‘denticulate, distinctly petiolate ; those arising from the lower part

of the primary branches two to near three inches long and nearly

half an inch broad, of a firmer and thicker substance than the

rest ; those on the secondary branches smaller, seldom exceeding

two inches m length, and becoming gradually narrower till on

the upper parts they are strictly linear and acuminate, being

often not more than a line or even less in breadth. Midrib nar-

row, disappearing below the apex; pores small and scattered.

Vesicles nearly spherical, rarely mucronate, on petioles 2~8 lines

long, which are sometimes dilated and foliaceous; those on the

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. .S.2. Vol.2. PLIV

Sargafsum ‘Henstowii.

S Vacheltanum.

SDe C. Sowerby se.

D? Greville del.

Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum. 205

main branches nearly as large as a small garden-pea; those on

the ramuli considerably smaller and subpyriform. Receptacles

cylindraceous, forming a subdichotomously divided axillary ra-

ceme of an inch or more in length, on the lower part of which are

generally found several vesicles and minute leaves, the latter pre-

serving all the characters of the larger ones; the divisions of the

raceme are conspicuously divaricate, and even the extreme apices

often terminate in a minute wide-spreading fork, as in some

species of Cladonia. Substance of the whole plant between

cartilaginous and membranaceous, somewhat translucent. Colour

in the dried specimens pale olivaceous brown.

This beautiful species is probably very variable in its secondary

characters, and a larger series than I have seen would be re-

quired before it could be satisfactorily described. Young plants

before the fructification is fully developed might almost be taken

for another species.

This was also communicated by Professor Henslow.

3. Sargassum ornatum (nob.); ramis teretiusculis ; foliis oblongo-

obovatis, costatis, repando-dentatis, membranaceis, petiolatis ;

vesiculis subsphericis; receptaculis cylindraceis, obtusis, race-

mosis,

Hab. in mare Chinensi ?

Root unknown. The whole plant is probably upwards of two

feet in length, but the only specimen I have seen is sixteen inches

long, slender, producing branches towards the base, four or five

inches in length, at intervals of about an inch, and becoming

gradually shorter upwards. On these branches are situated the

very short ramuli, which, besides the accompanying leaf, consist

of nothing more in general than a vesicle or two and the raceme

of fructification. Leaves one to near two inches long, the larger

ones above half an inch broad, oblong-obovate, rounded at the

extremity, attenuated at the base into a slender stalk, irregularly

and unequally repando-denticulate, thin and translucent, the

midrib slender, disappearing beneath the apex, the pores minute

and scattered. Vesicles nearly spherical, the largest about the

size of a small garden-pea, rarely mucronate or marginate, the

stalk filiform, about two lines long; those which often form a

part of the raceme, somewhat pyriform. Receptacles ‘axillary,

cylindraceous, obtuse, forming an irregularly divided raceme

3-5 lines in length. Substance thin and membranaceous, and on

being remoistened, very flaccid. Colour pale yellowish or oliva-

ceous brown.

A very elegant species, native I believe of the Chinese Seas ;

but I regret that my note regarding it has been mislaid.

206 Rey. W.B, Clarke on the Identity of the Epoch of the

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Sargassum Henslowii.

. A leaf from the main stem.

. Ditto from the branches. .

. Vesictes.

. One of the little tufted ramuli composed of leaves and receptacles,

. Ditto with vesicles. 4 and 5 magnified.

or wonre

Sargassum Vachellianum.

. One of the ultimate ramuli.

. A vesicle from one of the main branches.

. Vesicles from the racemes of fructifteation.

. Leaf.

. Part ofa raceme, 4 and 5 magnified.

ard

Sargassum ornatum.

1. Part of a branch.

— 2. Leaf from the stem.

— 3. Vesicles.

— 4. Raceme of fructification ; the last magnified.

XXIV.—Remarks on the Identity of the Epoch of the Coal-beds

and Paleozoic Rocks of New South Wales. By the Rev. W.

B. CuarkeE, M.A., F.G.S. &c.

Havine read with great attention and interest the observations

of Mr. M‘Coy “ On the Fossil Botany and Zoology of the Rocks

associated with the Coal of Australia,” published in the ‘ Annals

of Natural History’ for September, October and November 1847,

I feel impelled to offer a few remarks which I trust will be ad-

mitted into the pages of that Journal.

The specimens which have undergone so close an inquisition

on the part of Mr. M‘Coy were, as he has already stated, col-

lected by me in various parts of the colony of New South Wales,

on the eastern or sea-board side of the Cordillera or Dividing

Ranges of the Blue Mountains, with the exception of the plants

from Mudgee and Guntawang, which localities are on the sum-

mit of the western plateaux. By what accident I know not, but

it is certain a considerable part of the fossils which I sent to

Professor Sedgwick have been lost, for the missing cask which

should have accompanied those received by him cannot be heard

of. Had that cask reached its destination, it would have been

found to contain numerous species both of plants and animals,

including Testacea, Zoophytes, Crinoids, &c., which would more

fully have confirmed, in some respects, Mr. M‘Coy’s conclusions.

Amongst them were various species from the neighbourhood of

Musselbrook, Wollon Hills, Mount Wingan, and the country

Coal-beds and Paleozoic Rocks of New South Wales. 207

between Awaaba and Warrawolong; together with plants and

zoological remains from the Wianamatta trough, in geological

position higher than those recently examined. These species I

trust to be able, at a future opportunity, to submit to inspection

so soon as my engagements allow me to re-explore the different

districts.

To Mr. M‘Coy I am very greatly indebted for the patience,

skill, and carefulness with which he has determined so many

species in my collection. He has completely confirmed the con-

clusion at which I had long arrived, and which so late as June

1847 I expressed, in perfect ignorance of Mr. M‘Coy’s labours

and conclusions, in my evidence before a Select Committee of the

Legislative Council of New South Wales, inquiring into the ex-

istence and extent of coal in this territory. My words were

these, speaking of the beds of the Australian coal-formation: “ I

do not mean to imply that they are on the exact horizon of the

greater part of the carboniferous formation of Europe, for I be-

lieve them to be as old as, if not older than, the lowest beds of

that formation.” (Coal Inquiry, 7, June 3, 1847.)

Now in this remark I included not only those beds from which

all the fossils examined by Mr. M‘Coy were derived, but others

much lower down in the order of deposits. Mr. M‘Coy has ar-

rived, however, at a conclusion which it is the express object of

this notice to meet. He says: “ With such evidence as I have

mentioned, I do not think it improbable that a wide geological

interval occurred between the consolidation of the fossiliferous beds

which underlie the coal and the deposition of the coal-measures

themselves ; that there is no real connexion between them, but

that they belong to widely different geological systems, the former

referable to the base of the carboniferous system, the latter to the

oolitic, and neither showing the slightest tendency to a confusion of

type.” (Annals, xx. p. 311.)

I have frequently expressed in letters to Professor Sedgwick

my belief, that there is no break whatever between these various

beds, but that the fossiliferous rocks are interpolated by the coal-

beds containing the peculiar plants described ; and Mr. Jukes,

who examined with me in 1845 a portion of the Illawarra coast,

has expressed the same opinion (Quarterly Journal Geol. Society,

vol. i. p. 244). Count de Strzelecki differs.from this opmion ;

and Mr. Dana of the United States Expedition, with whom I

examined the southern coast of Illawarra in 1840, far beyond

that seen by Mr. Jukes in 1845, expressed at that time his

doubt as to the transition mentioned by the latter gentleman.

But Mr. Dana saw in the low cliff at Black Head, in the very

midst of the organic remains as described from that locality by

Mr. M‘Coy, frusta of the identical fossilized wood mentioned by

208 Rev. W. B. Clarke on the Identity of the Epoch of the

Mr. Jukes as so extremely abundant not only on the descent of

Mount Keera, in the midst of the great sandstone, above the coal,

but also on the beach at. Towrudgi Point to the northward.

Since the first part of Mr. M‘Coy’s paper reached this coun-

try, I have instituted an inquiry into some localities in order to

re-examine the facts which I have stated elsewhere. The result

is, that at Muree (which is a locality not far from Raymond

Terrace) I found the same lumps of rock containing not only

the palzozoic fossils described by Mr. M‘Coy, but also impres-

sions of stems and leaves of Glossopteris lineata ; so that no doubt

whatever can exist, that at Muree there 7s a distinct “ confusion

of type,” or the plants and testacea, and crinoids and zoophytes

are of the same age. . Again, at Anvil Creek, west of Harpur’s

Hill, true coal of good quality is overlaid by beds of gray grit,

scarcely distinguishable from one of the Mulubimba beds, charged

with Spirifers and other fossils described by Mr. M‘Coy. On

the Page river, a tributary of the Upper Hunter, the same fossils

occur over coal, and at Mount Wingan the conglomerate which

lies considerably above the coal is filled with Spirifers, &c.

Stems and leaves of ferns occur also in fossiliferous beds on

the Allyn, and in various parts of the Hunter River district.

At Paramatta casts of shells have been found in quarries at the

very top of the great sandstone and between it and the Wiana-

matta beds, which are on the Illawarra escarpment full 800 feet

above the coal. And these Wianamatta beds, at Clarke’s Hill and

elsewhere in the Cowpasture country, abound with ferns. Near

Campbell Town the shales contain fish, as at Paramatta, and a

new coral. It is my intention to forward to Europe a new series

of specimens, as it is impossible to compare them here from want

of collections.

In the meanwhile, I have to solicit of geologists that they

will not too hastily admit the vast hiatus supposed. between the

coal-beds of Australia and the other fossiliferous beds, or refuse

to the statements I now put forth their indulgence.

I am inclined to assent to the statement first made respecting

the Pachydomus bed overlying coal at Spring Hill, Van Diemen’s

Land, having recently received some specimens of shells iden-

tical with some of those described by Mr. M‘Coy, from Broad-

water on the river Jordan, V.D.L., which fully bear out the

evidence from Spring Hill.

My impression is, that our Australian coal-beds interpolate

the series which Mr. M‘Coy determines to be of a far older

epoch; and that the coal is derived from drifted matter, for

which latter conclusion there is abundant evidence. I shall be

able to produce also some plants from our coal-field, which I feel

confident will tend to unite the two disjointed portions of our

Coal-beds and Paleozoic Rocks of New South Wales. 209

series of rocks, and to afford additional testimony to the proof

derivable from the rocks at Muree, that the supposed distinction

of era is not justified by actual knowledge of this country. Should

my future explorations of the territory with which I am geologi-

cally familiar, extending over 15,000 or 16,000 square miles, not

confirm my position, I will avow it ; but the facts I have already

mentioned require explanation, and I can see no other than

this.

As the coal occurs always in patches or areas of limited extent,

it may be supposed to have been drifted into hollows in the then

sea-bottom, and so entangled amidst the fossiliferous beds. And

as to the prevailing character of the plants, it is quite possible

that formerly plants of oolitic character might grow at an earlier

epoch in Australia than in Europe, whilst the oceans in each

hemisphere might have a common fauna. It would be strange

if the botany of Australia at any period was identical with that

of any part of Europe at any one period, but there is nothing

extraordinary in believing such a condition of oceanic life.

So long as the fossil wood of the coal-measures, and leaves and

stems of Glossopteris occur in the same rock-specimens with the

Spirifers, Producte, Conularie, &e., which I maintain they do, and

since Mr. M‘Coy has without doubt assigned the true epoch to

the latter, I must take the liberty of expressing my belief from

what I have seen, and know from actual and careful and repeated

examination of a very extensive region during several years, that

there is no break in our Australian series of deposits, and that

if the palozoic fossils are of the lowest carboniferous age, so the

age of the coal-plants is nearly identical with it, there being only

such interval as is necessary to a succession of deposits.

The freshwater limestone containing Bulimus and Helix, de-

scribed by Strzelecki (p. 139), in connexion with the variegated

sandstone, has in this colony, where it abundantly occurs, no

connexion whatever with that sandstone. It is clearly a tertiary

or more recent travertine, and I have found it in numerous loca-

lities, containing in some places impressions of leaves, casts of

branches and seed-vessels of Casuarine, and in one locality,

Stone-quarry Creek, bones. apparently of kangaroo.

Lastly, I may mention, that I have examined the manner of

owth of our Casuarine, since Mr. M‘Coy suggested their prox-

imity to the Phyllotheca of the Australian coal-beds, and must

confirm the general resemblance pointed out by him. But I

have nowhere in the bush seen any species of Casuarina which

in any manner exhibits the expansion of its leaves in the way —

exhibited by the Mulubimba plants. There can be no doubt

that the branches spring from withm the sheaths in all our

Casuarine, but I have never found in many thousand examina-

210 Zoological Society.

tions a whorl of leaves more than a few lines in length, and then

only at the extremity of the stalks; so that the identity is not

complete.

: St. Leonard’s Parsonage, North Shore, Sydney, April 7, 1848.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 25, 1848.—Dr. Gamble in the Chair.

On A NEW SPECIES OF Parrot. By G. R. Gray, Esa., F.L.S.

I have compared the drawing of a Parrot now living in Lord

Derby’s collection at Knowsley with all the descriptions and figures

of the different known species, but have not succeeded in meeting

‘with one to which it can be referred. I am however somewhat

doubtful whether the bird represented belongs to the genus Platy-

cercus, or to Coracopsis; I have given the preference to the latter,

leaving it to those who may have a better opportunity of examining

the specimen than I had, while it was in London in the summer of

1847, to decide this question ; and I feel that it is even possible that

it may prove to be the type of a new form altogether. I propose to

characterize it provisionally as

CoRACOPSIS ? PERSONATA.

Sp. Ch.—Smaragdina ; fronte, periophthalmis mandibularumque basi

atris; pectore abdomineque medio aurantiacis, hoc saturatiore ;

remigibus rectricibusque cyaneo-nigris.

The habitat of this fine bird is supposed to be New Guinea. It

appears to be about fifteen inches in length.

| February 8.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Three communications were made to the Meeting :—

1. DescriIpTiION OF A NEW sPECIES OF GaLiDICTIS FROM Mapa-

GascAR. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esa., F.R.S.

Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in the manuscript catalogue of the Mam.

malia in the Paris collections, notices a specimen from Madagascar

which had been collected by M. Sonnerat, which he described in the

following manner, under the name of Mustela striata: ‘ Supra satu-

raté fusca; striis quinque longitudinalibus angustis parallelis albis ;

gastreo pallidé canescente, cauda basi fusca, reliqua alb4; statura

Mustele vulgaris.” —Fischer, Syn. 224.

M. Cuvier in the ‘Régne Animal’ (ed. 2°°. 144) described the same

specimen under the name of “La Belette rayée de Madagascar,

Putorius striatus, Cuvier, de la taille de la belette d’Europe, d’un

brun roussatre avec cinq lignes longitudinales blanchatres ; de dessous

et presque toute la queue blanc’ atre.”

Zoological Society. 211

M. Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in the notes to a paper on some

Madagascar animals in M. Guerin’s Magasin de Zoologie for 1839,

p- 32, “informs us that the specimen above described then existed in

the collection, and that he had convinced himself that it was a young

specimen of an animal rather more than two feet long, which had

been sent to the Museum in 1834 by M. Goudot, under the name of

Vonsire blanc, and called Vontsira foutche by the Medecasses ; and he

_ gives a description and figures of the animal and its skull, t. 18, 19,

forming for it a genus which he names Galidictis.

A few months ago the Museum purchased of Mr. Tucker of the

Quadrant an animal from Madagascar, which is evidently nearly allied

to the Galidictis striata, but differs from it in some particulars, which

induce me to regard it as a second species of that genus. I may

remark that it agrees with all the characters assigned to that genus

by M. Isidore Geoffroy, except that the soles of the hind-feet are

more naked than he described those of his genus Galidia to be,

though he observes that Galidictis has the feet ‘‘ presque entiérement

semblable”’ to that genus; for the naked part is nearly as broad as

the foot, almost to the top of the heel. The chief difference between

the Museum specimen and that described and figured by the two

Geoffroys and Cuvier is in the colour of the tail, and I might think

this depended on age, if the elder Geoffroy and Cuvier did not

describe the young animal as being of the size of a weasel, and the

younger Geoffroy the adult as having the same. peculiarity, viz. a

white ‘tail; while our specimen has the tail the same colour as the

back, and even more distinctly variegated with black and white.

The stripes are narrower, rather differently placed, and more equal in

width than in the description and figure above quoted, and they do

not extend so far up the neck towards the head. I propose to de-

signate the species

GALIDICTIS VITTATA.

Grey, black and white grizzled ; back and sides eight nearly equal,

parallel, narrow, black- brown streaks ; chin and beneath pale brown ;

hind-feet and outer sides of fore-legs reddish brown. ‘Tail subcylin-

drical, bushy, black and grey grizzled, white towards the ends; hairs

elongate, brownish white, with two (rarely three) broad black rings.

Hab. Madagascar. British Museum.

Length of body and head (when stuffed) 14 inches ; tail 12 inches.

The skull, which shows that the animal was not quite full-grown,

agrees in all the particulars with that figured by M. I. Geoffroy,

t. 19, but is about one-fourth smaller in all its parts, and it has one

more very small roundish false grinder on each side in front of the

other (between it and the canines) in the upper jaw, which is not

noticed in M. Geoffroy’s figure nor description, and which probably

falls out when the animal arrives at adult age.

Dr. T. R. H. Thomson, Surgeon R.N., who had one of these

animals for six months on board ship, says it was procured at Tulyah

Bay, Madagascar. It was at first extremely timid, but soon became

tame and acquainted with the different parts of the vessel, and very

partial to those who bestowed any attentions on it. It was remark-

212 Zoological Society.

ably agile, keeping its long bushy tail somewhat erect in running

about, and uttering a sort of chirp not unlike a rat. Its chief food

was uncooked meat, but it preferred raw eggs above all other articles

when they could be procured. Its method of breaking them was not

a little amusing : on receiving one it would roll it towards a project-

ing timber or gun-slide; then, lying down on its side, the little

creature would grasp the egg with all its feet and throw it by a

sudden jerk, repeating the attempt until the contents were obtained.

Turtles’ eggs being so soft and rich were always eagerly sought by

it. It was very irascible while feeding, and would attack those who

interfered with it at such a time, although at others it delighted in

being fondled, and would play like a kitten with those it knew. The

habits of this interesting animal were not nocturnal. It died from

convulsions, under which it had suffered for five weeks.

Its mode of breaking the egg is somewhat different from that of

Herpestes fasciatus, which Dr. Thomson had also under observation

for some time. This latter, after getting the egg close to a projecting

object, seizes it with the two anterior feet, and then jerks it through

between the hinder legs, which are raised somewhat to let the egg

pass.

2. DESCRIPTION OF € NEW GENUS OF INSECTIVOROUS MAMMALIA,

or TaLPip#, FRoM Bornzo. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esa.,

F.R.S. etc.

Mr. Low brought with him from Borneo some mammalia and

reptiles in spirits; amongst them, he informed me, was ‘a rat-like

animal with a pennated tail, which he caught in the Rajah’s house at

Sarawak.” On examining the collection, I was much pleased at

discovering in the animal so characteristically described, a new genus

of Insectivora, nearly related to Tupaia, but differing from it both in

the conformation of its tail and the form of the skull, and adding

another genus to the subfamily of Tupaina, the geographic range of

which appears to be confined to the Asiatic islands. Borneo may be

regarded their more proper home, as possessing all the genera, viz.

Tupaia, Hylomys, and the one under consideration, which, from the

form of its tail, may be called Ptilocercus.

The true Tupaia have a broad hairy tail like the squirrels; the

Hylomys have a very short, slender, cylindrical tail, covered with

short close adpressed hair; and the Pttlocercus, on the other hand,

have an elongated cylindrical tail, covered with rings of square broad

scales like the long-tailed rats, but the end of the tail is furnished

with a series of rigid hairs on each side, like the barb of an arrow.

I may remark, that besides the genera here noticed, the Dutch

naturalists have described an animal under the name of Hylogale

murina, ‘Verhand. Mamm.’ t. 26, f. 3, t. 27, f. 17-18, also from

Borneo, which differs from the Tupaia (or Hylogale) in having a

cylindrical tail covered with short hair, but furnished with a pencil

of longer hair of the tip, which I propose to separate from the other

under the name of Dendrogale. Each of these genera have a pecu-

liar livery: the Tupaia are grisled yellow and brown, with a yellow

Zoological Society. 213

streak across the shoulders ; the Hylomys are uniform dark-coloured ;

the Dendrogale and Ptilocercus have no shoulder-streak, but a dark

streak on the side of the face inclosing the eyes; the former having

a white spot on the forehead not observable in the latter.

At first sight Ptilocercus has much the appearance of a marsupial

animal allied to Cuscus, but this resemblance proves to be only in

the mere external form, when the characters are examined, as for

example, it wants the large great-toe of that group.

The skulls of Tupaia and Ptilocercus have a considerable resem-

blance to that of the Lemuride, and particularly in having the orbits

entire. The Tupaia are peculiar in having a large elongated aperture

on the hinder part of the middle of the zygomatic arch, while the

Piilocercus has only a small round perforation in the front part of

the middle of the same part, which is probably the analogue of the

hole in the former genus.

PTILOCERCUS, N. g.

Head moderately tapering ; whiskers elongated, rather rigid. Ears

moderate, naked, exposed. Body slender, fur soft. Limbs moderately

elongated, nearly equal. Toes 5°5, rather compressed, free. Thumb

moderate, like the toes, but shorter. Claws short, compressed, tri-

angular, acute. Tail elongate, cylindrical, hairy quite at the base, then

naked, covered with rings of square, broad, adpressed scales and short

scattered hairs, and the hinder third with a series of elongate hairs,

forming a barb on each side. Skull conical; face rather short.

Cutting teeth -S ~ ~ r. upper elongate, far apart, rather curved; lower

shelving, front pair conical, small, shorter than the middle pair,

which are elongate, curved, acute; the hinder smallest and shortest.

Canines none. Grinders is the front 3.3 in each jaw, small ;

the hinder 4 . 4 large, square, acutely tubercular.

The skull is shorter, broader, and the face less elongated than that

of the different species of Tupaia, and it differs from them in the two

front teeth of the lower jaw being smaller and shorter than the suc-

ceeding one, while in all the species of Tupaia (including the genus

Dendrogale) figured by Temminck, the four front teeth of the lower

jaw are equally elongated.

The hinder cutting tooth in the upper jaw is placed on the suture

of the intermaxillary (and hence may be a true canine) and not in

front of the suture of the intermaxillary, as is the case with the skull

of Tupaia tana and T. ferruginea in the British Museum collection.

-Prizocercus Lowi.

Blackish-brown, very minutely grizzled with the yellowish tips of

the hairs; lips, lower part of cheeks, chin, and beneath yellowish :

sides of the face inclosing the eyes black. Tail black; barbs white,

except a few hairs near the scaly part, which are black.

Length, 54 inches; tail, 64; hind-foot, 1. Skull: length, 1" 4!";

tooth line, 74'"; of face, 5''; of zygomatic arch, 72''; width at zy-

gomatic arch, 91’; at temples, 61!"; between orbits, 34'"".

Inhab. Borneo, Sarawak.

214 Zoological Society.

- Lhave named this species after my friend Mr. Hugh Low, who

has much enriched our knowledge of the natural productions of

Borneo.

3. On THE Hasits or AMEIVA DoRSALIS. By P. H. Gossz.

This species is one of the most common of the reptiles of Jamaica;

- and is as beautiful as abundant. Its colours are striking, but not

showy; its countenance has a very meek expression, not altogether

unlike that of a deer or antelope. All its motions are elegant and

sprightly ; when it is proceeding deliberately, its body is thrown into

lateral curves the most graceful imaginable; but when alarmed, its

swiftness is so excessive that it appears as if it literally flew over the

ground, and the observer can scarcely persuade himself that it is not

a bird. .

The Ground Lizard (as it is provincially termed) is generally dif-

fused, as far as my knowledge of the island extends, but chiefly affects

sandy places. Near the sea-side it is particularly abundant, beneath

the shore-grasses, nickers, and black-withes that form an almost im-

penetrable belt of thicket a few yards above high-water mark. Here

the dry leaves and twigs are rustled all day long by the fleet-footed

Ameiva, as it shoots hither and thither among them, or walks at

leisure, picking up little atoms of food. Though excessively timid,

so that it is almost impossible to approach them, I have found that

by sitting down in their haunts, and remaining for some time per-

fectly still, one and another will come forth from their coverts and

pursue their avocations without fear. They pick among the sand

exactly in the manner of a bird, and scratch it away with the long

and flexible fore-feet, using them alternately as the common fowl

does; now and then stopping and raising the hind-foot to scratch the

head.

I am told (and have no doubt of the fact) that it digs for itself the

burrow in which it resides. It is accused too of digging still deeper,

to get at the seed-corn when just sprouting, and of eating the ger-

minating grain to such an extent as to be mischievous. Of such as

I dissected, however, I found the food to consist principally of insects.

Thus on one occasion the stomach was occupied with a whole cock-

roach, and the intestines were filled with fragments of another. In

the stomach of one shot in November I found many dipterous mag-

gots, fragments of beetles, and one or two seeds of berries. A third

contained cockroaches, a caterpillar, some maggots and small beetles.

On one or two occasions, as when one has been suddenly alarmed,

I have noticed a singular action in this animal, which then carries

its body the whole height of the legs above the ground, and runs as

it were on tiptoe in a very ludicrous manner.

While speaking of its progression, I may observe, that though the

toes are not formed like those of the Geckos and Anoles, for holding

on against gravity, I have seen a large Ameiva run with facility on

the side of a dry wall, along the perpendicular surfaces of the large

stones.

A gravid female was brought me early in May, in whose dilated

abdomen I found four eggs, two on each side, disposed longitudinally,

Zoological Society. 215

each lateral pair connected by membrane, or rather by the oviduct.

They were in form long-oval, 54; inch long by 54, wide, of a dull

white, but covered with a fine membrane, over which spread a few

blood-vessels. On making an incision into one I found no glaire,

but the whole interior filled with a yellow yolk, exactly resembling

in colour and consistence that of a pale hen’s egg.

T'wo eggs were brought me about the middle of the same month,

taken from a Ground Lizard’s burrow ; their form was a perfect oval,

measuring 5°, inch by 45; their colour white, except that the surface

was a little stained by contact with the moist earth; they were

covered with a calcareous shell, which however appeared very thin,

and even flexible.

The Ground Lizard is exclusively terrestrial ; it never climbs trees,

nor does it voluntarily take to the water. A large male which was

brought me one day was said indeed to have been taken in the river,

but upon inquiry I found that the little lad who obtained it had

discovered it by suddenly lifting a large stone at the very margin of

the water, and that the lizard in its alarm had leaped into the stream.

In order to ascertain its powers, I carried it to a deep pool of the

river and put it in: it instantly began to swim with much rapidity,

and in a peculiarly elegant manner, throwing the body into horizontal

serpentine curves, while both the fore- and hind-feet were stretched

out behind, and remained quite motionless. It was thus able to cross

a small stream with ease, but if prevented from landing it soon became

weary, and abandoned all effort, resigning itself to the current, and

became in a short time much exhausted.

On the inner surface of the thigh there is in this genus (as in many

other of the Lizards) a series of scales, each of which is perforated

with a conspicuous pore. From these pores exude during life minute

cylindrical bodies like amber or hard yellow gum. On removing the

integuments we find lying immediately beneath this range of pores,

adhering to the skin but not to the muscle, a compound body, appa-

rently glandular, composed of yellow threads, lying parallel to each

other, but twisted exactly like the strands of a rope, in a regular

spiral. Undoubtedly this gland secretes the yellow gummy matter

that exudes, but of what use this is I do not know; perhaps it is a

sexual attraction.

The variations of surface, which take the form of broad plates on

the head, throat, breast, legs and vent; of minute tubercles on the

body generally, and of transverse rows of square plates on the belly

and tail, are not really plates or scales, but are produced merely by

lineal depressions of various forms in one continuous surface; as is di-

stinctly seen when the integument is sloughed off in large irregular

pieces, bearing all these characters.

The tongue is protrusible to the length of nearly an inch and a

half from the muzzle; it is slender, flat, fleshy, and covered with

shining papille. The extremity is cleft to the extent of half an

inch, and the two tips run out to attenuated round points, which are

horny, but very flexible.

As the colours of reptiles in spirits are fleeting, and as published

216 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

descriptions of this species convey little notion of its beauty, I sub-

join the following notes made from living specimens.

Adult male.—Length 173 inches, of which the tail was 12. Head

and sides of neck pale reddish brown; outer surface of fore-legs and

sides a deeper tint of the same hue; medial portion of back light

green, brightest in front, where it runs up to a point; posteriorly it

merges into a dusky hue. Upper part of tail and outer surface of

hind-legs dark brown. ‘Throat, breast and-under part of fore-legs

white ; belly and under surface of hind-legs pale blue; under surface

of tail pale blue, medially white. On each shoulder two black spots.

The sides of the body and tail, and the front of the hind-legs and

feet, are studded with round spots of brilliant azure-blue.

The female differs from the male only in inferior size. ‘The young

has no green point on the back, but two rows of bright dots on each

side: the tail brilliant azure, metallic-green at the base.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

This Society held its last meeting for the session on Thursday the

13th of July, at the Royal Botanic Gardens.

The Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

Donations to the Herbarium were announced from Dr. Philip W.

Maclagan, Canada ; Colonel Low, Penang; and Chas. C. Babington,

Esq., Cambridge.

The following communications were read :— |

1. ‘On the form of the Capsule and Seeds as affording a specific

character in Primula veris, Linn., P. vulgaris, Huds., and P. elatior,

Jacq.”’ by the Rev. W. A. Leighton, B.A., Shrewsbury. (See p. 164

of the present number.)

2. ‘* Algze Orientales :—Descriptions of new species belonging to

the genus Sargassum,” by Dr. Greville (part 1). (See p. 203 of the

present number.)

3. ‘Notice of an Excursion to Lanark on 24th June 1848,” by

Dr. Balfour.

In this excursion Dr. Balfour was accompanied by upwards of 100

pupils. The party visited Cartland Crags, the Falls of Clyde, and

other interesting localities. Among the plants picked were Vicia

sylvatica, Neottia nidus avis, Melica nutans, Vicia Orobus, Jasione

montana, Carex pendula, paniculata and intermedia, Aquilegia vulgaris,

Trollius europaeus, Equisetum umbrosum, Asplenium viride, and Sazi-

Fraga oppositifolia; the two last-mentioned plants were found on the

rocks near the Falls at Corra Linn.

4. ** Notes of an Excursion to Dunfermline with pupils, on July 8,

1848,” by Dr. Balfour.

On this occasion the party visited Charleston, Limekilns, Dun-

fermline, the banks of the Black Devon, and Knock Hill. Among

the more interesting species gathered were Pyrola media and rotun-

difolia, Gymnadenia albida, Eleocharis multicaulis, Botrychium Lunaria,

Allosorus crispus, Lycopodium Selago, Trientalis europea, Hieracium

Miscellaneous. | 217

inuloides and rigidum, Polyyonum viviparum, Glaucium luteum, Reseda

lutea and in Broomhall Woods Luzula nivea and Lilium Martagon ;

the latter probably introduced.

Dr. Balfour also exhibited specimens of Rosa Brounonii in fine

flower, and stated that the plant had been allowed to spread its

branches on the slates of Mr. M‘Nab’s house, in the Botanic Gar-

den, and that it was then covered with a profusion of showy white

blossoms.

Specimens of a secretion resembling mannite, procured from Eu-

calyptus dumosa, were exhibited. The specimens were sent by Sheriff

Cay, who had received them from near Melbourne, in Australia.

i | MISCELLANEOUS.

KELLIA RUBRA.

I wave stated, in the Catalogue of the Mollusca of At gtnumiberiand

and Durham, that the animal of this species has an anterior siphonal

tube, as in Kellia suborbicularis. While lately stopping in the Isle

of Man, I had an opportunity of examining the animal of this minute

species more carefully, and have ascertained that the anterior siphon

differs from that of K. suborbicularis in being open at the base, and

is in fact a prolongation of the mantle, folded over on the lower

side, like the siphon of the zoophagous Gasteropods; while that of

K. suborbicularis is a perfect tube, though in both cases it performs

the same function, forming a channel for the ingress current of

water to the branchie, as may be readily seen under the microscope.

This new modification of a remarkable form in the bivalve mollusca

I wish to take the first opportunity of mentioning, as in the above-

named Catalogue I have instanced the similarity of the animals as.

one argument for retaining this species in the genus Ked/ia in oppo-

sition to the opinion of M..Recluz, who forms of it, with other small

species, his genus Poronia. M. Recluz’s description of the animal

of Poronia is, as applied to this species, entirely erroneous.

J. ALDER.

Notice of a fractured and repaired Argonauta argo.

By C. B. Apams, Prof.

The familiar examples of the repair of the shells of Mollusca are

interesting, since they illustrate the mode of growth of the shell.

We have before us examples in which the whole of the last whorl

has been destroyed and reproduced. On account of the extraordinary

relations subsisting between the animal and the shell in the genus

Argonauta, a fractured and repaired shell possesses more than usual

value.

In the collection of shells in the cabinet of Amherst College is an

individual of the Argonauta argo, which appears to furnish an addi-

tional argument in support of the opinions which are based on the

researches of Madame Power. In this shell a portion has been

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. u. 15

218 | Miscellaneous.

broken out near the middle of the left side, and not far from the

se at of the aperture. The opening was of a semilunar form, about

3 inch long, with an average breadth of half an inch. A new

a of testaceous substance, together with a broken fragment,

has closed the opening in the Tide manner common in the shells of

Mollusca.

But the most extraordinary circumstance is this : that a fragment,

which was broken out in the accident which befell the animal, now

- constitutes two-thirds of the repaired portion, and that the originally

inner surface is now the outer surface, as is evident from its con-

cavity, style of undulation, and texture. It is also nearly at right

angles to its original position. These facts show that the piece was

totally detached from the shell by the accident.

We apprehend that a case could scarcely occur, especially in a

shell moving in water, except in consequence of the functions now

ascribed to the vela of the Argonaut. These once-reputed sails,

performing the less poetic function of clasping and enveloping the

shell, prevented the loss of the large fragment.

It is obvious also that the new deposit of testaceous matter was

secreted from the part of the animal within the shell, and not from

the vela, since the edges of the original shell around the fracture ap-

pear exclusively on the outside.

Since none but the original inhabitant of the shell could repair it,

the case described is corroborative of the opinion, that the animal

usually seen in these shells is the original owner.—From Silliman’s

Journal for July 1848. .

Notes on Chalcidites and other Insects.

By Francis Waser, F.L.S.

A LARGE woody gall is not uncommon on the twigs of the willow ;

it is.inhabited by the grub of Cecidomyia Salicis, which is often a

victim to its enemies, and does not attain the fly state; this is in

accordance with the law of nature which ordains a rapid diminution

of the individuals of most kinds before they attain their last form,

and thus their increase and the consumption of their food is lessened,

and their consequent starvation is prevented. Some of these galls

which I collected in the spring produced six or seven of the Ceci-

domyia, and the following numbers of parasites :-—

Pteromalus (Seladerma) Salicis, 67.males and 71 females = 188.

(1 have also found it in Finmark.)

Encyrtus Tennes, 10 males and 64 females = 74.

Platygaster niger, 115, chiefly females.

Tetrastichus. flavo-varius (Eulophus flavo-varius, Nees = Tetra-

stichus Armeus, List.of Chalcidites in the British Museum, 74). This

fly has been reared from a larva in the buds of Ulex nanus by Mr.

Clear of Cork, who has also obtained Hncyrtus serricornis from a

pupa of one of the Hepialide?; “ the original inhabitant was com-

pletely consumed, and nothing left but a transparent film.”’

Miscellaneous. 219

Aglenes brunneus. ‘This little beetle, remarkable for having’ no

eyes, is not uncommon near London, and at Aix-la-Chapelle it was

given to me by M. Foerster, in whose work on Chalcidites (Mono-

graphie der Pteromalinen) there are the following synonyms :—

teromalus multicarinatus, Foerster = Pteromalus Catillus. Walker.

preetermissus, i = longicornis, ,,

chalcolampus, e = bracteatus, ,,

delectus, i = herbidus, —,,

chalcophanes, at = apertus, ~ ,,

nubeculosus, i ai fumipennis, | ,,

statutus, Hy = affinis, = 94,

psittacinus, ¥s { SPEER 0x5

Thessalus, ._.,,

vorax, iM a Mutia, BF

acuminatus, 4 == mesochlorus, ,,

crassus, i = berylli, &

queesitus, s = hilaris, a

operosus, 5 = futilis, mM

subniger, wa = subniger, _,,

opulentus, ¢ = decisus, be

Callimome Nephthys, fem. Cyaneo-viridis, antennis nigris, pedibus

viridibus, tarsis piceis basi flavis, oviductu thoracis longitudine,

“alis sublimpidis.

Head and thorax finely granulated; head blue, a little broader

than the thorax: antenne black, clavate, compact, not longer than

the body; first and second joints dark blue: thorax green, tinged

with blue: abdomen smooth, shining, bluish green, shorter than

the thorax; base bright blue: sheaths of the oviduct black, about

half the length of the body: legs dark green; knees and tips of

the tibiz pale yellow; fore tibiz yellow with a piceous line above;

fore tarsi pale brown ; middle tarsi and hind tarsi piceous, pale yel-

low at the base: wings slightly tinged with brown; squamule ful-

vous; nervures brown. Length of the body 14 line; of the wings

2 lines.

Found by Mr. Hardy near Newcastle. It has some resemblance

to C. gracilis, but is quite distinct.

Callimome Airope?, fem. Aurea, antennis piceo-fulvis basi flavis,

pedibus flavis, oviductu brevi, alis flavescentibus.

Bright gold colour, tinged with green: head a little broader than

the thorax : eyes and ocelli dark red: antennz clavate, shorter than

the thorax ; first and second joints yellow ; third and following joints

pale rust colour with a black streak above which ceases before the tips

of the antenne: head and thorax finely punctured; the transverse

Striz not so apparent as in some other species : abdomen elliptical,

smooth, shining, shorter than the thorax; metapodeon slightly im-

pressed at the base, occupying nearly one-half of the dorsum ; octoon

short, visible on each side but hidden above ; ennaton rather short,

finely striated ; decaton longer than the ennaton, also finely striated ;

the following segments very short, slightly hairy : abdomen keeled

; 15*

220 Miscellaneous.

beneath; the keel extending in a nearly straight line for almost two-

thirds of its length, and thus terminating abruptly : sheaths of the

oviduct black, hairy, about two-thirds of the length of the abdomen :

legs bright yellow ; tips of the tarsi black : wings limpid ; fore wings

slightly clouded with yellow beneath the ulna; nerves yellow; ulna

much shorter than the humerus; radius not more than one-third of

the length of the ulna; cubitus extremely short; stigma very small.

Length of the body 1+ line; of the wings 2 lines.

Found on the banks of the river Lea in July. This is probably the

female of C. rope (see Ann. of Nat. Hist. xiv. 182).

On the Habits of the Tawny Owl, Strix Stridula.

By Rares Carr, Esq.

This bird does not seem to be known as a bold and rapacious rob-

ber of the nests of some of our stronger birds at the time when it is

feeding its own young. It has been protected now for a few years

at Dunston Hill. In 1844 a pair of tawny owls reared and ushered

into the world three hopeful young, after having fed them assiduously

upon the trees for many weeks after they had left the nest. The

food must often have consisted in great part of worms, snails, and

slugs, for the old birds brought it every minute from the ground in

the immediate vicinity of the trees where the young were perched.

This however might only be considered as a whet to their appetites

before dinner; for the parents made repeated and persevering attacks

upon three or four magpie nests, sometimes during half an hour ata

time. As the. defence was spirited and gallant, they were often

repulsed ; but, finally, I found the remains of young magpies under

the favourite perch of the young owls, and one morning the

bloody head and feathers of an old magpie, conspicuous from its

size and the want of any cerous skin about the beak. ‘This then, I

thought, must have been taken whenroosting. In 1845 the old owls

alone were seen, and they passed the summer in sedate retirement,

and seemed to rest from the labours of propagation ; neither did they

molest the magpies. But in 1846 they began to be very active early

in the spring, and by the beginning of May again had their young

owlets out upon the branches. Walking out about nine o’clock one

evening, I heard a pertinacious attack going on against a pair of

magpies that had their nest in the top of a very tall sycamore. At

last, instead of the frantic chattering of the poor magpies, one of

them began to shriek in agony like a hare when caught in a noose ;

and it was evident the owl was endeavouring to drag it out—the

mother bird—by the head from the entrance of the nest. Tran down

to the spot to prevent the perpetration of such murder, and arrived.

in time to separate the combatants by striking against the stem of

the tree with a stick. Before the next morning the young of our

only pair of rooks had disappeared from the nest, in a situation where

nothing but the owls could have injured them. This was too bad ;

a decree went forth against the young owls, and they paid the

penalty of their voracious appetites.

It is thus evident that the magpie’s instinct in arching over her

Miscellaneous. 221

nest is necessary to enable her and her mate to defend it against

rapacious birds. Probably the raven, the buzzard, and the kite, may

be all disposed to make unfriendly visits, wherever their race has not

been exterminated by pitiless gamekeepers. But it is evident that the

tawny owl is a formidable enemy, The reluctance of the rook to

build out of society may also be better understood, as it cannot de-

fend its open nest against the owl at night ; and also one reason why

the instinct of the daw leads it always to seek the shelter of a hole,

although, as Mr. Waterton remarks, it appears to be as hardy a bird

as the rook. ‘That wisdom and beneficence which never err may

have given them instincts for other and more important ends than

human eyes may ever be able to descry, but it is always gratifying

when we think we can in part understand the utility and design of

differences so striking.—From the Transactions of the Tyneside Natu-

ralists’ Field Club, vol. i. part 1. p. 20. .

Description of a species of Haliotis, supposed to be new,

By C. B. Apams, Prof.

Haliotis ponderosa. H. magna, ovata, crassissima, convexa; striis

incrementi magnis, irregularibus ; rugis concentricis, irregularibus,

subnodosis ; spira elevata, subterminali; foraminibus quatuor, mag-

nis ; externe rubra, intus maculis plurimis rubris viridibusque irides-

cente.

Shell ovate, convex, ponderous, with coarse unequal incremental

striz and concentric ridges (not folds), and a few broad low tuber-

cles on the ridges; spire elevated, subterminal; four perforations

open, the inner one very large; exterior surfa¢e brick-red; inner

surface elegantly iridescent with innumerable shades of delicate red,

purplish red, and green.

Length 83 in.; breadth 62 in.; depth within 32 in.

Comparison with the well-known H. rufescens, Swains., will

‘render a figure unnecessary. A large specimen of Swainson’s shell

before me has exactly the same superficial dimensions, but is only

23 inches deep. #H. ponderosa is nearly or quite destitute of the

spiral waves of H. rufescens, is of a darker red without, wants the

red inner margin of the outer lip, and within has the clouds of

iridescent colours remarkably small and numerous, while in AH. ru-

Jescens they are remarkably large. It is more ponderous than any

Haliotis which we have seen, weighing 2 lbs. 2 oz. avoirdupois.

Zoological Museum, Amherst College. Hab. ?

Not finding this species in’ Reeve’s very complete and excellent

monograph, I have ventured to describe it as new.—From Siilliman’s

Journal for July 1848.

Cremastochilus in Ant Nests. By S.S. Hatpreman.

Our ant-nests are similar to those of Europe, in harbouring various

insects. Among these are Aphis, Coccus, Batrisus, Hister, Hete-

rius, and the singular genus of Lamellicornia mentioned above.

999 : Miscellaneous.

About the end of April, I found beneath a flat stone, in a cavity oc-

cupied by a large flavous species of ant, a living Cremastochilus va-

riolosus, but laid no stress upon the occurrence, as I supposed it to

be accidental. On the 16th of May I took three individuals of C.

Harrisii together, under similar circumstances, and kept them alive

for twelve days. On the 25th of May I found a second individual

of C. variolosus, in an ant’s nest. ‘The locality is a southern hill-

slope covered with Castanea, Pinus mitis, Acer, Carya, and Kalmia,

the soil siliceous. The genus is extremely rare; although tolerably

successful in collecting, and my residence is near the locality, these

are the first living individuals I have seen. In confinement they

burrow beneath the earth in which they are placed, the head, from

its peculiar form, being well adapted for this purpose.

The genus Chelifer is also found in ant-nests, where it is probably

attracted by the immature Thysanura which occur there; but I re-

cently found nine individuals apparently parasitic, lodged near the

extremity of the abdomen, beneath the wings and elytra of a living

Alaus oculatus, the early stages of which are passed in ash-trees.—

From Silliman’s Journal for July 1848.

Myocuama ANOMIOIDES.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GrentLEMEN,—The following notice may perhaps prove of interest

to your conchological readers :—

It is generally asserted that Myochama Anomioides is strictly con-

fined to Trigonia pectinata, but such is not the case, as I have

dredged it on the following genera, Pandora, Pectunculus, Struthio-

laria. Two specimens I dredged last January in sixty feet of water

in Port Jackson, on a bottom of coarse sand and shells. The first

specimen I procured was on a dead valve of a species of Mytilus

which I sent home, since which I have dredged for days in the same

spot and procured four, three of which were on dead valves of

Cleichthenus, and one was on a round piece of sandstone.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours truly, -

Fore Street, Sydney, Ist March, 1848. F. STrance.

On the Eyes of the Balanus. By Dr. Lurvy.

Dr. Leidy remarked, that the existence of eyes in the perfect con-

dition of the Cirrhopoda has been denied by all anatomists up to

the present time, but its presence in the larva or imperfect stages is

very generally acknowledged. Several years since, having received

some living specimens of Balanus rugosus adhering to an oyster, he

submitted them to dissection, in the course of which he noticed

upon the dark purple membrane which lines the shell and muscular

columns running to the opercula, on each side of the anterior mid-

dle line, a small, round, black body, surrounded by a colourless ring

or space of the membrane, which, upon submitting to a low power

Meteorological Observations. 223

of the microscope, he found to be an eye, composed of a vitreous

body, having nearly two-thirds of its posterior part covered by pig-

mentum nigrum, and attached to a nervous filament, which he after-

wards traced to the supra-cesophageal ganglia. ‘The presence of

this organ in other species or genera, he had not yet had an oppor-

tunity of determining.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Jan. 11, 1848, p. 1.

vol. v.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1848.

Chiswick.—July 1. Clear: cloudy and cold: clear. 2. Fine: overcast. 3.

Drizzly : overcast. 4. Overcast. 5,6. Very fine. 7. Sultry: cloudy. 8. Fine:

heavy showers. 9. Constant rain. 10—13. Very fine. 14, Very fine : thunder,

lightning and rain at night. 15. Cloudy and fine: clear at night. 16—18. Very

fine. .19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy and boisterous. 21. Clear: cloudy: rain.

22, Clear: cloudy. 23. Cloudy: fine: rain, 24, Cloudy and fine. 25. Rain,

26. Overcast: boisterous, with slight rain. 27. Cloudy. 28, 29, Very fine.

30. Overcast: rain, 31. Rain: overcast.

Mean temperature of the month .......... pre SEES LES TART aes 8 e 62°°9

Mean temperature of July 1847 ..sscieececeesessseces tbedced 65 “84

Mean temperature of July for the last twenty years ...... 65 *14

Average amount of rain in July- ........secesesseseceseeeeses 2°36 inches,

Boston.—July 1. Rain: rain a.m. and p.m. .2. Fine: raine.m. 93. Fine,

4, Cloudy. 5. Fine. 6. Fine: thermometer 84°2pr.m. 7. Cloudy. 8. Windy.

9. Rain. 10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 12. Cloudy. 13. Fine. 14, Fine: rain

and thunderr.m. 15. Cloudy. 16—18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy: rain,

with thunder and lightning p.m, 21. Fine: rainp.m. 22. Fine. 23, 24, Cloudy:

raine.M, 25. Cloudy:rainam. 26. Rain: rain a.M.and p.m. 27. Cloudy.

28. Fine. 29, 30. Cloudy. 31. Cloudy: rain a.m.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—July 1. Dull a.m.: cleared and fine. 2.

Heavy showers. 93, 4. Fair and fine, though sharp. 5. Cloudy pv.m., but fair.

6. Heavy rain a.m.: cleared. 7. Heavy shower. 8. Very heavy showers.

9. Rain a.m.: cleared p.m. 10. Fine, but cloudy. 11, Fine: warm. 12. Very

fine. 13, Very sultry: thunder. 14. Fine softshower p.m. 15. Fine: thunder.

16. Fine bracing air. 17. Fine, but cool. 18. Drizzling day. 19. Rain all

day. 20. Frequent showers. 21. Bright and dry: shower p.m. 22, Wet nearly

allday. 23. Occasional showers. 24. Fine: slight shower. 25. Wet. 26.

Fine throughout. 27. Heavy shower: thunder. 28. Showery: fine p.m. 29,

Fair and fine. 30, Rain allday. 31. Fine, though cloudy,

Mean temperature of the Month .4,......seesescoccesscsceres 56°°5

Mean temperature of July 1847 ..........cscecescceseeccssees 61 °5

Mean temperature of July for the last twenty-five years . 58 *1

Average amount of rain in July for twenty years ......... 3°91 inches,

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Bright: drops. 2. Bright:clear. $. Clear.

4. Cloudy: damp. 5. Bright: cloudy. 6. Rain: cloudy. 7. Bright: thunder

and rain. 8, Bright: fog. 9. Fog. 10. Cloudy: clear, 11. Bright: rain.

12. Bright: damp. 13, Cloudy. 14, Cloudy: clear. 15. Bright: drizzle.

16,17. Damp: drizzle. 18, Showers; cloudy... 19.. Rain: damp.. 20.. Damp:

rain. 21. Bright: drops. 22, Bright: rain. 23. Showers: clear. 24. Bright:

clear: showers. 25, Bright: heavy showers. 26. Bright: drops. 27. Rain:

damp. 28, Clear. 29. Clear: fine. 30. Showers: rain. 91. Clear: cloudy.

| | | { | |

LE-€ |L6- oie 1Z-% GV-ZS so-9¢ G-6P |€-19 9-¥9 GZ-0 |€6-£2 VZL-6% erecoe SGE-6G ELL-62 | €V-6% |S98-6z 126-60 ‘wo

Vo. || 9€- Fo. | sas | ms | ayes! «ms vS | SS | 0S|#19| Fo} 19 | Zl | 08-6 ! |

ia a Bs ; : 6% | LE-6 68-66 8£-6% | OF-6% [09£-62 |219-63| “If

eat «Sth ie bo ae vee a DP ee 89| $9] 86 | 1L |gh62 99-62 |oF-62 0.65 | oF-6z 759-62 126-60 “0&@

Zon rerecfeottseereeel ce | oma ‘tungeo bok <4 He Ha © c9 H SL | 66-62 | P0-0F | 6.6% | 00-0€ | 09-62 |$00-6% 960-62| “62°

ie eg Peet tas . = a is bee l§ 9 S-€9 2 EL | £6-6% |8l-6% |$6-6% | Z8-6% | 0S-6Z |900-0€ ,Pg0-0£ | “8%

ob. {11% go: lanes | ems | ca = “i fc de 9 Z OL | 6b.6z | 32-66 99-64 | SF-6% | Sz-6z |€28-62 056-62 | “Lz

Ot: |°°°°*"| [1 Ls Pa 3 “MSS | ‘AA fe g oe 6 if ets é ge AU BL. no F1-BE ISO Ob 00 | 98

ertsleeeess] OO. 90, ph sgl Bi beg: He 8S | ; 119 G19) 5 | 89 | £€.6z |LE-6e | SV-66 VP-6% 02-66 \€SL:62-F6L-6%| “SZ

€z- |g" ""*. ge: gg ae a ale Gees Meo oe Hs f19| Fo} 1S | €L | PG.6z }LS.6z 109-62 |$9-66 | 0f-6z £98.62 £06.62 “Fz

Coated | 3 me | tas] 05 | 288 | 10V) €9) 69 €S | OL | €¢.6% | 66-63 |29-6% 85-66 9%-6z |618-62 198-62) “fod

ee ae vas | sms | “mM | ‘as Fes | tls 167 19, Lo} $9 | €L | Pr.6z \€b-62 |PP-65 61-6 | 2-62 [218-60 9£8.6 “2%

Cy, [eeeeeefeeeees ne (get Tar sge Bees aoa IS | 1€S | 1SP | 109! €9 IS | 1L | 03.6% | 11-62 |VP-6% 8-62 £2-6% |LL9-62, 892-66 | “1%

oe EE LO. cm [aus] “a | sas 6V | 8S 5 0S | {09 ¢-99| ¥V | ZL |S6.8% 86-8% |91-6% 86-8% £8-8% |66%-6% 215.6% | “0%

ZG |rreseefereses ceeeee OES #3 fe = e. 1¢ res 19| 6G) 69 | PL | L0.6% | 1Z-6z |01-62 | LE-6% 61-60 |660-62 911-60) “61

ale ar Ce TORE tao _ ae ee oa Ba ToS 719 G9} 19 | 08 | ¥9.6z | LL-6z |%L-6% 26-64 09-6Z |€16-6% gg0.0€| “81

OB es a la Bs = * “ te £479; Lo| LV | OL | 26.6% |c0-0€ |L0-0€ | 60-0€ | 09-6% |ZZ1-0€ IL1-0£ | “LT |

Be sen 28 Oe mee Sah 22a Wes a g | 08 itl 69 6V | BL |90.0€ (01-0€ |S1-0€ 61-0€ 99-62 \0€Z-0€ 962-08 | ‘910

reseetleseeeelertes Bo. |emum | -a-au | Unpeo au | t% lt? 1VG 189 C9| 17 | IL |60-0€ (02-08 |9Z-0€ 72-08 OL-6% |$Z-0,090-08 | “St

AES Si Sa cd aaa Rio tr 8 bS | Te 98 iZL| GL| 69 | LB |O0€.0€ |gZ-0€ |7Z-0F gz-0F OL-6% B61-0€ 01-08 “VI

Pg in ARE Bila re a ety pe a eS | SG | 1es gl Gol ZS | G8 | E-0€ |VE.0€ | 1€-0€ |LE.o€ 06-62 |gSE-0F Ezv-0€ | “ET

cor By Ts ee eat 2 gg | Lg _ 4) 99 SV | 18 |SE-0F |0£-0€ |H€-0€ | 8E.08 £6-6% |6E0-0€ ghP-0F | “ZI

Smeets bet 2: betud we ‘a cs 09 iLb #89| €9| 8V | ZL |Zt.0€ |94-0€ |€E-0€ | 62-08 06-63% OSE-0F |LIP-0€ | “11

eerteeeeresl og. foes | cou lwu-ml “3 - ite tHE |19V| Lo) 19 Lv | GL |¥Z.0F |11-08 |81-0€ | 86.6% | PS-6Z |€00-0€ |€gz-0F | “Ol |

DSS oo Ne atl as RI "ms | 16S | £9 | 0S) 09 96 S | 89 | LL.62 | 19-66 {89-62 89-66 PE-6% |ZPL-60 686-62) *6

2" etd Rag om Baer en "ms] 7S | €9 | 29) 09 £9} 19 | OL | 19-6% |€P-6% |GL-6% 09-62% /$€-66 €g6-62 |€90-0F| “8 ©

A Ne BES wanes, Bai chang gece ms) 8S | 199 Go| oL| PL) 19 | VL | gS-6% |€L.6% | 85-62 | 69-62 | €2-66 |608-6z 918-60) *L

nis NR AT I. aia Wh abe “4 6S | SG | S| 09 $-€L| 65 | 88 | £6.6% |68-6% |66-62 (76.6% 99-62 [696-62 |$80-08 | “9

oa Pe TOM AB Redd 6 a a a ZS | PS | SE) 99| 99] OS | ZB |90.0€ |g0-0€ |Z0-0€ | 80.0€ }1L-6% |1ZI-0€ |98T-0F | °¢

eid rel Re oe ee ores CO re os wit IV 09 S-69| SV | £L | 6.6% |S2-6% | F0-0€ | 08-6% |0S-6% \016-62 |LET-0£ | “PV

rteedesreeelog | 76. | casa | an A ms | €9 | 129 | 107) 19) 19 ZS | LO | $9.6% | 19-62 |69-62 | LG.6% | ZE-6% |8ZL-6Z |E18-62| “f

Oot“ 24. | pot'lemum | a mee). jg OS 08 18 tLe Z9| OS | 89 | 69-64 |€9-6% | 69-62 -| 09-6% | 9£-64 |8&8-62 |9L8-6% | ‘%

: pe m | mul! oF | FL7 | oF) FeS| €S| OF | SO | £€9-6% |89-6% [09-62 | PS-6% | LO-6% |0€S-62 €8L-6z) “I

a Q Nn i Kn i

poe a Ge | oe) epee Re ee? tO ee ee

Oad°e) PE: ea | Pet BLS ; +S 3 Sara aT a

ye a ” Re w : a Neen aparece 25 *YOIMSIUD Ported *aTTYs-solajwWNn(] ra ‘yormsig9 by

“ule $ . gs

ey puLw “TIJIWMOW IY YT *1ojyaWMOIV = 2

‘ aT cae.

"KANWUQO ‘asunyy younpung 2 Suoysnoyy) *— *Ady 947 4g puy {aUIHS-saIuawaAg ‘ B :

: ( i 2 : : ql ‘asunypy yzunsarddy yo ‘wequag * AA *AdqY 247 49 SNoLsO

70 “|ea A “aN Ag Swopuo'T avau ‘xOIMSIHG 70 hja10g pounynaysozy oy7 fo uapavy ay, qo uosdwoyy, ‘ay 49 ste es silom sami

J. Bastre. 5.

A. Hanwck, del.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 10. OCTOBER 1848.

—

XXV.—On the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks, &c.; and on

the removal of portions of their Shells. By AuBaANy Hancock,

Eisq.*

i [ With a Plate. }

Few subjects in connexion with malacology have caused so

much discussion as the well-known excavating power possessed

by many of the Acephala. Numerous attempts have been made

to explain the manner by which these creatures work out their

habitations: and this matter is indeed fraught with much in-

terest, not merely in a philosophical pomt of view, but also on

account of its immediate relationship to the affairs of man, as

all persons connected with submarine works are too well aware.

The ravages perpetrated by some of these animals, and especially

by the smaller individuals of the group, the Teredines, are occa-

sionally of the most fearful extent, and are carried on with a

rapidity scarcely to be eredited.

Of the many theories advanced to explain the nature of these

operations, the one most generally received is, that the animal

works with the shell in the manner of a rasp or an auger:

another theory extensively believed requires a solvent; particu-

larly when the burrows are in calcareous substances : and a third,

which has received distinguished notice, was proposed by Mr.

Garner in his well-known paper “ On the Anatomy of the Lamel-

libranchiate Conchifera,” published in the second volume of the

‘Transactions of the Zoological Society ;? which theory accounts

for the phenomenon “ by the vibratile action of the parts exciting

constant currents of water against the substance, aided by its

impetus when drawn in down the elongated body of the animal ;

and in some cases, perhaps, by the rasping of the valves.”

In ashort notice published in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’

* Read at the Meeting of the British Association held at Swansea, Au-

gust 9th, 1848, and communicated by the Author.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 16

strc”

226 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring vy the Mollusca into Rocks,

vol. xv. p. 114, I advanced an opinion that the animal itself is

the boring instrument, and that those portions of it which come

in contact with the bottom of the excavation are furnished with

a peculiar armature for the purpose. But before entering further |

into this view, it will be better to inquire how far any of the above

theories are likely to be correct*.

In the first place, then, are the excavations effected by the

mechanical action of the shell? The Teredines are the only spe-

cies that are stated to bore in the manner of an auger, and are

consequently supposed to have extensive rotatory motion. On

examination, the perforations of Teredo are found to be nearly

cylindrical, perfectly circular, and frequently very tortuous, with

their inferior terminations always exactly rounded. The animal,

which in 7. norvegica, according to Mr. William Thompson

(Edin. New Phil. Journ. 1835), is sometimes nearly two and a

half feet in length, occupies the whole channel from end to end ;

and is stated by Sir Everard Home to be attached to the calca-

reous sheath at the siphonal extremity. This attachment is alone

sufficient to prevent anything lke complete rotation m a con-

tinuous direction, and indeed of any rotation at all at the com-

mencement of the burrow ; but the difficulty is much augmented

when the direction of the bore is taken into account, which, as

above stated, is often exceedingly tortuous, turning from side to

side in the most abrupt manner, and twisting in every possible

direction. It is very common to find the bore turn suddenly at

right angles to its original course, and after running a short way

to bend again, as suddenly, and return in a parallel direction to

the commencement of the track; thus forming three sides of a

parallelogram, the angles at the turns being very perfect. In

such a burrow as this it appears quite evident that rotation must

be excessively hmited, and consequently that the valves cannot

cut in the manner of a centre-bit or auger. To this fact almost.

every piece of wood riddled by the Teredo bears testimony.

Many of the borers have the anterior portion of the valves

covered with spies and. raised strie, which has induced the be-

lief that these shells are able to rasp down the substances into

which they penetrate. Such an opinion, however, cannot be

maintained respecting those which have the valves smooth and

covered with a decided epidermis, as Sawicava, Lithodomus and

Gastrochena: and after a little consideration it will be apparent

that the shells with spies and raised strie are likewise made-

* Since drawing up this communication I perceive by the third part of

the ‘ History of British Mollusca,’ that the authors of that work adopt Mr.

Garner’s theory, which however they modify; the rasping of the valves

being considered the principal agent, and the currents produced by the

animal only secondary.

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 227

quate to the task assigned to them. The bottom of the exeava-

tions of all the boring bivalves,—of the Pholades as well as the

Teredines,—is regularly rounded or scooped out in a manner that

could scarcely result from the rasping of shells formed like those

of these genera: certainly not without extensive rotatory motion,

and for reasons before-mentioned it seems pretty clear that in

Teredo the power to rotate is very limited. In Pholas, too, it

would appear that there is not much rotatory action, as we shall

* afterwards endeavour to show. Indeed, it seems quite impossible

to bring what is usually considered the rasping portion of the

valves of P. crispata into contact with the bottom of the burrow ;

consequently in this species they can hardly be considered as

boring instruments, even supposing that the spines were capable

of rasping the softer sandstones, shale, chalk, wood, and lime-

stone. In Xylophaga we have a pretty good proof that the an-

terior portions of the valves do not come into contact with the

bottom of the burrow. This genus has the habit and general

appearance of Teredo, but is distinguished from it chiefly by two

accessory valves, which are so placed as to preclude, apparently,

the possibility of this taking place. And in further proof that

the spines are not used for such a purpose we have but to examine

them: they are frequently quite sharp and perfect, bearing

neither scratch nor blemish of any kind. It may be urged, un-

doubtedly, that nearly all these animals penetrate only the softer

substances, such as chalk and shale ; but it must not be forgotten

that these bodies contain siliceous particles, and that P. striata,

and most of the Teredines, burrow in the hardest oak. On the

coast of Northumberland P. crispata is not unfrequently found

in shaly sandstone—a material quite capable of reducing a much

harder shell than it possesses. This species also occurs in the

softer limestones in the same locality and on the Durham coast,

and P. dactylus, P. parva and P. papyracea occur in the lias,

which is hard and compact. There can be no doubt, however,

that the softer substances alluded to above can reduce shell. I

possess specimens of P. dactylus which are worn quite smooth

towards the back of the valves by coming into contact with the

sides of the excavation, while the spines on the front remain

uninjured. This frequently happens with P. crispata and P. can-

dida, which in the north of England are generally found in shale.

But the most conclusive evidence that the valves are not used as

rasping instruments is, that their anterior portions are frequently

covered with a fine epidermis. Montagu says that this is always

so in fine specimens of Teredo navalis. I have recently examined

more than one species of this genus, and find that the striated,—

that which is usually considered the cutting portion of the shell,

—is sometimes covered with a fine yellowish epidermis which can

be easily removed with the point of a penknife. The Pholades

16%

228 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

have also a delicate, wrinkled epidermis, which spreads over the

anterior spiny portions of the valves. It is sometimes imperfect,

but more or less of it may be always detected: in fine specimens

it even covers the spines. All the British species have it. I have

seen it very finely exhibited in specimens in Mr, Alder’s cabinet ;

particularly on P. ecrispata, P. dactylus and P. papyracea. This

epidermis is so delicate that it is liable to be removed by the

washing-brush, and it is probably owing to this cause that it

has been so little noticed. Some years ago Mr. Gray pointed

out the existence of an epidermis on these shells. After this it

may seem unnecessary to say anything more on this branch of

the subject, for a stronger proof than that just noticed of the

inefficiency of the spines as rasping instruments can scarcely be

produced. But another fact has come under my notice, and as

it relates to P. candida, the species which Mr. Osler describes as

boring with its valves, it should not, perhaps, be passed over in

silence. On the coast of Northumberland this species, old and

young, is generally incrusted with a fine dark sediment, which

frequently covers the whole of the shell, including the spines.

On the back of the valves, towards the umbones, it is very com-

monly removed by rubbing against the sides of the burrow, and

the shell, at this part, is often nearly worn through. It is, there-

fore, pretty certain that in these cases no rasping by the spines

in front could have taken place.

It is also worthy of remark, that the Pholades commence to

bore immediately after leaving the parent. I have removed from

excavations the fry of P. crispata about one-fiftieth of an inch in

length, being scarcely more than the mere nucleus, of excessive

tenuity, brilliantly glossy, and as yet unprovided with spines,

except two or three on each valve in a state of growth. They

had nevertheless made for themselves regularly-formed excava-

tions. How ?—The advocates for the mechanical rasping of the

valves will find much difficulty to explain. :

The excavations at first are only one-sixtieth of an imch in

diameter ; but as the shell grows and sinks deeper into the sub-

stance the bore widens; and as the increase is more below than

above, it is of a conical form with the apex upwards. What I

wish to draw the attention to here is, that the burrow does not

only deepen and increase in diameter below, but also that it

widens above the shell ; and that the orifice, in adult individuals,

is often augmented to one-fourth of an inch in diameter. Were

the shell the only boring instrument, this could not happen; for

the channel above it incloses the siphonal tubes, and after the

shell has once passed through this part of the burrow it cannot

again return on account of its increased size. It is clear, there-

fore, that the soft fleshy wall of the siphonal tubes widens this

part of the channel: and this would appear to establish the fact

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 229

that a hard shelly or spinous surface is not necessary to reduce

the substances into which these animals penetrate, and is strongly

in favour of the opinion that the valves are not instrumental in

boring.

Many naturalists, feeling convinced that the shell of these ani-

mals is too soft to cut or rasp down the hard substances into

which they excavate, and beiag anxious to explain the pheno-

menon, have had recourse to the theory of a solvent. The pre-

vailing opinion however is, that whilst Teredo and Pholas bur-

row by the rasping power of their valves, Saxicava and its allies

penetrate by the aid of an acid solvent secreted by the animal.

Mr. Osler maintains this opinion in his memoir on the subject

published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1826, but

entirely failed to detect the least trace of such an acid ‘after

the most careful mvestigation. I have also endeavoured to

ascertain the presence of a solvent of this nature, but equally

without success. After having determined, beyond a doubt, that

the anterior portion of the animal is the boring instrument, as

will be afterwards shown ; and presuming, if an acid existed, that

it would be secreted by follicles in the skin of this part, I re-

moved it from the living animal, and placing the part so removed

on litmus-paper, pressed it gently between two pieces of glass, so

as to force the fluids out of it: this experiment I have frequently

repeated, but never succeeded in detecting an acid. Another

method was also adopted for this purpose. Several specimens of

various growths were taken from burrows, and placed in a vessel

of fresh sea-water with the anterior portion of the animal in con-

tact with litmus-paper. Here they remained for upwards of a

week: three or four attached themselves by their byssus to the

test-paper, and continued so with the excavating portion of the

animal resting upon it for several days; but the result was —

negative—not the slightest stam was apparent.

Mr. Osler candidly acknowledges that if Saxicava were ever

found to penetrate non-ealeareous substances, it would be fatal to

this theory. Now, several observers have stated, and Mr. Garner

and Mr. Clark are amongst the number, that this species does

not confine its operations to calcareous bodies. I have not been

able to satisfy myself on this head ; but Clavagella, which has the

mantle closed and thickened in front as in Sazxicava, and which

cannot be supposed to bore by the action of the valves, has been

found, according to Mr. Broderip, “in siliceous grit like that of

the coal-measures.” Few will doubt that the instrument is the

same in these two genera; and if we are to believe that all the

Acephala excavate by the same means and that a solvent is the

agent, then we must allow that its powers are of the most extra-

ordinary nature ; for whilst it must be able to dissolve limestone,

230 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

shell, shale, shaly sandstone, siliceous grit and wood, it appears

incapable of injuring the shell of the animal that secretes it.

It has been urged by those naturalists who advocate the ex-

istence of such an unknown solvent, that it may be applied in

such a way as not to touch the calcareous covering of the animal,

and that vitality may resist ordinary chemical action. It is dif-

ficult to understand how this can be ; and it is quite certain that

the shell of the living Sawicava rugosa cannot retard the pene-

trating power of another individual of its own species. Mr. Osler

states “ that when the holes communicate, it is common to meet

with one animal which has attached its byssus to another,

and that in such case the second is always acted on by the as-

sailant; and also that it frequently happens under such circum-

stances for the one to penetrate completely through the shell of

the other.” And this gentleman supposes, that when an animal

is thus wounded, a “ firm yellow substance ” which it secretes is

sufficient to resist the further progress of the intruder. It seems

strange that if this substance, which is of a coriaceous or horny

_ appearance, does really retard the progress of the animal, the

epidermis should not have done so in the first instance. I have

seen nothing in confirmation of Mr. Osler’s supposition, though

I have frequently observed what he describes; but can readily

understand that the infliction must cease on the destruction of

the shell to which the byssus, as before stated, was attached :

this will be evident when we come to consider the animal, and

the mode by which I think it penetrates.

Mr. Osler further states, that “ the cuticle which had necessa-

rily been exposed to the same agent remains uninjured and over-

hanging the breach.” This no doubt occasionally happens, but

in all the cases that I have seen, the epidermis has been entirely

destroyed. 1 cannot however conceive that this favours the sol-

vent theory, as Mr. Osler supposes: on the contrary, it seems to

prove that friction must have been used, for how could a solvent

that is unable to reduce the epidermis ever reach the shell be-

neath it? This can only be explained by supposing that it had

been torn by friction, and pushed aside so as to expose the sur-

face of the shell.

When the burrows communicate, which they frequently do,

the edges of the passage of communication are always very sharp,

so much so, indeed, as to favour strongly the theory of friction ;

for had a solvent been used, the probability is that those edges

must have been more or less rounded. It is the same when the

burrows of Teredo run into each other, which sometimes happens.

And when the shell of Saxicava has been completely cut through

by an assailant, the plane of the section is quite flat, and forms

sharp’and perfect angles with the inner and outer surfaces of the

and on the removel of portions of thew Shells. 231

shell. The edges of small cavities cut through remain also per-

fectly sharp.

It is not uncommon to find at the bottom of the burrows of

Saxicava a fine sediment, apparently arising from the scourings

of the excavation. If this be carefully removed with the point of

a pen and immersed in acetic acid, effervescence ensues. A similar

sediment on the back of the shell of Gastrochena also effer-

vesced when treated in the same way. And if a little of the same

acid be applied to the anterior portion of the animal of Saxicava,

—that portion where Mr. Osler rightly considers the excavating

instrument is situated,—the same result occurs; a convincing

proof that calcareous matter was adhering to it, and strongly in

support of the opinion that the boring instrument is not armed.

with an acid solvent. These experiments seem much in favour

of mechanical action. :

And after all, how is a solvent to be applied with effect under

water? One way suggests itself. The surface of an adhesive

disc firmly attached to the part to be eroded might secrete, and

at once apply the necessary fluid: but even in this case there is

a difficulty ; for in exact proportion to the quantity secreted, the

attachment of the dise would be diminished, and the surround-

ing element coming in contact with the solvent, it of course must

be diluted. May the solvent be of an oily nature, or of such a

character as not to mingle with water? If so, how is it to act on

a substance saturated with water? But with Sazicava the diffi-

culty is increased, for it is not furnished with such an adhesive

dise: in this respect it differs from Pholas and Teredo. _

The burrows of Sazxicava on the Northumberland and Durham

coasts occasionally pass through the soft, porous parts of the

‘magnesian limestone, which are completely saturated. with water.

It might, therefore, be supposed that any solvent secretion would

be so diluted as to be rendered impotent. And it is common for

Lithodomus and several other borers to bury themselves in corals,

some of which, on account of their open texture, must contain

large quantities of water. Mr. Fryer of Whitley possesses a spe-

cimen of coral thus excavated, which has the cells so large that

the sides of the burrows resemble a section of a bundle of small

crow-quills. In this case it is almost impossible to conceive how

any solvent could act on the thin laminz that divide the cells,

which, of course, would be filled with water ready at every point

to mingle with and to destroy the corrosive effect of any fluid

secreted by the animal. :

Turton entertains the opinion that the Pholades penetrate by

the aid of phosphoric acid. He adopted this notion from having

investigated the habits of P. dactylus, P. parva and P. candida

on the Devonshire coast, where, accordmg to his account, |

232 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Recks,

they all burrow in a soft sandy material cemented by lime. But

all these species are stated by Montagu to occur in wood. On

the coast of Northumberland, P. candida and P. crispata, as be-

- fore mentioned, burrow in shale ; the latter occasionally in shaly

sandstone ; and Mr. Hogg has found these two species in wood

at Seaton. There can be little doubt, however, that all the

Pholades penetrate by the same means; and as P. striata bores

into the hardest oak, it is evident that its exeavatmg powers are

equal to those of Teredo: and from the close alliance of the two,

it is but fair to assume that the instrument is the same in both.

Now, since the discovery of excessively fine sawdust in the body

of Teredo, we cannot deny that it bores mechanically ; and must

therefore conclude that Pholas does the same, or at least, that

such is probable. ‘4 )

Some, indeed, have doubted the nature of the impalpable saw-

dust found by Sir Everard Home in the interior of Teredo ; but

having had the opportunity of examining a great number of spe-

cimens, | feel perfectly satisfied of his accuracy, and also of that

of Mr. Hatchett, who had this substance submitted to him, and

found it unaltered by the action of the stomach or otherwise

chemically changed. In many instances I have taken the re-

duced wood from the half-decayed and dried-up bodies of these

animals : it fills nearly one-third of the worn-like portion of the

creature. In a piece of deal in my possession, well filled with

Teredo, every individual contains more or less of this microscopie

sawdust, which is of a pale yellow colour of the same tint as the

wood, and when moist is soft and pulpy: it readily separates in

water, and exhibits a granular appearance: when dry it burns

freely with a flame, chars, and emits a smell exactly like that of

burnt wood. I have also taken this comminuted wood out of

animals buried in mahogany : in this case the sawdust is a dark

obscure red resembling the colour of the wood. Sir Everard

is not inclined to believe that the animal derives any nourish-

ment from the wood, and, indeed, its unaltered state goes far to

prove that it does not. The passage of the reduced wood through

the body of the animal would appear to be necessitated by the

great length and tortuous direction of the bore, which we have

already seen is entirely filled up by the Teredo. The partial

attachment of the siphonal extremity to the calcareous sheath

would also tend to prevent an exit in the usual way.

The theory of Mr. Garner, that the currents of water produced

by the vibratile cilia of the animal are sufficient to work out the

excavations, appears to be very unsatisfactory, and quite inade-

quate to explain the phenomena attending this interesting

subject.

In the first place it must be borne in mind, that the burrows

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 233

are made with great rapidity. It is stated by Mr. Thompson, in

~ the paper before alluded to, that Teredo is known “ to have de-

stroyed the keel of a vessel afloat in the short space of four or five

months.” And a piece of deal is said to have been riddled by

it in the course of forty days*. Sasicava and its allies, as well

as the Pholades, make their excavations of a pyramidal form,

increasing downwards as the animal enlarges. The boring must,

therefore, cease so soon as the shell has attained its full size, or

the excavations would be continued with the sides parallel. From

this it would appear that the burrows of these animals are the

work of a very limited period—that of growth. Neither must it

be forgotten, that the usual currents produced by cilia are so ex-

ceedingly feeble and limited as to require the aid of a lens to

exhibit them. But Mr. Garner supposes that their velocity, and

consequently that their strength, may be increased by being

drawn through the elongated body of the animal. Should the

currents be the ordinary siphonal currents,—and this seems to be

Mr. Garner’s opinion,—it is difficult to conceive how they could

subserve their ordinary functions ; and how the delicate tissues

of the gills could escape injury, were the water hurried over their

surfaces in the manner supposed.

The foot of Pholas is, undoubtedly, ciliated; but the external

wall of the siphonal tubes, which we have seen enlarges the chan-

nel of the burrow, is not ; neither is the mantle, and it, as will

afterwards appear, is a very material agent in boring. The foot

of the Acephala is usually—perhaps always—clothed with vibra-

tile cilia; there is therefore nothing extraordinary in their pre-

sence in this case. They are probably for the purpose of clean-

sing the surface, and may in this way be eminently useful to the

boring mollusks. Mr. Garner, however,. appears to apply his

theory more particularly to Sazicava and its allies. But the

mantle of Sagicava rugosa is completely closed in front, and

consequently there is no outlet for the currents at the very place

where the greatest friction is required: further back there is a

small opening for the foot and byssus; but were the currents to

pass by this orifice, the byssal attachment would be destroyed and

operations thereby stopped. Gastrochena also has no frontal

outlet, neither has Clavagella. There are no cilia on the anterior

portion of the animal of Saxicava—that portion which is the

excavating instrument. Towards the end of the foot, which is

small and narrow, there are certainly cilia as in the other Ace-

phala ; but it is impossible for a moment to entertain the opinion

that the currents produced by these could work out the excava-

tions of this species.

* Penny Cyclopeedia, vol. xxiv. p. 224.

234 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

Some of the Gasteropods,—Patella, Hipponyx and others, are

well known to make holes in rocks and other hard substances.

On the coast of Northumberland Patella vulgata occasionally

sinks half an inch ito the softer kinds of stone; and Mr. Garner

asserts that it often forms holes an inch deep. Mr. John Edward

Gray, in his valuable paper on the Giconomy of the Molluscous

Animals, published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1833,

expresses an opinion that these holes are produced by the dis.

solving powers of the animal, not having observed Patella or the

boring Acephala to penetrate any but calcareous substances,

and those cemented by lime, wood and clay excepted. At Cul-

lercoats, however, where there are rocks of various kinds, Patella

does not confine its operations to such as contain lime ; .it sinks

equally deep into shale and shaly sandstone, and even slight im-

pressions are occasionally made into the less compact siliceous

sandstones. The idea of a solvent would, therefore, appear un-

tenable. Patella certainly does not bore ‘into the compact sili-

-ceous freestones ; even the very hard limestones are never deeply

penetrated by it: into the softer rocks above-named it sinks

deeper, and still deeper in proportion to their softness.

Mr. Garner, in following up his views, maintains the opinion

that it is by the action of the ciliated branchiz that these exca-

vations are made. But on examining them we find that there

is generally an elevated ridge corresponding to the space between

the mantle and foot ; in which space the gills are placed, and

where, of course, the currents are strongest. Were these exca-

vations effected by the branchial currents, there ought, aren

to be a depression in the place of this ridge.

The holes made by Patella vary considerably in different ma-

terials. In hard stone not more than a mere circle, correspond-

ing to the edge of the mantle, is produced : in soft limestone the

mantle sinks to some depth, leaving the portion on which the

foot rests projecting up in the centre, sometimes more than one-

eighth of an inch. In the sound shales the bores are frequently

almost flat ; but in those that are friable, the foot, by its strong

grasping powers, tears up the stone, and thereby makes a deep-

ish cavity in the centre of the burrow : the surface of this cavity

has a rough and broken appearance, and is surrounded by a

smooth elevated rim sunk a little beneath the general surface of

the stone: this rim is produced by the mantle*.

* The form of the shell of Patella is modified in consequence of this di-

versity of the burrows. When they are flat, the shell attains its normal

growth ; when the centre is elevated and the margin corresponding to the

mantle depressed, the she!l becomes very much raised : but it is flattened in

a most extraordinary manner when the foot sinks deep into the centre of

the excavation.

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 235

The under surface of the foot of Patella is clothed with vibra-

tile cilia ; but, as just stated, that part of the animal does not sink

so deep into the rock as the mantle, except when the surface

breaks up under the grasp of this powerful adhesive disc. There

are no cilia on:the mantle, therefore the reverse of this might be

expected to take place were Mr. Garner’s theory correct. The

cilia on the foot are not at all peculiar to this animal: I have

detected them also in Doris, Limapontia, Purpura and Littorina ;

and it is worthy of remark that in all these they are very much

larger and more vigorous than in Patella, in which they are

so extremely small that it requires the greatest care and high

magnifying powers to make them out.

Let us now for a moment suppose that these currents are ca-

pable of reducing the substances into which these animals pene-

trate, and that a Patella attached to shale, or any other rock, is

working its way into it. What are the currents effecting all the

time on the surface around the shell—those currents being ten

thousand times more powerful than the minute, microscopic ones

produced by the animal? Must not the action of the advancing

and receding tides, augmented by the rolling of the waves to and

fro, triturate the surface of the rock more rapidly than the com-

paratively feeble, ciliary currents of the gills and foot? Were

the excavating powers, therefore, limited to these currents, should

not the Patella stand upon an eminence rather than be half-

buried in a hole? This argument also applies with equal force

to Pholas, and still more strongly to Teredo; for surely it can

never be maintained that the triturating effect of water on the

planks of a vessel, sailing at the rate, occasionally, of ten knots

an hour, is less than the almost imperceptible currents produced

by the Teredo, which will penetrate several inches into the timber

during a voyage from India.

I fortunately possess three or four specimens exhibiting the

bores of Patella, which perhaps may be considered sufficient to

prove that the animal works mechanically, and in a way that

currents of water could scarcely act. The first of these bores is

that of a small Patella: it is sunk only a little way into the sur-

face of a gigantic species of the same genus from the coast of

America, and exhibits minute striz or scratches radiating from

the centre to the circumference. I have seen another specimen

of this gigantic Patella, in the collection of Mr. Fryer, which is

marked with several similar impressions, one of which is scratched

in the same-manner, but more distinctly. In this specimen the

whole surface of the impression is covered with lines radiating

from the extreme circumference to a spot near the centre. The

lines or scratches are in groups, and so small as to require a

powerful lens to show them. At first 1 thought it possible that

236 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

these lines might, in some way, be connected with the structure

of the shell, though it was impossible to explain how this could

be. Since then I have procured from the coast, in the neigh-

bourhood of the Tyne, specimens of the bores of the common

Patella in shale and limestone very distinctly marked with the

same radiating strie or scratches; thus proving satisfactorily

that the radiating lines in the former instances are not structural,

and that the foot and mantle of the animal possess the power of

reducing those substances mechanically. But certainly not by

ciliary currents, unless they be supposed capable of producing a

scratched surface ; and if so, how are the currents in the cases

cited to pass away, meeting as they must under the centre of the

foot* ?

Having stated the facts, and having gone through the reasons

that induce me to consider the three generally received theories

insufficient to account for the operations of the stone- and wood-

boring mollusks, I shall now proceed to explain my own views

on the subject. '

It has been already stated that I have expressed an opinion

that the anterior portion of the animal is the excavating instru-

ment. This in Zeredo and Pholas is composed of the foot and

the edges of the mantle, which, together, entirely fill up the

frontal gape of the shell. In Sazicava and Gastrochena it is

formed wholly of the edges of the mantle, which are united and

thickened. ‘The foot and mantle of Teredo protrude before the

valves: the former is circular and convex in front, and there is

little doubt, from the resemblance it bears to the same part in

Pholas, that it adheres to the bottom of the burrow, with which in

form it precisely agrees. Sir Everard Home calls this the “ pro-

boscis,” which, he says, ‘in the living animal had a vermicular

motion: the extremity was covered by a cuticle not unlike the

cornea of the eye.” Sir Everard also remarks, “that as this

proboscis has no orifice, there is reason to believe that it adheres

to the wood, acting as a centre-bit, while the animal is at work

with the shell.” Not having seen Teredo alive, I cannot speak

from my own knowledge to the exact form of these parts; but

from the examination of specimens in spirits I have no doubt of

the accuracy of this description, which proves that the foot or

** proboscis ” corresponds exactly in form to the bottom of the

burrow. The comparison of this part to the “ cornea of the eye”

* In the ‘ History of British Mollusca,’ it is stated that in Mr. Cuming’s

collection there is a specimen of Pholas which has made its excavation in

wax; a circumstance scarcely favourable to the opinion advanced by the

authors of that work. Currents of water could have very little effect on a

substance of this nature, and it would be very liable to clog the rasping sur-

face of the valves so as to retard operations, if not to stay them entirely.

_ and on the removal of portions of their Shells. — 237

is most conclusive, for a better idea could not be given of the

peculiar concavity of the bottom of the burrow than by an allu-

sion to this object.

The foot of Pholas crispata is like that of Teredo : it projects

in front of the valves, is very large and convex in front, agreeing

also in shape with the bottom of the burrow, to which it closely

and constantly adheres. The free borders of the mantle surround

this organ, and together with it almost fill up the bottom of the

excavation, the concavity of which so exactly corresponds to the

convexity of those parts that the one might be supposed to be

moulded on the other. PP. candida and P. parva have the foot

and anterior portion of the animal formed in the like manner,

bemg only specifically modified; and, judging from analogy,

there can be no doubt that all the individuals of this group are

constructed after the same type. P. papyracea and P. striata,

from being closed in front when mature, might be thought to

have the animal differently formed. But we have the authority

of Mr. G. B. Sowerby for asserting that P. laminata is the young

of the one, and P. minuta of the other. If this be the case (and

‘having carefully examined specimens of them all, I am inclined

to the same opinion), the animal of these two species when young

will undoubtedly resemble that of P. crispata, and the excavations

must be made whilst in that state. We have already seen that

the burrows of all the boring bivalves are formed during the

growth of the animal. And in these two species after the bur-

rows are completed the anterior gape of the shell is filled up, and

probably the large foot greatly reduced.

Thus then we see that in Teredo and Pholas the anterior por-

tion of the animal corresponds in form to that of the bottom of

the excavation. How is this in Saxicava rugosa? Precisely the

same. The parts however are modified.

The animal of this species, and of that of Gastrochena Pho-

ladia, are alike: they are both closely enveloped in the mantle,

having only siphonal orifices, and a small perforation about one-

third of the length of the shell from the anterior end for the

passage of the byssus and a small slender foot, which is occa-

sionally protruded. The mantle in front is much thickened, and

forms a sort of cushion-like swelling of an elliptical form, extend-

ing some way backwards, and which at the will of the animal can

be thrust out considerably in advance of the valves. The arch

of the front of this cushion corresponds to the concavity of the

bottom of the burrow. As before stated, this part of the animal

has not the power of adhering to the substance to be eroded,

but is held in contact with it by the attachment of the byssus ;

and, howsoever the excavation may be effected, there can be no

doubt that this thickened portion of the mantle is the instrument.

238 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

Burrows frequently occur with a depression at the bottom exactly

agrecing in form and size with this part of the animal, and it

very commonly happens that there is an elevated point in the

depressed part corresponding with the greatest accuracy to the

position of the byssus. Indeed, I have seen the byssus on several

occasions adhering to the projection. It seems impossible to

have a more convincing proof than this, that the anterior portion

of the animal is the excavating instrument.

The animals of all the species that confine their operations to

calcareous bodies are most probably formed like those of Sazi-

cava and Gastrochena. Petricola is stated by Mr. G. B. Sow-

erby to have “the borders of the mantle thickened in front with

a small hole for the foot.” And Professor Owen, in his paper

on Clavagella, published in the first volume of the ‘ Zoological

Transactions,’ describes that genus as having the mantle closed

and thickened in front with a small orifice for the foot. It is

satisfactory to observe that this distinguished physiologist con-

siders that the animal enlarges its habitation by this thickened

portion of the mantle. I have not been able, anywhere, to find

a sufficient description of the animal of Lzthodomus ; but from

the remains of it in a small specimen which [I found buried in an

old shell, there can be little doubt that it also has the mantle

closed in front.

From what has already been said respecting the holes of Pa-

tella, it is sufficiently evident that they also partake of the form

of the animal.

The direction of the burrows of the Acephala, as well as their

form, corroborates the opinion that the anterior part of the ani-

mal is the boring apparatus. I have examined a great number

of the burrows of these animals, and find that the direction of the

excavations is always inclined a little to one side: none of them

are at right angles to the surface by which the animal enters.

The bores of Zeredo are so inclined at the commencement ; but

their course is soon altered, and is afterwards, apparently, deter-

mined at the will of the animal. The burrows of Pholas and

Sazxicava are generally continued their entire length in the ori-

ginal direction ; they are, however, sometimes slightly twisted as

well as inclined. This happens-with Sawvicava more frequently

than with Pholas, and is occasioned by the animal having turned

a little more to one side than usual. This obliquity of the bur-

row is unfavourable to the opinion of rotatory motion, and arises

from the exposure of the animal towards the ventral margin of

the shell. The cutting surface being therefore placed to one side,

the excavations cannot be perpendicular unless complete rotation

were to take place, which we shall afterwards see is unnecessary,

It now remains to be shown that the anterior parts of the ani-

and on the removal of portions of thew Shells. 239

mal are furnished with the means of removing the various sub-

stances into which the burrows are made. The means employed

cannot be a solvent, unless we are prepared to suppose it capable

of eroding argillaceous, calcareous, and: silieeous bodies and also

wood ; and we have already seen that in the case of Teredo the

wood is reduced to sawdust, and im no way affected by chemical

action ; likewise that the excavations of Patella occasionally

exhibit a scratched surface.. This latter fact would appear also

to exclude the instrumentality of ciliary currents, as they can

scarcely be deemed sufficient to produce such a surface. And

since we have seen that Saxicava is unprovided with cilia on the

boring instrument, few naturalists will be disposed to support the

theory promulgated by Mr. Garner: all such, however, are com-

pelled to allow that the mighty currents of the rolling tide are

far less potent than the minute breathing currents of the mol-

lusk; and that they, microscopic as they are, can in the course

of a few months dig deep into hard shell and limestone,—nay,

even into the hardest marble which has withstood the shock of

the elements for ages. Some naturalists may still be inclined to

urge that one species may work mechanically and another che-

mically. But is it not more philosophical to allow that animals

so nearly allied as these—or at all events that all the boring

Acephala—are more likely to effect a similar purpose by the

same means, than that several should be adopted? Surely this

is more consistent with the unity of the laws of nature, and that

beautiful simplicity which is everywhere prevalent in her works*.

We shall now examine the anterior portions of the animal.

The surface of the foot of Teredo norvegica when preserved in

spirit is tough and coriaceous, and is entirely covered. with little,

irregular pimples. If a portion of it be placed in the compressor

of the microscope, it is perceived to be crowded with minute, bril-

* Professor E. Forbes and Mr. Hanley, who, as before stated, advocate

the mechanical action of the shell, aided by the currents produced by the

animal, appear also to contemplate the probability of the assistance of an

acid solvent; for they state in conclusion that “if there be any chemical ~

action aiding, it must be due to the carbonic acid set free during the respi-

ratory process.” The advocacy of such a multiplicity of means to effect the

same purpose-cannot be avoided by those who believe that the Pholades

work out their excavations by the rasping of their valves. Saaicava has a

smooth shell, and is unprovided with cilia on the anterior portion of the

animal ; therefore the assistance of an acid solvent must be resorted to in

this case. But in that of Patella, which penetrates shale and shaly sand-

stone as well as calcareous bodies, such a solvent cannot be supposed to act

for the same reason that would preclude its use in the Pholades; and there-

fore in Patella the currents produced by the animal must be imagined to

operate, ag the shell here is out‘of the question. Thus all these three means

are requisite to account for the phenomenon, if the theory proposed in the

‘ History of British Mollusca’ be correct. |

240 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

liant points ; and on increasing the pressure, comparatively large

imbedded, crystalline bodies are revealed (P1.VIII. figs. 6 and 7).

They are very numerous and of various sizes and shapes, chiefly

five- and six-sided, but not by any means regularly so: they all

agree in having one or more elevated points near the centre. It

was these points, apparently, that were seen in the first instance

shining on the surface. These bodies are highly refractive, and

are for the most part pretty regularly distributed over the whole

convex surface of the foot, but are occasionally congregated into

masses, Similar crystalline bodies are likewise imbedded in the

edges of the mantle surrounding the foot.

In Pholas the same appearance is presented both in the foot

and in the surrounding edges of the mantle. When the anterior

convex surface of the foot of P. crispata, for instance, is removed

and examined with the aid of the compressor, it is found to be

studded over with minute dark spots, each emitting a brilliant

point of light from the centre. On using a higher magnifying

power the whole surface is seen to be crowded with crystalline

bodies, some dark-coloured, others perfectly transparent, and re-

sembling in shape and character those of Teredo ; but most com-.

monly drawn together into little bundles, and very brilliant :

they are sometimes also gathered into considerable masses. These

bodies in some specimens are quite colourless; but when of a

dark reddish brown, which is not uncommon, they have at first

sight a glandular appearance, especially when the imbedding

tissue is a little thickened about them, which frequently happens.

The dark spots of a glandular aspect observed by Professor Owen

in the outer dermoid layer of the mantle of Clavagella may pro-

bably prove to be similar crystalline bodies.

Saxicava rugosa has also the anterior portion of the animal

abundantly provided with crystalline bodies like those already

described (figs. 1 and 2); but they are for the most part larger

and stouter, and are likewise frequently associated in groups.

They are highly refractive, perfectly colourless and of a glassy

purity ; and are imbedded im a thinnish epidermis, which is firmly

attached in the living state to the thickened portion of the mantle,

but is easily pealed off when the animal has been some time in

spirit. The thickened portion of the mantle of Gastrochena is

also furnished with similar crystalline bodies, but from the want

of specimens I have not been able to examine them in this spe-

cies so fully as is desirable.

The foot and mantle of Patella vulgata likewise exhibit these

brilliant bodies; but in this species they are smaller and less

robust than usual. In the species which has been mentioned as

boring in the large Patella from the coast of America, they at-

tain, however, a high degree of development. ‘I fortunately ob-

and on the removal of portions of ther Shells. 241

tained a desiccated animal of this borer adhering to the base of

an excavation, and on placing the foot and edges of the mantle

in the compressor, large, robust crystalline bodies (figs. 3, 4)

were distinctly visible, arranged in irregular groups around the

margin apparently in the mantle: similar bodies were also dis-

tributed over the foot, but without the slightest tendency to

order. They are mostly five- and six-sided, are thick, and have

an elevated point in the centre. When crushed between glass

they are liable to fracture in a radiating manner (fig. 5), as if

from the influence of the pressure on the central point.

It is difficult to say what these crystalline bodies are composed

of, though there can be little doubt that they are modified epi-

thelium scales, from which they differ chiefly in being very ro-

bust, highly refractive and brilliantly crystalline. The difference

between these and ordinary epithelium scales will be at once

recognized, if a little of the surface of the lower portion of the

siphonal tube of Pholas be examined in the compressor. It ap-

pears also that, like the scales of epithelium, these bodies are con-

stantly being shed. On testing the scourings taken from the

bottom of the burrow of Sawxicava, as before-mentioned, they

were found to contain a vast number of these bodies exactly cor-

responding with those of the mantle; and on examining the

sediment adhering to the shell of Gastrochena, the residuum

after the action of the acid had ceased was almost entirely com-

posed of them. The reduced wood taken out of Teredo also con-

tains brilliant crystalline bodies resembling those in the foot

and mantle. Whether these bodies, however, are epithelium

scales or not, we see in this deciduous character the means of

keeping the rubbing surface in an efficient state. With pressure

these bodies frequently break into sharp angular fragments.

Acetic acid has no effect on them ; and in Sazicava strong nitric

acid produces no change even after several days’ immersion. If

allowed to remain sufficiently long in this acid the imbedding

tissue is destroyed, and the crystalline bodies, not in any respect

altered, are left as a sedimentary residuum. Those of Pholas

and Teredo, however, appear to be ultimately acted on by this

acid, though they resist its power for several hours, and are never

totally destroyed by it. They become attenuated and brittle, but

retain much of their brilliancy and sharp angular appearance ;

and even some of them, especially in Pholas, are scarcely at all

altered after having been subjected to the action of this power-

fully corrosive acid for many days. From these facts it perhaps

may be inferred, that these crystalline bodies are either entirely

composed of silex, or are a combination of it with animal matter.

These experiments certainly do not prove this; but when their

results are taken in connexion with the crystalline appearance of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii.

242 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

these bodies, and when we refer to the fact recently made known

that the spines of the tongue of the Gasteropods are composed of

silex, a high degree of probability is established in favour of this

view ; and if it be correct, the phenomena attending the boring

of the mollusks are very easily explained*.

The foot and mantle of Teredo, Pholas and Patella, and the

thickened portion of the mantle of Sawicava, Gastrochena and

their allies, appear, then, to be rubbing discs of extraordinary

power, crowded as they are with these siliceous bodies, which

penetrating the surface give to it much the character of rasping

or glass-paper. And all that now remains to be proved is the

existence of muscles to give to this formidable cutting surface

the necessary rubbing motion.

These muscles are amply provided: the adhesive portion of

the foot, as well as the mantle, of Teredo and Pholas, and also

of Patella, are composed of interlaced muscles. The anterior

thickened part of the mantle of Sazxicava is also made up of

muscular fibres running in all directions. And Professor Owen,

in his account of Clavagella, states that “the muscular layer

after forming the siphon and its retractors is confined to the an-

terior part of the mantle, where it swells into a thick convex mass

of interlaced and chiefly transverse muscles.” Surely this powerful

muscular apparatus has some important function to perform :—

not to secrete a solvent, but to assist by its mechanical agency

in the work of excavation.

We now see the boring instrument complete in all its parts ;

and a more efficient apparatus could not be devised. Supplied

with this flinty armature, the soft fleshy foot of Pholas and Teredo,

adhering to the substance to be reduced, and aided by the edges

of the mantle, cuts with equal facility into wood, shale, chalk,

and the various other bodies into which these mollusks burrow.

Patella excavates in the same way. The mode is somewhat

varied in Gastrochena and Saxicava: they firmly attach them-

selves by the byssus to the rock, then bring into contact with it

the armed and thickened portion of the mantle ; thus enabling

the interlaced muscles of which it is composed to work with as

much effect as those in the broad adhesive foot and mantle of

Pholas and Teredo.

In none of these species is much rotatory motion required. In

* In the ‘ History of British Mollusca’ the existence of siliceous bodies

in the foot and mantle of Pholas and Teredo is denied. Perhaps the authors

of that work may have overlooked them on account of their resemblance to

epithelium scales. Silex, however, can scarcely be considered essentially

necessary ; a much softer material on a living surface, and perpetually being

renewed, may be supposed capable of rubbing down the various substances

into which these animals burrow; certainly so far as the Pholades and Tere-

dines are concerned.

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 243

Pholas and Teredo little more than the mere contraction of the

cutting surface is sufficient ; each portion of the foot and mantle,

which together nearly fill up the bottom of the excavation, acting

immediately on the substance with which it is in contact. The

same thing takes place in Patella, which evidently does not

rotate, for the burrows are elliptical like the animal, and fit with

great accuracy the marginal indentures of the shell. But the

cutting dise of Saxicava and Gastrochena being narrower than

the burrows, these species must, at intervals, move a little from

side to side, anchoring themselves afresh by the byssus whenever

they shift their position. In all, however, the same vermicular

contraction of the parts observed by Sir Everard Home in the

foot or “proboscis ” of Teredo will be required to remove the

substances into which these animals bore.

Thus this perplexing subject is simplified ; and judging from

analogy, there can be little doubt that all the boring mollusks

excavate in the same manner: none by the rasping or cutting of

their valves,—none by a solvent,—none by ciliary currents*. We

should therefore be inclined to doubt that any of the Acephala

bore, which are not provided with either the broad adhesive foot

or with the thickened mantle united in front. Venerupis per-

forans may be, perhaps, cited as an exception to this rule; but

it is doubtful whether it ever bores. On the coast of Northum-

berland, where there is abundance of soft shale and a great variety

of rocks, it certainly never does so: but it frequently takes up its

* The stone-boring Annelides will probably be found to work out their

excavations in a similar manner. The Cliona celata of Grant would also

appear to make the chambers it inhabits in the shells of bivalves and in

other substances by mechanical agency. This curious production was sup-

posed by its describer to take up its abode in excavations made by marine

worms; but after carefully examining the cavities occupied by the Cliona,

there can be no doubt that they are the work of this creature, most pro-

bably aided by its siliceous spicula, which penetrating the surface of the ani-

mal give to every portion of it the character of rasping-paper. In this case

such an apparatus, at first sight, might be thought inefficacious, as the

sponges are not contractile; but the C/iona is an exception to this general

law. Dr. Grant states that it is ‘ distinctly irritable,’’ and describes the

papillz as being highly contractile ; and it is worthy of remark, that this, the

only boring species, is the only one that possesses this power. Dr. Grant

also states that it adheres so closely to the smooth parietes of the cavities

that it cannot be removed without tearing—a fact corroborative of the

theory now advanced, but not at all favourable to that of an acid solvent or of

ciliary currents. Were either of these agents employed, it is not likely that

laceration would attend the removal of the animal, as no very intimate

connexion could exist between it and the walls of the bore. But from the

nature of the apparatus, as just described, it is evident that the creature

would be held in its place by the siliceous points on its surface, and thereby

removal rendered difficult.

17*

244 Mr. A. Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

abode in the old burrows of Pholas and Sazicava ; and it is pro-

bably owing to this habit that powers have been attributed to it

which it does not possess. From a similar habit, Kellia suborbi-

cularis has also been stated to excavate; and it is not unlikely

that several other reputed borers have no better title to be so

considered.

It may still be asked ;—if the armature be of this formidable

nature, how is it that Sazicava is entirely confined to calcareous

substances? Why should it not likewise burrow in softer ma-

terials, such as wood and shale? This may be answered by

another question—why do Teredo and Pholas striata always bore

in wood? And why is not Sazicava itself found in shells of

other mollusks, as is frequently the case with Lithodomus ? for

certainly an acid solvent could dissolve the calcareous covering of

these animals as well as hard limestone.

Some impulsive instinct is most probably the guidance in

these matters, leading each species to that substance best suited,

in some way or other, to the ceconomy of its life. This selection,

without an apparent cause, is observed everywhere in the wide

field of nature: we see it in the nests of birds, which in closely

allied species are frequently built of different materials; and we

see it in a striking manner in the habits of the burrowing bees.

The carpenter-bees (Xylocope) are well known to excavate in

wood ; there is a species, however, of an allied genus, the Antho-

phora retusa, which “ makes its nest not only in hard dry banks

but also in the crevices of walls, burrowing through the mortar,

and causing much damage by loosening the bricks.” It cannot

be from want of power that this species does not penetrate

wood.

In Sazicava there is also a mechanical cause which may have

something to do with the matter. It has been already stated

that the rubbing instrument is held by the attachment of the

byssus in contact with the substance to be excavated ; and as

the byssus is small, it is ill calculated to maintain its hold of soft

friable rocks, such as shale, which, on the coast of Northumber-

land, is frequently exceedingly brittle ; so much so that the Alye

seldom grow on it, and the Patelle rarely trust themselves to its

treacherous surface. Clavagella, however, appears to burrow in

soft substances as well as in hard ones: this is easily accounted

for by the fact, that the attachment of one of the valves to the

side of the burrow renders the support of a byssus unnecessary ;

and having an extensive fulcrum, this species can therefore exca-

vate in soft substances with as much facility as Pholas.

There is another phenomenon in the history of the mollusks

which appears intimately connected with the subject just dis-

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 245

cussed—the power possessed by many of the Gasteropods of re-

ducing the thickness of the columella, and of removing spines

and other obstructions from it.

Mr. Gray, who has entered on this matter at some length in

his paper (before quoted) in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’

states that “this absorption of the outer part of the last whorl

but one, and of the spines, is evidently effected by the edge of

the mantle.’ And there can be little doubt that the other in-

stances which that gentleman mentions of the “ absorption ” to

a greater or less extent of the septa is likewise effected by the

same organ. That this view is correct we have but to refer to

the mollusca of our own coast. The shell of Buccinum undatum

generally exhibits a groove on the columella extending the whole

length of the mouth; and if a living specimen be examined, we

perceive that the edge of the mantle perfectly corresponds to this

groove. Fusus antiquus and Purpura lapillus also reduce the

thickness of the columella, and in both it is very easy for any

one to satisfy himself that the mantle is the instrument. In

Buccinum undatum the cutting of the columella is occasionally

very deep, especially when the part has been repaired and pro-

jecting a little; in which case it is frequently under-cut, and

actually overhanging the mantle.

It is difficult to say what is meant by “absorption ” in these

cases: nothing like the absorption of hard, inorganic matters in

the higher animals can be supposed to take place here; for no

vascular connexion exists between the mantle and the columella.

Mr. Gray says, “ Possessing this power of absorbing their own

shells and the shells of other mollusca and calcareous rocks, it is

remarkable that these animals do not exert it for the purpose of.

removing extraneous obstacles which may oppose their progress

in the formation of their shells.” Were this indeed the fact, it

would go far to support the opinion that vascular absorption, or

something like it, really takes place. I possess, through the

kindness of Mr. Richard Howse, two specimens which prove that

these animals, however, do remove extraneous bodies from the

columella. The one is a small individual of Buccinum undatum

with a Serpula attached to the spire, and passing over the pos-

terior part of the columella. This Serpula is completely cut

through undoubtedly by the mantle, and left overhanging it for

nearly a quarter of an inch. The other is a Fusus antiquus,

which has adhering to the columella two barnacles (Balanus com-

munis). These have the walls, that are next the mouth of the

shell to which they are attached, cut through ; proving beyond a

doubt that the mantle has the power of removing extraneous

matter that retards the growth of the animal. It is therefore

pretty evident that these removals do not take place by vascular

246 Mr. A, Hancock on the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks,

absorption; and it remains to be proved whether they are

effected by a mere solvent or by mechanical means.

The arguments before urged against the use of a solvent by the

boring Acephala are to a considerable extent applicable in this

case. It is impossible to conceive how it could be applied with-

out having its powers very much impaired by the diluting effect

of the surrounding element. When the mantle commences its

operations on the striated surface of Buccinum undatum, the ele-

vated ridges or striz are nearly obliterated before the grooves are

at all affected: the surface is therefore rapidly levelled. Were a

solvent used, the reverse of this might be expected to happen, for

the fluid accumulating in the depressed lines would act there

more vigorously than on the elevated parts, and the consequence

would be the exaggeration of the grooves. Holes and cracks cut

over are not enlarged, as every one conversant with etching is

aware they should be were a solvent fluid used. As before re-

marked, extraneous obstructions of a calcareous nature can be

removed: the sandy sheath however of Terebella lumbricalis re-

sists the power of the mantle. When this animal retards the

growth of the mollusk, it is covered over by the inner lip, and

distortion frequently arises in consequence. The sand attached

by this species of Terebella is composed almost entirely of rather

large siliceous particles ; and from what we know respecting the

boring of the Acephala, it might be inferred that the sheath of

this animal could not be removed. The question is not mate-

rially affected, on either side, by this fact, though if a solvent be

the agent, it must have the power, one would think, of removing

in the first instance the epidermis ; and if so, there does not ap-

pear any good reason why the corroding fluid should not find its

way to the horny sheath that holds together the siliceous par-

ticles, and reducing it liberate the sand. The improbability of

the use of an acid solvent is increased by the fact that it must

be supplied by the same organ that secretes the calcareous matter

forming the inner lip: certainly this may be supposed to come

from the mantle further back, and the solvent from the extreme

edge of it; but this does not remove the difficulty, for the one

would still be lable to interfere with the other.

The action of currents is apparently out of the question in this

ease, as the mantle is furnished with cilia only on the surface

next the animal; on that next the shell I could detect none: it

is supplied, however, with crystalline bodies similar to those be-

fore described in the foot and mantle of the boring mollusks.

Then, shall we not conclude that it is by their agency that the

columella is reduced, and that spines and other obstructions are

removed from it? Analogy would lead to this conclusion, assu-

ming that we have arrived at a correct view respecting the boring

and on the removal of portions of their Shells. 247

of the mollusks. In all the boring species I have endeavoured

to show that the foot and mantle are the organs employed ; and

that in Patella, with which the analogy may be considered

closest, the mantle is highly instrumental. In this species we

have seen that it has the power of rubbing down shale, limestone

and shell; and these substances are removed as the shell in-

creases, apparently for the purpose of levelling the surface, and

preparing it for the accommodation of the animal. The mantle

of Buccinim undatum and of many other Gasteropods does—what ?

It clears away obstructions from the columella and reduces its

thickness, that as the animal grows it may have sufficient room.

They all, Acephala as well as Gasteropoda, rub down those hard

substances only during growth, and all do so that they may find

increased protection and accommodation: it is the same act in

all, the same organ is employed in all; and we can scarcely

doubt that in all it is furnished with the same means.

We might have gone more fully into this branch of the sub-

ject, but it appears unnecessary to do so; for if I have succeeded

in substantiating my views in the former part of this communi-

cation, little need be said here ; if not, all that I could now ad-

vance would be of little service, feeling strongly inclined to be-

lieve that one law regulates the whole of these phenomena.

The boring of the carnivorous Gasteropods, into bivalve and

other shells, remains yet to be examined; but having already

extended this paper to too great a length, this interesting portion

of the subject cannot now be fully entered upon. In reference

to it I shall at present make only one or two remarks before

concluding.

A; short time ago Mr. Richard Howse discovered Purpura

boring on the Durham coast, and in company with that gentle-

man I have had several opportunities of taking this animal in

the act of piercing the common Mytilus, which appears to be a

favourite food. The holes are generally one-sixteenth of an inch

in diameter, being just sufficient to admit the proboscis, which

in one or two instances I have seen inserted in the bore. The

tongue, which is covered with transverse rows of siliceous spines,

is strap-formed and very long; it is much narrower than the

bore; and the anterior spines are generally worn down, or have

never been developed. The bores are for the most part circular,

sometimes they are slightly oval, and frequently pass through the

epidermis, which in Mytilus is strong and horny. When they

do so the epidermis is never torn, but the edges are smooth and

circular like the rest of the bore.

Putting these facts together, it is, perhaps, fair to conclude

that the boring in this case is also mechanical, and that the

tongue is the instrument, though it is difficult to understand

248 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology of the

how a narrow strap-formed apparatus is to work out a circular

hole. But having this powerful siliceous organ at hand, cer-

tainly capable of penetrating calcareous substances, it would be

unlike the direct and simple operations of nature were another

one provided. It is more likely that some mode of application

is effected by which the ordinary prehensile tongue of the Gaste-

ropod is turned into a rasping or drilling instrument. The

wearing down of the anterior spines appears favourable to this

opinion.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1.. A portion of the epidermis from the anterior cushion-like swelling of

the mantle of Saxicava rugosa, seen in the compressor, exhibiting

large crystalline bodies.

— 2. Some of the crystalline bodies from the same after having been six

hours in nitric acid.

— 3. The foot and mantle of a small foreign Patella found dried up in an

excavation, showing the arrangement of the pipstaiins bodies.

— 4. A group of the same crystalline bodies more highly magnified.

— 5. Four of the same bodies exhibiting radiating fractures caused by the

action of the compressor.

— 6. A portion of the convex surface of the foot of Teredo norvegica,

as seen in the compressor, exhibiting crystalline bodies,

— 7. A group of the same bodies more highly magnified,

XXVI.—WNotes on the distribution of the Fossil Conchology of the

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of Minchinhampton, Glouces-

tershire. By Joun Lycert, Esq.*

Tue following remarks have been written chiefly with a view to

illustrate the contents of the author’s cabinet, premising that the

objects in question constitute materials fitted rather for private

study than for public demonstration. The bones of gigantic

Saurian reptiles, of fishes, the shells of great Cephalopods, are

appreciated even by the uninstructed spectator. They speak to

his senses of a creation distinct from that which he sees around

him, and he is prepared to hear of further wonders when the

voice of comparative anatomy tells him of their organization and

consequent habits. None of these fall within the scope of my

remarks ; they are absent: we know that they existed contempo-

raneously with the deposition of these rocks and their included

fossils : Stonesfield in this country, Pappenheim and Solenhofen

in Germany assure us of this. Speaking with the caution which

the subject demands, it may be asserted that the conditions of

sea-bottom in our neighbourhood, though varying considerably

during the time which was required for an accumulation of 400

feet in vertical thickness of solid rock, and the creation and ex-

* Read before the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, August 8, 1848,

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of Minchinhampton. 249

tinction of many forms of molluscous animals, at no time consti-

tuted the estuary of a great river. We search in vain for the

relics of air-breathing animals and plants periodically carried

down and spread over its floor. The only vegetable remains are

fragments of wood which may have floated on the ocean wave to

whatever quarter the winds and currents directed them.

With the great Saurians the case was different ; whether deni-

zens of the land, of rivers, or of estuary waters, their remains

were entombed in the fine mud which fluviatile waters deposit so

copiously.

We should not expect, nor do we find, a large number of ma-

rine shells associated with such deposits; their paucity is per-

fectly compatible with what we know of brackish waters of the

recent period, and the small number of marine species which

they furnish. Precluded then from displaying this description

of fossil treasures, we revert to the less striking remains of mol-

luscous animals, and these from their number, their association,

their separation into distinct groups and other circumstances

repeated at different periods, acquire an interest distinct from

that which would attach to them as mere examples of fossil con-

chology. To illustrate therefore this portion of the subject the

present memoir is chiefly directed, interspersed with notices of

such remarkable or characteristic forms as have hitherto been

imperfectly described, or which impart to these assemblages their

prominent and distinguishing features.

Commencing with the upper portion of the Great Oolite in

our vicinity, we find several beds of hard limestone and bands of

marly clay, containing a series of shells representing in dimi-

nished numbers the inhabitants of the lower and richer fossi-

liferous beds of the formation. Several which do not occur in

the lower group I will notice ; these are the little Cardium Beau-

monti (Archiac), very abundant, Pholadomya nana (Phillips),

Chemnitzia, new species, Bulla Hildesiensis (Roemer), Bulla su-

prajurensis (Roemer), Cardium pes-bovis (Archiac), Cardilla grandis

(new species). The other forms which commonly occur are Lu-

cina lyrata (Phillips), Lucina rotundata (Roemer), Ceromya semi-

striata (new species), Ceromya excentrica (Isocardia, Roemer).

We have been fortunate enough to succeed in clearing the hinges

of the two latter species, and have thus ascertained that they

have nothing in common with Jsocardia, but belong to the new

genus Ceromya of Agassiz. Isocardia concentrica must likewise

be placed in the same genus.

(Wuitting these beds and descending through sandstones nearly

destitute of organic remains, we arrive at the shelly oolite locally

termed planking, or upper beds of the Great Oolite building stone,

a marine deposit distinguished by the great profusion of its fossil

250 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology of the

conchology and their good state of preservation. Here at one

locality we find a large assemblage of a genus which seems to be

characteristic of this formation and especially of this vicinity ; I

allude to the new genus Purpuroidea (see the figures), of which ©

the generic characters are as follow :—

Shell turreted, ventricose, aperture large, apex of the spire

pointed. Spire consisting of several whorls usually convex, and

having about their middle part a circle of tubercles or blunt

spines. Columella smooth, rounded, and curved inwards at its

Purpuroidea nodulata, middle size.

base. Notch wide, but not deep nor recurved. Outer lip thin,

slightly sinuated, and forming an acute angle posteriorly at its

junction with the body whorl. The casts of the interior are

smooth, or exhibit but faint indications of the tubercles, and

none of the ribs or strie which distinguish the perfect shells.

The axial umbilicus is usually very conspicuous and the basal notch

not distinguishable. They would certainly be taken for Natice

by persons not conversant with the outer form, and even appear

to have been figured as such by Roemer under the title of Natica

subnodosa from the oolite of Hanover. One of the species has

twice been imperfectly figured in English works ; first in Young

and Bird’s ‘ Geology of the Yorkshire Coast’? as Murex nodulatus ;

the figure is merely a rude sketch of a bad specimen, but charac-

teristic ; subsequently a figure representing little more than a

cast was given in the ‘ Mineral Conchology’ as Murea tuberosus.

The varieties of form and markings which two of the species

exhibit are worthy of notice: the most abundant shell, P. rugosa,

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of Minchinhampton. 251

when young and the size of a nut, has tubercles in lieu of spines ;

the transverse ribs are well-defined ; but the longitudinal eleva-

tions which give the species a rugose aspect are absent, the basal

notch is nearly obsolete, and the columella is nearly straight.

The P. nodulata has still greater varieties ; when full-grown it has

two encircling rows of tubercles on the body-whorl, from the

lower and smaller of which proceed oblique longitudinal ribs

which terminate in a transverse elevated

basal belt. The young shell is nearly

smooth ; the smaller circle of tubercles is

scarcely distinguishable ; the ribs are ab-

sent, as is likewise the basal belt. Oc-

casionally in full-grown specimens the

smaller circle of tubercles degenerates

into an encircling rib. The spire is of

various degrees of elevation, in fact

scarcely any two specimens are exactly

alike ; a considerable number are there- “SY

fore desirable for its full elucidation. The P. nodulata, young.

third species, P. glabrata, is rare; it equals the others in mag-

nitude. It is seldom that we can trace the limits of a spe-

cies over any particular area; here however we are enabled to

do so with tolerable accuracy. These shells are grouped together

in the blocks of stone by hundreds, occupying a vertical thick-

ness of 5 or 6 feet, and spread over an area 50 yards wide and

100 long. It is to be regretted that this prolific space will ere

long be entirely removed, and the Purpuroidea in its perfect state

will probably be only a matter of tradition as far as this vicinity

is concerned. These conditions have produced upon our mind

the impression that here we perhaps behold the birth-place or

original seat from whence the diffusion of the genus took place.

Repeated observations have shown that specimens occur in every

other quarry in the neighbourhood, but so rarely, that the total

number noticed probably has not exceeded twenty in the course

of the last six years. Higher in the series they are met with in

several beds of compact homogeneous limestone, but much more

sparingly than in the planking, and from the hard structure of the

rock can only be separated in the form of the Natica-like casts.

The Patelle, which occur abundantly in our shelly oolite, like

their recent congeners, vary so considerably as sometimes to

puzzle even persons who have been accustomed to their pecu-

harities. The most common species, P. rugosa, when obtained

south of the vale of Brimscomb, fully deserves its name, but north

of the vale it loses much of the rugose aspect caused by the

lines of growth, the longitudinal striz are faintly marked, and

the shell is altogether extremely thin. In a very young state

252 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology of the

the form is a longer oval and much less elevated, the apex being

slightly turned to the right side, constituting the Patella ancil-

loides of the ‘Mineral Conchology,’ which species should there-

fore be expunged. Patella Aubentonensis (Archiac) occasionally

loses its strize altogether, and this change is not confined to any

particular size or form of shell. Patella nana in advanced age is

spread out more horizontally towards its borders, and forms a

concave conical and ovate shell. The fine encircling strize then

altogether disappear ; the minute figure in the ‘ Mineral Concho-

logy’ refers to the shell in its young state.

The genus Nerinea is represented by upwards of fourteen

species, of which five are abundant ; they seem to occupy in the

oolitic rocks the place of the Cerithia of the older tertiary strata,

and are decidedly the predominating univalve of their period.

Our most common species are destitute of the tubercles or strize

by which these shells are usually ornamented ; four only of the

species appear to have been figured or described. One fact in

connexion with the extinct carnivorous trachelipods should be

noticed. The recent genera of that class are furnished with a

tubular boring apparatus, by means of which they drill round

holes in the bivalves and prey upon their juices. As none of

_ the oolitic bivalves have such perforations, we may conclude that

the extinct carnivorous genera of that period were differently

constituted.

Of the Natice we number fourteen species, seven of which are

new; although the species are thus numerous, one only, N.

Michelini (Archiac), is at all common.

The family of the winged shells, or Strombide, are represented

by upwards of eleven species belonging to the same genus; the

greater number of these likewise occur even to the base of the

formation. We have separated them from the Rostellarias and

Pteroceras under the generic term Rostrotrema ; they are distin-

guished from the true Rostellarias by the absence of an upper or

posterior siphon upon the spire, the outer lip not extending be-

yond the body-whorl or but slightly upon the penultimate, and

there is no corresponding thickening upon the imner lip to form

a channel. It is true that one or two recent species of Rostellaria

have no posterior siphon upon the spire, but in such instances

the siphon is present and coiled round upon the upper part

of the wing. From Strombus it is sufficiently distinguished by the

absence of the sinus on the outer lip. We venture to suggest

that the Strombide require a re-arrangement, the digitations of

the outer lip not being of sufficient importance to found upon

them generic distinctions; they are of too variable a character,

and in some instances depend very much upon the age of the

specimen.

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of Minchinhampton. 258

Another generic form, as yet found in no other part of England,

is a conical turbinated univalve, called by me Trochotoma; five

species occur, but only one is common. Its distinguishing generic

feature is a transverse fissure upon the body-whorl, which ap-

proaches the outer lip, but does not reach it. This alone is suffi-

cient to distinguish it from Pleurotomaria, from which also the

base materially differs, its deep concavity resembling an umbi-

licus and giving to the aperture a semilunar figure.

The outer lip is thick, the whorls usually angular and concen-

trically striated. They occur throughout all the lower fossiliferous

beds. - Perhaps I may be excused for briefly alluding to the

name given to this shell, although the matter is of a somewhat

personal nature. In the autumn of 1841, finding that this form

was entirely unknown, I forwarded a specimen to Prof. Sedgwick

as a new genus, and mentioned that I proposed to call it Tro-

chotoma: about the same time a gentleman who then collected

largely from our Great Oolite and distributed its fossils widely

always affixed to it the name which I had proposed to give it, so

that the appellation became current wherever a collection of our

fossils existed six years ago. Within two years afterwards Pro-

fessor Ansted figured one of the species in his work on Geology

under the same name. Knowing these facts, my surprise may

be imagined, when lately turning to a new work on Natural

History by Pictet, published at Geneva, I found that he had

described this genus under a new name, saying that this is the

Trochotoma of M. Deslongchamp, and referring to a paper by

that gentleman on the Great Oolite of Normandy, published in

the 7th volume of the ‘ Transactions’ of the Linnzan Society of

Normandy in 1842. In that memoir are figured and described

five species, of which three are found in this vicinity. It would

therefore appear that M. Deslongchamp must have read his paper

to the Society in 1841, and nearly simultaneously with myself

must have imagined the same new word as a designation for a

certain new form. The paper in question is even now so little

known in this country that I was compelled to resort to the Bri-

tish Museum to see a copy of it. Probably another coincidence

exactly similar to this is not upon record.

It is proposed to restore the forgotten term Cylindrites used

by Llwhyd as a generic name for a form which requires to be

distinguished, and which appears to be very characteristic both

of this rock and the Inferior Oolite. We possess six species,

three of which have been figured, two as Actgon in the ‘ Mineral

Conchology,’ and one as Conus by Archiac; the generic charac-

ters are as follows :—Form cylindrical. Spire small, acute, some-

times not rising above the body-whorl but always exposed ;

whorls several, usually flat, suleated at their junctions. Aperture

254. Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology of the

elongated, narrow, almost lmear. Columella with two folds at

its base, which is slightly turned outwards at that part; base of

the aperture entire, outer lip thm. All the species are distinct

from those of the Inferior Oolite.

Before quitting this assemblage of shells, another form which

has occasioned me much perplexity must be noticed. It is called

by Roemer Placunajurensis, but is clearly distinct from that genus,

of which it does not possess the cardinal teeth, nor has it the hole

or appendage of Anomia. The following are the grounds upon

which it is deemed proper to erect it into a distinct genus.

Generic Character.—Shell very thin, irregular, either convex

or flat, posterior border rounded, anterior border more straight ;

apex little elevated, but always distinct and placed near to the

middle of the anterior border. Fine longitudinal closely arranged

waved striz radiate from the apex on every side ; the under sur-

face is smooth with a large central impression.

These shells were frequently (perhaps always) attached to

bivalves, more especially to Trigonia, not by the external surface

but from the under side; the knobs and striz proper to those

shells causing the elevations upon the attached shell. From

these circumstances it would appear that the soft parts of the

parasite must have adhered ‘to the 7rigonia prior to the secretion

of the thin shelly plate, and that the shelly matter was deposited

during such adhesion. On the death ofthe parasite the thin

plate separated, as there was no shelly adhesion between it and

the Trigonia, and they are never found attached to the latter.

With the scanty knowledge we possess of this form, it would be

unwise to speculate upon its affinities unless with great reserve

and circumspection. ‘The mode in which the markings of the

Trigonie are transferred to this shell renders it very difficult to

imagine that it could have been a bivalve. We look as it were

upon an impression at the back of the paper, the parts in relief

having been stamped through it, but disguised by the finely

striated surface at the back of the attached shell. It was seden-

tary, and if univalve may have belonged to those forms of the

Patelloidea in which the shell is partially enveloped in the soft

parts of the animal, examples of which are found in Fissurella,

Haliotis, Sigaretus and Stomatia. We would however wish it to

be understood that these hints are thrown out chiefly to engage

the attention of others, as we are by no means satisfied with the

result of our own observations.

The estuary waters which entombed the varied remains at

Stonesfield spread out partially a thin stratum of their muddy

deposit to this neighbourhood, without carrying with it any of the

forms for which that locality is so famous. Our Stonesfield slate

has a few marine shells, among which are Ammonites coronatus

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of Minchinhampton. 255

(Orbigny), A. Lalandeanus (Orbigny), Mya margaritifera (Young),

Ceromya V. scripta (Cardita, Buckman), Cardium, new species,

Anatina undulata (Sanguinolaria, Phillips), Mya dilata (Phillips).

As regards this neighbourhood, it may be stated as a general rule,

that where the lower beds of Great Oolite are shelly, they repose

immediately upon Fuller’s earth ; in the other condition the base

is Stonesfield slate ; probably the fine mud of the latter deposit

was carried out to great depths almost beneath the region of

shells. Our Fuller’s earth is very imperfectly exposed, nor have

any considerable number of species been obtained from it. The

little Ostrea acuminata is found in great masses, which nearly

compose the beds where it occurs. Not a single shell has been

found peculiar to these beds.

The Inferior Oolite in the division of its beds does not differ

materially from the description given by Mr. Buckman in his

‘Geology of Cheltenham,’ except towards the lower portion, which

is strikingly dissimilar. It is not our intention to do more than

allude to these conditions; a careful survey along the outer escarp-

ment of the Cotteswolds would be required to enable us to un-

derstand the changes of mineral character, fossil contents, and

perhaps thinning-out which certain beds must undergo in their

short course between Painswick and Crickley Hill. Many doubts

have been expressed by persons both in the metropolis and pro-

vinces as to the geological position of the rock from whence our

Great Oolite fossils are derived; these doubts would seem to

have arisen from a resemblance which portions of owr rock and

its fossils bear to a certain bed of the Inferior Oolite near Chel-

tenham.

Of the geological position of the rocks in our neighbourhood

no person who has examined them can entertain any doubt ;

our sections, both natural and artificial, are numerous and of

a decided character, affording what can rarely be seen elsewhere

in one view, a complete escarpment from the Great Oolite to

the Lias inclusive. The shells of the upper rag-stone agree

closely with those from the Cheltenham sections. The cream-

coloured marls and marly rock called “ Fimbria bed,”’ have how-

ever disclosed a remarkable suite of shells which must not be

passed over in silence. ‘he general aspect of these fossils, as

contrasted with those of the upper and lower rag-stones, is

striking. The association of genera strongly reminds us of the

Great Oolite. The genus Nerinea, which is very rarely seen in

the rag-stones, again reappears in vast profusion, to such an ex-

tent indeed that in some localities almost every fragment of marly

rock discloses sections of this extinct form. Accompanying these

are several species of small Cerithia, together with an equal variety

of the genus Chemnitzia, comprising some of the most slender

256 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology of the

spiral univalves which it is possible to imagine. The Rostroireme,

though rare, are likewise represented by five species. We seem

in fact to have a repetition of the circumstances under which the

mollusca of the Great Oolite lived and multiplied. In a former

paper we alluded to an almost entire absence of the Cephalopoda

which distinguishes our Great Oolite, and it would appear that

this feature likewise extends to the same formation throughout

France. Thus Archiac does not mention a single species in the

district which he has illustrated, and Deslongchamp is equally

silent in describing the Normandic fossils. The “ Fimbria bed,”

in striking contrast to the other portions of the Inferior Oolite, is

distinguished by a similar paucity of Cephalopoda; hitherto only

a single specimen of Ammonite has been placed in our cabinet,

and we have searched in vain for a Nautilus or Belemnite. There

are several Terebratule, of which the T. fimbria is the most

abundant ; the varieties of figure and markings which this shell

undergoes in its stages of growth become interesting when placed

beside a similar series of the recent 7. Australis, which it very

nearly resembles in every circumstance. Of the fossil species

but few will be found to have attained the characters of old age,

and these latter are rarely equal in size to those which died on

attaining middle life, a fact of which some striking examples may

be cited in certain recent shells. As the 7. Australis, unlike the

Brachiopoda generally, is found in water only knee-deep near

Sidney, we may be allowed to consider it probable that the Tere-

bratule and other shells of the Fimbria bed were likewise deni-

zens of a shallow sea; such a condition would assist in explain-

ing the absence of Cephalopoda and the general resemblance

to the association of Great Oolite shells. As a last resemblance

a general dwarfing of species may be noticed, some examples of

which will subsequently be given. This general resemblance

however extends but in a very limited degree to specific identity :

thus, of the seven Nerinee, one only is common to both; the

Cerithia are altogether different, as are likewise the Chemnitzias

and Cylindrites. Our collection from the Fimbria bed contains—

59 Univalves and Radiaria, of which 22 are Great Oolite species.

72 Bivalves, of which . . . . 29 are Great Oolite species.

13] 5]

Thus only about 38 per cent. of the whole are common to both

formations. On passing downward through the freestones these

shells rapidly disappear, and on arriving at the lower rag-stones

another and very dissimilar suite predominate; the profusion of

Nerinee has entirely vanished, and equally in vain might we look

for a Cerithium or a Rostrotrema, and we very rarely meet with a

Oolitic Formations in the vicinity of Minchinhampton. 249

Chemnitzia; the bivalves are again of full dimensions, and the

Cephalopoda reappear in full force and of large size, but being

difficult to extract entire, are rarely seen in the cabinets of col-

lectors. But to form an idea of their numbers, the lowest bed in

the escarpment at Frocester Hill should be visited ; it is a perfect

storehouse of this class of remains. Nor is this abundance con-

fined to one locality; wherever the brown ochrey beds are ex-

posed in the escarpments of our valleys, or on the outer line of

the Cotteswolds, a single square yard of rock exposed is usually

sufficient to produce fragments of Ammonites and Belemnites ;

and it would appear that a similar profusion of those forms di-

stinguishes the lower beds of Inferior Ovlite throughout the

whole of its course in Somerset and Dorset. That they should

entirely cease between Painswick Hill and Crickley Hill, to be

_ replaced by other and totally different beds of rock and fossil

contents, is one of the most interesting geological problems which

the Cotteswolds offer to the scientific inquirer. A very remark-

able Brachiopod marks the base of the formation 1m our district ;

Terebratula bidens occurs in the lower rag-stone, and more espe-

cially in a few inches of marly rock, sometimes called Gingerbread

rock, which immediately underlies it. Terebratula acuta and

T. tridens accompany it much more sparingly ; the latter possibly

may be only a variety of the first : the separation of species among

the Brachiopoda must be regarded as merely provisional until

the state of our knowledge respecting them shall be more ad-

vanced. The brown sands beneath are entirely barren of organic

relics, and gradually and insensibly merge into the Upper Lias.

The general diminutive appearance which the Great Oolite shells

present when compared with those of the other oolitic rocks cannot

fail to be noticed. In species which have a considerable vertical

range this fact is rendered particularly striking : thus, but for a

perfect identity of markings, Trigonia costata reduced to the size

of a bean, and sometimes even of a pea, would scarcely be re-

garded as the representative of the large Inferior Oolite shell :

' higher in the Oolites it again attains its pristine dimensions,

Astarte excavata too, without the aid of a large series for com-

parison, would not be recognised; the shell beeomes small, de-

pressed, and the costz rendered almost obsolete. Modiola pli-

cata, which reappears in the upper beds of Great Oolite, nearly

loses its plicee, and acquires a compressed angular form. The

changes of size which Lucina lyrata undergoes is still more re-

markable. In the lower rag-stone it is of full dimensions ; in the

Nerinea bed or Fimbria bed it is reduced to one-fourth its former

bulk ; in the upper rag-stone it is again large ; in the shelly beds of

the Great Oolite it is rare, but is again reduced to the dimensions

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 18

258 — On the Fossil Conchology of Minchinhampton.

of the Fimbria bed ; lastly, in the upper beds of the Great Oolite it

is again abundant and of its standard bulk.

Next as to the gregarious habits of certain species :—Bussage,

a small hamlet north of the vale of Brimscomb, produces in its

shelly Great Oolite a large assemblage of an undescribed species of

Terebratula somewhat resembling T. globata, but very rarely having

both valves in juxtaposition, and seldom found in anyother locality.

In the limestone beds of the upper fossiliferous series, one locality

has produced a dense assemblage of a fine bivalve which seems

to belong to the new genus Cardilla of Deshayes, although ge-

nerally in these beds it is rare. The eompact structure of the

rock renders it nearly impossible to disengage them in a perfect

state, but the fine striz of the shell are well preserved, and the

character of the species evident ; its sudden advance in size when

compared with the small fossil shell upon which the genus was

founded is remarkable, and justifies the specific appellation of

grandis.

The association of species at the locality in question is curious :

the whiteness of the Cardilla limestone displays every testaceous

fragment in strong relief, and enables us to discover that the

Cardilla is the only bivalve, and that it is accompanied by a

Purpuroidea, and more sparingly by three large Natice, all of

which probably constituted checks upon its superabundance.

Monotis radiata occurs by myriads immediately beneath the

planking beds on Minchinhampton Common, and the gregarious

habits of Perna mytiloides may often be shown in a small hand

specimen of rock. Cardiwm Beaumonti, Archiac, is found only

in the upper beds, where, in abundance, they rival the Perna my-

tiloides of the lower series. In spots where the rock becomes a

barren sandstone far away from all detritus of shells, and pro-

bably deposited at greater depths, a cluster of Pholadomya con-

entrica or P. Murchisonia sometimes appears ; nor are any shells

of the genus Pholadomya ever found in the shelly beds of the Great

Oolite ; they are likewise absent in the Fimbria bed of the Infe-

rior Oolite, and it may be safely predicted, that they never will

be found in the shelly roe-stone of the vicinity of Cheltenham ;

these beds were evidently deposited in a shallow sea, and por-

tions of them even possess a littoral character. The little know-

ledge we possess of the habits of the recent Pholadomya candida

is in exact accordance with this fact. At one locality the upper

beds have produced a dense colony of Terebratula media to the

exclusion of all other shells. Lacina lyrata, Pholadomya truncata,

P. nana, Ceromya excentrica and Ceromya semistriata are like-

wise never found isolated.

The changes of external characters produced by growth alone

Clavaria teniupes

Bremella epugea Ditiolé nuda

Lev MS Berk : |

ov eley de. | SDe.C Sowerby Se.

~~ Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 259

form another interesting subject for study, and have occasionally

become a source of error and confusion. Two examples will

sufficiently illustrate this. The large and elegant new species

of Lima (L. varians) has a surface when young covered with

beautifully large waved strive; a good series will show the

gradual disappearance of these until a mere remnant is seen

on the anterior border ; the figure becomes more gibbose and

elongated, and finally is devoid of all markings, except the

concentric lines of growth. It is found in the shelly Great

Oolite and Fimbria bed of the Inferior Oolite. Macrodon

Hirsonensis is another example. Phillips, in his ‘Geology of

Yorkshire,’ gives two shells the name of Cucullea elongata, one

of which, t. 11. f. 43, is our species in its young state, with re-

gular longitudinal strie. A broken specimen with striz more

irregular, but still in its young state, is the Cucullea rudis of the -

‘Mineral Conchology,’ t. 447. . Another variety of figure, more

advanced in age, is the Arca elongata of Goldfuss, t. 123. f. 9.

Cucullea Hirsonensis, Archiac, t. 27. f. 5, is a half-grown spe-

cimen with the longitudinal strie obliterated. The genus is de-

scribed in Mr. Buckman’s ‘ Geology of Cheltenham,’ but the spe-

cies there figured seems to be distinct from the one in question.

Our species is abundant in the planking beds, but more rare in

the Fimbria and Freestone beds of the Inferior Oolite. To pur-

sue the subject further would involve descriptions of individual

species useful only in a monograph devoted to the purpose.

Here these remarks may fitly conclude with the expression of a

hope that the large number of our Great Oolite. shells. new to

science may ere long be given to the public*, and that the fossil

fauna of the Cotteswolds generally may by the instrumentality of

this Club acquire a “local habitation and a name.” Probably

no district in England contains an equal number of fossil trea-

sures which have not as yet been transferred to the plate of the

engraver.

XX VII.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev.M.J.Berketey,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Ksq.

{Continued from vol. xiii. p. 360. ]

{ With a Plate.]

*323. Agaricus platyphyllus, P. This species, which was

noticed before, occurred on old stumps in Leigh Wood near

Bristol, August 1848. The base of the stem was furnished with

* Perhaps by means of the Palwontographical Society.

18*

260 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungt.

strong branched rhizomorphoid mycelium, which did not exist in

the specimens found on the ground at King’s Cliffe, and which

accorded perfectly with the plate of Bullard.

324. Ag. Helvelloides, Bull. t. 601. fig. 3. This elegant agaric,

which Fries considers doubtfully a state of Ag. wmbelliferus, L.,

occurred at Navigation House, Monmouthshire, Oct. 27, 1847.

It is far more delicate and graceful than any of the numerous

forms of that species. 3

825. Ag. (Omphalia) rufulus, n. s. Pileo umbilicato rufo-

gilvo pallescente subfarinaceo ; stipite concolori nitente ; lamellis

decurrentibus crassiusculis furcatis incarnatis. On an exposed

common amongst Polytrichum aloides, Hanham near Bristol,

Dec. 7, 1847. |

Pileus half an inch across, at first convex, soon expanded. and

umbilicate, subcarnose, reddish gray or buff, at length pale, mi-

nutely mealy ; margin crenulate. Stem half an inch high, 1 line

thick, flexuous, of the same colour as the pileus, smooth, shining,

solid. Gills decurrent, rather thick, flesh-coloured, especially

towards the margin, forked, rather distant; interstices vey.

Spores oblong, oblique.

_ A very pretty and distinct species with somewhat of the aspect

of Ag. laceatus, but allied to Ag. pyaidatus.

_ 826. Ag. (Pleurotus) ewosmos, Huss. Odorus, pileis fascieu-

latis ineequalibus ; stipitibus distinctis e lamellis longissime de-

currentibus albidis costatis ; sporis albo-purpuratis. Badham,

Esc. Fung. t. 11 inpart. Ona decayed elm, Kent. Mrs. Hussey

and Dr. Badham. :

Pilei very much crowded, 2 inches or more across, deeply de-

pressed, unequal, at first white, invested with a light blue var-

nish, at length of a light brown. Stems distinet above, connate

below. Gills rather broad, running down to the bottom of the

free portion of the stem. Spores oblong, narrow, oblique, white

tinged with purple. ‘The whole plant smells when first gathered

strongly of tarragon.

Vittadini describes the spores in his Agaricus ostreatus as

“bianco porporino,” but his figure is so much like that of the

true Ag. ostreatus, that it is possible he may have had two species

in view. In Ag. ostreatus the spores have not the slightest tinge

of purple. | )

327. Ag. durus, Fr. Ep. p. 162. Ag. obturatus, Krombholz,

t. 28. fig. 14-22.

Brighton, Dr. Badham.

328. Ag. (Pholiota) jecorinus, n. s. Czespitosus; pileis con-

vexis glaberrimis viscido-pelliculosis levibus demum caperatis

subcarnosis, brunneis, demum expallentibus ; stipitibus deorsum

incrassatis fibrillosis brunneolis, lamellis adnato-decurrentibus.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 261

subdistantibus subrubello-umbrinis. About the roots of beech-

trees, Rushton, Norths., Aug. 1848.

Fasciculate or gregarious. Pilei 14-2. inches across, hemi-

spherical, at length expanded, quite smooth and even, at first

clothed with a viscid pellicle, at length slightly wrinkled, some-

what fleshy, dark brown, paler when dry. Stem 23 inches high,

4 of an inch thick, incrassated below, umber, dark brown at the

base, fibrillose, stuffed, at length hollow. Ring near the top, per-

sistent, mostly deflexed; stem above the ring paler, fibrillose.

Gills umber with a rosy tinge, adnate, with a decurrent tooth,

rather distant. Spores brownish. | ,

Allied to Ag. pudicus, Ag. cylindraceus and Ag. Aigerita, but

distinct in its very dark head, and umber adnato-decurrent gills.

It approaches very near to Paulet’s mulberry-tree Agaric, t. 144.

It is certainly not described by Fries. The taste is like that of

the common mushroom with a slight acidity.

329. Ag. (Pholiota) mesodactylius, n.s. Pileo conico-expanso

obtuso pallide fulvo submembranaceo; margine striato; stipite

gracili glabriusculo fistuloso albo; annulo centrali integerrimo ;

Jamellis aseendentibus rotundato-affixis pallide fulvis. On the

ground in a moist wooded dell, Woodborough, Notts.

Pileus 13 inch broad, obtusely conical with the margin ex-

panded, hygrophanous, pale tawny, slightly fleshy in the centre ;

margin striate. Stem flexuous, 2} inches high, 2 lines thick,

white, nearly smooth above and below the ring, sometimes show-

ing a vinous stain where bruised, nearly equal, fistulose. Ring

central, expanded, quite entire, deeply striate within. Gills mo-

derately broad, slightly veutricose, ascending, affixed.

Allied to A. Mycenoides, from which it differs in its pure white

stem, without the ferruginous hue of that species. ‘The entire

white striate ring is very remarkable.

_ Prats IX, fig. 1. Agaricus mesodactylius and section of the natural

size.

*330. Ag. flavidus, Scheeff.t.35. Woods near Dundee, Mr.

W. Gardiner, no. 46.

*331. Ag. horizontalis, Bull. t.324.

This species, which belongs to the section Naucoria, occurs at

Burghley Park near Stamford. _Sowerby’s plant is certainly dif-

ferent, and, as appears from his herbarium, merely a state of Ag.

corticola.

332. Hygrophorus russo-coriaceus, Berk. and Miller MSS.

Odorus, pileo viscidulo eburneo ; stipite tenui glabro; lamellis

paucis latis candidis, decurrentibus. In exposed pastures, Walker-

ingham, Notts, Oct. to Dec., Rev. T. K. Miller.

Pileus about } an inch in diameter, convex, fleshy, slightly

262 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. B. Broome on British Fungi,

viscid, ivory-white. Stem 3-1 inch high, not a line thick, in-

crassated upwards, smooth, solid, pure white. Gills thick, broad,

arched, decurrent, very few and distant, with a few shorter ones

intermixed, The whole plant exhales a strong musky smell like

that of Russian leather, or Potentilla atrosanguinea, which it some-

times retains for years.

The only species which approaches very near to this is 4g.

ptychophyllus, Corda. It is at once known by its delightful

odour.

333. Russula emetica, Fr. Ep. p. 857. Stapleton near Bristol,

Aug. 1838.

The determination of the species of this genus is surrounded

with many difficulties. This and the two following, gathered

near Bristol, being clearly characterized and exactly described by

Fries, we venture to give as-certain contributions to the list of

British Fungi. Other species may be added when strictly de-

termined. The present is known by its very acrid taste and free

gills, between which and’the stem is a distinct channel as in the

Plutei. a

334, R. integra, Fr. Ep. p. 360. Leigh Wood near Bristol,

Aug. 1848.

Distinguished by its mild taste, its at length sulcate and tu-

berculated margin, its white stem and its gills which gradually

assume a pale dirty yellow hue. ©

335. R. aurata, ¥r. l.c. Leigh Wood, Aug. 1848.

A most splendid species, distinguished by its golden yellow

shining pileus and yellow margined gills. It is equal in beauty

to Ag. muscarius. Tey ye

336. Cantharellus Brownii, n. s.| Ochraceo-albus ; pileo tenui

convexo subumbonato; stipite gracili, farcto; plicis subdistan-

tibus angustissimis obtuse decurrentibus. Amongst grass (to

the roots of which it was attached) in the park, Hitchin, Mr. Isaac

Brown and Mr. W. Dawson, Oct. 1844.

Whole plant of a pale ochraceous cream-colour. Pileus orbi-

cular, thin, convex, subumbonate, half an inch across, sometimes

rather larger, obscurely silky. Stem slender, 14-2 inches high,

scarce 1 line thick, nearly equal, subfurfuraceous, furnished with

a little white fibrillose mycelium at the base, which sometimes

forms a small earthy ball, rather tough, stuffed. Folds linear,

‘very narrow, sometimes slightly forked, obtusely decurrent ; in-

terstices smooth ; occasionally quite obsolete except towards thé

margin. Hymenium nearly white.

There is no described species allied to this except Canth. au-

rantiacus, which approaches to it by means of its white variety.

It is a very neat and beautiful fungus, with very much the habit

of Ag. hemisphericus, and with the stem stuffed as in that species.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. U. E. Broome on British Fungi. 268

*337. Lenzites sepiaria, Fr. Kp. p. 407. On a scaffolding-pole,

Oundle, Northamptonshire, 1847,

The hymenium is of a brilliant orange-brown when fresh.

338. Boletus parasiticus, Bull. t. 451. fig. 1. Parasitic on

Scleroderma vulgare, Hanham near Bristol, Aug. 1845, C. E.

Broome.

Pileus silky, dirty yellow as well as the incurved, rigid, slightly

silky stem ; flesh, of’ a pale reddish hue ; tubes decurrent, laby-

rinthiform, reddish.

Fries appears never to have seen this species when fresh, which

may account for one or two slight discrepancies. It is certainly

not viscid in any stage of growth. | ee

339. Boletus chrysenteron, Bull. t. 490. fig. 3 ; Fr. Ep. p. 415.

In woody pastures : common.

This species was formerly confounded by Fries with Bol. sub-

tomentosus. It is the species described in ‘Eng. Flora,’ vol. v.

pt. 2. p. 150.

340. Boletus Satanas, Lenz. (2nd ed.), fig. 21; Fr. Ep. p.418.

On the ground under trees, in Rockingham Forest: not un-

common.

341. Boletus purpureus, Fr. Kp. p. 419. On the ground under

trees, Rockingham forest, June 1845.

342. Boletus alutarius, Fr. Ep. p. 425. Hayes, Kent, Mrs.

Hussey.

*343. Polyporus brumalis, Fr. Ep. p. 430. On fallen sticks,

Portbury near Bristol, May 1847.

This beautiful species is distinguished from Pol. ciliatus, with

which it is often confounded, by its larger pores and different

habit.

344. Polyp. quercinus, Fr. Ep. p. 441. P. suberosus, Kromb.

t. 5. figs. 3,5, t. 48. figs. 11, 13. Qn old- oaks, Hayes, Kent, |

Mrs. Hussey; Apethorpe, Norths., Mr. Alfred Brodhurst Hill.

A very distinct species, having somewhat the form of Fistulina

hepatica. It is of a beautiful yellow brown with rather shallow

pores.

845. Polyp. nidulans, Fr. Ep. p. 455. On mountain ash, Sher-

wood Forest.

A resupinate form was gathered on oak at Edinburgh by Dr.

Bauchop. .

346. Polyp. rutilans, Fr. Ep. p. 455. On Quercus sessili-

flora, banks of the Dee near Wynnstay, July 1848.

When fresh very soft, of a beautiful reddish gray, and with a

powerful but pleasant odour like that of aniseed.

346>. Polyp. salicinus, Fr. Ep. p. 467. On willows, Berkshire,

¥.J. Graham, Esq. ; Apethorpe, Norths.

Polyp. salicinus, Grev., is now Polyp. salignus, Fr. Polyporus

264 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

undatus, Eng. F1., it should be observed, is not the true species

of Persoon, of which we have lately seen an authentic specimen.

It is probably a state of Pol. conchatus. The true plant seems, as

far as I can judge from the dry specimen, to resemble Pol. vitreus.

- 847. Polyp. cervinus, Pers. ! Myc. Eur. vol. ii. p. 87... On

beech, Oswestry, Rev. T. Salwey ; King’s Cliffe.

Polyp. cervinus, Fr. and Schwein., appears to be a different

species. The present is remarkable for its large pores and rigid

dissepiments, especially when young, which would almost justify

its being referred to Trametes. Persoon’s plant is rather cine-

reous than fawn-coloured. This species is marked by Nees von

Esenbeck in M. Desmaziére’s herbarium Pol. connatus, Fr., which

is a totally different thing, and of which I have Swedish speci-

mens.

348. Polyp. cellaris, Desm.! no. 72. Oswestry, Rev. T. Salwey.

This cannot be, as Fries supposes, a state of P. igniarius. . It

is much more nearly allied to Pol. contiguus, Fr., which is the

same with Pol. megaloporus, P.

349. Polyp. nitidus, Fr. Ep. p. 483. Boletus nitidus, Pers.

Obs. 2. t. 4. fig. 1. On wood near Bristol, Mr. H. O. Stephens.

350. Polyp. bombycinus, Fr. Ep. p. 483. On decayed wood,

Portbury near Bristol, C. E. Broome. It has also been found

near Bristol by Mr. H.O. Stephens. The specimens found by the

latter gentleman however have smaller pores, though agreeing

m colour and general aspect.

351. Polyp. vitreus, Fr. Ep. p.485. West of England, C. E.

Broome.

Distinguished by its distinet xylostromatoid substratum, which

separates easily from the matrix.

352. Polyp. obducens, Pers. Myc. Bur. vol. ii. p. 104. On an

_ old rotten stump, Failand near Bristol; also at Southwick, Norths.

This species forms thick strata consisting of several layers, the

growth of as many years. Chevallier’s Polyp. Radula is probably

the same species.

353. Polyp. aneirinus, Fr. Ep. p.487. On dead fallen twigs,

Edinburgh, Dr. Bauchop.

Distinguished by its large pores, the Biyiheniliit of which has

a peculiar smooth waxy aspect.

354. Polyp. vaporarius, Fy. Ep. p. 487. On dead wood : very

common.

This species, or one most closely allied, occasionally occurs on

the hymenium of Lenzites betulina.

355. Polyp. terrestris, Fr. Ep. p.486. On rotten wood, Lin-

lithgowshire, Dr. J. C. Bauchop.

356. Polyp. (Resupinatus) Stephensii, n.s. Albus orbicularis,

demum confluens margine quandoque breviter reflexo tomentoso .

Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 265

poris amplis subequalibus angulatis ; dissepimentis crassiusculis

acie villosis. On privet, Leigh Wood near Bristol, Oct. 1847,

Mr. H. O. Stephens; Wraxall, Som., C. E. Broome.

Forming scattered orbicular white or at length confluent re-

supinate patches about half an inch in diameter, which are some-

times slightly reflexed with the free surface tomentose. Pores

rather large, z\;th of an inch broad, nearly equal, angular, some-

times subhexagonal ; edge even, tomentose.

This species has the habit of a resupinate Hexagonia, and is

very well marked. There is none with which it can be confounded.

P. Radula appears to be the most nearly allied species.

357. Merulius rufus, Pers. Myc. Eur. t. 16. figs. 1,2; Fr. Ep.

p- 502. Xylomyzon isoporum, Pers. Myce. Eur. vol. ii. p. 338. t. 16.

figs. 1,2. On dead oak branches, Wraxall, Som., C. E. Broome.

Polyporus bathyporus, Rostkovius, appears to be the same

species.

"358. Merulius Porinoides, Fr.! Syst. Mye. vol. i. p. 329.

Xylomyzon paucirugum, Pers. Myc. Eur. vol. 11. p. 33. t. 14. fig. 7.

On the ground, Leigh Wood near Bristol, C. KE. Broome.

359. Porothelium Friesii, Mont. Ann. d. Se. Nat. 1836,

vol. v. p. 839; Fr. Ep. p. 504. On pine wood, Wraxall, Som.,

C. E. Broome ; Castle Semple, Klotzsch, sub nom. Hydnum mu-

cidum.

360. Hydnum zonatum, Batsch, t. 40. fig. 204; Fr. Ep. p. 509.

On the ground under large oak-trees in Mr. Brown’s Wood,

Glanmire near Cork, Mr. Denis Murray.

361. Hydnum niveum, Pers. Disp. Meth. t. 4. figs. 6, 7; Fr.

Ep. p.518. On decayed leaves, sticks, moss, &c., Leigh Wood,

Bristol, Dec. 13, 1847, C. E. Broome. | 7

362. Radulum quercinum, Fr.! Ep. 525. On beech, Bach Hall,

Chester, Mr. A. Brodhurst Hill. .

An authentic specimen from Sweden is on Rosa canina.

363. Kneiffia setigera, Fr.! Ep. p. 529. On pine, Wraxall,

Somersetshire, C. E. Broome.

364. Thelephora biennis, Fr. Ep. p. 540. Auricularia Phylac-

teris, Bull. t. 486. On the ground, running over grass, sticks,

&c., Bowood, Wilts, C. E. Broome.

365. Thelephora cesia, Fr. Ep. p. 541. On the ground in

woods. Leigh Wood, Stapleton Grove, near Bristol, Aug. 1848.

The hymenium, studded with the quaternate spores, is a beau-

tiful object under a low power of the compound microscope.

The surface is sometimes quite smooth, sometimes distinctly

papillose.

366. Thelephora laxa, Fr.! Ep. p. 543. On bark and lichens,

King’s Cliffe, 1841.

266 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

367. Clavaria crocea, Pers. Coryph. p. 189; Ic. et Descr. t. 9.

fig. 6. On the ground, Wraxall, Som., C. E. Broome.

368. Clavaria purpurea, Mill. Fl. Dan. t. 837. fig.2. Abun-

dant in a grass-field at Tansor, Northamptonshire.

This was formerly referred to Clav. rufa, ‘Fl. Dan.,’ by some

error, of which the origin is now inexplicable.

369. Clavaria tenuipes, n.s. Gregaria, pusilla, clavula inflata

rugosa pallido-argillacea ; stipite gracili flexuoso subdistincto.

On bare heathy ground on the borders of Sherwood Forest, Nov.

15, 1837. )

Not exceeding an inch in height. Head swollen, obovate, ru-

gose, pale clay-coloured, about 4 an inch high, rarely con-

fluent with the stem, which is quite smooth, flexuous and very

slender.

Allied to Clav. fragilis, but distinguished by its constantly in-

crassated head and less distinct flexuous stem.

Puate IX. fig. 2. Clavaria tenuipes of the natural size.

370. Clavaria argillacea, Fr. Ep. p.577. a. Leigh Wood near

Bristol, C. E. Broome ; New Brighton, Cheshire, on sandy pas-

tures. 06. Collyweston, Norths., on bare ground in woods.

Fries now unites C. argillacea, P., and C. flavipes, P., under

one species, in which view we concur.

371. Calocera glossoides, Fr. Ep. p. 582. Clavaria glossoides,

Pers. Comm. p. 68. On decayed oak, Leigh Wood near Bristol,

C. E. Broome.

Composed of erect forked flocci. Spores oblong, oblique,

somewhat incurved, attached by a short pedicel.

372. Tremella torta, Willd. Mag. fir die Bot. vol. iv. p. 18.

Dacrymyces tortus, Fr. Ep. p. 592. Dacrymyces stillatus B, Fr.

Syst. Myce. vol. i. p. 250. On decorticated oak branches: very

common.

This does not agree in structure with Dacrymyces, but is a true

Tremellg.

373. T. epigea, n.s. Effusa gelatinosa gyroso-plicata candida.

On the ground, Leigh Wood, Aug. 1848.

"Spreading over the naked soil, on which it forms a thin white

stratum, the surface of which is gyroso-plicate, and dusted with

the white spores; the inner substance is very soft and gelatinous.

This is a true Zremella and very different from Corticium viscosum.

Piate IX. fig. 3. Section of hymenium highly magnified.

374. Nematelia virescens, Corda, Ic. iii. t. 6. fig. 90. Dacry-

myces virescens, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. ii. p.229. Common on Ulex

europea, Norths., Somers., &c.; Sidlaw Hills, Forfarshire, Mr.

G. Lawson.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 267

This pretty little fungus does not agree in structure with the

genus Dacrymyces, and is correctly placed in Nematelia by Corda,

who rightly suspected it to be Tremella virescens, Schum.

375. Ditiola nuda, n.s. Stipite eylindrico brevi albo tomen-

toso ; capitulo subpileato corrugato aurantiaco. On fir stumps,

Apethorpe, Norths., Sept. 1835. |

About 1 line high. Stem rather thick, cylindrical, white, to-

mentose; head subpileiform, corrugated, sometimes umbilicate,

consisting of loosely packed threads, which above bear fascicles

of fertile branches. Spores oblique, oblong, obtuse, slightly

curved, attached by a short excentric pedicel, and containing

about three nuclei.

This pretty species has the habit of Ditiola radicata, but it

does not root into the wood, neither has it any veil. Itisa

Nematelia, with the nucleus elongated into a stem. It must not

be confounded with forms of stipitate Daerymyces stellatus, which

produces its spores in moniliform branched threads.

Prate IX, fig. 4. a. Ditiola nuda, nat. size; b. hymenium highly mag-

nified ; ¢. single spore still more highly magnified.

376. Hymenogaster muticus, n. s. Globosus, juvenis candidis-

-simus, demum fusco-tinctus rimosus ; intus pallide luteo-fuscus ;

cellulis laxioribus, sporis obovato-oblongis obtusissimis. Staple-

ton Grove near Bristol, 1845, and Nov. 18, 1847.

About an inch in diameter, almost destitute of any absorbing

base, globose, scarcely at all lobed. When young pure white,

but changing with age, especially when rubbed, to brownish,

and at length much cracked. Substance pale yellowish brown,

rather firm and dry ; cells loose, but smaller than in some of the

allied species, clothed with reddish brown obovate oblong spores,

which for the most part are quite obtuse, without the slightest

trace of an apiculus, and contain two or three variously-sized

oil-globules. Smell very slight.

Distinguished from all its more immediate allies by its pecu-

liar spores. It resembles much in general appearance H. olivaceus.

The spores of H. lilacinus, Tul., are sometimes similarly shaped,

but not typically, a point which requires strict attention in this

genus.

377. Hysterangium Thwaitesii,n.s. Subglobosus albus tactu

rufescens ; peridio membranaceo; sporis oblongis apiculatis.

Leigh Wood, Aug. 2, 1848. A single specimen occurred in the

previous year on Aug. 22,

Mycelium white, fibrillose, not much disposed to form mem-

branous expansions, spreading for some distance. Sporangium

globose or slightly irregular, white, slightly silky, when rubbed or

exposed to the air assuming a rufous tinge. Peridium membra-

268 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

nous, not so thick as in H.nephriticum, though as in that species

it sometimes separates when dry ; rufous when divided. Cells

brownish olive. Spores oblong, apiculate, differently shaped

from those of the other species, and comparable only with those

of H. membranaceum, Corda, of which at present nothing more

is known than from an unpublished plate.

*378. Geaster rufescens, P.

An authentic specimen from Persoon is identical with G. fim-

briatus, Fr., and to this belong some of the synonyms in ‘ Eng.

Fl.,’ especially that of Sowerby. Geaster rufescens, Fr., is quite

a different thing, specimens of a small form of which were abun-

dant at Thringstone, Leicestershire, a few years since, and a single

specimen has occurred at Cliffe. The figures of Schmiedel are

indifferent representations of G. fimbriatus.

379. Geaster mammosus, Chev.

An authentic specimen of Sow. t. 401 proves to be this spe-

cies. We hope then that the British species, as far as they have

at present been discovered, are now correctly referred to their

synonyms.

XXVIII.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Putttp Henry Gosse,

! [Continued from p. 181.]

35. Victorina Steneles. This fine species is found throughout

the year, but is common only during the summer months. _ It

haunts the bushes and herbage, at the edges of woods, the sides

of roads and, mountain-paths, beating about with an irregular

motion, not often alighting. When alarmed, its flight is strong

and rapid, but not high. Most of the specimens that one sees

are more or less damaged by beating. It is widely distributed

over mountain and lowland; in the bridle-paths of the Cotta

Wood, near Content, it is, 1 think, more numerous than else-

where.

In October, a large spinous caterpillar, black with red_ spots,

furnished with two longer clubbed spimes near the head, was

brought me, which produced a short, thick chrysalis, of a beau-

tiful pale green hue. From this in a very few days emerged the

present butterfly. As the larva was ready for its change when

I obtained it, I do not know its food.

36. Marpesia Eleucha. This occurred sparingly during the

_ summer, both m the lowlands and on the Hampstead Road. It

affects shrubs and small trees, at a height of six or eight feet

from the ground, rather than herbage, fluttering over them with

rapid vibration of the wings ; it is however easily alarmed, and

not readily approached.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 269

* 37. Heterochroa Iphicla (var.?). In elevated situations this

butterfly is rather common, and it extends down to the level of

the lower hills. At the brow of Bluefields Mountain it may be

met with at all seasons, playing around the summits of tall blos-

soming shrubs. Its motions are sudden and rapid ; it frequently

alights and sits on a flower or leaf, with its wings spread to the

sun, or alternately opens and closes them quickly in the manner

of the Vanesse: shy and vigilant, an approach puts it instantly

on-the wing, when it darts swiftly out of reach among the bushes,

but soon returning to the same spot again. In this butterfly, as

well as several others which seem to be specifically identical with

Brazilian specimens, there is a peculiarity of form in West Indian

individuals by which they may be at onee distinguished. It con-

sists in a tendency to inereased development of the tailed pro-

cesses of the posterior wings. Though this may not be observable

in a comparison of a single speeimen from each locality, it be-

comes conspicuous when a large collection comes under the eye.

38. Chlorippe Laura. A male and a female of this species

occurred, both on the Hampstead Road, in June. Their man-

ners were much the same as those of the preceeding.

39. Timetes Chiron (P. Marius, Cram.). In the lowlands,

especially at Sabito, this species is not uncommon during sum-

mer, appearing about the end of April : im mountain localities it

is rather rare. It affects road-sides, and open grassy glades in

woods ; in the former dancing along the road at a small eleva-

tion with a zigzag flight, in the latter occasionally alighting on

the turf. » When one is seen, others are usually not far off ; but

the species is not gregarious. It is rather difficult of capture,

being swift when alarmed.

~ 40. Gynecia Dirce. Contrary to the habits of most butterflies,

this species avoids the sun. Dark and sombre woods, where

there is little underwood, but where the meeting and interlacing

branches overhead admit only .a subdued light, are its favourite

haunts. A grove of rose-apple trees (Hugenia jambos) by the

side of the: Hampstead Road, and a gloomy corner of the

zigzag Bamboo Walk on Grand-Vale Mountain, are situations

where it may be seen in some numbers on any day in summer,

I have also seen it rarely in the high woods of Auld Ayr, behind

Bluefields. When alarmed it flies rather swiftly, with an irre-

gular motion, for a few yards only, suddenly and unexpectedly

alighting on the trunk of a tree, erecting its closed wings in the

same moment. ‘The action is exceedingly like that of the Cato-

cale, and as in the case of those moths, the sudden cessation of

flight often causes the unpractised eye to lose sight of the object :

in flight the contrast of the broad pale yellow bands on the black

wings renders it conspicuous, but the variegated under surface,

270 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

so exquisitely beautiful when examined in detail, has so much

the appearance of the gray bark of a tree as to be undistinguish-

able, even though the eye has been following it up to that mo-

ment. The insect seems to be aware of this power ef conceal-

ment, and to trust to it; for after having thus alighted it will

allow of a close approach without again flying, provided the

attention of the observer be not very obviously directed to the

spot.

41. Paphia troglodyta. I believe this species occurred but on

a single occasion; one morning early in May, three specimens

were captured by. my servant at Sabito. I know nothing of its

habits.

42. Paphia Portia (P. petal oe Cram.). This is one of the

species which are found in considerable abundance all through

the year. It chiefly affects the lowlands, though | have ocea-

sionally taken it at the elevation of Bluefields Mountain. The

road at Sabito and at Belmont, and the immediate vicinity of

Alligator Pond, in all of which the soil is a heavy sand close to

the sea-beach, are the situations where I have found it most nu-

merous. ‘To take it requires a net with a long staff, for it flies

rather high, playing over the tops of the trees, but frequently

alighting on the broad leaf of a sea-grape (Coccoloba) at the

height of fifteen or twenty feet from the ground. As if confident

in this security, it will frequently allow the net to be placed

almost against it before it will move. Two sometimes play

together in the air, rising to a great elevation, with swift tor-

tuous evolutions ; then, descending, each will suddenly alight on

a leaf, turning in the instant so as to bring the head down-

wards,—an invariable rule,—and closing the wings at the same

moment, when it will rest awhile motionless. In recent speci-

mens there is a rich violet opalescence, which plays over the

scarlet surface of the wings in some lights, and which is very

beautiful.

43. Aganisthos Orion. At Sabito Bottom this imposing but-

terfly is rather common, and so it is some two or three miles

farther on, upon the same road, beyond the Water-wheel. These

spots have in common the close proximity of the sea-beach on

the one hand, and on the other a dense impenetrable morass,

covered with trees and bushes. Over the tops of the tallest trees

of the morass, Orion is frequently seen playing with another of

his species, occasionally coming down to alight on the topmost

twig, or on some projecting leaf of a tree, frequently one that

overhangs the road ; it always rests head downward, in the man-

ner of Portia; it is very vigilant, never descends within many

yards of the ground, and will not allow of an intruder’s approach ;

when it flies, it will often, after taking a wide circuit, return to

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 271

the same twig or leaf it had left. Its flight is rapid and com-

manding, effected by a succession of great, irregular bounds, if I

may use such a term, with a leisurely flapping of the large wings ;

but sometimes it sails along with very little flappmg. Its ap-

pearance in the air, from its size and dark colour, is striking.

44. Charaxes Cadmus. With much resemblance to the pre-

ceding species in form and coloration, Cadmus resembles it still

more in general habits. It frequents also the same localities,

but less exclusively ; for besides Sabito and the Cave, where it is

most common and constant, it occurs also in summer on the

Hampstead Road, and in many lanes and glades in the hill-side

woods. It isa butterfly of lofty fight, wary and swift, and hence

is difficult of capture ; yet sometimes, when sitting on a leaf, it

manifests an unusual fearlessness. Its habit is to fly rapidly

round and round a considerable area over the trees, occasionally

resting on the lofty leaves and twigs: if another of the same spe-

cies appears, an encounter takes place, whether hostile or ama-

tory I know not, during which they whirl round each other with

amazing rapidity; in these tussles they often descend near the

ground, but on separation each returns to its usual elevation.

The mode of resting suddenly from flight, without any hovering,

even for a moment, over the spot, the immediate closure of the

wings and the position, the head always bemg downward, with

many other details of habit, are common to Portia, Orion and

Cadmus.

45, Lnbythea (sp. nov.? near Motya). All I can say of this

is that it was taken by my servant at Alligator Pond, a few yards

from the sea-side, on an afternoon near the end of June.

46. Calisto Zangis. We rarely see this butterfly in the open

fields or roads, but within the sombre shade of the woods it is

almost everywhere to be met with, from the forest which comes

down to the sea-side at Sabito to the summit of Bluefields Peak ;

and it is no less numerous than widely spread. Its habits are

much the same as those of our own sylvan Hipparchie ; it pro-

ceeds with an irregular dancing jerking motion, a few inches

above the grounds commonly pursuing the same general direc-

tion, never hovering or flitting to and fro, rarely turning upon

its course, and rarely alighting. Its flight is slow and feeble,

and hence it is captured with the utmost facility. The large eye-

hike spot in the centre of the anterior wing in the male gives to

this sex an aspect very diverse from that of the female. It is

abundant throughout the whole year.

47. Thecla Pan. The Hampstead Road is the chief locality

in which I have seen this species. There, in June, it is very com-

mon, friskmg about in the morning sun, over such trees as are

in blossom, in large parties, often alighting, and rubbing the

272 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

closed wings against each other, in the manner common to the

genus.

48. Thecla (sp. nov. near Pan, No. 2632, Br. Mus.). About

the end of March this little sombre species occurs ; playing about

the flowering plants and fruit-trees of the pastures, especially in

the lowlands. In Bluefields pasture I have observed it affect the

bushes of Cleome pentaphylla, whose elegant long-stamened blos-

soms probably attract it, though it does not rest much on them,

but pursues its game of aérial play with its fellows in incessant

and unwearied pertinacity ; half-a-dozen or more whirling about

each other in the air with a rapidity of contortion that the eye

of the observer vainly attempts to follow. Often two or three

will begin to play around an orange-tree, and in a few seconds,

others which we had not seen before, coming from no one knows

where, suddenly join in the gambols, and thus the little group

increases to eight or ten, which after a while separate and di-

sperse as invisibly as they came. Their small size and great ra-

pidity of motion doubtless help to produce this effect. They

delight in the full beams of the burning sun ; the hottest part of

_ the day is the season of their greatest activity; and even the

shadow of a passing cloud will spoil their play.

49. Thecla (sp. noy., No. 2635, Br. Mus.).

50. Thecla Acis. <A single specimen.

51. Thecla (sp. nov. near Hugo). A single specimen occurred,

but I have no note of the time or place of its capture.

52. Thecla (sp. nov., No. 2659, Br. Mus.). A very lovely little

species of a splendid silvery blue above, the apex of the wings

broadly black; the under surface bluish white with many faint

lines. It occurred two or three times only in the month of June

on the Hampstead Road ; each one was solitary, flittmg among

trees or resting on leaves ‘at a considerable elevation, at the edge

of the dark forest, itself out of the reach of the sun’s rays.

53. Thecla (sp. nov. near. Herodotus, No. 2718, Br. Mus.).

Somewhat like the preceding above, but larger and much less

brilliant: the under surface is of a lively yellowish green, the

posterior wings brown at the margin, with a*white edge. This

species was still rarer than the former, but frequented the same

situation.

54. Thecla (sp. nov.). Above with a general resemblance to

the former two, the size agreeing with the last ; the blue is very

rich, approaching a purple tint. The inferior surface has some-

what the same character as in Pan. It is very rare; I met with

it but once or twice on the Hampstead Road in June.

55. Polyommatus Cassius. This minute and delicate little

* Blue” is exceedingly abundant in the pastures of the lowlands

and the guinea-grass pieces of the hill-sides. In company with

nas

pole

oe i

Bg Ty

pee Bo 3

- ‘ . | |

< t 2 Aa & , : 7 : : : : |

| |

+] y z f | | |

‘ |

! =

; :

‘

Ann. 4 Mag. Nat. Hist. 52, V2 210.

JS. debtle.

SDe C. Sowerby. sch

LF Greville. del

Mr. J. Coppin on a new genus of British Marine Zoophytes. 273

the smaller Zeriades and Hesperia it flits over the grass in thou-

sands ; frequently it engages in play with others of its species,

with the hilarity of the little Thecle, but in a less degree. It

rarely rises to a greater height than a foot or eighteen inches

above the turf, and though its motions are swift and sprightly

yet it is very easily captured. . It is active through all the seasons

of the year.

[To be continued. }

XXIX.—Description of anew genus of British Marine Zoophytes

belonging to the family Kucratiade. By Joun Corvin, Esq.,

M.A.

[ With a Plate. ]

Nov. Gen. SALPINGIA.

(Derivation from cddruyé, a trumpet.)

Char. Cells elongated, sessile upon a branched stem; apertures

lateral, broader above than below, produced; base of cells

surrounded by one or more spines and trumpet-shaped pro-

cesses. .

Saupinera Hassa..il.

Char. Polypidom calcareous, branched, confervoid, jointed, punc-

tated ; cells in a single series, distant, elongated, sessile, upon

a branched stem ; apertures lateral, produced, narrow below,

broad and straight above; stem very slender, dichotomously

branched, dilating upwards to the base of each polype-cell ;

spines and trumpet-shaped processes springing usually out of

the angle formed between the stem and the cells, and from the

dilated portion of the stem on which the cell itself is seated.

Hab. Parasitical on small filamentous Fuci, together with the

Eucratea chelata. Brighton: rare. June 1848.—PI. X. fig. 3.

This is a very elegant production, certainly both generically

and specifically distinct from any hitherto-deseribed zoophyte,

but displaying an evident relation to the genus Eucratea, which

has been made the type of a distinct family, Hucratiade.

The appearance of this zoophyte under the microscope is very

beautiful ; the long and slender footstalks surmounted by the

uniserial cells, with their curious apertures, the singular-looking

but not inelegant trumpet-shaped processes, the entire polypi-

dom being at the same time regularly and delicately frosted or

punctated, all conspire to render this an exceedingly graceful

microscopic object.

An attentive examination of the construction of the polypidom

of this species, and a consideration of the position of the several

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. : 19

274 = Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum.

joints with which it is provided, render it extremely probable that

the trumpet-shaped processes are the dilated footstalks upon

which the cells themselves are ultimately to be developed.

The position of the several jomts is not always exactly the

same ; one however is usually found at the commencement of the

long footstalk, another near its termination and at, the base of

the trumpet-shaped process, a third between the cell and -this

process, and a fourth midway on the cell itself, which sometimes

exhibits a constriction in the situation of the joint or line of

division.

Occasionally also the spines, which would appear to be them-

selves trumpet-shaped processes in progress of development, are

jointed. . |

The several branches forming the skeleton of the polypidom

generally spring from the important trumpet-shaped processes,

but occasionally also from the back of the polype-cells themselves.

This zoophyte is best: examined with object-glasses of 1 and $

an inch foci, and will well repay a careful examination.

22 Old Square, Lincoln’s Inn, July 19th, 1848.

XXX.— Alye Orientales :—Descriptions of new Species belonging

to the genus Sargassum. By R. K. Greviitiz, LL.D. &c.*

[Continued from p. 206.]

[ With a Plate.}

- Many of the species which I now propose to describe from time

to time were communicated to me some years ago by my excel-

lent friend Dr. Robert Wight, Surgeon on the Madras Establish-

ment ; a gentleman well-known by his valuable ‘ Illustrations of

Indian Botany,’ and for his untiring investigations into the ve-

getable productions of our Indian possessions. These Alge were

to have been published in the ‘Prodromus Flore Peninsule

Indie Orientalis,’ a work undertaken by bim in conjunction with

Dr. Walker-Arnott, and calculated to add largely to the well-

founded reputation of both parties. The second volume, however,

having been unfortunately suspended, I have been induced in the

mean time to give them to the botanical world in the present

form, through the medium of the Botanical Society.

WIGHTIANZ.

4. Sargassum echinocarpum (nob.) ; caule cylindraceo, ramosissimo ;

foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, dentatis, uninerviis; vesiculis plus

minusve ovalibus, petiolatis, petiolis latioribus, foliaceis ; recep-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Dy. Greville on some new species of Sargassum. 275

~ Yaculis axillaribus, racemosis, planis, lineari-cuneatis, acute et grosse

denticulatis.

Wight in herb. no. 18.

Hab. in mari Indico, ubi detexit Wight.

Root unknown. Plant of a bushy habit, about two feet long.

Stem cylindraceous, about as thick as a crow-quill, giving off

branches 6-8 inches long at intervals of less than an inch apart ;

these branches are clothed with a second series 1-2 inches in

length, on which the short fruit-bearing ramuli are thickly set.

Leaves cartilaginous, fully an inch long, shortly petiolate, oblong-

lanceolate, very irregularly repando-dentate, obtuse, the nerve

extending almost to the apex, punctate, the pore visible to the

naked eye. Vesicles between oval and spherical, about the size

of hemp-seed, very numerous, intermixed with the receptacles,

on broad foliaceous stalks, often winged and apiculate, frequently

developed in the leaves themselves. Receptacles axillary, vary-

ing in length from little more than 1, to 2 or even 3 lines, race-

mose, more or lesg linear, flat, so largely and sharply toothed as

to be sometimes almost pinnatifid. Colour a rich dark reddish

brown. Substance cartilaginous.

In habit this species is allied to S. vulgare, but differs entirely

in the fructification and other leading characters. The sportive

disposition of the vesicle is very remarkable, showing every trans-

ition from the leaf to that organ. On one occasion I observed

two vesicles imbedded in the same leaf, as represented at fig. 3.

The leaves occasionally assume a broadly linear character, and if

I am correct in referring one imperfect specimen in my posses-

sion to this species, they become sometimes more elongated and

at the same time less toothed.

4 -

CAMPBELLIANZ.

5. Sargassum Campbellianum (nob.) ; caule filiformi ; foliis membra-

' naceis, linearibus, dentato-serratis, obtusis, uninerviis; vesiculis

paucis, spheericis, breviter petiolatis ; receptaculis racemosis, ellip-

tico-cylindraceis ad apicem denticulatis.

Hab. in mari Indico. Specimina communicayit J. Campbell.

- Root unknown. Entire plant probably three feet long or more,

of a very slender and graceful habit.. Stem filiform, cylindrical,

elongated, in my imperfect specimens nearly two feet in length,

producing horizontal branches at remote intervals 6-9 inches

long or more, which bear numerous ramuli 1-3 inches long;

these ramuli are clothed with leaves and receptacles at intervals

of often not more than the eighth of an inch. Leaves petiolate

(those on the primary branches 1} inch, those on the ramuli

less than an inch long), linear or nearly linear-lanceolate, irre-

gularly dentato-serrate, either acute or quite obtuse at the apex,

| 19%

276 Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum.

thin, membranaceous and translucent, the nerve slender, disap-

pearing beneath the apex ; pores not visible to the naked eye,

scattered over a space nearer to the nerve than to the margin, which

latter is destitute of them. Petioles short, with often a single

sharp tooth at the base of the leaf. Vesicles solitary, subsphe-

rical, on short compressed stalks, generally situated at the base

of the ramuli, but not unfrequently produced on the racemes

also, scarcely so large as hemp-seed. Receptacles axillary, linear-

oblong or fusiform, either undivided or forming lax racemes 2-3

lines long or more, They are generally entire at the lower part,

but sharply toothed towards the apex. Colour a dull, very pale

olivaceous green. Substance extremely thin, delicate and mem-

branaceous.

This is a very interesting species, not contained in Dr. Wight’s

collections, but kindly communicated to me at his special request

by its discoverer, James Campbell, Esq. of Madras. It is con-

‘spicuous by its very slender and delicate habit and pale olivaceous

yellow colour. The receptacles are sometimes solitary, sometimes

once-divided, but more generally form little clusters or racemes,

the parts of which are much disposed to pass into foliaceous ex-

pansions, I have indeed seen receptacles on one raceme passing

in a proliferous manner into both vesicles and minute leaves,

VACHELLIANA.

6. Sargassum debile (nob.); caule elongato, subcompresso, ramis

laxis, longissimis, simpliciusculis ; foliis membranaceis, lineari-ob-

longis, obtusis, dentatis, uninerviis ; vesiculis spheericis axillaribus.

Hab. in mari Chinensi prope Macao ; Vachell. |

Root unknown. Specimen in my possession 34 inches long,

and the character of the lower leaves indicates that they grew

near the base ; so that the whole plant may be from 3 to 4 feet long.

Habit extremely slender and weak. Stem somewhat compressed,

scarcely thicker than a sparrow’s quill, giving off at irregular

intervals, for some inches above the base, a few filiform branches

2-3 feet long, of nearly the same thickness throughout, sometimes

more or less subdivided, but frequently simple, and along their

whole length bearing leaves and vesicles at intervals of from half

to three-quarters of an inch.. Leaves thin, membranaceous, trans-

lucent, linear-oblong, obtuse, waved at the margin, sparingly

and irregularly toothed, attenuated below into the stipes, the

nerve conspicuous, very slender, disappearing below the apex;

pores minute, but visible to the naked eye. Vesicles axillary,

stalked, spherical, rather larger than the seeds of Lathyrus odo-

ratus, the stalks scarcely a line long, filiform. Substance mem-

branaceous and somewhat flaccid. Colour pale yellow-olivaceous

green.

Mr. F. M‘Coy on the Placodermi. 277

_ The only specimen which I have seen is not in fructification,

but is otherwise in a very perfect and satisfactory state. In ge-

neral appearance, especially when placed in water, it might be

compared to some kinds of Potamogeton, and probably vegetates

in quiet and shallow bays. The vesicles, as may be seen in the

plate, form an axillary raceme, and no doubt indicate the position

of the fructification, which, in more advanced individuals, would

be probably found towards the extremity of the branches. In

my specimen I observe no trace of it, although the vesicles are

present on every part.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Sargassum echinocarpum.

. Portion of a branch. :

- Leaf with a vesicle at its apex.

. Leaves producing vesicles.

. Vesicle with foliaceous expansion of the stalk.

. Vesicle in its simplest form.

. Receptacles, with a leaf passing into a vesicle.

- Portion of a raceme. 5—7 magnified.

friliie

IOS UP wb =

Sargassum Campbellianum,

One of the smaller branches.

. A leaf with raceme of fructification.

. Vesicle,

. Receptacles passing into leaves and vesicles. 2—4 magnified.

moO bo

Sargassum debile,

. Portion of a branch.

. Leaf and vesicles; the last magnified.

XXXI.— Reply to Sir Philip Egerton’s Letter on the Placodermi. -

By Freprericx M‘Coy, M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I recrer to have to trouble you with a few lines in reply to the

above article in your last Number. The opinion I entertained of

the value of your space and the reader’s time induced me to con-

dense the gradually acquired experience of years into a very brief

paragraph, proposing the family Placodermi for certain Ganoid

fish, in my paper in the ‘ Annals’ of July last. This brevity has I

fear caused me to have been misunderstood by Sir P. Egerton,

who has reprinted the paragraph in his letter, adding, that “ Not

having seen the specimens which have induced Mr. M‘Coy to

propose this new classification, I am unable to form any opinion

as to whether he is justified or not in making the change.” I

278 Mr. F. M‘Coy in reply to Sir Philip Egerton’s

can scarcely imagine any one reading the paragraph in question

could think I proposed this change from the characters merely

of the few new Carboniferous species I was then describing ; on

the contrary, it was the result of a careful study of the Scotch

and Russian Old Red Sandstone fishes, and having of course first

made myself master of the writings of Agassiz, Kichwald, &c.

on the subject: all the genera I mentioned in that paragraph

were previously published Devonian forms, and I should have

imagined were well known to Sir Philip Egerton, who I

regret did not give his opinion on the subject, as it would have

been of great value, and rendered more clear the object of his

letter. The next passage I confess pained me excessively, as it

seemed to impute to me the absurd unworthiness of taking ad-

vantage of Agassiz being absent a nine days’ journey to make

this change in a part of his classification, and to bring a charge

against him of separating genera which were closely allied and

placing them in different families with which they had no obvious

affinity. The fact is, at the time I wrote I had nothing in my

mind but the expression of what I conceived to be the natural

affinities of the genera, after a laborious examination of the

whole subject; I believed that if Agassiz had reinvestigated

the matter he would have concurred in what I had done; and

even Sir P. Egerton, whose knowledge of the Cephalaspids

is at least I believe as great as that of any one living, does

not dispute it. The passage is, “I cannot however allow a

charge to be brought against my friend Professor Agassiz, in

his absence, of having grouped together genera under the

title Cephalaspides, having no obvious affinity with the genus

Cephalaspis, and having widely separated genera so obviously

and closely allied to some of them, that they cannot be separated

_ either by general appearance or any points of structure, without

claiming that in justice to Agassiz, his opinions on this subject

may be accorded in your pages. the same publicity which Mr.

M‘Coy’s observations have already received. The following pass-

ages must surely have escaped Mr. M‘Coy’s memory. when he

claims to have discovered affinities:(supposed to have been over-

looked or disregarded by Agassiz) of sufficient value to justify a

re-classification of the Paleeozcic Ganoids.”—I never “ claimed ”’,

to have discovered affinities overlooked by Agassiz ; and so far

from forgetting his published opinions, they added considerably

to the certainty which I felt of the correctness of the view I have

put forward.

The extracts alluded to in the above quotation which Sir P.

Egerton has given from Agassiz? Monograph do not invalidate

my position, but on the contrary show that Agassiz perceived

himself the affinities on which J-have'acted though he did not;

Leiter on the Placodermi. 279

and I am quite uncertain whether they are quoted against my

view or in support of it. It reminds one of Cuvier, who,

when he first saw some Palgonisci from the Copper slate, said,

they should be arranged either with the sturgeons among the

Chondropterygit, or with the bony pike among the Clupee, and

yet he missed the almost inevitable conclusion which any one

might have drawn from his own evidence, it bemg reserved

for his successor in those inquiries to make the most import-

ant improvement in his classification of fish by removing the

sturgeons from the remainder of the Chondropterygit, with which

they had no obvious affinity, and the bony pike from the Clupee,

which group their presence equally disturbed, and uniting them

with the aforesaid Palgonisci and the like fossil types to form

_the distinct order of Ganoids.

The facts of the present case are these :—Mr. Lyell long ago

discovered the peculiar fish which Agassiz called Cephalaspis

and made the type of his family Cephalaspides; it has the

head covered by a single bony shield, the body covered with

rhomboidal scales of the ordinary Ganoid construction, and has

a large heterocercal tail and caudal fin, such as we so commonly

see in the Ganoids of the old rocks: in his last book, Agassiz

adds to this family the genera Pterichthys, Pamphractus, Poly-

phractus and Coccosteus, all of which agree among themselves,

and differ from Cephalaspis, in, 1st, having the head covered

with several distinct plates instead of one single shield, as im

it; 2nd, in not having the body covered with small rhomboidal

scales, as in it, but cased in a few large tuberculated bony plates ;

and finally, instead of the large heterocercal tail and distinct

caudal fin of that genus, having a straight simply pointed tai

destitute of caudal fin. In the same work (Monog. of the Old

Red Fish) we find a new definition of the family of Ccelacanth

fishes, distinguishing them from the Sauroids by the sole cha-

racteristic of their body being covered with rounded, wmbricating

scales ; and yet strangely enough here we find placed the genera

Asterolepis, Bothriolepis and Psammosteus, the only certainly

known parts of which are great, irregular, tuberculated bony

plates, agreeing most nearly with Coccosteus, differing principally

in their greater size; and I find it impossible, either from the

examination of the fishes themselves or the writings of authors,

to trace their connection with the obvious types of the family,

Holoptychius, Phyllolepis and Glyptolepis, which strictly agree

with the definition. By withdrawing the discordant elements

of those two families, the Cephalaspides and Calacanthi, I have

left them distinctly and well defined, and by uniting those dis-

joined members (whose affinity Sir P. Egerton’s extracts show

to have been recognized by Agassiz) I have formed what seems

280 Zoological Society.

to me an equally definite, natural and peculiar family, to which I

gave the name of Placodermi; and if any paleontologist can give

any reasons against this course, I for one should feel grateful

for the information.

I have the honour to remain, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

Freperick M‘Coy.

17 Osborne Terrace, Cambridge.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES..

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Nov. 23, 1847.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. DEscrIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN Brirps.

By Joun Goutp, Esa., F.R.S., F.Z.S. ere.

MELITHREPTUS CHLOROPSIS.

Upper surface greenish olive; head and chin black; crescent-

shaped mark at the occiput, and under surface, white ; wings and tail

brown, margined with greenish olive; apical half of the external

webs of the primaries narrowly edged with white; irides dull red;

bill blackish brown; naked space above the eye greenish white in

some, in others pale wine-yellow; tarsi and outer part of the feet

light greenish olive; inside of feet bright yellow.

Total length 54 inches; bill 14; wing 34; tail 2%; tarsi 2.

Hab. Western Australia. .

Remark.—Allied to M. lunulatus, from which it differs in being of

a larger size, and in having the bare space over the eye pale green

instead of red.

MELITHREPTUS ALBOGULARIS.

Upper surface greenish wax-yellow ; head black ; crescent-shaped

mark at the occiput, chin, and all the under surface, white; wings

and tail brown, margined with greenish wax-yellow ; irides dull red ;

bill brownish black; legs and feet greenish grey, with a tinge of

blue on the front of the tarsi.

Total length 4% inches ; bill ; wing 27; tail 23; tarsi }{.

Hab. Northern and Eastern Australia.

Remark.—Rather smaller than M. lunulatus, from which it differs

in the brighter colouring of the back and in the total absence of any

black on the chin.

GRUS AUSTRALASIANUS.

The general plumage deep silvery grey; the feathers of the back

dark brownish grey, with silvery grey edges; lesser wing-coverts

dark brown; primaries black ; crown of the head and bill olive-green,

the bill becoming lighter towards the tip; irides fine orange-yellow ;

raised fleshy papille surrounding the ears and the back of the head

Zoological Society. 281

fine coral-red, passing into an orange tint above and below the eye,

and becoming less brilliant on the sides of the face, which, together

with the gular pouch, is covered with fine black hairs, so closely set

on the latter as almost to conceal the red colouring of the skin;

upper part of the pouch and the bare skin beneath the lower mandible

olive-green; in old males the gular pouch is very pendulous, and

forms a conspicuous appendage ; legs and feet cone black.

Total length 48 inches; bill 64; wing 24; tail 91; tarsi 103.

Hab. Australia generally.

Remark.—A. very noble species, which has hitherto been con-

founded with the Grus Antigone of India, to which it is nearly allied,

but from which it differs in being somewhat smaller in size and in

the black colouring of the legs.

MyiaGRa CONCINNA.

The male has the whole of the upper warfabe, wings, tail, and breast,

lead-colour, glossed with green on the head, neck and breast, and

becoming gradually paler towards the extremity of the body and on

the wings and tail; primaries slaty black; secondaries faintly mar-

gined with white; under surface of the wing, abdomen and under

tail-coverts white ; bill leaden blue, except at the extreme tip, which

is black; irides brown; feet blackish grey.

The female has the head and back lead-colour, without the greenish

gloss; wings and tail brown, fringed with bluish grey, particularly

the secondaries ; throat and breast rich rusty red; abdomen and under

tail-coverts white, which colour does not gradually blend with the

rusty red of the breast, as in the female of Myiagra plumbea; upper

mandible black; under mandible pale blue, except at the tip, which

is black.

Total length 5} inches; bill 3; wing 3; tail 23; tarsi 2.

Hab. North-western Australia.

Remark.—Closely allied to M. plumbea and M. nitida.

HERODIAS PLUMIFERUS.

The entire plumage pure white; bill and ovblte yellow.

Total length 24 inches; bill 4; wing 11; tail 435 tarsi 44. -

Hab. New South Wales.

Remark.—This species is distinguished by the greater development

of the plumes depending from the chest, and by their structure assi-

milating very closely to those of the back.

HERODIAS PANNOSUS.

The entire plumage bluish or slaty black, with the exception of

the chin, which is pure white.

Total length 24 inches ; bill 44; wing 104; tail 4; tarsi 4}.

Hab. Port Stephens, New South Wales.

Remark.—The deep leaden blue colouring of this species renders

it a very conspicuous bird.

ARDETTA STAGNATILIS.

Crown of the head, occipital crest and a small tuft beneath each

eye black; neck and all the under surface grey, with a vinous tinge,

282 Zoological Society.

which becomes much deeper on the abdomen and ander tail-coverts;

lengthened feathers of the back bluish: grey, with lighter shafts;

wing-coverts dark slate-grey, narrowly margined with buff and white;

remainder of the wings and tail dark grey ; irides light yellow ; orbits

and eyelash gamboge-yellow ; upper mandible and cutting edge of

the lower mandible very dark reddish brown ; remainder of the lower

mandible oil-green ; tibiz and hinder part of the tarsi bright yellow ;

remainder of the legs and feet yellowish brown.

- Total length 14 inches; bill 85; wing 7}; tail 23; tarsi 24.

The young differ in having all the upper surface brown, with a

triangular spot of white at the tip of all the wing-feathers, and the

throat broadly and conspicuously striated with brown on a white

ground.

Hab. Port Essington.

ACTITIS EMPUSA. -

All the upper surface pale glossy or bronzy brown, each feather

crossed with irregular bars of dark brown, bounded on either side by

a narrow line of paler brown; wings dark brown; base and tips of

the secondaries white; primaries very slightly tipped with white;

central tail-feathers pale glossy or bronzy brown, with a row of irre-

gular-shaped spots of dark brown along the margins ; lateral feathers

white, crossed by irregular blended bars of dark and pale brown;

under surface white, with the exception of the sides of the chest,

which are pale brown, and the shafts of the feathers of the front of

the neck, which are also pale brown. :

Total length 64 inches; bill 13; wing 43; tail 24; tarsi 1.

Hab. Port Essington.

Remark.—Closely allied to, but smaller than, Actitis hypoleucus.

STERNA GRACILIS.

Crown of the head and back of the neck rich deep black; all the

upper surface, wings and tail silvery grey; sides of the neck and all

the under surface white, with a blush of rose-colour on the breast and

centre of the abdomen; shafts of the primaries white, their outer

webs slaty black, and a narrow stripe of dark slate-colour along the

inner web close to the stem; irides brownish red; bill red; feet

orange-red, nails black. a

Total length 123 inches; bill 2; wing 83; tail 6; tarsi 3. —

Hab. The Houtmann’s Abrolhos, off the western coast of Australia.

Remark.—A very elegant species, closely allied to Sterna Dougallii

of the British Islands.

2. Suort Descriprions OF NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN Decarop Crus-

TACEA. By Anam Waitt, F.L.S., Assistant IN THE ZooL. Dep.

Britisn Museum.

Family Marana.

Scuizopurys, White.

Carapace oval, depressed, somewhat attenuated behind; beak

deeply cloven ; upper orbit deeply cloven, with a strong tooth in the

Zoological Society. 283

middle of the cleft; under orbit with an elongated appendage on the

inside, with two teeth at the end.

Tail of male with seven joints, the sides nearly parallel. Fore-legs

shortest. Fingers without teeth.

i, se pote.) lig

a ia hy "al i 4°

oy a $}

40 oni

Schizophrys serratus (twice the natural size).

ScHIZOPHRYS SERRATUS, White, List of Specimens of Crustacea in

the Collection of the British Museum, p. 9.

Two basal joints of fore-legs witl numerous pointed tubercles ;

sides of carapace with six strongish teeth, including outer tooth of

orbit. The two strong teeth of the front with a tooth each on the

outside.

Hab. Isle of France (male). Coll. Brit. Museum.

ScHIZOPHRYS SPINIGER, White, l. c. 9.

Basal joints of fore-legs smooth ; sides of carapace with eight teeth

on each, the second and third from the orbit united at the base;

behind, in the middle and close to each other, are two small teeth.

Carapace above with numerous minute tubercles, amongst which

are nineteen of larger size, arranged mostly transversely. The cara-

pace is yellow, tinged here and there.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Siquejor and Isle of Rohol). Coll. Brit.

Museum. From Mr. Cuming’s collection.

Huenta Frontaris, White, 1. c. 10.

Carapace with the front very wide and semicircular in aly ; sides

of carapace behind eyes narrower than a line measured across}; a

slight sinus in the side behind. Legs flat and foliaceous.

Locality unknown. Coll. Brit. Museum.

Hurnia Denaani, White, 1. c. 10.

Carapace elongated,.depressed ; beak compressed ; sides hairy, with

a tooth at base directed forwards ; carapace behind eyes with the sides

284 Zoological Society.

nearly parallel, the end straight; sides with two wide, bluntish,

somewhat falcated appendages directed backwards, separated by a

roundish sinuation.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Coll. Brit. Museum. From Mr. Cuming’s

collection.

Menarurvus porcettus, White, l. c.

Upper part of carapace very irregular all over ; the front, with three

teeth arising from the same, plain; the middle one very much elon-

gated and bent down at the end ; the side margin with several largish

crenations ; base of fore-legs with two or three tubercles on the out-

side.

Blastia monoceros, Leach MSS.

Hab. Isle of France (male and female).

Family Cancrerip2£.

Genus Actza, De Haan.

Acta noputosa, White, l.c. 15.

Carapace and legs above thickly covered with rounded tubercles,

largest on fore-legs and on fore-margins; a tubercle on the under

orbit ; the carapace in the middle longitudinally impressed ; the pos-

terior edge is straight and furnished with two transverse lines of

small tubercles; claws, both upper and under, with longitudinal

keels, horn-coloured.

Hab. Isle of France. Coll. Brit..Museum.

Act#A CARCHARIAS, White, l. c. 15.

Carapace and legs above covered very closely with sharp rough

tubercles; on the front the tubercles are much smaller, the upper

surface divided into different divisions by transverse and longitudinal

lines; upper edge of legs serrated.

Hab. Australia (Swan River).

This species is nearly allied to Actea calculosa (Cancer snap

Edw. Crust. i. 378).

Atereatis, De Haan.

ATERGATIS SINUATIFRONS, White, l. c. 14.

Carapace with the marginal limb very entire and rather thick, of

a uniform brownish red. Front with three lubes, each notched in

the middle. Fingers of fore-legs with tufts of hair, black, extreme

tip white. Width of carapace four inches.

Hab. Mauritius. Coll. British Museum. Presented by Lady

Frances Cole.

ATERGATIS sUBDIVISUS, White, l.c. 14. :

Carapace with the marginal limb divided by four very indistinct

lobes ; greater part of top of carapace deep red, with yellowish spots ;

behind paler. Fingers black, base of moveable finger yellow. Front

of carapace with two straightish lobes, sinuated close to the eye.

Width of carapace three inches eight lines.

Hab. Philippine Islands. From Mr. Cuming’s collection.

Near A. marginatus.

Zoological Society. 285

ATERGATIS ASPERIMANUS, White, l. c. 14.

Carapace with its latero-anterior sides with a cutting edge, part of

carapace behind this punctate ; the rest of upper surface almost quite

smooth, with three or four impressed lines in front. Hands rugose,

especially above ; fingers both moveable and fixed, deeply channeled.

’ Pale yellowish red; feet darker; fingers of fore-legs pale horn-

coloured.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Cell. Brit. Museum. From Mr. Cu-

ming’s collection.

ATERGATIS LATERALIS, White, l. c. 15.

Carapace with each of the sides having three projecting teeth;

hands with a crest above and below; fingers short, pale brown ; hands

roughish on the outside.

Hab. Unknown. In collection of Brit. Museum, |

Xantuo, Auct.

XANTHO DEPRESSUS, White, l.c. p. 17.

Carapace much-depressed, very flat, in front tuberculated; many

_ of the tubercles sharp-pointed. Front deeply notched in the middle ;

sides with three teeth. Hands on the outside tuberculated, three

last joints of legs slightly tuberculated and with a few hairs.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Isle of Corregidor). From Mr. Cuming’s

collection.

This is quite a magazine genus in the family Canceride ; it requires

subdivision greatly.

XANTHO DENTIcULATUs, White, l. c.

Carapace with the latero-anterior edge long, and arched with eight

sharp teeth on each side, largest behind. Front of carapace between

the orbits separated into four parts by five longitudinal lines; two

transverse lines about the middle. Hands on the outside smooth,

above with a bluntish edge, punctured on each side.

ab. West Indies. Brit. Museum. From Mr, Serivener’s col-

lection. |

XANTHO CULTRIMANUS, White, l. c. 17.

Carapace slightly convex above; front notched; sides with four

teeth ; front part and sides with very slight tubercles; carapace be-

hind the eyes with impressed lines, which meet in the middle. Hands

with four longitudinal impressed lines on the outside, which is covered

with small roughish tubercles. Carapace and Jegs pale yellowish,

varied with red.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Coll. Brit. Museum. Mr. Cuming’s

collection. .

XANTHO LAMELLIGERA, White, ]l.c.17. .

Carapace rather convex above, with four teeth on each side ; upper

part on sides slightly tubercular. Hands rough on the outside ; edge

of wrist above with a toothed margin; edge of hands, both above

and below, with a lamellar edge. Hind-legs on the upper edge

lamellar.

Hab, Isle of France. Coll, Brit. Museum.

286 Zoological Society.

Cutoropivs, Auct.

Cutoropius uirtires, White, l.c. 18.

Carapace smooth ; front very broad, scarcely notched in the middle ;

the sides with four blunt teeth. Fore-legs long; third joint very

thick ; upper edge at base with one thick tooth ; hind-legs with many

brownish hairs.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Coll. Brit. Museum. From Mr. Cu-

ming’s collection. | |

CHLORODIUS FRAGIFER, White, l. c. 18.

Carapace covered with roundish berry-lke tubercles, arranged in

groups and separated by definite impressed lines. Pedicel of eye

with two spines close to the eye ; legs covered with rice-like tubercles.

White, a broad pinkish longitudinal line down the middle in front’;

five pink marks on hind part of carapace.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Rohol), Coll. Brit. Museum. ee

Mr. Cuming’s collection.

CuLoropivs PituMnorpsEs, White, l. c. 18.

Carapace and legs covered with brown hairs; carapace somewhat

depressed, sides with three teeth covered with spines; fore-part of

carapace with several bosses, and rough with spiny tubercles; on

hind-part of carapace are four transverse raised lines, the innermost

the shortest. Hands large, upper edge serrated, outside and top with

largish tubercles, Fingers on the outside and top channeled ; several

tubercles at the base of the moveable finger ; fingers black, hollowed

ends white. Hind-legs serrated above, second and third joints with

three rows of serratures.

Hab. Singapore. Philippine Islands (Rohol). Coll. Brit. Museum.

From Mr. Cuming’s collection.

Panoprevs, Edwards,

Panopevs pentatus,. White, ]. c. 18.

Carapace having the sides furnished with five lobes, the first three

blunt and wide, the last two sharp and narrow ; front with four lobes,

the two middle largest ; fore-part of carapace above, round the edge,

depressed and irregularly tuberculated, most of the tubercles very

small. Hands very unequal in size, the right largest fingers thick,

the left small, the fingers much elongated. Upper part red, with many

irregular yellow marks.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Masbata). Coll. Brit. Museum. From

Mr. Cuming’s collection.

Ozivus, Edwards.

Ozrvs? SUBVERRUCOSUS, White, l. c. 19.

Carapace with latero-anterior side short, with three deep incisions

forming four lobes, the two middle truncated; carapace above irre-

gular, the edges and under-side thickly covered with small warts.

Front formed of two truncated widish lobes, separated by a very

slight notch; a deepish notch between the front and the orbit, anda

sinus between the outer orbital angle and the first lobe of the side.

Hab.

Zoological Society. 287

Family Hiprip2.

Cosmonorus, Adams and White.

| t, Me, 4) pu

vaxae

Cosmonotvus Grayit, Adams and White, List of Crustacea, p. 129.

Carapace oval (about an inch in length ‘and half an inch wide),

very much compressed laterally, especially in front, with a distinct

prominent keel extending down the middle line, very strongly marked

in front, but fainter posteriorly ; the surface covered with numerous

minute depressed punctures. |

Front with two very small spines on each side of a deep angular

notch, in which are placed the eyes.

Chele trigonal, the inferior part plane, the exterior convex, with

transverse, interrupted, engraved or depressed lines, the upper angle

covered with long thick hairs; the inner surface concave. Carpus

incurved, subcompressed, convex externally, but less convex inter-

nally, and ending above and in front in a blunt spine; hand com-

pressed, elevated, with the upper edge arched, but not so sharp as in

Notopus; the sides convex and covered with asperities or minutely

denticulated ridges, interrupted and transverse ; finger uncinate, yery

288 Zoological Society.

short, incurved ; thumb narrow, compressed, elongated, with a sharp

apex and a strong tooth near the distal extremity.

Feet short and weak, as in Notopus; the first tibia bicarinated ;

the tarsus subquadrate, anteriorly bicarinate, with a scalpel-shaped

claw; the second tibia one-keeled, with the tarsus oblong, and a

sharp elongated trigonal claw ; .the third tibia subtriangular; tarsus

short, flattened, subtrigonal, with a faleate claw; fifth tibia trian-

gular, very short, flattened; tarsus transverse-ovate, with a small

narrow claw.

Abdomen of the male seven-jointed, the joints from the first to the

sixth nearly of the same width as in Notopus, and the last joint tri-

gonal.

Cosmonotus differs from Notopus, De Haan, by wanting the post-

frontal, elevated, denticulated ridge; by the dorsal keel ending ab-

ruptly in front, instead of terminating in a central frontal spine; in

the front being notched with a single small spine on each side; in

the thorax being much compressed, more especially in front, and in

the produced and angular shape, while in Noftopus it is almost straight

across in front; and in the sides being entire, with a short sharp

spine at the antero-latero angle.

The cut represents this species of twice the natural size, and is

named in compliment to J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Keeper of the

Zoological Department in the British Museum.

December 12.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following paper was read :—

DESCRIPTIONS OF NINETEEN NEW SPECIES OF HELICEA, FROM THE

Couuection or H. Cumine, Ese. By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1. Hexix Kure, Pfr. Hel. testd mediocriter umbilicatd, depressd,

tenui, punctis distantibus sub lente scabriusculd, diaphand, corneo-

albidd, fascid 1 angustd rufd, alterd obsoletd infra peripheriam

ornatd ; spird pland ; anfractibus 43, primis convexiusculis, ultimo

sensim descendente, utrinque subplano, antice subconstricto ; aper-

turd obliqud, subtriangulari-lunari ; peristomate. simplice, tenui,

marginibus conniventibus, supero late expanso, basali reflexo, colu-

mellari brevi, triangulatim dilatato.

Diam. 25, alt. 10 mill.

Locality unknown.

2. Herix Garpeneri, Pfr. Hel. testd subperforatd, turbinatd,

solidd, striis longitudinalibus et spiralibus distantioribus decussatd,

nitidd, castaned; spird elevatd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 63 con-

vexiusculis, ultimo majore, sublevigato, ad peripheriam cingulo

albo ornato ; aperturd oblique lunari, intus albdé ; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, margine columellari subincrassato, superne subdilatato,

perforationem fere claudente.

Diam. 22, alt. 15 mill.

Found on leaves of trees in the forests of Ceylon, 8000 feet above

the level of the sea (Dr. Gardener).

3. Srrepraxis Funckxi, Pfr. Sir. testd subobtect? umbilicatd, de-

Zoological Society. 289

presso-ovatd, tenuiusculd, supern? confertim plicatd, basi levigatd,

sub epidermide tenui, corneo-albidd ; spird regulariter parim elata,

apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 64 vix convexiusculis, ultimo deor-

sum deviante, prope suturam striatulo, basi convexo, juxta umbili-

cum mediocrem compresso; aperturd obliqud, subtriangulari ;

peristomate breviter expanso, margine basali leviter arcuato, colu-

mellart in laminam triangularem, fornicatim supra umbilicum re-

flexam, dilatato.

Diam. 273, alt. 16 mill.

From Merida, New Granada (Funck).

4, Butimus quapricotor, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, succinei-

formi, tenui, striatuld, luted, strigis obliquis fulguratis confertis

castaneis, nonnullisque latioribus stramineis, antrorsum serratis,

infra medium evanescentibus picid ; spird conicd, obtusiusculd ;

anfractibus 4 subplanis, ultimo parim convero, 2—3 longitudinis

subequante ; columelld filari ; peristomate undique brevissim? ex-

panso, rosco, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis.

Long. 304, diam. 14 mill.

From Chachopo, province of Merida, New Granada (Funck).

5. Buitrmus Loven, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovatd, tenui,

longitudinaliter, plicatd, fusco-luted, strigis castaneis fulguratis

elegantissime pictd ; spird conicd, obtusd, apice subimpressd ; an-

Sractibus 44 vix conveviusculis, supremis castaneis, penultimo inter

plicas subtilissime transversim striato, ultimo subtiliter malleato,

4—7 longitudinis equante ; columella castaned, superne leviter

plicatd ; aperturd oblongo-ovali, subconcolore ; peristomate nigro-

castaneo, undique expanso et reflexo, margine columellari superne

dilatato, appresso.

Long. 42, diam. 20 mill.

From the Colonia of Tovar, Venezuela (Mr. D. Dyson).

6. Butimus Lamarcxianus, Pfr. Bul. testd subperforatd, ovatd,

solidd, striatd et undique distincté granulatd, saturate fused, punc-

tis nigricantibus conspersd ; spird brevi, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus

5 parim convexis, ultimo ventrosiore, 3—5 longitudinis sub-

e@quante ; columelld oblique leviter plicatd; aperiurd oblongo-

ovali, intus lividd ; peristomate subincrassato, expanso-reflexo,

marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari supern? dilatato, per-

Sorationem fere occultante.

Long. 62, diam. 32 mill.

From the Andes of New Granada, 8000 feet high (Funck).

7. Buurmus Biarnvitieanus, Pfr, Bul. testd subperforatd, solidd,

ventroso-ovatd, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, sub epidermide

olivaced castaned, strigis sparsis nigricantibus fulguratis varie-

gatd ; spird brevi, conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 43, supremis

planis, penultimo convexiusculo, ultimo ventroso, 3—5 longitudinis

_ subequante, peroblique descendente ; columelld mediocriter plicatd,

pauld recedente ; aperturd oblongo-semiovali, intus nigricante, ni-

tidd ; peristomate nigro, incrassato, late expanso, marginibus callo

tenuissimo junctis, columellari dilatato, plano, subappresso.

Long. 50, diam. 25 mill.

From Zaji, province of Merida, New Granada (Funck).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 20

290 Zoological Society.

8. Butrmus prectrostyius, Pfr. Bul. testd subperforatd, ovato-

conicd, solidd, regulariter et distincté granulatd, saturate castaned,

flammis brevibus albis infra suturam ornatd ; spird conicd, obtusi-

usculdé ; anfractibus 5 vix convexiusculis, superioribus plicato-

striatis, ultimo tumido, antice peroblique descendente, 4—7 lon-

gitudinis subequante ; columelld supern? plicd validd, subobliqua,

munita ; aperturd obverse auriformi, intus sordide lilaced, nitidd ;

peristomate undique expanso et reflexo, livido-fusco.

Long. 35, diam. 17 mill.

From Chachopo, province of Merida, New Granada (Funck).

9. Burimus Veranvi, Pfr. Bul. testd subperforatd, ovatd, solidi-

usculd, minutissime granulatd, fulvd, punctis castaneis conspersd

et strigis luteis vel albis fulguratis distantibus ornatd ; spird conicd,

obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 43 convewiusculis, ultimo 3—5 longitu-

dinis equante; columella superne subplicatd, leviter arcuatd ;

aperturd oblongo-ovali, intus margaritaced ; peristomate albo,

undique mediocriter expanso.

Long. 33, diam. 15 mill.

From Chachopo, province of Merida, New Granada (Funck).

10. Burimus perprix, Pfr. Bul, testd perforatd, ovato-oblongd,

solidd, confertim striatd, albidd, flammis, maculis et punctis nigri-

cantibus pictd ; spird conicd, apice obtusiusculd ; suturd marginatd ;

anfractibus 55 vir convexis, ultimo spiram subequante, basi juxta.

perforationem angustam vix compresso ; columelld superné oblique

plicatd, leviter arcuatd ; aperturd oblongd, intus concolore ; peri-

stomate undique expanso, margine columellari subfornicato.

Long. 36, diam. 15 mill.

From Agua-de Obispo, New Granada (Funck).

11. Butimus qurtrensis, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, ovato-conicd,

soliduld, ruguloso-striatd, pallid fuscescente, strigis variis fuscis

et castaneis variegatd; spird conicd, acutd; anfractibus 7 plani-

usculis, ultimo convexo, spiram vix superante, basi juata umbilicum

angustum, apertum compresso, nigricante; columella rectd, vertt-

cali, nigricante ; aperturd oblonga, ad basin columelle subangulatd,

intus nigricanti-limbaté ; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus

subparallelis, dextro superné repando, columellari dilatato, patente.

Long. 26, diam. 12 mill.

From Quito (De Lattre).

12, Buiimus rrrecuiaris, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, ovato-

_ oblonga, soliduld, plicis confertis, longitudinalibus rugosd, carned,

Susculo substrigatim variegatd ; spird conicd, acutiusculd, apice

rufa; anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spird vix breviore,

circa umbilicum angustum, non pervium subangulato-compresso ;

columelld leviter arcuatd ; aperturd eilipticd, bast subangulatd ;

peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari e basi reflexo,

superne dilatato.

Long. 19, diam. 9 mill.

From Quito, Equador (De Lattre).

Zoological Society. 291

1 . Butrmus merrpionatis, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, ovato-conicd,

striatuld, diaphand, albidd, fascid 1 aurantio-fuscd cingulatd ;

spird regulariter conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 7 convexiusculis,

ultimo spird breviore, subrotundato ; columella leviter arcuatd ;

aperturd obliqud, truncato-ovali, intus concolore ; peristomate sim-

plice, breviter expanso, margine columellari superne fornicato-

reflexo.

Long. 15, diam. 8 mill.

From South Africa.

14. Butimvus petiucipus, Pfr. Bul. testd subperforatd, turritd,

tenuissimd, striatuld, nitidd, pellucidd, lutescenti-corned ; spird

elongatd, apice obtusd; anfractibus 7 convextusculis, ultimo 1—8

longitudinis equante ; columelld subtortd ; aperturd subquadran-

gulari-ovali ; peristomate simplice, acuto, margine columellari bre-

viter revoluto.

Long. 114, diam. 4 mill. (spec. max.).

From Merida, New Granada (Funck).

15. Butimus cranapensis, Pfr. Bul. testd anguste perforatd, fusi-

formi-ovatd, tenui, irregulariter striatd, albidd, strigis vitellinis

et maculis longitudinalibus nigricantibus seriatis ornatd; spird

conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 6 viz convexiusculis, ultimo spiram

aquante ; columella rectd ; aperturd ovali-oblongd, intus concolore ;

peristomate acuto, simplice, vir expansiusculo, margine columellari

in laminam triangularem tenuem reflexo, perforationem fere occul-

tante.

Long. 26, diam. 11 mill.

From Merida, New Granada (Funck).

16. Acuatingetia Micuetsrana, Pfr. Ach. testd ovato-coniformi,

levigatd, opacd, nitidd, nived, strigis cinereis variegatd; spird

conicd, apice acutiusculd ; suturd submarginate ; anfractibus 54

convexis, ultimo infra medium lined nigricante (interdum duplicatd)

cincto ; plicd columellari validd, dentiformi, basi castanéd ; aper-

turd semiovali, Susco-marginata ; sae simplice, acuto.

Long. 17, diam. 8 mill.

From Molokai, Sandwich Islands.

17. Acuatina maenirica, Pfr. Ach. testd ovato-subfusiformi,

tenuiusculd, leviter striatuld, haud nitente, luted, strigis et flammis

virentibus et castaneis, fascidque 1 luteo et castaneo articulatd,

supramediand variegatd ; spird conicd, apice obtusissimd ; anfrac-

tibus 54 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spiram pauld superante ; suturd

angust? marginatd ; columelld rectd, verticali, callo introrsum albo,

extrorsum nigricante indutd, basi rubrd, ad basin aperture ellip-

tice, intus cerulescenti-albide oblique truncatd.

Long. 47, diam. 21 mill.

From Quito, Equador; in woods (De Lattre).

18. Acnatina Funcni, Pfr. Ach. testd subperforatd, ovato-conicd,

tenut, striatuld, nitidd, pellucidd, stramineo-hyalind ; spird conicd,

20%

292 Miscellaneous.

acutd ; anfractibus 6 conveais, ultimo spird pauld breviore ; aper-

turd semiovali ; pariete aperturali medio plicd levi, intrante mu-

nito ; columelldé medio lameillatim truncatd ; peristomate simplice,

acuto.

Long. 123, diam. 6 mill. 2

‘From the provinee of Merida, New Granada (Funck).

19. Batea Funcxti, Pfr. Bal. testd sinistrorsd, vie subrimatd,

turritd, truneatd, sublevigatd, fuscd ; anfractibus (spec. trunc.)}

5 convexiusculis, ultimo basi rotundato ; aperturd oblongo-semi-

ovuli, intus fulvd ; plicd parietal validd, compressd, columellare

obliqud, obsoletd ; peristomate albo, expanso, reflexiusculo, mar-

ginibus callo junctis, externo sinuato.

Long. (spec. trunc.) 14, diam, 4 mill.

From Chachopo, province of Merida, New Granada (Funck).

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Red Corpuscles of the Blood of the Mud-fish (Lepidosiren

annectens). By Anprew Smita, M.D., Deputy Inspector-Ge-

neral of Hospitals, and George Guiuiver, F.R.S., Surgeon in

the Royal Horse Guards.

In the uncertainty as to whether the Lepidosiren is to be classed

among Reptiles or Fishes, it is interesting to examine the characters

of its blood-discs; and Dr. Andrew Smith having procured some

dried specimens of its blood, we have examined them together, and

the following are short notes of the results : —

In shape and structure these blood-corpuscles are the same as

those of the naked amphibia, and in size range between the blood-

corpuscles of the Siren and of the Triton. The long diameter of these

blood-corpuscles of the Lepidosiren is 4th, and the short diameter

53st of an inch, and the nuclei are ,,,th long and 5.,5th broad:

these are the average sizes in vulgar fractions of an English inch.

Now no blood-corpuscles, so far as we know, of any fish, are so

large as these of the Lepidosiren; while this great size is character-

istic of the blood-corpuscles of some of the amphibious reptiles, as

was long ago described by Professor Wagner, and may be seen, for

comparison, in Mr. Gulliver’s measurements of the blood-corpuscles

of the Proteus, Siren, and Triton, in his Notes to the edition of

Hewson’s works printed for the Sydenham Society, and in the Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society, February 1848, p. 38.

Finaco aprcuuata, G. £. Smith.

The Rev. G. E. Smith discovered in Yorkshire a plant to which

he gave the above name (Phytol. ii. 575), considering it a distinct

species from F’. germanica (Linn.). Although favoured with speci-

mens by him, I was unable to satisfy myself of its just claims to spe-

cific rank. Recently (July 28) I had the pleasure of gathering it

near Thetford, close to the station on Redneck Heath of Apera in-

Miscellaneous. 293

terrupta, and am now quite satisfied of its distinctness. Its leaves

are all blunt and apiculate, oblong; its heads are ten to twenty in

each cluster, and prominently 5-angled as in F. Jussiai (C. et G.),

but they are deeply sunk in tomentum as in F. germanica; the

cluster is overtopped by one or two blunt leaves which are wanting

in the latter and acute in the former. ‘There are also other differ-

ences. It is the F. lutescens of Jordan (Plantes Nov. de la France,

iii. 201. pl. 7. fig. B.); that name was published in Sept. 1846, Mr.

Smith’s name in July 1846.

The pubescence of the three plants is very different and they are

quite distinguishable at sight. I may add that the F. Jussiai (C. et

G.), which occurs plentifully from within two miles of Cambridge

to the town of Linton, is probably, as remarked by Jordan, the

F. spatulata (Presl); if so, that name must displace the one given

by Cosson and Germain.

I believe that, previously to the discovery of F. Jussi@i near Linton

by Mr. G. S. Gibson, it had been found in Sussex by Mr. Mitten,

and in Dorsetshire by Mr. Woods.—C. C. B.

Notre oN THE GENUS ALLoRISMA. By Witzt1am Kine, Esa.

Having satisfied myself that this genus, as I first described it

(Annals of Natural History, November 1844), comprises two distinct

genera, one of which is the Kdmondia of De Koninck, I will here

briefly point out a few of its distinctive characters, as now restricted,

reserving a fuller description for my Monograph. I consider Allo-

risma regularis* as the type of the genus. Allorisma possesses a

siphonal inflexion, an edentulous hinge, and an external cartilage.

It differs from Pholadomya—a closely-related genus—in the want of

ribs proceeding from the umbones to the ventral margins, the valves

being more or less wrinkled transversely. The anterior muscular

impressions have a low or proximo-ventral position as in Thracia

pubescens.

Allorisma elegans,n.sp. Form very inequilateral : both ends closed ;

anterior one the shortest, and oblique superiorly ; posterior one

squarish : umbones somewhat gibbous: dorsal slopes with a faint

angle running from the umbone to the posterior end of the shell :

surface slightly wrinkled transversely, and crowded with minute

pimples: pallial sinus shallowish. Amphidesma lunuiata, Keyserling,

of the Petchora Permian marls, may be the same species. Humbleton

and Whitley.—Catalogue of the Organic Remains of the Permian

Rocks of Northumberland and Durham,

Me titotus ArRvEnsis, Waillr.

On a recent visit to the neighbourhood of Thetford (July 28) in

company with Mr. Borrer, Mr. G. S. Gibson, and Mr. Newbould, I

had the pleasure of gathering specimens of this plant which grows

there in considerable quantity. Jam unable to state to which of the

party the discovery belongs, but believe that it lies between Mr.

Mi * Geol. Russ. vol. ii. pl. 19. fig. 9.—The fossil under this name, in pl. 21.

fig. 11, is an Edmondia,. X

294, Miscellaneous.

Borrer and Mr. Newbould. The plant is so like M. officinalis ( Willd.)

that it has probably been overlooked in many places ; indeed I now

(Aug. 2) find that it is far from rare between Cambridge and the

Gogmagog Hills. The proportions of the parts of its flower, and the

shape and surface of its pod, are so different from those of M. offici-

nalis (which also grows near Cambridge), that a very slight exami-

nation of the two plants is*sufficient to. show their specific distinct-

ness. In the 2nd edition of his Synopsis, Koch has altered the

names of these plants, calling the present species M. officinalis

(Desr.); the M. officinalis (Willd.) he names M. macrorhiza (Pers.).

—C.C.B.

On THE PaRasiTicaL Hasits or ScropnuLaARINE&. By Professor

HeENstow. ,

_ The supposed parasitism of the Scrophularinee (in Euphrasia,

Odontites, Melampyrum, Rhinanthus, &c.), detected by Decaisne, has

more than once been called in question. You may remember that

I stated, in the Gardeners’ Chronicle last autumn, my own convic- _

tion of the fact, and. mentioned my having obtained the roots of

Euphrasia officinalis and Odontites rubra attached by succors to the

roots of grass. This fact appeared to me sufficiently satisfactory at

the time ; but I determined to follow up the inquiry by sowing seeds

of Rhinanthus and Odontites, both near and at a distance from other

plants. The results of my experiment are as follows :—Several

plants of Rhinanthus Crista-galli came up at a distance from other

plants, but did not thrive ; they scarcely attained an inch or an inch

and a half in height; only two produced one flower each, and then

the whole withered without any seed being formed. A single plant,

which came up close to a plant of wheat, attained the usual dimen-

sions and flowered freely, but I neglected to observe whether its

seeds were perfected. The specimens of Odontites rubra came up

more freely than the Rhinanthus; and they all flowered, both those

that were near other plants and those at a distance. On examining

them 1 found abundance of examples of the succors, or succor-like .

protuberances, on their roots attached to the roots of wheat and rye ;

and, in two instances, I traced fibres of the Odontites spreading more

than a foot from the spot where the plant was growing till they had

reached and intermixed with the fibres of the rye. In some cases

I could detect no appearance of succors, and nothing like an attach-

ment to the roots of other plants.

I learn from Mr. Bentham that he has met with instances where

there were certainly none of the succor-like appendages to the roots

of some specimens of Huphrasia, Melampyrum, and Odontites ex-

amined by him. There is, therefore, something yet to be ascertained

concerning the precise character of the parasitism of these plants, if

indeed they be truly parasitic. As the question is of some import-

ance to cultivators, I would suggest the following experiment to

those who have fields in which Rhinanthus Crista-galli is abundant.

Let them keep a space of about three yards square perfectly cleared

of this plant for two or three years, and observe whether the grass

on that patch flourishes beyond that which surrounds it. I shall pro-

Meteorological Observations. 295

pose repeating my own garden experiments with more care than I

had thought necessary this year, having hitherto felt sufficiently

convinced that Decaisne’s statement was correct.

I send you a preparation in spirits of the succors (?) on the roots

of Odontites rubra, attached to the fibres of wheat, and you will see

what a parasitic aspect they have assumed, whatever their real func-

tions may be. I am very desirous of procuring seeds of Melampyrum

arvense for experiment, and if any of your correspondents could. pro-

cure me a few, I shall feel much obliged tothem. Hitcham, Sept. 14.

—Gardeners’ Chronicle, Sept. 23.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUG. 1848.

Chiswick. August 1. Heavy showers. 2. Very fine. 8. Rain. 4. Cloudy

and fine. 5. Heavy showers. 6. Fine: cloudy: showery. 7. Very fine. 8. Fine:

rain. 9, Clear: showers: clear, 10. Very fine: rain at night. 11. Overcast:

rain. 12. Cloudy. 13. Overcast: rain, 14, Heavy rain. 15. Densely clouded,

16. Foggy: overcast: clear. 17. Hazy and damp: overcast. 18. Very fine.

19. Rain. 20. Very fine. 21. Heavy rain: showery. - 22. Heavy shower :

clear, 23. Fine. 24, Showery: clear, with lightning at night. 25. Hazy:

rain: cloudy and fine. 26. Uniformly overcast: rain, 27. Rain. 28. Cloudy :

slight rain. 29. Fine. 30. Very fine. 31. Very fine till 5 v.m., when a very

heavy thunder-storm commenced and continued upwards of two hours—an inch

of rain falling in the time.

Mean temperature of the Month .........eseeeecsssesseveeeeee 58°. 74

Mean temperature Of Aug. 1847 ccocns..ceeseestercecsoeesesne 62 °47

Mean temperature of Aug. for the last twenty years ...... 62 °S2

Average amount Of rain In Aug. ..ccocsecseersreeees coccsgsees . 41 inches,

Boston.— Aug. 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2 Fine. 3, Rain: rain a.m.

4. Fine. 5. Rain: raina.m. 6. Fine: rain p.m. 7, 8. Fine, 9. Fine: hail-

storm and rain a.m. 10,11. Fine. 12. Fine: rainr.m. 13. Fine.’ "94. Rain.

15. Fine. 16, 17. Cloudy. 18. Fine: rain p.m. 19. Cloudy: rain‘a:m. and p.m.

20. Fine. 21. Rain: rain a.m, and e.m.: very stormy... 22, Cloudy: rain a.m.

ande.mM. 23, 24, Fine. 25. Fine: rainy.m. 26. Cloudy: rain a.m. 27. Cloudy:

rain p.m. 28. Cloudy. 29—3!. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Aug. 1. Fine: one slight shower. 2, One

shower. 3. Showery, 4. Slight showers. 5. Fine throughout: thunder. 6.

Fine : shower p.m. 7. Fine and fair. 8. Heavy rain all day: thunder: flood.

9. Frequent showers, 10. Frequent showers: thunder. 11, 12. Fair and fine.

13. A few drops: fine. 14,15. Fair and fine. 16, Fair and fine; a few drops

r.M. 17. Heavy rain a.M,: cleared and fine. 18. Fine a.m.: heavy rain p.m.

19. Heavy rain a.m.: very high flood. 20, Fine, but cloudy a.m.: shower p.m.

21. Dull‘a.m.: rain p.m. 22, Showers. 23, Gentle showers: thunder. 24.

Showers. 25. Fairand fine. 26. Complete day of rain: flood. 27. Fair and

fine. 28. Rain: cleared p.m. 29. Fine till 6 p.m.: then heavyrain. 30, Fair

till 11 a.m.: rain and hail p.m. 31. Very fine aay. myoughonf,

Mean temperature of the Month .........seevscecesssceeseeees JSUT

Mean temperature of Aug. 1847 . sccccccccccsceccseses OF ‘1

Mean temperature of Aug. for the last twenty-five years » 57-1

Rain in Aug. 1847 ..... bi Sideo ve debess deat yied be vdtdocdddaeases) (2°23 inches,

Average amount of rain in Aug. for twenty YOQIS Ci; 600.00 3°60. 5,

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Aug. 1, 2. Bright: clear. 3%, Cloudy: clear.

4—6. Bright: clear. 7. Cloudy: clear. 8. Bright: clear: aurora. 9. Bright:

rain. 10. Showers, 11. Showers: clear: cloudy. 12. Cloudy: clear. 13. Clear.

14,15. Fine. 16. Bright: frost: clear. 17. Rain: clear. 18. Clear: cloudy.

19. Rain: showers. 20. Showers: clear. 21. Clear: aurora, 22. Clear:

cloudy. ~ Showers. 24. Clear. 25. Clear: frost: fine. 26. Cloudy:

showers, . Clear. 28. Cloudy: clear: drops. 29, Clear: drops. 30. Clear :

showers, af Bright : cloudy.

aa ~~ | = ? - . = adil - etd a “

to-z 06-7 ol-€ OL-P . | . . . : | | : | 86 6 | 169-62 | ‘

7 40-25 61-S¢ |0-9F |0-19 0-09 91-8P |Z£-69 L69-6z |199-62 ‘eisleee 899-62 €£-6% |S6L-62 |168-62 | “UBeT

—

| GS GE es et oly La = “1 Mr i ¥ ane sv | 69 |£0-0€ |£0-0€ |S0-0€ 00-0€ | 2S9-6% 6z0-08 8S0-0F|} “If

er oe lho: |[sawleas | an bce Ve | i tet-ysl tio 20) Ze] Oe lone lores lencesiozec (sree ocece seece(: er

tae iosases pee bay | acl. 3 ; L . 63 | OL-6% | PV-6z |0L6.6z S66. 67.

ae oo LO 4 E: ig — ae + i: ie e = 43 Ae ree oe £9.62 ‘L¥.62 02-68 eee OS be @

ae ae kB Sale oe t 9 | PS.6z |€9-6% 99.6% 09-62 | #2-6 6% 6£8-6%! *

£0. |PVo- | *s as s |ems | $29 | $99 | #19] 09 89!) PO | ol % 918-62 6£8-6%; “Lz

iid. ; ZE-62 |LS-6% |OP.6z | P9.6% | FE-6% |S18-6z ;

So. |10- | -as | -s | -m |-ms | 419] 9¢ |#9€/f19 991 0¢ | 9 a hie th) nad EA

Eos Beha te Sea oa ; ; ; i | 99 |£8-6% |98-6% |08-6% | 88-62% | $S-6% |S00-0€ PLO. :

saree We om fs fmt (ae | Be ety tel GE oF | 9 [teow shee lense tae coer Lents onoae| 9

Bere ge ele fe beast ot | tp igo | table cog! Pn 6% | 8V-6Z |29-62 » SP-6% | P1-6z |L29-6z 'LOL.68| “€%

fo. |" or. [Lie |uneo| «ms | -s | «me | 409 | ¥9e [42h FS 9 | SQ |€7-66 8f-6% ZE-6% | O£-6% | $0-6% LLS-6% €79-64| “2%

a T £G 19 | 69 | VP-66,\€9-6% | 62-62 | 68-6 § :

Ql. 60. |9Z- | “ms | tm |*msm!] cms "PS foc S97 F090: 6 v a ei © | 15-65 [@L¥-62 614-60} “12D

0G. "=" so, loo. | « 3 iggy ‘gh 1 197/709; 6S, $ 1L |8S-6% €9-62 89-6% | 99-62% | LE-6Z 88-62 096-62} “0%

Lo. |90- | ms | tava |. *s [ems | 29] 69 | OF) #09, 29, ZP | 69 | £2.64 | 60-62 |£9-6% 9£-6% | 81-6% |81L-6% 178-62) “61

£o. Feet ee ceeeeelteseee "9S *9S9-5 “mM *s €S LS or L

SB ee ; eee : 29| LS) PS | GL \E€Ll.6z |L8-6z% | 09-62 | 16-63 | 89-62 \P88-6% 910-0€| “SI

ees | Sere ca a ee ees ee abies eee Ss

rettee eeeeee gp eveesl egg | + : : Lo , 6% 08-62 | 86-62 692-63 968-60} ‘OI

cern My | Sa [oun | Se | "S| HF | Hee |p| ob) SE. 68 |B [fooe (ee [oper oes arse tress creer]

Go. |" g9; 112. | : ; faa 7 10. | : 0€ }$8.6% | 26-68 | 8V-6% 112.62 %L8-63| ‘VIO

oy. MS 9 <O sock reat ag nage Be po - i 09 ‘ £G | 99 |S0.0€ |16.6z |76.6 | 06-62 | L¥-6z |196-62 |066-62| “€I

Ae A Se Be Gear tee etre are Ba oes 4: te 4 EL | 16-62 |88-6% |68-6% | 16-62 | 87-6% £96-6% 810-06 | “ZI

BE. ert gp. [cy | ema | em | cm | ems | of | eg bcp ee | 2 : OL | 96.6% | 6.6% |16-6% | 06-62 | €S-6G 766-62 PS0-0£ | “II

ial og ton bg 4 ee Bde RS oe bg Ee V | UL | 68.6% |08-6% |€8-6% |08-6% | 07-66 Z56-6% Z20-0€ | “OI

sttttsleeeee Qo fesse] « : ; ‘ he, 6 |89-66 |$L-60 | ZP-6% €9L-62 968-66) “8

60. [el Zt. bere = ips ios Page “3 - pi {29 309 ov | €L | 08-62 |0L-62 |9L-6% | ZL-6% | OV-6% 726-62 |2L6-62| “L C

Rete: by | bio feu-out et “us |. 79 = Pid 3 es - — ce aA oe at ee GLL.6%| °9

Bevdeckerosten’ lanes | tu hem Lime $9 eed OFL cot folee | €& [Sebe leee £-6% |£0-6% 640-62 |2€9-66| °S

Peocslewse<en tere | myst * : : ‘ , 6% |09-6% | £S-6@ |L1-6% |ZS9-62 |1L9-66| “P

Mirthnses toe ben. ee a 6% | €€-60 088-62 66-68 | °

ZG. | PE. | wyeo |'mum| sm | sms | OF | 9G | 0S} #79} HO) OF | 69 | VH.6% |9£-6% | 17-60 | 61-62% | Z8-8% |69£-62 |699-62 t

Fo ae * 9 Po 2 0] Po ® Z s = 2 curd | ure maret 1 ar 3

le o : One > 5 eo *YOIM pu ; * Bo x PS

Pei" | FF | S| fe B) “Aguapues | onus [BE | crams | AwAMS longesoryuma| FF | gow. | ee

“ure . ; of

rey PUL -JO}OWOUILOL], -rajaWI0Ig = 3

7) eS

*“KRANWUGC ‘asun pyr younpupg 7D ‘uoqsno[9 “7 "ADU 2 hi ‘ fe Q

Oe in : : y2 fg pup $aa1Hs-saluawac ‘asunpy yzensajddy yo ‘aequuc * AA *A9zy 247 49 §

90 “|[VaA*AIN| 49 fuopuory svau *MOIMSIHD 7D Ajaroug jounynoysoyy ayy fo uapsvy ayy yo uosdwoyy ‘ayy 49 ies bis cet gociBencaconar

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 11. NOVEMBER 1848.

—

XXXII.—On some new Ichthyolites from the Scotch Old Red

Sandstone. By Frepericx M‘Coy, M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &c.*

PLACODERMIT.

Coccosteus (Ag.).

In the C. /atus (Ag.) I have observed a pair of lateral plates on

the anterior part of the dorsal aspect of the carapace, which

seem to have escaped the notice of M. Agassiz, and are omitted

in his restored figures of the genus, although represented in the

small figure given by Mr. H. Miller in his ‘ Old Red Sandstone.”

Those plates are lengthened and triangular, the base in front

parallel with the truncated anterior margin of the great dorsal

plate, with which '

one of the long

sides of each is arti-

culated; the apex

reaching to about

half the length of

the dorsal plate, ter-

minating a little in

front of the lateral

angle on each side ;

the base being con-

nected with the

head and the outer

margin with the

anterior lateral ven-

tral plate on each

side. Those two pe- Profile and dorsal aspect of the carapace of Coccosteus

culiar plates might —the shaded plates a are the dorso-lateral plates.

be called the “ dorso-lateral plates.”

* Drawings of all these species were sent to Prof. Phillips at the Meeting

of the British Association at Swansea for the inspection of geologists.

t The characters of this group were noted by the author in the ‘ Annals of

Natural History’ for July 1848.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 21

298 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

I might also remark that the posterior latero-ventral plates,

instead of joining precisely in the middle, overlap considerably,

that of the left side being in all the species larger externally than

that of the right.

Coccosteus pusillus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Head and carapace orbicular, width about 23 inches,

length 3 inches ; tail about as long as the head and carapace,

of very numerous small, weak (? slightly ossified) apophyses ;

dorsal fin small, weak ; dorsal plate subpentagonal, 1 inch and

5 lines long, greatest width (at the lateral angles) 8 lines, taper-

ing to a sharp point retrally, also narrowing about one-sixth

towards the subtruncate anterior margin, all the margins con-

cave, the anterior most so, middle of the. plate ohyasely keeled,

the tuberosity and fossa (for lodging the dorsai spine ?) rather

more than one-third the length from the posterior apex ; all

the plates of the carapace minutely and regularly tuberculated,

granules nearly equal, about their own diameter apart, four-

teen in the space of a quarter of an inch, intervening spaces

very minutely granulated ; teeth slender, cylindrical, pointed,

their own diameter apart, one-third of a line in diameter,

nearly a line long.

The very small size and imperfect development of the ver-

tebral apophyses, together with the small size and orbicular

form of the cephalothorax, easily distinguish this species. The

peculiar proportion of the dorsal plate, as well as the distance of

its tuberosity and fossa from the apex, and the minuteness and

regularity of the tuberculation, distinguish it from the young of

the other species ; besides, I find all the characters constant in

five nearly perfect specimens which I have examined.

Not uncommon in the black flags of the old red sandstone at

Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Coccosteus microspondylus (M‘Coy).

This species resembles the C. oblongus (Ag.) in size and gra-

nulation, but has a much shorter dorsal plate, and the posterior

external angles of the posterior ventral plates are produced. into

long curved processes as in the C. datus (Ag.), from which it

differs in its strong, regular, close granulation ; it differs besides

from both species in the plates of the carapace being shorter, and

most remarkably in the much smaller size and slight ossification

of the vertebre, giving a peculiarly weak and slender appearance

to the tail. The bodies of the vertebree have all left their sepa-

rate impressions, so that the vertebral column was certainly not

in this case a continuous cartilaginous cord as suggested by

M. Agassiz in the case of the C. “Tatus, ' in which they leave no

trace. There ig evidence of a thick spine, about an inch long, being

from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 299

attached to the tuberosity of the dorsal plate. The dorsal plate

is 24 inches long and 14 wide, with straight parallel sides, not

being perceptibly narrower in front than at the lateral angles, in

which it differs from the C. pusillus (M‘Coy) as well as in size.

Rare in the black flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Coccosteus ? trigonaspis (M‘Coy).

‘Sp. Char. Mesial ventral plate subtrigonal, slightly convex, 13

lines long and 7 lines wide at the lateral angles, which are

only 2 lines behind the rounded or very obtusely angular an-

terior end; lateral posterior margins straight, converging to

form the retral point ; four or five irregular rows of tubercles,

half a line in diameter, and less than their diameter apart, run

round the margin, leaving a central, ovate, convex space more

obscurely tuberculated ; each tubercle consists of a hemisphe-

rical smooth centre (frequently perforated in the middle), sur-

rounded by a thickened base which is radiatingly ridged, in-

tervening space irregularly dotted.

This beautiful species is easily distinguished from all others

by the shortness of the anterior end of its ventral mesial plate,

which is the only part yet known. The tubercles resemble those

of a small Cidaris or Asterolepis.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

(Acanthodide.)

Chiracanthus pulverulentus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Elongate, fusiform, tapering very gradually from the

pectorals, where the depth is little more than one-sixth of the

length; tail moderate, lunately forked; the bony ray of the

dorsal fin is slightly nearer the anal than the ventral fins,

those latter being half-way between the pectorals and anal ;

the ventral spines are about half the depth of the body at their

base, the others are about two-thirds of the depth ; scales flat,

rhomboidal, but the length and width nearly equal, appa-

rently not imbricated, the posterior, inferior angle tumid,

pointed; seven scales occupy a space of two lines; surface

dull, covered with an exceedingly minute, crowded granula-

tion (only visible under a strong lens). Length 8 inches.

The squamation of this species is so peculiar that a compa-

rison with its congeners is rendered unnecessary; in general

appearance it resembles the C. Murchisoni (Ag.). The head is

imperfect, but seems rather pointed and about one-sixth of the

entire length.

Rare in the old red flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

21*

300 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

Chiracanthus grandispinus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Elongate, fusiform ; tail slender, caudal fin large, mo-

derately lobed ; bony spines of the anal, ventral and pectoral

fins of great size, their length being about three-fourths of the

depth of the body at their base; the spine of the anal fin is

gently curved backwards, those of the ventrals and pectorals

straight ; dorsal spine also of great thickness, but its length

unknown, situated a little behind the line of the ventrals ; scales

rhomboidal, length and width nearly equal, about seven in the

space of two lines, convex, strongly striated diagonally in the

direction of the length of the fish, one of the diagonal grooves

generally much deeper than the rest in the middle. Length

from base of pectoral fin to extremity of tail nearly 8 inches,

depth of body at base of dorsal fin 2 inches ; pectoral and ven-

tral spines nearly 13 inch long and 13 line wide at base, all

apparently smooth. ;

In the great size and strength of its spines this resembles a

great Diplacanthus rather than one of the comparatively feebly

armed Chiracanths ; it however has got no second dorsal oppo-

site the anal fin, and is clearly a peculiar species of the latter

genus, from all the species of which the very large spines and

strongly striated scales distinguish it. The branchiostegous rays

are very numerous, slender and distinctly ossified; the cincture

supporting the pectorals is very strong and bony.

Rare in bituminous flags of the old red at Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Chiracanthus lateralis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Slender, fusiform ; dorsal nearly intermediate between

the anal and ventral fins, slightly nearer the latter ; spines of

the ventral and anal fins very small, slightly curved, not more

than half the depth of the body at their base, the dorsal spine

about one-fifth longer than the others; sides of the body im-

pressed by a strong, straight, lateral line, rather nearer the

ventral than the dorsal margin; scales rhomboidal, a little

higher than wide, smooth, each with a vertically diagonal,

strong, angular mesial gibbosity, about six scales in the space

of one line ; length of anal spine 7 lines, depth of body at base

- of dorsal 14 inch.

I have only seen two tolerably good specimens of this species,

which in size and general form both of body and spines resembles

closely the C. pulverulentus (M‘Coy), from which it is distin-

guished by its smaller and more pointed, vertically gibbous

smooth scales, and having slightly smaller spines, and the ven-

tral and anal spines being proportionally further apart, being

from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 301

about equal to the depth of the body at the ventrals in the

former, but exceeding it in the present species. What renders

the C. lateralis most remarkably distinct from the other species

of this and the allied genera, is the presence of a very strongly

marked lateral line.

Rather rare in the old red sandstone flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Diplacanthus gibbus (M‘Coy).

_ Sp. Char. Very thick, fusiform, depth of the body behind the

pectorals equal to the distance between the two dorsal spines ;

the dorsal spines are equal, about 1 inch long and 1 lime wide,

the first dorsal less than the depth of the body at its base ;

anal spine much shorter than the second dorsal ; scales rhom-

boidal, length and width nearly equal, each with a large, ver-

tically diagonal, oval gibbosity occupying nearly its entire area,

about five scales in one Jine, surface seems very minutely gra-

nular. Length about 4} inches, greatest depth 1 inch.

This species has more equal-sided scales than the D. striatus

(Ag.), and is nearly double the proportional depth ; the spines

are longer and more slender than in the D. crassispinus (Ag.),

besides the difference in the scales.

Very rare in the old red flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Diplacanthus perarmatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Body thick, short, fusiform; tail very short, nearly

square, its width only two-thirds the length of the second

dorsal spine, the upper lobe projecting but little beyond the

lower ; spines smooth, extremely long, first dorsal equal in

length to the space between the first and second dorsals,

slightly less than the depth of the body at its base, gently

curved ; posterior spine straighter and about one-eighth longer

than the anterior ; pectoral spines half the length of the second

dorsal ; anal spine curved, only two-thirds the length of the

second dorsal; ventral, medial and thoracic spines slightly

curved and of moderate length; scales slightly higher than

wide, nearly flat, minutely granulated (the impressions only

seen), about three in the space of one line. Length from the

base of the pectoral to the tip of the tail 43 inches.

This is most allied to the D. longispinus (Ag.), but has still

longer spines, the second dorsal being especially remarkable ; the

dorsal spines are much longer in proportion to the distance be-

tween them and the depth of the body, the anal spine being on

the other hand comparatively shorter ; the tail is still smaller and

more equal-lobed, and the scales much smaller and with the pro-

302 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

portion of length to width reversed ; I am doubtful about their

surface, but the impressions seem distinctly though minutely and

irregularly granulated.

Rare in the old red sandstone flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Chirolepis velox (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Very slender ; head slightly longer than the greatest

depth of the body at the base of the pectorals, but less than

one-fifth the entire length of the fish ; body tapering gradually

from the head ; tail deeply forked, lobes narrow ; pectorals very

large, broadly rounded, height two-thirds the depth of the

body at their base ; ventrals nearly equalling the pectorals in

length, and two-thirds their height ; there is only one-third of

their length interval between those fins; at the same distance

behind the ventral is placed the large triangular anal; it is

larger than the dorsal, which is scarcely one-third of its length

posterior to it; both of those fins exceed in height the depth

of the body at their base, and are more than their own length

in advance of the caudal; scales very convex, rhomboidal,

diagonally sulcated, four in the space of one line. Length

9 inches. Fulcral scales of tail very slender, from 2 to 3 lines

long and about 2rd of a line wide.

From its slender form, very large fins and forked tail, this

would seem to have been one of the swiftest-swimming fishes of

the Old Red period, and the above specific name will remind the

ichthyologist of those characters. Its lengthened body and small

head distinguish it from all of the genus except the C. wragus

(Ag.), from which it differs in the great size of all the fins, their

height in proportion to the depth of the body, the deeply forked

tail, and the dorsal and anal fins being so far removed from the

caudal. (Described from two beautifully perfect specimens.)

Old red bituminous flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

| Chirolepis curtus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Short, fusiform, mouth very oblique ; head very large,

nearly one-third the entire length of the fish; body rapidly

tapering from the head to the tail which is very small, and

with a shallow concave posterior margin; fins small, ventrals

nearly three times longer than high, reaching to the anus,

where the anal begins; the anal is about twice the height of

the ventral fins, and not quite so long, rather less than its own

length in advance of the caudal; the dorsal is slightly less in

all directions than the anal, and is about one-third of its

length behind it; scales rhomboidal, four in the space of one

line, each with a long, prominent, oval tubercle in the middle,

from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 303

parallel with the posterior margin (some of those on the tail

are diagonally sulcated in the direction of the length of the

fish).

In the form and position of its fins this much resembles the

C. Cummingia (Ag.), from which it differs in its larger head, |

more oblique mouth, smaller tail, and much shorter and more

rapidly tapering body and tuberculated scales ; by the latter cha-

racter it approaches the C. Tradl (Ag.), from which it differs in

the position of its fins, and equally with the C. Cummingie (Ag.)

in the other characters mentioned above. Length 7} inches,

greatest depth of body 13 inch. Fuleral scales broad, oval,

2 lines long and ths of a line wide.

_ Rare in the old red sandstone of Lethen Bar.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Chirolepis macrocephalus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Body thick, fusiform; tail short, abruptly narrowed

from behind the anal fin to half the depth of the body at the

pectorals ; head very large, nearly one-third the entire length ;

teeth nearly equal, conical, pointed, width of the base two-

thirds of the height, their bases nearly in contact ; pectoral

fins narrow, oval; ventrals nearly central, of moderate size,

half their length distant from the anal, which is triangular,

_ its height two-thirds its length, although less than half the

depth of the body at its base; the dorsal is only two-thirds

the length of the anal, but its height slightly exceeds its

length ; its anterior extremity is vertically over the middle of

the anal fin, the posterior extremity extending slightly be-

hind the extremity of the anal; caudal very large, deeply

forked, but the upper lobe twice the length of the lower ; ful-

cral scales very slender, about half an inch long and half a

line wide, granulated ; scales rhomboidal, four in the space of

one line, gibbous, strongly sulcated diagonally except at the

posterior angle. Total length 11 inches.

The great proportional size of the head distinguishes this from

all its congeners except the C. curtus (M‘Coy), from which it

differs in the form and position of its fins, large tail, and dia-

gonally sulcated scales.

Rare in the old red sandstone of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

(Saurodipteride.)

Diplopterus (Ag.).

M. Agassiz has described the species of this genus as having

heterocercal tails, and in his ‘Monog. des Poissons Foss. du

Vieux Grés Rouge’ he gives a restored figure of the genus with

304 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

a heterocercal tail, the caudal fin large, obliquely subtruncate or

slightly concave in the middle of the posterior margin, and con-

fined to the lower side of the spine. I find, from the examination

of probably more perfect specimens than were at the disposal of

Prof. Agassiz, that the tail of this genus really presents a very

different and peculiar structure ; so far from being truly hetero-

cercal*, there is almost as great a development of fin-rays above

as below the spi- | :

nal prolongation,

the caudal fin ha-

ving arhomboidal

form, the poste-

riormargin point-

ed in the middle ;

-the spinal prolon- —

gation is much at-

tenuated, reach-

ing nearly to the

extremity of the

fin ; it is not pre-

cisely in the mid- ieeieal an (Diplopt

dle, but a little its had! ened ak Aes itor & | |

above it, as in the sketch. This form of tail I find in all the

species of Diplopterus (Ag.), and also in Gyroptychius (M‘Coy),

and as it is im some measure intermediate in appearance be-

tween the “ homocercal” and “ heterocercal” types, though

possessing some structural peculiarities of its own, I would pro-

pose to designate it in the descriptions by the term “ diphycer-

eal” (from dupuns, duas habens naturas, and xépxos, cauda). In

the “ homocercal”’ or ordinary form of tail of most recent and

the newer fossil fishes, we usually find a few of the last vertebree

anchylosed, and from the terminal mass so formed the greater

portion of the caudal fin is developed, as much from the upper °

as from the lower aspect, and only the few short rays at the

commencement of the fin being intercalated with the spinous

processes of the preceding normally-formed vertebre ; in the

‘‘ heterocercal ” type the vertebree do not coalesce into a terminal

* Some of the recent examples of heterocercal tails do not present the

strongly-marked characters of the older fossil Ganoids; I allude particularly

to the sharks, which when the skin is removed show a fringe of fin-rays

above the spine, although much smaller than the great fins developed from

the under side, thus making an approach to our fossil “ diphycercal”’ type;

this has been also noticed by Prof. Miiller of Berlin, who hence remarks

that the heterocercal and homocereal types pass into each other ; in the fossils

however the distinction is generally speaking a very marked and valuable

one, and is scarcely affected by the discovery of the peculiar structure above

illustrated, the notice of which will on the other hand remove some erro-

neous impressions.

| from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 305

mass, but diminish gradually in size to the last, forming a very

slender prolongation of the body, inclining upwards, and the rays

of the caudal fin being developed from the under side only, and

being intercalated with the spinous processes of a great number

of vertebra ; the “diphycercal” type agrees with the “ homo-

cercal” in the nearly mesial position of the termination of the

body, and the nearly equal development of the caudal fin above

and below; im those points it differs from the “ heterocercal,”

while it agrees with the latter and differs from the former in the

gradual attenuation of the spinal prolongation, the terminal ver-

tebre not being anchylosed into‘a vertically dilated mass, and

the rays of the caudal being manifestly connected with the spi-

nous processes of a large number of vertebre. Those who think

the theory of ‘ progressive development’ worth refuting may be

glad to find that some of the oldest-known perfect remains of

fishes have not exclusively heterocercal or “ embryonic” types of

tails as was hitherto supposed. ;

Diplopterus gracilis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Very slender, depth about one-eighth of the length,

nearly equal from head to tail; head narrow, subtrigonal, ob- —

tusely pointed, about one-fourth longer than wide ; pectorals

placed rather far back, small, narrow, ovate, about three-fourths

the depth of the body, their base covered with scales as large

as those of the tail, but more square; dorsal and anal fins

nearly equal, opposite each other, their own length apart ; they

are triangular and pointed, their height exceeding their length ;

tail diphycercal, of moderate size ; attenuated prolongation of

the body nearly medial, the caudal fin itself bemg rhomboidal,

pointed in the middle retrally ; scales rhomboidal, those of the

flanks about 22 lines high and 13 long, those of the tail smaller,

more obliquely rhombic, but still with nearly equal sides ; all

appear under the lens minutely and closely punctured, the

under side with a strong mesial articular ridge extending about

two-thirds the length. Total length about 14 inches, head

about one-seventh of the length.

Its small head and extremely narrow elongate form easily di-

stinguish it from the other species.

Not uncommon in the old red flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Osteolepis brevis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Very short, fusiform, length about 5 inches, body

broadest at the anterior part, where the width is rather more

than one-fourth the length, tapering abruptly to the tail, the

pedicle of which is about one-third the depth of the body ;

306 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

head very obtusely rounded, nearly semicircular, depressed,

twice as wide as long, the length being only two-thirds the

depth of the body; scales thick, nearly equilateral except on

the flanks, where they are one-third higher than long, length

of each about one line, surface minutely and uniformly punc-

tured under the lens, the pores rather distant ; two anal fins

very small, ovate, their own length apart, the second touching

the caudal ; one large triangular dorsal fin, longer than high,

opposite the space between the two anal fins (anterior dorsal

not seen).

Easily distinguished from the other Osteolepi by its very wide,

short figure, and from the great width of the head it is almost

always found with the anterior part of the body crushed verti-

cally. The teeth are very small, close and slender.

I have seen five specimens from the old red schists of Caith-

ness and Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Tripterus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. General shape of the body and form of the plates of

the head and body as in Osteolepis, but having only one dor-

sal fin, which is precisely over the first anal fin.

The fishes of this genus are very much allied to Osteolepis in

general habit, but instead of having two dorsal alternating with

two anal fins, there is but one dorsal, which instead of alterna-

ting with or being vertically over the interval between the anal

fins (as would be the case in Osteolepis, if only one fin was pre-

served), is precisely over the first anal as in Diplopterus, which it

also greatly resembles, but from which it differs in wanting the

second dorsal, and in having a perfectly heterocercal tail—a cha-

racter which I have ascertained does not exist in Diplopterus.

Tripterus Polleafent (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Ovate, gradually tapermg from the head, which is

broad, depressed, semi-elliptical, obtusely pointed in front, its

width at base equal to its length, and being about one-fifth

the entire length of the fish ; pectoral fins small, broad, ovate,

their height about two-thirds the width of the body at their

base ; tail small, perfectly heterocercal, retral margin very

concave, and the upper lobe twice the length of the lower ; two

anal fins nearly equal, triangular, one-third higher than long,

rather more than their own height apart, the second almost

touching the caudal fin ; dorsal fin narrow, ovate, almost twice

as high as long, precisely over the first anal; scales rhom-

boidal, those of the body flat, about one-third higher than

long, those of the tail longitudinally gibbous, lozenge-shaped,

and about twice as long as high; under the lens they are all

from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 307

very minutely and uniformly punctured as in Osteolepis and

Diplopterus. Total length about 7 inches, greatest width of

body 1} inch, length of body scales 14 line.

So completely identical are the plates of the head of this fish

with those of the large imperfect example figured by Agassiz (Pois.

Foss. vol. ii. pl. 2d, fig. 2), that I cannot help suspecting that

that figure may represent a portion of a fish of the present spe-

cies, the imperfection of the retral part of the body having per-

haps permitted M. Agassiz to refer it to the Osteolepis macrole-

pidotus, although even without seeing the fins we might distin-

guish it by its wide, rapidly tapering figure from that species,

which is correctly represented by the fig. 1 of the same plate so

far as it goes. The teeth are minute, slender, conical, rather

distant, apparently in several rows, and of irregularly unequal

size. I have examined three perfect specimens of this species

presented to the University collection at Cambridge by the Rev.

W. Pollexfen, by whom nearly all the Orkney fishes here noticed

were collected, and whose zeal I am happy to commemorate by

dedicating this to him. :

Not uncommon in the flags of the old red sandstone at Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

(Ca@LACANTHI.)

. Gyroptychius (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Slender elongate ganoid fishes, with large semi-oval

depressed heads, from which the body gradually tapers to the

tail, which is diphycercal, the caudal fin being rhomboidal,

pointed in the middle of the retral margin, and the prolonga-

tion of the body extending a little above the medial line nearly

to the end; two small elliptical dorsal fins exactly opposite two

similar anal fins; pectoral fins broad, rounded, placed rather

far back; scales subrhom-

boidal on the flanks, nearly

oval on the back, imbri-

cated, the exposed portion

of each with minute rough

ridges which converge to-

wards the retral end, seem-

ing to gyrate round a nearly

central point ; the anterior

concealed portion nearly

smooth (or under a strong

lens minutely radiated as

in Holoptychius) ; under surface of each scale nearly smooth,

with a strong mesial keel which extends from the anteal edge

Scales of Gyroptychius x two diameters.

a. Dorsal scale: up-

per surface.

b. Do. under surface.

c. Lateral scales.

08 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

only as far as the central point, white it abruptly terminates

to allow of the imbrication of the remainder of the scale on

the next behind; bones of the head covered with granules

which are sometimes confluent into short ridges ; teeth small,

conical, nearly equal.

In form, number and position of the fins and structure of the

tail these fishes resemble Diplopterus, while the imbrication of

the scales, as well as their sculptured, instead of simply porous

surface, places them close to Holoptychius, and in a different

family of Agassiz’ system from the former ; while from the latter

they differ in form and number and position of the fins, struc-

ture of the tail, and in the ridge on the under side of the scales,

which reminds us of what we see in Osteolepis and many other

fishes with juxtaposed scales, but instead of extending entirely

across the scale, it only reaches half-way, the half-ridge of one

scale joining that of the next behind and before when in their

natural imbricated position. The Gyroptychit are thus interme-

diate between Holoptychius and Diplopterus, and serve to con-

nect the great groups of Coelacanth and Sauroid fishes to which

those genera respectively belong, having at the same time a style

of sculpturing of the scales peculiar to themselves and easily re-

cognizable. There are two imperfectly known and imperfectly cha-

racterized genera of M. Agassiz, Glyptopomus and Platygnathus,

which require a few words in connexion with the present fishes.

The first of those genera is founded on a short, thick, fusiform

sauroid fish, with “simply juxtaposed, rhomboidal, eranulated

scales; the fing being nearly unknown. The slender form, and

the shape, sculpturing and imbrication of the scales are sufficient

distinctions, the fins being unknown. Platygnathus is a genus

founded. by Agassiz on the jaw of one fish and the tail of another ;

the jaw agrees nearly with Bothriolepis, but has fewer laniary

teeth and needs no comparison with Gyroptychius ; the tail por-

tion is more analogous, but the great scales seem to have simply

the structure of Holoptychius, and the fins are developed beyond

all comparison ; further, this genus is founded on such imperfect

and perhaps discordant materials, and the jaw seeming to have

been most in view in naming and defining the genus, it is ob-

vious that even an identity between one of those elements and

the present perfectly known type would not invalidate Gyropty-

chius as a genus. Judging from the figure and description of

M. Agassiz, however, there seems, as above noted, to be no great

affinity between them.

Gyroptychius angustus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Head semi-oval, obtusely pointed, about one-sixth the

entire length; depth of the body greatest immediately be-

from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 309

hind the head, where it is one-seventh of the length, tapering

very gradually from thence to the tail, the pedicle of which is

about one-third the greatest depth of the body; caudal fin

large, rhomboidal, obtusely pointed behind, lower side largest,

the supramedial spinal prolongation extending nearly to the

end ; posterior anal fin semi-elliptical, equalling the depth of

the body at its base in height, which is about double the

length; both the posterior anal and dorsal fins nearly touch

the caudal, and are fully their own height behind the anterior

and dorsal fins, which are about one-third less in size; the

pectoral fins are broad ovate, scarcely two-thirds the depth of

the body at their base in height, and placed nearly their own

height behind the head; scales about 2 lines high (or wide)

and about one-third longer, elliptical and with a small, nearly

central boss, round which seem to gyrate very numerous mi-

nute rough ridges, less than their own diameter apart, which .

are arranged in converging curved lines parallel with the mar-

gin of the elliptical free end of the scale ; the small portion of

the ridges anterior to the central boss are frequently broken

into little tubercles ; the more anterior concealed portion is

smooth or very minutely radiated, the (? articular) ridge on

the under side strongly marked ; bones of the head closely

sculptured with small granules and short vermicular ridges.

Length nearly 1 foot; length of exposed portion of scales

slightly more than 2 lines.

This beautiful fossil much resembles the Diplopterus gracilis

(M‘Coy) in form, but is at once distinguished by the structure

and sculpturing of the scales.

Rare in the old red sandstone of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge—two fine examples.) ~

Gyroptychius Diplopteroides (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Head semi-elliptical, depressed, sides flattened, slightly

longer than wide, pointed in front, about one-fifth of the entire

length ; body tapering rapidly from the head to the tail, the

pedicle of which is less than half the width of the body ; cau-

dal fin rather large, rhomboidal, submedial spinal prolonga-

tion slender ; posterior dorsal elliptical, twice as high as long,

close to the base of the caudal, and reaching about half the

length of its lateral angle; anterior dorsal little more than

half the size of the posterior ; pectorals short, broadly rounded,

placed rather more than their own length behind the head ;

scales of the back oval, imbricated ; concealed portion, anterior

to the subcentral point, smooth or very minutely radiato-punc-

tate, all the posterior or exposed portion rough with small,

regular, minutely flexuous ridges, those of each side running

310 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Ichthyolites

parallel with the curved margin of the scale, and of course

converging towards the middle, they are crossed by fine radi-

ating striz ; scales of the sides rhomboidal, nearly square and

juxtaposed, each scale articulated to the preceding and superior

one by a narrow smooth border on the superior and anterior

sides, extending into an angular articulating process at the

anterior superior angle (as in Osteolepis, &c.) ; the quadrate

exposed portion has a small central point, round which the

little rough ridges gyrate diagonally ; bones of the head scul-

ptured with small vermicular ridges and granules.

Length about 11 inches, greatest width of body 2 inches;

length of exposed portion of scales about 2 lines.

The different shape of the scales, and the wide, short, rapidly

tapering figure easily distinguish this from the last.

Not uncommon in the old red schists of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.) 7

. : Holoptychius (Ag.).

Although so large a number of species of this genus are now

published, I believe the form of the tail, and number and position

of the vertical fins remain unknown. I have recently ascer-

tained that the tail is short and perfectly heterocercal, and that

one dorsal and one anal fin, nearly equal, but the dorsal largest,

exist close to the caudal fin, and opposite each other ; the ven-

trals are broad, placed behind the middle of the fish near the

anal fin.

Holoptychius princeps (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Scales subquadrate, slightly convex, each about 3 inches

wide and 23 inches long; anterior concealed margin widest,

convex ; posterior, exposed portion about one-third narrower,

subtruncate rounded, sides slightly concave; whole of the ex-

posed surface closely covered with irregular tubercles about

half a line in diameter and half their diameter apart ; most of

the tubercles are a little elongated, but in irregular directions,

and towards the anterior margin a few of them are generally

confluent at their bases, forming short, irregularly twisted,

strongly tuberculated ridges ; concealed anterior portion and

interval between the tubercles minutely porous.

This species far exceeds the H. nobilissimus (Ag.) or H. gigan-

teus (Ag.) in size; it is easily distinguished by its entirely tuber-

culated surface. A fragment of this species is well figured

(without a name) in Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System,’ pl. 2 dis,

fig. 3.

“ola red conglomerate of Scat Craig.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

from the Scotch Old Red Sandstone. 31]

Holoptychius Sedgwickit (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Body fusiform, very thick, depth in the middle one-

third of the length, abruptly narrowed towards the tail, the

pedicle of which at the base of the anal and dorsal fins is

scarcely half the depth of the body ; head more than one-fourth

of the length ; tail very short, nearly square, the thick, articu-

lated, frequently branched rays developed from the under

side, forming a broad triangular caudal fin, obliquely trun-

cated on its posterior margin; dorsal rather larger than the

opposite anal fin, both semi-elliptical, twice as high as long;

the anal about one-third the length of the base in advance of

the caudal ; ventral fins broad, their length about equalling

their height, rather more than the length of their bases in

advance of the anal fin; lateral line nearly medial, strongly

marked : scales thin, rounded, those of the flanks half an inch

in diameter, subtrigonal, posterior margin semicircular, con-

cealed anterior margin very broad, subtruncate, with very

minute radiating punctate striz ; immediately in front of this

a small space towards the middle of the scale is covered with

a distinct granulation (frequently but not always seen when

the scales are in situ); all posterior to this, or the constantly

exposed portion covered with a minute, longitudinal, irregu-

larly flexuous, striate punctation, mtermixed with numerous

sharp, narrow, irregularly interrupted, longitudinal thread-like

ridges, of very irregular number and length, but usually two or

three times their diameter apart; the exposed part of the scales

of the flanks, when in situ, is about one-third higher than

long. Teeth conical, one-third longer than wide, half the dia-

meter of their bases apart.

Length 11 inches, depth nearly 4 inches ; length of teeth 3 of

a line.

This species, ike the H. Flemingit (Ag.), is remarkable for

being found on its side, indicating apparently a compressed,

instead of a depressed form ; it also resembles that species in the

sculpturing of the scales, but has them (in the same parts of the

body) smaller, more rounded, and the exposed portion much less

high in proportion to their length.

Not uncommon in the old red sandstone flags of Orkney.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Conchodus (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. (Teeth in pairs in each jaw as in Ceratodus ?) ; each

tooth large, somewhat semicircular, pointed in front, sub-

truncate behind, deeply concave on the grinding surface ;

internal margin straight, thickened, and with an abruptly

}

3812 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on a peculiar state of the Palmelle,

deflected edge; external border convex, much raised and

strongly undulato-plicate, the ridges being largest in front,

and gradually diminishing towards the external and posterior

portion of the tooth; the plice are produced by a thickening

of the substance of the ridges and a scooping-out of the inter-

vening hollows, so that the under side of the tooth remains

even; under surface coarsely osseous ; upper surface polished,

with small obscure undulations and minutely porous.

This genus is closely allied to Ceratodus and Ctenodus, but

differs in the grinding surface being concave, the tooth resem-

bling the inside of a plicated oyster. The internal microscopic

structure was developed for me by the kindness and skilful

manipulation of my friend Mr. Anthony of Caius College, Cam-

bridge ; it was very complex and peculiar, but the prepared frag-

ment has unfortunately been mislaid, so that I am unable now

fully to describe it. I only know one species, the following.

Conchodus ostreaformis (M‘Coy).

About 12 inch long, 1 inch wide, and 13 line thick, the

grinding surface deeply concave, the surface of attachment equally

convex; the external semicircular margin gives origin to six or

seven coarse, rugged, converging ridges, the most anterior about

7 lines long and slightly inclined to the straight inner mar-

gin, the most posterior is about 2 lines long and at right angles

with the inner margin; the ridges are separated by deep, wide

hollows.

Found along with Dendrodus latus (Ow.), Holop. giganteus

(Ag.), and Hol. princeps (M‘Coy), in the old red conglomerate of

Scat Craig.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

XXXIII.—On an apparently undescribed state of the Palmelleze ;

with a few observations on Gemmation in the lower tribes of

Plants. By G. H. K. Tuwarres, Lecturer on Botany and

Vegetable Physiology in the Bristol Medical School.

| With a Plate.]

THE importance—the necessity, it may be said,—of an acquaint-

ance with the lower forms of the vegetable kingdom, in order to

afford a clear insight into the real character of the phenomena

of growth and reproduction in the higher tribes of plants, is

now pretty generally felt and acknowledged by physiologists.

From the study of the simpler organisms only can we hope to

obtain a correct understanding of the changes which take place

: ‘ Srila De hi

4 A es Poe «+

: ene «Sf A. ¥

, ous F Care ed

1 \. ‘ ,o

; f, ? »

; j

ad ‘

Cy PNP on te) See

be ee #9 ~ Ae eine

Ie re aid Helles oh 5 SD eae

Pee SA “ ;

ett row?

re) ray ,

- "

t '

r # \

». ) : %

;

i : <2

4 “ SA Se} :

' . ‘ - mW

o Ps ‘ ‘ as, oe

h ~ * * * >» "

. * * .

4 .

a 2 “! . 5

¥ \ x : oh

. r ! ane Leow

J J ; ” ww «, ‘

P 4 ‘ \

3 '

’

. . rt M4

: A he

Go:

' ' . - x

| . a

’ ‘

, i tas \.

a Fs :

} ' ‘

' , 4

rae pe

ic r ie ee Pie 5

i A ty” q .

‘ ' i

. 1 H + x >

* ‘ /

a be

; 2 |

el - : 4 s A

/ SAN Wak oAN “A 4 * 4 res

* a » * Ls

i ’

Mag. Wat. Hist.S.2V01.2.PLX.

Be aoe ke

we YT

Boe

? *

« Ann. &

Salpe nge@ Hlassatlite .

GH ET ded.

“and on Gemmation in the lower tribes of Plants. 313

during the very early or embryonic condition of the more com-

plicated structures; whilst a comparison with these latter may

serve best to show us the true nature of certain phenomena con-

nected with the development of those simpler organisms.

The Palmellee have generally been looked upon by botanists

as occupying the lowest place in the vegetable kingdom, and on

this account any new fact connected with their mode of growth

is of peculiar interest. These.simple plants generally appear as

gelatinous masses of an irregular form, and, viewed under the

microscope, as consisting of a number of similar cells imbedded

in a gelatine ; these cells having no essential organic connexion

with each other, but being merely held together by the gelatine

with which each is surrounded. In the opinion of some physio-

logists, each of the cells, on account of its possessing an inde-

pendent vitality and seeming capable of performing all the func-

tions necessary for the growth and reproduction of the species,

is to be regarded as representing an individual plant. If, how-

ever, we adopt this view of the. matter, we must suppose

every process of fissiparous division taking place.in the cells as

a true reproduction of the species, which surely cannot be the

case, as will be endeavoured to be shown.

In the gelatinous masses of the Palmedlee numerous branched

filaments are found to occur ; these have been figured by Professor

Kiitzing im his ‘Tabule Phycologice*,’ as pointed out to the

writer by Mr. Berkeley; and they have been described by Mr.

Hassall in his ‘ British Freshwater Alget,’ but neither of these

two authors seems to have understood the real character of these

filaments. Mr. Hassall remarks that they “may either be parasitic

growth, or else form part of the organization of the frond; and

in the latter case they may be presumed to be connected with

respiration.” Tothe researches of Mr. C. E. Broome, however, is

due the discovery of their true nature. When examining in

January last some portions of a mass of Palinella botryoides,

Greville, this excellent observer found that the cells, in an early

stage of the plant, are attached singly to the extremities of

branched tubular filaments, which are filled with endochrome,

and are attached to and radiate from a central large cell of

irregular shape (Pl. X. fig. 1) ; that the cells subsequently become

detached, and each is then seen situated at the end of a mucous

prolongation (Pl. X. fig. 2) such as is described and figured by

Mr. Hassallt in some species of this natural family.

The writer has been enabled to confirm his friend Mr. Broome’s

interesting discovery by detecting the attachment of the cells to

* Tab. Phycologice, tab. 19. iv., 21. v., 24.1, 25. 1. & v., 26. i. & ii.

+ Brit. Freshw. Algz, p. 318. t Ibid. p. 323, tab. 80.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 22

314 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on a peculiar state of the Palmellee,

branched filaments in the Coccochloris rubescens, Brébisson, as

well as in the above-named Palmella. This is rendered more

interesting from the circumstance of the Cocc. rubescens being

one of the species in which M. de Brébisson, as stated by Mr.

Ralfs*, has observed conjugation taking place, a process which

will probably be found to be general amongst the Palmellee, and

to be the true mode of reproduction in all the species.

Upon comparing the filamentous condition of the Palmella, as

above described, with one of the lower Fungi—with a Botrytis,

for example,—we might at first feel disposed to conclude that in

one as in the other the cells terminating the filaments are to be

deemed the true reproductive organs, since in both species the

cells become detached and give origin to structures having no

organic connexion with the original ones. Upon reflection,

however, we shall find that very different is the relation in

which the detached cells of the Palmella and those of the Botrytis

stand to the filaments from which they have respectively become

separated. In the Botrytis the plant has reached its perfect

development, and the terminal deciduous cells are evidently

the reproductive spores; but the Palmella is in an immature

state, and the branched filaments may more correctly be com- _

pared with the mycelium of the higher Fungi, or with the early

confervoid filaments of the Mosses. In the Palmella the separa-

tion of the cells from the filaments may be considered as really

a subdivision of the plant—a gemmation—a multiplication of

the individual rather than a reproduction of the species ; and the

subsequent fissiparous division of these detached cells into other

equally independent organisms as a continuation of the process

of gemmation; the individual plant itself bemg the aggregate

of all the cells so produced previously to true reproduction taking

lace.

: It is very interesting and important to observe the extent to

which the process of gemmation takes place in the lower tribes

of plants, and this is especially evident in the Mosses. From

the negative evidence adduced by Bruch and Schimper, there can

be little doubt that the theca of the moss, with its contents, is

the product of the fertilization of the pistillidium. It would fol-

low then that the theca and the entire mass of sporules contained

within it are equivalent to one embryo of the flowering plant,

and that consequently the subdivision of this reproductive matter

into a number of sporules is equivalent to the multiplication of

the individual plant by a process of gemmation ;—that in fact it

may be termed an intra-thecal or sporangial gemmation. Again,

in tracing the development of one of these sporules after its

escape from the moss-theca, we find that it gives origin to a con-

* Ralfs’s ‘ British Desmidiee,’ p. 37.

and on Gemmation in the lower tribes of Plants. 315

fervoid structure*, and that subsequently upon this latter are

produced a number of gemme, each of which commences an

independent growth and quickly puts on the perfect moss-struc-

ture. Finally, after the moss-phyton has become fully developed

we still perceive the process of gemmation going on,—either by

the production of gemmee upon the stem, as in Aulacomnion an-

_ drogynum, Schwaegr., or upon the confervoid roots.

In the Mosses then we find the species reproduced by a process

of impregnation ;—at least such seems most probable. And we

see the individual plant multiplied—1st, by a subdivision of the

embryonic matter into a number of sporules (sporangial gemma-

tion) ; 2ndly, by the production of gemmz upon the confervoid

filaments previously to the moss putting on its perfect form

(mycelial gemmation); and 3rdly, by gemme being developed

upon the moss when in its mature state (gemmation proper).

There can be little doubt that these same phenomena obtain

in many if not in most of the lower plants ; and there is every

reason to believe that what is frequently described as a second

form of fructification amongst the Algee—for instance, the ¢etra-

spores of the Floridea, the opseospermata of the Chetophoree,

and the terminal “ spore+” of Vaucheria—are in reality true

gemme : and although it may be some time before we shall be

able to determine with certainty, m some of these lower forms,

the true character of what is usually termed fruit, yet we may

at once get red of the anomaly of one plant being said to pro-

duce two kinds of true spores ; and we shall doubtless in course

of time arrive at the discovery of some general laws to guide us

in the right discrimination of these structures. :

It is a fact well known to botanists that some species of Mosses

rarely if ever occur with true fructification im certain localities,

and the same may be said of other cryptogamous plants. As

instances of this kind amongst Mosses may be cited Encalypta

streptocarpa, Hedwig, and Trichostomum flexicaule, B. & 8. ; and

Parmelia physodes, Ach., and Placodium eanescens, DeCand.,

amongst Lichens. These thenand many others owe their multipli-

cation and dispersion principally to the agency of gemme. If we

* Some cryptogamous plants, in this stage of their growth, exhibit so

close a resemblance to the mature state of other plants still lower in the

scale of vegetation, that without due care in watching the progress of their

development, they may easily be set down as distinct species.

+ The circumstance of such an organism being for a short period in its

earliest condition provided with mobile cilia seems scarcely to furnish an

argument in favour of its possessing a higher character of organization than

it does subsequently when these organs have disappeared. There is little

doubt that the motion of the cilia is due to the changes taking place within

the cell, and the cilia themselves are probably a mere modification of ordi-

nary cell-membrane.

a2*

316 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on a peculiar state of the Palmellez.

duly consider this fact, how much does it exalt the lower tribes of

plants in our estimation! since we may contemplate an individual

plant of them not as the single phyton—not as the single frond—

not as the single cell—but as the aggregate of, it may be many

thousands of, these ;—view it occupying as much space and ex-

ercising as great an influence in the economy of nature as the

largest forest tree; and as rivalling this even in longevity. It

must be remembered that in the tree the manifestation of vitality

is entirely in the recently formed leaf-buds in progress of deve-

lopment.

Under the influence of preconceived opinions it is difficult at

first to take the view of the subject now offered, and it seems

easier to view each leaf-bud of the tree, rather than the tree itself,

as a distinct individual plant, comparing the former with the

phyton of the lower plant. We must, however, go further than

this:—the gemme of the Palmella are analogous, it is true,

to.the leaf-buds of the higher plant, but they are homologous,

which is of higher importance with reference to this question, to

the individual cells of the higher plant. To be consistent, there-

fore, we should be driven to the necessity of regarding the higher

plant as made up of as many individual plants as there may be’

cells in its tissues. Now there can surely be few physiologists

who would be disposed to adopt such an opinion ; notwithstand-

ing it cannot be denied that each of such cells possesses a greater

or less independent vitality of its own. The application too of

such a doctrine to the animal kingdom would appear to be im-

possible. |

To some it may appear of little importance whether any parti-

cular vegetable organism is to be regarded as a complete indivi-

dual plant, or as merely a part or subdivision of such,—whether

it is the entire product of a true impregnation or a portion of

it; but to the physiologist the general question is one of very

great interest, since the solution of it enables him to compare

correctly the higher with the lower forms of vegetation, and to

understand what may previously: have appeared anomalies in the

vegetable kingdom. erin :

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Portion of mass of Palmella botryoides, Grev., in an early stage of

development, showing the cells attached to the tubular filaments.

— 2, Cells of the same species, when in a more advanced stage of growth,

each seated at the end of a mucous prolongation.

All highly magnified.

Prof. Owen on the Ornithorhynchus. 317

XXXIV.—Remarks on the ‘ Observations sur ?Ornithorhynque’

par M. Jules Verraux. By Prof. Own, F.R.S.

One of the admirable characteristics of the National Museum of

Zoology in France is the staff of “ Naturalistes Voyageurs ” at-

tached to the Jardin des Plantes. These gentlemen, after receiving

the requisite zoological acquirements, are sent to various parts of

the world to collect animals and plants for the museum at the

expense of the government *. Their preparatory pursuits emi-

nently fit them for observing the living phenomena of rare

animals in their native environment, and the names of several of

these collectors have obtained high and deserved repute in the

records of zoological science: those of Diard, Duvaucel, Dela-

lande, will readily suggest themselves, and to these we may add

that of the enterprising nephew of Delalande, M. Jules Verraux,

who after having spent some years in Australasia, has recently

returned to Paris with rich collections for the Jardin des Plantes.

During a sojourn of fifteen months in Tasmania, M. Verraux

devoted much time and pains to studying the habits of the Orni-

thorhynchi in their native rivers, and has published the general

results in the ‘Revue Zoologique’ for May of the present year.

His observations are the more valuable as they appear to have

been made without the knowledge of any of the recent steps

that had been taken towards a resolution of the mystery of the

generation and development of the paradoxical mammal, and I

propose, therefore, to notice them here in connection with the

actual state of our knowledge of those points prior to the publi-

cation of M. Verraux’s remarks.

He found the Ornithorhynchi most abundant in the river of

New Norfolk, Tasmania, but succeeded in killing some indivi-

duals at a considerable altitude on Mount Wellington.

His description of their burrows accords with that given by

Mr. George Bennett}: those excavated in clayey soils, though

they have numerous outlets—one always below or level with the

surface of the stream—contain only a single nest, placed at the

extremity furthest from the water, and spacious enough to hold

three or four of these animals: the nest is composed of reeds

and other aquatic plants, and is thick enough. to defend the ani-

inal from the damp.

The. Ornithorhynchus is an excellent burrower. M. Verraux saw

one dig a hole of more than two feet deep, in a very hard gra-

velly soil, m less than ten minutes: durmg this operation the

* In the year 1835 there were eight of these officers engaged in travelling

in Hindostan, Madagascar, the Cape, Nubia, &c., at an expense to the go-

vernment in that year of 25,000 fr.

~ + Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i, 1834.

318 Prof. Owen on the Ornithorhynchus.

webs that extend beyond the nails when the animal swims, are

retracted, and the nails are exposed ; and from its attitude and

action it would be taken for a mole rather than a swimmer. As

it burrows it uses its tail, like a beaver, to beat the earth and

consolidate the sides of the burrow.

The Ornithorhynchi are chiefly, but not exclusively, nocturnal ;

they are most vivacious by night, swimming then with the velo-

city of fishes, and moving about on land with remarkable agility :

but the female, when she has young ones in the nest, will leave

them during the noon-tide heats and swim about.

With regard to the generative ceconomy of the Ornithorhynchus

I may premise, that examination of the ovarium and of the ova,

both ovarian and uterine, had led me to the conclusion “ that

they were, like the Marsupialia, ovo-viviparous ; and I conjectured

that the utero-gestation would be more prolonged, and the allan-

tois and umbilical vessels probably more developed*.. But the

period of gestation remained to be determined, and the decisive

proof of ovo-viviparity, by the discovery of the foetus in utero and

the examination of its membranes, was a desideratum. This

M. Verraux appears not to have supplied, but he says: “The

number of Ornithorhynchi which I have possessed has perfectly

demonstrated to me that this animal does not lay eggs, as has been

supposed, but that itis ovo-viviparous. The ovaria, which form

part of my collections, sufficiently prove this.” Jb. p. 1380. No

doubt, had M. Verraux obtained the decisive proof above referred

to, viz. the impregnated uterus, he would have mentioned itt.

He does not specify his physiological deductions from the ovaria,

but they were probably those which led me to the same conclu-

sion in my memoir in the Philosophical Transactions for 1834. In

that memoir I had stated that “the season of copulation was

probably at the latter end of September or beginning of October :”

but this point also remained to be determined by observation,

together with the manner of the coitus. The latter is thus de-

scribed by M. Verraux :—‘ Pendant le mois de septembre je

parvins 4 découvrir que l’accouplement avait lieu dans lau.

Caché soigneusement sous un cabane fabriquée exprés, et au fond

de laquelle il me fallait rester des nuits entiéres sans oser me

* Phil. Trans. 1834, p.564. Art. Monotremata, Cyclopedia of Anatomy.

+ It is to the absence of this proof that Dr. Carpenter appears to refer,

where he remarks, in his excellent ‘ Principles of Human Physiology,’ 1842,

p: 40, “‘ No positive evidence has yet been-obtained that its young are born

alive.” The minute size of the ovarian ovum and consequently of the vitellus;

the presence of small ova with a delicate chorion and without chalaze or shell,

in the uterine portion of the oviduct ; the absence ef any shell-forming por-

tion of the oviduct,—all are elements of a body of positive evidence in favour

of the ovo-viviparity of the Ornithorhynchus, which needs only the disco-

very of the foetus in utero for decisive confirmation.

Prof. Owen on the Ornithorhynchus. 319

mouvoir, car !’Ornithorhynque est d’un naturel excessivement

méfiant, je pus suivre tous leurs mouvements. Le male, aprés

avoir poursuivi sa femelle plus d’une heure, finissait toujours par

Vamener au milieu des roseaux. La, se cramponant solidement

2 Vaide de son bec, il tenait fortement la peau du cou, tandis

que les éperons s’appliquaient sur la partie postérieure. La

femelle, tout en se débattant énergiquement, nageait et poussait

des cris plaintifs qui offrait quelques rapports avec ceux d’un

petit cochon, et qui allaient toujours augmentant : l’accouplement

durait cing ou six minutes, ensuite les deux animaux jouaient

ensemble pendant plus d’une heure.” Jd. p. 130,

We have seen that M. Verraux draws his conclusions from the

ovaria of the female, that she is ovo-viviparous. The period of

gestation has yet to be determined. I have calculated it at about

six weeks, judging from the size of the uterine ova in a female

killed December 8th in the Murrumbidgee river, and from that

of young ones found in the nest in the banks of the same river

two months afterwards. M. Verraux, alluding to the habit of

the female to quit her burrow during the heat of the day, says

_ that this occurs—“ lorsqu’elles ont des petits, c’est-d-dire depuis

novembre jusqu’en janvier,” 7b. p. 182: meaning, that she has

young ones in her nest at that time. He states that “a gentleman

in Tasmania, Dr. Casy, had discovered (but the date is not given)

_ two nests of the Ornithorhynchus, one with a single young one, the

other with two; they were naked, but vigorous in proportion to

their size. Their beak did not at all recall the form of that of the

adult, but was short, broad and thick, and could embrace in that

state the mammary areola concealed by the hairs of the mother.”

This accords with the description and figures of the beak of the

young Ornithorhynchus given in my memoir on the young Orni-

thorhynchus in the 1st vol. of the Zoological Transactions ; where

it is also shown, that “the tongue, which in the adult is lodged

far back in the mouth, advances in the young animal close to the

end of the lower mandible ; all the increase of the jaws beyond the

tip of the tongue, which in the adult gives rise to a form of the

mouth so ill-caleulated for suction or application to a flattened

surface, is peculiar to that period, and consequently forms no ar-

gument against the fitness of the animal to. receive the mammary

secretion at an earlier stage of existence. The disproportionate

breadth of the tongue is plainly indicative of the importance of

the organ to the young animal both in receiving and swallowing

its food. The mandibles are surrounded at their base by a thin

fold of integument, which extends the angle of the mouth from

the base of the lower jaw to equal the breadth of the base of the

upper one, and must increase the facility for receiving the milk

ejected from the mammary areola of the mother.” The arrange-

820 Prof. Owen on the Ornithorhynchus.

ment of the muscles for compressing the mammary glands I had

‘described in a previous memoir (Phil. Trans. 1882, p. 517).

M. Verraux adds :—“The young ones, while suckling, con-

tinually rub or triturate the mother’s belly with their fore-feet,

and sometimes with their hind-feet.” “ At the end of fifteen to

twenty days the new-born are covered with a silky hair and are

able to swim” (Revue Zool. p. 182).

And he likewise describes another mode in which the young

obtain their lacteal nourishment :—“I redoubled my attention

and care, and by dint of perseverance, having at my disposition

(always on the banks of the New Norfolk) a pretty considerable

number of adults and young, I saw the latter accompany their

mothers, with which they played, especially when they were too

far from the bank to take their nourishment. I distinguished

very well that when they wished to procure it they profited by

the moment when the mother was amongst the aquatic plants,

near the land, and where there was no current. The female

having her back exposed, one can easily conceive that on the ex-

ercise of a strong pressure, the milk would float to a little di-

stance, and that the young might suck it up with facility ; this

it does, turning about so as to lose as little as possible. The

manceuvre is the more easy to be distinguished, since one can

see the beak move with rapidity. I cannot better compare the

.greasy liquid of the female than to the iridescent colours pro-

duced by the solar rays upon stagnant water. I have witnessed

the same fact repeated daily and nightly. I have also remarked

that the young, when it was fatigued, climbed upon the mother’s

back, who brought it to land, where it caressed her*.”

With regard to the anomalous weapon of the hind-legs of the

* “ J’examinai aussi avec le plus grand soin la structure des mandibules

du jeune, et la trouvant conforme a mes idées je compris parfaitement com-

ment il pouvait obtenir sa nourriture. Je redoublais d’attention et de soin,

a force de persévérance, ayant 4 ma portée (toujours sur les rives de New

Norfolk) un nombre assez considérables d’adultes et de jeunes; je vis ces

derniers accompagner leurs méres avec laquelle ils jouaient, surtout lorsqu’ils

étaient trop éloignés du bord pour prendre leur nourriture. Je distinguai

trés-bien que lorsqu’ils voulaient se la procurer, ils profitaient du moment

ou la mére se trouvait parmi les herbes aquatiques, a peu de distance de la

terre, la ot il n’y a aucun courant. La femelle ayant tout le dos découvert,

Von concoit aisément qu’une fois la pressure fortement exercée, le lait sur-

nageait a peu de distance, et que le jeune pouvait le humer ” (suck it up)

** avec facilité ; chose qu’il fait en tournoyant afin d’en perdre le moins pos-

sible. Cette manceuvre est d’autant plus facile a distinguer, qu’on voit le

bec se mouvoir avec célérité. Je ne peux mieux comparer le liquide grais-

seux de la femelle, qu’aux couleurs irisées produites par les rayons solaires

sur l’eau croupie. J’ai vu le méme fait se répéter tous les jours et toutes les

nuits. J’ai remarqué aussi, que le jeune, lorsqu’il était fatigué, grimpait sur

le dos de la mére, qui se dirigeait sur la terre, ot il la caressait.”—Revue

Zoologique, 1848, p. 131, note.

Prof. Owen on the Ornithorhynchus. 321

male Ornithorhynchus, the evidence of its function was summed

up in my article Monotremata as follows :— An objection to

the theory of the spur and gland being a defensive apparatus is

their absence in the female. Since then this apparatus forms a

sexual character, it may be presumed that its function is con-

nected with that of generation. Whether the spur be a weapon

for combat among the males,—or, like the spiculum amoris of

the snail, be used to excite the female, the injected secretion

being an additional stimulus,—or whether the spur be mecha-

nically useful in retaining the female during the coitus,—are

conjectures which must be verified or disproved by actual ob-

servation *,”

M. Verraux states: —“Quant aux crochets qui arment les mem-

bres postérieures du male, et qui, chez la femelle, sont rudimen-

taires, ils n’ont d’autre destination, d’aprés moi, que de main-

tenir la femelle pendant lacte de copulation.”—* Les expériences

souvent réitérées & diverses époques m’ont attesté que ces cro-

chets n’avaient rien de nuisible.. J’ai méme observé qu’en tra- .

cassant l’animal, jamais il ne cherchait 4 s’en servir comme

moyen de défense,” id. p. 133. This precisely accords with what

Mr. G. Bennett has recorded in the Zoological Transactions, vol. i.

p. 236. - :

Upon the whole then, M. Verraux’s evidence goes to confirm

the ovo-viviparous theory of the Ornithorhynchus, determines the

season and mode of coitus, agrees with the calculations previously

made as to the period of gestation, establishes the function of

the mammary glands, and describes two modes by which the

young acquire the lacteal secretion : it also demonstrates one use

of the perforated spurs of the male, though that of the secretion

which they emit is still conjectural. The chief points then that

remain to be determined by actual observation are—

lst. The precise period of utero-gestation.

2nd. The nature of the membranes or other structures de-

veloped for the support of the foetus during gestation, and the

order of their appearance.

3rd. The exact size, condition and powers of the young at the

time of birth.

4th. The period during which the young takes the lacteal

nourishment. :

5th. The age at which the animal attains its full size.

The most important desideratum for the physiologist is the

impregnated uterus of the Ornithorhynchus at different periods.

Such specimens are indispensable for the determination of the

second point. It would seem that they might be obtained without

* Cyclopedia of Anatomy, vol. iii. p. 407.

322 M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

any very great difficulty at New Norfolk river: it would require

only to take or kill a female Ornithorhynchus at the latter part of

September, and repeat the capture of other females during each

week of the months of October and November, or in December if

the specimen taken at the end of November was still pregnant.

The hinder half of each of such specimens, with the female organs,

or simply the impregnated uterus, should be preserved in strong

colourless spirits ; and if this should meet the eye of my esteemed

- correspondent Mr. Ronald Gunn, or of Dr. Casy, I would ear-

nestly solicit their kind co-operation in transmittimg such speci-

mens to me at the Royal College of Surgeons, London.

XXXV.—An Account of the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

By Karu Mixier*.

[ With two Plates.]

[Continued from p. 188.]

6. Formation of the Third Leaflet.

In order to make the appearance of the third leaflet particu-

larly clear, I have given an illustration of the development of a

single individual up to this point, as it may be seen either by the

unassisted eye or under a lens; the embryos of fig. 24 a—g re-

present this. I do not think it necessary to enter again upon

the details of the earlier stages, and I pass now at once to the

actual appearance of the third leaflet.

After I had made many conjectures as to the point where this

leaf would appear, it was formed, in the most fitting place, in

the middle, between the first and second leaves. Like these two

it issued gradually as a very delicate cone, the cells of which

speedily became more firm the more it came to light. The

formation, as a whole, had nothing else particularly striking

about it.

I was now extremely anxious to know how the third root would

be developed. With all my many embryos I have not attained

the satisfaction of becoming acquainted with this point, since all

died in this stage. I here.communicate my experience of the

rearing of Jsoétes to botanical gardeners, in order to spare them

the vexation of seeing their young, hopeful crop all die away in

this stage. Success will be most surely attained by using a glass

of considerable size instead of a pot ; which must be filled pretty

* Translated by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S., from the Botanische Zeitung,

May 5, 1848.

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 323

high up with clean sand, the ripe ovules strewed upon this and

loosely covered by a thin layer of sand. Germination is sure to

follow. If the lower portion of sand be deep enough, the young

roots penetrate down with great strength into this layer; and if

the glass be high enough to allow of its being filled up with a

considerable depth of water, the young leaflets also grow upward

with great rapidity. These deep strata of water and of sand act

like a wonderful charm upon the young embryos. If these how-

ever cannot attach themselves very firmly by their roots, they

come to the surface of the water, and then it is impossible to set

them again so as to make them thrive any longer. They are

sure to die.

The reason why I wished so much to observe the formation of

the third rootlet was the desire to solve, by indubitable proofs

obtained from the course of development, the question once pro-

pounded by H. v. Mohl, as to the reason why the youngest roots

of the rhizome of Jsoétes occur in the centre and the older in

the periphery. .

I cannot settle this question from the experience of my em-

bryos, yet I believe that it may be brought near to a decision

through fig. 24d.

There is no question that the root of the third leaflet must be

developed in a different way from the two preceding. These

must be formed outwardly, since the leaves which belong to them

lie toward the exterior. But the third leaf lies in the interior,

between the two first leaflets (fig. 24 d, x); consequently its

root must also be formed in the interior. Now since the vas-

cular bundle of the leaf constantly ran into the root in the two

first leaflets, it is probable that the vascular bundle of the third

leaf will do the same. Then it must penetrate the rudiment of

the young rhizome and make its appearance as the youngest

root, between the two older, consequently in the centre of the

rhizome. Under these circumstances, we have to wonder less at

the peculiar mode of issue of the root than at the phenomenon

that the vascular bundle belonging to every leaf is elongated out

from it through the rhizome downward, and there comes to light

asaroot. The latter consequently has a wholly dependent con-

nexion with the leaf. We can therefore as little talk of a prin-

cipal root in Jsoétes as in the Selaginelle, in spite of Schleiden’s

opinion.

A. Braun some time ago* also gave an explanation of the

peculiar arrangement of the roots in Jsoétes. He said that it

might readily be explained if it were assumed that the vessels, in-

* Flora, 1847, No. 3.

324 M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

stead of breaking forth outward from the vascular cylinder, turned

inward and perforated the rhizome. According to this there-

fore a proper vascular cylinder must be present - in the rhizome,

and as such must be understood the internal medullary layer*.

This is not clear to me. From Mohl’s illustrations I do not

know in what relation the vessels, occurring in the lower part of

the medullary layer, stand to the leaves. According to these

figures the upper vessels most certainly stand in connexion with

the leaves, and they admit of its being conceived that the above

ground of explanation which I have deduced from the course

of development actually hits the fact; that the vessels of the

youngest roots correspond to the youngest leaves.

The gradual death of the young embryos appeared to me very

peculiar: I have represented it in the figures (fig. 24 e, f, g). The

root of the first leaflet went first, and the coats of the primine

with the secundine still adhered to the first leaflet (fig. 24 e).

Then this also was lost (fig. 24,f), and by this means the third

leaflet became more free. Next the root of the second leaflet

disappeared (fig. 24 g), and after that the leaf itself. At last

only the third leaflet remained: this lived, fresh and growing

for some time; but the true vital foundation appeared to have

departed from it, and after several weeks’ vegetation it died like

the rest.

Now that we have become fully acquainted with the course of

development of Jsoétes up to this point, I consider the observa-

tion of the further progress will be very easy, if any one, in whose

neighbourhood Jsoétes occurs, will take the pains to fish up

young embryos out of the water, and continue the examination

from the point at which I have ceased. The embryos are pro-

bably not difficult to find in their natural condition. I imagine

that they must grow socially, in great numbers close together,

since they will in any case germinate simultaneously out from

the oophoridia of the decaying parent plant, as often happens in

aquatic plants.

7. Retrospect.

A. Special course of development of Isoétes.

1. The foundation of all cell-formation of the embryo is a de-

licate granular mass which exists very early in the ovule and

completely fills it (fig. 4).

2. This mass becomes transformed into starch, and is thus

brought into a condition for solution (fig. 5).

* See the illustrations, by H. v. Mohl, Linnza, 1840, t. 3. (Also in

Vermischt. Schrift. plate 5.)

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 325

3. The dissolved starch takes the appearance of oil-globules,

and these alone constitute the protoplasm of the first cells of the

embryo (fig. 6). |

4. The embryo, which is already formed at a period when no

alteration is to be observed in the coats of the ovule, first appears

as a solitary cell.

5. It becomes a mother-cell, new daughter-cells being soon

formed within it. This certainly is effected through cytoblasts

(figs. 7, 8).

6. Soon after this the mother-cell has become a wholly cel-

lular, oval corpuscule (figs. 9, 10).

7. Hereupon, a growth toward two sides is seen at the base,

and the corpuscule becomes curved in the middle, in which a

solitary cell displays itself: this is the rudiment of the scale of

the first leaf. The growth toward two sides marks the rudiments

of the vagina and alimentary organ (fig. 11).

8. Two more organs are now associated with the preceding.

The alimentary organ becomes more evident by growing out in a

rounded form ; through this origimates a curve on the base of the

embryo which is also partly caused by the root of the first leaf,

which is equally visible in its rudimentary condition. By this

also the vagina becomes directed upward, it is connected with

the future furrow of the leaf, and incloses, together with the

mother-cell of the first scale, the newly added one of the second

leaflet. (fig. 12).

9. The first leaf having become cylindrically elongated, it has

also acquired a green colour. At this time the alimentary organ,

root, vagina, scale and mother-cell of the second leaflet are clearly

distinct organs. The alimentary organ, which oceupies one-half of

the germinal body while the other half belongs to the radicle, has

become filled with starch which suffices for the nutrition until

the second leaflet has become tolerably developed. The root is

still a little conical body formed of very delicate cellular tissue.

The vagina looks sideways, and incloses now the two mother-cells

of the scale and the second leaflet. The former becomes a flat

membrane, the latter remains a round, but internally already

cellular body (figs. 15, 17).

10. The scale. and root alone now visibly hasten forward in

their formation. The former has attained its full development,

while the second leaflet has only become cellular and the vagina

applied itself more closely upon it. The root has most visibly

advanced ; it has become considerably elongated and acquired

two vascular cords (fig. 18).

11. The next succeeding development of all parts is merely

a relative expansion of them (fig. 20).

326 M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. ©

12. The vagina has merely become a very delicate membrane,

and the vascular cords of the root united into one mass at that

time when the second leaflet issues from the vagina as a green,

somewhat flattened corpuscule. The root now expands only at

its apex by cell-formation, since its only point of vegetation lies

there (fig. 21). 2

13. When the second leaflet has issued from the vagina, which

now forms a long, delicate membrane obliquely cut off at its open

end, the starch of the alimentary organ has disappeared. The vas-

cular bundle of the first root has again separated into two por-

tions ; each portion however consists of several, usually two cords.

The root of the second leaflet now shows itself, at first only as a

very transparent compact protuberance (fig. 22). |

14. The further development of this radicle appears to have

become the principal matter in the whole plant. As in the first

root, the vessels are first formed as two cords (fig. 23).

15. Then they become elongated, like those of the first, with

all the gradations of the preceding formation (fig. 24 5).

16. After the second root has attained its full development, the

third leaf makes its appearance between the two first (fig. 24:¢, d).

B. Comparison of the course of development of Selaginella and

Tsoétes.

No comparison is possible between the earliest stages of de-

velopment of these two genera, since those of Selaginella are yet

unknown. Nevertheless they perfectly agree in one point,—that

the element of cell-formation is in both a granular mass, which ~

becomes converted first into starch and then into protoplasm.

At this point our comparison is terminated, and we begin again

at a considerably advanced period of development, in the young

plant.

The young embryo of Selaginella consists, like that of [soétes,

of three essential parts: 1. the alimentary organ ; 2. the radical

portion ; 3. the terminal bud.

The alimentary organ is here a special body originally very im-

perfectly, but in further-developed states of the plant perfectly

round. This alone remains within the ovule, to attach the little

plant to it (fig.25a). No starch is deposited in its interior ;

the protoplasm which must be formed from the granular mass

(fig. 25 d) still existing within the ovule, is taken up by it and

carried onward to the remaining portions of the embryo. In

this variation this body does not wholly represent the organ in

Isoétes. The most peculiar point in it however is, that it does not

become wholly rounded off until a subsequent period.

The radical portion does not lie, as in Jsoétes, with the alimen-

M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 327

tary body, inside the ovule, but outside this, beside the terminal

bud (fig. 25 5) : therefore the ovule is never perforated by a root

as in Isoétes.

The most important distinction between the genera, is that in

Selaginella an actual terminal bud is produced, in Jsoétes none,

which is naturally explained by the fact, that in Selaginella, elon-

gated axes are developed, while in Jsoé¢es the axis always remains

short and appears as arhizome. On this account also the indi-

vidual organs are never produced symmetrically here in Jsoé¢es,

as they are so strictly in the terminal bud of Selaginedla.

These may be taken as the most essential points which allow

of comparison in the young embryos of the two genera. We

trace in them all the similarity which may be concluded from the

relationship, but also all the dissimilarity that has its ground in

the different type of the two genera, which is at once expressed

in the course of development. The most essential relationship

between the two, however, is above all the formation of the

embryo in the interior of an ovule, without a pollen-tube.

It is exceedingly desirable that, in order to complete our

knowledge of the mutual relationship, some one may be able

very shortly to furnish the history also of the earliest stages of

development of the Selaginelle.

7 Possible Results.

After it has been shown in the foregoing how a cell is able to

form in an independent manner, inside a perfectly closed organ,

without a pollen-tube! I might repress all further conclusions

against those who derive the formation of the embryo of sexual

plants from a constricted pollen-tube. But I have one more

observation on Isoétes to subjoin, which I could not pass over in

silence, since it appeared to me to possess great importance in

regard to that controversy.

It is well known that in many plants two embryos sometimes

appear within one and the same ovule. This phenomenon is

explained by Schleiden by the penetration of two pollen-tubes.

I have observed the same phenomenon in Jsoétes, where two in-

dependent embryos had been formed in one and the same ovule,

and I have represented the case in fig. 19. It was evident how-

ever that neither of the embryos were in a good condition;

though they were normally formed, both suffered from it, in va-

rious places. One was developed considerably at the cost of the

other, and possessed two vascular cords in its root. Nothing of

these could be seen in the other. It would have fared badly with

both also, afterwards, since neither of them had any of the starch,

the so necessary nutriment, in the alimentary organ (fig. 19 e).

328 M. Miller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris.

But it is perfectly clear from all this that so many pollen-tubes

are not necessary for the formation of any given number of

embryos.

The formation of the embryo in Jsoétes, or in the Lycopodiacee

generally, must also be of interest in other ways in regard to that

of the sexual plants. In Isoé¢es no pollen-tubes penetrate, and

yet the embryo-cell is developed independently. In the sexual

plants a pollen-tube must first have entered, before that cell can

be formed. I here of course assume that the indulgent reader

agrees with me that the germinal cell first originates in the em-

bryo-sac after the penetration of the pollen-tube in the sexual

plants; in favour of which I have already elsewhere furnished

my observations *. This appears to me capable of explanation mm

a consequential manner. In Jsoétes the ovule contains the true

protoplasm, from which may be developed a peculiar mother-cell

like that of the embryo; in the sexual plants this matter is not

present in the embryo-sac. It must be furnished in a different

way and is brought by the pollen-tube.

In conclusion, let me hope that I have succeeded in the fore-

going pages in exhibiting, fulfilled and completed, the three prin-

cipal objects of these investigations, which I mentioned in the

introduction : how far Isoétes and Selaginella are allied in their

course of development ; how the peculiar formation of the root

takes place in Jsoétes; and how the uteral formation of the em-

bryo in an asexual plant is related to that of the sexual plants.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II. & ITT.

N.B. The Numbers 5, 20, 50, 250 and 400 give the enlargement of the

object.

Fig. 1. An ovule with the two outer coats just burst, and the coat of the

nucleus (a) visible. ;

. This last magnified to show its peculiar structure.

. The great papilliform cell with the contiguous cells, magnified.

. The granular contents of the ovule.

. The same converted into starch.

The latter transformed into protoplasm.

a,b. The first or embryo-cell. :

. 6. The same. ec. A free cytoblast. d. A cytoblast around which the

membrane is formed.

. a, b, c. The embryo-cell now become a cellular corpuscule. c.

Treated with iodine to show how the cell-membrane of the mother-

cell incloses the cellular contents like a sac.

— 10. a. The embryo, becoming elongated. 6. A single cell with cyto-

blastema.

— 11. The same. a. Alimentary organ. 6, Vagina. c. Cell of the first

scale ; all just begun to be developed.

me a

* Bot. Zeitung, 1847. Beit. z. Entwicklungsgesch. d. Pflanzen-embryo,

p. 737 et seq.

Fig. 12.

— 13.

— 14.

— 15.

M. Miiller on the Germination of Isoétes lacustris. 329

Further stage. a. Alimentary organ. b. Radical portion. c. Mother-

cell of the second leaflet. d. Vagina. e. First leaf. f. Cell of

the first scale,

The same, drawn from the face. a. A cell which is the support of

the cell of the first scale. 6. Mother-cell of the second leaflet.

c. Cells of the vagina. d. Cell of the first scale.

Ovule bursting open. a. Primine. 6. Secundine. c. Nucleus.

a. Ovule, when the young embryo has just broken through the apex

of the coat of the nucleus; the young embryo shines through, of

a green colour, at the summit of the coat of the nucleus. 6. The

young embryo extracted. c. Alimentary organ. d. Cell of the first

scale. e. Mother-cell of the second leaflet. jf. Radical portion.

g. Vagina.

. a. Ovule, when the embryo has entirely broken through the apex

of the coat of the nucleus and issued all except the germinal body

{pro-embryo). 6, The little plant extracted: this is otherwise

not normally formed : the alimentary organ and radical portion are

not yet visible. c. First seale. d. Cell of the second leaflet.

. a. Embryo elongating by the expansion of its cells, extruded from

the coat of the nucleus as far as the germinal body. 6. The same

magnified 250 times. c. First scale. d. Second leaflet. e. Root.

_f. Alimentary organ. g. Outermest portion of the root, in the cells

of which all the contents have become fluid and transparent.

. a. Embryo of the natural size. 6, 250 times enlarged. d. Ali-

mentary organ. e. Apex of the root. jf. Vessels. g. Epidermoid

outermost layer of cells of the root, with cytoblasts. h. First scale.

2. Cells of the vagina. &. Second leaf.

. a. Two embryos in a single ovule, of natural size. 0b. Magnified

20 times. c. Magnified 50 times. dd. Second leaflets. ee. Empty

alimentary organs.

. a, Embryo, nat. size, when the root breaks through the lowermost

part of the coat of the nucleus. 0b. Magnified 50 times with g,

the extruded root. c. Extracted. d. Second leaf. e. First scale.

jf. Alimentary organ. h. Vagina.

a. Embryo prepared free from the ovule; 50 times enlarged.

b. Spiral vessel, 400 timesenlarged. c. Alimentary organ. d. Se-

cond leaflet. e. Point of vegetation on the apex of the root.

jf. End of the spiral vessel in the root. g. Vagina.

. ¢. Empty alimentary organ. d. Vagina. e. Second leaflet. /f.

Second radical portion.

. a. Embryo, nat. size. b. Magnified 50 times. c. Empty alimen-

tary organ. d. Vagina. e. Second root.

. Development of an individual up to the formation of the third

leaflet. a. First leaf. 0. Second leaf. e. Third leaf. d. The

same magnified 50 times with 2, the third leaf. e. ‘The stage when

the plants died: first rout gone. /f. First root and first leaf gone.

g. First root, first leaf and second root gone.

. Germinating plant of Selaginella. a. Germinal body (pro-embryo).

b. Radical portion. c¢. Terminal bud. d. Granular contents of

the ovule. :

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 23

830 Mr.J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

XXXVI.—On the recent species of Odostomia, a genus of Gaste-

ropodous Mollusks inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and

Ireland. By J. G. Jerrrerys, F.R. & L.8.*

THE subject of this paper has originated in a wish expressed by

my friend Professor Edward Forbes, that I would exhibit at the

meeting my specimens of British Odostomie with a view to the

elucidation of the species; but [thought it might be more gene-

rally interesting to the naturalists who are now assembled that I

should prepare and read a few notes PEARY of the specimens

‘to be exhibited. 7

I propose to give a catalogue raisonné of all the species men-

tioned in the title of this paper, referring to other works where

any of the species have been already described, and describing

any new or unpublished species. As the admirable work of

Professor Edward Forbes and Mr. Hanley on the British shells,

which is now in course of publication, will contain figures of all

the species, it would be superfluous in me so to illustrate this

paper ; but the mode in which I propose to illustrate it, by an

exhibition of specimens, will probably be more interesting to

those members who may take the trouble of examining and com-

paring them.

The first notice which appears to have been published of any

of these shells, if we except. the Turbo lacteus of Linneus (Syst.

Nat. 1766), is im Walker’s (or rather Jacob’s) work on the

Minute and. Rare Shells discovered by Mr. Boys on the sea-

shore near Sandwich, and which was published in 1784.

“Mr. Adams described and figured several additional species

(from the Pembrokeshire coast) in his papers which were pub-

lished in the ‘ Transactions’ of the Linnean Society in 1795.

‘The descriptions and figures in these publications are however

very indistinct and difficult to make out.

Col. Montagu added many others in his ‘ Testacea Britannica’

and the Supplement of that work, which were peared respec-

tively in 1808 and 1808.

Dr. Turton (in his Conchological Dictionary of the British

Isles) does not appear to have increased the number or know-

ledge of the species.

Lamarck did not notice any of these shells in his ‘ Histoire

naturelle des Animaux sans Vertébres’ published in 1822.

Dr. Fleming (to whom, as will be presently shown, we are in-

debted for his generic discrimination of the shells) added, in his

* Read at the Meeting of the British Association at Swansea in August

1848 ; and communicated by the author.

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 831

‘History of British Animals’ published in 1828, only one spe-

cies (Odostomia scalaris), which he referred to the Turbo ina-

stinctus of Montagu.

Philippi, in his excellent work on the Sicilian Mollusca (1836

and 1844), did more than any preceding author with respect to

some of the species, which he at first included m the genus

Melania, but afterwards in Chemnitzia and Eulima. He does

not however seem to have been acquainted with any of the true

Odostomia except O. conoidea, which he referred to the Auricula

conoidea of Férussac and Recluz, who described the Odostomia

interstincta (Turbo interstinctus, Mont.) under the name of Rissoa

Deshayesiana. Other continental conchologists do not appear to

have observed these shells. :

Of late years several additions to the British and Irish species

have been made by Messrs. MacGillivray, Thompson, Alder,

Hanley and Forbes, as well as by myself in the ‘ Annals of Na-

- tural History,’ Thorpe’s ‘ British Marine Conchology,’ and Mr.

Alder’s ‘Catalogue of the Mollusca of Northumberland and

Durham.’

To Dr. Fleming is attributable the merit of proposing the ge-

nus Odostomia for these shells; and although the name has been

objected to, as not being formed according to strictly classical

rules, the whole nomenclature of natural history requires so

much revision as to render any attempt to change established

names productive of greater inconvenience than would be occa-

sioned by retaining them.

In the Supplement to the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica’ (pub-

lished mm 1818) under the article “ Conchology,” the author,

Dr. Fleming, says, “ Perhaps a rigorous examination of the Tur-

bines of British writers might justify the formation of one or two

new genera; yet we shall content ourselves with noticing those

species into which we have formed the genus Odostomia, in which

the columella is furnished with a tooth. The Turbo interstincta,

unidentata, plicata, Sandvicensis and insculpta of Montagu are

of this genus. They have no resemblance in their structure to

the Linnean Volute, although they have been inconsiderately

associated with them by the authors of the ‘ Descriptive Cata-

logue.’ The preceding genera are formed of marine shells: those

that follow live on the land.”

I have given a full extract from this article with respect to the

formation of the genus, because Mr. 8. V. Wood, in his very able

and interesting treatise, lately published by the Paleeontographical

Society, on the Univalves of the Crag Mollusca from the middle

and upper tertiaries of the East of England (p. 85), states that

the name as proposed by Dr. Fleming “appears to have been

intended for the reception of a number of land shells with a

23%

332 Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

denticulated aperture, such as Pupa, Clausilia, &c., but was sub-

sequently restricted, or rather transferred, by that author in his —

‘Hist. of Brit. An.’ 1828, to a series of submarine shells with an

oval aperture and a single plait upon the columella.”

The name was also included by Dr. Fleming, in his ‘ Philo-

sophy of Zoology,’ (published in 1822,) among the marine Tur-

bonide.

Tn an ‘Enumeration of Marine Shells’ found on the Devon-

shire coast, which was edited by Dr. Turton and published in

1829, the’generic name of Odontostoma was proposed by him for

these shells, the character being thus given: “ Shell conic oval;

pillar with a single tooth or fold towards the middle ; operculum

none. Includes Turbo unidentatus and others.” But this de-

scription as regards the absence of an operculum is obviously

mecorrect.

To show the extent of confusion which prevails in the syno-

nymy of this genus, I may remark that Herrmannsen in his

“Index Generum Malacozoorum’ gives no less than nineteen

synonyms for the genus Chemnitzia of D’Orbigny, which forms

a group of the present genus.

Kqual confusion seems to prevail as to the synonymy of the

British species. The Turbo unidentatus of Montagu is a very

different shell from the Turbo unidentatus of Turton and Odo-

stomia unidentata of Fleming ; and the shell described in Thorpe’s

work as the last-named species is again very different from either

of the two former. Other specific errors have been occasioned

by authors taking their descriptions from imperfect specimens.

Having through the kind liberality of many authors on the sub-

ject of British Conchology, as well as the possession of the late

Dr. Turton’s collection, had an opportunity of examining their

specimens, I am enabled to clear up most of these errors.

{t is in my opinion impossible, without doing considerable

violence to the established ideas of the system on which generic

differences are founded, to separate Chemnitzia or Eulimella from

this genus. The same character, viz. the shell forming a more

or less cylindrical cone, having the peristome incomplete retrally,

and leaving the upper part of the pillar exposed, belongs to all

the species; and although the tooth or fold on the pillar is cha-

racteristic of the typical species, the case of O. indistincta, which

is scarcely distinguishable from its congener interstincta (the

latter being destitute of-any tooth or fold), shows that this cha-

racter cannot be relied upon for generic distinction. Typical

specimens of Odostomia plicata are also closely allied in form as

well as in the glossy smoothness of their shells to O. acicula,

which would otherwise be a Hulimella. The Chemnitzia dense-

costata of Philippi, which is described by that author as having

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. — 388

the aperture “superne subplicata,” is another case to show the

fallacy of this distinction.

There can be no objection however to make them subgenera if

it be considered desirable to adopt that mode of classification.

From Mr. Lowe’s description (in the Proceedings of the Zoo-

logical Society) of the animal of his genus Parthenia, which is

identical with that of Chemnitzia, it would appear not to. differ

from that of Odostomia except in having the tentacula “ basi

coalita ;” but as the position of the eyes is described by that

author to be the same, “ superne ad basim internam positi,” the

account of both animals may be consistent with each other.

Mr. Alder, in his Catalogue above-mentioned, says that, ac-

cording to his observations, ‘the animal of Forbes’s genus Hu-

limella is essentially the same as that of Chemnitzia, and that it

only differs in the more polished surface of the shell.”

Professor Lovén in his ‘ Index Molluscorum litora Scandinaviz

occidentalia habitantium ’ (published in 1846) has united all the

species noticed by him under the name of Turbonilla of Leach ;

but that name was only published by Risso in his ‘ Histoire Na-

turelle de Hurope Méridionale’ in 1826, being eight years sub-

sequent to the publication of Dr. Fleming.

The tooth or fold on the columella or pillar of the shell is, as

I have before remarked, one of the distinctive characters of the

genus, and in this respect as well as the general form of the

shell it bears rather a close analogy to the genus Pyramidella of

Lamarck.

Another character which appears to be peculiar to this genus

(if we perhaps except Janthina), and which is found in almost all

the species, is that the two first-formed whorls are ab ovo hete-

rostrophe, and subsequently reflected on the next. The figure

29 of Walker (Test. Min. rar.) is a tolerably correct, although a

rude, representation of this peculiarity of form in the fry of

Odostomia spiralis; and in pl. 10. fig. 2. of Mr. Wood’s ‘ Cata-

logue of the Crag Fossils’ it is well delineated with reference to

his Chemnitzia rufa. Montagu also remarked it in his descrip-

tion of Odostomia lactea (Turbo elegantissimus, Mont.), as well as

Lovén in his description of the shells forming his genus Turbo-

nilla.

Although I have examined many hundred specimens of Odo-

stomia from almost every part of the kingdom, I have only once

met with a reversed shell, and which I referred to the Turdo levis

of Walker (fig. 35) ; but the specimen was unfortunately broken

after having been many years in my cabinet. I considered it to

be a monstrosity of Odostomia pallida.

I do not propose to refer to Nyst (Coq. foss. de Belg.) or any

other work on fossil shells except that of Mr. 8. V. Wood on the

834 Mr.J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

Crag Mollusca of Great Britain. The difficulty is very great, if

indeed it is always possible, to identify fossil with recent shells,

the characteristic strie and other markings of so many species

being wholly lost or abraded im a fossil state, and the whole

structure of the shell being subject in that condition to such

chemical and other changes. For example, the Chemnitzia cur-

vicostata of the Crag Mollusca is evidently the Turbo indistinctus

of Montagu; but the interstitial striz or punctures in the latter

shell were not observable by Mr. Wocd.

I have arranged the localities according to the dates of publi-

cation or discovery.

The generic character of Odostomia may be thus expressed :—

OvostomiA, Fi.

“Aaj elongatum ; caput latum, robustum; tentacula duo,

eonica, complanata; oculi bini, ad basim tentaculoruit ' in medio

juxtapositi; sustentaculum depressum, antice latius et trunca-

tum; operculum corneum, subspirale, longitudinaliter striatum,

testee aperturam obtegens.

Testa conoidea seu pyramidalis, anfractibus duobus primariis

heterostrophis ; peristoma retro incontinuum, ad basim aperturee

subeffusum ; columella subverticalis, denticulo aut plica plerum-

que instructa.

Odostomia, F)., Macg., Thorpe, Wood, and other modern authors.

Turbo (pars), Linneeus, Mont., and other authors.

Helix (pars), Mont., ‘Turt.

Voluta (pars), Maton, Rackett.

Turbonilla (Leach), Risso, Lovén.

Phasianella (pars), F\.

Turritella (pars), F1.

Odontostoma, 'Turt.

Melania (pars), Phil., Forbes.

Eulima (pars), Phil., Jeffr.

Auricula (pars), Phil.

Chemnitzia, D’Orb., Phil., and other authors.

Parthenia, Lowe, Thorpe.

Odontostomia, Jeffr.

Pyramidella (?), Jeffr.

Pyramis (pars), Br.

Rissoa (pars), Phil., Br., Recluz, and other modern authors.

Jaminia (Bruguiére), Br.

Cingula (pars), ‘Thorpe.

Eulimelia, Forbes.

A few of the species (viz. O. Rissoides, plicata, unidentata,

interstineta and lactea) are sublittoral, or inhabit the coasts at low-

water mark, lurking under loose stones and in the roots of the

Corallina officinalis, which are left uncovered by the recess of the

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 835

tide. The rest inhabit gravelly and stony ground in various

depths of water, ranging from 1 to 50 fathoms and probably

more, and are found in the crevices of stones and shells and at the

roots of Laminaria digitata. The animal is most probably zoo-

phagous, inasmuch as they are not found on sea-weed, and they

frequently occur beyond the range of vegetable life m the deeper

parts of the sea.

Specierum enumeratio.

A. Columellari denticulo seu plica instruct.

* Leeves aut concentrice striate.

1, pallida. | 7. albella. 13. conoidea.

2. notata. 8. acuta. 14. diaphana.

3. Rissoides. 9. turrita. 15. obliqua.

4. alba. - 10. cylindrica. 16, insculpta.

5. nitida, 11, plicata. 17. dolioliformis.

6. dubia. 12. unidentata.

** Longitudinaliter costate. |

18. spiralis. 19. interstincta.

B. Edentule et plica carentes.

~ * Longitudinaliter costatz aut decussate.

20. indistincta. 23. excavata. 26. rufa.

21. pellucida. 24. clathrata. 27. formosa.

22. fenestrata. 24. scalaris. - 28. lactea.

** Leeves.

29. Scille. 31. acicula. 32. affinis.

30. clavula.

1. Odostomia pallida.

Turbo pallidus, Mont. Test. Brit. 325. tab. 21. fig. 4.

Voluta ambigua, Mat. and Rack. in Linn. Trans. viii. p. 132.

Turbo unidentatus, Turt. Conch. Dict. 222.

Odostomia unidentata, Fl. Brit. An. 310; Macg. Moll. Aberd. 154.

Phasianella pallida, ¥). Brit. An. 302.

Pyramidella (?) pallida, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1841, p. 165.

Rissoa pallida, Br. (2nd ed.) 13. pl. 8. fig. 24.

Jaminia unidentata, id. 21. pl. 9. figs. 34, 35.

Odostomia pallida, Ald. Cat. 51.

Salcomb Bay, Devonshire (Montagu). Western coasts and Dublin

Bay (Turton and J. G. J.).. Northumberland coast (Alder). Ex-

mouth (Mr. Clark and J. G. J.).. Oban; Lochs Broom, Kishorn

and Carron, Ross-shire ; Zetland, five miles east of Lerwick, in forty

fathoms ; Swansea ; Whitesand Bay, Cornwall. West coast of Scot-

land; Arran Isle, county Galway (Mr. Barlee). Torbay (Dr. Bat-

tersby).

Var. a. solidior.

Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

336 Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

Var. 6. gracilior, anfractibus productioribus.

Odostomia eulimoides, Hanley in Zool. Proc. 1844; Thorpe, Br.

‘Mar. Conch. 36. fig. 12.

Tenby ; Lerwick ; Oxwich Bay near Swansea. Oban and west

coast of Scotland; Guernsey (Mr. Barlee). South coast of Devon

(Mrs. Riehard Smith). Torquay (Dr. Oe

Var. c. minor, subovalis.

Dealvoe, Zetland. West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee). Tor-

quay (Dr. Battersby).

Var. d. 1-6 transversis carinis notata.

N.B. These ridges appear to be caused by the confluence and

excessive prominence of the irregular spiral strize which are some-

times observable in this species.

Odostomia crassa, Thompson in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xv. (1845),

p. 315. pl. 19. fig. 5.

Jaminia pullus, Br. 22. pl. 9. fig. 11.

Turbonilla crassa, Lov. 18.

Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee). Torquay (Mr. Hanley).

. Var. e. ovalis.

Zetland, five miles east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms.

Monstr. spira producta et anfractibus complanatis.

Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

One of the most common species.

It may be objected to the specific name here proposed to

retained as that of Montagu, that he described the shells “a

destitute of any tooth.” But the tooth im this species is pan

much sunk within the aperture and not easily perceptible, and

Montagu evidently made the same mistake with respect to his

Turbo decussatus (Odostomia pellucida of Searles Wood and. this

catalogue), in which he did not notice the fold on the pillar lip.

It ought also to be recollected that it is now nearly half a cen-

tury since the publication of Montagu’s work, and although the

general accuracy of his descriptions is undeniable, the materials

which he had at that time were by no means equal to those

which the use of the dredge and other appliances have in modern

days placed at the disposal of (so to say) marine naturalists.

2. Odostomia notata.

Testa oblongo-ovata, tenuis, nitida, opaca, concentrice striis

eequis confertis pnprcanis et fere undulatis notata; anfractus 6,

convexi, ultimo 2 spire subzquante, ceteris sensim decrescen-

tibus ; apex obtusus; sutura distincta ; apertura oblongo-ovata,

infra subeffusa et incrassata ; umbilicus che ullus ; pppoe

validus, obliquus. Longitudo plus quam 4, latitudo +5 uncie.

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. | 387

Differs from the last species (to which it is allied) in form and

texture, in the whorls being more rounded and the suture more

distinct, and especially in the regular impressed concentric striz.

Zetland, five miles east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms water, where

one specimen only occurred to me.

“3 8. Odostomia Rissoides.

Odostomia scalaris, Macg. Moll. Ab. 154.

Odostomia Rissoides, Hanley in Zool. Proc. 1844; Thorpe, 36.

fig. 9.

Aberdeen (Macgillivray). Guernsey (Hanley and Mr. Barlee).

Caswell and Langland Bays near Swansea; Tenby; Fishguard ;

Whitesand Bay, Cornwall; Scarborough. Exmouth (Mr. Clark).

Roundstone and Arran isle, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

Var. a. scalariformis.

Burrow Island, Devonshire (Mr. Barlee).

Var. b. plus ovalis et anfractu ultimo majore.

Aberdeen (Mr. Macgillivray). °

The specific name of scalaris was preoccupied by Philippi at

the time of Professor Macgillivray’s publication, although the

last-named author is perhaps entitled to priority in distinguish-

ing the species.

A local species.

: 4. Odostomia alba.

Testa oblongo-ovata, tenuis, nitida, glabra, alba; anfractus

5-6, ventricosi, sensim increscentes, ultimo reliquos exsuperante ;

apex subacutus ; sutura profunda ; apertura magna, rotundata et

subtus vix effusa; umbilicus valde conspicuus ; denticulus par-

vus, columella subobtectus. Long. 4, lat. = une.

Somewhat resembles Rissoides, but the whorls are more swollen

and tapering. The umbilicus also is a very distinct character,

there being none in the other species.

Oxwich Bay near Swansea.

Var. a. paullo major et plus conica.

Bantry Bay (Mr. MacAndrew).

A rare species.

5. Odostomia nitida.

Odostomia nitida, Alder in Ann. Nat. Hist. (1844), p. 326, pl. 8.

_ fig. 5; Id. Cat. 52.

Tynemouth (Mr. Alder). West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

Var. a. paullo major, ad basim subcarinata et latior.

West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

338 Mr.J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

Var. b. spira elatiore.

Southampton ; Oxwich Bay near Swansea.

Rare.

6. Odostomia dubia.

Testa ovalis, tenuis, nitida, pellucida, glabra, alba; anfractus 5,

convexl, ultimo 2 spire subzequante; apex obtusus; sutura di-

stincta ; apertura ovalis, paullulum subtus effusa ; peristoma pos-

tice reflexum ; denticulus parvus sed conspicuus; umbilicus di-

stinctus. Long. 4, lat. 5 unc.

Differs from nitida in the spire being more produced, the vo-

lutions not being so gibbous, and in the aperture being more oval

and the tooth smaller. From albella it differs in its smaller size,

its less cylindrical form, the proportionate size of the last whorl

(which is only half the size of the spire in that species), as well

as its having a distinct umbilicus, and the tooth bemg much

stronger and more conspicuous; from pallida in the volutions

being more convex, the presence of an umbilicus, and the tooth

bemg more conspicuous. From Rissoides it differs in its smaller

size, and in not being turriculate as in that species.

Southampton. Exmouth (Mr. Clark). Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee). _ Rare. hes

Var. a. major et plus ovalis.

Lerwick. West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

7. Odostomia albella.

Turbonilla albella, Lov. 19.

Odostomia albella, Ald. Cat. 51.

Tynemouth and Cullercoats (Alder). Oban and other parts of the

west coast of Scotland; Roundstone, co. Galway; Guernsey (Mr.

Barlee).

Var. a. spira breviore.

Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

A local species.

8. Odostomia acuta.

Testa oblonga, conica, solidula, nitida; glabra, rufescenti-alba ;

anfractus 8, convexi, teretes, ultimo dimidiam teste subzequante

et paullulum carinato ; apex acutus ; sutura distincta ; apertura ro-

tundato-ovalis, subtus effusa ; peristoma non reflexum ; denticulus

validulus, acutus ; umbilicus conspicuus. Long. 4, lat. 74, unc.

Exmouth (Mr. Clark). Loch Fyne and west coast of Scotland ;

Arran Isle, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee). Torbay (Dr. Battersby).

Local.

Odostomia unidentata var. Alder Cat. 51?

This elegant species differs from plicata in the spire being much

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 339

more pointed and the last volution being proportionably larger,

in its colour and glossy appearance, and in its being umbilicated.

9. Odostomia turrita.

Odostomia turrita, Hanley in Zool. Proc. 1844 ; Thorpe, 36. fig. 10.

** Odostomia striolata,” Alder MSS.

Guernsey (Mr. Metcalfe), Oxwich Bay near Swansea; Loch

Fyne; Zetland, five miles east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms water.

Ilfracombe (Mr. Alder). Rare.

As‘the solitary specimen from which Mr. Hanley’s description

was taken is so battered and wants one of the principal characters

of this species (the transverse striz), I have added a description

from my own specimens.

Testa cylindrica, solidiuscula, nitida, alba, opaca, striis con-

fertis concentrice notata; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, turriculati,

ultimo dimidiam teste subsequante ; apex prominulus; sutura

distincta; apertura subrhomboidea, subtus rotundata et parum

effusa, superne ad angulum exteriorem contracta; peristoma in

columellam vix reflexum; denticulus parvus, noutus 5 tintirsieus

angustus, in adultis tantum discernendus. Long. 3'5; lat. zp une.

Differs from plicata in the volutions being more convex, in the

concentric striz which are distinctly visible by the aid of a mag-

nifier, and in the contraction of the aperture at its upper and

outer angle.

10. Odostomia cylindrica.

Odostomia cylindrica, Alder in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 327. pl. 8.

fig. 14.

Ilfracombe ; Land’s End; Kilkee (Alder). Cork Harbour ; White-

sand Bay, Cornwall ; Scarborough (Mr. Bean). Burrow Island,

Devonshire (Rev. M. ‘Beevor and Mr. Barlee). Guernsey (Mr. Bar-

lee).

11. Odostomia plicata.

Turbo plicatus, Mont. 325. tab. 21. fig. 2; Turt. 222.

Voluta plicata, Mat. and Rack. Linn, Trans. viii. 131.

-Voluta plicatula, Dillwyn, Deser. Cat. i. p. 509.

Melania (subg. Eulima) plicata, Forbes, Malacologia Monensis, 16.

Odontostomia plicata, Jeffr. in Mal. and Conch. Mag. (1839) pt. 1.

p. 34.

Odostomia unidentata, Maclaurin in Trans. Berw. Nat. Club (1842),

p. 40.

Odostomia plicata, Macg. 154.

Odostomia Anne, id. 157 (described from a small and worn spe-

cimen).

Jaminia plicata, Br. 21. pl. 8. fig. 10

Odostomia turrita, Ald. Cat. 51.

Salcomb Bay, Devon (Montagu). Western coasts and Dublin

Bay (Turton). Cruden Bay, Aberdeenshire (Macgillivray ).- Lums-

340 Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

dain, Berwickshire (Maclaurin). Isle of Man (Forbes). Tynemouth

(Alder). Swansea and adjacent bays; Tenby; Weymouth; Ex-

mouth ; Scarborough ; Bantry Bay; Lerwick. West coast of Scot-

land ; Arran Isle, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee). Northumberland coast

(Mr. Richard Howse). . Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

Var. a. ultimo anfractu subcarinato; apertura subrhom-

boidea.

Falmouth ; Penzance; Swansea and adjacent bays ; Tenby; White-

sand Bay, Cornwall; Oban; Lerwick Sound, in from five to ten

fathoms; Skye. West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee). ‘Torquay

(Dr. Battersby).

Var. b. spira breviore ; apertura subrhomboidea.

Swansea and adjacent bays; Tenby; Oban; Skye; Lerwick Sound,

in from five to ten fathoms. West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

Torquay (Dr. Battersby). |

A very common species.

I subjoin a description of the animal of var. d.

Animal luteum ; tentacula breviuscula, cylindrica, complanata,

ad basim eorum divergentia, aliquantulum producta ultra susten-

- taculum gradiente animali; oculi bini, parvi, juxtapositi in me-

dio spatii inter tentacula ad eorum basim; proboscis antice ro-

tundatus ; sustentaculum angusium, longiusculum, antice latius

et aliquantulum lobatum ; operculum corneum, subspirale. _

Animal hoc solet, ut ceteri pectinibranchiati gasteropodes,

supra dorsum natare et gradi oculis retractis sub anteriore parte

testee perquam illi conspicui sunt.

It has the same faculty as many other of the pectinibranchous

gasteropods of swimming on its back, and (like the animal of

Rissoa glabra described by Mr. Alder in the ‘ Annals of Natural

History,’ or Turbo nivosus of Montagu) it has occasionally the

habit of walking with its eyes retracted within the shell, through

which they are distinctly seen. The specific difference between

the animals of this species and unidentata is very slight.

12. Odostomia unidentata.

Turbo unidentatus, Mont. 324.

Voluta unidentata, Mat. and Rack. in Linn. ‘Trans. viii. 131;

Dillw. i. p. 508.

Turbo pallidus, Turt. 222.

Odostomia plicata, Fl. 310; Thorpe, 35. fig. 13.

Melania (subg. Eulima) unidentata, Forbes, Mal. Mon. 15.

Turbonilla oscitans, Lov. 19.

Odostomia unidentata, Alder, Cat. 50.

Salcomb Bay (Mont.). Dunbar (Laskey). Western coasts and

Dublin Bay (Turton). Douglas, Isle of Man (Forbes). Swansea.

and adjacent bays; Tenby; Ilfracombe ; Scarborough ; Oban; Loch

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 341

Carron, Ross-shire ; Lerwick Sound, and five miles eastward, in forty

fathoms. Clonakilty, Ireland (Mr. Dillwyn). Northumberland coast

(Mr. Richard Howse, jun.). Exmouth (Mr. Clark). West coast of

Scotland ; Guernsey (Mr. Barlee).

Monstr. spiree basi complanato et late umbilicato.

Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

13. Odostomia conoidea.

Auricula conoidea (Fer.), Phil. i. p. 143.

Odostomia unidentata, Thorpe, 35. fig. 11.

Turbonilla plicata, Lov. 19.

Odostomia Eulimoides, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1847, p.17.

Odostomia plicata, Wood, Cr. Moll. part 1. p. 85. tab. 9. fig. 3 a—b.

Guernsey (Mr. Metcalfe). Skye, Oban, Loch Fyne, and other

parts of the west coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

Var. a. spira- productiore; anfractibus rotundatis et non

carinatis.

Odostomia plicata var. 3, Wood, J. c.

Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

The variety appears to show specifically distinct characters ;

but I have only seen a single specimen, which is not in good

condition.

Var. 6. minor et plus conica.

Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

= 14. Odostomia diaphana.

Testa cylindrica, tenuis, diaphana, nitida, glabra, alba; an-

fractus 4, convexiusculi, sensim increscentes, ultimo 2 teste sub-

equante; apex obtusus; sutura obliqua, profunda; apertura

ovato-oblonga, infra rotundata et subeffusa, superne exteriore

angulo fere contracta ; peristoma in columellam reflexum et sub-

incrassatum ; plica indistincta. Long. 74, lat. 3, une.

Hab. Exmouth (Mr. Clark). Very rare.

Differs from obligua in its smaller size, im the last whorl not

being so disproportionately large and tumid, and the spire being

consequently niore tapering, in being quite smooth and not (as

in that species) spirally striated at the base of each volution, and

in the nearly total absence of a fold on the pillar.

Me 15. Odostomia obliqua.

Odostomia obliqua, Alder in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 327. pl. 8.

fig. 12.

Tynemouth (Alder). West coast of Ireland (Mr. Thompson).

Falmouth; Exmouth ; Caswell Bay near Swansea; Bantry Bay; Cork

Harbour. Burrow Island (Mr. Bean and Mr. Barlee). West coast

of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

342 Mr.J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

16. Odostomia ensculpta.

Turbo divisus, Adams in Linn, Trans. iti. 254?

Turbo insculptus, Mont. Suppl. 129; Turt. 221.

Voluta insculpta, Dillw. i. p. 509.

Odostomia insculpta, Fl. 310; Macg. 329; Thorpe, 173; Alder,

Cat. 52.

Pyramidella (?) insculpta, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1841, p. 165.

Jaminia insculpta, Br. 22.

Turbonilla obliqua, Lov. 19.

Linny Bay, Pembrokeshire (Adams). Coast of Devon (Montagu).

Aberdeen (Macgillivray). Tynemouth and Cullercoats (Alder).

Tenby; Langland Bay near Swansea ; Ullapool, Ross-shire ; Zetland,

five miles east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms. Hebrides and Loch Fyne

(Mr. Barlee). ‘Torquay (Dr. Battersby).

‘Var. a. plus cylindrica ; spira elatiore.

Rissoa Warreni, Thompson in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xv. (1845),

p- 315. pl. 19. fig. 4?

Portmarnock, Dublin Bay (Mr. W.H. Warren). Birtabuy Bay,

co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

* 17. Odostomia dolioliformis.

Testa ovalis, Dolio Perdix forma assimilans, tenuis, pellucida,

alba, circa 20 striis undulatis transversim exarata; anfractus 4,

ventricosi, subproducti, ad apicem cujusque complanati, ultimo 2

testee equante ; apex subacutus ; sutura profunda; apertura ro-

tundato-ovalis, subtus vix effusa, angulo exteriore superne in

ultimum anfractum inflexa ; columella fere recta; peristoma retro

subreflexum et incrassatum; umbilicus parvus, angustus; den-

ticulus validus, conspicuus. Long. ;';, lat. 2, unc.

Hab. Exmouth (Mr. Clark). Swansea shore; Tenby ; Sandwich ;

Scarborough. Rare.

This shell can scarcely be the Turbo Sandvicensis of Mont.

(from Walker), because that is described as “ elegantly reticu-

lated.” It is extremely difficult to say what many of Walker’s

shells are, by reason of his descriptions and figures being so very

indistinct.

The fry of this species is, I believe, the Helix resupinata of

Montagu (p. 444), from Walker’s figure 24.

18. Odostomia spiralis.

Turbo longitudinaliter striatus, quinque anfractibus, apertura sub-

rotunda, Walker, 13. fig. 40?

Turbo spiralis, Mont. 323. tab. 12. fig. 9; ‘Turt. 221.

Voluta spiralis, Mat. and Rack. in Linn. Trans. viii. 130.

Voluta pellucida, Dillw. i. 508.

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 343

Odostomia spiralis, Fl. 310; Macg. 155; Dr. Johnston in Trans.

Berw. Nat. Club (1841), 273 ; Thorpe, 17 2: Alder, Cat. 52.

Melania (subg. Eulima) spiralis, Forbes, Mal. Mon. 16.

Rissoa spiralis, Br. 13. pl. 9. fig. 49.

Turbonilla spiralis, Lov. 19.

Young. Odostomia plicatula, Macg. 156.

Fry. Helix striata, apertura subovailt, vei hhh wy supra dorsalibus,

Walk. 8. fig. 29.

Helix striata, Mont. 445..

Salcomb Bay, Devonshire (Mont.). Aberdeen (Macgillivray).

Eyemouth, Berw. (Dr. Johnston). Kiristal, Isle of Man (Forbes).

Northumberland coast (Alder). Swansea and adjacent bays ; Tenby ;

Fishguard ; Whitesand Bay, Cornwall; Exmouth ; Sandwich; Bantry

Bay ; Cork Harbour ; Oban; Lerwick Sound in from five to ten fa-

thoms, and five miles east of Lerwick in forty fathoms. West coast

of Scotland; Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

_ Fry. Sandwich (Boys).

‘Rather a common species.

It is very difficult to say whether this species or iterstincta

was meant to be represented by Walker’s description and figure

no. 40. The figure more nearly agrees with this species; but

the slight indication of the species given in the description may

apply to either.

19. Odostomia interstincta.

Turbo-canaliculatus, Adams in Linn. Trans. ili. (1796), 253.

Turbo interstinctus, Mont. 324. tab. 12. fig. 10; Turt. 223.

Voluta interstincta, M. and R. in Linn, Trans. viii. 131 ; Dillw. i.

509.

Odostomia interstincta, Fl. 810; Macg. 155 ; Thorpe, 175; Alder,

Cat. 52.

Rissoa Deshayesiana, Recluz in Rev. Zool. 1842, p- 105.

Pyramis Lamarckii, Br. 15. pl. 9. fig. 39?

Jaminia interstincta, id. 21. pl.-9. fig. 10.

Jaminia obtusa, id. 22. pl. 9. fig. 38.

Pyramidella (?) interstincta, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1841, p. 165.

Linny Bay, Pembrokeshire (Adams). Bigberry Bay, Devonshire

(Mont.). Aberdeen (Macgillivray). Tynemouth and Cullercoats

(Alder). Whitburn (Mr. Richard Howse). Swansea coast ; Tenby ;

Sandwich ; Scarborough ; Cork ; Dublin Bay; Oban. West coast of

Scotland ; Birtabuy Bay, Galway ; Guernsey (Mr. Barlee).

“nr

Var. a. angustior et plus cylindrica.

Odostomia oblonga, Macg. 157.

‘* Odostomia costata, Beam MSS.,” Alder, Cat. 52.

Aberdeen (Macgillivray). Scarborough (Bean). Exmouth; Fal-

mouth ; Whitesand Bay, Cornwall; Tenby; Oban; Lochs Kishorn

and Broom, Ross-shire ; Lerwick Sound in five fathoms ; Bantry Bay.

West coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

344 Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

Var. b. elongata ; coste pauciores et obliquiores ; denticulus

validior.

Oxwich Bay near Swansea; Cork Harbour.

One of our most common species.

The Turbo interstinctus of Adams (to whom Montagu has re-

ferred) is described by him as “ testa /evi quinque anfractibus,

costa tenui interstinctis ;” and I have little doubt that this species

is his Turbo canaliculatus. But his descriptions and figures are

too indistinct to justify my changing Montagu’s name.

20. Odostomia indistincta.

Turbo turritus septem anfractibus strigatis, apertura ovali, Walk.11.

fig. 40?

Turbo indistinctus, Mont. Supp. 129; Turt. 215.

Turritella truncata, Fl. 303.

Chemnitzia terebellum, Ph. i1. 138. tab. 24. fig. 12.

Pyramis indistinctus, Br. 14. pl. 9. fig. 47.

Chemnitzia indistincta, Alder, Cat. 48.

Chemniizia curvicostata, Wood, Crag Mollusca, part 1. p. 79.

tab. 10. fig. 1-14.

Exmouth ; Tenby; Bantry Bay ; Cork Harbour ; Zetland, five miles

east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms. West coast of Scotland ; Birtabuy

Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

Var. a. minor. :

Rissoa Balliea, Thomps. Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 98. pl. 2. f. 9.

Youghal, Miss M. Ball (Thomps.). Oxwich Bay near Swansea.

Var. b. spira elatiore.

Falmouth ; Weymouth; Dublin Bay.

A local species.- ;

I am not quite satisfied that this species is distinct from the

last (interstincta). The only distinguishing characters appear to

be its more cylindrical form and the absence of a tooth. It is

also a thinner shell.

I do not know the Pyramis lacteus of Brown (p. 15. pl. 9.

fig. 58), unless his description was taken from a worn specimen of

this shell, as he describes the longitudinal ribs as being “ not

very distinct,”

21. Odostomia pellucida.

Turbo quatuor anfractibus, subumbilicatus, reticulatus, apertura ovali,

Walk. 14. fig. 52?

Turbo pelluctdus, Adams in Linn. Trans. vol. iii. p. 66. figs. 33, 34.

Turbo decussatus, Mont. 322. tab. 12. fig. 4; Turt. 210; Fl. 299;

Thorpe, 169.

Helix arenaria, Mat. and Rack. in Linn. Trans. viii. 214.

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. — 345

Turbo arenarius, -Dillw. ii. p. 839.

Rissoa arenaria, Br. 12. pl. 9. fig. 12.

Cingula decussata, Thorpe, 43.

Odostomia pellucida, Wood, Crag. Moll. part 1. p. 86. tab. 9,

fig. 4 a—b?

Sandwich (Boys). Pembrokeshire coast (Adams). Salcomb Bay

(Mont.). Western coasts and Dublin Bay (Turton). Exmouth;

Bantry Bay ; Oban; Lerwick Sound, and five miles east of Lerwick,

in forty fathoms. West coast of Scotland ; Arran Isle, co. Galway

(Mr. Barlee). |

A local and rare species.

. 22. Odostomia fenestrata.

Testa conico-cylindracea, solidula, sordide albescens ; anfractus

8, complanati, turriti et sensim decrescentes, longitudinaliter no-

tati 16 obliquis costellis qui 3 majoribus et 1 minore costellis

transversim decussati sunt, duobus superioribus ceteros anfractus

subtus circumornantibus, ‘basi teste GERTO) apex prominulus ;

sutura profunda ; apertura ovalis, 4 teste subsquans, subtus

parum effusa aut subcanaliculata ; peristoma aliquantulum i ineras-

satum ad columellam; umbilicus nullus. Long. fere 3, lat. 51, une.

Dredged by Mr. MacAndrew off Dartmouth, and since ait! Dr. Bat-

tersby at Torquay.

A local species.

It may possibly be the Pyramis spirolinus of Brown (15. pl. 9.

fig. 66), but he describes that shell as having numerous spiral

striz instead of the four ribs at the base of each whorl.

This species was first noticed and named. by Professor Edward

Forbes at the meeting of the British Association in 1846, but no

- account of it appears in their reports.

4 23. Odostomia excavata.

Rissoa eacavata, Phil. vol. i. p. 154. tab. 10. fig. 6.

Rissoa Harveyi, Thomps. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol.v. (1840), p. 97.

pl. 2. fig. 11.

Parthenia turrita (Metcalfe), Thorpe, 44.

Odostomia pupa, Wood, Crag Mollusca, part 1. p. 86. tab. 9.

fig. 5 a—0.

Milltown Malbay, co. Clare (Mr. Harvey). Guernsey (Mr. Met-

calfe and Mr. Barlee). Lamlash Bay, Buteshire (Mr. Bean). Bur-

_ row Island; Arran Isle, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

A local and rare species.

24. Odostomia clathrata.

Testa cylindrica, subnitida, rufescenti-fusca, 20 longitudina-

libus subcurvis et complariatis costis instructa, costa interstitiis

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 24:

346 Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

latiores et ad basim ultimam testz excurrentes, 6 costellis vix 3

aliorum magnitudine clathrate ; anfractus 7, convexiusculi ; apex

subacutus ; sutura profunda et subobliqua ; apertura rotundato-

ovalis ; peristoma fere continuum et non reflexum ; umbilicus di-

stinctus, angustus. Long. 4, lat. 3 unc.

. Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway, where a single specimen was found by

Mr. Barlee.

Very distinct from any of its congeners.

_ 25. Odostomia scalaris.

Turritella indistincta, Fl, 304 ; Thorpe. 191.

Melania scalaris, Phil. vol. i. p. 157. t. 9. fig. 9.

Eulima decussata, Jeffr. in Mal. and Conch. Mag. (1839), patel -

p. 34.

Chemnitzia scalaris, Ph. ii. 137.

Chemnitzia rufescens, Forb. in Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1845; Jeffr. in _

Ann. Nat. Hist. 1847, p. 311.

Turbonilla interrupta, Lov. 18.

Chemnitzia rufa, Wood, Cr. Moll. part.1. p. 79. tab. 10. figs, 2,

23,,2> 72

‘Loch Broom (Fleming). Oban; Lochs Gair and Broom, Ross-

shire. Loch Fyne and west coast of Scotland (Mr. Barlee).

A local species.

Var. a. testacei coloris ; costee admodum pauciores.

Exmouth (Mr. Clark, who gave to this variety the MS. name of

Jeffreysii). Fishguard. Dartmouth; Milford Haven (Mr. MacAn-

drew). Guernsey (Mr. Barlee).

Local and rare.

Fragments of a shell resembling this variety, but stronger and

of a pure glossy white colour, the ribs being also much shatper

and more distant, occurred to me in dredging off Fishguard (in

thirty fathoms water) i in 1842. It may be the Turbo marginatus

of Montagu. In Turbo coniferus (Mont.) the ribs-are described

as undulating, and in his denticulatus there occur transverse

strie.

26. Odostoniia rufa.

Turbo simillimus, Mont. ‘ee cai 1386?; Lask. Wern. Mem. 406.

fig. 15 ?; Turt. 209?

Turritella simillima, Fl. 306 : 2; ; Thorpe, 190?

Melania rufa, Phil. vol. i. p. 156. tab. 9. fig. 7.

Turritella fulvocincta, Thomps. Ann. Nat. Hist. vol.v. p.98; Thorpe,

191. fig. 19 ; Alder, Cat. 48.

Chemnitzia rufa, Phil. 11, 136.

Pyramis crenatus, Br. 14. pl. 9. fig. 53.

Pyramis simillimus, id. 15. pl. 9. fig. 83?

Turbonilla rufa, Lov. 18.

inhabiting the seas of Great Britain and Ireland. 347

Chemnitzia similis, Wood, Cr. Moll. part 1. p. 84. tab. 9. fig. 11

a-c?

Portmarnock near Dublin, Miss M. Ball (Thomps.). Northum-

berland coast (Alder). Oxwich Bay near Swansea in fifteen fathoms

water; Fishguard in eight fathoms ; Dublin Bay ; Dealvoe, Zetland.

Loch Fyne ; Oban; Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

Var. a. minor, angustior; coste plus numerose et obliqui-

ores.

Zetland, five miles east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms water. Ban-

try Bay (Mr. J. D. Humphreys). Oban ; Loch Fyne (Mr. Barlee).

Var. 6.“multo minor et gracilior.

South of Devon (Mrs. Richard Smith).

A local species. .

Most probably the Turbo simillimus of Montagu; but that

author did not notice in his description the transverse strize. Nor

has Philippi described the rufous band which encircles each whorl

at its base, although in every other respect the species agrees

with his description of rufa. The Odostomia simillima of Wood,

who refers it to the Turbo simillimus of Montagu, is a very dif-

ferent shell.

Under a powerful magnifier some indistinct longitudinal striz

are observable in the interstices of the ribs.

27. Odostomia formosa.

Testa elongata, gracilissima, solidula, alba, 20 longitudina-

libus subrectis angustis et prominulis costis instructa, cujusque

anfractus sutura interruptis, et transversim interstitiis striata ;

cost subtus profunde punctate, striz interstitiales curve sub

lente limeas confertas efformantes, diameter cujusque coste et

spatii interstitialis fere zqualis ; basis transversim striatus ; an-

fractus 14, convexiusculi, superne turriculati; sutura subobliqua,

profundissima et distincta; apex acutissimus ; apertura ovato-

quadrata et in superiore parte columellz plica indistincta et ob-

liqua instructa ; labium columellare rectum. Long. 53, lat. +

une.

Oxwich Bay near Swansea. Shellness, Kent (Mr. G. B. Sowerby).

Bantry Bay (Mr. MacAndrew).

Very rare.

This most elegant species is easily distinguishable from either

of the slender varieties of rufa by the colour, much more slender

and tapering form, the whorls being turriculate and suture rather

oblique, the peculiar character of the interstitial transverse striz,

and by the more elongated and subquadrate form of the aperture.

24*

348 Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on the recent species of Odostomia

28. Odostomia lactea: ~

Turbo lacteus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (13th ed.) 3604.

Turbo turritus novem anfractibus striatis, apertura rotunda, Walk.

1]. fig. 39.

Turbo acutus, Donovan, Br. Sh. pl. 179.

Turbo elegantissimus, Mont. 298. tab. 10. fig. 2; Turt. 209.

Helix elegantissima, Mat. and Rack. Linn. Trans. vol. viii. 209.

Eulima elegantissima, Risso, vol. iv. p. 123; Jeffr. in Mal. and

Conch. Mag. part 1 (1839), p. 34; Macg. Moll. Ab. 141.

Turritella elegantissima, F\. 303 ; Thorpe, 189. fig. 34.

Melania Campanelle, Phil. i. p. 156. tab. 9. fig. 5.

Melania (subg. Eulima) elegantissima, Forb. Mal. Mon. 15.

Chemnitzia elegantissima, Phil. ii. 136; Wood, Cr. Moll. part ‘

p: 81. tab. 10. fig. 52?

Rissoa turritella (Scacchi), Phil. ii. 136.

Pyramis elegantissimus, Br. 14. pl. 9. fig. 61.

Parthenia elegantissima (Lowe), Humphr. Fauna and Flora of

Cork, 10.

Sandwich (Boys). Falmouth Harbour ; Salcomb Bay ; Ilfracombe

(Mont.). Western coasts and Dublin Bay (Turton). Douglas Bay,

Isle of Man (Forbes). Aberdeen (Macgillivray). Cork Harbour and

Youghal Bay (Humphreys). Swansea and adjacent bays; Tenby ;

Exmouth ; Weymouth ; Bantry Bay at low water; Dublin Bay; Cork

Harbour ; Oban ; Loch Carron, Ross-shire. West coast of Scotland ;

Arran Isle, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee). Milford Haven ae MacAn-

drew).

Var. a. coste obliquiores.

Cork Harbour.

Var. b. minor ; spira breviore ; coste subrecte.

Barricane, North Devon (Miss Jeffreys). Burrow Island (Mr. Bar-

lee). Ilfracombe (Mr. Alder).

Var. c. minor ; spira brevivre ; costz oblique et curve.

Chemnitzia pusilla, Phil. 11. 224. tab. 28. fig. 21.

Exmouth (Mr. Clark).

Monstr. spira subarcuata.

Turbo subarcuatus, Adams in Linn. Trans. vol. iii. p. 66. figs. 27,28.

Pyramis subarcuatus, Br. 14. pl. 9. fig. 62.

Pembrokeshire coast (Adams). Bantry Bay.

Var. d. minor et angustior ; coste plus numerose et sub-

rectiores.

Chemnitzia gracilis, Phil. ii. 137. tab. 24, fig. 11.

Pyramis lacteus, Br. 15. pl. 9. fig. 58?

Oxwich Bay near Swansea; Falmouth ; Bantry Bay ; Dublin Bay.

Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway (Mr. Barlee).

sndipbitice the seas of Great Britain and Ireland.” 349

aay 2b. Odostomia Scilla.

Eulima crassula, Jeffr. in Mal. and Conch. Mag. part 1 (1839),

p. 34.

Eulima Scille, Phil. ii. (1844) 135. tab. 24. fig. 6.

Eulima Mac Andrei, Forbes in Ann. Nat. Hist. aed sia4); p. 412.

Turritella Scilla, Lov. 18. .

Eulimella crassula, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1847, p. 311.

Oban ; Loch Broom ; Skye. Loch Pye (Mr. Barlee and Mr. Mac-

Andrew).

A local and rare species.

Var. a.? minor, plus cylindrica.

A single specimen of this shell, which for the present I can

only consider a variety of Scilla, although the discovery of more

specimens may give it a claim to specific distinction, was found

by Mr. Barlee in dredging off Stornaway in the Hebrides last

year. It is apparently only half-grown, but is peculiar from its

wanting the conical form of the present species.

30. Odostomia clavula.

Turbonilla clavula, Lov. 18 (certe).

Torquay (Dr. Battersby). Brixham (Mr. Hanley).

Very rare. I have only seen four specimens from these loca-

lities. It is undoubtedly Lovén’s species, as I have had an op-

portunity of examining specimens from, and named by, him.

My reference (in the Annals of Nat. Hist.) of the next species to

that shell was made before I had the opportunity of such exami-

nation and is erroneous,

This differs from the next species (acitcu/a) in its much smaller

size, the angular convexity of each whorl, and its possessing a

distinct umbilicus.

31. Odostomia acicula.

Melania acicula, Phil. i. p. 158. tab. 9. fig. 6.

Eulima acicula, id. ii. 1385; Alder, Cat. 49.

Pyramis levis, Br. 14. pl. 9. figs. 51, 52?

Eulimella clavula, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1847, p.17.

Bantry Bay ; Zetland, five miles east of Lerwick, in forty fathoms

water. Burrow Island, Devonshire; Birtabuy Bay and Arran Isle,

co. Galway ; Loch Fyne and other parts of the west coast of Scot-

land (Mr. Barlee). Whitburn, Rev. G. B. Abbes and Mr. Howse

(Alder).

Var. a. gracilior ; anfractibus magis complanatis et subtus

aliquantulum carinatis.

Tenby ; Exmouth. Dartmouth (Mr. MacAndrew). Torquay (Dr.

Battersby).

350 Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on recent species of Odostomia.

Var. b. spira elongata, anfractibus magis compactis.

Coast of Devon (Mr. Richard Damon).

Var. ce. minor, spira et anfractibus compactis.

Oban. Torquay (Dr. Battersby ).

A rare species.

Not the Rissoa acicula of Risso.

Fresh specimens are most minutely and elosely striated in @

concentric direction.

The variety a. may possibly be considered a distinct species ;

but judging from its analogy with other species of the same ge-

nus, I do not consider the distinctive characters sufficient to jus-

tify my separating it specifically.

32. Odostomia affinis.

_ Parthenia turris, Forb. Augean Invert. in Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1843,

p. 188? |

Eulima affinis, Phil. it. 135. tab. 24. fig. 7; Jeffr. in Ann. Nat.

Hist. 1847, p.17.

Eulimella gracilis, Jeffr. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1846, p. 311.

Skye. Oban; Loch Fyne ; Guernsey (Mr. Barlee).

A local and rare species.

I cannot identify any of these shells with the descriptions and

figures in Gould’s Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts,

although Lovén has referred the Odostomia scalaris to the Tur-

ritella interrupta of that author and Totten.

The Odostomia semicostata and Marione of Macgillivray (Moll.

Aberdeen) are the young of Rissoa communis.

On taking a review of this catalogue it appears that the total

number of species here noticed and described are thirty-two ; out

of which nine (viz. notata, alba, dubia, acuta, diaphana, dolioli-

formis, fenestrata, clathrata and formosa) have been now for the

first time described, and one (clavula) is new to this country ;

nine of the species (viz. conoidea, indistincta, excavata, scalaris,

rufa, lactea, Scilla, acicula and affinis) have been described and

figured by Philippi as occurring on the coast of Sicily. Another

species (interstincta) has been described by Recluz as occurring

on the coast of. Normandy. Ten species (viz. scalaris, rufa,

Scille, elavula, insculpta, conoidea, spiralis, albella, unidentata

and pallida) have been noticed by Lovén as inhabiting the Scan-

dinavian coasts. Seven only (viz. conotdea, indistineta, pellucida,

excavata, scalaris, rufa and lactea) are included in Wood’s list of

the Crag fossils ; and one species (/actea) seems to be mdigenous

to the middle and south of Europe, but not further north than

Scotland.

Before concluding, I would take the opportunity of expressing

Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on some British Shells. 351

my thanks to the Rev. Dr. Fleming, Professor Macgillivray, Mr.

Hanley, Mr. Metcalfe, Mr. Alder, Mr. Bean, Mr. MacAndrew,

the Rev. G. M. Beevor, Dr. Battersby, and my zealous fellow-

labourer Mr. Barlee, for the kind assistance they have afforded

me in my examination of their collections as well as the trans-

mission and use of their specimens for comparison.

XXXVIT.— Notices of British Shells. By J.G. Jerrrzys, F.R.S.

Rissoa pulcherrima.

Shell ovato-conical, thin, semitransparent, smooth and some-

what glossy, of a yellowish colour, marked on each whorl with

four equidistant rows of reddish brown spots (about twelve in

each row) which are generally confluent on the upper row, giving

it a streaky appearance ; whorls 42, convex and rather swollen,

the last being about half the size of the spire; apex blunt; su-

ture deep and distinct ; base broad and spread ; aperture round-

ish; peristome detached and sumple, slightly thickened on the

pillar side; umbilicus small but deep; length 5}, breadth 3, of

an inch.

Several specimens of this exquisite little shell were found by

Mr. Barlee at the roots of Corallina officinalis on the shores of

Guernsey and Sark.

Rissoa (?) opalina.

Shell ovato-globose, thin, transparent, very smooth and glossy,

of a brownish colour and prismatic lustre; whorls 3, convex, the

last exceeding in size $ths of the spire; suture distinct ; apex

blunt and rounded; aperture roundish oval, large; outer lip of

the peristome thin, and not reflected or margined; inner lip

rather straight and thickened, not detached from the pillar ;

umbilicus forming a narrow groove behind it ; operculum horny,

thin, concentrically striate, anid having = nucleus on the’ side

next the pillar-lip ; length ,4, breadth 54, of an inch.

It is probably allied generically to Turbo nivosus of Montagu

(Rissoa glabra of Alder, not Brown), but the animal is not

known. 3

At the roots of Corallina officinalis on the shores of Guernsey

and Sark (Mr. Barlee): rare.

352 Linnean Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. —

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

June 6, 1848.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a ‘“‘ Notice of some Peloria varieties of Viola canina, L.” By

_ Edward Forbes, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in King’s

College, London.

These monstrosities were collected by Prof. Forbes in the Isle of

Portland in the month of April. The plants in which they occurred

were infested by the parasitic fungus figured in Sowerby’s ‘ English

Fungi’ under the name of Granularia Viole, and afforded not only

many distortions of the foliaceous organs evidently due to the pre-

sence of the fungus, but also various monstrosities of the flower,

of which the author gives a particular description illustrated by

drawings. , :

These were found chiefly in the small variety of Viola canina,

figured in the ‘Supplement to English Botany’ as Viola flavicornis.

One of these plants had two two-spurred flowers exactly similar and

deviating from the ordinary structure in the following particulars :-—

There were four sepals, all enlarged and diseased, the superior being ~

smaller than the others, the two lateral equal but abnormally large,

and the anterior largest and not quite regular. The petals were

also four in number, the two uppermost being regular and the two

lowermost spurred. Each of the former had the little tufts of hairs

seen on the lateral petals in the normal flower, and were similarly

pale at the base and lineated with purple, while the two spurred

petals were smooth and lineated. Of the four stamens the three

uppermost were normal, the fourth much enlarged; there were no

antherine appendages, but at the bottom of each petal-spur there was

a strong ridge not usually present and as if representing these ap-

pendages. From these appearances the author infers that in these

instances the two superior petals were abortive, the tufts of hairs on

the two remaining superior petals showing that they correspond

with the two lateral petals of the ordinary flower; and that the two

spurred petals were developed in the place of the ordinary single an-

terior petal. He regards the enlarged anterior stamen as consisting

of two, each making an unsuccessful effort to develope an appen-

dage ; and the enlarged anterior sepal also as made up of the union

of the two ordinary lower sepals.

In the former case the floral envelopes were regulated by the num-

ber 4: Prof. Forbes proceeds to describe a still more remarkable

case of Peloria, in which.they were regulated by the number 3.

‘he three sepals are of normal and equal dimensions and the three

petals all spurred, and nearly but not quite equal, the odd one, which

is inferior, having a larger spur than either of the other two. There

is no tuft of hairs on any of the petals, but they are all lineated. The

stamina are five, all furnished with appendages, the two lowermost

of which, fully developed, penetrate the spur of the anterior petal,

while the spur of the left upper petal receives the fully-developed

Linnean Society. | 353

appendage of one of the stamina, and that of the right also one fully-

developed appendage, the appendage of the fifth stamen (small and

only partially developed) bending back after proceeding only a little

way. A little below the flower, between it and the true bractez,

which present their usual appearance, there is a whorl of five bract-

like sepals, between two of which, and directly beneath the largest-

spurred petal of the monstrous flower, is a single petal partially de-

veloped and exhibiting an abortive spur. ‘‘ In this case,” the author

proceeds, ‘‘ we have the outer whorl of floral envelopes developed,

and an effort made towards the development of the second in the

aborted basal petal; then the axis elongating and terminating in a

flower in which two of the sepals are aborted and four of the petals,

viz. the two laterals and two superior ones, for the absence of tufts

of hairs prevents our regarding two of the three as the former, and

the presence of lineated bases shows that they are not the latter.

They are repetitions of the basal petal, which in this instance is

multiplied by three, as in the cases before described it was multi-

plied by two.” In this plant no traces of the fungus were observed.

Prof. Forbes cites the instances of Peloria among Violets recorded

by Leers and DeCandolle, and refers to the view adopted by the

latter and by M. Moquin-Tandon, viz. that the Peloria is caused by

the tendency of all the petals to assume a spurred condition in con-

sequence of a general effort as it were on the part of an irregular

flower to become regular. He states that DeCandolle’s figures are

not sufficient to enable him to judge if such was the case in the in-

stances depicted by him, but maintains that the Peloria Violets which

form the subject of the present communication ‘‘ owe their monstrous

regularity to a very different phenomenon, viz. the effort of an irre-

gular flower to become regular by the multiplication and symmetri-

ealization of its irregular parts.”

Read also ‘‘ Descriptions of some new or imperfectly known spe-

cies of Bolboceras.”” By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

In this paper Mr. Westwood proceeds, in continuation of his

former communication (see p. 143), containing a Synopsis of the

Australian species of Bolboceras, to give descriptions of others of the

genus from various parts of the world, and especially from the East

Indies. The descriptions were accompanied as-before with illustra-

tive drawings.

1. Botsoceras Cycroprs, Fabr. (Ent. Syst. i. p. 15; Oliv. Ent. i. 3. t. 15.

f.140); ferrugineus; clypeo anticé carina transversd tuberculisque

duobus acutis instructo, vertice line tenui partiim elevata inter oculos,

pronoto utrinque excavatione profunda subrotunda anticé cornu acuto

alteroque minori versus medium armato: spatio inter cornua inter-

media plano punctato anticé lineA semicireulari partim elevata cincto

canali vix distincto longitudinali ante scutellum terminato, elytris punc-

tato-striatis striis tenuibus, tibiis. anticis 8-dentatis. ¢—Long. corp.

lin. 9.

Variat mas magnitudine dentium capitis et pronoti necnon profunditate

excavationum hujus lateralium.

Hab. in Java, Assam, et India centrali. Mus. Hope (olim Lee) et nostr,

(Hearsey).

354 Linnean Society.

2. Boupoceras Granvis, Hope MSS. ; rufo-castaneus, capite dentibusque

tibiarum anticarum nigricantibus, clypeo carina tenui semicirculari,

vertice carina transversa inter oculorum partem anticam, pronoto con-

vexo carind semicirculari tuberculisque duobus versus marginem an-

ticam lineaque tenui longitudinali impressa media i in parte posticad.—

Long. corp. lin. 9.

Hab. in India orientali?’ In Mus. D. Hope.

3. Boisoceras Furcicoiuis, De Laporte (An. Art. Coleopt. vol. ii. p. 104.

no. 8) ; castaneo-rufus, sub lente granulosus, clypeo.maris, quadrato

plano anticé bisinuato angulis lateralibus anticis in cornua duo por-

rectis, pronoto posticé elevato disco in medio cornubus duobus erectis

distantibus recurvis alterisque duobus intis concavis versus angulos

posticos canali levi mediano versus marginem posticam, elytris punc-

tato-striatis, tibiis anticis extls 6- See ee corp. lin. 10.

B. Lecontei, Dey. Catal. Coleopt.

Hab. in America boreali (teste De Laporte et Mus. Hope et Gory), an

recte?

4, Bonzoceras rerrucingeus, De Laporte (Hist. Nat. An. Art. Col.

vol. ii. p. 104. no. 4); castaneo-fulvus sub lente granulosus, capite an-

ticé carina sinuata antica tuberculoque subbifido tertio inter oculos,

pronoto ante medium spatiis duobus partim elevatis levibus linea tenui

impressa punctata (feré ad marginem posticum extensa) divisis utrinque

etiain versus angulos posticos | impressione obliqua supra carina levi

marginata, elytris punctato-striatis, tibiis anticis 6-dentatis.—Long.

corp. lin. 9

Hab. in India orientali? In Mus. Gory, nune Hope.

5. Botsoceras carENnIcoLiis, De Laporte (Hist. Nat. An. Art. Coleopt.

vol. ii. p. 104, no. 2); B. ferrugineo affinis sed magis castaneus, sub lente

granulosus, capite carina tenui marginali curvata verticeque tuberculis

duobus parvis conicis inter oculos carina connexis, pronoto obscuro in

medio carind transversd abbreviata instructo maculaque nigra utrinque

versus angulos posticos, elytris striatis striis punctis minutis, tibiis an-

ticis 5-dentatis.— Long. corp. lin. 10.

Hab. in India orientali. In Mus. Gory (nune Hope).

6. Botzsoceras Caranus, Hope MSS.; fulvus vel rufo-castaneus, clypeo

posticé bicornuto, prothorace cornubus 4 versus marginem anticam

duobus intermediis contiguis et a reliquis cavitate rotundata utcinque

separatis.—Long. corp. lin, 7-83.

Hab. in India orientali, Bombay. In Mus. Melly et Hope.

7. Botsoceras Layicoiuis, Westw.; fulvo-castaneus, vertice ante me-

dium bidentato, prothorace glabro tuberculis 4 versus marginem anti-

cam equidistantibus duobus intermediis carina tenui curva conjunctis.

—Long. corp. lin. 94.

Hab. in India orientali. In Mus. Hope.

8. Bo.socreras LATERALIS, Westw.; castaneus, capite pedibusque nigri-

cantibus, capite inermi, prothorace feré levi, excavationibus duabus

lateralibus rotundatis singula supra tuberculo acuto armaté.—Long.

corp. lin. 6.

Hab. in India orientali, Gogo. In Mus. Hope:

9. Boxsoceras nicricans, Westw.; piceo-niger nitidus, clypeo tuberculo

conico anticé armato, verticis mar ginibus lateralibus utrinque bituber-

culatis discoque carina elevata inter oculos instructo, prothorace glabro

Linnean Society. 855

nitido anticé retuso 4-dentato dentibus subsequidistantibus.—Long.

corp. lin. 6.

10. Boisoceras poxitus, Westw.; nitidus fulvus, capite et pronoto magis

castaneis, capite anticé tricorni cornu antico majori erecto, prothorace

excavatione maxima dorsali posticé trisinuata, atytne punctato-striatis,

tibiis anticis 5-dentatis dentibus anticis magnis acutis.—Long. corp.

lin. 63. ~

Hab. in Senegalia. In Mus. Hope (olim Gory) nomine Athyreus por-

catus, Lap., senegalensis, Dej., haud recté inscriptus.

1]. Borsoceras Coryeuzus, Fabr. (Ent. Syst. i. p.9; Oliv. Ent. i. 3.

tab. 16. f. 150) ; rufo-fulvus, capite supra plano, clypeo anticé bicorni

cornubus recurvis apice nigris posticéque mucrone elevato brevissimo

nigro, pronoto anticé retuso cornubus duobus brevibus approximatis

anticé porrectis apice nigris in medio disco positis posticé gibbere ob-

tuso in excavatione parim profunda instructo, elytris punctato-striatis,

_ tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.—Long. corp. lin. 8.

Hab. ad Caput Bonz Spei (teste Fabricio), In Mus. Hope (olim Lee).

12, Botsoceras scaBricotuis, Chevrol. MSS. ; ferrugineus, capite et pro-

noto magis piceis punctis minutis plus minusve confluentibus sca-

briusculis, capite in medio carina brevi transversa sub 3-lobata, pronoto

impressionibus tribus longitudinalibus feré obliteratis—Long. corp.

lin. 8.

Hab. apud Caput Bonz Spei. In Mus. D. Chevrolat.

13. Borsoceras caritatus, Westw.; obscuré.castaneus subnitidus, capite

et pronoto minutissimé punctatis hoc utrinque excavatione maxima

cornubus duobus compositis magnis separata, tibiis anticis obtusé 6-

dentatis.—Long. corp. lin. 103.

Hab. in Assam, Indiz orientalis. Mus. Melly et Saunders.

14. Botsoceras inmQua.is, Westw.; rufo-castaneus, antennarum clava

fulva, capite supra concayo carina transversa in parte posticd, pronoto

anticé valdé retuso supra quadridentato fossulaque media profunda, ely-

tris striato-punctatis, tibiis anticis 6-dentatis—Long. corp. lin. 64.

Hab. in India orientali.. Col. J. B. Hearsey ; in Mus. nostr.

15. Bousoceras Bicarinatus, Westw. ; castaneo-fulvus, capite inter oculos

et ad basin clypei carinis duabus transversis nigris, pronoto tuberculis

duobus parvis partim elevatis ante medium, tibiis anticis 7-dentatis.—

Long. corp. lin. 83.

Hab. in India orientali. Mus. Melly.

16. Borsoceras porsatis, Westw.; rufo-castaneus, capitis vertice et

pronoto medio nigris punctatis, capite in medio verticis tuberculis

tribus conjunctis instructo, pronoto punctatissimo feré regulari, tibiis

anticis 8-dentatis.—Long. corp. lin. 72.

ffab. in India orientali. Mus. W. W. Saunders.

17. Botsoceras nicricers, Westw.; obscuré castaneus, punctatus, capite

nigricanti carind arcuata ad basin clypei tuberculisque tribus vertica-

libus, pronoto lined longitudinali impress& utrinque cum tuberculo

parim elevato, tibiis anticis 7-dentatis.—Long. corp. lin. 74.

Affinis preecedenti et forsitan foemina speciei diverse.

18. Botsoceras TRANSVERSALIS, Westw.; fulvo-castaneus, capite lato

carina rect&é transversé elevata inter oculos, pronoto linea longitudinali

anticé dilataté impresso.—Long. corp. lin. 44.

Hab, in India orientali. Mus. Melly.

356 Linnean Society.

19. Botzoceras invicus, Hope MSS.; fulvo-rufus, capite anticé tuberculis

duobus conicis .erectis armato, pronoto levissimo anticé excavatione

semicirculari parim profunda notato, caleari pedum anticorum elon-

gato obtuso, tibiis anticis 9-dentati’.—Long. corp. lin. 4.

Hab. in India orientali centrali. In Mus. Saunders et Hope.

20. Botsoceras tineatus, Melly MSS.; fulvus nitidus, capite nigro

punctato inter oculos tuberculo apice subbifido armato, pronoto sim- |

plici macula discoidali nigra, elytris convexis sutura striisque longitu-

dinalibus elevatis nigris, tibiis anticis 8-dentatis.—Long. corp. lin. 33.

lab. in insulA Ceylon. In Mus. Melly.

. Subgenus Evcanruus, Westw.

Corpus minus depressum quam in reliquis; pronoto anticé haud retuso.

Tibie anticz dentibus duobus apicaiibus magnis aliisque minutis ex-

ternis versus basin armato. Eiytra punctato-striata; singulo striis

5 tantim inter humeros et suturam, punctis profundis.

21. Botzoceras (Evcantuus) Mevisaus, Fabricius (Ent. Syst. i. p. 20) ;

rufo- vel piceo-niger, clypeo carina transversd plis minusve elevata

(quasi e tuberculis duobus conjunctis formata) verticeque cornu bre-

vissimo truncato (pariim emarginato) instructis, pronoto subdepresso

ineequali, canali punctata longitudinali in medio (marginem anticam

haud attingente) impressionibusque lateralibus curvatis punctatis tuber-

culoque utrinque instructis, elytris glaberrimis punctato-striatis.—Long.

corp. lin. 4-53.

Bolboceras concinnus, Dejean, Cat. Coleopt.

Hab. in America boreali. In Mus. D. Hope.

Mr. Westwood concludes with some observations on Bolb. Lazarus,

Fabr., which he regards as closely allied to, if not identical with,

Bolb. Melibeus of the same author.

June 20.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a Postscript to Mr. Newport’s paper on Pieronarcys regalis.

The author referred to the paper already read to show that the

genus Pteronarcys ought to be arranged after Perla, and before

Capnia and Nemoura, which it most nearly approaches in the struc-

ture of its alimentary canal; while Perla has affinities with the

Orthoptera through the Blatttde. The Perla arenosa of Pictet was

regarded as making the nearest approach to the latter family, and

this species was shown to be the Perla abnormis of Newman. The

larva and pupa of this species were described from specimens taken

by Mr. Barnston in Canada, and now in the British Museum, and the

habits of the species were detailed as observed by that gentleman.

The generic characters of Pteronarcys were proposed to be revised

as follows :—

- Preronarcys, Newm.

Cuar. Gen. Segmenta thoracica etiam in Imagine branchiis externis

predita. Ale magne, reticulate. Palpi maxillares labialibus multd

longiores, 5-articulati; articulis 2 basalibus brevibus, reliquis elongatis,

externé dilatatis. Mandibule parvee, obtuse. Segmentum abdominale

octavum in mari processu longo ventrali munitum, in foemind pauld

evolutum vel bifidum.

Miscellaneous. 357

Mr. Newport added the following new species :—

Preronarcys CALIFoRNIcUS g ; capite thoraceque saturaté brunneis,

fronte clypeo labroque rufis, oculis ocellisque nigris, segmentis thora-

cicis lined longitudinali interrupta flava, abdomine aurantiaco lateribus

brunneis, stylis caudalibus basi flavis, antennis pedibusque totis atris,

alis obscuris nigro-nervosis sed absque macula stigmali.

Hab. in California (D. Hartweg).

The following apparently new species of Canadian Perlide were

described, with remarks on the habits of each as observed by Mr.

Barnston.

1, Penta citronetta (Barnston MSS.) ; saturaté flava, antennarum

articulis 33-35, oculis ocellisque brunneis, alis hyalinis pallidé luteis

margine costali flavis, abdominis dorso brunneo.—Long. lin, 3-34.

Zab. in Canada, ad Albany River, latit. 54°.

2. Perzta minima (Barnston MSS.) ; nigra nitida, antennarum articulis

circa 26 submoniliformibus pilosis, fronte paululim excavato, palpis

subclavatis, thorace angusto subquadrato, stylis caudalibus 13-articu-

latis, alis obscuris nigro-nervosis in mari brevibus obtusis abdomen

semicooperientibus in foeminaé amplis corpore longioribus.—Long.

lin. 13-2.

Hab. in Canada, ad Albany River.

3. Capnia vernatis, Newp.; nigra nitida pilosa, thorace posticé rotun-

dato, antennarum articulis 30-33 pubescentibus, alis obscuris pilosius-

culis nervis magnis nigris, stylis caudalibus subulatis 21-23-articulatis.

—Long. lin. 23.

Perla vernalis, Barnston MSS. \

Hab. in Canada, ad Albany River.

The fourth species, distinguished from most other Nemoure by the

short anterior wings of the male, the author proposed to join with

Nemoura trifasciata, Pictet, which is similarly formed, in a subgenus

for which he proposed the name Brachyptera.

4. Nemoura (Brachyptera) eracitatis (Barnston MS'S.), Mas saturaté

brunneus feré niger, thoracis margine anteriore recto, alis ante-

rioribus triangularibus rudimentalibus segmentum abdominale pri-

‘mum tantim attingentibus; posterioribus albidis longissimis acutis

emarcidis decussatis, antennis elongatis pubescentibus 53—-56-articu-

latis, pedibus longis compressis cursoriis; paris postremi longissimis,

abdominis segmento terminali lato plano pubescente.

Femina multd major, in reliquis tamen similis, capite paululdim excavato,

alis amplis obscuré brunneis nigro-nervosis.—Long. une. $.

Hab, in Canada, ad Albany River. -

MISCELLANEOUS.

How to prevent the Attacks of the Bed-bug, Cimex lectularius.

By Joun Buiackwatt, F.L.S.

So numerous and important are the advantages which result from

an exact and comprehensive knowledge of entomology, that few

persons of liberal education, in the present day, are disposed to

358 Miscellaneous.

bestow ridicule upon those who direct their attention to this inter-

esting branch of zoology. That such was not the case, however,

even at a recent period, many individuals now living can bear testi-

mony. ‘I’o what fortunate combination of events then is the rapid

change which has taken place to be ascribed ? Chiefly, I apprehend,

to the increased intelligence of the age, and to a growing taste for

- natural history; a taste, as regards the particular department here

alluded to, promoted by numerous valuable publications on the sub-

ject which of late years have issued from the press; and especially,

in this country, by the excellent ‘ Introduction to Entomology’ by

Messrs. Kirby and Spence, which has greatly contributed to the re-

moval of prejudices formerly entertained against the investigation of

the minute beings so ably and extensively treated upon in its pages.

Among the various benefits deducible from an intimate acquaint-

ance with the structure, functions and ceconomy of insects, such as

exercise a direct influence upon our persons and property unques-

tionably occupy the foremost rank; consequently, the simple means

which I am about to propose of obtaining protection from a disgust-

ing creature whose irritating movements and venomous punctures

nightly disturb the repose of thousands of the human race, may be

expected to meet with the cordial approbation of all those who are

compelled by their avocations, or by any other circumstances, to

reside in large towns, where the bed-bug generally abounds.

Being strictly nocturnal in its habits, this loathsome pest quits its

retreat in quest of prey during the silent hours of darkness, and the

sphere of its annoying operations is limited almost entirely, if not

wholly, to the precincts of beds. Now in order that its access to

them may be effectually prevented, a careful examination of its

organs of locomotion, for the purpose of ascertaining with precision

the true character and extent of their powers, is indispensable ; and

as it is apterous, although included in the Linnean order Hemiptera,

the legs alone require to be minutely inspected.

It is a well-known fact that many insects are enabled to ascend hard

dry bodies having polished perpendicular surfaces by the emission

of a viscous secretion from certain appendages connected with their -

tarsi, while others, and by much the greater number of species, are

utterly incapable of doing so in consequence of not being provided

with the parts constituting this climbing apparatus ; and as obser-

vation and experiment supply conclusive evidence that the bed-bug

is comprised under the latter head, and is disqualified for leaping by

its organization, an easy and sure method of counteracting its trou-

blesome propensities immediately presents itself. :

From the particulars already stated, it is sufficiently obvious that

the bed-bug can obtain access to beds in no other manner than by

climbing; and it is equally plain that it cannot ascend hard dry

objects whose surfaces are highly polished and are either vertical,

convex, or inclined from the base outwards; if, therefore, a bed be

so placed that it does not touch any part of the room in which it is

situated except the floor with its feet, and if they consist of truncated

cones of glass with the smaller end downwards; or if each of the

Miscellaneous. 359

ordinary wooden feet be terminated by a truncated cone. of glass

inverted, or be closely encircled by a zone of the same material

several inches broad and having its external surface convex, the

desired end, total exemption from annoyance, will be attained. It

is scarcely necessary to remark that the bed-furniture must not be

in contact with any part of the room, or with the glass feet or zones.

In hot climates, where noxious animals of various kinds swarm,

security during the hours of repose in bed from many species, which,

though unable to fly or leap, can walk with facility upon a vertical

surface of clean glass, may be effected by placing the feet of beds,

guarded in the manner above described, in shallow vessels of any

convenient size, shape and material containing finely pulverized

chalk, gypsum, flour of wheat, or other dry substances reduced to

an almost impalpable powder; the minute particles by their attach-

ment to the climbing apparatus completeiy preventing its adhesion

to the glass... The success of this plan depends upon the substances

employed being thoroughly well comminuted and kept free from

moisture.

I may mention, in conclusion, that a scientific friend of mine has

recently caused the proposed method of affording security from the

bed-bug to be carried into effect, and the parties for whose benefit

the experiment was made affirm that it succeeds perfectly. In one

instance only it appeared to fail, but the cause was soon detected ;

part: of the drapery.of the bed was found to be in contact with the

floor of the room, and up. this the bugs had.evidently climbed, for,

when the intruders were secured and the drapery was removed, all

further attempts of this noisome insect to obtain access to the bed

were unavailing. Of course when beds are infested with bugs they

must be taken down, and recourse must be had to the most approved

means of exterminating the vermin, suchas stoving, scouring, wash-

ing, &e., before the glass protectors can be applied with advantage.

Notice of an English locality for Helix revelata, Ferussac.

Helix revelata was added to the British fauna by Professor Forbes,

who discovered it near Doyle’s Monument in Guernsey. Specimens

from that place and from the adjacent islet of Lihou, the donation

of Mr. Lukis, are preserved in the British Museum. In Pfeiffer’s

Monograph the island of Jersey is stated as a habitat, but without

the citation of any authority. In June 1847 I met with this shell

under stones on the top of a bank upon the down crowning a cliff

near the harbour of Rozel, and looking towards the coast of France.

Mr, William Thompson (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840), when

comparing the Irish species of land and freshwater mollusca with

those of Great Britain, laid some stress on the circumstance that

Helix aperta and H. revelata had never been found in Great Britain,

but only in the island of Guernsey. I have now the good fortune

to announce the interesting fact of the occurrence of the latter shell.

in England. The discovery is due to my son, Mr. Arthur E. Benson,

who on the 16th instant brought in a depilated specimen which he

360 Miscellaneous.

obtained under a stone on the peninsula of the castle of Pendennis,

near Falmouth, and which-an examination with the, description and

a specimen from Rozel showed to belong to the same species. A

renewed search presented him on the following day with other spe-

cimens, two of which were ina living state, and their epidermis was

. provided with the short, rigid, sparse hairs observable in the normal

state of the shell. At Pendennis the species is procured, as in Jer-

sey, under stones on an open down, and not in shady places among

nettles, as in Guernsey. It is worthy of notice that the geological

structure of the neighbourhood of the new habitat corresponds with

that of the Channel Islands and Brittany, and that the tract also

presents a botanical similarity, Tamarix Gallica ts an st 8

product of the cliffs overhanging the sea): Itg OM} At WOO

The island‘ of Jersey may be recorded as ariother British’ tation

for Helix Pisana, which is confined 'to'so few localities in’ Cornwall,

.Wales and Ireland: The species is abundant on'‘thistles by the seas

shore between St. Helier’s and St. Aubin’s.:

Falmouth, Cornwall, Oct. 18, 1848. ‘WwW. H. BENsow.

P.S. Mr. Alder, to whom I forwarded ‘an ‘example, informs ‘me

that a specimen of H. revelata was found by Mr. Bellamy’near Me-

vagissey (between Falmouth and Plymouth), that) it was exhibited

in 1841 at the Meeting of the British Association at Plymouth, and

was published in Mr. Couch’s “Cornish Fauna’; also that Mr. W. P:

Cocks had in 1846 found a live shell at Pendennis, where Mr. Alder

in' June 1847 searched without success. | Including empty, crushed;

and broken’ shells, Mr. A. Benson has’ taken thirty: specimens, of

which two, recently crushed ‘with the enclosed animal; were left on

the ground, and nineteen were brought in alive. The largest speci-

mens are seven millimetres in greatest diameter (Pfeiffer gives ‘the

same'measurement). My best Jersey specimen exceeds this size by

half a millimetre.

Although I was mistaken in concluding from Pfeiffer’s omission

of an English habitat that the animal had not been taken im this

country, yet its recent capture at Pendennis, where it is not confined

to a single spot, satisfactorily corroborates the evidence ofits claim,

hitherto resting on two pres | specimens, to be considered’a native

of England. . W.H.B.

Oct. 25, 1848.

ConossalL Bones oF THE IGUANODON.

Dr. Mantell has recently obtained from the Wealden of the south-

east of England several portions of femora and tibiz of the Iguano-

don more colossal than any hitherto discovered. The shaft of a

thigh-bone is twenty-eight inches in circumference, exceeding by

several inches the largest in the British Museum, and requiring even

longer condyles than the gigantic distal extremity of a femur of the

Iguanodon in the possession of a collector at Hastings. The me-

dullary cavity is so capacious that the hand and arm might be thrust

into it.

Miscellaneous. 361

Extracts from a Letter to Toomas Brut, Esq., F.RS., from

GrorcE CiarK, Esq., of Mauritius.

Port Louis, May Ist, 1848.

* * * « You have doubtless seen specimens of the musk-shrew,

which is so common in most hot countries, and are acquainted with its

general habits. You have most likely heard of the singular fact that

instinct in them seems totally at fault, by leading them to cry out as

soon as discovered, and thus frequently to bring destruction on them-

selves. Are you aware that the mamme, instead of being distributed

along the abdomen and thorax, as in most other quadrupeds of that

sort, (indeed all, as far as I have learnt,) are placed like those of a

cow, in the groins, three on each side? If this fact is new to you, I

will send you a specimen in spirit. If the same peculiarity is obser-

vable in our English shrew, of which I think the muzzle is equally

elongated and tapering, I should think that the dugs are so placed

to render suction more easy, from the action of the several nurslings

being so concentrated, and thereby causing a greater flow of milk to

that spot. From the attenuated muzzle of this creature, the power

of suction must be but small, and the same circumstance would en-

able the whole brood to suck in such a position as to radiate from

a centre. I should be greatly obliged by your opinion on this point.

There is another highly interesting fact connected with this little

animal, which is strangely at variance with, and may in some degree

compensate for, the anomaly of erring instinct just mentioned. If

their nest is discovered while the young are in an unfledged state, and

before their tiny eyes are open, the mother walks away, and one

little one takes hold of her tail, another holding his, and so on, and

the whole brood following thus in a line are conveyed to a place of

safety. I may conclude by stating that I have never seen more than

six of these in one litter, and that all the females I have examined

have only six mamme.

«| have never seen in any other place so great a variety of goats

as this place possesses, and the characteristics are so various that

I think they may interest you. Among these the largest is generally

called here the “‘ up-country goat ;’’ they are of Indian origin,.

and have enormously long legs with lank and lean bodies and

coarse bones. The head is shorter than in the ordinary European

goats, and considerably deeper, with a very convex forehead—

in many, the profile forms the segment of a circle. The males of

this breed have very spreading horns, of considerable length, and

spiral in their growth, and they are decidedly less salacious and

vigorous than the smaller breeds. The horns of the female are

very different, being nearly upright, and rarely exceeding 6 or 7

inches in length. Both have a kind of dewlap under the throat,

which extends lower in the males than in the females. A very sin-

gular feature in them is the ears, which are sometimes very long ; I

have seen one female in which they are 19 inches long and 4} broad

in the widest part. When not long, it is very common to see them

crumpled up like a piece of burnt leather, and this peculiarity may

be often met with where the parents on both sides had long ears ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i.

362 Miscellaneous.

it is also often observable that two kids produced at the same birth

exhibit this remarkable difference. ‘These goats are less prolific than

the smaller breeds, seldom producing more than two at a birth, and

going longer between their bearing than the others. There is as

remarkable a difference in their udders as in their ears. Some have

immense teats, and yield a great quantity of milk, while others are

very deficient. This breed is, I am told, highly esteemed in India,

and they fetch a higher price at Calcutta than any others ; but they

are here remarkably obnoxious to pulmonary disorders, and I have

seen so many instances of this, that Iam never disposed to purchase

them. They are generally covered with a rather coarse hair, of

moderate length, but very long in the thighs and breech. Black

is the prevailing colour, and it is very common to see the ears covered

with small white specks. The neck of this breed is usually carried

at a greater angle with the body than in the other kinds: in some

specimens this gives them an appearance approaching that of the

lama. I have seen males of this kind 3 feet high at the shoulder,

and females as much as 2ft. 9in. Many goats are brought hither

from Muscat. They are a very pretty breed, of moderate size, with

long hair hanging down from each side nearly to the knees. They

have very pretty little heads, and the horns are very fine, and forma

pretty curve backwards, spreading so little that they sometimes require

to be cut to prevent them from hurting the cheeks, when they have |

grown so long as to turn forward, which occurs at 5 or 6 years of

age. ‘These are generally excellent milkers, but are very obnoxious

to pulmonary disorders, connected with which is a very singular fact,

which I can vouch for from at least a dozen cases that have occurred

in my own flock. Goats in general, but this breed most especially,

are subject to be infested with a louse of a dark red colour, having

six legs. If these insects are very numerous, it is an infallible sign

that the lungs are diseased ; and they increase with the progress of

the disorder, till at last they are in such numbers, that in the

hollow of the flanks and behind the shoulders you cannot put a pin’s

head between them. They may be destroyed with tobacco or mer-

cury ; but in a few days the beast will be as much infested with them

as before, and cannot be kept free. No matter how healthy the creature

may appear; if there are many of these lice on it, you may be per-

fectly sure that the lungs are not sound. Another variety much like

this in form, but of rather smaller size and with remarkably close

hair, is brought from the upper part of the Persian Gulf. They are

the prettiest goats I know, having remarkably small heads with full

eyes, and horns like the last-mentioned in point of fineness, but

much less curved. They are a very healthy breed, and much dis-

posed to carry flesh. ‘The teats of this race are, as far as I have

seen, invariably pointed at the end and very full at the top, and their

udders are particularly thin and soft. I have never seen a male of

this breed, but there is a very singular feature in the males of the

last-mentioned kind: the testicles are so separated in the scrotum

as to have much the appearance of teats, and I once saw a person at

a sale give a high price for one, under the idea that it was a female,

with a fine show of milk. This peculiarity is more or less observable

Miscellaneous. | 363

in all the males of this sort I have seen. Another well-defined

variety of goat, of very valuable qualities, comes from the eastern

shore of the Persian Gulf. They are of good size with a remarkably

stately carriage, and their horns are mostly lyre-shaped, like some

breeds of antelopes. ‘Their hair is of moderate length, generally

fine and wavy, and long on the posterior portion of the spine, as

well as on the fore and hind legs, a little above the hocks and knees.

Their udders are of the shape last-mentioned, and they are excellent

milkers. I have seen some give as much as three quarts of milk in

aday. ‘They are mostly black with fawn-coloured legs, and almost

invariably have fawn-coloured marks down the sides of the face. We

have a large and small breed from Bengal, with very short legs, both

excellent milkers, prolific and hardy. The large breed is almost in-

variably coal-black, and when in good condition would furnish about

80 lbs. of meat. They frequently produce four at a birth and some-

times five, and it is not rare to see their teats touching the ground,

The smaller breed is of the same form, but very diminutive, and of

all colours; they average from 15 to 18 inches in height and about

23 feet in length, and are as prolific as the last-mentioned, and

wonderfully precocious. I have seen a female of this breed conceive at

ten weeks old, and bring forth a healthy kid, which she reared well.

It is very common for them to take the male at three months, but they

rarely conceive before the age of four months, and the males are not

capable of engendering at less than six monthsold. As a matter of

course, the race deteriorates very much where such premature pro-

duction is allowed ; and I have seen a flock dwindle down from a good

size to little bigger than rabbits, from a continuation of this bad

practice. A very fine breed of goats is brought from Patna and

Benares, and among these many are pied in a very uncommon way.

They are spotted with brown and fallow, black and gray, and black

and white, but the most remarkable appearance consists in the shape

of the spots, which are often all circular.. These have a something

of that convexity of forehead noticed in the first breed I mentioned,

but the dewlap is almost entirely wanting. Their horns are gene-

rally short, and sometimes bend forward, and at vthers curl back just

encircling the ears, and these are invariably lopped. The last variety

I shall mention is from the island of Socotra, and destitute of horns.

They are long and low, and generally have very large teats: I have

seen some considerably thicker than an ordinary man’s wrist. They

are very good milkers, and disposed to fatten easily. I fear I have

tired you with details which are perhaps stale to you, or if not,

possessing little interest.

“With respect to the marks on the spine and shoulders, and occa-

sionally the legs of ponies, I see that they occur much in the same

degree as in England; but they are decidedly most prevalent in

those of a dun and mouse colour, both which hues are common

among the Javanese and Burmese ponies. I have had additional

opportunity of verifying the fact that geldings stand their work as

well as entire horses here, both by my own experience, and the

testimony of persons of much judgement and observation. Mules

are used here almost exclusively for plantation work, and we haye

20*

364: 3 Miscellaneous.

them of various breeds.. The finest cargo J ever saw came from

Boston, U.S. They were almost all from high-bred mares, and

many of them showed as much blood as thorough-bred horses, and

they were as active as deer. I do not remember whether I men-

tioned them to you in my last; but, if I did not, I shall be very happy

to give you a description of the various breeds of mules and asses

employed in this colony. About three years ago the murrain cut off

about nine-tenths of our horned cattle. In the herds attacked, not

above one per cent. escaped, and they were generally old ones. A few

months since it broke out again, and has cut off several fine herds

without leaving a single head. It is said, I believe with truth, that it

arose from the removal of a dung-heap in which some had been buried

three years ago. It is stated that pigs are subject to it, but that it

is much less fatal among them than with oxen, but I am not at all

satisfied of the identity of the disease. Itis also asserted that goats,

sheep and deer are liable to its attacks, but having examined several

goats said to have died of it when it was so prevalent here, I found no

case in which the murrain was the cause of death, there being other

evident causes.

‘I do not know if you are aware that ipecacuanha, of which we

have a wild variety very plentiful here, is a deadly and speedy poison

to ruminating animals. It often happens that foreign cows, goats and

sheep perish from eating it, but the natives very rarely touch it. A

few leaves of it are sufficient to kill a goat in four or five hours.”’ * * *

A Comparison between Sterna Cantiaca, Gm., of Europe, and Sterna

acuflavida, nobis, hitherto considered identical with S. Cantiaca, and

a description of a new species of Wren. By Dr. Casor.

The following measurements from adult, full-plumaged specimens

were given:

Bill along Tidge’*sicccécec ssi ccelecesdecces Sishiccceacddeuedss 49 57

ra op? RFMD OD Webssseatpewsibites obdse stable wedbbesbOeddeae 64 75

From the nostril to the point of the bill .......... seve 36 41

PAM EED OL ROE Ehas ap oneness. vnlvad Wve shun <9 foide oSs0p daqwaaaes 6 9

Length of lower mandible along the centre (measuring

Be RIS SOMETIETED ia den'sy ac ndsobag-srans pnncteceasls* Miers 4] 47

Length of do. do. along the side, do. do. .........e000s . al 62

Width of bill at commencement of feathers ...........- 8 14

MIGDED OF BGI G) Me, 15 513%, othe shah cae op aceon scaabantes 11; 123

Length of wing from flexure ............ccececeeeees 353. 290 317

Length of tail to tips of lateral feathers ....... SMobedis 136 149

Length of tarsus ......sccseccecsecens Bab oddas crest vies’ Gabiees 25 28

Middle toe without the claw. ............ Spa rneneesh canes eb 18 21

TOO CMRI TF hid acs ais cons ux caiced RES os ke chu salcdoumsooineladt 73 9

ANUNGE LOC WHR CLNW: Fos 5.555 peum vy ps nennetennvhve semutenses 17 20

Outer do. WWD, hush le'ndussceeconsvseearaeks Sessa svihes 21 26

MAID osdekccorsieyclu ct ke Guo leny (sects pau ecedeey es eeutbas Ke 64 83

Besides these differences in the measurement of parts not subject

to change from improper stuffing, &c., we find that the colouring

differs in some very important particulars. In the American bird

the yellow is strictly confined to the tip of the bill, and the line of union

of the yellow and black is perpendicular and unbroken, whereas in

Miscellaneous. 865

the European bird the yellow runs up to the inner edge of the sym-

physis on the under side of the lower mandible, and almost as far on

the upper edge ; and on the upper mandible, also, it extends both on.

the edges and on the ridge much higher than in the American bird.

The primaries are much darker in the American bird than in the

European, and the white line which runs along the inner edges and

forms their tips in the European bird, disappears in the American

before it gets within half an inch of the tip; besides being much

narrower. There are also some important differences in form. The

projecting point at the symphysis on the under side of the lower

mandible is more marked in the American than in the European bird.

The claws of the European bird are larger and much more arched

than those of the American. The bill of the European bird is much

narrower in proportion than the American, and is more bent.

The specimen of S. acuflavida in his collection was procured at

‘Tancah, on the coast of Yucatan, on the 25th of April, 1842, and is

mentioned in the appendix of Mr. Stephens’s Incidents of Travel in

Yucatan, under the name of S. Boysii.

Troglodytes albinucha, a new species of Wren.

Millimetres.

Total length: Oeererssreesesesesece Oreececeses Dee eee sees esereesresneseserere 140

Length of wing from Hexure | s...cspscacmsnacedesssadsenehneacees Stes pet rch

vis RMAD Sos iss vec ou tpsin we iotaedupabeticna eedsesuaa soanheseremurtans 51

Pr head and dill «2... cececpseoes oekbbesetiaassueess eaeskeessees 38

zi DARY NOME CG MAGE S.7. Sess patsecepses sues qcensetaccsbosvaces 17

bill alone the: Gane Ws. .ievespased<conseey sins ccadassomuen pes nee

Widch OE bill’ ad feathere cc.) CELI SUSE NCEA 34

Depth + SONU ch caveastiasonsae scene sees Seeassaueecs tes 3

Length of tarsus '.......ccccereveeeees Cee encecenecceceeneeasecssecrecess 20

rescem HAMGAIE toe with the Claw, ss<ssoncsenssecsaseveyearrievedhicn? 22

ee INGE C08). césccgusavvas wateph ess acanseoseuteuhshbusvcuaeas 15

2 UGE, 166: Secs ck lids cek weds cecetuees cal sea cvapameceunbasenbues> 16

ay. ERIN vance vase bina vanes Farevedueh ousnneedvunte chosebeawaacac’ 17

The bill is bent from the base to the tip. The claws are much

curved and very sharp. The head, back, and upper sides of the

wings and tail, brown; a line of white, with black or dark brown

intermixed, passes over the eye, and meets with a similar line, which

passes under it, and they form a patch on the sides of the neck ex-

tending round to the nape. Chin, throat and breast white; flanks

and abdomen light yellowish brown, darkest near vent. On the

rump are some white and dark brown or black spots intermixed

with the brown of the rest of the back. Under tail-coverts, the

outermost, and outer webs of next three tail-feathers, and outer

edges of first and second primaries, barred with white or yellowish

white and dark brown or black. There are many black bars run-

ning across upper side of wings and upper tail-coverts. The four

middle tail-feathers are brown, with many black spots. The upper

mandible is dark horn-colour ; the under mandible is the same at its

tip, but is almost white on the under side and at base. The fourth

and fifth primaries are longest and the first is shortest.

The specimen from which the description was taken was the only

one observed, and was procured near Yalahao, in Yucatan, April 6th,

1842.—Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Nov. 17, 1847, p. 257.

366 Miscellaneous.

DescriPTION OF A NEW SPECIES oF VoLuTE. By W. J. Broperip,

Esea., F.R.S. ere.

Vouuta stentFER. Vol, testd ovato-fusiformi, longitudinaliter cre-

berrimé lineatd, subflavd, signis spadiceo-brunneis irregularibus,

interruptis vittatd; spird mediocri, subtumidd, apice subacuto-

mammillari, glabro; anfractibus 3, ultimo longe maximo, subven-

tricoso ; labro acuto ; columella quadriplicatd, plicis magnis.

Long. 33, lat. 14 poll.

Hab. In Oceano Orientali?

Two bands of detached, reddish-brown, irregular, interrupted spots

wreathe the spiral whorls, and three such bands, with a trace of a

fourth, adorn the body-whorl. There is a wide interval between the

upper two of the bands of the body-whorl, and the third and trace

of the fourth on the same whorl. An irregular linear dash of the

same colour connects the three uppermost of these bands longitu-

dinally and centrally. Indeed the colour seems disposed generally

to run from the upper to the lower band of each pair. The terminal

notch is very deep and is surmounted by an unusually strong ele-

vated ridge.

The specimen is faded and rubbed, but in form is nearly perfect.

When in fine condition V. signifer must be one of the most elegant

of the beautiful family to which it belongs. : ;

Mr. Cuming obtained this Volute in the present year, from the

cabinet of Dr. Dalen of Rotterdam, by whom it was liberally pre-

sented to him, although Dr. Dalen had no other example of the shell.

I never saw the species before, and as far as my experience goes, this

is the only specimen known.—Proc. Zool. Soc., Dec. 12, 1847.

Extract from a Letter addressed, in June 1848, by Dr, Aucustus

A. Goutp*, of Boston, United States, to Wm. Tuomrson, Esq.,

Belfast.

‘I wish there was some depét established in the two countries

through which small packages and pamphlets might at all times be

with England, it is scarcely once a year that we can get a pamphlet

or little package transmitted safely. If such a thing can be done on

your side, we will arrange something on this side. A box might be

forwarded once a month, into which all our naturalists might place

everything they wished to send, and thus all be sent to one address for

distribution+. ‘The same thing being done on both sides, very great

trouble, expense and uncertainty would be avoided.”

* The author of a work on the ‘ Invertebrata of Massachusetts,’ &c., and

conjointly with Professor Agassiz of a small work lately published entitled

‘ Principles of Zoology.’

+ We fear that the great difficulty would be in the distribution of the

various packages, &c, on their arrival, and in reimbursing any one who

should undertake this office. Pamphlets are not unfrequently directed at a

venture to persons who decline to receive or pay for them. No agency

would be so fit for the purpose as the Post-office, if the governments of the

two countries would agree upon suitable arrangements in the interests of

literature and science.—Ep.

Meteorological Observations. 367

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 1848.

Chiswick. —September 1. Clear and fine. 2. Overcast and fine. 3. Slight fog :

very fine. 4,5. Slight fog: sultry: clear: rain. 6. Cloudy: clear at night.

7. Overcast. 8. Overcast: fine. 9. Very fine. 10. Cloudy and fine: overcast :

rain. 11. Veryclear: fine: clear. 12. Fine, 13. Slight fog: fine. 14. Par-

tially overcast: dusky clouds: fine. 15, Clear: fine: clear. 16, Slight fog:

very fine: clear. 17. Slight fog : fine : light clouds, 18. Very fine. 19. Foggy:

cloudy: clear. 20. Clear: exceedingly fine: clear. 21. Slight fog: very fine,

with hot sun, 22. Fine: slight haze: clear. 23, Foggy: heavy rain: clear.

24. Foggy and drizzly: overcast. 25. Fine. 26.,Rain. 27. Overcast. 28.

Heavy rain. 29. Rain. 30, Cloudy.

Mean temperature of the Month ......ssssesesessseeeeeesereseeee 56°34

Mean temperature of Sept. 1847 ......... bhai st cddelloWealinissp: Oo PSO

Mean temperature of Sept. for the last twenty years ......... 52 *80

Average amount of rain in Sept. —..ssseessesseereseseecseeeeees 2°68 inches,

Boston.—Sept. 1—4. Fine. 5. Fine: rainr.m. 6,7. Fine. 8. Cloudy.

9. Fine. 10. Rain: raina.m.andr.m. 11—21, Fine. 22. Cloudy. 23, Fine.

24. Rain: rain early a.m.: rain a.M.andp.m.* 25,26. Cloudy. 27. Rain,

28. Cloudy. 29. Rain. 30. Rain: rain early a.m.

Remarkable rainy days at Boston, Lincolnshire :—

1837. inches. 1843. inches,

August 17 scsavw. B°S4 Tune F ...0evesevee 1°10

October 25 .......6. 1°06 August 10 ...... 1°22

1839, November 1... 0°95

JUNE 15 eosvecesevee 1°28 1844,

July SLs)... eevee O96 February 26 ... 1°16

1841. 1846,

June 25):'5i. 206.064.1208 October 29 ...... 1:0

AUVLY GS a rrrcheceyerves LT December 22 .., 0°89 melted snow.

1842, 1847,

January 27 ........ 1°08 May 29 esos 1°75

July’ t ‘..5.. Sjayeesss 1°38 October 24 ...... 0°97

September 24 ...,,. 115 1848.

September 24 .., 2°34

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Sept. 1—4. Fine harvest day. 5. Fair a.m.:

rain P.M. 6. Showery: cleared. 7. Fair, but stormy. 8. Showery. 9. Damp,

though no rain. 10. Fine a.m.: showers r.M. 11. Beautiful harvestday. 12.

Beautiful harvest day: after frosty evening. 13. Beautiful harvest day, though

getting cloudy. 14, Beautiful harvest day: fine. 15. Beautiful harvest day :

dull. 16. Heavy dew: thunder. 17. Heavy dew: clear and sharp. 18, Fine

harvest day. 19. Fine harvest day, but looking dull. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m.

21. Sunny and warm. 22. Still and cloudy: threatening. 23. Fiery wind:

sultry. 24. Dulla.m.: rain p.m. 25. Fair, but blustering. 26,27. Fair: cloudy.

28. Fair and clear. 29. Slight drizzle: cleared. 30. Drizzly day.

Mean temperature of the month ...... siiaeis aitabebgantiwin nop A ME

Mean temperature of Sept. 1847 ......secccccerescseseesees 50 °9

Mean temperature of Sept. for twenty-five years ...... 53 °2

Mean rain in Sept. for twenty years ........ seesseeeeeee 3°13 inches,

Sandwick Manse,» Orkney.—Sept. 1. Showers: damp. 2 Damp: rain. 8.

Showers: damp. 4. Cloudy: clear: aurora. 5. Cloudy: clear. 6. Bright:

clear. 7, 8. Showers: clear: aurora. 9,10. Showers. 11. Sleet: showers.

12. Clear: showers. 13. Showers. 14. Clear. 15, Clear: cloudy. 16. Cloudy.

17. Bright: clear: aurora. 18. Cloudy: fine. 19. Cloudy: fine: cloudy.

20. Drops: clear, 21. Fine: clear: fine. 22. Bright: cloudy. 23. Fog:

cloudy. 24. Hazy: cloudy. 25. Bright: cloudy. 26, 27. Fine: cloudy.

28. Cloudy. 29, 30, Cloudy : drizzle ; aurora.

* Not so great a rain since 17th August 1837.

oT : | —

| |

(89-63 92-6% |169-6z 064-62! ‘of

m0. | Lb | asa |-auu| myeo| ‘a EG) oG |fZ7| PS G-9S| 19 | BG | L6-6Z | 10-0€ |0L-6% 08-62 | £2-6% 699-62 \LL9-63| *6%

“eerespesseeereee*! 08> | sau | oun | uyeo| tou | gh | 19 | 6¥| 99| 89| PS |} BS |O1-0€ |LI1-0€ |06-6% | 68-62 62-66 £%1:6%'8EL-64| “Sz

“rareerreeser!QO. | 10. | +9 |cauu| ‘aa | tau] 6h | 19 |¥8P| FSS. S-LS) ZS | Fo | G0-0€ |96-62 | 18-62 | SL-6z | 02-6 999-6% ZOL-6% “Le@,

see reetbesteess st) Ube bsg: A apg om =) 6h | So | 6h] 69) 69) FS | ZO | 6-62 |99.6z | 12-66 | 19-62 91-62 ViS-6% 099-63 *9%

vO. °"""| ZG. OL | eg ‘a |umyea| ‘os | €S | hG | $8P gS | 19, SS | 69 | 98.6% |Z8-6% |19-6% 8P-6% 66-82 I188-6z OLV-6%| “St

eeeniseeerel BB. """"") casa | caua | ueo| sms | FS} Gg | PS fa, 6S; €¢ | Lo |PL-6% |69-6% |PI-6% €8-6% 93-8% 9Z€-6z 1PE-6%| ‘PZ

7+" 91.018. [60+ | -aso |eauu| ueo| us | {19 | $9 | F2S = 8S} 19 | FO | £1.62 | 16-62 | 19-62

seer g gles] ZS | ease | ca 79 | ‘ms | $9 | ¥o¢ | 19) #89) 29| 19 | SO | €9.6% |99.6z: | 0F-6% | £9-6% £2-6% |1€6-6z 199-62| *€%

reper") sas | 8 |ueo| +a | S| $9¢ |f67| G9 29) ZG | SL | $g.6% |06-6% |8L-62 | 12-62 0€-62 (LOL-6z S6L-6%| ‘2%

Tier serseetssees! £0. | sas [rass-s| *s | cas | 29 | 29 | SP) %29 9-89) Pr | SL 98.6% |9l-60 |€L:60 £1.62 ZE-6% T9L-6% 961-6) “1Z

Os jrrrres}rrerertrreee"l ous | es lunpeo] *s | ¥0¢ | 7G | FS foo LS| Le | LL | 09.62 |LP-6z |£9-62 | 29-62 62-62 |\L19.6z\g9L-6%| ‘0%

Mestticecseelesensieeere*] sags lras—s| upea| ‘ms | €PG | #EG | SE] 19 G29} LE | gO | 19-62 |89-6z |99-6% | 8L-60 $S-6z 361-62 686-62) “61D

EO. weerseirrrreeirerre) sass |s—au|mypeo| ‘mu | 09 | PG | GE} 09). SS| OE | $9 | 10-0€ |91-0€ |90-VE | 03-0£ €1.6% ZZ1-0€ 09Z-0€| “SI |

Teemee eereedeceeesiroer mum | msm} ues} ‘ma | $19 | pg | 3S) 29) 9S) 6E | IL |VI-O€ |O1-0€ |ZZ-0€ |0Z-0€ 08-6 08z-0£ 19£-0€) “LI

"eee" 00-0|"°°"""|"""**"| -mss | cms |emsm! ¢s cS | 6¢9 |f€S|#19| 99| FE | 69 | $6-62 |60.0€ |61-0€ | 0%-0€ 98-62 LLE-0€ |SEF-0€ ‘OL

Co eeepererye eg | ta [emuul can | PS | $29 |¥2E)F09) 19) ZF | VO |GT-O€ |12.0€ |PZ-0€ |$2-0F 06-62 6SE-08 |60P-0€ *S1

VO. |rerrerirreresereeee! om temum) sma | sma | 67 | of | LV) 69) SG} LE | €9 |€4-0€ |11-0€ |QI-O€ | 1T-0€ | 14-6% 61Z-0£ |00€-08| “FI |

GT. [rereeeieseesei*eree"l om f om | a | cu | 6h | 0S |¥SE/ FSS) of) LE | FO | 6.6% |00-0€ |60-0€ |61-0€ 8-6% |012-0€ |ogz-0€| “E10.

G0- jrrreee|rrrerieeeee*lemum | oun |-muu| ‘aa | 67 | Sb | s€| £9 S-6h7) I€ | 8S | 8I-0€ |0z-0€ |0Z-0€ |0%-0€ 82-6% ZLZ-0€ GIE-O€| “SL

Ble jreioL. |") sma | cau | cu [emu | 1h) €b | g€\#99| gh! OE | 09 |01-0€ |£6-6% | 11-0€ |06-6% VP-6% \LE6-62 8ZZ-0E) “IL |

90: || ZT. |€€- | ma | caud| -m | ms | Gh] gk | Ly] 8S! 69) EF | 69 | 69-62 |19.6z | 69-62 |$S-6z 21-60 769-62 \0PL-62| *O1 |

[T+ [reeresirrreeeiseeseet cant sms | tm | cms | OS | 9G | FZ7/FL49| 8S} HS | LO | €€.6z | 0€-6% | 19-66 |09-6% | 8E-6% 628-62 616-62; °6

IT. 0%.0 ['*****|"""***| peo | “ms | ms | tas | 7G} 9G |-**t| £9) 09} 67 | 99 |0F-6% |09-6% |0S-6% |*****” | €F-6% |798-6% Sg0-0€| “8

OP. frrrreeerreeiresse] caw | tm | cm | ts | OG | PS | SS} **"| 19] SS | FO |29.66 |€P-6% |0L-6% |0L-6z | LP-6% 9€0-0F |SS0.08| “L |

“eettiseeeee] OP. | 10. | *ms | cms | sm | tms | PG | LG |FES) £9) ZO} EV | 89 | OF-6% | 0€-6z | 01-62 | LV-6% 02-6z |162-6% 786-6%| °9

‘sesetieeeeeeieereeel OT. | tas | *s |upeo| *s | 9G | gS | 9F|%89| 89| LS | €8 | 09-62 | 29-62 | 19-6 | 19-62 | 8z-6% |PSL-6% SE8-62| “S C€

Tteesieeeeeeieeeresieereee! unywo| *ms juqeo| ‘as | OG | LG | ZG} 99| V9) LF | 08 |£8-6Z |Sg-6z |98-6% |00-0€ 19.6% |626-62 PLI-0€| “7

OGe [rrrreefrreseeirerers| ems | cae | tm | tm | GG] OG |F19| 69] Z9| OF | SL | 96-62 | 10.08 |Z1-0€ | 02-08 :oB.6e VSZ-0F |Z9E-06 | *€

OL. [*rrreefrerresiercere] om | om | uapeo| sma} GG} G¢ | 19} 19] 19| SV | OL |96-62 | €0-0€ |61-0€ | 81-0€ |18:6% |OPE.0€ |ZSE-0F | *%

VQ. [*erer|rrereeieesses| cay | tm Pc | eo GG | #99 | 6€| 09) PS} BV | 99 | 6-62 | 16-6Z |O1-0F | 80-08 01-62 [OVT-0E |P8z-08 | “I

ale come “a pats ada

Eo a eg zo ee ey ~2 Ee Be 3 E 2e 5 8 76. ‘e ‘6 Sw [| REN ay

qeis2| 8 }4 | 82 | 32! 8 -| Bol es md a : AS

“Uyey “PULA CIE LCOUACLAR *19}9UIOIe > 2

*hANYYQ) ‘asunpy younpung yo ‘uoysno{y “+ *Aey 247 49 pun faulHs-satuawag ‘asunyyr yruvSagddy yo ‘xequng * AA *AdYy 247 Ag SNoLsog

7p “|| A “II 49 fuopuo'yT avau ‘MIMSIHD 70 Ajatv0g jounynoysozy ay7 fo uapavy ay; Jo uosdwoyy ‘aly 49 apwm suorwasasg¢ jvrFo;0L0a}a py

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 12. DECEMBER 1848.

XXXVIII.—On the Amber Beds of East Prussia. By Dr. K.

THomas*. Communicated by the Rev. M. J. Berxerey,

M.A.,, F.LS.

Tue lignite (Braunkohle, Bovey-coal) which occurs on the East-

Prussian shore of the Baltic has, in consequence of Dr. Albrecht’s

recent discovery of the value of the strata, attracted lately more

general attention. This induces me to speak of a subject,

which is no longer invested with a merely scientific interest, less

with a view to question its mineral value, which may I hope

prove highly remunerative, than to direct the interest which has

been excited to a point, which hitherto has received too little

attention in these districts. It is at present a generally received

notion, that the surface of East Prussia and the neighbouring

provinces was formed of the confused fragments of forma-

tions which were torn from their original position by the last

deluge which determined the modern condition of the continent.

A district of this nature can have merely a subordinate interest

for the geologist, and the miner will scarcely search there for

the more precious or other metals, or for the fuel which the

bounteous hand of nature so frequently deposits in their neigh-

bourhood. Once only about the middle of the last century the

salt-springs, which occur in the jurisdiction of Pregel, gave oc-

casion to a tolerably complete investigation under the conduct of

the Prussian minister Von Heinitz, from which it appeared that

no further mining exploits could reasonably be undertaken in

this district; but thus much at least was established, that the

north-western point of Samland, on which the lighthouse of

Brusterort is now situated, belongs to the tertiary strata, which

stand forth there in a remarkable manner like an island, from

cs * From the Number for April 1847 of Die Ostpreussischen Provincial-

atter.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 26

370 Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia.

the diluvial mass of the plain which extends from the Carpathian

mountains. As such it is represented in the older geological

maps of Germany. A threefold deposit of blue clay and white

sand characterizes the formation ; whether the occurrence of

marine remains of an extinct world, which could scarcely have

escaped the eye of an attentive observer, would have established

its tertiary character, may in the absence of proper information

be the rather neglected, since it is not my object to write a

learned treatise. Little attention has been paid to them, and in

the most recent work* which has touched expressly. on the geo- |

logical relations of the amber districts, they have been altogether

neglected, and in fact, like the lignite which occurs near the

amber, regarded merely as its accidental attendants. :

Fossil wood, both perfectly petrified and in a peculiar state of

decomposition from exposure to the weather, is so frequent on’

this coast, that. it cannot haye escaped observation. The con-

tinual changes to which the coast is exposed, from the influence

of atmospheric variations, often bring to light enormous trunks

of trees, which the common people had long regarded as the

trunks of the amber-tree, before the learned declared that

they were the stems of palm-trees, and in consequence deter-

mined the position of Paradise to be on the coast of East

Prussia. Some years since a fir-branch with well-preserved

cones was said to have been found in the Hubenik amber-tracts,

together with palm-nuts, for which the fossil fruit of a kind of

walnut was mistaken ; this however, to the regret of the scientific,

has so completely vanished, that its existence might almost be

considered a fable. I was therefore the more surprised when, in

the summer of 1829, I found two well-preserved fossil fir-cones

in the hills along the coast at Rauschen, which the rain had

washed out of their natural position. Although they were

regarded, by those of my neighbours whose opinion was asked,

as recent fir-cones, which may have been derived from the forests

which formerly clothed the shores, I was myself, in consequence

of their peculiar appearance, far from convinced of this, and I

applied with fresh zeal to the investigation of the locality when

I returned after many years’ absence. Continued researches

were soon rewarded with a collection of fossil cones, which for

number and beautiful state of preservation would have graced any

collection. I convinced myself besides most clearly, that the line of

coast from Lapéhn beyond Rauschen, Georgswald and Warnik

almost to Grosskuhren consists of regularly alternate beds of blue

clay and white sand running parallel with the surface of the sea,

* Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste der Vorwelt heraus-

gegeb. von Dr, George Carl Berendt, in Com. d. Nicolaischen Buchhdlg.

Berlin, 1845, _

Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia. 371

of which the former contains nest-like patches of lignite. This

peculiar disposition of the lignite seemed to preclude all hope of

profitable works, especially as the absence of every trace of it in

those parts of the district of Samland with which I was well ac-

quainted indicated a rapid descent of the strata towards the south.

The occurrence too of alum was remarked, and the active process

of the efflorescence of clay containing sulphuric acid and salts of

iron which nature carries on on the precipitous coast, where the

pyrites which occurs in the beds of clay is exposed to the action

of the weather. But the present depressed price of alum affords

no encouragement to any new works, especially as they must be

commenced, if at all, on a large scale.

The scientific interest however arising from this newly-disco-

vered deposit of fossil vegetable remains is far greater than their

importance in an industrial point of view. The almost horizontal

position of the coal-bearing beds, and the high state of preserva-

tion of many of the vegetable remains, confirm the supposition

that their original locality cannot be far distant. Amber was

long since recognized as the resin of a Conifer, and Conifere,

judging from. the remains now extant, must have formed the

principal part of the adjacent flora, and many pieces of fossil

wood occur, which when moderately heated give out a decided

smell of amber. Nor ought it to be matter of surprise that the

coal-bearing beds but seldom contain amber, if we reflect, that in

all probability these beds owe their formation to some alluvial

process, and if so, that the masses of amber from their different

specific gravity would find a different resting-place. It is well

known that the principal amber-beds, which under the name of

Amber-earth crop out to the right and left of the coal-bearmg

strata aboye the level of the sea, sink so deep at the places under

which the coal-loam extends, that they cannot be worked pro-

fitably. As will be shown in the sequel, this amber-earth forms

an actual member of the tertiary amber-formation of which these

coal-bearing beds may be considered as the alluvium. These

cliffs, rismg a hundred feet or more above the level of the sea,

seldom suffer much from the waves, since they are protected by

the natural trending of the coast-line, which runs far into land,

from the swell produced by continued north winds. The flat

shore at the Kranzer inlet is very much affected. ‘The steep

coast on the contrary, commencing at Lapéhn, suffers from the

rains which annually wash down what the frost of winter has

loosened. As the sea constantly plays on the fallen fragments,

the cliffs remain much in the same condition, with the exception

of their annual decrease. This waste, which is at about the rate

of three feet every year, and will in sixty years throw down the

Brusterort lighthouse unless artificially sustaied, must act

26%*

872 Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia.

with peculiar energy to the destruction of the western shore of

Samland, where it is matter of history, that a tract of land* a

mile broad has disappeared near the ruins of Adalberts chapel,

which now stands close to the sea. If then we suppose that in

yet earlier times the tract which is now covered by the East Sea,

was towards the north not so closed to the present Frozen Ocean,

that the currents of the Atlantic could not penetrate, it appears

not improbable that a still more rapid destruction of land may

have then taken place. What remains cannot be regarded as the

shore of a retreating sea, but rather as a great expansion of a

formation, of which a part, up to the present north coast of Sam-

land, is exposed to view by a partial elevation of the land. The

small plots of land which, under the name of the*low grounds

(Nehrungen), separate the mouths of the streams of this district,

the Weichsel, the Pregel and the Memel, as great inland lakes

from the sea, appear to me to be regarded improperly as mere

dunes ; they intimate rather, by their coast projecting into the sea,

the course of those fragments of the formation which could not

pass off, and allow us to recognise in the basin of water left be-

hind them, their sinking towards the south and east. The moving

sand, which is the sport of the winds on their summit, is scarcely

to be regarded as the rejectamenta of the sea, but rather as an

actual element of the formation, like the loose sand on the north

coast of Samland, which arises from its torn-up strata.

But it is time to return to the lignite which accompanies those

strata. The small degree of interest which these objects excited

on the spot, and the consequent impossibility of finding any in-

formation there as to their true import, induced me to send the

whole of the fossil vegetable remains to Professor Géppert of

Breslau, who has the most intimate acquaintance with, the fossil

flora. I neglected not to send written notes of the observations

which I had made as to the circumstances under which they oc-

eurred. He submitted them to a thorough examination, the re-

sults of which were communicated to the work of Berendt above

quoted. He gave his decided opinion, that of the fragments of.

Conifers, two, belonging to Pinites sylvestris and Pinites Pumilio,

remind one so exactly of the now existing forms, that they can-

not be distinguished from them; the others, which formed far

the greater portion of the collection, gave rise to the species

Pinites Thomasianus and Pinites brachylepis, forms which do not

now exist. The perfect agreement of all these remains in their

fossil appearance and origin left no doubt as to their being

really fossils. But the question, whether the flora to which they

owe their origin is connected with the occurrence of amber-resin,

* I do not myself answer for the accuracy of this statement.—Dr, Tx.

Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia. 3738

was decidedly negatived, since all these remains, as well as the

great masses of coniferous wood, which are found near them in a

fossil state, when carefully heated, developed no odour of amber.

The circumstance that I found some fragments of wood which

exhibited this odour could not prevent the separation of that

flora from the amber, inasmuch as a notion has been developed

respecting the occurrence of the lignite and fossil wood which

accompany the amber, according to which remains of the true

amber-fir decidedly differing from those forms may occur casually

amongst them. In contradiction to the view which arose neces-

sarily from a strict examination of the coast of Samland, the pre-

sent occurrence of amber and lignite in general was referred to

those causes in consequence of which the land in which they lie

must be regarded as the alluvial product of some recent epoch

in the formation of the world. It was supposed, that before the

present epoch, at the period subsequent to the formation of chalk,

when the molosse* was precipitated, and contemporaneously with

it the Galician salt-beds were formed, an island to the north of

the present Samland, covered with amber-forests, was protruded

from the sea, and in the course of many myriads of years, under

the influence’of very active vegetative powers, the immense masses

of amber were produced which for centuries have with equal

abundance afforded a never-failing mine. When this amber-

forest yielded to the catastrophe through which the figure of the

continents and the forms of the organisms of the animal and

vegetable kingdom originating on them were stamped with new

characters, the primary resting-place of the amber must have

been formed in and about that forest, and have been sunk with

it into the bed of the East Sea, yet not so deep that it could not

be exposed by subsequent catastrophes. If these consisted of

powerful waves, and by the help of partial elevations and depres-

sions different portions came successively into the sphere of ope-

ration, it could not fail that masses of amber would be washed

out of them and be imbedded again in secondary beds, in-a way

which could be effected only by moving bodies of water. They

were either washed out on the neighbouring shores which were

undergoing great changes, and mixed with other rejectamenta of

the sea must have formed the veins of amber answering to what

are called the coast-scams (Kiistensdumer) and the nests of am-

ber corresponding with the casual ‘hollows, or in consequence of

stronger currents have been strewed in seeming confusion at a

great distance from their birth-place, so that their principal de-

posits are arranged in lines, which, converging to one point, in-

dicate the position of the original amber-forest.

* The exact equivalent of this term is doubtful. See Lyell, Geol. vol. iv,

p. 140.

374 Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia.

This view so immediately follows from the conviction of the

alluvial nature of the district, a fact recognized in the name by

which it is known, that it can be met only by new facts, except

we have recourse to mere vague abstractions. The amber might

thus be washed together, not only with the lignite to which it

bears no relation, but amber-wood might also have been brought

to the same place; and should this occur accidentally in the

neighbourhood of other carbonized remains of plants, it would

not lead to the conclusion, that these also belong to the amber-

formation. | :

It can scarcely be doubted that mighty waters have acted on

the southern shore of the Baltic. Whether the change which

the surface must have undergone may have arisen principally

from an influx or efflux of matter, is a question the answer to

which is surrounded by very great difficulties. The blocks of

granite, which in such immense numbers cover many tracts of

the coast, cannot well be regarded as an argument for the influx.

A stream of water capable of rolling such masses hundreds of

miles over the hills and valleys of its bed would have bared the

plain of Europe to its very ribs of rock, and had it brought mat-

ter for new deposits of such enormous size, those blocks of gra-

nite would at any rate have been the lowest. They le however

in the most wonderful manner on the most recent surface of the

ground, a plain proof, as it should seem, that they were not

moved on the ground by those waves, but being inclosed in

masses of ice floated with them, and so were deposited on the

surface on the melting of the ice. If they owe their present po-

sition to such a phenomenon, this is not contrary to the suppo-

sition that the diluvial stream in general has not affected the

continent by destroying’ and washing out, any more than ‘the

admission that the rows of hills which now traverse it owe their

origin to the influx of matter necessarily attending that deluge.

For if the ground presented an unequal resistance to the rush-

ing diluvial stream, whirlpools must have been formed, which,

the stronger and more numerous they were, must have caused

by their opposition relatively quiet tracts, as is plainly enough

indicated by the hills which still remain, and by. their peculiar

form. We must admit that these alluvial heaps were first formed

when the diluvial waves had for the most part completed their .

work of destruction, and in consequence of the necessarily de-

creasing energy of their motion gave a compensating deposit to

the ground, which perhaps bore a very small proportion to the

masses which were washed away from it. The question is not

now as to the always progressing decrease of the land which was

mentioned above, but refers to a much more important change of

the surface by which the tract, many miles in breadth, was affected,

‘Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia. 875

which many thousands of years since may have stretched north-

ward into the East Sea.

I am speaking indeed of the small tract only of the Samlandic

coast of the Kast Sea, with which I believe that I am sufficiently

well acquainted to venture to make the assertion, that there can

be no question as regards it of any remarkable diluvial deposit,

or more recent alluvial formation. In many places, as for

instance near Rauschen, this coat of tertiary soil is altogether

wanting, and the winds sport with a snow-white sand which

streams forth from the apertures of a thin clay, which is fre-

quently black with fragments of lignite.

The masses, which rise to the height of a hundred feet or

more out of the sea, are no diluvial refuse whose component parts

are only accidentally thrown together; they are no remains of

the coast of a constantly retreating sea, but a peculiar formation

of a former epoch of the earth, driven from its original position

by circumstances which have nothing to do with the phenomena

of the deluge, owing rather their present state to a partial and

probably not very remarkable upheaving of the soil.

If we follow the seemingly horizontal strata of sand and coal-

bearing clay, which reach from Lapéhn to Warnik, and which

are clearly an alluvial product belonging to that formation, we

find between Warnik and Grosskuhren a peculiar sand-forma-

tion rising from the surface of the sea, and inclining at an angle

of about 15 degrees to the west. It is formed of distinct parallel

layers whose limits are defined by strong deposits of red ochre.

These beds are frequently cut through in a vertical direction by

tubular bodies, which remind one forcibly of the stems of Eneri-

nites. Cup-shaped and reniform concretions of clay, red ochre

and flint follow the parallel divisions, and in these and near them

are found numerous marine fossil remains, which in part by

their position indicate those beds as their original place of abode,

and as the former bed of the sea. The frequently beautifully

preserved shells of these beings, which are sometimes changed

into tender ochre, sometimes into silicate of iron as hard as

steel, have in their mineralogical structure no resemblance either

to the petrifactions which belong to the limestone of the Jura,

and which are not quite unknown to these districts, nor to

those of the chalk, which, though especially existent here, are but

rarely met with. The marine remains belonging peculiarly to

the amber-formation are Ostracites, Echinites, Spatangi and other

productions, whose forms seem to have been sufficiently pre-

served to facilitate a closer distinction of the species, and hence

to determine the position of the amber-formation in the geolo-

gical members of the Carpathian plain. But this member of that

chain seems to have pretensions to the name of amber-formation,

376 Dr. Thomas on the. Amber Beds of East Prussia.

for under this sand-bank, consisting of parallel layers and about

twenty feet thick, extend in a similar direction the strata of

mottled and blue amber-earth, streaks of sandy loam about two

feet thick, which in consequence of their great abundance of

amber are everywhere explored, where they rise sufficiently high

above the surface of the sea. Under them is found the bed

called Schluff, which is distinguished from the amber-beds

merely by the absence of amber. Amber however is not wanting

in the muscle-bearing bed of sand which lies above it, by whose

concretions it is often surrounded as by a matrix, but always

much worn by the atmosphere. In the subjacent loam-beds,

which may be regarded as the primary amber-strata, it is mostly

in a state little differmg from its original condition. . The dull

surface which covers with a thicker or thinner layer the shining

resin within, exists in pieces of copal and pine-resin, and cannot

be ascribed to any action of the weather, or have been produced

by the agency of decomposing substances which have acted for

thousands of years. The dull bark investing amber, copal and

other resins in their natural condition is a partial alteration

which they undergo from the influence of the atmospheric oxygen

soon after their production, and, except where something hinders

the progress of this decomposition, it proceeds till the original

structure is entirely deranged. Such is the case in the super-

ficial strata of our present soil, in which the amber accidentally

present is always highly decomposed, and such also in those beds

of sand which form the capping of the primary amber-beds. As

regards the occurrence of fossil vegetable remains in these strata,

they are very scarce in the muscle-bearing sand. Carbonized

wood is somewhat more frequent in the amber-beds, at present

entirely coniferous, and probably of the same structure as in

the beds near Rauschen. But while this coal belongs to the

class of earthy lignite, the carbonized ligneous remains of the

amber-beds exhihit rather the condition of anthracite. Extra-

neous marine remains seem not to be entirely wanting in these

amber-bearing beds. Sharks’ teeth especially have been dug at

times from the amber-pits, known under the name of birds’ heaks;

and impressions of Echinites; now unfortunately lost, were col-

lected by me in the Schluff of the amber-pits at Little Kuhren.

Another specific character as it should seem of these strata is their

surprising abundance in sulphurous salts, as recognized by the

strong taste of ink and the efflorescence of those portions which

have been long exposed to the atmosphere.

This member of muscle-bearing sand, spotted and blue amber-

earth and Schluff extends at the above-mentioned angle of eleva-

tion under the villages of Great and Little Kuhren, where it rises

from forty to sixty feet above the surface of the sea, and to the

Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia. 377

profit of the miner exposes the amber-beds. The western extre-

mity of this formation behind Little Kuhren is covered by the

Wachbuden hills and the Brusterort Point, both probably dilu-

vial structures. It crops out again from this superincumbent

mass, so that the shore of Samland stretching from the north to

the south exhibits a no less interesting profile of this formation.

At Rosenorth the strata dip rapidly to the south, and are with-

drawn from further observation. But at the same time this iden-

tical formation rises abruptly from the bottom of the sea to the

south, so that the divided sections of the strata are covered

merely by a bed of diluvial loam about ten feet thick. This cir-

cumstance, taken in conjunction with the sudden dipping of the

first division, seems to make it inadmissible to consider the one

bed merely as a continuation of the other, while on the other

hand the perfect parallelism in the constituent parts of the new

bed forbids us to consider it as anything else than the hori-

zontally-deposited bed of the sea. A third, similarly constituted

and still more recent member of the amber-formation stretches

in the immediate neighbourhood almost horizontally im the coast-

hills near Dirschkeim, and raises its amber-beds, which are not

very productive, more than forty feet above the level of the sea.

The immense bed of sand which covers these is-firm white sand,

in which the ochre is apparently not so frequent. A perfect exa-

mination of this more recent member of the amber-formation

has at present not been made, though enough has been done to

establish its existence beyond the basin of the Hast Sea; for

it was known long since that beds of amber lie beneath its

waves, as indeed appears from the abundance thrown up on

the coast. With equal probability it is supposed that these ori-

ginal beds in consequence of a partial elevation of the soil, whose

central point is to be sought for near the north-western point of

Samland, were brought sufficiently near-to the immediate action

of the present sea to make those districts the principal source

from which amber is derived. It is probable from the bountiful

produce of the coast that the richest beds of amber lie in the

deep strata of this formation. <A storm of but moderate length

and strength on the first day of the present year threw up within

a very short space 800 pounds of amber. As little however can

be determined on this head as on the masses of this formation,

which may have been washed away by the diluvial waves to the

southern part of the plain at the foot of the Carpathian or Su-

detic mountains. The occurrence of amber in these parts can-

not be explained till more perfect geological investigations shall

have shown the impossibility of the existence there of primary

amber-beds. I have seen too little of Sicilian amber to decide

whether it is a distinct variety from that of East Prussia. The

378 Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia.

small specimens which I have observed in the rich collection of

Privy Councillor Hagen seem to indicate such a difference.

If then we allow the existence of an amber-formation which

contains primary beds of amber of a gieater antiquity than the

secondary deposits scattered here and there, it would not there-

fore follow, that the hgnite which is found in its neighbourhood

must be regarded as a constituent part of this formation, and the

more so, since the clay-beds which contain it cannot be so con-

sidered. They simply fill a depression in its neighbourhood, and

we can merely conclude from the nature of thé materials used in

filling it as to their age, since not even the perfect absence of

the characteristic blocks of granite clearly proves, that their ori-

gin is not referable to the diluvial formation. Since the smell

of amber now and then exhibited by a piece of wood from these

beds is considered as an insufficient proof that the mass of

vegetable remains which occur there belongs to the amber flora,

it seems difficult to discover any other proof. The change of

vegetable fibre however by nitro-sulphuric acid into an explosive

substance shows its possibility.- A piece of this wood which exhi-

bited no smell of amber was subjected to this treatment, and

though it gave no useful explosive matter, it yielded as a secon-

dary substance a sort of resin which reminded one strongly of

the artificial musk produced from amber by nitric acid. In

consequence of this observation, I induced Dr. Reich to sub-

mit anumber of fragments of wood from the locality above-men-

tioned, which seemed to belong to different Conifers, to exami-

nation, with a view to ascertain whether they contained any suc-

einic acid: the results surpassed all expectation. Of fourteen

specimens, thirteen exhibited beyond all doubt the presence of

this acid, which may reasonably be assumed as coming from the

resinous constituents of the wood ; the fourteenth, which belonged

to Taxites Ayki, gave a crystallizable acid different from the

other, which unhappily, by reason of the very small quantity of

the wood examined, would not admit of further investigation.

But not only these fragments of wood showed in this way their

relation with amber, but the remains of fossil cones from the same

beds gave a similar result, amongst which indeed no particular

selection could be made, but they exhibited on the most careful

trial no smell of amber. They, as well as the lignite which did not

exhibit the well-known structure of the wood of conifers, yielded

on destructive destillation fluids, im which the presence of ery-

stalline succinic acid could be ascertained by the microscope

and by chemical reagents. If then the occurrence of succinic

acid except from amber is so problematical, that amber may

be considered as its only source, we must admit also that coni-

ferous woods which contain it belonged not only to the amber

Dr. Thomas on the Amber Beds of East Prussia. 379

flora, but that they were that portion of it which actually

yielded it. The great variety in amber makes it not impro-

bable that many amber-bearing conifers existed in the flora, and

it is very conceivable that others coexisted which yielded no

amber. Since the fragments submitted to examination were by

no means especially chosen for this purpose, but were merely as

perfect an assortment as circumstances allowed of the species of

wood which occurred in the locality, it seems to follow, that the

principal mass of the trees, to which the lignite owes its origin,

is to be considered as belonging to the class of anita

trees.

This result is certainly not without practical importance. For

though the in general insignificant nests of lignite which are

found in the beds of clay on the coast of Samland encourage no

great hope of a remunerative harvest, yet its connection with

such large quantities of amber makes ‘it not improbable that

still larger masses of this useful fossil will be found in other

places of the South Baltic continent. It is not probable that

the wreck of the amber-forest, as far as regards its timber,

should have been reduced to these few remains ; it is possible that

the more important beds of lignite which must have originated

from them may have been floated away by the diluvial waves on

the destruction of the land, but even in this case strata of coal

may still be found. In this respect every fact is important which

gives a solution of the presence of lignite in these parts, should

it but tend to direct greater attention to the subject. At pre-

sent the number of these facts is very small.. On occasion of

boring for water near Balga, a bed of lignite was ‘pierced at a

depth of sixty feet beneath white sand, which by the structure

of its coal and the fir-cones which came to view appeared to be

perfectly ideutical with the coal-beds near Rauschen. Herr

Rupson, who conducted the work and is to continue it, will cer-

tainly not omit to pay particular attention to this circumstance

and to communicate the results of his labour. I believe a second

trace of lignite has been found at Sarkau, on the sea side of the

low ground, where a black bank of mould, which I took for lignite,

and which seems mixed with very aclatad coarse grains of sand,

rises to the height of the sea-level. A third problematic trace of

lignite as I believe is found in a bed of peat to the south of

Heiligenbeil ; about four feet deep a mass of lignite is deposited

in undulated heaps. Did not an immense bed of undecomposed

peat exist beneath it, it might be considered as the usual produce

of turf-formation ; but it appears to me probable, that the remains

of a bed of lignite torn to pieces by waters are there deposited.

Many beds of turf indeed, which like that at Balga and near

Koppershagen present immediately on the surface a very com-

380 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on three species of Mould

pact kind of fuel, which in texture reminds one forcibly of lignite,

deserve further attention, especially as regards the fossil woods

which are cohtained in them. I consider it not impossible that

beds of lignite may be concealed under the form of such peat-beds,

which on this supposition might, by proper draining and contri-

vances, yield a very valuable kind of fuel at an easy price. There

has also been some rumour of traces of lignite in the construc-

tion of canals and railroads, which are too rare with us. It is to

be wished that those persons who can make inquiries, and do not

mind the trouble of stating the result of their labours, would

choose some better medium of communication than perishable

newspapers, where their communications can scarcely be found

when wanted. The provincial reports will doubtless’ gladly

promote inquiries of such general provincial interest.

XXXIX.—On three species of Mould detected by Dr. Thomas in

the Amber of East Prussia. By the Rev. M. J. Berxztey,

M.A., F.LS. | |

[ With two Plates. ]

In the spring of the present year I received from Dr. Karl

Thomas of Kénigsberg, who is perhaps better known as a meta-

physician than as a naturalist, part of a large collection of sec-

tions of amber from East Prussia which consists of several hundred

individuals. A large portion of the specimens transmitted con-

tained unequivocal specimens of moulds, in most cases in the con-

dition of mere mycelium, but in one or two instances in beautiful

fructification and in a very high state of preservation. Of these

he kindly sent some very beautiful and correct sketches, of which

I have availed myself in the present communication.

The actual occurrence of fungi in a fossil state has hitherto

been very problematical. In the extensive collection of fruits

from Sheppey Island which formed the foundation for Mr.

Bowerbank’s work, I believe no undoubted instance of any pa-

rasitic fungus occurred, though Spherie and other fungi of a

hard texture might reasonably have been expeeted in such a

situation, and. especially in so recent a formation. Dr. Brown

has observed occasionally appearances in the cells of fossil wood

which he has been inclined to refer to mycelium, though as I

understand with no very decided opinion on the matter.

Dr. Goppert has figured, on a fossil fern belonging to the

older coal-measures, what he considers a fungus under the name

of Excipulites Nees. [have not seen this figure, but the cir-

cumstances under which the vegetable remains which gave origin

to the beds of coal must have existed, would not be such as would

detected in the Amber of East Prussia. 381

be likely to preserve any fungus allied to the genus Excipula.

I do not find any notice of the occurrence of fungi m any shape

in the magnificent work of Dr. Corda on fossil remains of vege-

tables.

In the work of Dr. Géppert and Dr. Berendt on organic re-

mains in amber, there are figures of one or two supposed fungi,

but none of them very satisfactorily made out, and as regards one

at least it is quite certain that it has no relation to the genus

Peziza.

I think then that it cannot be without interest, as well to bo-

tanists as geologists, to publish one or two undoubted fungi from

amber, the structure of which is as clearly visible as in the spe-

cimens of minute algze so beautifully prepared by Mr. Thwaites.

I had the pleasure of comparing them with Dr. Thomas’s draw-

ings in company with that gentleman, and also with Mr. Broome

and Dr. Carpenter, and all were highly delighted with their

accuracy and the admirable state of preservation of the moulds.

There were other species in the collection, but in a far less satis-

factory state. I have therefore thought it better to omit them.

I have however admitted one species which appears very inter-

esting, but of which unfortunately the principal specimen show-

ing the fruit has been lost, so that it was not possible to verify

the structure ; and certain appearances somewhat analogous in

another piece of amber induced some doubt as to the fructifica-

tion, the spore-like bodies being in that case undoubtedly globules

of air.

The occurrence of these fungi was first noticed at the sitting

of the Berlin Academy, Nov. 16, 1847, at which time also was

announced the occurrence of Diatomacee, as recorded in this

Journal, 2nd series, vol. 1. p. 397.

The three species may be characterized as follows.

1. Penicillium curtipes, n.s. Candidum ; hyphasmate parco ;

floccis abbreviatis ; ramulis fertilibus diffusis demum divisis, sporis

ellipticis. Coll. Thom. no. 573.

Hyphasma sparing, loosely branched and mostly at right angles,

giving off extremely short flocci, consisting of from three to four

articulations which are slightly constricted at the dissepiments,

and divided above into two or three threads which are again

loosely branched ; lower articulations oblong-elliptic, larger, the

upper ones gradually smaller, but always elliptic and quite

smooth.

This species, which is most admirably preserved, is most nearly

allied to Penicillium sparsum, Lk. (Aspergillus penicillatus, Grev.,

Monilia penicillata, Fr.), but differs in its shorter stems and more

diffuse tufts of fructifymg threads. It is to be observed that

Fries’s characters of the genus Penicillium appear to be taken

382 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on three species of Fossil Mould.

either from Nees von Esenbeck’s figure or from Dr. Greville’s

plate of P. glaucum and P. sparsum, both of which are incorrect,

the true structure of the genus being that which has been re-

peatedly figured by Corda, and which exactly accords with the

pretty species before us, as it does with Aspergillus penicillatus,

Grev. .

Prare XI. fig. 1. Penicillium curtipes, magnified 600 diameters.

Brachycladium, n. g.

- Receptaculum stipitiforme e fibris intricatis constipatum sur-

sum attenuatum sive laceratum, ramis brevibus fertilibus simpli-

cibus hic illic sparsis, sporis ellipticis sessilibus vel brevissime

pedicellatis.

2. Brachycladium Thomasinum, n.s. Coll. Thom. no. 535.

Receptacle stem-like, cylindrical, sometimes fasciculate, pointed

ati attenuated above or irregularly lacerated, consisting of closely

packed intricate threads, the apices of some ‘ot which become free

and project from the stem generally at a more or less acute an-

gle, and almost always simple, inarticulate, bearing from four to

five elliptic spores, which are either sessile or furnished with an

extremely short peduncle.

This species was, in the original communication to the Ber-

lin Academy, referred to the genus Botrytis; but taking that

genus in the widest sense, it cannot comprise the present species,

distinguished by its compound stem. Its nearest ally perhaps

is the genus Corethropis, figured by Corda in the first plate of his

‘ Prachtflora,’ which is to Penicillium what the present genus is to

Botrytis. I have an American mould which bears a similar rela-

tion to Aspergillus. The fossil flora therefore in this case fills

‘ up a type which at present has not been discovered on the globe

as now constituted.

Priare XI. fig. 2. a. Portions of Brachycladium Thomasinum, magnified

600 diameters, from a drawing by Dr. Thomas; 6. portions more highly mag-

nified, to show the structure of the receptacle ‘and its apex.

3. Streptothrix spiralis, n.s. Floccis omnibus spiraliter con-

volutis ramosis fasciculatis; sporis ellipticis. Coll. Thom. no.

438.

Consisting of long tufted but somewhat diffuse fibres which

are branched once or twice, more or less spirally undulated, and

bearing elliptic spores either immediately or at the tips of exe

tremely short ramuli.

This curious mould, which, from the loss of the fructifying

specimen, I am not enabled to examine more closely, has so

much resemblance to Streptothriz, that I have little hesitation in

placing it provisionally at least in that genus. Séreblocaulium

ee eS ee

fa a eS Le ee

C.F Schmidt det.

Pe Ow ore,

Str eptlo thria

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.2.Vo12. 7M

spiralis

TDe C. Sowerby se!

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. 383

atrovirens, Chevallier, is another species of the same genus, and

I have either that or a third from South Carolina. All the three,

it should be observed, have a more closely tufted habit than the

fossil species. Dr. Thomas’s plant is possibly figured by Berendt,

tab. 6. fig. 73.

Pirate XII. Streptothria spiralis, n.s., magnified 600 diameters: fig. 1.

barren ; fig. 2. fertile.

XL.—On the present state of our knowledge of the Ornithology

of Madagascar. By Dr. G. Harriavs of Bremen*.

Ir has long been known to zoologists that the island of Mada-

gascar is the site and centre of a very peculiar animal popula-

tion. Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire was inclined to regard it,

in respect of its fauna, as a “ fourth continent”? ; and Hom-

bron, ia the first volume of the zoological portion of Dumont

d’Urville’s Expedition to the South Pole, indicates it as one of

the creational centres of the African plateau. The distinctness

of the Madagascar fauna from that of the African continent is

so remarkably great, that of the forty-seven or forty-eight

mammalian species which are known to live in a wild state in

Madagascar, only one or perhaps two (Sus darvatus and Pteropus

rubricollis ?) occur alsoin Africa. Indeed by far the greater num-

ber of them belong to genera which are met with in no other

region of the earth’s surface. According to Schlegel’s researches,

the Ophidians of this great island appear to be equally peculiar,

inasmuch as it is only the forms of the west coast which exhibit

some affinity to those of the opposite shores of Africa. Lastly,

the insect-fauna of Madagascar seems, according to Klug and

Boisduval, to be rich in original and remarkable forms, although

in this department the cases of identity with African species are

more frequent, as appears, for instance, from the list of insects

of the neighbourhood of Port Natal, &c., appended to Dele-

gorgue’s ‘ Voyage dans |’Afrique Australe.’? It is indeed not im-

probable that a more complete knowledge of the zoology of the

East-African regions of Mozambique and Sofala will establish

still further relations of affinity between the continental fauna

of Africa and the insular one of Madagascar; especially if ever

the west coast of this island (which is 850 miles long and is

still in great measure a terra incognita) shall become more ac-

cessible. Our knowledge of the Madagascar fauna, slight and

fragmentary as it is, is almost exclusively due to the undaunted

and unwearied zeal of the French naturalists, whose field of

* Translated by H. E. Strickland from D’Alton and Burmeister’s ‘ Zeitung

fiir Zoologie, Zootomie und Palzozoologie,’ No, 19, May 6, 1848.

384 Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar.

operation however did not in general extend far beyond the

narrow limits of two or three French possessions on the east

coast. And in truth everything combines to impede, or rather

to make almost impossible, for a long time to come, any material

extension of this knowledge. A sad experience (to adopt the

words of a recent author, Eugene de Froberville) has taught us

that a fearful scourge rules over the sea-coast of Madagascar, and

that the European who thirsts for knowledge has but slight hope

of escaping the fatal attacks of the coast-fever, which makes the

island equally inaccessible to the peaceable researches of science

and to the invasions of war. Beyond this pestiferous coast-line,

the traveller has to encounter a suspicious and bloodthirsty

government which takes every means to resist his progress. All

efforts to overcome these constant and powerful obstacles have

hitherto been ineffectual ; travellers the most highly endowed in

mind and body have been defeated by them, and as Froberville

well observes, the Marsden or Raffles of Madagascar is as yet

unborn.

In the hope of conferrmg a service upon ornithologists, we

here endeavour to collect together all that is known on the very

peculiar and interesting bird-fauna of the greatest island of East

Africa. The oldest information on the birds of Madagascar

occurs in Flacourt’s ‘ Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar,’

published at Paris in 1661. The 40th chapter of this, in many

respects valuable, work contains a list of nearly 60 species of

birds which inhabit that island. Unfortunately however we learn

little more of them than their Madagascar names. Some of them

are indeed described in a manner which, though short, is recog-

nizable, others however not at all, or in a way which makes all

identification impossible. Among the very small figures in the

copper plates may be recognized certain South African species,

as the Cape penguin, and, very evidently, Grus pavonia. Under

the head of ‘‘ Night Birds” Bats are included. We believe we

are able to identify with certainty about 16 species of Flacourt’s

list, and we can only estimate its scientific value at a very low

rate. Our next source of imformation is on the contrary one of

high merit. Brisson describes in his ‘ Ornithologie’ 38 birds

from Madagascar, and with that well-known completeness and

accuracy which was peculiar to him above all the zoological writers

of his day. The greater number of these species were sent by

the learned traveller Poivre to Reaumur’s collection; a portion

of these are still extant in the National Museum of the Jardin

des Plantes, another portion have apparently been lost, and of

some species our knowledge is wholly confined to the Brissonian

description. This is the case, among others, with the Merula

madagascariensis aurea, with Lwuscinia madagascariensis, and

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. 385

others, whose exact generic position remains equally undecided.

—Sonnerat, in his ‘ Voyage 41’Inde orientale,’ describes five spe-

cies of Madgascar birds, one of which, Ploceus nelicourvi, is men-

tioned by no later voyager.—In the ‘ Proceedings of the Committee

of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society ’ for 1830

and 1831 are several extracts from the Reports of the ‘ Société

d’Histoire naturelle de Ile Maurice,’ especially by the Secre-

tary of this Society, Jules Desjardins. They contain among other

things the systematic names of some birds of Madagascar, but

apparently leave the determination of them in doubt; for to

enumerate Corvus dauricus among the winged inhabitants of that

island, sounds almost as incredible as if any one were to assure

us that Struthio camelus lives on the sandy plains of Brandenburg.

The occurrence of “ Cuculus canorus” is also very improbable,

and still more so that of the European quail, “ Tetrao coturnix.”

The famous traveller Dr. Andrew Smith has described several

birds of Madagascar in the ‘South African Quarterly Journal,’

as well as in his ‘South African Zoology,’ a work as yet un-

finished, and not to be had from the booksellers, though the

author has conimunicated some copies of it to his friends. These

birds came to his hands during his long residence at. Cape-town,

chiefly through the means of the well-known “ naturaliste-

voyageur” Jules Verreaux. _ On his authority we have introduced

Strix hirsuta into our catalogue.—In the 3rd volume of the

‘Mémoires de la Société d’Histoire naturelle de Strasbourg,’

Victor Sganzin, an officer stationed in the French settlements of

St. Marie and Tintingue on the east coast, has published a trea-

tise on the Birds and Mammals there observed, which is in many

respects important and interesting. He gives a list of the French

and Madagascar names of about 70 species, adds short, and un-

fortunately very insufficient, descriptions, and communicates

many valuable remarks on their mode of life. We do not deny

the utility of this work, although we have been able to extract

but little for our present object, as Sganzin in compiling it seems

to have been wholly deprived of the requisite literary materials.

He refers almost exclusively to Buffon, and endeavours, often

with little success, to recognize his birds in the descriptions of

that author. The species which he mtroduces as new must

nevertheless be regarded as only nominal, and must be excluded

from systematic catalogues, for neither their generic position nor

their specific individuality can be established with any certainty

from the descriptions which are appended.—At the meeting of the

Paris Academy of Sciences on April 9, 1838, I. Geoffroy St. Hilaire

read the descriptions of three new and remarkable genera of birds

from Madagascar, Oriolia Berniert, Mesites variegata, and Phi-

lepitta sericea. We had previously described two other new

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 27

386 Dr.G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar.

species from thence, Parra albinucha (1832) and Falculia palliata

(1836). The first publication of the very anomalous genus Eu-

rycercs is due to Lesson, and that of the genus Brachypteracias,

containing several species, to Lafresnaye, who has done so much.

for exotic ornithology. Very recently Pucheran, “‘aide-naturaliste”

at the Paris Museum, seems to have undertaken the study of the

Madagascar birds as his especial pursuit. Through the. collec-

tions of the undaunted travellers Bernier, Goudot, Rousseau, &c.,

new rarities continually accrue from thence to the French metro-

polis, and they are made known to the ornithological publie by

means of Pucheran’s speedy publication of them m the ‘ Revue

Zoologique,’ or in Desmurs’s ‘ Iconographie. From what has

preceded, it is evident that the National collection of the Jardin

des Plantes at Paris is the only one where Madagascar birds can

be studied in considerable number and variety. In 1840 we

found a very rich series of them in the collection of the duke of

Rivoli, now, alas! sold and dispersed. Some of these went to

England, others to North America. ~ The sale-catalogue of this

precious collection, although compiled without much criticism

and without assigning the authority for the names, forms one of

the sources of our ensuing list, which, from its form, it could not

have done, if this collection had not, by repeated visits and nu-

merous notes taken on the spot, become a lasting possession of

our memory.

We will now endeavour to enumerate, as follows, the birds

which have been hitherto made known as inhabiting Madagascar.

1. Haliaétos vociferoides, Desm. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 176; Id. Ico-

“nogr. Ornith. pl. 7. Possibly ‘* Aigle brun nuancé de fauve,’ Sganz.

dc. p. 21.

oA ccipiter madagascariensis, Verreaux ; Smith, Afr. Zool, p.154 ;

List of Specim. Brit. Mus. 1. p. 35.

3. Accipiter Francesii, Smith, Afr. Zool. p. 152; List of Specim.

Brit. Mus. 1. p. 36.—Nisus Francesii, Kaup, Isis, 1847, p. 173.

4. Melierax canorus (Thunb.).—Fatcon chanteur, Levaill, Falco

canorus, Thunb. Dissertat. Ups. 1799. F. musicus, Daud. 1800.

Astur cantans, Kaup, Isis, 1847, p. 173. Epervier chanteur, Sganz.

l.c. p. 19; Denh. Clappert. Trav. Centr. Afr. p. 195.

5. Polyboroides radiatus (Scop.).—Autour gris & ventre rayé de

Madag., Sonner. Voy. Ind. p. 181. t. 103. Falco madagascariensis,

Gm. P. typicus, Smith, South Afr. Quart. Journ. i. p. 106; id. Afric.

Zool. p. 149; id. Illustr. South Afr. Zool. pl. 81, 82. Faucon gris

a ventre blanc, Sganz. 1. c. p. 19 (Firas) ; Riipp. Uebers. p. 12.

Lesson refers Sganzin’s ‘‘ Firas,” we believe erroneously, to Buf-

fon’s ‘‘ Tanas”’ (Falco piscator, Gm. Levaill. pl. 28), Echo du Monde

Sav. 1843, p. 588.

6. Pernis madagascariensis, A. Smith, Afr. Zool. p. 168.

7. Tinnunculus punctatus (Cuv.), Gr. List of Specim. p. 29; A.

Smith, Afr. Zool. p. 166; Kaup, Isis, 1847, p.54. Also in Bourbon.

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. 387

8. Athene hirsuta (Temm.), according to Smith, Afr. Zool.

p- 168. |

9. Ephialtes manadensis (Quoy et Gaim.), according to Bernier

in Paris. Mus. 1840.

10. Striz flammea, L., Desjard. Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1831, p. 45.

—Effraie de Madag., Sganz. p- 22. (Vourondoul.)

What is Strix madagascariensis, Catal. Mus. Rivoli, p. 3?

11. Caprimulgus madagascariensis, Sganz, 1. c. p. 28. (Tataro.)

12. Cypselus unicolor, Catal. Mus. Rivoli, p. 18.

13. Eurystomus madagascariensis (auct.).—Rollier de Madag., Buff.

E. violaceus, Vieill. ; Denh. Clappert. Trav. Centr. Afr. p. 196 (?) ;

Sganz. l.c. p. 29.

14. Brachypteracias leptosomus (Less.), 1832.—Colaris leptoso-

mus, Less. Jilustr. de Zool. pl. 20; Lafresn. Mag. de Zool. 1834,

pl. 31. Chloropygia leptos., Swains. Classific. ii. p. 333. Le Pic;

Sganz. l..c. p. 35. (Sasang.)

What is B. collaris, Pucher. Rev. Zool. ix. p.199? -

15. Atelornis pittoides (Lafr.), Pucher. Rev. Zool. ix. p. 200.—

Brachypteracias pittoides, Lafresn. Magas. de Zool. 1834, pl. 32;

Desm. Icon. Ornith,. Le Pic a téte bleue, Sganz. 1. c. p. 34. (Sa-

pacot.

16. 5 seis squamigera (Lafr.), Pucher. Rev. Zool. ix. p. 193.—

Brachypteracias squamigera, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 224; Desm.

Leonogr. Ornith. pl. 39.

17. Halcyon gularis, Kuhl.—Ispida madagascariensis cerulea,

Briss. Orn. iv. p. 496. pl. 38. fig. 2; Pl. enl. 332. H. ruficollis,

Swains... Alcedo melanoptera, Temm. Tabl. méthod.

Hugh Cuming collected this species in great numbers in the Phi-

lippines. It is also met with in South India, and Mr. Strickland is

disposed to regard Brisson’s statement of the locality as erroneous,

especially as Poivre, who sent the bird, also made collections in the

Philippine Islands. (Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 14.)

18. Halcyon rufulus, Lafresn. Rev. Zool. i. p. 224.

19. Alcedo madagascariensis, L.—Ispida madag., Briss. Orn. iv.

p- 509. pl. 38. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 778. fig. 1. Martin pécheur roux,

Sganz. l.c. p. 31.

20. Alcedo vintsiotdes, Lafresn. Guér. Mag. de Zool. 1836, pl. 74;

Catal. Mus. Rivol. p. 23. Martin pécheur bleu, Sganz. id.

21. Merops superciliosus, L.—Apiaster madagascariensis, Briss.

Orn. iv. p. 545. pl. 42. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 259. Grand Gncrier Sganz.

Zl. c. p. 30; Riipp. Uebers. p. 23.

22- Merops viridis, L.—Apiaster madag. torquatus, Briss. iv.

p. 549. pl. 42. fig. 2; Pl. enl. 740; Riipp. Uebers. p, 24.

23. Fregilupus capensis (Gm.), Less.—La Huppe noire et blanche

du Cap d. B. E., Buff. Pl. enl. 697. Upupa capensis, Gm., Lath.

U. varia, Bodd. U. madagascariensis, Shaw. ‘linouch, Klacourt,

Madag. p. 166. Mus. Paris., Lugdun. Bowdich records the Upupa

capensis as occurring at Porto Santo ; but this is decidedly erroneous.

—Excursions in Madeira and Porto Santo, p. 93.

a7*

388 Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar.

24. Falculia palliata, 1. Geoffr. St. Hilaire, Mag. de Zoologie,

1836, pl. 49. Mus. Paris., Brit., Brem. &c.

25. Promerops caudacutus, Vieill—Le Promerar, Levaill. Prom.

et Guép. pl. 8 et 9. Epimachus obscurus, Wagl. To be found in

no collection.

26. Nectarinia angaladiana(Shaw).—Certhia madag. viridis, Briss.

Orn. iii. p. 641. pl. 33. fig. 4 and 5; Pl. enl. 575. fig. 2; Less. Man.

ii. p. 25. Cinnyris madagascariensis, Q. et Gaim. Maren: t.5. fig. 3.

27. Nectarinia. madagascariensis (Lath.).—N. Souimanga, Gm.

Certhia madag. violacea, Briss. 1. c. p. 368. pl. 32. fig. 2 and 3. . Sou-

mangha, Flacourt, Madag. p. 166; Less. Man. ii. p. 24; Vieill. Ois.

dor. pl. 18.

28. Zosterops madagascariensis Nae ipe te beais madag. minor,

Briss. Orn. iii. p. 498. pl. 28. fig. 2.. Le Cheric, Buff.; Levaill. Afr.

pl. 132; Sganz. l. c. p. 27; Ripp. Uebers. p. 57.

29. Zosterops (?) borbonicus (Lath.).—Ficedula borbonica, Briss.

Orn. iii. p. 510. pl. 28. fig. 3. Petit Simon de Bourbon, Buff., Sganz.

lc. p. 28.

30. Zosterops olivaceus, nob.—Certhia madag. olivacea, Briss.

Orn. iii. p. 625. pl. 33. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 575. fig. 1. Certhia olivacea,

auct.

31. Sazicola sibylla, auct.—Rubetra madagasc., Briss. Orn. iii.

p- 439. pl. 24. fig. 4. Le Flitert, Buff, Sganz. 1. c. p. 27.

32. Saxicola albospecularis (Lafresn.), Magas. de Zool. 1836, Ois.

pl. 64, 65.—Merle noir, Sganz. Otis. p.26. Mus. Rivoli.

33. Sylvia (?) madagascariensis, auct.—Luscinia madag., Briss.

Orn, iii. p. 401. pl. 22. fig. 1. In no collection.

34. Motacilla flaviventris, Catal. Mus. Rivoli, p. 9. Flacourt also

mentions a wagtail in Madagascar: Salaleanacondrats, ‘* Oiseau qui

remue toujours la queue.” Hist. de Mad. p. 165.

35. Turdus (?) sauijala, Gm.—Merula madag. aurea, Briss. Orn.

lil. p. 247. t. 24. fig. 2; Pl. enl. 539. fig. 2. Phyllornis jala (Bodd.),

Gray, Gen. of Birds.

This remarkable bird with a short Pitta-like tail is net found in

any collection. ‘The colour reminds one of Anthochera phrygia. It

is certainly not a Phyllornis.

36. Turdus .ourovang, auct.—Merula madag. cinerea, Briss. ii.

p. 291. pl. 25. fig. 2. Hypsipetes ourovang, Cat. Mus. Rivoli, p.6;

Sganz. l. c. p. 26.

37. Philepitta sericea, 1. Geoffr. St. Hilaire, Mag. de Zool. 1839,

Ois. pl. 8; Desm. Iconogr. Ornith. pl. 32..

38. Philepitta Geoffroyi, Desm. Icon. Orn. pl. 33. (Goudot.)

39. Artamia leucocephala (L.), Lafresn. Dict. univ. ii. p. 166.—

Lanius madag. major viridis, Briss. Orn. i. p. 193. pl. 19. fig. 2;

Pl. enl. 374. . Mus. Paris.

40. Artamia rufa (L.), Lafr. ibid.—Lanius madag. rufus, Briss.

Orn. ii. p. 178. pl. 18. fig. 4; Pdl.-enl. 298. fig. 2; Sganz. 1. c. p. 23.

Schetba rufa, Less. Mus. Paris.’ ’

41. Artamia viridis (auct.), Laft. ib,—Lanius madag. minor viri-

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. 389

dis, Briss. ii. p. 195. pl. 15. fig. 3; Pl. enl. 32. fig. 2; Sganz. 1. ec.

p- 23. Mus. Paris, &c. .

42. Oriolia Bernieri, Geoffr. St. Hilaire, Mag. de Zool. 1839, Ois.

pl. 4; id. Rev. Zool. i. p. 50. :

43. Muscicapa (?) madagascariensis, auct.—Ficedula madag. major,

Briss. Orn. iii. p. 482. t. 24. fig. 2. Le Vira ombé de Mad., Sonzer.

Voy. Ind. i. p. 198. To be found, as far as known, in no collection.

44. Muscipeta holosericea, Temm.—Muscicapa madag. longicauda,

Briss. ii. p. 424.’ pl. 40. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 248. fig. 1; Levaill. Afr.

t.147, M. rufa, Swains. West. Afr. ii. p. 60; Sganz. l.c. p. 24.

45. Muscipeta mutata (L.).—Muscicapa albicilla longicauda, and

varia longicauda, Briss. ii. 427. pl. 40. fig. 2 and 3; Pl. enl. 428.

fig. 2; Levaill. Afr. t. 148. M. bicolor, Swains. West. Afr. ii. p.60 ;

Sichetra, Flacourt, Madag. p. 166. f

46. Muscipeta borbonica (Gm.).—Muscicapa borbon. cristata,

Briss. ii. p. 420. pl. 39. fig. 5; Pl. enl. 573. fig. 1.

_ . 47. Muscipeta pretiosa (Less.).—Tchitrea pretiosa, Less. Déscr. de

Mammif. et d’Ois. récemm. découv. p. 324. “ Habite l’ile de Mayotte

et se trouve 4 Nossibé.”

48. Ceblepyris cana, Licht.—Muscicapa mad. cinerea major, Briss.

li. 389. pl. 37. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 541; Riipp. Monogr. sp. 6. C. ma-

dagascariensis, Catal. Mus. Rivoli, p. 5.

49. Edolius forficatus (L.).—Muscicapa mad. nigra major cristata,

Briss. Orn. ii. 388. pl. 37. fig. 4; Pl. enl. 189. >

50. Lanius madagascariensis, L,—L. madag. minor, Briss. Orn. ii.

p. 164. pl. 16. fig. 1 and 2; Pl. enl. 299. Mus. Paris:

51. Laniarius bicolor (L.), Gray.—Lanius madag. ceruleus, Briss.

i. p. 197. pl. 16. fig. 3; Pl. enl. 298. fig. 1 ; d’Ord. Dict. univ. Ois.

Jig. Mus. Par. Lugd. :

52. Vanga curvirostris (Gm.), Vieill.—Collurio madag., Briss.

Orn. ii. p. 191. pl. 19. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 228.

58. Corvus albicollis, Lath.—Coach, Flac. Madag. p. 166. Cor-

beau de Madagascar, Sganz.l.c. p. 29. ‘ Corvus dauricus,” Desjard.

Proceed. Zool. Soc..1831, p. 45. .

54. Saroglossa(?) madagascariensis (auct.), Gray.—Merula ma-

dag., Briss. Orn. ii. p. 274. pl. 25. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 557. fig. 1; Catal.

Mus. Rivoli, p. 16; Sganz. 1. c. p. 26. Turdus madagascarius, Herm.

Tab. Affin. Anim. p. 210.

55. Ploceus madagascariensis (auct.),Gr.—Cardinalis mad., Briss.

ili. p. 112. pl. 6. fig. 2. Le Fondi, Buff.. Foulimene, Flac. Madag.

p. 164; Sganz. 1. c. p. 28. Also in Ile de France, Milbert.

56. Ploceus nelicourvi (Scop.), Sonner. Voy. Ind. pl. 22.—Loxia

pensilis, Gel.

57. Spermophaga margaritata, Strickl. Ann. and Mag. xiii. p.418,

pl. 10. Desm. Iconogr. Ornith. livr. xi. pl. 64. Fringilla Verreauzii,

Pr. d’Essling, MS. ‘The specimen which served as a model to Des-

murs’s beautiful plate was procured by Jules Verreaux in 1832, in a

wood near Cape Town. It afterwards came into the collection of the

Duc de Rivoli, and is now, with the other treasures of that noble mu-

seum, in the possession of Dr. Thomas -Wilson of Philadelphia, ‘The

890 Dr.G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar.

fact that this species has not again occurred in the well-explored di-

strict of the Cape, leads Desmurs to the conclusion that the specimen

procured by Verreaux had escaped from confinement, and that Mr.

Strickland’s statement of its Madagascar habitat deserves all credit ;

a conclusion to which we assent *.

58. Pyrrhula nana, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 52; id. Guér. Mag.

de Zool. 1845, Ois. pl. 58.

59. Huryceros Prevostii, Less. Cent. Zool. pl. 74; id. Illustr. de

Zool. pl. 13; id. Bullet. des Sc. nat. xxv. p. 248. Siket-bé, Sganz.

of. eas |

60. Coracopsis nigra (L.), Wagl.—Psittacus’ madag. niger, Briss.

iv. p. 317; Levaill. Perr. t. 82. Vaza, Flac. Mad. p. 164. Ps. vaza,

Shaw.

‘61. Coracopsis mascarina (Briss.), Wag].—Ps. masearinus, Briss.

iv. 315; Pl. enl. 35.

62. Psittacula cana (auct.).—Psittacula madagasc., Briss. Orn. iv.

p- 394. pl. 30. fig. 2; Pl. enl. 791. fig. 2. Saravoza, Flac. Madag.

p- 163. Psittacus polioear, Forst. ed. Licht. p. 399.

In Richard Schomburgk’s ‘ Reisen in British Guiana” it is stated

at p. 421, part 2, “‘ The falling of small husks from a colossal Mi-

mosa betrayed to us the presence of a party of parrots at the top. A

shot from one of our attendants brought down two specimens, in

which, to my astonishment, I recognized the elegant Psittacus mada-

gascariensis, Lath., which was hitherto only supposed to inhabit

Madagascar. According to the report of the Indians this delicate

bird only comes periodically to the vicinity of Kuamuta,’and soon

disappears agair.’” We will add nothing to this remarkable state-

ment except a modest ? Should it prove authentic, a point which the

expected ornithological Appendix by Cabanis, to R. Schomburgk’s

Journey, will explain,—this unaccountable fact will stand alone in

the history of the geographical distribution of the Psittacide.

63. Lepltosomus afer (Gm.), Vieill.—Cuculus madagasc. major,

Briss. Orn. iv. p. 160. pl. 15. fig. 1 and 2. Le Vouroudriou, Buf.

Pl. enl. 587. Cuculus discolor, Herm. Tab. Affin. Anim. p. 186. L,

crombus, Less. Compl. a Buff. vi. p. 418.

64. Centropus melanorhynchus (Bodd.), Gr.—Cuculus madagas-

cariensis, Briss. Orn. iv. 138. pl. 13. fig. 2. C. tolu, auct.; Pl. enl.

295. fig. 1.

65. Coua gigas (Bodd.), Gr.—Coucou verdatre de Madagascar,

Buff. Pl. enl. 815. Cuculus’ madagascariensis, Gm. Coccyzus vi-

rescens, Vieill.

66. Coua cristata (L.).—Cuculus madag. cristatus, Briss. iv.

p. 149. pl. 12. fig. 2; Pl. enl.589; Levaill. Afr. pl. 207 Conlicou,

Sganz. l.c. p. 31.

67. Coua caerulea (L.).—Cuculus madag. ceruleus, Briss. iv.

p- 156. pl. 13. fig. 1; Pl. enl. 295. fig. 2

* This bird was brought, with others, from the Cape, by a lady who as-

sured me that this particular specimen came from Madagascar, and that it

was very rare.— TRANSLATOR.

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. 391

68. Coua Delalandi (Temm.), Pl, enl. 440; Ackermann, Note sur

le Coua (Famac-acora, Casseur d’escargots), Rev. Zool. iv. p. 209.

69. Coua Serriana, Pucher, Rey. Zool. vui. p. 51; Guér, Mag.

de Zool. 1845, Ois. pl. 55.

70. Coua Reynaudii, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 51; Guér. Mag. de

Zool. 1845, Ois. pl. 56. Mus. Rivoli.

71. Coua ruficeps, Gray, Gen. of Birds, part 29. fig. pulch.

72. “* Cuculus canorus,” L. ‘* Common in Madagascar.” J. Des-

jard. Proceed. Zoolog. Soc. 1832, pp. 111 and 115.

73. Columba madagascariensis, Gm., Levaill. Afr. pl. 266,—C.

phenicura, Wagl. Palumbus madag. ceruleus, Briss. i. p. 140.

pl. 14. fig, 1. Fanou-manghe, Flac. Madag. p. 163; Sganz. l. c.

p. 39.

74. Columba picturata, Temm. Pl. col. 242.—‘ Delalande l’a

trouvé a Madagascar,”’ Less. Compl. a Buff. viii. p. 50.

75. Alectrenas Francie (Gm.), Gr. ; Levaill. Afr. pl..276.

76. Treron australis (auct.).—Columba viridis madag., Briss. 1.

p. 142. pl. 14. fig. 2; Pd. enl. iii.; Temm. Pig. t. 3. ..Vinago nudi-

rostris, Swains. ft

77. Turtur malaccensis (auct.).—Columba striata, auct. Petite

Tourterelle, Sganz. J. c. p. 40.

78. Mesites variegata, 1. Geoffr. St. Hilaire, Rev. Zool. i. p. 50;

id,.Guér. Mag. de Zool. 1839, pl. 5 and 6; Desm. Iconogr. Ornith.

pl..51. Mus. Paris., Vienn.

79. Mesites unicolor, Desm, Rev. Zool. viii. p. 176; id. Iconogr.

Ornith. pl, 52.

80. Numida mitrata, Pall. se hiance: Flac. Madag. p. 163; Sganz.

Lic. p. 37.

81. Perdix madagascariensis, Scop.—Grande Caille de Mad., Son-

ner. Voy. Ind. p. 169. pl. 98. P. striata, Gm. Lath. ; Tabl. encyel.

et méthod. Orn. pl. 92. fig. 2. Mus. Paris., Edin.

82. Coturnix grisea(Gm., Lath.), Bonnat. Encycl. méthod. p. 220;

Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 523.—La Caille brun de Madagascar,

Sonn, Voy. Ind. ii. p.171. In no collection.

83. Ithaginis madagascariensis (Sc.).—Le Perdrix rouge de Mad.,

Sonner. Voy. Ind. ii. 169. 'Tetrao spadiceus, Gm.; Gray, Hardw.

Illustr. Ind. Zool. ii. pl. 18; Catal. Mus. Rivoli, p. 30. Four speci-

~ mens from Madagascar.

84. Turnizx nigricollis (Gm.),—Coturnix madagasc., Briss. Orn.

i. p. 252. pl. 24. fig. 2; List of Specim. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 48 ;

Sganz. l. c. p. 38.

85. Francolinus madagascariensis (auct.).—Le Francolin de J’ile

de France, Sonner. Voy. Ind. p. 166. pl. 97. F. perlatus, Steph. ;

Vieill. Galer. pl. 213; Sganz. 1. c. p. 37.

86. Pterocles personatus, Gould, Zool. of H.M.S. Sulphur, Birds,

pl. 80. p. 49; id. Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 15. ‘* Abundant in

the scrubby groves of Pandanus skirting a portion of Majambo Bay.”

87. Glareola Geoffroyi, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 51; Guér, Mag.

de Zool. 1845, pl. 57.—G. ocularis, Catal. Mus. Rivoli, p. 36.

88. Numenius madagascariensis, Briss. Orn. v. P. 321, pl. 28; Pl.

392 Dr.G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar.

enl. 198; Licht. Doubl. p. 75.; List of Specim. Brit. Mus. p. 938.—

Courlis gris, Sganz. 1. c. p. 44... Alsoin Mauritius according to Des-

jardins, Proceed. Zool. Soc. i. p. 45...

89. Anastomus lamelligerus, Temm. ; List of Specim. Brit. Mus.

p- 89; Riipp. System. Uebers. p. 121.

90. Ibis cristata, auct.—Courlis huppé de\Madag., Buff. Pl. enl.

841; id. Ois. vill. ; Sganz.l..c. p. 44. Bostrychia cristata, Reichd.

91. Rhynchea capensis (L.).—Becassine de Madag., Buf’. Pl. enl.

922; Desjard. Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1831, pl. 45; Sganz. l..¢. p. 43.

92. Gallinago Bernieri, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 279. ‘Is it the

‘* Becassine,”’ Sganz. 1. c. p. 48? (Ravarave.)

93. Parra albinucha, Is. Geoffr. St. Hilaire, Mag. de Zool. 1832,

pl. 6; id. Etud. zoolog. fascic.i. pl. 6.—P. atricollis, Swains. Anim.

in Menag. p. 334.

94, Platalea Telfairii, Vig. Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1831, pl. 41; ib.

1832, p. 111.—Vourougondrou, Flac. Madag. p. 164; Sganz.l. e.

p- 46; Malh. Réle des Ois. chez les Anciens, &c. p. 13; also in Mau-

ritius, Catal. Chath. Collect. p. 42.

95. Ardea alba, L., Desjard. Proceed. 1832, p. 111. Isit ‘* Heron

Blane,” Sganz. p. 41?; Encyclop. méthod. p. 1110.

96. Ardea bubulcus, Sav.— Vourougondrou, Flac. Madag. p. 164 ;

Delegorg. Voy. Afr. aust.i. p. 334. ‘* Heron de Madagascar,” Poitret,

Voy. en Numid. Deutsch. Uebers. 351 ; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 121.

97. Ardea garzetia, L., Jules Desjard. Proceed. 1832, .p. 111;

Lath. Gen. Hist. ix. p. 88.

Sganzin’s ‘‘ Heron bleu’’ may be the Ardea gularis, Bosk, which

also occurs in Abyssinia and Mozambique.

98. Scopus umbretta, L.—Scopus, Briss. v. p. 505; Desjard,

Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1831, p. 45; Tuckey, Voy. Zaire, p. 407; Denh.

Clappert. Centr. Afr. p. 202; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 121,; H-~ Bore,

Briefe aus Ostind. p. 61; Deleg. Voy. Afr: aust. i. 516... Ardea

fusca, Forst. ed. Licht. p. 47; Bowdich, Excurs. Mad. p. 289.

99. Rallus madagascariensis, A. Smith, South Afr. Quart. Journ.

i. p. 80. Biensis typicus, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 51; Desm.

Iconogr. ornith. pl. 24. Is it also R. madagascariensis, Desjard.

Proceed. 1831, p. 45?

100. Rallus (Hulabeornis) Cuvieri, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 279.

—R. gularis, Cuv., Less. ; Guér. Iconogr. Os. pl. 58. fig. 1. Rale de

Madag., Sganz. 1. c. p. 46... Mus. Paris. Also in Mauritius.

101. Gallinula kioloides, Pucher. Rev. Zool. viii. p. 279.

102. Porphyrio madagascariensis, Gm.—Taleva, Flac. Madag.

p. 164. Taleve de Madag., Buff. Pl. enl. 810. P. smaragnotos,

Temm.; Sganz. l. ¢. p. 44. Fulica porphyrio, Forst. ed. Licht.

p. 49.

103. Fulica chloropus, L., Desjard. Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1851,

p. 45; Sganz. /. c. p. 45.

104. Fulica cristata,Gm.—Haretac, Flac. Madag. p.164. Grande

Foulgue a créte, Buff. ; Lath. Gen. Hist. x. pl. 165; Desjard. Proceed.

1831, p. 45; Sganz. 1. c. p. 46; Riipp. System. Uebers. p. 128 ; Bar-

thélemy, Rev. Zool. iv. p. 307; Malh. Faune ornith. Sicile, p. 198.

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. 393

105. Phenicopterus antiquorum, Temm.—Sambé, Flac. Madag.

p- 164. .Flamant, Sganz. 1. c. p. 47.

106. Nettapus auritus (Bodd.), Pl. enl. 770.—Anas madagasca-

riensis, Gm.; Sganz. p.48. Also in Western Africa, Catal. Birds

Brit. Mus. iii. p. 128. (Rendall.)

107. Sarkidiornis regia (Mol.), Eyton.—Anas melanotos, Penn. ;

Pl. enl. 937. Rossangue, Flac. Madag. p. 164. ‘* Canard & bosse,”

Sganz. p. 49; Denh. Clapp. Centr. Afr. p. 204; Delegorg. Voy. Afr.

aust. ii. p. 531; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 136.

Whether this species, which lives in Madagascar, be not rather

the S. africana, Eyt., remains undecided.. We know in fact very

little of the ducks of that country. Flacourt names “ four sarcelles,”’

Desjardins, ‘‘ four species of the genus Anas,” and the Abbé Rochon

mentions six species of ducks. Sganzin has only three.

108. Podiceps minor, L., Desjard. Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 45.

A passage in Du Maine, Voy. a la terre d’ Ancaye, Deutsch. Uebers.

Spreng. Bibl. Reis. 46. ps 75, alludes to the occurrence of a second

species of Podiceps: ‘‘ Here we procured a bird not so large as a

teal with black pointed beak, clear brown head and body, black col-

lar and white belly ; the feet seem to go out behind and are divided

into little ‘palettes pour nager.’” ;

109. Larus ridibundus, Leisl. (?) — “ Petite Mouette cendrée,” Buff,,

Sganz.l.e. p. 49. |

110. Phaéton phenicurus, L.

1l1. Phaéton flavirosiris, Br.

112. Procelluria capensis, L. ,

113. Sula piscatriz, L. ;

What is Pelecanus madagascariensis, Fisch., National. Mus. at

Paris, i. p. 192?

Although, from our slight acquaintance with the interior of

Madagascar, the species here enumerated probably form only a

minority of the entire ornithology of this great island, yet their

number appears to us to be sufficiently large to guide us to certain

geographical and zoological results. These tend altogether to con-

firm that great peculiarity of character in the Madagascar fauna

which is also indicated by the other animal classes. Not less

than 68 of the 113 species above-mentioned have never yet been °

discovered either in the African continent or in any other region

of the earth. They belong exclusively to the island, and include

a number of remarkable forms, distinguished by their colour and

structure. The genera Euryceros, Falculia, Mesites, Oriolia,

Leptosomus, Coua, Philepitta, Brachypteracias, Atelornis, Cora-

copsis and Biensis are confined to Madagascar ; two others, Fre-

gilupus and Alectrenas, extend also to the Mascarene islands,

which are proportionably poor in birds. Of eight African genera,

that is to say, such as are peculiar to the African continent, Ma-

dagascar, as far as known, possesses four, viz. Scopus, Numida,

Polyboroides, and Melierax. The first of these, Scopus umbretta,

894 Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagasear.

has a very extensive geographical distribution ; Adanson observed

it in Senegal, Bowdich on the Gambia, Boie and others at the

Cape, Delegorgue at Port Natal, Tuckey at the Zaire, Denham

and Clapperton in Central Africa, and Riippell in Sennaar and

Abyssinia ; it is said also to have been met with in southern Ara-

bia. The genus Numida is extended over all Africa, though the

habitat of certain species, such as Numida vulturina, is very re-

stricted ; the species which occurs in Madagascar lives also in

South Africa, and is altogether the most widely extended. The

beautiful faleonine genus Polyboroides has been observed in very

distant localities of Africa; it is not rare throughout 8. Africa,

occurs, according to Riippell, in Schoa, and the museum at Bre-

men contains a fine female specimen from the Gambia.’ Accord-

ing to Andrew Smith, the Madagascar specimens of this bird

were somewhat smaller, and altogether paler-coloured than the

continental ones. Lastly, the singing falcon, Melerax canorus,

has a rather less extended distribution ; its occurrence in Mada-

gascar is asserted by Sganzin.

On the other hand, the following genera, which are truly

African, and im part highly characteristic, are wanting in this

island: Gypogeranus, Helotarsus, Musophaga, Corythaix, Chi-

zerhis, Pogonias, Trachyphonus, Barbatula, Lamprotornis (Juida,

Gr.), Malaconotus, Drymoica, Colius and Buphaga. The mex-

plicable anomaly of the absence of vultures and woodpeckers

in the fauna of Australia and of the Papuan islands, recurs in'a

remarkable manner in Madagascar, where, hitherto at least, no

bird of these two families has been observed; for Sganzin’s

Pic and Pic & téte bleue are species of Brachypteracias.' The

genera Francolinus, Pterocles, Ploceus, Cursorius, Otis, Chalcites,

Laniarius, &e., which are distributed im numerous species

throughout Africa, present in Madagascar either but one repre-

sentative, or none at all, which last is the case with the four

genera last named ; the gaily-coloured Lanius madagascariensis

ceruleus of Brisson, which Gray refers to Laniarius, is very 1so-

lated in its coloration and form of beak, and shares its peculiarity

with other Madagascar birds, so that it cannot be placed with

certainty in any of the modern genera. The family of the horn-

bills (Bucerotid@) is exhibited in Madagascar by means of a dwarf

form, Euryceros Prevosti, first described by Lesson.

The following species are met with both in Africa and Mada-

gascar :—

Polyboroides typicus, Melierax canorus, Corvus albicollis, Zo-

sterops madagascariensis, Treron australis, Numida mitrata, Nu-

menius madagascariensis, Anastomus lamelligerus, Scopus um-

bretta, Rhynchea capensis, Ardea bubulcus, Porphyrio madagas-

cariensis, Nettapus auritus, and Sarkidiorn tsregia. Also Merops

Dr. G. Hartlaub on the Ornithology of Madagascar. | 895

viridis and superciliosus are stated by several zoologists, Riippell

for instance, to inhabit the African continent; but whether cor-

rectly, that is, whether continental specimens were recognized as

identical after a close comparison with those of Madagascar, 1s

somewhat questionable. The number of species which imbabit

both Madagascar and the Mascarene islands, is, so far. as we know,

only small. As such may perhaps be mentioned, Tinnunculus

punctatus, Fregilupus capensis, Zosterops borbonicus, Saxicola

sibylla, Muscipeta borbonica, Ploceus madagascariensis, Psittacula

cana, Columba picturata, Alectrenas francie, Francolinus mada-

gascariensis, Numenius madagascariensis, Platalea Telfairi, and

Rallus Cuvieri. Of birds more widely extended in the Old World,

whose occurrence in Madagascar is asserted by single witnesses,

but is not yet sufficiently demonstrated, there are, Strix flammea,

Cuculus canorus, Ardea alba and garzetta, Fulica chloropus and

cristata, Pheenicopterus antiquorum, Podiceps minor, and Larus

ridibundus (??).

The affinity assumed by I. Geoffroy St. Hilaire and others,

between the Madagascar and the Indo-Australian fauna, is espe-

cially, confirmed by the fact that the genus Artamia (Artamus)is

represented in that island by several remarkably-coloured species ;

as well as. by the common occurrence of certain species in India

and Madagascar, provided always that the statements to that

effect be established. We found Stri# manadensis under that

name in the Paris Museum, but with an attached label ‘‘ Mada-

gasc. Bernier” (1840). Whether Ithaginis madagascariensis;:a

bird widely diffused im India, really occurs in that island also,

remains altogether undetermined. . We may add also, that Gray

includes the Merula madagaseariensis of Brisson (we know not

whether from his own observation) as a second species of Hodg-

son’s genus Saroglossa [more properly Psaroglossa ;—TRanst. |,

whose type is the well-known Lamprotornis spilopterus, Vig., from

the Himalaya. Itis earnestly to be wished that future naturalist-

travellers would pay especial attention to the great Struthious

bird Vouron-patra, mentioned by Flacourt, the rediscovery of

which, in connexion with the fact that Bourbon, Mauritius, and

Rodriguez had each their own species of Didus, would be of the

highest geographico-zoological interest. Flacourt’s account bears

no mark of the fabulous about it, and certainly deserves all pos-

sible attention.

The geographico-zoological results of our superficial knowledge

of the birds of Madagascar may be summed up in the following

propositions :—

1. The ornithological fauna of Madagascar is indeed rich in

peculiar genera and species which do not oceur elsewhere, yet

396 Mr. J. Alder on a oneh) Bidtied Limneea.

this is not true of the whole mass, as is the case with the Mam-

malia. © 7

2. It has a tendency to exhibit the African model, but shows

a greater conformity to the fauna of the Mascarene islands.

3. It bears clear and characteristic traces of an affinity with

the Indo-Australian fauna. (Black parrots occur only in New

Holland and New Guinea, besides Madagascar.)

4. The number of handsome and_ bright-coloured. species,

among the birds of Madagascar, is remarkably small, considering

the tropical position of the island.

XLI.—Description of a new British Limneea.

By Josuua ALpER, Esq.

{ With a Plate. ]

Tur European freshwater mollusca of the pulmoniferous order

are so few in number, and, for the most part, so well known and

generally diffused, that it is only by a happy chance we meet with

a new species to record. It gives me pleasure therefore to be

able to add to the British list an undescribed Limnea lately dis-

covered by my friend Mr. Robert Burnett of Newcastle, in Loch

Skene, Dumfries-shire.

Limnea Burnetti. Pl. XI. fig. 1.

Shell ovate, gibbous, obtuse, of a bright yellowish horn-colour,

rather glossy and semitransparent, delicately and pretty regu-

larly striated. Spire involuted and placed obliquely: the first

and second whorls are slightly sunk in the apex, the third rising

a little above them so as to be visible in profile: the body-whorl

is large, much-inflated, and occupies nearly the whole of the

shell. Aperture large and ovate; the outer lip thin, generally

very regularly arched, but sometimes a little constricted in the

middle ; rounded at the base, and not expanded at the margin ;

inner lip reflected on the columella and forming a subumbilicus :

the columella is only very slightly twisted ; and the body-whorl,

which is more than usually rounded, projects a little mto the

aperture above. The spire is not visible from the under side.

Length of the largest specimens three-quarters of an inch,

breadth rather more than half an inch. ‘The usual size is about

one-third less.

Animal of the usual form of the genus, but~a little broader

than in L. peregra. Itis dark olive-coloured, spotted with opake-

yellow. ' The cloak is nearly black, with a few paler spots.

From its involuted spire, small specimens of this species might.

Ann.k Mag. Nat: Hist. 8.2 Vol 2.7111

ie)

A S

sq N

Q N

Y) 3

§ ak a “3 R

‘ {) ()

: WI ¥ B < :

w : i

< Qos BG + S

nN SAG rn <

S ts S ae 2 N

>) NS S

| Ce Rc sats 8

; ~

S | L SAO N ™

) CYZLS WS) N a

R Ce 2 SePSSVSE ree

: OOOO LEELOD ay ‘ms Re

~ SZASEY Ss ‘t

sj , one “f 4 2

() C is > oy on i. 8

g DS ks («) “ & RK

G VO Qe oF N S

a ‘gp

RoC i

oO FG

j oO

: I S

| '

‘S

eS Pee Ley ee a — il ea i ee Hee SSS ee eee Be the) ~ Auten ” gas thy y2

= i

a pee

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 397

be taken for the Amphipeplea involuta of Thompson ; but it may

be distinguished from that shell by its being stronger and more

ventricose, and especially by its having the whorls placed more

to one side, giving it somewhat the form of a Nerita. When full-

grown it is more than three times the size of A. involuta.

It differs from all the varieties of Limnea peregra in having the

spire involuted and placed rather more obliquely, in the more

gibbous and ampullaceous form of the shell, and in being more

regularly striated. The animal, too, is much darker, and not so

distinctly marbled on the cloak. :

A shell found by Capt. Brown in Loch Leven, and described

and figured in his ‘ Illustrations of Recent British Conchology ’

under the name of Amphipeplea lacustris, appears to resemble

this species in form, but it is stated to have the spire with two

small volutions, the superior one blunt at the apex, from which

we must conclude that the spire is exserted: the shell is also

stated to be ‘ extremely thin, pellucid and shining ;’—characters

which agree much better with Amphipeplea glutinosa than with

our shell. The Gulnaria lacustris of Leach, to which Capt. Brown

refers his species, is quite distinct from the one now described.

Mr. Burnett first detected this new Limnea in the stomachs

of trout caught in Loch Skene, and on a second visit to that wiid

locality, so tempting to the angler, he succeeded in obtaining

many fine living examples, for the larger portion of which 1 am

indebted to his liberality. Some of the older individuals are a

good deal eroded and perforated, showing that they have other

enemies besides the trout.

XLIT.—On some new Mesozoic Radiata. By Frevericx M‘Coy,

M.G.S. & N.H.S.D. &e.

. AMORPHOZOA.

Plocoscyphia laxa (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Hemispherical masses about 2 or 3 inches in diameter,

formed of short, wide, irregularly contorted and lobed cups,

varying from half to 1 inch in diameter, the walls about 2 lines

thick, of a rather coarse irregular spongy texture.

On comparison with the figure of Goldfuss, and with authentic

specimens from the Essen chalk of his Achilleum morchella, which

now forms the type of the genus Plocoscyphia of Reuss, I find

the present species distinguished by its much larger, more deeply

and widely separated cups, their much thicker walls, and very

much more open lacunose structure. The contortion of the

398 = Mr. B.M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

edges of the cups gives a superficial resemblance to some Lobo-

phyllie.

Not uncommon in the greensand of Lyme Regis.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Jerea pastinaca (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Very elongate-conic, subcylindrical, gradually tapering

towards the base {the extreme apex sometimes abruptly nar-

rowed), free end obtusely subtruncate with rounded, margin,

but not contracted in diameter ; mouths.of the vertical excre-

tory tubes rather less than a line in diameter, chiefly confined

to a circular area in the middle about half the diameter of the

individual, leaving an external margin about one-fourth the

diameter of a dense reticulated substance having a slightly

radiated structure in the cross section and destitute of the

large tubes. Average length 6 inches, diameter 2 inches, or

larger.

This species resembles a carrot or parsnip in size and shape,

whence the specific name ; it is distinguished from the Siphonia

pistillum (Gold.) and Jerea pistiliformis (Lamx.), besides its pe-

culiar form, by the vertical tubes being confined to the central

part of the cylindrical mass, while in the terminal disc or trans-

verse section of those species they are seen to open almost uni-

formly through every part; they are also much more numerous

and rather smaller than in the present fossil.

Very common in the greensand of the Vale of Pewsey, Wilts.

(Col, University of Cambridge.)

Manon Reussii (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. A large, auriform, foliaceous expansion, averaging

rather more than half an inch thick and from 8 to 5 inches in

diameter ; undulato-concave above and. irregularly convex be-

low; the pedicle of attachment small, exceniric towards the

side where the margins are inrolled; edge obtusely rounded,

of a fine lacunose or spongy texture ; upper and under surfaces

with thickly scattered, prominent, wart-like mouths of exere-

tory ducts a line in diameter, averaging twice their diameter

apart on the upper surface, more crowded and irregular on the

lower ; intervening spaces of a more dense and uniform porous

structure than the margins.

. Besides the difference of form and size, this is distinguished

from the Spongia marginata (Phil., Geol. of Yorkshire) and M.

Phillipsii (Reuss, Verstemerungen der béhmischen Kreidefor-

mation) by having the large excretory pores on the outer as well

Mr. F.. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 399

as on the upper surface ; the character is constant and strongly

marked.

Common in the chalk of some parts of Yorkshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Manon foliaceum (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. A large, flat, or slightly concave, thin foliaceous ex-

pansion (averaging 7 or 8 inches in diameter and quarter of an

ich thick) of a very dense, minutely porous structure ; margin

rounded ; upper surface with numerous very prominent ostiolee,

averaging twice their diameter apart, rather less than a line in

diameter, perpendicular to the surface near the base, but be-

coming obliquely elongated towards the margin like adpressed

tubuli ; under surface marked with concentric waves of growth

without ostiole.

This singularly thin expanded species has no resemblance to

any other I am acquainted with.

From the coralline oolite of Malton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

ZOOPHYTA.

(Zoantharia.)

Dentipora glomerata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming irregular globose masses 2 or 3

inches in diameter, of a very dense granular structure, in

which are distributed the circular cells, 1 line in diameter, and

their own diameter apart; the stars have a small depressed

centre, from which ten thick, equal lamelle radiate to the cir-

cumference, where between each pair a minute rudimentary

marginal lamella is usually seen.

Common in the coralline oolite of Malton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Stylopora solida (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming spheroidal masses about 1 inch in

diameter, on the surface of which circular cells open, 1 line in

diameter with slightly prominent margins; a minute central

style or axis from which six strong equal lamelle radiate to

the walls, where in some specimens a minute rudimentary

marginal lamella may be seen between each pair; the cells

vary from once to twice their diameter apart, the intervening

substance very compact, with a minute obsolete superficial

granulation.

The remoteness of the cells from each other separates this con-

400 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic. Radiata.

stantly from specimens I have examined of the Astrea sexradiata

(Gold.) which agree with his figure in having them half their

diameter apart, without perceptible variation, while from the

A, tumularis (Michel.) it differs in its smaller and less promi-

nent cells as well as form of the mass.

Not uncommon in the inferior oolites of Dundry.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Astrea (amk.).

From the unfavourable mode of petrifaction of the oolitic

Astree, 1am unable to seize their subgeneric characters with the

precision I could wish—their specific characters are easy enough

—TI have therefore provisionally been obliged to leave them all

under the old genus Astrea for the present, being unable satis-

factorily to define their differences from the recent group.

Astrea tenuistriata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming irregular flattened masses, of shal-

low polygonal cells, very unequal in size and shape (most

usual diameter about 5 lines) ; centre obscurely granular, ra-

diating lamelle very slender, close, minutely crenulated, alter-

nately larger and several shorter (number varies with the size

of the star, but always about twelve in a space of two lines at

the margin). |

In the very irregular size and shape of the stars and the great

number and delicacy of the lamellz, this agrees with the A. con-

fluens (Gold.), from which it differs in the flatness of the cells,

and in wanting the remarkable confluent character of that spe-

cies, the young cells developing their boundary ridges almost on

their first appearance.

Common in the inferior oolite of Dundry.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Astrea explanulata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming flat expansions, of nearly equal,

subrhomboidal, shallow cells, averaging 2 lines in diameter ;

radiating lamelle from twenty-six to thirty, thick, very ob-

scurely punctured or crenulated, about every third one reach-

ing to the impressed central point; interstices very obtusely

angular.

In the flat form. of growth assumed by the masses, and in the

equality, shallowness and tetragonal form of most of the cells,

this strongly resembles the A. explanata (Gold.) of the Natheim

oolite ; but-on comparison with authentic specimens of this latter,

I find the cells of our species average only half the diameter of

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 401

that, the radiating lamelle are little more than half the num-

ber, are much thicker and almost perfectly smooth. In num-

ber and thickness of the lamelle it more nearly approaches the

common A. helianthoides (Gold.), but differs in their compara-

tive smoothness and the more equal size and quadrate form of

the cells, &c.

Common in the inferior oolite of Dundry and Bath.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Astrea helianthella (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming large depressed turbinate masses

(generally from 2 to 5 inches in diameter and 9 lines to 2 inches

high) with faint concentric wrinkles below, crossed by very

minute radiating striz ; upper surface flat, covered with small,

subequal, polygonal cells (diameter, or from centre to centre,

varying from 1} to 2 lines) with rounded boundaries and very

deeply excavated centres ; lamelle about thirty-eight, eight or

nine of which reach the centre, of moderate, nearly equal thick-

ness, slightly rugged.

This fine species is abundant in the lower oolite, and seems to

be constantly distinguished from the A. helianthoides (Gold,) of

the coralline oolite by its smaller and more equal cells, more nu-

merous lamelle and flatness of the masses, particularly of the

stelliferous surface. :

Common in the inferior oolite of Dundry.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Siderastrea agariciaformis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming large foliaceous expansions; cells

about 11 line in diameter, arranged in rows, the cells of each

row half their diameter apart, the rows nearly twice their dia- |

meter apart; the cells are radiated by about twelve lamellz

from a depressed cellulose centre; they increase in number

towards the margin, and the greater number take a straight

course in two opposite directions to unite with the nearest star

of the adjoining row on each side (giving the corallum the

appearance of being strongly striated in one direction as in

Agaricia).

This coral is very like the lower part (natural size) of Gold-

fuss’s figure of his Astrea flexuosa from the cretaceous rocks of

St. Peter’s Mountain. It is most usual to find the lower side

exposed by a sort of rough section, in which the cells project like

the so-called genus Montastrea. In the section the small con-

necting vesicalar plates are seen:

Common in the coral rag of Upware, near Cambridge.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 28

402 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

Meandrina vermicularis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming depressed rounded masses 3 or 4

inches in diameter; upper surface covered with vermicular

contorted ridges about half a line in diameter, from 1 to 2

lines apart, and about | line high, variously connected at in-

tervals, their sides very finely and regularly striated by the

minute lamelle (about eight or nine in the space of one line),

and a single row of little stars in the valleys between each pair

of ridges.

The extreme slenderness of the ridges and their strong con-

tortion give this coral the appearance of a mass of little marine

worms, and separate it easily from all known species; it far ex-

ceeding the M. venustula (Mich.) and M. Lotharinga (Mich.) in

those respects, and I know no other species to which it makes

any approach.

Rare in the inferior oolite of Leckhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Montlivaultia (Lamx.).

I have satisfied myself, from the examination of a large suite of

both foreign and British species, that the Montlivaultie of La-

mouroux are identical in generic character with those corals to

which Minster, Goldfuss, Esper, Blainville, &c. have restricted

the name Anthophyllum of Schweigger, the different ages of the

A. decipiens (Gold.) for instance demonstrating the identity of

the groups in a single species. This renders the synonymy of

the genus Anthophyllum more clear and definite than it has been.

That genus was originally established by Schweigger in his

‘ Beobachtungen, &c. Anat. phys. Untersuchungen tiber Co-

rallen’ (tab. 6), and defined as agreeing with Turbinolia, except

in being fixed and having the margin of the cells dilated ; he di-

vided it into five groups: the Ist, ‘‘ cylindri turbinati subsolitarii,”

since formed into the genus Cyathina (Ehr.) ; 2nd, “ cylindri tur-

binati in ramos connexi,” being, from the species referred to, equi-

valent to the later genus Cladocora (Ehr.); 3rd, “ cylindri turbi-

nati, e basi stirpis divergentes, versus basin concreti,” might I think

be united to his 5th group, which is similarly defined except that

the tubes are “ lamellis calcareis horizontalibus juncti,” a differ-

ence which disappears on examining specimens of the species he

refers to as examples of the groups; the 4th group, founded on

the C. calycularis, is referred by Ehrenberg to his Caryophyllia.

It is unfortunate that the characters of this group as origi-

nally given are not applicable to any natural genus. Ehrenberg

in his ‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Corallenthiere des rothen

Meeres’ having formed the 1st group into one genus, the 2nd and

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 403

4th into another, has retained the name Anthophyllum for the re-

mainder (Caryophyllia fastigiata, &c.), while, as above mentioned,

nearly all the continental paleontologists have been in the habit

of using it for the very different, turbinated corals which now oc-

cupy us, and which agree with the general definition of Schweig-

ger, though probably not contemplated by him at the time. In

the young state those corals are attached by a broad base, which

soon becomes carious and. hollow as the coral grows, undermi-

ning its base even to the thin external wall, which at last gives

way, and the corallum thus becomes a free cone with a naked,

obtusely rounded apex : some species grow so little vertically, that

the separation from the carious hollow old base is effected in.a

nearly horizontal plane, so that the adult free corallum is scarcely

distinguishable from Cyclolites, being circular, thin, flat, the up-

per and lower surfaces nearly parallel and both radiated: whether

the form be flat or conical, the terminal star is never excavated

into a cup, by which the species may be known from Turbinolia

and Cyathina, as well as by the obtuseness of the margin (the

lamellz extending over it), the thin easily lost outer wall, and

the lamellz being very thick and simply meeting in the centre

without a cellulose axis.

Monilivaultia gregaria (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming turbinate masses (about 3 inches

wide and nearly 2 inches high) of few individuals which ter-

minate on the upper surface as prominent, disconnected, cir-

cular, slightly concave or convex discs with obtusely rounded

margins, generally 13 inch in diameter, with about eighty

thick radiating lamellx, many of which reach the centre, the

rest being irregularly smaller ; connecting vesicular plates very

delicate ; external wall covering, the lamelle very thin, rarely

preserved.

The individuals of which the turbinate masses are composed

are identical in generic character with the ordinary Montlivaultia,

as the term is here used; but no other species that I know has

this gregarious mode of growth, nor will any other genus con-

tain the species.

Common in the inferior oolite of Dundry and Cheltenham.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Dendrophyllia plicata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum of approximately straight stems from 1}.to

2 lines in diameter, giving off at an angle of about 60° branch-

like cells averaging 3 lines long and slightly less in diameter

than the stem, arranged spirally at short irregular distances ;

28%

404: Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

surface with fine longitudinal punctured striz (about seven in

the space of one line) ; for rather more than a lime from the

edge of each cell, every alternate superficial ridge becomes

narrowed and depressed, the intervening ones suddenly ac-

quiring a greater thickness and prominence, giving a plicated

appearance to the ends of the branches ; cellular axis and alter-

nating lamelle of the star as in the allied species of the

genus.

This species most resembles the Lithodendron (Dendrophyllia)

granulosa (Miinst.) of the Abtenau tertiary beds, of which Gold-

fuss has given a tolerably good figure in his ‘ Petrefacten,’ but

the stem is smaller, not flexuous nor marked with annular con-

strictions ; it is also much more finely striated, and is remarkable

for the peculiar plication produced by the unequal projection of

the alternate ridges towards the mouths of the cells.

Coralline oolite, Steeple Ashton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Chrysaora similis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Corallum forming depressed rounded masses (usually

about half an inch in diameter); upper convex surface with

numerous small conical projections, generally rather less than

a line apart, from which small, irregularly branching ridges

radiate ; the projecting points and ridges seem nearly solid and

smooth, the intervening spaces coarsely punctured by the

closely-placed openings of the minute cells.

This is so closely allied to the Ceriopora (Chrysaora) venosa

- (Gold.) of the Essen greensand that I scarcely can define their

‘difference ; the figures of Goldfuss of this latter species are both

22 diameters larger than nature, but making this allowance the

character of the surface is nearly the same in both ; the present

oolitic coral seems however to be constantly smaller and more

delicate in all its parts, and forms smaller and more depressed

masses.

Great oolite. Not uncommon at Minchinhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

EcCHINODERMATA.

Crinoidea.

Bourgueticrinus cylindricus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Column elliptical ; body cylindrical, scarcely exceeding

the stem in diameter, composed of four upper columnar joints

of equal diameter, but the two upper thinner than the third,

the fourth nearly double the thickness of the third, round in

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 405

its upper half, abruptly compressed and elliptical in the lower

half; on the upper columnar joint rest five pentagonal pelvic

plates nearly equalling it in depth; between the upper lateral

angles of these are five exceedingly small, pentagonal first radial

plates not half the depth of the pelvic plates. Length of body

to base of fourth columnar joint 94 lines, diameter 3} lines:

articulating surface of columnar joints perfectly smooth, having

a thickened external rim and a mesial transverse articular ridge

perforated in the middle by a minute alimentary opening.

This is so strongly marked in all its characters that a compa-

rison with other species is scarcely necessary: the “ straight

encrinite ” of Parkinson (B. egualis, D’Orb.) is easily distin-

guished by the above characters.

The nearest approach to it that I have seen is the so-called

Eugeniacrinites Hagenowu (Gold.), figured by Dr. Hagenow in

his memoir on the “ Riigenschen Kreide-Versteinerungen ” in

Leonhard and Bronn’s ‘Jahrbuch’ for 1840. The latter fossil,

though I think probably referable to the present genus, is di-

stinguished as a species by the great depth of the two upper

joints of the dilated column.

Rare in the upper chalk, Norwich.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Bourgueticrinus Milleri (M‘Coy).

There are two species confounded in England under the name

Ayiocrinus ellipticus of Miller, by whom they are both figured

without distinction ; one with the first radial plates, about double _

the depth of the pelvic plate which most of his figures illustrate, .

is the one recognized by nearly all continental writers as this

species, and as such is figured as the type of the present genus

by D’Orbigny ; to it therefore the name B. ellipticus should be ,

retained. The other (fig. 1 of Miller’s work) has the first radial

and pelvic plates about equal in depth, with the same club-like

figure ; this, which is more rare, but constant in its characters,

I beg to distinguish by the above name.

Upper chalk, Norwich.

(Col. University of Cambridge, &c.)

Bourgueticrinus odliticus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Column much-compressed, of thin elliptical joints an-

eulated and obscurely tuberculated round the middle of their

outer edge; articular surface having a strong transverse ridge,

with a central boss perforated by the small alimentary canal,

406 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

external margin broad, central oval hollow, deep: long dia-

meter 6 lines.

Among mesozoic crinoids the present genus is well character-

ized by its column, and as this is a large well-marked species, I

have not hesitated to characterize it from the portion known on

account of the interest attaching to its geological locality, the

genus being hitherto only found in the upper chalk.

Rare in the Bradford clay at Bradford.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Apiocrinus exutus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Cup ovate (less ventricose in the middle than the A.

Parkinsoni, Schlot., and more so than the J. elegans, Def.) ;

about six of the upper columnar joints widen to form the base

of the cup and increase greatly in thickness; on the upper

columnar joint rest five pentagonal pelvic plates, alternating

above which are five quadrangular basal radial plates (first

costals of Miller), on each of which the cuneiform axillary ra-

dial joint (scapula) rests, the intermediate plate being want-

ing ; on these rest two semiradial plates or arms; diameter at

upper columnar joint 1 inch 6 lnes; width of radial plates

9 lines, depth of each in middle 3 lines, depth of pelvic plates

in the middle 4 lines, depth of upper columnar joint 42 lines ;

columnar articulation very finely radiated.

The comparative slenderness of its form and thickness of the

upper columnar joints make it intermediate in those points |

between the A. Parkinsoni (Schlot.) and A. elegans (Def.), while

it is distinguished from all of the genus by the want of the in-

termediary radial joints (or second cost) in each row.

Rare in the Bradford clay, Bradford.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pentacrinus dichotomus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Column, auxiliary side-arms, pelvic and costal joints as

in the P. Britannicus (Schlot.), but the entire animal smaller

and more slender, and the auwiliary side-arms proportionally

wider ; each of the five scapule supports two slender arms of

nine or ten joints each, the last joint cuneiform, and support-

ing two slender hands of equal thickness, the inner usually of

_ thirteen, and the outer of sixteen joints, each hand regularly

dichotomizing into a few very slender fingers of perfectly equal

thickness ; auxiliary side-arms very thin, but equalling the

arms in width. Length of body and fingers 14 to 2 inches.

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 407

This delicate little species has a very singular aspect, and dif-

fers from its congeners in the hands not continuing as thick main

branches, giving off comparatively thin fingers from one side,

but both hands and fingers dichotomizing into perfectly equal

branches. f

I have examined portions of eight heads, some nearly perfect,

with their columns and side-arms, on a slab of lias shale from

Whitby.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pentacrinus Goldfussi (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Column pentagonal, joints alternately thicker and

thimner, or three thin between each pair of thicker joints, ar-

ticulating by five oval, prominent, finely crenated ridges, the

intervening spaces much depressed ; auxiliary side-arms large,

flattened, of elliptical joints, five arising from every thick co-

lumnar joint (one from each side), the long axis being attached

vertically ; pelvic jomts large, cuneiform ; first costals hepta-

gonal, twice as wide as long, flattened (not produced into a

cone downwards), each having a prominent tubercle in the

centre, adhering laterally by only a short portion of its mar-

gin ; second costals horseshoe-shaped ; scapule cuneiform, as

long as wide; from which two arms arise, of eight or nine

joints, the last being cuneiform and supporting two hands, the

inner of nine and the outer of fourteen or fifteen joints, the

teen or fifteen joints more another (total number of fingers

unknown, but small).

In the great number, size, and mode of insertion of the auxi-

lary side-arms this agrees with the P. Britannicus (Schlot.), (P.

Briareus, Mill.), but differs in its small size, broad oval penta-

petalous markings of the columnar joints, and from that and all

allied species it strongly differs in the first costals not being pro-

longed into a cone down the sides of the column.

There are clearly two species confounded by Goldfuss under

the name P. scalaris, one of which, figured on the 60th plate of

his ‘ Petrefacten, is much allied to this; the other figures on

pl. 52 of the same work differ considerably, but agree with nu-

merous authentic specimens I have seen of that species from the

German oolites, and also with some from our lower oolite at

Dundry; the latter is therefore the most proper type of his

species.

Marlstone, Gloucestershire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

408 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

(Asterotda*.)

Goniaster (Gontodiscus) rectilineus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Sides straight or nearly so; on the dorsal surface each

side has eight finely granulated, moderately convex marginal

ossicles, of which the two end or “ ocular” plates are tri-

_ angular and the four intermediate ones are quadrate, all of

one length, the width of each equal to half its length ; the os-

sicles of the oral side are similar except the triangular plate

at_ each end, which is there replaced by three smaller ones ;

plates of the disc small, polygonal and minutely granulated.

pate of each side 1 inch 3 lines; length of marginal ossicles

3 lines.

The straightness of the sides, and all the marginal ossicles

(except the eye-plates) being of one size, so that the inner and

outer boundaries of each row form two straight, parallel lines,

distinguish this species, which is, I think, only likely to be con-

founded with the G. regularis (Park. sp.) ; I have good specimens

of this latter now before me, and it is distinguished from the

present species by having the margin of the sides convex out-

wardly, and the middle marginal plates being considerably the

largest, the others decreasing rapidly im size towards the angles,

so that the row of plates instead of being rectilinear and parallel-

sided is clearly elliptical : this character is represented in Park-

inson’s figure, but not to the extent to which it is seen in nature,

from the inner ends of the ossicles in his specimen being mani-

festly a little broken.

Upper chalk of Norwich (two specimens).

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Asterias (Astropecten) recta (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Rays five, straight, length from the base about three

times the width of the disc, widest at the base, tapering gra-

dually to the apex, with straight sides ; rows of lateral plates

averaging one-third the width of each ray (occupying rather

less at the base and rather more at the apex); they average

12 line long and 3 lines wide, the long diameter or width di-

minishing gradually from the base to the apex; angles be-

* Prof. Forbes having recently published in the ‘ Memoirs of the Geol.

Survey of Great Britain’ short descriptions of a number of new chalk star-

fishes, I trespassed on his good-nature so far as to send the notes and rough

sketches of mine for identification. The one above described is distinct from

any of his, but he suggests that the straightness of the sides may result from

the suppression of one of them :—the specimen I first sketched may have

been four-sided, for the two angles preserved are pretty nearly of 90°, but

the second specimen has portions of its five sides preserved, and has all the

above characters.

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 409

tween the rays acute; dise and middle of the rays closely

covered with blunt tubercles about $ths of a lme im diameter.

Kach ray about 52 inches long and 1 inch wide at base.

This species is distinguished from the 4. Aalensis (Miinst.)

and the A. arenicola (Gold.) by the very long, rigid, straight-

sided rays, there being no dilatation beyond the base as in those

species, as well as its greater size, perfect specimens being up-

_ wards of a foot in diameter, while the others are little more than

half that. The <Astropecten Orion (Forb.) seems much allied,

but is a smaller species with longer rays, the interradial angles

obtuse, and the lateral plates square and much fewer in number.

The starfish figured from the same locality as this in Charles-

worth’s ‘ London Geol. Journal,’ no. 3. pl. 17, as the A. arenicola

_ of Goldfuss, agrees with the present species in every particular

save the dilatation of the rays beyond the base ; this character

exists clearly in the species of Goldfuss, which however is per-

fectly distinct by its shorter rays and other characters. I sus-

pected that in the English fossil alluded to, this appearance might

have been a fault of the artist ; Forbes however has I presume

seen the species, as he describes it (Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. i.

part 2. p.477) in accordance with this figure, also referring it to

Goldfuss’s species, but without referring to the figure of that

author, which is most accurate.

Not uncommon in the calcareous grit of Filey Brig, Yorkshire

coast.

(Col. University of Cambridge: three specimens.)

(Echinida.)

Echinus petallatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Conoidal (diameter 13 inch, height 1 inch 2 lines),

base slightly contracted, obscurely ten-lobed ; ambulacral arez

half the width of the interambulacral, three oblique pairs of

pores in each row ; the ambulacral and interambulacral spaces

have each an elliptical, petal-like, concave, smooth space ex-

tending from the vertex nearly to the base, each space being

one-third the width of its respective area ; the upper two-thirds

of the ambulacral are have but one row of large tubercles on

each side, surrounded by a circle of very minute granules ;

towards the base where the smooth central space stops there

are four rows of large tubercles ; the upper third of the inter-

ambulacral spaces has but two rows of large tubercles with

their circle of small granules, but they gradually increase to-

wards the base, and at the end of the smooth space there are

about eight rows.

This is allied to the L. gyratus (Ag.), but is distinguished by

410 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

having the elliptical smooth spaces in both the interambulacral

and ambulacral areas ; the present is also a larger and more co-

nical species.

Not very uncommon in the coralline oolite of Calne, Wiltshire.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

FEichinus diademata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Conoidal (diameter of one specimen 10 lines, height

6 lines), base abruptly flattened, subpentagonal from the pro-

minence of the ambulacra, which are slightly convex and one-

half the width of the interambulacra; imterambulacra having

a concave, smooth, narrow space in the middle of their upper

portion, the middle of each half bears one row of about twelve

large primary tubercles, their wide smooth dise surrounded. by

_ acircle of minute granules, numerous granules being scattered

in the intervening spaces; only two or three very small se-

condary tubercles on the outside of the base of the primary

rows ; ambulacra with two rows of large primary tubercles each,

with many small, irregularly placed intervening granules ;

three oblique pairs of pores in each row ; ovarian and ocular

plates as in the genus generally.

The two rows of large tubercles in each area, with the very

minute intervening granules, distinguish this species from its con-

geners. It is most closely allied to the HL. fallax and E. serialis

(Ag.), but is well distinguished by the almost complete absence

of secondary tubercles as well as the greater size of the primary

ones, and the more pentagonal form of the disc, in which it ap-

proaches the EH. excavatus (Gold.), from which it equally differs

by the above characters. _

_ Occurs in the coral rag of Malton and in the great oolite of

Minchinhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Arbacia inflata (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Oblate-spheroidal (diameter 6 lines, height 43 lines),

margin of the base tumid, rounded ; ambulacra flat, depressed,

slightly less than half the width of the interambulacra, the

pores forming very narrow rows of one pair each, the space

between the lines of pores with four to six very unequal, irre-

gular rows of small granules; interambulacral spaces tumid,

with a slightly impressed, narrow, smooth line down the mid-

dle of each; each interambulacral space contains about six-

teen rows of minute tubercles, of which the two middle rows,

or that bordering on each side the sutural line, are largest ;

under the lens the tubercles are distinctly arranged in trans-

verse rows, eight on each interambulacral plate, touching each

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some néw Mesozoic Radiata. 411

other without intervening granules, but between one plate and

the next above or below (or between the rows) there are a few

minute granules, generally arranged in one or at most two

irregular rows.

Distinguished from the A. pilos (Ag.) by its more depressed,

inflated form, rounded margin of the base, the outer* row of am-

bulacral tubercles not being largest, and the greater number of

tubercles in both areze, as well as the central smooth line of the

interambulacra ; the A. granulosa (Miinst. sp.) is much more de-

pressed, has the ambulacra wider and more convex, the interam-

bulacra more deeply divided, and a much greater number of tu-

bercles in the transverse rows, which latter are separated by very

numerous crowded granules.

_ Not uncommon in the upper greensand of Cambridge.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Acrosalenia rarispina (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Spheroidal, depressed ; ambulacra flat, slightly flex-

uous, with two rows of tubercles which towards the base are

large, mammillated and perforated ; interambulacra three times

the width of the ambulacral spaces, primary tubercles very pro-

minent, nearly twice their diameter apart, placed alternately,

but scarcely more than two tubercles in each vertical row ; each

tubercle surrounded by a ring of blunt granules, and between

one tubercle and another numerous similar granules are scat-

tered.

I think the position of the anus and the plates of the vertex

agree with that division of the genus to which the A. aspera be-

_ longs, but a little adhering siliceous matrix in each of the speci-

mens before me prevents my being quite certaim. The ambulacra

being a little undulated also approximates it to the A. aspera,

but it is a much rarer species, and easily distinguished by the

singularly small number and great distance of the primary tu-

bercles, and the quantity of intervening granulation. Diameter

4 lines, height 33 lies ; sometimes larger.

Rare in the great oolite of Minchinhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Hemicidaris confluens (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Depressed (average diameter 9 lines, height 5 lines) ;

ambulacra undulating, upper third narrow, gradually widen-

ing to the mouth; the upper portion bears very minute

crowded tubercles, which gradually increase in the wide por-

* By “outer” [ here mean, adjoining the ambulacra, without intending

to deny that the mesial line may be the-true exterior.

412 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

tion, forming two alternating rows of moderately large, per-

forated, crenulated primary tubercles with many intervening

blunt granules; interambulacral spaces twice as wide as the

ambulacral, with two rows of very large primary tubercles,

only four to five in a row, the smooth bases of which are ver-

tically confluent (not separated by rows of granules), two ver-

tical rows of small granules between the tubercles.

The only species this can be confounded with is the H. Thur-

mani (Ag.), which it resembles in its depressed form and very

few large tubercles, and in the small size of the tubercles on the

interaibulacral spaces, but in this species the ambulacra widen

more and the primary tubercles on them are larger ; while each

of the primary interambulacral tubercles in that species is sepa-

rated from the next above and below by several rows of granules,

while they are confluent, so to speak, in the present.

Rare in the great oolite of Minchinhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Diplopodia (M‘Coy), n. g.

Gen. Char. Depressed, subpentagonal from the pro-

jection of the ambulacral spaces; two rows of

primary tubercles both on the ambulacral and

interambulacral spaces; ambulacral rows of two

pairs of pores in the upper half, of one pair in

the middle and becoming again compound, of

two or sometimes three pairs of pores towards

the mouth. 7

This genus is distinguished from Diadema, to

which it is most allied, and Pedina, by the former

having uniformly one pair of pores in a row, and the

latter having uniformly three pairs of pores in a row.

The following species and the D. subangulare (Ag.)

are the types of the genus, which is only known in Ambulacrum

the oolites. of Diplopodia.

Diplopodia pentagona (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Pentagonal, depressed, having an average diameter of

9 lines, with a height of 4 lines ; interambulacral spaces one-

third wider than the ambulacral at middle; two distinct rows

of primary tubercles in each interambulacral space, surrounded

by few small granules, and having on the outer side near the

mouth five or six secondary tubercles one-third the size of the

primary, forming a short single irregular row scarcely reaching

the middle ; ambulacral spaces with two rows of primary tu-

bereles nearly equalling those of the interambulacra in size,

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 413

having a few crowded granules between the rows but no se-

condary tubercles; there are only five or six pairs of ambu-

lacral pores disposed in the single part of the row, rather be-

low the middle, above which the pairs of pores are in regular

double rows, each pair being separated by a diagonal line ;

below the single part of the ambulacra the pairs are in irre-

gular double series increasing to three rows near the mouth.

This differs from the Diadema (Diplopodia) subangulare (Ag.)

in its more depressed and distinctly pentagonal form, in the very

short single portion of the ambulacra, there being nineteen or

twenty pairs of pores in a single vertical row in the middle of

that species, and in the deficiency of secondary tubercles along

the margin of the interambulacra.

Not uncommon in the great oolite of Minchinhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Discoidea marginalis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Nearly circular, depressed (length and width 1 inch,

height 6 lines), margin obtusely rounded ; mouth one-third the

as much above as below, its own width distant from the mouth ;

about six rows of primary granules in the ambulacral and

fourteen in the interambulacral spaces.

The only other oolitic Discoidea I know with a marginal anus

is the D. hemispherica (Ag.), from which this differs in having

the anus even more remote from the mouth, the mouth larger,

the granules more numerous and smaller, and above all by the

form being even more depressed than that of the D. depressa

(Linn. sp.).

Very abundant in the inferior oolite of Bridport.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pygaster sublevis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Orbicular, margin of the posterior interambulacral

space more convex than the others ; much depressed (length 2

inches 4 lines, width 2 inches 6 lines, depth 10 lines) ; vertex

central ; anal furrow deep parallel-sided, becoming gradually

fainter towards the posterior margin ; surface of oral dise un-

dulated by the gentle convexity of the interambulacral spaces

and the depression of the ambulacra; mouth only about one-

seventh of the diameter, rather nearer the anterior than the

posterior margin; granulation on the dorsal aspect so fine

that the surface seems smooth or nearly so to the naked eye,

abruptly increasing in size on the oral dise and margin, where

however four of the primary tubercles only occupy the space

414 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

of one line; in a transverse row there are nine or ten in an

ambulacral and upwards of fifty in an interambulacral space.

In its depression, the shape of its anal sulcus, and the undu-

lation of its base and small mouth, this species resembles a Cly-

peus, but the structure of its ambulacra, &c. is strictly that of

this genus. Its nearly smooth surface, resulting from the very

small size and prodigious number of the primary tubercles, di-

stinguishes it from its congeners.

Common in the inferior oolite of Leckhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Pygaster brevifrons (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Subpentagonal, much elevated (length 3 inches 2 lines,

width 3 inches 3 lines, height 1 inch 8 lines) ; posterior mar-

‘gin slightly less convex than the others ; anus ‘large, pyriform,

close to the vertex, which is nearer to the anterior than to the

posterior margin, so that in the profile the anterior side is con-

siderably shorter and more steeply inclined than the posterior ;

mouth small, deeply impressed ; primary tubercles large, scat-

tered.

- This species im size and form of the base resembles the P. um-

brella (Lamk. sp.) (Clypeus semisulcatus, Phil.), but is more ele-

vated ; and while in the profile of that species the posterior side is

much the shortest and most highly inclined, the proportions of

the present fossil are precisely reversed, a character which also

separates it from the other known species. The tuberculation is

as large, but more scattered than that of the P. pateliiformis (Ag.).

Not uncommon in the inferior oolite of Dundry.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Dysaster symmetricus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Regularly oval (length 10 lines, width 8} lines, depth

6} lines), anterior and posterior ends equal in size and con-

vexity, neither of them sinuate ; uniformly gibbous, except a

small subangular prominence at the apex of the anterior am-

bulacrum, and the middle of the base which is slightly con-

cave, the margin of the base being obtusely rounded except in

front of the mouth where it is concave—it 1s most tumid at the

opposite end; mouth small, rather more than one-third of the

length from the anterior end ; anus high on the posterior face,

the shell beneath is not sinuate, evenly convex; ambulacra of

moderate and nearly equal width, the posterior pair meet just

over the anus, the anterior one does not quite reach to the

other two, the point of convergence of which is two-fifths the

length of the shell distant from that of the posterior pair.

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoie Radiata. 415

The symmetry of the two ends separates this species at a

glance from its congeners.

Not uncommon in the inferior oolite of Bridport.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Dysaster subringens (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Nearly orbicular, faintly subpentagonal by the pro-

jection of the interambulacra, depressed, but the height rather

more than half the length (length 1 inch 1 line, width the same,

height 7 lines); dorsal surface evenly convex; oral surface

radiatingly undulated by the shallow concavity of the am-

bulacral spaces, and the gentle gibbosity of the interambu-

lacra, the posterior one most prominent ; each interambulacral

plate seems on the oral face nodulous in its middle, forming

two obsolete rows of nodules on each ridge; mouth nearly

central ; anus a little above the posterior margin; three an-

terior ambulacra meeting at the centre of dorsal surface, very

narrow, gradually enlarging towards the margin, posterior pair

double the width of the anterior ones, short, curved, meeting

immediately over the anus.

If carefully observed, this can only be confounded with the D.

ringens (Ag.) of the Swiss oolites, but it is at once distinguished’

by its greater gibbosity (in which it exceeds the allied D. Volézii)

and in the less prominence of the ridges on the under side, which

however exceed those of the latter species ; the disproportionate

narrowness of the three anterior ambulacra, as in the D. ringens,

separates it from the D. Voltzii and D: Eudesii (Ag.).

Not uncommon in the inferior oolite of Dundry and Leck-

hampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nucleolites planulatus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Rotundato-subquadrate, length and width equal, much-

depressed, upper surface flattened, margin obtusely rounded

(length and width 1 inch 3 lines, depth 6 lines) ; ambulacra

wide, the pores of each pair in the petalloid part connected

_ by a long distinct furrow ; anal sulcus deep, extending from

the vertex to the anal margin which it slightly indents; gra-

nulation very minute.

This species from its great depression need only be compared

with the N. planatus (Romer, Versteinerungen des norddeutsch.

Oolithengebirge), but it is wider than that species and the upper:

surface flatter, and I find on comparing specimens of the two

species that the present is completely distinguished by its wide

416 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

ambulacra and the very distinct suleus connecting the pores of

each pair; the ambulacra of the former species being narrow and

the pores unconnected.

Common in the coralline oolite of Malton.

Rare in the great oolite of Minchinhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nucleolites pyramidalis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Base obtusely cordate or rotundato-quadrate, width

equalling or slightly exceeding the length, much elevated toa

nearly conical apex which is slightly nearer the anterior than

the posterior end (length and width 1] inch 2 lines, height 8

lines) ; a deep narrow sulcus extends from the vertex to the

posterior margin; petalloid ambulacra of moderate width, the

pores of each pair united by a strong sulcus; upper surface

not very tumid, but rather pyramidal, of four slightly flattened

sides; profile, anterior end slightly convex, posterior face longer,

forming a steeply inclined plane from the pointed vertex to the

rounded posterior margin ; granulation of surface very minute

and close. :

This resembles the N. clunicularis (Smith sp., Clypeus lobatus,

Flem.) in the long, deep, narrow posterior sulcus, extending quite

from the vertex ; but is wider and more quadrate, the base having

exactly the form of the N. scutatus (Lamk.); from the latter it

differs in the strong sulcus uniting the pores as in most of the

genus, and from both species it is distinguished by its pointed —

elevated apex and the straight declivity of the posterior side.

Common in the cornbrash near Weymouth.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Nucleolites equalis (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Subquadrate, very much depressed, (length 9 lines,

width 8} lines, height 4 lines), evenly convex above, very con-

cave beneath; vertex central; anal fissure deep, wide, and sharp-

edged, extending from the vertex to the margin, which however

is scarcely indented ; ambulacra very broad, petalloid part with

the pores of each pair connected by a deep sulcus; the two,

anterior interambulacral spaces are each at the margin only

the width of an ambulacral space less than the width of the

lateral interambulacral spaces.

This species is much depressed, but not flattened above ; the

ambulacra equal or even slightly exceed those of the N. latifrons

(Ag.) in width ; but the species is distinguished from all of the

genus by the near equality in size of the interambulacral spaces,

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 417

the two anterior ones, usually so small, being only the width of

one of the ambulacra less than the lateral ones in width.

Great oolite near Minchinhampton.

Inferior oolite near Castle Ashby.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Clypeus excentricus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Orbicular, depressed (length and width each 3 inches

1] lines, height 1 inch 2 lines), posterior end slightly produced

and sinuate ; anal sulcus deep ; vertex nearly one-fourth of the

length nearer the posterior than the anterior end; mouth small,

a little excentric towards the anterior end; ambulacra very wide;

granulation as in the C. patella,

This species differs from the C. sinuatus (Park.) by the vertex

being so much nearer one end than the other, and from the C.

patella by its much greater depression.

Abundant in the inferior oolite of Leckhampton.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

_ Clypeus altus (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. Subhemispherical, base nearly circular, posterior in-

terambulacral space slightly produced in the middle and sub-

truncate ; length and width equal (each about 1 inch 9 lines),

height half the width ; upper surface evenly convex ; oral disc

strongly undulated towards the margin by the convexity of

the interambulacral spaces and the depression of the ambula-

cra; vertex central, with a very narrow, deep anal sulcus ex-

tending from thence to the margin where it is slightly dilated

and spoon-shaped ; mouth small, a little in front of the middle,

indented by the five tumid ends of the interambulacra ; ambu-

lacra narrow, upper two-thirds of their dorsal portion petalloid,

lower third and oral portion of parallel rows of unconnected

pores. )

In form and undulation of the base this resembles the C. Hugi

(Ag.), but is distinguished by the narrow anal sulcus extending

quite to the vertex, instead of being confined to the margin ; the

deflected lip-like projection of the posterior interambulacral space

is very remarkable.

Common in the inferior oolite of Bridport.

(Col. University of Cambridge.)

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 29

418 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

Exclusive of the above new species, I have, since the publication

of Mr. Morris’s Catalogue of British Fossils, recognised the

following Mesozoic Radiata not included in it, examples of all

of which are in the Geological Collection of the University of

Cambridge.

AMORPHOZOA.

OcELLARIA.

angustata (Reuss sp.). Scyphia id., Verstein. bdhm. Kr.

Chalk, Cambridge (drift).

pedunculata (Reuss sp.). Scyphia id., Verstein. béhm. Kr.

Chalk, Cambridge (drift).

Scypuia.

Bronnii (Miinst.), Goldfuss, Petrefacten. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

cylindrica (Gold.), Petrefacten. Coralline Oolite, Malton.

heteromorpha (Reuss), Verstein. bohm, Kr. Greensand, Lyme Regis.

Sponaia?

helveloides (Lamx.), Exp. Méth. Pol. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

ZOOPHYTA.

AGaRICIA,

elegans (Michel.), Icon. Zooph. Inferior Oolite, Dundry.

ASTRA, .

confluens (Gold.), Petrefacten. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

gracilis (Miinst.), Goldfuss, Petrefacten. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

helianthoides (Gold.), Petrefacten. Coralline Oolite, Steeple Ashton.

limitata (Lamx.), MSS. Michelin, Icon, Zooph.

Inferior Oolite, Leckhampton.

reticulata (Gold.), Petrefacten. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

varians (Rém.), Verst. norddeut. Oolithen-Gebirges.

Coralline Oolite, Malton; Upware.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

Cerropora,

dumetosa (Lamx. sp.), Millepora id., Exp. Méthod. Polyp.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

jfibrosa* (Miinst.), MS. name in his collection.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

globosa (Michel.), Iconog. Zooph. Inferior Oolite, Leckhampton.

grandipora (Miinst.), MS. name in his continental collection.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

mutabilis (Miinst.), MS. name in his continental collection.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton,

pustulosa (Michel.), Iconog. Zooph. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton,

CuzTETES.

capilliformis? var, t+ (Michel.), Iconog. Zooph.

* This is the oolitic, slender, nearly equal-pored variety of the C. dicho-

toma (Gold.), Petrefacten, tab. 10. fig. 9 d, e, f.

+ A variety, perhaps, of this species occurs in the inferior oolite of Dun-

dry, with coarser tubes, forming depressed masses, about an inch thick,

with very distinct parallel lines of diaphragms at various distances—if di-

stinct it might be named C. Michelini.

Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata. 419

Cricopora. .

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton,

Inferior Oolite, Leckhampton.

Tessonis (Michel.), Iconog. Zooph. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

Diastopora.

Ludesiana (M.-Edw.), Ann. des Se, Nat, 2nd series, vol. ix.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

annulosa (Michel.), Iconog. Zooph.

GEMMASTREA,. ;

limbata (Gold. sp.). Astrea id., Petrefacten.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

Goniopora.

racemosa (Michel. sp.). Alveopora id., Iconog. Zooph.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

HetTrropora. bdilees ha:

. Great Oolite, Minchinkampton.

ramosa (Michel.), leonog. Zooph. { Tatert or Oolite, Leckh singel

LiruopDENDRON.

? astreatum (Miinst.), MS. name in his continental collection.

fe Inferior Oolite, Dundry.

dichotomum (Gold.), Petrefacten. Coralline Oolite, Steeple Ashton.

Edwardsii (Michel.), var. Icon, Zooph. Coralline Oolite, Malton.

Loporuy.ttiia.

trichotoma (Miinst. sp.). Lithodendron id., Goldfuss, Petrefacten.

Coralline Oolite, Steeple Ashton,

Mon titvav.Tia,

decipiens (Gold. sp.). Anthophyllum id., Petrefacten.

Oxford Clay, St. Ives; Inferior Oolite, Dundry.

dilatata (Michel. sp.). Caryophyliia id., Icon. Zooph.

: Coralline Oolite, Malton.

Moreausiaca (Michel. sp.). Caryophyllia id., Icon. Zooph.

Coralline Oolite, Malton.

obconica (Miinst. sp.). Anthophyllum id., Goldfuss, Petrefacten.

Coralline Oolite, Malton.

SIDERASTR&A.

cadomensis (Michel. sp.). Astrea id., Iconog. Zooph.

Inferior Oolite, Leckhampton.

Defrancii (Michel. sp.). Astrea id., Ieonog. Zooph.

| Inferior Oolite, Dundry,

incrustata (Michel. sp.). Alveopora id., Iconog. Zooph.

| Great Oolite, Minchinhampton,

Lamourouxi (Le Sauvage sp.). Thamnasteria id., Michelin, Icon. Zooph.

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

meandrinoides (Michel. sp.). Pavonia id., Ieonog. Zooph.

Coralline Oolite, Steeple Ashton.

microsolena (Michel. sp.). Alveopora id., Ieconog. Zooph,

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton,

rotata (Gold. sp.) var. Agaricia id., Petrefacten.

Coralline Oolite, Malton.

TEREBELLARIA.

antilope (Lamx.), Exp. Méth. Polyp. Coralline Oolite, Malton.

ECHINODERMATA.

ACROSALENIA,

Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

Inferior Oolite, Dundry.

spinosa (Ag.), Echinoderm. Suiss. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

29%

aspera (Ag.), Cat. Syst.

420 Mr. F. M‘Coy on some new Mesozoic Radiata.

APIocrRINus.

elegans (Defrance sp., 4stropoda id.), D’Orbigny, Monog. des Crin.

Bradford Clay, Bradford.

Crparis.

trigonocantha (Ag.), Echinod. Suiss. | Kimmeridge Clay, Weymouth.

DIADEMA.

@quale (Ag.), Echinod. Suiss. Coralline Oolite, Steeple Ashton.

ornatum (Gold. sp.). Cidarisid., Petref. Greensand, Blackdown.

Rhodani (Ag.), Echinod. Suiss. Greensand, Blackdown.

rotulare (Ag.), Echinod. Suiss. Durdle Door, Dorset.

Dysaster.

Avellana (Ag.), Desor. Monog. des Dysaster.

Inferior Oolite, Bridport.

Eudesii (Ag.), Desor. Monog. des Dysaster.

Inferior Oolite, Dundry ; Bridport.

Discorpea.

minima * (Ag.), Desor. Mon. des Galer. Upper Greensand, Cambridge.

rotula (Ag.), Echinoderm. Suiss. Upper Chalk, Norwich.

GALERITEs.

castanea (Brong. sp.), Ag. Echin. Suiss. Chalk, Cambridge.

levis (Ag.), Desor. Monog. des Galerit. Chalk, Dover.

globulus (Desor.), Monog, des Galerit. Chalk, Cambridge.

Hemicrparis, .

stramonium (Ag.), Echinoderm. Suiss. Coralline Oolite, Calne, Wilts.

Hysoctypus.

gibberulus (Ag.), Echinoderm. Suiss. Inferior Oolite, Dundry.

MicrasTER,

gibba (Lamk. sp.). Spatangus id., Goldfuss, Petrefacten.

Chalk, Cambridge.

MILueERIcRINUS.

echinatus (Schlot. sp.). Zncrinites id., Nacht. z. Petref.

Coralline Oolite, Malton.

Milleri (Schlot. sp.). Encrinites id., Nacht. z. Petref.

Bradford Clay, Bradford.

Nuc eo.ites.

latiporus(Ag.), Echinoderm. Suiss. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

scutatus (Lamk.), Ag. Echinod. Suiss. Inferior Oolite, nr. Castle Ashby.

Pepina.

rotata (Ag.), Echinod. Suiss. Great Oolite, Minchinhampton.

PEeNnTACRINUS,

cingulatus (Miinst.), Gold. Petrefacten. Bradford Clay, Bradford.

subteres (Miinst.), Gold. Petrefacten. | Bradford Clay, Bradford.

subsulcatus (Miinst.), Gold. Petrefacten. Bradford Clay, Bradford.

PYGASTER.

umbrella (Ag.), Echinoderm. Suiss. Coralline Oolite, Malton.

TETRAGRAMMA. |

Brongniarti (Ag.) var., Echinod. Suiss. Greensand, Blackdown.

* With the small anal plates preserved in situ.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 421

XLITI.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S.

[Continued from p, 203.]

49. Aphis Ulmaria, Schrank.

Aphis Ulmaria, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1. 111. 1221.

Aphis Onobrychis, Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 169. 9.

Aphis Pisi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 23. 11.

Aphis Lathyri, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 684.

This species, the green Dolphin, is one of the largest of the

group ; it feeds on the following plants: Spirea Ulmaria, Genista

anglica, Spartium Scoparium, some other species of these genera

and of Cytisus, Colutea arborescens, Lathyrus odoratus, L. praten-

sis, Pisum sativum, P. arvense, Phaseolus vulgaris, P. multiflorus,

Vicia Sepium, V. sativa, V. Faba, Ervum, Hedysarum, Onobry-

chis, Lotus corniculatus, L. uliginosus, Trifolium pratense, T. re-

pens, T. filiforme, Ononis repens, O. hircina, Geum urbanum, Epilo-

bium montanum, Capsella bursa-pastoris, Cherophyllum temulum,

C. sylvestre ; the Geum and following species are inserted on the

authority of Kaltenbach. It thus manifests a decided preference

to leguminous plants, and may sometimes be found in green-

houses, where, as usual, it appears much earlier than in unsheltered

situations. It feeds also on Artemisia Absinthium and on Tana-

cetum vulgare.

The viviparous wingless female. It is large, yellowish green,

shining, slightly oval and convex, rather long and narrow, and

having three green stripes along the back : the feelers are brown,

green at the base, and nearly as long as the body: the eyes are

dark brown: the mouth is pale green; its tip is brown: the nec-

taries are pale green, and nearly as long as one-fifth of the body ;

their tips are brown : the tip of the abdomen is long, and resem-

bles a short tail. When young it is tinged with white, and has

three vivid green stripes along the back : its feelers are yellow,

with brown tips.

Ist variety. Grass-green: the feelers are black, green at the

base, and longer than the body: the eyes and the tip of the

mouth are black: the nectaries are brown, green at the base,

black at the tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body: the

legs are very long ; the thighs are green with reddish brown tips ;

the shanks are dull yellow ; their tips and the feet are black.

2nd variety. Pale green.

3rd variety. Pale yellowish green: the nectaries are pale yel-

low ; their tips are black : the thighs have pale red tips.

4th variety. The feelers are black except the base, which is

yellow or green : the mouth is also green.

422 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

5th variety. Yellowish green with a lively green stripe on

the back, and more rarely. with one on each side.

6th variety. Grass-green : the feelers are pale yellow, green at

the base and much shorter than the body ; the tips of the third

and of the fourth jomts and the whole of the latter joints are

brown : the eyes are dark red: the mouth is pale yellow with a

brown tip: the legs are pale green or pale yellowish green , the

thighs are pale green towards the base ; the knees, the feet and

the tips of the shanks are brown.

7th variety. Pale green mottled with a darker colour: the

feelers are pale yellow, and longer than the body; the tips of

their joints are brown.

8th variety. Body slightly covered with a white bloom or

powder.

9th variety. Of a delicate rose-colour mottled with yellow:

the head is yellow : the limbs are white; their tips are black.

_ 10th variety. Green mottled with red.

11th variety. With a purple tint.

The young one is flat and linear, and has a rim on each side

of the body ; its colour varies from pale green to pale yellow or

to pale red ; the tips of the limbs are brown. |

12th variety. The body is pale yellowish green, and much more

slender than in the other varieties ; the feelers are pale yellow,

longer than the body ; the tips of their joints are black : the eyes

are bright red: the mouth is pale yellow: the nectaries are pale

green, and as long as one-fourth of the body, their tips are black :

the tip of the abdomen is pale yellow : the legs are hairy, yellow,

and very long; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are

black. On the tansy, and on the wormwood.

The viviparous winged female. When young it is pale or bright

yellow, and has a dull green stripe along the back : the nectaries

are as long as one-tenth of the body: the limbs except their

tips are very pale. Sometimes the feelers of the pupa are black,

pale yellow towards the base: its mouth is pale yellow with a

black tip: the nectaries are almost black : the legs are pale yellow ;

the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black: the

rudimentary wings are pale green.

The wings are unfolded at the end of May, and the insect is

then green: the chest is tinged with buff: the feelers are black,

pale green towards the base: the fourth joint is much more than

half the length of the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ;

the sixth is hardly half the length of the fifth; the seventh is

nearly thrice the length of the sixth: the wings are colourless,

and longer than the body ; the wing-ribs, the rib-veins, and the

wing-brands are pale green or pale yellow; the other veins are

dull yellow or brown, and their tips are very slightly clouded.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 423

Variations in the wing-veins. The upper branch of the second

fork is obsolete except at its tip where it jos the wing-border.

The front is rather narrow, and has on each side of it a tuber-

cle on which the feelers are seated ; its tip is rather oblique : the

first joint of the feelers is slightly curved, and is narrower and a

little shorter than the tubercle which supports it ; the second is

more than half the length and the breadth of the first ; the third

is much narrower than the second ; the fourth is a little shorter

than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth; the

sixth is rather more than one-third of the length of the fifth ; the

seventh is full as long as the third: the fore-chest is rather long,

narrower in front, convex on each side: the nectaries decrease in

thickness from the base to the tips : the legs are long and slender ;

the shanks and the second joint of the feet are curved. The

space between the first and the second forks of the third wing-

vein is variable as to length in this species.

The winged male. The body is black: the feelers are longer

than the body : the eyes are dark red: the nectaries are nearly

one-fourth of the length of the body: the legs are long ; the base

of the fore-thighs is yellow: the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are

also yellow ; the wing-brands are very pale brown ; the other ves

are brown.

Ist var. Black: the fore-border, the hind-border, and the

underside of the fore-chest are reddish brown : the abdomen has

the same colour : its disc is black, and it has a row of black spots

on each side: the mouth is dull yellow with a black tip: the nec- .

taries are about one-fifth of the length of the body: the base of

the thighs is pale yellow; the shanks except their tips are dark

ellow.

2nd var. Brown: the sides of the chest and the abdomen: are

yellow ; the latter has a broad brown stripe along the middle, and

a row of black dots on each side: the mouth and the nectaries

are yellow with black tips, and the latter are as long as one-fourth

of the body : the legs are dull yellow ; the knees, the feet, and the

tips of the shanks are black.

50. Aphis Rubi, Kaltenbach.

Aphis Rubi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 24. 12.

This species feeds on Rubus cesius, R. fruticosus, R. corylifo-

lius, R. discolor, R. Ideus, Geum urbanum, and other species of

that genus, and on Epilobium montanum. The young ones in the

body of the wingless female sometimes amount to twenty and

upwards, of various sizes.

The viviparous wingless female. Light green, oval, convex,

shining, more or less tinged with yellow towards the head: the

feelers are brown, pale green at the base, and a little longer than

424 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the body: the eyes are dark brown: the mouth is pale green ;

its tip is brown: the nectaries are dull green, and as long as one-

fourth of the body ; their tips are black : the tip of the abdomen

is long, compressed and curved: the legs are pale green, long

and slender; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are

brown.

lst variety. Grass-green, spindle-shaped, with three. darker

stripes along the back: the feelers are yellow with black tips :

the mouth is yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black: the necta-

ries are pale yellow with black tips, and more than one-fourth of

the length of the body: the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips

of the shanks are black.

2nd variety. Pale red, powdered with white: the nectaries and

the tip of the mouth are black: the legs are dull white ; the

thighs are sometimes green, their tips are brown; the feet and

the tips of the shanks are black.

3rd variety. Like the preceding, but the nectaries are brown:

the thighs are pale green with brown tips.

4th variety. Dark red.

5th variety. Red mottled with green.

6th variety. Green, slightly covered with a white bloom : the

feelers are black, but become yellow towards the base.

7th variety. Green. 8th var. Lilac. 9th var. Rose-colour.

10th var. Deep red. 11th var. Body mottled with the above

colours. 12th var. Black.

At the end of May it swarms on the bramble and there attains

its largest size ; the shoots are very much adorned with its bright

and many-coloured groups, and the offspring assume the hues of

their respective parents.

The middle of the forehead is slightly convex, and there is a

tubercle at the base of each feeler: the feelers are nearly as long

as or much longer than the body; the fourth joint is more than

half the length of the third ; the fifth is very nearly as long as

the fourth; the sixth is much less than half the length of the

fifth ; the seventh is usually more than thrice the length of the

sixth, but it varies from thrice to six times the length of that

joint, and attains its greatest length in the winged insect: the

nectaries are fully developed and slightly curved: the tip of the

abdomen forms a short tube: the fore-legs are not much shorter

than the hind-legs, and all the shanks are slightly curved.

13th variety. Inhabits the raspberry 1a October, is quite white,

and its colour accords well with the underside of the leaf where

it dwells: the body is long and narrow : the feelers are very much

longer than the body: the tip of the mouth is red, as if dipped

in raspberry-juice, and part of the stomach has the same eolour,

being visible through the almost transparent body when the in-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 425

sect is preserved in Canada balsam : the tips of the joints of the

feelers, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are dark brown: the

legs are very slender.

When feeding on Geum urbanum, the common Ayens, it is

usually more slender than when on the bramble, and the feelers

are very much longer than the body. The unborn young ones

sometimes amount to thirty in number, but are less numerous

in the body of the winged female.

14th variety. The body is green: the head is yellow: the

feelers are black, dull yellow at the base, and very much longer

than the body: the eyes are red: the mouth is yellow with a black

tip: the nectaries are pale green with brown tips, and longer

than one-fourth of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the feet —

and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black.

15th variety. Green, powdered with white: the feelers are

yellow, pale green at the base, black towards the tips: the mouth

is pale yellow, its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are

pale yellow with black tips, and as long as one-fourth of the

body: the thighs are pale green with reddish brown tips; the

shanks are yellow, their tips and the feet are black.

16th variety. The body is pale yellow with a green stripe

along the back: the limbs are white: the feelers are as long as

the body ; the tips of the latter joints are black, as are also the eyes

and the tip of the mouth: the nectaries have black tips, and are

as long as one-sixth of the body: the tips of the feet are black.

The viviparous winged female. It is pale green: the head and

the dise of the chest are buff: the disc of the breast is brown :

there are buff bands across the abdomen, and a row of brown

spots on each side of it: there is also a dark spot at the tip of

the chest or on the base of the abdomen: the feelers are black,

pale yellow at the base, and as long as the body: the eyes are

red: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: there is often a

distinct dark line across the fore-chest: the nectaries are pale

yellow, and nearly as long as one-fourth of the body; their tips

are brown: the legs are pale yellow : the knees, the feet, and the

tips of the shanks are brown: the wings are colourless and much

longer than the body ; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale

green ; the wing-brands are pale brown; the veins are brown and

strongly marked: the feelers are usually much longer than the

body: the widening of the main vein begins a little before two-

thirds of the length of the wing: the brand is irregularly spindle-

shaped, and the fourth vein springs from beyond the middle of

its hind-border: the third vein approaches very near its source

in the main vein before it becomes obsolete ; it is forked before

one-third of its length, and again forked before or shortly after

426 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

two-thirds of its length, but the length of the branches of the

second fork is variable.

lst variety. This is pale and very small: the feelers are thicker

than usual till the seventh joint, which is proportionably more

slender, and is at least eight times the length of the sixth joint :

the veins are very deficient, for in one wing the fourth vein is

obsolete long before it reaches the border, and in the other wing

the third vein has no second fork, and the lower branch of its

first fork is very short, being obsolete before one-third of its way

towards the border of the wing.

2nd var. The body is green: the disc of the chest and that of

the breast are pale reddish brown: there is a row of black spots

on each side of the abdomen: the feelers are a little shorter than

the body: the mouth is pale green with a brown tip; the necta-

ries are black, and as long as one-fifth of the body: the thighs

are pale green with black tips; the feet and the tips of the

shanks are also black: the wing-ribs are yellow; the brands are

brown.

3rd var. Like the preceding, but the dise of the chest and that

of the breast are black.

4th var. The head and the chest are black: the fore-border

and the hind-border of the fore-chest and the fore-breast are dull

yellow: the abdomen is dull greenish yellow with short broken

black bands on its disc, and a row of black dots on each side: the

mouth is yellow, its tip and the nectaries are black: the legs are

pale yellow ; the feet, the tips of the shanks, and the thighs from

the middle to the tips are black : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins

are pale yellow; the brands are dull olive-colour. |

5th var. The body is dull green: the head, the dise of the

chest and that of the breast are brown: the feelers are pale

green at the base, and a little longer than the body: the eyes are

dark red: the mouth and the nectaries have black tips, and the

latter are as long as one-fifth of the body: the legs are dull yel-

low ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black :

the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow.

6th var. The body is grass-green: the dise of the chest and

that of the breast are pale brown : the abdomen has a row of very

small dark dots on each side: the feelers are brown, green at the

base, and as long as the body: the eyes are dark brown: the

nectaries are dull green, and between one-fourth and one-fifth of

the length of the body.

7th var. While a pupa its colour is bright grass-green: the

feelers are pale yellow with brown tips, and are nearly as long as

the body : the disc of the chest is pale buff: the nectaries are pale _

yellow with brown tips: the thighs are pale green; the shanks

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 427

are pale yellow; the feet are brown: the rudiments of the wings

are yellowish white. In the winged insect the disc of the chest

and that of the breast are streaked with brown: the feelers are

pale yellow; the tips of the joimts are brown: the nectaries are

black : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow.

Variations in the wing-veins.—1st. The lower branch of the

first fork is forked again at its tip. 2nd. The lower branch of

the first fork is very short ; the upper branch passes to the wing-

border, but has no second fork. :

The oviparous wingless female. The body is pale bright yellow,

oval, convex and shining : the head is buff: the feelers are yellow,

and much longer than the body ; the tips of their joints are black :

the eyes are dark red: the mouth is pale yellow with a black

_ tip: the nectaries are yellow, darker at the base, and as long as

one-fourth of the body; their tips are black: the legs are pale

yellow ; the knees are brown ; the feet and the tips of the shanks

are black. :

lst var. Green: the feelers are black towards the tips and

nearly as long as the body: the nectaries are nearly as long as

one-fifth of the body : the knees are black.

2nd var. The body is yellowish green: the feelers are black,

yellow at the base.

3rd var. The body is greenish yellow: the head is pale red :

the eyes are black : the nectaries are dark yellow with black tips,

and more than one-fifth of the length of the body.

4th var. The body is white with a very slight yellow tinge :

the feelers are black, white towards the base, and longer than

the body.

The winged male. This pairs with the oviparous female in the

early part of November : it is brown : the fore-border, the hind-

border, and the underside of the fore-chest are dark yellow:

the feelers are black, and much longer than the body ; the mouth

is pale yellow with a black tip : the nectaries are black, and about

one-fourth of the length of the body: the legs are yellow; the

feet, the tips of the thighs and of the shanks, and the hind-thighs

from the middle to the tips are black: the wings are very much

longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands

and the veins are brown.

Ist var. The body is black: the fore-border and the hind-bor-

der of the fore-chest, the fore-breast, and the abdomen are red:

the feelers are black, and much longer than the body: the nec-

taries are black.

51. Aphis Urtice, Schrank.

Aphis Urtice, Schrank, Faun. Boiec. 106. 1186; Kalt. Mon.

Pflan. i. 13. 4.

Urticifer, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™ série, v. 475.

428 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

It feeds on Urtica dioica, U. urens, Geranium Robertianum,

Malva sylvestris, M. moschata, and Chelidonium majus. On the

nettle it is very abundant at intervals throughout the year, and

multiplies in the winter when the weather is mild.

The viviparous wingless female. When very young it is almost

white or pale yellow with a buff tinge towards the head, and

having a large green spot at the base of each nectary: when

full-grown it is green, oval, convex, smooth, sometimes shining,

sometimes covered with white powder: the feelers are white,

and more or less longer than the body ; the tips of the jomts and

the whole of the latter joints are brown: the mouth is pale green

with a brown tip, and reaches to the middle hips: the eyes are

bright red: the nectaries are pale green with black tips, and

from one-fourth to one-fifth of the length of the body: the legs

are long and pale green; the thighs are paler than the shanks ;

the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown.

[st var. The body is white with green bands across the back:

the feelers are pale green ; the tips of the joints are pale brown:

the eyes are dull red : the mouth is pale yellow with a black tip:

the nectaries are white with brown tips: the legs are white; the

knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are pale brown.

2nd var. The body is pale green with three vivid green stripes

along the back : the feelers are pale yellow; the tips of the joints

are black : the eyes are brown : the legs are pale yellow ; the knees,

the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black.

3rd var. The body is greenish yellow. 4th var. Green: the

head is nearly white. 5th var. Dark green. 6th var. Pale red.

7th var. Rose-colour. 8th var. Pink. 9th var. Dull dark red.

10th var. Gray. 11th var. Lilac. » 12th var. Purple.

The young ones in the body amount to twenty and upwards,

of various sizes.

The front of the head is straight and bristly : the first joint of

the feelers is very slightly curved, the inner side being convex ;

it is longer and much narrower than the tubercle on which it is

seated ; ‘the inner-side of. the tip of this tubercle forms nearly a

right angle ; the second is not half the length nor the breadth of

the first; the third is much more slender than the second ; the

fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is much shorter

than the fourth ; the sixth is less than one-third of the fifth ; the

seventh is longer than the third: the fore-legs are not much

shorter than the hind-legs, whose shanks are but very slightly

curved.

The viviparous winged female. In this, as in the wingless female,

there are many varieties of colour, but the head and the chest

are usually pale red ; their discs, and sometimes the whole of the

former, are brown: the abdomen is green : the feelers are black ;

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 429

the first and the second joints are dull reddish green, or pale red ;

the base of the third joint is almost white : the nectaries are pale

yellow with brown tips : the wings are colourless; the wing-ribs

are pale green, or almost white ; the brands are dull yellow or pale

brown ; the veins are brown ; the third vein is as usual obsolete

at its source; it is slightly curved, and forms two very obtuse

angles where it casts off its forks; the distance between these

forks is variable; the first begins before one-third, the second

before or after two-thirds of the length of the wing; the third

and the fourth veins sometimes run very near together, but are

usually more diverging.

52. Aphis Vince, n.s.

The structure of this species very much resembles that of A.

Urtice ; it is rather smaller; the feelers, especially the seventh

joint, are shorter ; the tubercles at their base are less developed ;

the nectaries are also a little shorter. It is abundant on Vinca

major, the greater periwinkle, in the month of May near London.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is pale green, oval,

convex, smooth and shining: the feelers are very pale, longer

than the body ; the tips of the jomts are brown; the fourth joint °

is shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ;

the sixth is less than one-third of the length of the fifth; the

seventh is longer than the third: the eyes are dark brown: the

mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: the nectaries are pale

green with brown tips, and about one-fifth or one-sixth of the

length of the body: the legs are pale yellow, long and slender ;

the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown.

The viviparous winged female. This much resembles the pre-

ceding form, but presents the usual difference in structure, and

in the darker colour of the head, of the chest, of the breast, and

of the feelers,

53. Aphis Malve, Sir Oswald Mosley.

Aphis Malve, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 684.

A. Pelargonwi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 21. 10.

This is a very common species, and feeds on a great variety of

plants, either wild, or cultivated in gardens and in greenhouses ;

among these are Pelargonium, the cultivated species, Malva syl-

vestris, Primula veris and some cultivated species of that. genus,

Aquilegia vulgaris, Bellis perennis, Rumex obtusifolius, Saxifraga

siberica, Erodium Cicutarium, Geranium Robertianum, G. moile,

G. pusillum, G. Pheum.

The viviparous wingless female. When young it is dull green ;

the feelers, nectaries and legs are darker: the eyes are brown :

430 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the feelers are more than half the length of the body, whose seg-

‘ments are short, transverse, and nearly equal in size: the nec-

taries are about one-sixth of the length of the body: its colour

presents the following varieties :—

1st var. The head is almost brown.

2nd var. The body yellowish green.

3rd var. The body bluish green.

4th var. The body whose skin has been lately shed is light

delicate green, inclining to white towards the head: the limbs

are also white with the exception of the black tips of some of the

joints of the feelers.

5th var. The body is deep green : the head is nearly yellow.

As the insect grows, its body discovers a paler and brighter

green colour, and is less lear, and more convex, and shining,

the sutures between the abdominal segments become less di-

stinct, and the rim on each side ‘of the abdomen is more conspi-

cuous.

6th var. Yellow in front, deep green behind, having two rows

of dark dots along the body : the feelers are pale yellow ; their

tips are brown: the tips. of the nectaries are also brown: the

feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black.

It also varies slightly in shape, and in the length of the

feelers, which are a little longer or a little shorter than the body,

The autumnal young are sometimes bright pale yellow, except

the nectaries, the feet, and the tips of the feelers, which are

black.

The viviparous winged female. It is green: the head, the disc

of the chest, that of the breast, the feelers, the nectaries, the

feet, and the tips of the thighs are black : the wings are colour-

less: ; the veins are brown.

54. Aphis pallida, n.s.

This species resembles A. Urtice in structure, but is very di-

stinct ; its colour is paler, especially in the winged form ; the first

joints of the feelers and the tubercles on which they are seated

are less developed : the wing-brands are almost white; the first

and second veins are thicker and more distinct than the third

vein.

It feeds on ‘Rilentharian’ in greenhouses, on a Villarsia in hot-

houses, and on some other plants.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is pale straw-colour,

shining, oval, and convex : there is a large pale green spot at the

base of each nectary : the feelers are much longer than the body ;

the tips of their joints, the eyes, and the tip of the mouth are

black : the nectaries are nearly as long as one-fourth of the body :

* Sargassum tltanceolatum

JS. acanthicarpum

DGreville del.

4S ALUMOSUM.

ST De C. Sowerby. 80! 4

Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum. 431

the legs are long ; the knees are brown; the feet and the tips of

the shanks are black. ey

_ 55. Aphis Fragaria, n. s.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is pale green, oval,

and convex : the head is pale yellow: the feelers are also pale yel-

low, black towards the tips, and longer than the body: the eyes

are dark red: the mouth is pale yellow with a black tip : the nec-

taries have the same colour and are as long as one-fifth of the

body : the thighs are pale green ; the shanks are pale yellow; the

feet and the tips of the shanks are black. It much resembles

the preceding species, but the tubercles at the base of the feelers

are less developed; the feelers are longer than the body; the fourth

joint is shorter than the third; the fifth than the fourth ; the

sixth is about one-third of the length of the fifth ; the seventh is

as long as the third. In the beginning of the spring it is

hatched from the eggs which are attached to the underside of

‘the leaves of the strawberry (Fragaria vesca) ; sometimes six eggs

and upwards are beneath one leaf.

The viviparous winged female. It much resembles the wingless

female, but possesses the usual difference in structure, and in

the darker colour of the chest, &c.: the wings are like those of

the preceding species.— Variation in the veins of the wing. The

lower branch of the second fork is obsolete except at its source.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in November ; it

is rather smaller and more slender than the viviparous female ;

the abdomen is slightly produced at the tip, and the hind-shanks

are dilated.

The winged male. It pairs with the oviparous female in the

middle of November ;.it much resembles the winged female, but

the head, the chest, the feelers, the tips of the thighs, and the

hind-thighs from the middle to the tips are darker.

[To be continued. ]

XLIV.—Alge Orientales :—Descriptions of new Species belonging

to the genus Sargassum. By R. K. Grevirie, LL.D. &c.*

[Continued from p, 277.]

[ With a Plate.]

WIGHTIANZ.

7. Sargassum lanceolatum (nob.); caule angulato, ramosissimo ;

foliis lanceolatis, acutiusculis, minute dentatis; vesiculis sphe-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, November 9, 1848.

432 Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum.

ricis, petiolatis, petiolis brevibus, planis, dilatatis; rece; taculis

compressis, subcuneatis, racemosis, ad apicem late denticulatis.

Hab. in mari Peninsule Indie Orientalis ; Wight.

Root I have not seen. Stem probably 1-2 feet long, an-

gular, and nearly as thick as a crow-quill; in the portion which

I possess, giving off branches at intervals of half an inch; these

branches towards the base are 4-6 inches long, spreading, be-

coming gradually shorter upwards, so as to render the general

outline pyramidal ; all of them thickly clothed with ramuli about

an inch in length, and bushy with leaves, vesicles and receptacles.

Leaves shortly petiolate, about an inch long, very numerous, lan-

ceolate or linear-lanceolate, somewhat acute, repando-denticulate,

furnished with scattered pores and a strong nerve which disap-

pears below the apex. Vesicles intermixed with the receptacles,

about the size of hemp-seed, spherical, often slightly margined,

supported on dilated foliaceous stalks seldom much more than a

line in length, but occasionally on stalks a quarter of an inch

long, more broadly foliaceous and nerved. Receptacles axillary, a

line or a line and a half long, forming minute more or less divided

clusters ; they are linear-cuneate, subcylindrical at the base, com-

pressed upwards, and furnished with broad, sharp teeth at the

sides and apex. Colour very dark red-brown. Substance when

dry somewhat firm, cartilaginous and opake.

This species has so great a resemblance at first sight to another,

which I received from Dr. Wight, and which stands in the her-

barium as my No. 7, that they were mixed together, and it was

not until I examined them critically that they were perceived to

be essentially distinct. Of the present species I only possess a

solitary specimen, and that not an entire one, there being only

about twelve inches of the upper extremity; at the same time it

is in so satisfactory a state, that I venture with some confidence

to regard it as undescribed.

8. Sargassum acanthicarpum (nob.); caule elongato, filiformi, sub-

angulato, ramosissimo ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, uninervibus, pro-

funde dentato-serratis ; vesiculis subsphericis, petiolatis, planis,

dilatatis ; receptaculis axillaribus, racemosis, compressis, lineari-

cuneatis, grosse et acute dentatis.

Wight in herb. no. 4 & 6.

Hab. in mari Peninsule Indie Orientalis ; Wight.

Entire plant near 2 feet long, with a slender graceful ap-

pearance. Root a small callous disc, from which arise one or

more undivided somewhat angular stems, not thicker than a

sparrow’s quill. The branches begin to be given off in a hori-

zontal manner immediately above the root, where they are 2 or

3 inches long, soon extending to 5 or 6 inches, and then gra-

dually diminishing to the end, thus giving the whole a more or

Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum. 433

less oblong-acuminate outline. ‘Towards the base, the branches

appear to be frequently in pairs; two being given off near to-

gether, then after a longer space two more and so on, but this

character is gradually lost, and the upper branches become irre-

gularly alternate, at intervals of half an inch or more. These

branches produce the fruit-bearing ramuli at intervals of a few

lines; they are an inch or more in length next the stem, and

diminish msensibly to the extremity of the branch. Leaves:

those arising from the stem close to the root, ovate-oblong, sub-

sessile ; those on the branches about an inch in length, linear-

lanceolate, becoming gradually shorter and narrower towards the

extremity, deeply and irregularly dentato-serrate, furnished with

minute pores and a narrow nerve which is very faint towards the

apex. Vesicles numerous, from the size of a large pin’s head to

that of hemp-seed, subglobose, often slightly elliptical, on stalks

a line or more in length; but these stalks have a frequent ten-

dency to pass into leaves ; in some specimens nearly all are foli-

aceous, and several lines long, the vesicles themselves being then

more or less elliptical, winged, and often apiculate. Receptacles

1 or 2 lines long, lmear-cuneate, compressed, sometimes subtri-

quetrous, bristling at the lateral and terminal margin with large,

very acute teeth. Generally the raceme is composed of but few

simple receptacles, but occasionally they are proliferous, as shown

in the plate. The terminal receptacle is often large and the

lateral or lower ones very small. Colour a dark reddish brown

when dry; a rich yellow-brown in transmitted light. Substance

somewhat membranaceous and translucent, but rigid in the dry

state.

This species, to which I at one time attached the provisional

name of erinaceum, is distinguished for its beautiful foliage and

the very slender branches, which indeed are scarcely thicker than

a hog’s bristle. The light and graceful character of the whole

plant is increased by the dentation of the leaves, which is some-

times so marked even to the naked eye, as to give them a laci-

niate character.

9. Sargassum dumosum (nob.); caule subplano, distiche ramoso ;

foliis lineari-lanceolatis, uninerviis, inferne precipue attenuatis,

superne plus minusve dentatis; vesiculis ellipticis, petiolatis, pe-

tiolis elongatis, dilatatis, foliaceis ; receptaculis axillaribus, clava-

tis, subcompressis, dentatis, racemosis.

Hab. in mari Peninsulee Indie Orientalis ; Wight.

Root I have not seen, the only specimen in my possession

being about a foot of the upper portion of the plant. In this,

the stem (?) is about a line broad, flat or nearly so, and giving off

branches 5 or 6 inches in length in a distichous manner, at in-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 30

43.4 Dr. Greville on some new species of Sargassum.

tervals of half an inch to an inch. These branches produce others,

which are more or less subdivided in their turn, so as to give the

ramification generally a bushy fasciculate character. Leaves an

inch long, somewhat more than a line broad, linear-lanceolate,

acute, gradually attenuated from the middle to the petiole, very

irregularly toothed, and that almost exclusively in the upper part,

rarely subentire, furnished with pores and a slender nerve which

disappears below the apex. Vesicles larger than the seed of

Lathyrus odoratus, accompanying the receptacles, elliptical, often

mucronate, supported on flat stalks nearly half an inch long,

sometimes becoming even longer and decidedly foliaceous. Re-

ceptacles axillary, 1-2 lines long, club-, or linear-wedge-shaped,

somewhat compressed, often incurved, toothed, especially at the

outer margin and apex, and forming a rather lax sparingly di-

vided raceme. Colour blackish brown in the dry state. Swdb-

stance rigid.

The solitary specimen from which I have drawn up the above

description was mixed with Sargassum pyriforme, Ag., to which

it bears no inconsiderable resemblance in general habit, and

especially in the form of the vesicles. Both the leaves and fruc-

tification, however, at once separate it from that plant. With

Sargassum Swartzu, Ag., it has a nearer affinity, but is readily

distinguished by the much shorter leaves and elongated, toothed

receptacles.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. -

Sargassum lanceolatum.

Fig. 1. Termination of a branch.

— 2. Leaf, vesicles and raceme, slightly magnified.

— 3. Vesicles.

— 4&5. Racemes, magnified; one of the receptacles terminating in a

foliaceous expansion and vesicle.

Sargassum acanthicarpum,

Fig. 1. Termination of a branch.

— 2. A portion with receptacles, one of the leaves being converted into a

vesicle.

— 3. Leaves from the base of the stem close to the root.

— 4, Vesicles.

— 5, Leaf and raceme..

— 6, Portion of a raceme, showing the proliferous state in which it is not

unfrequently found. The two last magnified.

Sargassum dumosum.

Fig. 1. Portion of a branch.

— 2. Leaf and raceme.

— 38. Vesicles; one of them being supported on an abortive receptacle.

— 4. Raceme. 2--4 magnified.

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Arrangement of the Brachiopoda. 485

XLV.—On the Arrangement of the Brachiopoda.

By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S.

Cuvizr established this class of Mollusca as an order when he

published the dissection of Lingula, and it has been almost uni-

versally adopted.

Linnzus, Miiller, Pallas, Poli, Blainville, Owen, Philippi and

D’Orbigny have made us acquainted with the animals of the

other recent genera, and showed how they differ from one

another. !

Mr. M‘Coy in his work on the Fossils of the Carboniferous

Limestone, Mr. King in the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ and

more lately M. D’Orbigny in a paper transmitted to the Aca-

demy of Sciences, and published in the ‘ Annales des Sciences

Naturelles,’ have availed themselves of these materials and pro-

posed an arrangement of the genera of this class into families.

Mr. M‘Coy’s paper illustrates both the fossil and recent ge-

nera, and was an important addition to our knowledge; Mr.

King’s corrected some of the synonyma of the genera and added

~ some details; M. D’Orbigny’s is clever and rapid, and he has

evidently availed himself of the labours of both the above-named

gentlemen and of Philippi, though, with his usual want of gene-

rosity, he has not mentioned their names in any part of his paper,

and has given new names to several of his genera, though many

of them have long been distinguished by preceding authors.

Not considering the arrangement proposed by these authors

as quite satisfactory, I have ventured to suggest the following. —

Some may be astonished at my proposing to place what they

have been in the habit of considering as species of the same

genus in different orders and families, but the number of spe-

cies and forms known appears to me to justify this proceeding.

Bronn in his late work gives a list of more than 950 fossil spe-

cies of this class, many of them having several named varieties.

Synopsis of the Orders.

A. The oral arms recurved and affixed to fixed appendages on

the disc of the ventral valve. Shell minutely and closely per-

forated. ANCYLOPODA.

1. AncyLopracuia. The oral arms affixed to calcareous plates,

forming hoops attached to the hinge-margin of the ventral

valve, and prominent in its cavity.

2. Crypropracuia. The oral arms sunk into grooves in the

convex centre of the inner surface of the ventral valve.

B. The oral arms regularly spirally twisted when at rest. Hz-

LICTOPODA.

30*

436 Mr. J.E. Gray on the Arrangement of the Brachiopoda.

3. ScteRoBRACHIA. The oral arms supported by a shelly plate

arising from the hinge-margin of the ventral valve.

4, Sarcicopracuia. The oral arms fleshy, without any shelly

support.

C.? The animal unknown ; perhaps Conchifera.

5. RupistEs.

Subclass 1. ANCYLOPODA.

The oral arms not extensile or only at the tip ; on fixed shelly

supports, or in grooves in the under or ventral valve ; the mantle

is adherent to the shell, the substance of the shell being pierced

with numerous minute perforations, which are pervaded by the

processes of the mantle.

Order I. ANCYLOBRACHIA.

The oral arms are attached to two shelly plates arising from the

hinder or cardinal edge of the ventral valves ; they are recurved

and convolute on the inner side of the lamina.

The animals are generally attached to marine bodies by a

tendinous peduncle, which passes through a hole in the top of the

umbo of the larger or dorsal valve ; this peduncle and the hole

are sometimes obliterated in the older specimens.

The order only contains a single family.

Fam. 1. TEREBRATULIDA,

which is nearly synonymous with the smooth Terebratula of

Sowerby, the perforated Terebratula of Carpenter, the genus

Epithyris of Phillips and Terebratula of King, the family Tere-

bratulide of M‘Coy, and Cyclothyride of Phillips.

The animal has been described by Linnzeus, Pallas, Owen,

Blainville, Philippi, D’Orbigny and others.

In some genera the hoops are united together below by a

transverse band which is attached to medial longitudinal ridges

of the ventral valve, as in Terebratula of Retzius=the Terebratella

of D’Orbigny, as 7. dorsata ; and Magas, Sow. In others the hoop

forms a ring and is free from the ventral valve, as Gryphus,

Megerle = Terebratula, D’Orb., and Terebratulina, D’Orbigny,

for T. vitrea and T. caput serpentis.

D’Orbigny indicates other genera under the names of Tere- -

brirostris and Fissirostris.

Order I]. The CryprospracHtia

have the oral arms entirely attached in the form of two or more °

lobed processes sunk into grooves in the disc of the ventral valve.

They are generally thick shells. This order also only consists of

a single family.

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Arrangement of the Brachiopoda. 437

Fam. 1. THEecipHAD&.

The animals are described by Philippi and D’Orbigny. The

genus Argiope, De Longchamps = Megatheris, D’Orb. (Tereb. de-

truncata) is attached by a tendon passing out of a very large per-

foration below the beak of the dorsal valves ; Philippi confounds

this genus with his Orthis, which is different from the Orthis of -

Dalman. Thecidea has the shell attached by the truncated apex

of the dorsal valve, or it is free when the apex is produced and

entire. De Longchamps, who established the genus Argiope in

1839, pointed out the affinity of this genus to Thecidea.

Subclass 2. Hextictropopa.

The oral arms are elongate, regularly spirally twisted when in

repose. The mantle lobes are merely applied to the inner sur-

face of the shell, and the substance of the valves is not pierced

with minute perforations, though the surface is sometimes spi-

nulose, the spines being only formed on the edge of the shell

while it is being increased in size.

Order III. ScLEROBRACHIA.

The oral arms support a shelly band arising from the hinder

or cardinal edge of the ventral valve.

Fam. 1. SprrireRID&.

The oral arms very largely developed and supported the whole

of their length by a thin shelly? or cartilaginous? spirally

twisted plate.

These shells are only known in the fossil state, but the spiral

supports of the arms are generally preserved, and may be disco-

vered by sections of the fossil, and are often to be seen im the

fractured specimens.

This family is equivalent to the genus Spirifer of J. Sowerby

the father, the family Delthyride, M‘Coy, who gave some excel-

lent illustrations of the structure, and the Spiriferide of King.

D’Orbigny proposed some genera under the names of Spiriferina,

Spirigera and Spirigerina, according to the direction of the axis

of the spiral cones, but it is doubtful if these genera are. only

new names to those already established.

The Spirifer of Sowerby, as reduced by M‘Coy, and the Mar-

tinia of M‘Coy, have the hinge as long or longer than the width

of the shell. In Atrypa, Dalman, and Athyris, M‘Coy, it is

shorter and the shells oblong, rounder behind.

According to the description of Mr. King, the genus Strigoce-

phalus would appear to form the passage between this and the

next family (Ann. Nat. Hist. xvii. 89).

438 Mr. J.E. Gray on the Arrangement of the Brachiopoda.

Fam. 2. RHYNCHONELLIDA.

The oral arms are elongate, fleshy, supported at the base by

two short, hard, diverging shelly lamine arising from the hinge-

margin of the ventral valve.

They are easily known from the Terebratulide by the cavity of

the shell being without shelly plates, its substance not perforated,

and its surface being generally radiately plaited.

Only one species, 7’. psittacea, is known in the recent state:

its animal has been described by Prof. Owen.”

The family is equivalent to the plaited Terebratula of the elder

James Sowerby and Von Buch, the non-perforated Terebratula

of Carpenter, the genus Hypothyri ts of Phillips, and part of the

family Terebratulide of King.

It contains the genus Rhynchonella of Fischer and D’Orbigny

= Hypothyris, Phillips ; Comerophoria, King ; Uncites, Defrance ;

? Trigonofemus, Koenig; Rhyncora, Dalman; Pygope, Link ;

Delthiridea, M‘Coy ; Pentamerus, Sowerby.

Order IV. SarcrcoBRACHIA.

The oral arms fleshy to the base and without any shelly sup-

port, the lower valve without any processes on the hinge-margin

or disc, or except sometimes. a slight medial longitudinal ele-

vation.

Fam. 1. Propuctipz

consist entirely of fossil species, some much resembling those of

the former family ; but the shells are generally spinose ; they are

often attached to marine bodies by the surface of the ventral

valve, as the genera Productus, Sow., Stropholosia, King, Chonetes,

Fischer, Leptena and vate Dalman, Strophonema, Rafinesque,

and Calceola, Lamk.

This family comprises Mr: emt s Productide, Strophomenide

and Calceolide.

Fam.'2. CRANIADE.

Nearly allied to the last, but the upper valve is simply conic

hke a Patella, and the animal is attached by the outer surface of

the ventral valve. |

The animal has been figured by Miller, Poli and others. It

includes the recent genus Crania of Retzius, including the Orbi-

cula of Lamarck, Criopus of Poli. The lower valve of the only

recent species I am acquainted with varies greatly in thickness

and form according to the position and habitation of the animal.

This family in many particulars is allied to Thecideada.

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Arrangement of the Brachiopoda. 489

Fam. 3. Discinipz&.

The upper valve is conical and patelloid, the lower orbicular,

and is attached to marine bodies by a short tendinous peduncle,

which passes out through a slit in the hinder part of the disc of

the ventral valve.

The animal of this genus has been described by Mr. Owen

under the name of Orbicula, Mr. G. B. Sowerby having some

years ago confounded this shell with that genus, which has

caused confusion which has existed to this day. The shell was

first described by Schumacher as a section of the genus Crania:

Mr. King, probably misled by this mistake, does not include it

in his arrangement. This shell is peculiar, for being a horny

rather than a shell texture, it is flexible when moist.

Fam. 4. Lineuiip2.

The valves are nearly equal, elongate, and supported by a thick

peduncle which comes out between the beaks of the two valves.

The shells are covered with a horny periostraca, and in some spe-

cies the shelly matter is so very thin that the shells are flexible

and nearly entirely cartilaginous.

The family contains only a single genus, Lingula.

Order V. RupistEs.

This order has been placed by most modern authors with the

Brachiopoda : the proofs of its belonging to this family are not

very evident ; but as there is no other to which they appear to be

more nearly allied, they may as well be retained in this position. _

Lamarck, Cuvier, Férussac, and some other authors have re-

garded some of the genera as belonging to Cephalopoda, and

others as bivalves (Conchifera).

Deshayes regards them as more nearly related to Chama, the

character of the family having been lost by the destruction of

the inner coat of the shell during the fossilization of the speci-

men. .

M. D’Orbigny has properly united them into one group under

the name of Irregular Brachiopods or Rudistes, but he includes

with them the genus Crania, which is a true Brachiopod.

They form three very distinct families :—

Fam. 1. RapIoLiripZ.

The lower valves more or less elongate-conical, fixed ; the up-

per valve conical or spiral, free ; the texture of the lower valve

cellular or fibrous.

The Radiolites has the upper valve flat or conical and cap-like.

The Caprina, D’Orb., has a spiral and produced upper valve.

The first of these genera has had many names applied to it, but

440 ) Bibliographical Notices.

that given by Lamarck has the priority. It has been called Sphe-

rulites, Ostracites and Acardo, and the cast of the interior cavity

has been considered as a genus, under the name of Birostris and

Todamia.

Fam. 2. Hippurivip2z.

The lower valve is elongate, tapering, subcylindrical, of a solid

laminated texture; the upper valve is nearly flat, and pierced

with peculiar pores radiating to the circumference with branches

diverging to the upper surface.

This family only contains a single genus, Hippurites, Lamk.,

which has also had many other names applied to it, as Cornu-

copia, Orthoceratites, Batolites (or Batholites), Raphanister, and

Bitubulites.

Fam. 3. CAPROTINADA.

The lower or fixed valve is conical and spirally twisted, and

marked internally with prominent ridges or transverse septa ; the

dorsal or free valve is oblique or spiral. They differ from Ca-

prina in the valves not being of a cellular or fibrous texture.

This family contaims two genera :—

1. Caprotina, D’Orb., which has the cavity of the shell merely

marked with internal ridges.

2. Ichthyosarcolites has the cavity of the large spiral or invo-

lute fixed valve divided transversely by a number of oblique septa ;

the upper valve is probably like an operculum, but this genus is

very imperfectly known.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Ferns of Britain and their Allies ; comprising Equisetacee, Fili-

cacee, Lycopodiacee and Marsileacee. By R. Deaxin, M.D., Lon-

don. Pp. 139. 8vo. London, 1848.

A Handbook of British Ferns intended as a guide and companion in

Fern Culture, and comprising scientific and popular descriptions,

with engravings of all the species indigenous to Britain, with remarks

on their history and cultivation. By Tuomas Moors, Curator of

the Bot. Garden of the Apothecaries’ Company. Pp. 156. 16mo.

London, 1848.

Owine chiefly, it is probable, to the publication of Mr. Newman’s

beautiful work ‘:A History of British Ferns,’ the study of this tribe

of plants has taken a firm hold upon the affections of British bota-

nists, and we now hail with delight the appearance of two other

illustrated works upon them, as they cannot but tend still further

to popularize the subject and lead to a more complete and scientific

knowledge of it.

Bibliographical Notices. 441

The books before us are of very different sizes and pretensions,

but we do not know to which the preference is due. Happily how-

ever we can hardly be considered as called upon to decide their rela-

tive merits.

Mr. Moore’s work is intended for use in the field and garden ;

Dr. Deakin’s for the library and drawing-room ; both aim at scientific

accuracy, and will be of value to botanists. In each of them we are

introduced to several newly-discovered species or varieties, and both

are well and fully illustrated by figures of all the forms which have

been found in Britain.

Our authors have paid much attention to Lastrea filiz-mas, and

Dr. Deakin separates from it a plant which seems to possess strong

claims to specific distinction under the name of L. erosa, believing

that he has identified it with the Aspidium erosum of Schkuhr. On

this identification,we are not qualified to give an opinion, never

having seen a specimen of Schkuhr’s plant nor possessing access to

his plate. It is found “ on the Cathcart Hills near Glasgow . . . in

great profusion,” but we have not seen specimens, and can therefore

judge of its claims from the description and figures alone. It ap-

pears to be a more elegant plant than L. filix-mas, from which it is

distinguishable by possessing acute inciso-serrate pinnules: the teeth

being patent and again serrate and acute. Most of the pinnules are

usually distinct at the base, which is narrowed both above and below,

and their lateral veins are three or four times branched.

Mr. Moore describes under the name of L. filix-mas B. incisa, a

fern which he considers as the L. erosa of Deakin, but in that opinion

we do not concur. Beautiful specimens of it are before us, and after

a careful examination of them we have been led to the conclusion

that they are not distinguishable specifically from L. filiz-mas, from

which they seem chiefly to differ in the rather less obtuse extremity

of their pinnules, the teeth of which are not patent, and are regu-

larly furnished with one or more terminal or subterminal notches,

but not toothed as in LZ. erosa. Their base also is similar to that of

typical L. filix-mas, being narrowed above, but not at all or very

slightly below, the lowest excepted: they are also usually decurrent

and connected. The sori do not appear to occupy a greater length

of the pinnules than they are often found to do in the typical plant,

neither do the veins strike us as being materially different from

those of it. It is probable that Mr. Moore has. been led to suppose

that his plant is identical with that described by Dr. Deakin, from

the latter botanist having stated his belief that the plant found at

Cockermouth by Miss Browne and figured by Mr. Newman (p. 197,

f. 6b.) is his LZ. erosa. We think that Newman’s figure represents

Moore’s variety incisa, and that a comparison of it with Deakin’s

figure (on page 102) will show that Dr. Deakin has been too hasty in

identifying the plants. An elaborate description of L. erosa will be

found in Dr. Deakin’s work..

We have not succeeded in confirming the distinctness of L. macu-

lata (Deak.), which according to that author diffefts from L. dilatata

by its longer stem, uniformly coloured scales, more deeply cut and

442 Bibliographical Notices.

serrated secondary lobes, with the lateral veins terminating at the

point, and the sori placed immediately under the cleft of the lobe,

not in its middle as in L. dilatata.

- Neither of our authors has ventured to place Newman’s L. col-

lina in the rank of a species, to which we are inclined to believe that

it has strong claims. Its ovate obtuse pinnules, which are obtusely

mucronate-serrate and attached broadly at their base as in L. spinu-

losa, distinguish it from L. dilatata, with which it agrees in having

pointed scales on its stipes with a dark brown centre and diaphanous

margin. It does not accord with French specimens named as the

Polysticum tanacetifolium of DeCandolle.

Mr. Moore has distinguished three forms of Polysticum angulare

which had not been previously noticed; we must refer to his book

for an account and figures of them..

In the genus Cystopteris a very curious variety or monstrosity is

figured by Mr. Moore under the name of C. Dickieana (Sim). By

the kindness of Dr. Dickie of Aberdeen, its discoverer, “ in two drip-

ping caves on the coast near Aberdeen,” we have had an opportunity

of examining specimens of this curious plant, both wild and also

after two years of cultivation, during which time they have not un-

dergone any material alteration. It seems probable that the pecu-

liar broadness of frond of this plant may result from its place of

growth, and that it is nothing more than an abnormal state of C. den-

tata. The peculiarly broad ovate and entire pinnules of C. Dickieana

contrast most remarkably with the slender almost linear notched

pinnules of a variety of C. fragilis inhabiting a similar cave, situated

high up on one of the cliffs of Snowdon.

We think that Mr. Moore is in error when he states that “in

Wales the variety dentata ((C. dentata, Hook.] is the most abundant,”

as we have never been able to find it in any part of that country :

all the Welsh plants that we have seen are states of C. fragilis,

under which we include the C. angustata (Sm.). Dr. Deakin has

given (pp. 84, 85) beautiful figures in illustration of C. fragilis,

under which he places C. dentata, and in addition characterizes as

varieties the C. cynapifolia (Roth), C. angustata (Sm.), and C. an-

thriscifolia (Roth).

The Scottish C. dentata is in all probability a distinct species from

C. fragilis, under which we would place the other above-mentioned

plants. Its characters are well illustrated by Mr. Newman (Brit.

Ferns, p. 154), and it seems to have been found in the highlands of

Scotland alone, where it is by no means rare.

Mr. Moore has acted wisely in naming and distinguishing as va-

rieties the two forms of Pteris aquilina, one of them having its lower

pinnules pinnatifid, whilst in the other they are quite entire. It is

singular that we should be unable to discover any previous notice of

this well-marked variation in the writings of other botanists, with

the exception of a cursory remark in Dr. Deakin’s work.

In conclusion, we have only to add, that we can conscientiously

recommend both these works to the favourable notice of our readers.

Bibliographical Notices. 443

The Dodo and its kindred ; or the History, Affinities, and Osteology of

the Dodo, Solitaire, and other extinct Birds of the Islands Mauri-

tius, Rodriguez, and Bourbon. By H. E. Srricxianp, M.A.,F.G.S.,

F.R.G.S. ; and A. G. Metvitiz, M.D. Edin., M.R.C.S. London.

Reeve, Benham and Reeve, 1848.

It would be difficult to name a subject more profoundly interesting

to the naturalist than is that to whose investigation the work above

named forms a valuable contribution. ‘The inquiry indeed into the

origin and extinction of species may be truly considered as the

question of questions to the naturalist,—the highest and most sub-

lime to which, in the most comprehensive study of his subject, his

attention can be directed. The chronology of such origin and ex-

tinction forms indeed the great work to the completion of which the

labours of the paleontologist are tributary, and which gives to them

their greatest interest and charm. No earnest observer can doubt

that such origin and extinction are subject to some certain laws of

that Unity which, whenever we can penetrate below the surface, is

found stampt upon the face of every created thing,—although we

may be unable, at present, clearly to see and understand those laws.

And the uncertainty we have upon the subject makes every illus-

trative contribution the more interesting. This interest is certainly

enhanced when the inquiry concerns a creature or creatures which

have become extinct within the memory of man. ‘The fact, if esta-

blished, adds an important illustration to the arguments by which

that view is supported, which has gradually gained ground as the

domain of science and observation has been enlarged, and which

considers all the wide and varied changes which the earth’s surface

has undergone to have been due to causes now in operation ; a ge-

neralization which again reflects no little light upon the question of

the origin and extinction of species itself. -

That species have, in fact, become extinct within the time and by

the agency of man admits of no doubt. We cannot however agree

with one of the authors of the above work in his enumeration of the

instances of such ‘“proved” extinction, inasmuch as we conceive

that no evidence is yet before the world of the extinction, within

human times or by human agency, of the Megaceros Hibernicus or

Irish Elk—perhaps the most interesting of the cases he has cited.

A careful consideration of this point has led us to the conclusion that,

at present, there is no “‘ evidence that the Megaceros co-existed with

the human race, or that its extinction was the result of man’s hos-

tility*.” And this conclusion has not been formed without a full

consideration of all the facts recently brought forward as to certain

remains alleged to have been found at Lough Gar+ near Limerick ;

the mode of arguing and of handling which facts seems to us in

itself to put the cautious inquirer upon his guard as to how far he

* Owen’s Brit. Foss. Mammals, p. 461.

+ These discoveries, and the discussion arising out of them, are detailed

in Charlesworth’s Geol. Journal, p. 87 &c. (1847).

444A Bibliographical Notices.

accepts the conclusions which are so eagerly sought to be drawn

from them.

Although we regret that the conclusions as to the Irish Elk should

have been so readily adopted in the present work, it is satisfactory

to think that no similar uncertainty can exist as to the special object

of the work itself. It is true that Mr. Strickland speaks (p. 62) of

rescuing these anomalous creatures from the domain cf fiction.”

He can hardly intend, however, what these words seem to imply.

Few persons who have any familiarity with the subject can now pre-

tend to doubt the former existence of an actual creature,—the living

Dodo. Even Mr. Gray, when doubting that the head and feet of

Edwards's picture belonged to the same creature, cannot escape the

conclusion of the former existence, and now extinction, of some

great bird in the islands of the Eastern Seas. The present work is,

nevertheless, of very great interest and value, even on this part of

its subject, for the industry, care, and success with which all the

notices of these creatures by any of the old navigators have been

collected, together with many other incidental mentions made of

them, and with the addition of notices of all the representations or

remains of them whose existence can be ascertained. ‘This part of

the work forms an important illustration of the kind of evidence on

which alone any true naturalist can admit the existence of any ano-

malous creature. In proof of the existence of the Dodo we have,

unlike the assumed evidence of the existence of some other anoma-

lous monsters of which we have lately heard much, every canon of

cautious truthseeking fully satisfied. With no traditional supersti-

tion or belief to give an origin to such a story* (a point of no little

importance in such an investigation), we have here fifteen or sixteen

separate and independent authorities all alluding incidentally to the

Dodo, each different in language and description, yet each of which

has points of resemblance that cannot be mistaken as referring to

similar objects. "We have moreover drawings of the creature itself,

made by different hands, and at different times, and with different

objects; some of them rude and coarse to grotesqueness; others

finished works of art. Yet throughout all these there run characters

which it is impossible to mistake, and which satisfy us that the

draughtsmen drew, not from imagination, but from something real,

* It has always seemed to us that the fable of the Great Sea Serpent,

which first spread in modern times from Norway, was to be traced to the

myth, in the fine Old Northern Mythology, of that fell offspring of Loki,

Jormungandr,—the great world-surrounding serpent, whom Thor fished up

with the bull’s-head bait, and whom, at the great day of Ragnarokr, he shall

slay. It is curious, by the way, that we are expressly told how Jormungandr,

rearing his head, poured out fountains of venom upon Thor, very much as

old Bishop Egede tells us of the great sea serpent raising up its head and

spouting out water.

Since the above, and the former part of this note, were written, Professor

Owen’s letter has appeared in the ‘Times’ of November 14 ; which gives a

simple and clear explanation of the circumstances that have recently

attracted attention, and briefly, but conclusively, discusses the question

of the existence of the Great Sea Serpent generally.

Bibliographical Notices. 445

and from individuals of one and the same species. It were perhaps

impossible to illustrate this better than by the two following figures.

—s

Bontekoe’s figure of the Dodo (about) 1646.

moins

ype

Van den Broecke’s figure of the Dodo, 1617.

However grotesque the first may appear, the resemblance in main

character between both and the well-known picture in the British

Museum is obvious. All accounts agree, too, as to the local habi-

tation of these creatures, a point in which, if it had been a mere tra-

vellers’ wonder, they could certainly not have done without copying

from one another. We do not find the creature met with at one

time near the North Pole, at another in the West Atlantic, and at

another near the Southern Tropics ; in each case under circumstances

of wonder, and referred to some unknown legendary marvel ; while

in none was it within actual reach and handling, nor were any or-

446 Bibliographical Notices.

ganic remains of it brought away. ‘The Dodo, on the contrary, is

always named as having been found in the same region; is told of

as no fearful thing, but as one very easy to be killed, though less

easy to be eaten, but of which, nevertheless, very many were from

time to time both killed and eaten by those who found it. Finally,

actual relics of the creature were brought away and still exist. The

genuineness and truthfulness of Savery’s pictures of the Dodo seem

to us to be fully and clearly shown, and every naturalist must, we

think, feel that now, at least, we have satisfactory materials on which

to work. And this should lead us to notice the other part of the

work, the whole of which is valuable for the minute details which it

affords, both by descriptions and figures of peered beauty, of

the osteology of the Dodo.

With respect to the affinities which it is the object of this book

to establish as those of the Dodo, it would be impossible, in a brief

review, to enter into the discussion of the question. The patience

and ability displayed in working out the osteological details will be

admitted by every one, whether or not the special conclusions urged

may be accepted. One or two remarks as to those conclusions may

however be allowed us, without its being considered that we would

wish to lessen any of the just weight which may belong to the

points actually specified. Without discussing, then, the comparative

anatomy itself of the Dodo, we must confess that the impression left

on our mind after a careful perusal of this book was, that it is in-

conceivable that the whole matter can be so very clear, the columbine

affinities so very obvious and unmistakeable, as is here represented.

We would notice this point earnestly, inasmuch as every truth-

seeker must feel that science is perpetually suffering much through

a too eager haste in the attempt to establish some novel conclusion.

When the undisputed success of the manifold researches of Prof. Owen

is remembered, it would reflect little upon him that, in the case of the

Dodo, or any other individual case, he should have erred. But when

the care and caution upon which alone that success has depended

and must depend are also remembered, and when it is known that

to the anatomy of the Dodo he has devoted express attention, and,

having devoted that attention, has arrived at a conclusion different

from that of our authors,—though with less expression of confidence

and certainty,—we cannot but feel satisfied that, be he right or

be he wrong in his conclusions, it is at any rate too much now to

say that ‘‘ the only points in which the Dodo can be said to differ

materially from the type of the Pigeons are few in number, and are

not such as to make any approximation to the Raptorial form ”

(p. 45), and that “ the whole or a majority ” of ‘‘ the family charac-

ters of the skull in the Columbide ” (p. 75) are found so obviously

in that of the Dodo, while it ‘‘ differs from that of the Vuituride ”’

(id.) in a long enumeration of ‘‘ important and characteristic distinc-

tions.” No one can have engaged in the close investigation of any

branch of natural history, or indeed anything else, earnestly seek-

ing the truth, and not have felt how easy it is, when once a parti-

cular idea has been taken up, to detect in every minute and barely

distinguishable point imagined corroborations of that idea, while

Bibliographical Notices. 447

points inconsistent with the idea are overlooked ;—that, in short, in

order to feel any confidence in the truth of any result worked out, it

is necessary, at every step, to contend, as it were, against the evi-

dence itself, and cautiously to seek out, not so much for that which

will support, as for that which will militate against, the conclusion

which it is thought may be established. And where the case is a

disputed one, there is, philosophically considered, more weight to be

attached to, and reliance to be placed upon, results in the statement

of which it is admitted that there exist points of difficulty and

doubt,—thus affording proof that such points have been sought

and not avoided,—than to those the statement of which appears so

smooth and clear and free from doubt and difficulty that he who

runs may read. While therefore we must bestow the warmest meed

of approbation on the elaborate attention which has obviously been

given to the anatomical details contained in the present work, and

which no one can examine without interest and instruction, we are

bound to remind the seeker after truth that this is not all that has been

said upon the subject, and therefore not all that can be said : and, if he

would advance truth and true science, he is bound, before accepting

the conclusions here put forth, to give every attention to what has

been or may be said in support of any other views. He has here one

view of the present subject most carefully, elaborately and clearly

stated, and with every advantage which pictorial illustration can

give. Cordially congratulating the scientific reader that the mate-

rials for discussion are thus before him in the most ample form, we

must then repeat that they can only, at present, be regarded as mate-

rials, and that the question of the affinities of the Dodo cannot be

regarded as settled and conclusively established until a careful com-

parison has been made between the facts urged in support of the

conclusion set forth in this volume and those which have more —

especially attracted the attention of others, who, from an examina-

tion of the materials which exist for a determination of the question,

have arrived at a different conclusion.

Outlines of Botany, Partl. By W. Maren, M.D. London,

H. Bailliére. 1848.

This little work appears to have been drawn up asa substitute for

the notes which industrious students make during their attendance on

lectures. As such it may prove useful, but to those who have had

no previous instruction it will be of little service. When we mention

that it has been attempted to give an outline of the organography

and physiology of plants in eighteen pages, and that all the more

important organs and parts are alluded to, it will be comprehended

that no great space could be afforded for explanations. On the

whole the organography is tolerably clear, though in several points

the author has adopted views now generally abandoned. Several of

these cases we have marked for notice.

The description of the structure of stems is sufficiently vague, and

the old doctrine of endogenous growth is still adhered to. No allu-

448 Bibliographical Nottces.

sion is made to the essential difference between the dicotyledons and

monocotyledons arising from the union or independence of their com-

ponent parts. The cambium regions of the fibro-vascular bundles

of dicotyledons are blended into a ring beneath the bark, and in their

growth are capable of forcing this outward and forming new layers

of wood ; the cambium regions of the isolated bundles of monocoty-

ledons (which are not ‘‘ dispersed confusedly’’) are buried in the

substance of the general parenchyma, and only capable of develop-

ment up to a certain point; consequently these latter cannot enlarge

the diameter of the stem to any considerable extent, but merely ren-

der it more dense and compact.

In a note on morphology the author speaks of the ovules as deve-

loped from the margins of the carpellary leaves. The existence of

a doubt at least, on this point, in regard to many.cases, should have

been indicated, considering the high names of the supporters of. the

opposite opinion.

The integuments of the seed are here said to consist. of three

layers, viz. “‘ episperm, mesosperm, and endosperm,”’ or in other

terms, “‘ testa, sarcosperm, and endopleura.’”’ Now the integuments

of a seed are two: the testa formed from the primine, and the en-

dopleura or membrane interne formed from the secundine. The word

episperm is usually applied as a general term to include both coats ;

the word endosperm is applied to the albumen. Some indeed pro-

pose to call the albumen episperm when formed between the embryo-

sac and the endopleura, and endosperm when formed within the

embryo-sac, but no such term as sarcoderm is now recognised.

The physiology is treated rather obscurely. The old notion of the

excretion of useless matters by the roots is taken for granted; and

the respiration and digestion described as opposite processes, since

respiration is regarded as an inhalation of oxygen with a liberation

of carbonic acid, taking place in the dark, while growth or nutrition

is said to “ consist in varied combinations of oxygen, hydrogen, car-

bon and azote, got from the air and water,” forming proximate, prin-

ciples, such as sugar, gum, starch, &c. If nutrition, especially so-

called, consists in this, it is difficult to see what digestion and respi-

ration are for.

The manner of growth of cells is summed up very briefly, being

said ‘to take place by the development of new ones from ‘‘ certain

germs or cytoblasts affixed to the wall of each.” Such statements

as these are worse than no account at all of such matters.

The second section is devoted to classification, and gives the Lin-

neean system with an analytical tribe of DeCandolle’s Natural system ;

and four pages are devoted to the geography and medicinal proper-

ties of plants.

Seven plates accompany the text, not very artistic, but sufficiently

clear for those who are satisfied with diagrams.

Lovlogical Society. 449.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 22, 1848.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

AppiITIonAL MEASUREMENTS OF THE Rep CoRPUSCLES OF THR

Buioop or Vexrresrata. No.4. By Georce Guuuiver, F.R.S.

A reference to the preceding numbers of these papers will be found

in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, October 14, 1845, p. 93,

where are also tables of my measurements of the blood-corpuscles

up to that date, with summary notices of the most remarkable results

as to the size of those corpuscles in vertebrate animals, A note con-

cerning the size of the blood-corpuscles of Birds is given in the same

Proceedings for March 24, 1846: and numerous observations on

the size, shape, and structure of the blood-corpuscles of Vertebrata

are contained in my Notes to the edition of Hewson’s Works, lately

printed for the Sydenham Society.

The following measurements, like all my former ones, are expressed

in vulgar fractions of an English inch, and for the sake of brevity, on

this occasion the average sizes only are given: L.D. denotes the long

diameter and §.D. the short diameter of the corpuscles. A few re-

marks may be now added to illustrate the bare figures.

After my observation (see Dublin Medical Press for November

1839, and Proceedings of the Zoological Society, No. CXV. p. 107)

of the remarkable minuteness of the red corpuscles of the blood of

the Napu Musk Deer, it was to be expected that the corresponding

corpuscles in the other species of Moschus would have a similar cha-

racter. Accordingly, in Stanley’s Musk Deer I found those corpus-

cles almost as small; and in my late measurements, the average of

which is now given, of the blood-corpuscles of the Meminna Deer,

I could perceive no difference between them and those of the Napu

Musk Deer. ©

In the books of physiology, before the observations just mentioned,

the blood-corpuscles of the Goat used to be described as the smallest

in the Mammalia (see Prevost and Dumas; and Miiller, Physiology,

tr. by Dr. Baly, 1838, vol. i. p. 101; Mandl, Anatomie Générale,

1843, p. 248); but to the list of animals in which I have already

found those corpuscles still smaller, are now to be added the Me-

minna and two species of Brocket Deer.

‘In the Ked Brocket Deer (a female) the majority of the blood-

corpuscles were of the spear-shaped, lunated, and sigmoidal forms,

described and figured from the blood of some other Cervide in the

Lond. and Edin. Philosophical Magazine, November 1840, p. 329,

and noticed in my Appendix to Gerber’s Anatomy, p. 11 to 12: there

were also many of the common circular corpuscles. The blood-

corpuscles of a new species of Brocket Deer (a male, from Brazil)

were of the usual circular shape. In the magazine above-cited it is

suggested that those irregular forms may result from changes in the

common circular discs ; and this now appears more probable trom the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. in, 31

450 Zoological Society.

facts just mentioned. The cause of these curious changes in, the

shape of the blood-discs is well-deserving of further inquiry.

The blood-corpuscles of the Aurochs are scarcely distinguishable

in any respect from those of its retin the Bison and of some other

large ruminants.

Of the Edentata, as far as can be interred from the few yet exa-

mined, the mean size of the blood-corpuseles is larger than in mam-

mals generally. And in the genus Bradypus, as fully explained in

the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, June 11, 1844, I found

those corpuscles larger than any yet observed in Mammalia, with the

single exception of those of the Elephant. This large size of the

blood-corpuscles of the Sloth is confirmed by the measurement now

given of them, from a younger animal than that which afforded me

the blood for the former observations.

Judging from the facts at present ascertained, the marsupial ani-

mals appear to agree in the size and form of the blood-corpuscles

with the corresponding placental Mammalia, as mentioned in my

notice in the Dublin Medical Press, November 1839, and in the Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society, June 8, 1841. But in the Mar-

supials further observations are required. The measurement now

given of the blood-corpuscles of the Crab-eating Opossum accords

with the view just stated.

The following measurements of the blood-corpuscles of Birds tend

to confirm the result which I have before published, that in this entire

class the law for the size of the corpuscles is the same as in a single

family of Mammalia; and that the short diameter of the oval blood-

corpuscles of Birds has a general correspondence with the diameter

of the circular blood-corpuscles of mammals.

Through the kindness of Dr. Andrew Smith, I am enabled to.add

measurements of the blood-corpuscles of such reptiles as were alive

Some time since in his very interesting and valuable collection.

Laland’s Megalotis (Otocyon Lalandii, [Desm.]) .... 1-3600

Meminna Deer (Moschus Meminna, Erxl.)..........1-12825

Red Brocket Deer (Cervus nemorivagus, Cuv.) .....+. 1-7060

A Brocket Deer (Cervus—a new species) ......+.+- 1-7125

Aurochie (Bor Urus, Boda.) 2». 50's a2G los els sane bore 1-4074

A young Sloth (Bradypus didactylus, Linn.) ........ 1-2778

Anteater (Echidna histriz, Cuv.) .. 0. ccc cece ee es 1-3300

Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphis cancrivora, Temm.).. 1-34386

Red-legged Falcon (Falco rufipes, Bechst.).... D. ae

Long-eared Owl ( Otus vulgaris, Flem.)...... 1SD. oe

Little Owl (Strix passerina, Temm.) ........ { pg ' yor

Red-backed Shrike (Lanzus collurio, Linn.) .. { fe : pan

Cassowary (Casuarius emu, Lath.) .......:.. ‘s'D: ; ‘ado

Great Bustard (Otis 10F06, ADU) occas 26 %es 1 SD ; ribet

Zoological Society. 451

Houbara Bustard (Otis houbara, Gmel.) : { ED: gaan

Three-keeled Emys (Emys trijuga, Schw.) 1s: i ; : ee

Caspian Emys (mys Caspica, Schweig.) .... { aay : res

Testudo mauritanica, Dum. & Bib. .......... ‘ ab i eene

Testudo tabulata, Walbaum .............. ers : “ahers

Gymnopodus Aigyptiacus, Geoff. ; labiatus, Bell 1p : ghe-

Morelia Argus, Dum, & Bib. ........ $B beis aes! igen

Proteus (Proteus anguinus, Laur.) .......... on | ri

Common Trout (Salmo fario, Linn.) ........ { an sor

Grayling (Thymallus vulgaris, Nilss.)........ { aD: +8800

ON SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN BIiRps.

By Joun Gou tp, F.R.S. etc.

GRAUCALUS HYPOLEUCUS.

Lores black; crown of the head and all the upper surface dark

grey; wings and tail black; chin, under surface of the wings, abdo-

men and under tail-coverts white; breast pale greyish white ; irides

brownish black ; bill blackish brown; legs and feet black ; insides of

the feet and spaces between the scales of the tarsi mealy grey.

Total length 9 inches; bill 13; wing 53; tail 42; tarsi 1.

Hab. Port Essington.

Remark,—Distinguished from all the other Australian members of

the genus by the whiteness of the under surface.

LImMosA UROPYGIALIS.

All the upper surface brownish grey, becoming dark brown in

the centre and nearly white on the edges of the feathers; primaries

brown, with white shafts ; rump and upper tail-coverts conspicuously

barred with brown and white; tail alternately barred with brown

and white; throat and abdomen white; neck and breast brownish

grey; under wing-coverts and flanks barred with brown and white ;

bill white at the base, becoming brown at the tip; irides dark brown ;

legs brownish black.

Total length 15 inches; bill 3}; wing 8; tail 31; tarsi 2}.

Hab. Australia.

Remark.—Distinguished from Limosa rufa by the rump being

barred instead of white as in that species, The female is about a

third larger in all her admeasurements than the male.

CHARADRIUS VEREDUS.

Crown of the head and all the upper surface brown, each feather

3)*

452 Zoological Society.

narrowly fringed with buff; primaries blackish brown, the shaft of

the first white; tail brown, narrowly edged with white, the brown

colour gradually fading as the feathers recede from the centre ; face,

a broad stripe over the eye, and the chin, buffy white; sides and back

of the neck, and the breast, buffy brown; abdomen and under surface

white ; irides very dark brown; legs and feet brownish flesh-colour ;

bill dark brown. :

Total length 83 inches; bill i}; ; wing 63; tail 22; tarsi 2.

Hab. Northern Rusteslin.

Remark.—This species exhibits characters pertaining both to the

true Plovers and to the Coursers, and would seem therefore to have

just claims tobe made the type of a new genus ; but before separating

it, it will be necessary to know something of its habits, and also if it

undergoes any periodical change of plumage.

ToTaNUS GRISEOPYGIUS.

Head, all the upper surface, rump and tail, greyish brown; pri-

maries dark brown; line over the eye and all the under surface white ;

the neck, breast and flanks strongly freckled with brown; irides

reddish brown; bill blackish brown, except the base of the under

mandible, which is scarlet ; legs and feet hyacinth-red.

In winter the upper surface is of a much lighter hue, and the under

surface is of a greyish white and destitute of the brown freckles.

Total length 8% inches; bill 12; wing 6h tail. 22; tarsi 14.

Hab. Port Essington.

- Remark.—Distinguished by the uniform grey colouring of the rump

and upper-tail-coverts.

ScH@NICLUS MAGNUS.

Crown of the head, and the neck, brownish grey, each feather with

a stripe of brown down the centre; back and wings brown, broadly .

margined with brownish grey; primaries blackish brown; rump

white, each feather tipped with brown ; tail brownish grey; feathers

of the breast dark brown, with a crescent of white at the extremity ;

abdomen and under tail-coverts white; flanks mottled with brown;

bill, feet, and irides, olive.

Total length 94 inches ; bill 1; wing 7; tail 24; tarsi 13.

Hab. Australia.

Remark.—Of this species of Scheniclus, which is distinguished by

its large size, the only examples that have come under my notice are

in the British Museum, and a second in the possession of the Hon.

Charles Neville, to whom I am indebted for the loan of it for illustra-

tion in my ‘ Birds of Australia.’

ARDETTA MACRORHYNCHA.

Crown of the head and occipital crest Be with green reflexions ;

neck, all the upper surface and wing-coverts greenish olive; wing-

coverts narrowly margined with deep rufous; primaries and tail

slate-grey; spurious wing, secondaries and all but the three or four

external primaries with an irregular triangular-shaped spot at the tip;

down the centre of the throat a series of oblong marks of dark brown

and white, forming a conspicuous mottled stripe, continued into the

Zoological Society. 453

breast, where it is lost in the mingled grey and buffy brown of the

abdomen ; upper mandible dark reddish brown ; basal portion of the

lower one oil-green ; tibie and hinder part of the tarsi bright yellow ;

remainder of the legs and feet yellowish brown.

Total length 17 inches; bill 33; wing 77; tail 3; tarsi 22.

Hab. East coast of Australia.

Remark.—Differs from the Ardetta Javanica in being considerably

larger in size and in the great size of its head and bill.

CRractTicus PICATUS.

Collar at the back of the neck, centre and edge of the wing, rump,

abdomen, under tail-coverts and tips of all but the centre tail-feathers

white ; remainder of.the plumage deep black; irides dark reddish

brown ; bill ash-grey, the tip. black; legs and feet dark greenish grey.

Total length 10 inches; bill 13; wing 6; tail 43; tarsi 14.

Hab. Northern Australia.

Remark.—A miniature representative of, and nearly allied to, but

distinct from, Cracticus nigrogularis. :

March 14.—Dr. Gamble in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Diacnoses SrecIERUM NOVARUM GENERIS PLANORBIS COLLEC-

rionis Cumincian2&, Avuctore Guin. Dunxer, Dre.

1. Puanorpis 1nruatus, Dkr. Pl. testd magnd, inflatd, fusco-,

olivaceo. et cinereo-corned, nitidd, striatd, supra profundé umbili-

catd, infra concavd, anfractibus 4 inflalis celerrime crescentibus ;

aperturd reniformi ; fauce fuscd.

‘Diam. max. 1" 1!; alt. aperture 8'".

Species tum colore, tum habitu varietatibus quibusdam PJ. cornei,

stmillima. Anfractus primordiales striis spiralibus insignes,

Patria cochlez eximiz ignota. est.

2. Pranorsis nitiputus, Dkr. Pl. testd parvuld, pallid? corneo-

fulvescente, nitiduld, pellucida, supra profunde umbilicatd, basi

pland; anfractibus 33 rotundatis ; aperturd oblique ovatd.

Diam. max. 13"; alt. 4!"

Species hee parvula basi plana et latere superiore umbilicato nos-

cenda, in Chersoneso aurea (peninsula Malacca) plantis aquaticis

insidens reperta est. (H. Cuming.)

3. Pranorsis Giuperti, Dkr. Pl. testd depressd, sublenticulari,

pallide corned, nitidd, pellucidd, superd pagind planiusculd, in-

ferne umbilicatd ; anfractibus tribus utrinque obtuse angulatis ;

infra medium acute carinatis ; aperturd obliqud, subcordatd ; mar-

gine superiore producto.

Diam. max. 24!"; alt. $'".

Species Planorbi exacuto, Say., similis, differt vero umbilico latiore,

foveola lateris superioris mediana, et carind obtusa in supera et infera

anfractuum pagina. Reportata est e Nova Hollandia a cl. Gilbert.

4. Pranorsis cuinensis, Dkr. PI. testd parvd, corned, subtiliter

striatd, subdiaphand, pagind superd convexiusculd, medio impressd,

454 Zoological Society.

pagind inferd late umbilicatd ; anfractibus 34 ovatis nels sub-

~ carinatis ; aperturd obliqud, subcordatd.

Diam. max. ans alt. 2'". °

Species hee a cl. H., Cuming in rivulo ad Hong Kong in China de-

tecta, Pl. deformi, Lam., similis, sed carina obsoleta et latere supe-

riore minus convexo diversa.

5. PLANORBIS PANAMENSIS, Dkr. Pl. testa iat albida vel

pallide corned, diaphand, haud nitente,\strits tenuissimis confertis

lineisque spiralibus remotis et obsoletis subdecussatd, supra plano-

converd, medio impressd, infra umbilicatd; anfractibus vt,

ovatis ; aperturd obliqud.

Diam. max. 14'"; alt. !".

Hab, in rivulis ad Panama (H. Cuming), Magnam affinitatem

prebet cum Pl. elevato, Adams.

6. Pranorsis Hinnsranus, Dkr. Pl. testa parvuld, corned, sub-

viridescente, tenuissime confertimque striatd, diaphand, subnitidd,

supra planiusculd, medio impressd, infra umbilicaté ; anfractibus

tribus ovatis ; aperturd obliqud.

Species magnitudine feré preecedentis, sed colore et striis spirali-

bus deficientibus satis diversa.

Hab. in insula Puna in sinu ad Guayaquil (R. B. Hinds).

7, Puanorsis opesus, Dkr. Pl. testd solidd, tenuiter dens?que

striatd, nitidd, subsericed, fusco- seu luteo-corned, utringue con-

card; anfractibus 33—4 tumidis celeriter crescentibus, aperturd

subreniformi, labro intus subincrassato.

Diam. max. 7'"'; alt. 32!", :

Pl. trivolvi, Say. 4 siffinis sed striis subtilioribus, apertura minore,

testa crassiore et carin4 in latere basali deficiente distincta.

Patria ignota,

8. Pranorsis Cumineianus, Dkr. Pl. testd magnd, discoided,

crassiusculd, supra corned subrufd, infra olivaced, nitidd, obsole-

tissime striatd, fere glabratd, utrinque concavd; anfractibus senis

ovatis, suturd profundd divisis ; aperturd obliqud, ovato-sublunatd.

Diam. max. 1" 11"; alt. 3".

Planorbi olivaceo “simillimus, sed colore, testa crassiore, splendi-

diore feré glabrata, umbilico latiore, anfractibus convexioribus minus

involutis aliisque notis bene distinguendus.

Patria ignota.

9. Puanorsis siprricus, Dkr. Pl. testd parvd, tenui, pallide cor.

ned, subtilissimé striata, supra planiusculd, medio impressd, infra

concavd ; anfractibus 34 ovatis, modice crescentibus, suturd di-

stinctd divisis ; ; aperturd obliqud, ovatd.

Diam. max. 2"; alt. 3!"

PI. albo affinis, sed colore et capillis deficientibus diversus.

Hab. in Sibiria,

10. Pranorsis Foxxesu, Dkr. Pl. testd parvd, albidd, subcorned,

nitidd, diaphand, supra plano-convexd seu pland, medio profunde

Zoological Seciety. 455

impressd, infra umbilicatd ; anfractibus tribus subtumidis, celeriter

Sere crescentibus tenuiterque striatis, ultimo declinato; aperturd

subrotundd, perobliqud, margine superiore producto.

Diam. max. 24!"'; alt. 1!".

Patria ignota.

11. Pranorsis ruscus, Dkr. Pl. testd tenui, fuscd, subtilissime

longitudinaliter transversimque striatd, supra convexiusculd, infra

concavd, latere utrogue umbilicatd ; anfractibus 24 teretibus, sub-

celeriter crescentibus, ultimo paulld descendente ; aperturd rotun-

datd.

Diam. max. 34'"; alt. 1}!".

Tria hujus speciei exemplaria plane congruentia exstant, que cl.

Cuming in paludibus ad Valparaiso invenit.

12. Pranorsis sericeus, Dkr. Pl. testd majusculd, veges

_ decussatd, fusco-corned, interdum luteo-albidd, nitore sericeo in-

signi, superd et inferd pagind concavd ; anfractibus quinis albis

utrinque carinatis ; aperturd obliqud, fere semilunatad, infra et

supra angulatd.

Diam. max. 7!'; alt. 3!".

Testa Pl. tenagophilo, Orb., affinis, sed magis involuta et regularis.

Patria ignota.

~ 18. Puanyorsis srraminevus, Dkr. Pl. testd tenuistriatd, nitidd,

parim diaphand, stramined, subcorned, supra plano-concavd, medio

ampressd, infra umbilicatd ; anfractibus 4 subrotundis ; aperturd

dilatatd, fere rotundatd.

Diam. max. 5/; alt. feré 2!".

Primo adspectu Helicibus quibusdam similis, ex. gr. Helici erice-

forum.

Patria America australis (H. Cuming).

14. Pranworsis Ruprevii, Dkr. Pl. testd opacd, tenuiter striatd,

pallide corned, subcinered, supra umbilicatd, inferne concavd, an-

fractibus 4 ovatis modice crescentibus ; aperturd ovatd, obliqud.

Diam. max. 6" feré; alt. 2!"’,

Patria Habessinia (Ruppell).

15. Pranorsis timosus, Dkr. Pl. testd cinereo-corned, opacd,

_ striatd, subcarinatd, supra convextusculd, medio impressd, infra

umbilicatd ; anfractibus tribus ovatis ; aperturd obliqud, subovali ;

faucibus subflavis.

Diam: max. 3!"; alt. 1!".

Hee species Pl. deflectum Sayi in mentem vocat.

Hab. in Asi& minore (H. Spratt).

16. Pranorsis Puruippranus, Dkr. . Pl. testd discoided, subnitidd,

tenuissime obsoleteque striatd, pallide corned, diaphand, supra

planatd, medio impressd, infra parim concavd; anfractibus senis

rotundatis sensim crescentibus ; aperturd subrotundd, subobliqud.

Diam. max. 54/5 alt. 14/".

Patria Cochabamba in Bolivia.

456 Zoological Society.

2. Some oBSERVATIONS on Myoprs Hupsonicus AND rhe OTHER

SPECIES OF THE GENUS Myopgs. By J.E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S.

ETC,

The Governor of the Hudson’s Bay Company having kindly sent to

the British Museum the extensive series of Mammalia, Birds and

Fish collected by Dr. J. Rae in his late very interesting journey, I

have been induced to lay before the Society some remarks on the

species of the genus Myodes, which I hope will tend to elucidate the

history of these interesting animals.

Myodes Hudsonicus has been distinguished as a species by the large

size and peculiar form of the claws on the front feet; but the speci-

men contained in this collection appears to prove that these large

claws are only found in some individuals, or more likely in only one

sex, and that the .other individuals or sex have small, curved, sharp

claws, like the typical species of the genus; and this also appears

to be the case with Myodes helvolus, Richardson, for one specimen in

the collection has the small typical claws which Sir John Richardson

assigns to the species, and the other has very large, thick, rounded,

bluntly truncated claws on the fore-feet, which is probably the cha-

racter of the males,

The species of the genus in the British ry toxin may be thus di-

vided :—

I. The upper cutting teeth narrow, smooth, without any longitu-

dinal grooves. Thumb with a compressed, curved, acute claw.

» a. Claws of fore-feet simple, curved.

M. Lemurus, two specimens ; Sweden.

M. helvolus, Richardson, one specimen.

6. Claws of fore-feet of some (males?) specimens compressed

above, with a round, dilated, expanded pad beneath.

M. Grenlandicus. Fur with a dorsal streak.

c, Claws of fore-feet of some (males?) specimens very large,

compressed, strap-shaped, and with a-deep triangular notch —

at the end.

M. Hudsonicus.

II. The upper cutting teeth broader, with a central longitudinal

groove ; claws of the thumb strap-shaped, truncated, and notched at

the tip.

M. helvolus, Rich. Claws of some specimens (males?) thick,

subcylindrical, curved, truncate.

M. trimucronatus, Rich., two specimens. Claws of both speci-

mens similar, acute, curved.

3. DEsorRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES oF ANaTIFA. By J. E. Gray,

Ese., F.R.S. erc. Ere:

In the collection of my friend Mr. Joseph Fryer, of Whitley House,

Northumberland, I have observed a very interesting new species of

this genus, which was given him by Mr. Hewitson, who found it at-

tached to a Gorgonia in Madeira.

It is interesting as having the solid, thick, ventricose valves of

: Miscellaneous. / 457

Mr. Hinds’s genus Trilasmis, and it also resembles that genus in the

anterior basal and the upper opercular valves being very small, so

that it forms the passage between Pentalasmis and that genus.

There are in Mr. Fryer’s collection two specimens, which differ

considerably from one another. One is pale red and elongate-ovate,

smooth, rather compressed, and the larger opercular valves have a

rather distinct line towards the extremity. The anterior basal valve

is much-compressed. ‘The second is yellowish white, pink at the

base, ovate, swollen, slightly radiately and concentrically striated ;

the left larger opercular valve is larger than the right one, more

convex, and partly inclosing it; the anterior valve and upper oper-

cular valve are very narrow.

I propose to call the species Anatifa crassa. Peduncle short ; valves

thick, opake, convex, large, the anterior basal valve and upper oper-

cular valves very narrow.

Inhab. Madeira, on Gorgonia.

MISCELLANEOUS.

How to prevent the Attacks of the Bed-bug, Cimex lectularius.

By Watrtrer Wuire, Esq.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

Noy. 6, 1848.

Sa ,—May I be permitted to offer a few remarks on the commu-

nication ‘‘ How to prevent the Attacks of the Bed-bug”’ in your last

number ?

It is inno depreciatory spirit that I say the means recommended are

not new: more than twenty years ago I met with instances of in-

verted cones of glass being used as bases for bedposts ; sometimes

the entire leg below the framing was glass, or it stood in a glass

vessel lined with a viscous fiuid. Similar instances have repeatedly

come to my knowledge since, and I may add that due precautions

were taken to isolate the bedstead, by keeping the curtains and

draperies clear of wall and floor.

In spite of such precautions bugs will get into bedsteads, much to

the wonder of those ignorant of the reason why. I learnt it by ex-

perience during a five years’ residence in New York, the head-quar-

ters of bugs. I slept ona French bedstead, having no hangings, and

placed quite free from all contact except the points by which it

touched the floor. It was well searched every day, a necessary pre-

caution where the thermometer is sometimes at 90° after sunset, yet

bugs found their way into the bed. They effected their entrance by

crawling up the walls and along the ceiling until over the bed, when

they let themselves fall, probably aware that the shock would not

be fatal. My attention was first drawn to the fact by the descent

of one of the loathsome creatures into my mouth, while I was lying

in a dose in the dim twilight of a summer morning ; after this nauseous

experience I several times observed the fall of bugs. If surprised by

458 Miscellaneous.

daylight before their plunge, the animals would remain motionless

on the ceiling until the succeeding night.

One fact, it is said, proves nothing; but I found on inquiry. that

the fall of bugs from ceilings was a phenomenon in their natural hi-

story generally believed in*. And a friend of mine one night placed

his bed on a table with each leg in a vessel of water in the middle of

a room : he also observed bugs crawl along the ceiling before sunrise

and drop upon his couch.

The only effectual way to avoid the attacks of bugs is to keep the

creatures out of rooms as well as out of bedsteads. Unfortunately

our mistaken, not to say absurd English custom of loading our bed-

steads with hangings is a great encouragement to bug-propagation.

Besides, bedsteads are so seldom cleaned, whereby not only bugs

but spiders have ample opportunity to establish colonies. If the

cumbersome garniture of hangings were dispensed with, none «but

French bedsteads used, witha framed lath-bottom, so as to be easily

removable—and the whole, as well as the mattresses, &c., well

brushed once a week—if bedroom walls were covered with paint in-

soap and lime, there would be but few bugs, even in London.

Light, and free circulation of air will do much towards checking

the increase of these nocturnal pests. 'The Americans are wiser than

we in matters of bedroom drapery ; they avoid it altogether, or have

so little as to afford no shelter to vermin.

THE GREAT SEA-SERPENT.

To the Editor of the Times.

Si1r,—Subjoined is the answer to a question relative to the animal

seen from the Dedalus, addressed to me by a nobleman distinguished

in literature, and taking much interest in science.

As it contains the substance of the explanation I have endeavoured

to give to numerous inquirers, in the Hunterian Museum and else-

where, and as I continue to receive many applications for my opinion

of the ‘“‘ Great Sea-Serpent,”” Iam desirous to give it once for all

through the medium of your columns, if space of such value may be

allotted to it.

: - Iam, Sir, your very obedient servant,

Ricuarp Owen.

Lincoln’s Inn Fields, Nov. 9.

The sketcht will suggest the reply to your query, ‘‘ whether the

monster seen from the Deedalus be anything but.a Saurian?”’ If it

be the true answer, it destroys the romance of the incident, and will

be anything but acceptable to those who prefer the excitement of

* We are able to confirm the statement of our correspondent from simi-

lar instances.— Ep.

+ This was a reduced copy of the drawing of the head of the animal seen

by Captain M‘Quhae, attached to the submerged body of a large seal,

showing the long eddy produced by the action of the terminal flippers.

Miscelluneous. 459

the imagination to the satisfaction of the judgement. I am far from

insensible to the pleasures of the discovery of a new and rare animal,

but before Ican enjoy them, certain conditions, e. gy. reasonable proof

or evidence of its existence, must be fulfilled. I am also far from

undervaluing the information which Captain M‘Quhae has given us

of what he saw. When fairly analysed, it lies in a small compass ;

but my knowledge of the animal kingdom compels me to draw other

conclusions from the phenomena than those which the gallant cap-

tain seems to have jumped at. He evidently saw a large animal

moving rapidly through the water, very different from anything he

had before witnessed—neither a whale, a grampus, a great shark,

an alligator, nor any other of the larger surface-swimming creatures

which are fallen in with in ordinary voyages. He writes, ‘‘ On our

attention being called to the object, it was discovered to be an

enormous serpent” (read “‘animal’’), ‘‘ with the head and shoulders

kept about four feet constantly above the surface of the sea. ‘Lhe

diameter of the serpent’’ (animal) ‘‘ was about 15 or 16 inches

behind the head; its colour a dark brown, with yellowish white

about the throat.” No fins were seen (the captain says there were

none; but from his own account he did not see enough of the

animal to prove his negative). ‘‘Something like the mane of a horse,

or rather a bunch of sea-weed washed about its back.’’ So much of

the body as was seen was ‘‘ not used in propelling the animal through

the water, either by vertical or horizontal undulation.’ A calcu-

lation of its length was made under a strong preconception of the

nature of the beast. The head, e. g. is stated to be ‘‘ without any

doubt that of a snake ;” and yet a snake would be the last species

to which a naturalist conversant with the forms and characters of

the heads of animals would refer such a head as that of which Cap-

tain M‘Quhae has transmitted a drawing to the Admiralty, and

which he certifies to have been accurately copied in the ‘ Illustrated

London News’ for October 28, 1848, p. 265. Your Lordship will

observe, that no sooner was the captain’s attention called to the

object than ‘‘ it was discovered to be an enormous serpent,” and yet

the closest inspection of as much of the body as was visible, a fleur

d eau, failed to detect any undulations of the body, although such

actions constitute the very character which would distinguish a ser-

pent or serpentiform swimmer from any other marine species. The

foregone conclusion, therefore, of the beast’s being a sea-serpent,

notwithstanding its capacious vaulted cranium and stiff inflexible

trunk, must be kept in mind in estimating the value of the approxi-

mation made to the total length of the animal, as “‘ at the very least

60 feet.” This is the only part of the description, however, which

seems to me to be so uncertain as to be inadmissible in an attempt

to arrive at a right conclusion as to the nature of the animal. The

more certain characters of the animal are these :—-Head, with a

convex, moderately capacious cranium, short obtuse muzzle, gape of

the mouth not extending further than to. beneath the eye, which is

rather small, round, filling closely the palpebral aperture; colour

dark brown above, yellowish white beneath ; surface smooth, with-

460 Miscellaneous.

out scales, scutes, or other conspicuous modifications of hard and’

naked cuticle. And the captain says, ‘“‘ Had it been a man of my

acquaintance, I should have easily recognized his features with my

naked eye.” Nostrils not mentioned, but indicated in the drawing

by a crescentic mark at the end of the nose or muzzle. All these

are the characters of the head of a warm-blooded mammal ; none of

them those of a cold-blooded reptile or fish. Body long, dark brown,

not undulating, without dorsal or other apparent fins; ‘‘ but some-

thing like the mane of a horse, or rather a bunch of sea-weed washed

about its back.” The character of the integuments would be a

most important one for the zoologist in the determination of the

class to which the above-defined creature belonged. If any opinion

can be deduced as to the integuments from the above indication, it

is that the species had hair, which, if it was too short and close to

be distinguished on the head, was visible where it usually is ‘the

longest, on the middle line of the shoulders or advanced part of the

back, where it was not stiff and upright like the rays of a fin, but

‘* washed about.” Guided by the above interpretation of the “ mane

of a horse, or a bunch of sea-weed,”’ the animal was not a cetaceous

mammal, but rather a great seal. But what seal of large size, or

indeed of any size, would be encountered in latitude 24° 44! south,

and longitude 9° 22' east—viz. about 300 miles from the western

shore of the southern end of Africa? The most likely species to be

there met with are the largest of the seal tribe, e.g. Anson’s sea-

lion, or that known to the southern whalers by the name of the

‘‘Sea Elephant,” the Phoca proboscidia, which attains the length of

from 20 to 30 feet. These great seals abound in certain of the

islands of the southern and antarctic seas, from which an individual

is occasionally floated off upon an iceberg. The-sea-lion exhibited in

London last spring, which was a young individual of the Phoca pro-

boscidia, was actually captured in that predicament, having been

carried by the currents that set northward tuwards the Cape, where

its temporary resting-place was rapidly melting away. When a large

individual of the Phoca proboscidia or Phoca leoninais thus borne off

to a distance from its native shore, it is compelled to return for rest

- to its floating abode, after it has made its daily excursion in quest of

the fishes or squids that constitute its food. It is thus brought by

the iceberg into the latitudes of the Cape, and perhaps further north,

before the berg has melted away. ‘Then the poor seal is compelled

to swim as long as strength endures; and in such a predicament I

imagine the creature was that Mr. Sartoris saw rapidly approaching

the Deedalus from before the beam, scanning, probably, its capabili-

ties as a resting-place, as it paddled its long stiff body past the ship.

In so doing, it would raise a head of the form and colour described

and delineated by Captain M‘Quhae, supported on a neck also of

the diameter given ; the thick neck passing into an inflexible trunk,

the longer and coarser hair on the upper part of which would give

rise to the idea, especially if the species were the Phoca leonina, ex-

plained by the similes above-cited. The organs of locomotion would

be out of sight. The pectoral fins being set on very low down, as in

Miscellaneous. 46)

my sketch, the chief impelling force would be the action of the

deeper immersed terminal. fins and tail, which would create a long

eddy, readily mistakeable by one looking at the strange phenomenon

with a sea-serpent in his mind’s eye, for an indefinite prolongation of

the body.

It is very probable that not one on board the Deedalus ever before

beheld a gigantic seal freely swimming in the open ocean. Entering

unexpectedly upon that vast and commonly blank desert of waters,

it would be a strange and exciting spectacle, and might be well in-

terpreted as a marvel: but the creative powers of the human mind

appear to be really very limited, and on all the occasions where the

true source of the “ great unknown” has been detected—whether it

has proyed to bea file of sportive porpoises, or a pair of gigantic

sharks,—old Pontoppidan’s sea-serpent with the mane has uniformly

suggested itself as the representative of the portent, until the my-

stery has been unravelled.

‘The vertebrae of the sea-serpent described and delineated in the

‘ Wernerian Transactions,’ vol. i.,and sworn to by the fishermen who

saw it off the Isle of Stronsa (one of the Orkneys), in 1808, two of

which vertebre are in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, are

certainly those of a great shark, of the genus Selache, and are not

distinguishable from those of the species called ‘‘ basking-shark,” of

which individuals from 30 feet to 35 feet in length have been from

time to time, captured or stranded on our Coasts.

I have no unmeet confidence in the exactitude of my interpre-

tation of the phenomena witnessed by the captain and others of the

Dedalus.. I am too sensible of the inadequacy of the characters

which the opportunity of a rapidly passing animal, ‘‘in a long ocean

swell,” enabled them to note, for the determination of its species or

genus. Giving due credence to the most probably accurate ele-

ments of their description, they do little more than guide the zoolo-

gist to the class, which, in the present instance, is not that of the

serpent or the saurian.

But I am usually asked, after each endeavour to explain Cap-

tain M‘Quhae’s sea-serpent, ‘‘ Why there should not be a great

sea-serpent ?”—often, too, in a tone which seems to imply, “ Do

you think, then, there are not more marvels in the deep than are

dreamt of in your philosophy?” And freely conceding that point,

I have felt bound to give a reason for scepticism as well as faith.

If a gigantic sea-serpent actually exists, the species must of course

have been perpetuated through successive generations from its first

creation and introduction in the seas of this planet. Conceive, then,

the number of individuals that must have lived and died and have

left their remains to attest the actuality of the species during the

enormous lapse of time from its beginning to the 6th of August

last! Now, a serpent, being an air-breathing animal with long

vesicular and receptacular lungs, dives with an effort, and commonly

floats when dead; and so would the sea-serpent until decomposition

or accident had opened the tough integument and let out the impri-

soned gases. Then it would sink, and, if in deep water, be seen no

more until the sea rendered up its dead, after the lapse of the eons

4.62 Miscellaneous.

requisite for the yielding of its place to dry land—a change which

has actually revealed to the present generation the old saurian mon-

sters that were entombed at the bottom of the ocean of the secondary

geological periods of our earth’s history. During life, the exigencies

of the respiration of the great sea-serpent would always compel him

frequently to the surface ; and when dead and swollen—

“Prone on the flood, extended long and large,

he would

‘ Lay floating many a rood; in bulk as huge

As whom the fables name of monstrous size,

Titanian or earth-born that warr’d on Jove.”

Such a spectacle, demonstrative of the species if it existed, has not

hitherto met the gaze of any of the countless voyagers who have

traversed the seas in so many directions. Considering, too, the

tides and currents of the ocean, it seems still more reasonable to

suppose that the dead sea-serpent would be occasionally cast on

shore. However, I do not ask for the entire carcase. The struc-

ture of the back-bone of the serpent tribe is so peculiar, that a single

vertebra would suffice to determine the existence of the hypothetical

“Ophidian ; and this will not be deemed an unreasonable request, .

when it is remembered that the vertebre are more numerous in

serpents than in any other animals. ‘Such large, blanched, and

scattered bones on any sea-shore would be likely to attract even

common curiosity ; yet there is no vertebra of a serpent larger'than

the ordinary pythons and boas in any museum in Europe.

Few sea-coasts have Leen more sedulously searched, or by more

acute naturalists (witness the labours of Sars and Lovén), than those

of Norway. Krakens and sea-serpents ought to have been living

and dying thereabouts from long before Pontoppidan’s time to’our

day, if all tales were true; yet have they never vouchsafed a single

fragment of their skeleton to any Scandinavian collector; whilst the

other great denizens of those seas have been by no means so chary,

No museums, in fact, are so rich in the skeletons, skulls, hones, and

teeth of the numerous kinds of whales, cachalots, grampuses, wal -

ruses, sea-unicorns, seals, &c., as those of Denmark, Norway, and

Sweden; but of any large marine nondescript or indeterminable

monster they cannot show a trace.

I have inquired repeatedly whether the natural-history collections

of Boston, Philadelphia, or other cities of the United States, might

possess any unusually large ophidian vertebrz, or anv of such pecu-

liar form as to indicate some large and unknown marine animal ;

but they have received no such specimens.

The frequency with which the sea-serpent -bas been supposed to

have appeared near the shores and harbours of the United States

has led to its being specified as the ‘‘ American Sea Serpent ;” yet

out of the 200 vertebre of every individual that should have lived

and died in the Atlantic since the creation of the species, not one

has yet been picked up on the shores of America. ‘The diminutive

snake, less than a yard in length, ‘‘ killed upon the sea-shore,” ap-

parently beaten to death, ‘‘ by some labouring people of Cape Ann,”

United States (see the 8vo pamphlet, 1817, Boston, page 38), and

Miscellaneous. 463

figured in the ‘ Illustrated London News,’ October 28, 1848, from the

original American memoir, by no means satisfies the conditions of

the problem. Neither do the Saccopharyne of Mitchell, nor the

Ophiognathus of Harwood—the one 44 feet, the other 6 feet long ;

both are surpassed by some of the congers of our own coasts, and,

like other murzenoid fishes and the known small sea-snakes (Hydro-

phis), swim by undulatory movements of the body.

The fossil vertebree and skull which were exhibited by Mr. Koch

in New York and Boston as those of the great sea-serpent, and

which are now in Berlin, belonged to different individuals of a spe-

cies which I had previously proved to be an extinct whale; a deter-

mination which has subsequently been confirmed by Profesors Miller

and Agassiz. Mr. Dixon, of Worthing, has discovered many fossil

vertebre in the Eocene tertiary clay at Bracklesham, which belong

to a large species of an extinct genus of serpent (Paleophis), founded

on similar vertebrze from the same formation in the Isle of Sheppey.

~The largest of these ancient British snakes was 20 feet in length ;

but there is no evidence that they were marine.

The Sea Saurians of the secondary periods of geology have been

replaced in the tertiary and actual seas by marine mammals. No

remains of Cetacea have been found in lias or oolite, and no re-

mains of Plesiosaur, or Ichthyosaur, or any other secondary reptile,

have been found in Eocene or later tertiary deposits, or recent, on

the actual sea-shores ; and that the old air-breathing saurians floated

when they died has been shown in the ‘ Geological Transactions ’

(vol. v., second series, p. 512). The inference that may reasonably

be drawn from no recent carcase or fragment of such having ever

been discovered, is strengthened by the corresponding absence. of

any trace of their remains in the tertiary beds.

Now, on weighing the question, whether creatures meriting the

name of ‘‘ great sea-serpent”’ do exist, or whether any of the gigan-

tic marine saurians of the secondary deposits may have continued to

live up to the present time, it seems to me less probable that no

part of the carcase of such reptiles should have ever been discovered

in a recent or unfossilized state, than that men should have been

deceived by a cursory view of a partly submerged and rapidly-

moving animal, which might only be strange to themselves. In

other words, I regard the negative evidence, from the utter absence

of any of the recent remains of great sea-serpents, krakens, or Ena-

liosauria, as stronger against their actual existence than the positive

statements which have hitherto weighed with the public mind in

favour of their existence. A larger body of evidence from eye-wit-

nesses might be got together in proof of ghosts than of the sea-

serpent.

Description of a new species of Smynthurus (S. baulastinus).

By J. Harpy, Esq.

This small species of Smynthurus was yery abundant upon the leaves

of potatoes and other plants in gardens, deriving its sustenance from

their sap. The leaves, apparently in consequence, had numerous

minute black spots dispersed over their surface, and to it, while the

AGA Miscellaneous.

aphis theory raged, was ascribed, in a provincial paper, the blacken-

ing of the potato leaves which accompanies the potato disease, and

forms its external symptoms. It is a minute insect, about the size

of a small pin-head; the head is small and rounded ; the body, con-

sisting of the thorax and abdomen confounded in a single mass, oval

or subquadrate, broadest behind, and-looking as if the insect wore a

cloak. The head, the general colour of the body above, and its apex

are light yellow, and there is an orange cloud or some irregular ma-

cule of that colour posteriorly ; the body is very pale beneath, as are

the legs and antenne ; and there are six white spots (or fewer), three

on each side behind the posterior legs ; the head is slightly dusky in

front, and the eyes are black. It is furnished beneath with a leaping-

fork, of a pellucid white, which is fastened behind, and lies along the

belly in a state of repose ; but, by projecting it backwards at will, the

insect is propelled forwards with a rapid jerk. It usually falls on its

back, and takes some time to recover its upright position, which

after a struggle it often does by seizing some adjacent object with

its legs. It ransrather quickly.—From the Gardeners’ Chronicle for

Nov. 18,

The Liquidamber Tree of the Tenasserim Provinces,

By the Rev, F. Mason,

«Did you ever see in this country the tree which produces the

balsam of tolu?’’ a gentleman once asked the writer. ‘‘ I never

did,” was the’reply. ‘‘I have one in my compound,” he continued ;

but unfortunately his compound was two hundred miles distant.

Years passed away and I found myself beneath this tree in flower,

and soon discovered that it was not Myrospermum toluiferum, but

Liquidamber altingia; and that it produced, not balsam of tolu, but

liquid storax.

The tree is indigenous on the coast, and in some sections is quite

abundant. A considerable stream in the province of Mergui derives

its name from this tree, in consequence of its growing so thick on its.

banks, It seems to have escaped the notice of Dr. Helfer, for, if I

recollect right, it is not once alluded to in any of his reports, nor has

it ever been, brought to notice by any one; if we except a Catholic

priest, a resident of Rangoon, who has introduced it ina little Bur-

mese medical treatise that was lithographed a few years ago by Col,

Burney, who took a lithographic press with him into Burmah.

The Padre seems however to have been ignorant of botany, for he

describes it as the tree which produces the balsam of Peru (Myro-

spermum peruiferum), and which belongs to a different natural family.

The medicinal properties of their exudations too are materially differ-

ent. Liquid storax, the production of this tree, is described by Lind-

ley merely as “a stimulating expectorant substance—influencing the

mucous membranes, especially that which lines the air-passages.”’

The writer of the Burmese medical treatise recommends the exude

of the tree for the usual purposes to which the balsam of Peru is ap- -

plied, under the delusion that it is the same substance ! ;

Here is a fine illustration of the fallacies of medicine. It is proba-

ble that this substance has been used in all the various cases many

Meteorological Observations. 465

times by the author, and quite as much good done, and as wonderful

cures effected, as if he had used the veritable balsam of Peru. And

the same glorious effects are still being produced, for the book is in

the hands of many natives and is highly valued, but no part more so

than this, because it points them to a production of the country,

while most of the medicines mentioned are foreign productions.

It seems to me that our liquid storax might be made an article of

commerce, but I know not how it sells in the market.

The tree is called by the Burmans Nan-ta-rouk.—From the Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for June 1848.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR OCT. 1848.

Chiswick.— October 1. Densely overcast: clear. 2, Heavy clouds: fine: over-

cast. 3. Very fine. 4. Rain: cloudy. 5. Cloudy and mild: clear. 6. Very

fine. .7. Slight fog: very fine: heavy rain. 8. Very fine: heavy rain. 9. Rain.

10, Cloudy. 11,12. Clear and fine. 13. Clear: cloudy. 14. Rain. 15, 16.

Hazy: rain. 17,18, Coldrain. 19. Cloudy. 20. Coldrain. 21. Rain.

2%, Rain: clear. 23. Overcast: rain, 24. Very clear: overcast: rain. 25.

Boisterous, with slight rain. 26. Slight fog: fine: clear, 27. Heavy rain.

28. Heavy showers, with ‘intervals of sunshine. 29. Low clouds: overcast :

foggy. 30. Fine: overcast: foggy. 91. Foggy: rain at night.

Mean temperature of the month .,.......+ SPRdeRGahy oneceaay 49°27

Mean temperature Of Oct. 1847 ccosesssseceseevecceces ssesees 52 *14

Mean temperature of Oct. for the last twenty years ...... 50 +44

Average amount of rain in Oct. ..rcccccsoeececerererceesesees 2°56 inches,

Boston. —Oct. 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2. Fine, 5. Fine: rain early a.m.

4. Rain. 5. Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 8, 9. Fine. 10,

Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 11,12. Cloudy. 13. Rain. 14. Cloudy: rain

A.M,and».M, 15. Rain. 16. Rain: rain earlya.m. 17. Rain. 18. Snow

and sleet. 19. Rain. 20, Fine: raine.m. 21. Fine. 22, Rain. 23. Fine:

rainp.m. 24, Fine, 25. Rain: raina.M. 26. Fine. 27. Rain: rain a.m.

and pM. 28. Fine: rainr.m. 29. Cloudy. 30. Fine: raine.m. 31. Foggy

_ Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Oct. 1. Driazling day. 2. Fair a.m.:

slight drizzle p.m. 9. Fine: threatening p.m. 4, 5. Very wet. 6. Fair: strong

wind. 7, Slight showers: cleared p.m. 8. Showers a.m.: cleared : shower P.M.

9. Showers. 10. Slight showers. 11. Fair, but dull. 12. Slight showers.

13, 14. Fair and clear. 15. A very slight shower: cleared p.m 16. A very

slight shower. 17. Bright and fair : snow-shower seen at adistance. 18. Frost :

aurora borealis. 19. Frost. 20. Frost, but mild. 21. Slight rain. 22, Heavy

rain all day. 23, Rain morning and evening. 24. Heavy rain early, morning.

25. Rain early: cleared: fine. 26. Frost; fine: shower p.m. 27. Threatening

rain: heavy p.m. 28. Rain: hail: thunder. 29. Frequent showers. 30. Raw

frost A.M.: rain e.M, $1. Rain all day.

Mean temperature of the Month .........seessseeseeceeeeesens 46°°5

Mean temperature Of Oct. 1847 ......cscecssescscescscesseees 49 °5

Mean temperature of Oct. for the last twenty-five years . 46 °6

Average amount of rain in Oct. for twenty years ......... 3°56 inches.}

Rain in Oct. 1847 .,... guncve deeb songs ep yandeh heh bbs APR $01) GOSU7

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct.1. Drizzle. 2, Bright: clear: aurora. 3.

Damp: clear: aurora, 4. Rain: aurora, 5,6. Cloudy. 7. Bright: clear:

aurora. 8. Fog: clear: aurora. 9. Rain: clear. 10. Showers: clear: showers.

11, 12. Cloudy. 13, Fine: hoar-frost: clear. 14. Cloudy. 15. Clear: cloudy.

16, Showers : hail-showers. 17. Snow-showers : hail-showers. 18. Snow: snow-

showers: aurora australis, 19. Snow: clear: aurora. 20, Clear: aurora. 21.

Damp: showers: auroras 22. Drizzle. 23, Showers: clear: aurora. 24. Rain:

clear: aurora. 25, Showers: clear : aurora: hoar-frost. 26. Showers: cloudy :

hoar-frost. 27. Damp: showers. 28. Rain: clear. 29, Shower: thunder:

how tts clear. 30. Shower: thunder: shower: clear. $1. Clear: hoar-frost :

clear.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. u. 32

Gt. || 11- | SI. | uyeo| cas juypeo| -ms | LE | oF |fIV|TVH) EF! BE | OG |ZL-6% | SL.6% | 09-62 | 8F-6% | 81-62 |SFS-6z '99S-6z| ‘IE

Gg. |L6-1 |"*"***| Lo. | mpeo| sas | ‘os | «ms | $8V | ¥Sh | ¥9E\ Tov) SV| cE | 9S | GL.6z | L9.6z | 90-62 | PH-6z | LI-6% 967-62 |8zS-62| “of

61. "| Z1- 110. | aa | cms | *s | ems | SV | FLV | S| SPV| SVI-1€ | €¢ | LS.6% | PP.6% | 0b-6z | £E-6% | O1-6% 67-62 |T1S-62| 6%

CP "1s. | PE. | «a. [tms-as] °s | sms Lv | {0p |F1V| OG; OS| LE | HS | PE.6% | ZE-6z% | 02-62% | 90-62 | £0.6% |ZSP-6z \P6S-62| *8z

£0. |°°°""'|90- | 6E- | -a |} *as-| °as "s oS | $0S | f€V| €S| 19] €F | OS | $Z.6% | 09.6% |60-6% | 0£-6% | $0.62 (082-62 |88t-6z| "L2®

Ol. "| 8T- | 90. | -a | *ms | *mss | ¢s 9€ | 6€| **|%29| PY) BE | 19 | 92-62 | 99-62 |09-6% | *"**"’ | OF.6 (318-62 198-63; °9%

TI. /'"°"°7}99- | 20. | su | cma jtaud) m | OF | 17 | SE)" | BV) 1€ | OG | OV-6z | gz-6% | °""’ | 14-62 EL-8% £91-6% 259.60 “ot

go "| F9- |G1-| a jrms | *s | ems | LV | Lb | FIP) OG) OF) LV | 09 08.6% 61-62 |0€-62 980-62 0.62 £6r-6z 9€6-62 “rz

oz £S-0\"°""'/9S. | au | ‘as | *s | ms | PP | 6h | EF) 67! BP] FH | OS | bP-6z | 6F-6z (82-62 (SE.6% &Z-6% LEV-6% 729-6, *z

Olt 100: (Ste Hef fee 8 Lv | 9b |\fov) PS SH) OF | BF 996% 6L-6% 0£-62 (69-66 | £6.66 165-64 021-64 “Ze

90: |"""*""| PZ |O1- | ‘asa | vou | ‘2 | ou | OF | OF | 76%) 19; LV) 6% | ES 06-62 |L6-6% | OL-6% | 18-6% ZP-6% 651-62 188-62 “1G

Go. |""1 0. | PE. | +s | -ouu| ‘au | ou | $6€ | $1V | 6%/F9r; Br!) 1h | OS | S0.0€ | bo.0€ 06-6% | L6-6% ZS-6z LPL-62 68L-6% ‘Of |

QI. 1°10. 110. | > 's ‘u | a | vou) OF | OF |tc€) Sh SV) IP | 0S 86.6% F0-0€ 06-6% 08-66 VE-6% 969-62 8EL-6% 61)

OL || ZI. | VO. | ‘oua| cu j*muu; cu | PE | FEE Foe) 17) O€| OF | BH £0.0€ 10.0€ |gL-66 LL-6Z g8z-6% 09.6 9£9-66 “81

Cy. | |o1- |Z0. | -u.|tmuu| ‘a | can | 12€ | LE |For) F09| Lv|-€€ | 6b F0-0€ |01.0€ 06-62 76-63 | FP-62 909.6% PP6-62| “LI

se Cr.9/Gz. | Po. | cu | ‘anu | cauu | sau 6€ | Sb |¥SP\¥SS| of] HV | TS $1-0€ |S0.0€ |98-6% 78-6% FE-6 169-62 6F1-62| “OI

seresseeessl QT. | 13+ | ou | ‘oun | ‘oun | «au | 197 | {67 | Zh) 9S) OG| IF | ZG | gI-0€ | Lz.0€ | 88-64 | H0-0F SE-6% SSL.6c 918-66) “SL

seevenjooeree! OG. (PI. | cou | ‘eum | “a | ‘ou Lv | Lv | ov| 9 €S| OV | FS (9-08 |zP.0€ |L1-0€ | ZZ-0€ 0L-6% S00-0€ 970-08 “FI

ssecscieeseeri 7O, | 7Q. |uva | ou | mam | ‘au | LV | gb |febr| SS) I¢| PV | 8S | GP-0F |PE-0F [0Z-0€ | SI-0€ '09-6% 166-62 170-08! “EI

To. rr") 10. | ua | mu juyeo| cu | LV} gb | SE) PS G-LP| Bf | OG | 1Z-0€ |F0.0€ |Z0.0€ | £6-6% 2S-6% 4h6-62 $46.62, ‘z1O

Lo. °"|S1. [77] «cu | tmu | myeo| ‘ma | gh | ¥gh | fer |iSS| 19] SE | 09 | Z0.0€ | 96.62 | 06-6% | 88-6% | SP-6% £6L-6z \LZ6-62! “11

Lo. \"*°°°°| 6. |""°"*| sa | emu | wyeo | om 0G | 2G | OF |¥8S| SS} 17 | 69 | 06.6% |SL-6% | 08-62 | VS-6% | 11-6% -ZS9-6% £08-6z| ‘or

6E. rer) gO. | urea | cms jueo| ‘ms | SP | €¢ | 6! 9G) LG| OV | ZO | QP.6% |ZS-6z | 19-6% | 89-62 | 6£-6% 991.6% £10.08} °

trreee OO 7 [eeeeeele tt] eanss | sansa!) unpeo | *AA 0G | 9 |#€S| 09| €9| OF | 89 |€9.6z |S9.6z | gl-6% | PL-62 | CP-6z |110-0€ 760-0€

Go. |*""""| go. |""""| a | “ms | wea] “ms | 67 | #19 |¥gh| zo) ZO} OS | EL |P6.6% |00.0€ |06-6% | 26-6 | 69-6% |0£0.0€ gz1-08

reseeeleccnnslerrensierers) cm | ms | cms j sms | PG | $149 | LG) Po) 29} 6F | DL | $8.62 | gh-6% | 96-66 | LL-6z | PS-6% PZI-0€ CF1-0€

Do. [rereperees|"| casa | cms jones | sms | 2G | 79S | Go| 19 G09) OF | LO | 28.6% |PL.6% | 18-6% |9L-6% 9F-62 |g89-6z 1S1-0€

OS. **'""'| Pr. | 10+ | ‘mss | ‘ass | wpeo| «ms | $49! PG} ofS] 69! 09} gS | So | 9.6% | gz.6z |19-6% | LE-6% | €%-6z% |FOg-6% 886-6%

sereesieoevesl/ HO, | PQ. | ‘as | ‘a |upea| sms | $2G | SG |FlV|\ 46S; 9S| 6V | LO | ¥S.6z | LS.6% | 6-60 | 69-62% | Z%-6% |11L-62 0F6-6z

60. ["|""""""| €o. | *as | %e | we) ¢s oS | €¢ | LV| 69; S| OF | LO | 09.62 | 09.6% |£F-62 | 6F-6% | 62-6% |P09-6% 889-6

KA AAAS ROSH

Cocos of: [tas Fm ‘s j; ms | €G | PS | 29|¥99| OS! 6€ | EO | SP-6z% | LP-6z | 9V-6% | OF-6z | 91-62 £19.66 |189-6@ :

S) ° ‘4 7) Q z [ee] | P es = = = zs ° ‘d "ule ‘urd "ue : x 990

pelee|@.[2 | a2 \e2| Ff |ge| FR LPR] Fl Flee]? 1b) |e | ed 6 | ey | mm) A | are

25/3>/ 5 |= | 25 | SR] s Ss : 4S “a Bo

Pay a] [RRR LTR] LEE) US? [wing [FF | romeo | LCS fonurwgung| PF | some [ee

S'S

“Urey “Pulm ‘IOJOMLOWAIYT, *19,9MLOIN S5

eo |

*RANWUC) ‘asunpy yownpung 4 “uo\snoyyD *—- ‘acy 247 Aq pup SaurHs-saruawacy ‘asunpy yzundajddp yo ‘requng ‘AA ‘Ady ay7 &9 {Noxsog

qn *||vaA "AN 49 fuopuoT evan ‘HOIMSIHY J hyarv0g jounynoysozy ay) fo uapuny ay3 qo vosdmoYy, AJ 49 apou suorpwasasg~ junsozo.109ja py

467

INDEX to VOL. ITI.

ACHATINA, new species of, 291.

Achatinella, new species of, 291.

Acherina, new species of, 16.

Acrosalenia, new species of, 411.

Acteea, new species of, 284.

Actitis, new species of, 282,

Adams, Prof. C.B., on a fractured

and repaired Argonauta Argo, 217 ;

on a new species of Haliotis, 221.

Agaricus, new British species of, 260.

Agleeactis, new species of, 63.

Alder, J., on the structure of Kellia

rubra, 217; on anew British Lim-

nea, 396, ‘

Allorisma, new species of, 293..

Alosa, new species of, 19.

Amber-beds of East Prussia, observa-

tions on the, 369.

i 08 dorsalis, on the habits of the,

214.

Anatifa, description of a new species

of, 456

Animals, on certain principles bearing

a the natural classification of,

Antrophyum, new species of, 10.

Apera interrupta, notice respecting,

149

Aphides, descriptions of, 43, 95, 190,

421.

Apiocrinus, new species of, 406.

Arbacia, new species of, 410.

Ardetta, new species of, 281, 452.

Argonauta Argo, notice of a fractured

and repaired shell of, 217.

Asterias, new species of, 408.

Asterolepis, new species of, 9.

Asteroptychius, new species of, 118.

Astrea, new species of, 400.

Atergatis, new species of, 284.

Babington, C. C., on the British Rubi,

32 ; on the preservation of the ger-

minating powers of seeds, 148; on

the occurrence of Apera interrupta

er Orobanche Picridis in England,

Baleea, new species of, 292.

Balanus, on the eyes of the, 222.

Barnston, Mr., on some new species

of Canadian Perlide, 357.

Bed-bug, how to prevent the attacks

of the, 357, 457.

Benson, W. H., on some new species

of Helix, 158; on an English lo-

cality for Helix revelata, Ferussac,

359.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on British fun-

gi, 259; on three species of mould

detected in the amber of East Prus-

sia, 380.

Birds of New Zealand, on the remains

of the presumed extinct, 53.

Birds, on the structure of the shell of

the egg in, 169.

Birds, new, 210, 280, 364, 451.

Blackwall, J., on a method of prevent-

ing the attacks of the hed-bug, 357.

Blanchard, M. E., on the mode of

propagation of various Entozoa, 78.

Blood of V ertebrata, measurements of

the red corpuscles of the, 449.

Bolboceras, on the Australian species

of, 143, 353.

Books, new :—Ralfs’s British Desmi-

diew, 135; Griffith’s Travels in As-

sam, Burma, &ec., 142; The Marine

Botanist, by Isabella Gifford, 142 ;

Deakin’s Ferns of Britain and their

allies, 440; Moore’s Handbook of

British Ferns, 441; Strickland and

Melville’s Dodo and its kindred,

443; Maten’s Outlines of Botany,

447.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, pro-

ceedings of the, 67, 149, 216.

Bourgueticrinus, new species of, 404.

Brachiopoda, on the arrangement of

the, 435. ©

Brachycladium, description of the new

genus, 382.

Brightwell, T., on a dicecious Rotifer

allied tothe genus Notommata, 153.

Broderip, W. J., on a new species of

Voluta, 366.

Broome, C. E., on British fungi, 259.

Bulimus, new species of, 289.

Cabot, Dr., on Sterna Cantiaca and

acuflavida, and description of a new

species of Wren, 364.

Callimome, new species of, 219,

32%

468

Campylopterus, new species of, 65.

et British species of,

262.

Capnia, new species of, 357. ;

Caprophonus, description of the new

genus, 15.

Carr, R., on the habits of the tawny

owl, 220.

Centrodus, characters of the new ge-

nus, 3

Centropristes, new species of, 14.

Chalcidites, notes on, 73; descrip-

tions of new, 219.

Charadrius, new species of, 451.

Chelyophorus, new species of, 8.

Chiracanthus, new species of, 299.

Chirodus, description of the new ge-

nus, 130.

Chirolepis, new species of, 302.

Chlorodius; new species of, 286.

- Chomatodus, new species of, 124.

Chrysaora, new species of, 404.

Cladodus, new species of, 133.

Clark, G., on the musk-shrew and

goats of the Mauritius, 361.

Clarke, Rev. W. B., on the identity of

the epoch of the coal-beds and pa-

ee rocks of New South Wales,

206.:

Clavaria, new British species of, 266.

Climaxodus, description of the new

genus, 128.

Clypeus, new species of, 417.

Coal-beds and paleozoic rocks of

New South Wales, on the identity

of the epoch of the, 206.

Coccosteus, new species of, 9, 298.

Colonodus, characters of the new

genus, 4.

Conchodus, description of the new

genus, 311.

Coppin, J., on a new genus of British

marine zoophytes, 273.

Coracopsis, new species of, 210.

Cosmacanthus, new species of, 119.

Cosmonotus, new species of, 287.

Cracticus, new species of, 453.

Cremastochilus mm ant-nests, 221.

Crustacea, decapod, descriptions of

new, 282

Ctenacanthus, new species of, 116.

Curculionide, on the British, 166.

Dana, J. D., on some new fossils, |

149; on some Australian fossils, 150.

Deakin’s, Dr. R., Ferns of Britain

and their allies, noticed, 440.

- INDEX.

Dendrophyllia, new species of, 403.

Dentipora, new species of, 399.

Desmidiez, on the production of cells

in, 137.

Diatomacez, fossil, notice of a deposit

_ of, in Aberdeenshire, 93.

Dickie, Dr. G., on a deposit of fossil

Diatomaceze in Aberdeenshire, 93;

on the structure of the shell of the

egg im birds, and the nature and

seat of the colour, 169.

Dinornis, on the remains of several

species of, 53.

Diplacanthus, new species of, 301.

Diplopodia, characters of the new

genus, 412.

Diplopterus, new species of, 304.

Dipriacanthus, characters of the new

genus, 120,

Diptera, notes on, 73. .

Discoidea, new species of, 413.

Ditiola, new species of, 267.

Dobie, Mr. W. M., on microscopic

bodies existing on the epidermal

surface of the lilae, 148.

Dunker, G., on new species of Pla-

norbis, 453.

Dysaster, new species of, 414.

Echinodermata, fossil, descriptions of

new, 404.

Echinus, new species of, 409.

Egerton, Sir P. Grey, on some fossil

fish of the carboniferous period,

189.

Egg, on the structure of the shell of

the, 169.

Entozoa, on the mode of propagation

of various, 78.

Erirhinus, on the British species of,

166.

Erismacanthus, description of the new

genus, 118,

Exuccetus, new species of, 19.

Fastigiella, characters of the new ge-

nus, 66.

Filago apiculata, notice respecting,

292.

Fish, fossil, descriptions of new, 1,

115, 149, 297.

Fishes, ganoid, of the paleozoie for-

mations, on the arrangement of the,

189.

of Barbados, with descriptions

of new species, 11

Fleming, Rev. Dr., on marine vege-

tation in estuaries, 67.

INDEX.

Forbes, Prof. E., on some Peloria va-

rieties of Viola canina, 352.

Fossil conchology of the oolitie for-

mations in the vicinity of Minchin-

hampton, 248.

Fossils, notes on some Australian, 150.

Fungi, notices of British, 259.

Galidictis, new species of, 210.

Gerres, new species of, 14.

Gifford’s, Isabella, Marine Botanist,

notice of, 142.

Glossodus, characters of the new ge-

nus, 127.

Glyphisodon, new species of, 18.

Goats of Mauritius, notice respecting

the, 361.

Gobius, new species of, 16.

Goniaster, new species of, 408.

Gosse, P. H., on the insects of Ja-

maica, 109, 176, 268 ; on the habits

of Ameiva dorsalis, 214.

Gould, J., on a new arrangement of

. the Trochilide, 62; on some new

species of Australian birds, 280,

451.

Graucalus, new species of, 451.

Gray, G. R., on a new species of Par-

rot, 210.

Gray, J. E., on a new species of Ga-

lidictis from Madagascar, 210; on

_ @& new genus of insectivorous mam-

malia or Talpide from Borneo,

212; on the arrangement of the

Brachiopoda, 435 ; on Myodes hud-

sonicus, 456; on a new species of

Anatifa, 456.

Greville, Dr. R. K., on a new species

of Antrophyum, 10; on some new

species belonging to the genus Sar-

gassum, 203, 274, 421. $

Griffith’s, William, Journals of Travels

in Assam, Burma, and the neigh-

bourmg countries, notice of, 142.

Grus, new species of, 280.

Gulliver, G., on the red corpuscles of

the blood of the Lepidosiren an-

nectens, 292 ; on the red corpuscles

of the blood of Vertebrata, 449.

Gyracanthus, new species of, 117.

Gyroptychius, description of the new

genus, 30

Haldeman, 8.S., on a new organ of

sound in Lepidoptera, 151; on Cre-

mastochilus in ant-nests, 221.

Haliotis, new species of, 221.

Hancock, A., on the boring of the

469

mollusea into rocks, &c., and on —

the removal of portions of their

shells, 225.

Hardy, J.,on a new species of Smyn-

thurus, 464.

Hartlaub, Dr. G., on the ornithology

of Madagascar, 383. 7

Heliangelus, new species of, 64.

Helianthea, new species of, 62.

Helicerus, characters of the new ge-

nus, 150.

Helix, new species of, 158, 288.

Helix revelata, English locality for,

359.

Helodus, new species of, 123.

Hemicidaris, new species of, 411.

Henslow, Prof., on the parasitical

habits of Scrophularmez, 294.

Herodias, new species of, 281.

Holoptychius, new species of, 2,

310.

Homacanthus, new species of, 115.

Huenia, new species of, 283.

ass Seer new British species of,

261.

Hymenogaster, new species of, 267.

Hysterangium, new species of, 267.

Ichthyolites from the Scotch old red

sandstone, descriptions of new,

297. |

Iguanodon, on the structure of the

jaws and teeth of the, 51; on some

colossal bones of the, 360.

Insects of Jamaica, 109; 176, 268.

Insects, notes on, 73, 219; new, 143,

353, 357, 464.

Isodus, new species of, 3.

Isoétes lacustris, on the germination

of, 81, 181, 322. ee

Jeffreys, J. G., on the recent species

of Odostomia inhabiting the seas of

Great Britain and Ireland, 330; on

some British shells, 351.

Jerea, new species of, 398.

Julis, new species of, 18.

Kellia rubra, note on, 217.

sare W., on the genus Allorisma,

spr Dr., on the eyes of the Balanus,

22.

Leighton, Rev. W. A., on the form of

the capsule and seeds as affording

a specific character in the British

species of Primula, 164.

et ge on a new organ of sound

in, 151.

470

pee ae Re on the red corpuscles of

the blood of the, 292.

Leptacanthus, new species of, 122.

Lilac, on some microscopic bodies ex-

isting on the epidermal surface of

the, 148. 3

Limnea, description of a new British

species of, 396.

Limosa, new species of, 451.

Linguatula, on the organization and

development of, 69.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the,

143, 352.

Liquidamber altingia, notice respect-

ing the, 464.

Lucernaria fascicularis, Fleming, ha-

bits of, 68.

Lycett, J., on the fossil conchology of

the oolitic formations in the vicinity

of: Minchinhampton, Gloucester-

shire, 248, Pay

M‘Coy, F., on some new fossil fish of

the carboniferous period,1, 115 ; ob-

servations on the Placodermi, 277 ;

on some new ichthyolites from the

Scotch old red sandstone, 297; on

some new mesozoic Radiata, 397.

MacGillivray’s, J., letters to Prof. E.

Forbes, on subjects of natural hi-

story, 21.

Manon, new species of, 398.

Mantell, Dr. G. A., on the structure

of the jaws and teeth of the Igua-

nodon, 51; on the Ventriculide,

133; on some colossal bones of the

Iguanodon, 360.

Mason, Rey. F., on the Liquidamber

tree of the Tenasserim provinces,

464.

Meandrina, new species of, 402.

Melilotus arvensis, notice respecting,

293.

Melithreptus, new species of, 280.

Meloé, on the anatomy and develop-

ment of, 145.

Melville and Strickland’s Dodo and its

kindred, reviewed, 443.

Mencethius, new species of, 284.

Meteorological observations, 79, 151,

223, 295, 367, 465.

Milne-Edwards, M., on certain princi-

ples bearing upon the natural classi-

fication of animals, and more par-

ticularly on the methodical distri-

bution of the Mammifera, 70.

INDEX.

Mollusca, on the boring of, into rocks,

225

Montlivaultia, new species of, 403.

Moore’s, T., Handbook of British

Ferns, 440.

Mould, fossil, descriptions of three

species of, 380. .

Miiller, Prof., ou some new species of

fish from Barbados, 12.

Miiller, K., on the germination of Iso-

étes lacustris, 81, 181, 322.

Musk-shrew of Mauritius, notice re-

specting the habits of the, 361.

Myiagra, new species of, 281.

Myochama anomioides, on the habitat

of, 222. %

eee hudsonicus, observations on,

456.

Nemacanthus, new species of, 120.

Nemoura, new species of, 357.

Nestor, on some fossil remains be-

longing to the genus, 59.

Newport, Mr., on the anatomy and

development of Meloé, 145; on the

anatomy and affinities of Pteronar-

cys regalis, Newm., 147, 356.

Notaris, on the British species of, 167.

Notornis, on some remains of the

presumed extinct genus, 59.

Nucleolites, new species of, 415.

pies, agin on the British species of,

330.

Oolitic formations of Minchinhamp-

ton, on the fossil conchology of the,

248.

Ornithology of Madagascar, on the,

383. :

Ornithorhynchus, observations on the,

repr aay Picridis, notice respecting,

Orodus, new species of, 131.

Osteolepis, new species of, 305.

Osteoplax, characters of the new ge-

nus, 6.

Outlines of Botany, noticed, 447.

Owen, Prof., on the remains of the

gigantic birds of New Zealand, 53;

observations on the Ornithorhyn-.

chus, 317; on the supposed sea-

serpent, 458,

Oxypogon, characters of the genus, 65.

Ozius, new species of, 286.

Palapteryx, on the remains of some

species of, 53.

INDEX. ~ A7t

Palmellez, observations onthe, 312.

Panopeus, new species of, 286.

Parrot, new species of, 210.

Pempheris, new species of, 15.

Penicillium, on a new fossil species

of, 381.

Pentacrinus, new species of, 406,

Perlide, new species of, 357.

‘Petalodus, new species of, 125.

Petrodus, characters of the new ge-

nus, 132. ssuilel

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new species

of Helicea, 288. i

Physonemus, new species of, 117.

Placodermi of the palzeozoic rocks, on

the, 277. i

Planorbis, new species of, 453.

Plants, descriptions of new, 10, 36;

new British, 149, 292, 293; on

gemmation inthe lower tribes of,312.

Platycanthus, new species of, 120.

Plectropoma, new species of, 13.

Plocoscyphia, new species of, 397.

Peecilodus, new species of, 129.

Polyporus, new British species of, 264.

Polyrhizodus, description of the new

genus, 125.

Pomacentrus, new species of, 18.

_ Primula, on the form of the capsule

and seeds of the British species of,

164,

Procas, on the British species of, 168.

Psammodus, new species of, 122.

Psammosteus, new species of, 7.

Pteronarcys regalis, on the anatomy

and affinities of, 147, 356.

Ptilocercus, description of the new

genus, 213.

Purpuroidea, description of the new

genus, 250

Pygaster, new species of, 413.

Radiata, mesozoic, descriptions of

new, 397.

Ralfs’s, J., British Desmidiez, noticed,

135,

Reeve, L., on Fastigiella, a new ge-

nus of shells, 66.

Rissoa, new species of, 351.

Roar dicecious, some account of a,

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 5],

Rubus, on the British species of, 32.

Salpmgia, description of the new ge-

nus, 273

——— new species of, 203, 274,

421,

Schizophrys, new species of, 282,

Schceniclus, new species of, 452.

Schomburgk, Sir R. H., on some new

species of fishes from Barbados, 11.

Scinde, notes on the vegetation of,

144.

Scrophularinese, on the

habits of, 294.

Sea-serpent, observations respecting

the, 458...

Serranus, new species of, 13.

Shells, new, 66, 158, 288, 330, 351,

359, 366, 396, 453.

Siderastreea, new species of, 401.

Smith, Mr. T., on the Ventriculide,

48, +i bly

Smith, Dr. A., on the red corpuscles

of the blood of the Lepidosiren

annectens, 292.

Smynthurus, new species of, 464.

Stark, R. M., on a botanical visit to

Ben Wyvis, Ross-shire, in June

1847, 67.

Sterna, new species of, 282, 364.

Stocks, J. E., on the vegetation of

Scinde, 144.

Strange, F., on Myochama anomi-

oides, 222,

Streptaxis, new specie’ of, 288.

Streptothrix, new species of, 382.

Strickland and Melville’s Dodo and

its kindred, reviewed, 443.

Strix Stridula, on the habits of, 220.

Stylopora, new species of, 399.

Taylor, R., on the origin of the name

Vanessa, 68.

Tetrodon, new species of, 20.

Thalurania, new species of, 65.

Thomas, Dr. K., on the amber beds

of East Prussia, 369.

Thwaites, G. H. K., on an apparently

undescribed state of the Palmellez,

with observations on gemmation in

the lower tribe of plants, 312.

Totanus, new species of, 452.

Tremella, new species of, 266.

Tripterus, description of the new ge-

nus, 306,

Trochilide, on some new genera and

species of, 62.

Trochilus, new species of, 65.

Troschel, Dr., on some new fish from

Barbados, 12.

Urosthenes, characters of the new

genus, 149.

Van Beneden, P. J., on the organiza-

parasitical

0 472

tion and development of Lingua-

tula, 69

hers on the origin of the name

Vegetation, marine, remarks on, 67.

—o observations on the, 48,

Verraux, J., observations on the Or-

nithorhynchus, 317.

Viola canina, on some Peloria va-

rieties of, 352, -

Voluta, new species of, 366.

Walker, F., on the ceconomy of some

- Diptera, ‘Chalcidites, and other in-

sects, 73; on Aphides, 43, 95, 190,

421; on ‘Chaleidites and other i in-

. sects, 218.

INDEX.

Walton, J., on the genera of insects

Erirhinus, Notaris, and cas,

with descriptions of two new spe-

cies, 166

Westwood, J. O., on the Australian

species of Bolboceras, 143, 353. °

White, A., on some new or little-

known decapod Crustacea, 282.

White, W., on the habits of the bed-

bug, , 457.

Xantho, new species of, 285.

Zoological Society, proceedings of

the, 53, 210, 280, 449.

Zoophytes, description of a new genus

of British, 273.

: END OF THE SECOND VOLUME,

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E,. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ALERBE

FLAMMAM,

Meetelieats

iota tnt op

ttt re

ROAD Ad ored Lh a ek)

oom

aon

4585 ve

is titirs 3 -

ee ha

een

Stee

ales

abe

Lbebes

Tor er

—*.

———

, oaeoe

vrs Rete tt

ak pest. ieiietieadl >

Fhe itaeelined

ere

tence

statist

eeseeeesee

Sesmabat

teat

enberhs

i shes

-h2Nen oun,

bole feck deh behead del oars Gad - Tt et oe fd

no eh he ge ee ors : ts oe he eee

bewoseessases } jaesbrusbebab-scbcesesares

[td pete pao Serr tet.

naps see Sitatets

P bs Borba

westpuer teens

<= See re 4

w SORE CGH eres Kwa TT

: ow Reb eb meee =p!

Seer Beer ere baegerue

Sores erertesres

are rs

—e

ee ee ee

Seon pope -

aereceren

rit

maces

ea tweree

Pseorleensaw

wh eo hew =e ow

eee __

$mhe

~ ~%

eo na sents ates

“none

Loree e

y oe ‘ e ’

t phy BOC ae Cen HO AEH A BOER He

+ Bcefeseserscecvecivetssc att

, sae =* :

iE apse acess Saees 1

shear seven

et ped eens?

ee wree

rite oo + $e

Bebe tsect siecestescs

ie bees sseee

Hens

ae.

Y :

ger Be

sees

har FO ws ‘

Swieaastetet

det

aetit

eclerr

bod ara

eo *

Os moore

‘>

s=3— pr peer rae

P28 MIKA S EMS KY Wd eG

mPe ew SH behee opera

toa Robe ween

apate ke ot hd

~9 ne pos

neb~erere

STogrdes bebebos ted

ereyen

t-s

erty

attest

ie me

- mane

pb 244 are

oe oR ao =

a-ane

Tiete

Patheae se

SG Ptah wan

ir es

= 1706 de he

mee

Wepoase

Sad oy

eter

Ore ro ee

arete

wiwt

errs)

hw het

¢; Ass sa = +f

> as - bavbe

eee os

ertotrts

ilagierstst

dere tte

a a

eee be

he ae

Se Sees eae: viaee

te lwoerrteem tn: 3

mets

itz

Fah

weateeen,

8 58 eke

rte

‘Pwgers we,

ar Bar 9